EPA
OECM
OWEP
  CLEAN WATER ACT
Compliance/Enforcement
     Compendium
      Volume I

-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
              OCT -6
                                              OFFICE OF
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:   Update of the Clean Water Act  Compliance/
           Enforcement Compendium

FROM:   '   Brian J.  Maas,-.Director
           Water Enforcement Division
           Office.of Regulatory Enfor

TO:        See Addressees

     Attache'd: is the ..updated Table of  Contents for the Clean
Water -Act  Compliance/Enforcement Compendium,  and copies of the
documents  added to the Compendium in this  update.  The attached
materials  reflect additions to the Compendium dating from July
1996, when we last"updated the Compendium.   In a number of cases,
we are  including older documents of importance for the first
time.

     Please replace the Table of Contents,  and insert the new
documents  i-n'"the 'appropriate sections  of the  Compendium.  If you
have 'questions pertaining to the Compendium,  please contact Margo
Meeks on the. LAN (Meeks-Marguerite) of the Water Enforcement
Division,  QJS at 202/564-4058.

Attachments-.-;

ADDRESSEES:;,.

Steve Herman,  OECA
Eric Schaefer;  ORE   .  .
Water Division Directors,  Regions I-X
NPDES Branc.h-Chiefs,  Regions I-X
Regional Counsels,. Regions I-X
ORC Water  Branch ;Chiefs, Regions I-X
NEIC Library
Law Libraries, ^Regions I-X
Fred Stiehl,  OC
Joel Gross.,.. ;DOJ
Karen Dworkin,  DOJ
Susan Lep'ow, .-QGC
Mike Cook,,. OWM
ORE Staff .'•••  .
                                          Recycled/Recyclable
                                          Printed with Soy/Canola Ink on paper that
                                          contains at least 75% recycled Tiber

-------
                CLEAN WATER ACT COMPLIANCE/ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
                             (Updated 9/15/97)

 i. INTRODUCTION

 I. OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS (8)*

 II. NPDES PROGRAMi'  PRE-ENFORCEMENT

      A. SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS  (13)

      B. INSPECTIONS (14)

      C. MEASURING  COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING (14)

 III. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT

      A. ADMINISTRATIVE  COMPLIANCE ORDERS (6)

      B. ADMINISTRATIVE  PENALTY ORDERS  (16)

IV. CIVIL LITIGATION

      A. GENERAL  (14)

      B. ENFORCEMENT CASE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES (39)

      C. PENALTIES'  AND TERMS OF SETTLEMENT (25)

      D. ENFORCING  JUDGEMENTS  AND DECREES (5)

V.  CRIMINAL LITIGATION/ENFORCEMENT (14)

VI. SPECIALIZED -TOPICS

      A. NATIONAL MUNICIPAL POLICY (22)      G.  FEDERAL FACILITIES (2)

      B. PRETREATMENT (36)                   H.  OVERSIGHT & STATE
                i ;  "                          PROGRAM COORDINATION  (4)
      C. SECTION 311 (7)
                ,  •                      ,    I. PROVIDING ENFORCEMENT
      D. CITIZEN-SUITS  (5)                      INFORMATION TO OUTSIDE
                                                PARTIES (7)

      E. SECTIpN 404 (9)                    J. TOXICS/TOXICITY CONTROL  (4)

      F. CONTRACTOR LISTING (4)             K. SLUDGE  (2)

      L. SANITARY SEWER  OVERFLOWS (2)       M. STORM WATER (3)

      N. ANIMAL"FEEDING  OPERATIONS (1)      O. COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW  (2)

-------
 VII. ANNUAL DOCUMENTS AND SHORT-TERM INITIATIVES (21)

 *-Numbers adjacent to headings and sub-headings refer to number of
documents in Table of Contents which follows.

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Updated 9/15/97)
                                    (Detailed)

   I -  OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

        1. "Permits Division Policy Book", dated June 23,  1982. Table of
        Contents by date and by subject  only.  Copies of individual
        documents may be obtained from Permits Division,  OWEC.  (MC-4203) .

        2.  "Working Principles Underlying EPA's National
        Compliance/Enforcement Programs", dated November 22,  1983. See GM-
        24.'

        3.  "Clean Water Act  Compliance/Enforcement guidance Manual", dated
        May 1985.  Table of Contents and Chapter Contents pages only.  Copies
        of the manual is no longer obtainable.  The Compendium supersedes and
        replaces this manual.

        4.  "Enforcement Management System Guide", dated February 27,  1989,
        (updates interim document dated  September 27,  1985).   Table of
        Contents and Chapters 1 and 2 only.2

        5.  "General Enforcement Policy  Compendium",  updated  December 1,
        1994..  Table of  Contents and Descriptive Index Only.   Contains
        policies numbered GM-1 thru GM-90.  Copies of individual policies
        may be obtained from Multimedia  Division,  Office of Regulatory
        Enforcement,  (MC-2248A).

        6.  Current and Future Fiscal Year Agency and Office  of Water
        permitting and  Enforcement Priorities. (See Section VII of this
        table.)

        7.  "Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs",  dated May 1987.

        8.  "Action Plan on Pollution Prevention",  dated April 13, 1989.
      1   For information on obtaining  copies  of "GM"  documents
referenced  in- this  Table  of  Contents, see General Enforcement
Policy Compendium,  Item 1-5  of this Table of Contents.

      2  Chapter  10 added;  for  information  on  the method of
obtaining copies of the documents  noted  in or omitted  from this
Table of Contents,  please  contact  the Director of the  Water
Enforcement  Division,  Office of  Regulatory Enforcement (MC-
2243A).

-------
II.  NPDES PROGRAM: PRE-ENFORCEMENT

      A.  SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

            1.  "NPDES Permit Authorization to Discharge",  dated April
            28, 1976.

            2.  "POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit Effluent Limitations",
            dated January 5,  1977.

            3.  "Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications"  dated
            April 6, 1978 with attached memorandum dated March 22,  1978.

            4.  "Certification and Permitting of Dischargers Located on
            Waters Forming Boundaries Between States",  dated  April 19,
            1978.

            5.  "Request for a Legal Opinion-Inclusion of Compliance
            Schedules in Second Round Permits and Newly Issued Permits",
            dated January 19, 1979.

            6.  "Policy for the Second Round Issuance of NPDES  Industrial
            Permits", dated June 2, 1982.

            7.  "Policy for the Development of Water Quality-Based Permit
            Limitations for Toxic Pollutants", dated February 3,  1984.
            (See also 49 FR 9016, March 9,  1984.)

            8.  "Continuance of NPDES General Permits under the APA",
            dated January 16, 1984.

            9.  Summaries of NPDES Permit Decisions. For copies of
            summaries,  contact the Environmental Appeals Board  (EAB) at
            www.epa.gov/eab or EAB, 607 14th St.,  NW, Wash.,DC  20005.

3***         10.  "Training Manual for NPDES Permit Writers" dated May,
            1987.  Table of Contents only.  Updated DECEMBER 1996.
            Available from Permits Division,  OWEC,  (MC-4203).

            11.  "Policy Statement on Scope of Discharge Authorization
            and Shield Associated with NPDES Permits",  dated July 1,
            1994.

            12.  "Incentives for  Self-Policing:  Disclosure, Correction
            and Prevention of Violations",  December  22,  1995.

            13.  "Interim Guidance  for  Performance-Based Reductions  of
            NPDES  Permit Monitoring Frequencies", April  19, 1996.
    3***Indicates  a newly  included or  updated document.

-------
B. INSPECTIONS
      1.  "Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreements as a
      Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on Industrial
      Facilities",dated November 8, 1972.  See GM-1.

      2.  "Conduct of Inspections after the Barlow Decision dated
      April 11, 1979.  See GM-5.

      3.  "NPDES Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual", dated
      October 1979.  Table of Contents only.

      4.  "Interim NPDES Biomonitoring Inspection Manual", dated
      October 1979.  Table of Contents only.

      5.  "NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training, with
      Modules on Overview, Legal Issues,  Sampling Procedures,
      Biomonitoring, Laboratory Analyses Modules", dated 1988.
      Table of Contents of individual modules only.

      6.  "NPDES Compliance Evaluation Inspection Manual", dated
      January 1981.  Table of Contents only.

      7.  "Neutral Inspection Plan for the NPDES Program", dated
      February 17,  1981.

      8.  "NPDES Inspection Strategy and Guidance for Preparing
      Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans", dated April
      1985 with transmittal dated April 16,  1985.   (Superseded by
      II.B.14)

      9.  "NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual", dated January,
      1988.  Table of Contents only. Replaces June, 1984 edition.

      10.  "Use of the New NPDES Compliance Inspection Form", dated
      May 14,  1985.

      11.  Pretreatment Compliance and Audit Manual for Approval
      Authorities.   See VLB.24.

      12.  "NPDES Compliance Flow Measurement Manual", dated
      September, 1981.  Table of Contents only.

      13.  "Guidelines on Requirements for Exceptions for NPDES
      Inspector Training", dated January 28, 1990.  With
      attachments.

      14.  "Revision to  Inspection  Coverage  and Frequency Criteria
      of Clean Water Act Permittees",  September 11,  1995.

-------
                          4

MEASURING COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING

  1.  Permit Compliance System (PCS)  Data Entry, updated
  December 14, 1993; Inquiry User's Guide,  updated May 5, 1997;
  PCS Generalize Retrieval Manual,  updated April 23, 1996;
  Edit/Update Error Messages,  updated March 20,1997.  Table of
  Contents only.

  2.  The "GREAT System" (General Record of Enforcement Actions
  Tracked),  circa 1980.  The GREAT System tracks EPA-issued
  Administrative Orders (AOs)  and Notices of Violation issued
  from the commencement of the system until September 30, 1987.
  Requests for retrievals should be addressed to Mike Mundell,
  Office of Compliance, (202)  564-5049.  See also II.C.10.

  3.  "PCS Data Element Dictionary",  updated June 2, 1997 and
  "PCS Codes and Descriptions Manual",  updated May 5, 1997.
  Table of Contents only.

  4.  "NPDES Self-Monitoring System User Guide", dated January
  1985.   Table of Contents only.

  5.  "Release and Description of Significant Violator Lists",
  dated March 8, 1984.

  6.  "Permit Compliance System (PCS)  Policy Statement",  dated
  October 31,  1985. (appendices updated March 23, 1988)

  7.  "Guidance for Preparation of Quarterly and Semi-Annual
  Noncompliance Reports",  March 13,  1986,  with transmittal
  letter. Table of Contents.

  8.  "Managers' Guide  to the Permit Compliance System"  June,
  1986.   Table of Contents only.

  9.  "Guide to PCS Documentation"   June,  1986.  Table of
  contents only. (Information only,-  no longer current) .

  10.   "General Record  of Enforcement Actions Tracked
  (GREAT)Conversion to  Permit Compliance System  (PCS)",  dated
  July 24,1987.  Supplements II.C.2.  (Conversion completed
  prior to January 1,  1988).

  11.   "Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW
  Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements",
  dated September,  1987.

  12.   "PCS  PC Personal Assistance Link Users Guide", updated
  June 21, 1993.  Table of Contents only.

  13.   "Changes to the  SNC Definition", dated April 5,  1991.

-------
***         14.  "Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompliance (SNC)
            Criteria to Address'Violations of Non-Monthly Average
            Limits",  September 21,  1995.

Ill.   ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT

      A.  ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE ORDERS

            1.  "Effect of Compliance with Administrative Orders", dated
            June 29,  1984.

            2.  "Use of Stipulated Penalties in Administrative Orders on
            Consent under the CWA", dated September 6, 1985.

            3.  "Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties" dated April 15,
            1985.  See GM-38.

            4.  "Recommended Format for CWA Section 309 Administrative
            Orders",  dated July 30, 1985 (Incorporated in III.A.5).

            5.  "Reference document on Guidance and Procedures for
            Administrative Orders Issued Under Section 309 of the Clean
            Water Act", dated September 26, 1986, Cover Memorandum, Table
            of Contents and Section I only.

            6.  "Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to
            Section 309(g) Administrative Penalty Procedures",
            distributed August 28, 1987.   This document is reproduced at
            III.B.3,  of this compendium.

      B.  ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ORDERS

            1.  "Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative
            Penalty Procedures", dated July 27, 1987 and noted at 52 FR
            30730 (August 17, 1987).

            2.  " Final Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative
            Assessment of Class II Civil Penalties under the Clean Water
            Act," issued June 12, 1990, effective July 12, 1990.
            Published at 55 F.R. 23838 (June 12).  Replaces the Interim
            Final Rules dated August 10,  1987.

            3.  "Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to
            Section 309(g) Administrative Penalty Proceedings",
            distributed August 28, 1987.   Includes transmittal memorandum
            covering items III.B.3 through 11, this Compendium.

            4.  "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act
            Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies",
            distributed August 28, 1987.

-------
            5.  "Guidance on State Action Preemption Civil Penalty
            Actions under the Federal Clean Water Act", distributed
            August 28, 1987.

            6.  "Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions
            under the Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.

            7.  "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty
            Authorities under the Clean Water Act", distributed August
            28, 1987.

            8.  "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil
            Penalty Assessment Language", distributed August 28, 1987.

            9.  "Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for
            Administrative Penalties", distributed August 28, 1987.

            10.  "Guidance on Notice to Public and Commenters in Clean
            Water Act Class II Administrative Penalty Proceedings",
            distributed August 28, 1987.

            11.  "Guidance Regarding Regional and Headquarters
            Coordination on Proposed and Final Administrative Penalty
            Orders on Consent under New Enforcement Authorities of the
            Water Quality Act of 1987", distributed August 28, 1987.

            12.  "Use of Administrative Penalty Orders (APO'S) in FY 89",
            dated March 13,  1990.  This document is reproduced at VII.18.
            below.

            13.  "New Administrative Penalty Procedures", dated October
            29, 1991.

            14.  "Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative Penalties
            with State or Local Governments", dated September 27, 1991.

            15.  "Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative
            Penalty Settlement Guidance", dated December 14, 1990.

            16.  "Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the
            Clean Water Act",  March 5, 1993.
IV.   CIVIL LITIGATION

      A. GENERAL
            1.  "Professional Obligations of Government Attorneys", dated
            April 19, 1976.  See GM-2.

            2. "General Operating Procedures for EPA's Civil Enforcement
            Program", dated July 6,  1982.  See GM-12.

-------
      3.  "Clearance of Significant Enforcement Pleadings", dated
      January 25, 1983!

      4.  "Regional Counsel Reporting Relationship", dated August  3,
      1983.  See GM-16.

      5.  "Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
      Enforcement Actions", dated December 26, 1984.  See GM-35.

      6.  "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act
      Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies",
      distributed August 28, 1987.  This document is reproduced at
      III.B.4., this compendium.

      7.  "Guidance on State Action Preemption Civil Penalty Actions
      under the Federal Clean Water Act", distributed August 28,
      1987. This document is reproduced at III.B.5., this
      compendium.

      8.  "Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions
      under the Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
      This document is reproduced at I1I.B.6., this compendium.

      9.  "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty
      Authorities under the Clean Water Act", distributed August
      28, 1987.  This document is reproduced at III.B.7., this
      compendium.

      10. "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil
      Penalty Assessment Language",  distributed August 28, 1987.
      This document is reproduced at III.B.8., this compendium.

      11. "Issuance of Guidance Interpreting 'Single Operational
      upset1",  dated September 27, 1989.

      12. "Guidance on Section 1 of the Civil Justice Reform
      Executive Order No. 12778", dated April 8,  1993.

      13. "Parallel Proceedings Policy", dated June 22, 1994.

      14. "Guidance on Use of Section 504, the Emergency Powers
      Provision of the Clean Water Act", dated July 30, 1993.

B.    ENFORCEMENT CASE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

      1.  "Memorandum of Understanding Between the Department of
      Justice and the Environmental Protection Agency", dated June
      15, 1977.  See GM-3. (Amended by IV.B.29)

      2.  "Memorandum of understanding Between the U.S. Coast Guard
      and the Environmental Protection Agency" dated August 14,
      1979.  outdated (See this index,  Section VI.C.5.).

-------
                        8

3. "Allocation of Litigation Responsibilities Between
Regional and Headquarters Components of Office of General
Counsel", dated December 14, 1979.

4. "Contacts with Defendants and Potential Defendants in
Enforcement Litigation",, dated October 7, 1981.  See GM-6.

5. "Quantico Guidelines for Enforcement Litigation", dated
April 8, 1982.  See GM-8.

6. "Section Directives Concerning 60 Day Report and
Processing New Referrals", dated June 22, 1982.

7. "Request to Department of Justice to Withhold Action in
Referred Cases", dated September 3, 1982.

8. "Case Referrals for Civil Litigation", dated September 7,
1982. See GM-13.

9. "Procedure for Withholding filing of Referred Cases",
dated September 8, 1982.

10.  "Clearance of Briefs and Significant Pleadings", dated
October 27, 1982.

11.  "Civil Litigation Referral Packages", dated December 2,
1982.

12.  "Headquarters Review of Pleadings", dated December 2,
1982.

13.  "Responsibility for Handling Judicial Appeals Arising
Under EPA's Civil Enforcement Program", dated December 14,
1982.

14.  "Deferral in Filing Cases at the Request of EPA
Attorneys", dated January 31, 1983.

15.  "Case Management Procedures for Civil Water Referrals",
dated March 28, 1983.

16.  "Program Concurrence on Civil Referrals", dated July 20,
1983.

17.  "Program Review of Civil Water Cases", dated July 20,
1983. '

18.  "Direct Referral Memorandum", dated September 29,
1983.(Amended by IV.B.29)

19.  "Implementation of Direct Referrals for Civil Cases",
dated November 28, 1983.  See GM-18.

-------
20. "Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files", dated
December 30, 1983.  See GM-20.

21. "Headquarters Review and Tracking of Civil Referrals",
dated March 8, 1984.

22.  "Delegation of Authorities to the Deputy Administrator",
dated March 19, 1984.

23. "Races to the Courthouse", dated March 20, 1984.

24. "Guidance for Enforcing Federal District Court Orders",
dated May 8, 1984.  This document is reproduced at Section IV
D.I.,  this compendium.

25. "Guidance on Counting and Crediting Civil Judicial
Referrals", dated June 15,  1984.  See GM-29.

26. "Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter and Data
Sheet" dated May 30, 1985.   See GM-40.

27. "Form of Settlement of Civil Judicial Cases", dated July
24, 1985.  See GM-42.

28. "Direct Referrals Clean Water Act - 'No Permit' Cases",
dated September 11, 1985.

29. "Direct Referrals", dated August 28,  1986.

30. "Expanded Civil Judicial Referral Procedures", dated
August 28,  1986.  See also GM-50.

31. "EPA Policy on the Inclusion of Environmental Auditing
Provisions in Enforcement Settlements", dated November 14,
1986;  See GM-53.  Supplements GM-17.

32. "Interim Guidance on Joining States as Plaintiffs," dated
December 24, 1986, as corrected February 4, 1987.

33.  "Expansion of Direct Referral Cases to the Department of
Justice", dated January 14, 1988.  See GM-69.

34.  "Delegation of Concurrence and Signature Authority",
dated January 14,  1988.  See GM-70.

35.  "Enforcement Docket Maintenance", dated April 8, 1988.

36.  "Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
Negotiations on Civil Judicial Enforcement Cases", dated
April 13,1988.  See GM-73.

37.  "Criteria for Active OECM Attorney Involvement in
Cases", dated May 22, 1988.

-------
                              10

      38.  "Withdrawal of Referrals and Issuance of 'Hold1
      Letters", dated February 24, 1989.

      39.  "Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and Follow-up
      Directive", dated January 11, 1990.  Attached to IV.D.4. this
      compendium.

C. PENALTIES AND TERMS OF SETTLEMENT

      1. "Civil Penalty Policy", dated July 8, 1980 (for reference
      only).

      2. "Guidance for Drafting Judicial Consent Decrees", dated
      October 19, 1983.  See GM-17.

      3. "New Civil Penalty Policy", dated February 16, 1984.  See
      GM-21.

      4. "A Framework for Statute Specific Approaches to Penalty
      Assessment", dated February 16,  1984.  See GM-22.

      5. "Guidance for Calculating Economic benefit of Non-
      Copliance for a Civil Penalty Assessment", dated November 5,
      1984.  See GM-33.

      6. "Penalty Calculations Compliance Schedule for Pretreatment
      Enforcement Initiative", dated February 19, 1985.   (See Also
      IV.C.10)

      7. "Enforcement Settlement Negotiations",  dated May 22, 1985.
      See GM-39.

      8. "Headquarters Approval of Proposed Civil Penalties", dated
      May 31,  1985.

      9. "Division of Penalties with State and Local Governments",
      dated October 30, 1985.

      10. "Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy", dated February
      11, 1986.  Also see Addendum at III.B.9.

      11. "Letter of the Administrator to James Borberg,  President
      of the Association of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies",
      (concerning penalties against municipalities),  dated October
      21, 1986.

      12. "Guidance on Calculating after Tax Net Present Value of
      Alternative Payments", dated October 28, 1986.   See also
      GM-51.

      13. "Guidance on determining Violator's Ability to Pay a
      Civil Penalty",  dated December 16, 1986.  See GM-56.

-------
                              11

      14.  "Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy  for
      Administrative Penalties", distributed August, 1987.   (This
      document is reproduced at III.B.9., this compendium).

      15.  "November 4, 1987 Congressional Testimony on Proposed
      Amendments to the Clean Water Act", dated November 24, 1987.
      Includes DOJ and EPA Testimony on  "Environmental Improvement
      Projects".

      16.  "Guidance on Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
      Implement Approved Local Pretreatment Programs", dated
      December 22, 1988.  Displayed at VLB. 30.

      17.  "Guidance on the Distinction Among Pleading, Negotiating
      and litigating Civil Penalties for Enforcement Cases under
      the Clean Water Act", dated January 19,  1989.

      18.  "Use of Stipulated Penalties in EPA Settlement
      Agreements", dated January 11, 1990.

      19.  "Multi-Media Settlements of Enforcement Claims", dated
      February 6, 1990.

      20.  "Documenting Penalty Calculations and Justifications in
 ,    EPA Enforcement Actions",  dated August 9, 1990.

      21.  "Interim  Policy on  the  Inclusion  of  Pollution  Prevention
      and Recycling Provisions in Enforcement Settlements",
      February 25, 1991.

      22 .  "Issuance  of Revised  Interim Clean Water Act Settlement
      Penalty Policy",  February  28,  1995.

      23.  "Issuance  of Interim  Revised supplemental Environmental
      Projects Policy",  May 3, 1995.

      24.  "Interim  Policy on  Compliance Incentives for Small
      Business",  June 13,  1995.

D.  ENFORCING JUDGEMENTS AND DECREES

      1. "Guidelines for Enforcing Federal District Court Orders",
      dated April 18, 1984.  See GM-27.

      2. "Procedures for Assessing Stipulated Penalties", dated
      January 11, 1988.  See GM-67.

      3.  "Guidance on Certification of Compliance with Enforcement
      Agreements", dated July 25,  1988, see GM-74.

      4.  "Manual on Monitoring and Enforcing Administrative and
      Judicial Orders", dated February 6, 1990.  Transmittal
      Memorandum, Summary Introduction, and Table of Contents only.

-------
                                           12

                    5.  "Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and Follow-up
                    Directive", dated January 11, 1990.

        V.  CRIMINAL LITIGATION/ENFORCEMENT*

              1. "Agency Guidelines for Participation in Grand Jury
              Investigations",  dated April  30,  1982.  See GM-9.

              2. "Criminal Enforcement Priorities for the EPA", dated October 12,
              1982.  See GM-14.

              3. "Analysis of Existing Law  Enforcement Emergency authorities",
              dated March 6,  1984.

              4. "Guidelines  on Sampling, Preservation, and Disposal of Technical
              Evidence in Criminal  Enforcement  Matters", dated April 18, 1984.

              5. "Guidance Concerning Compliance with the Jencks Act",  dated
              November 21, 1983.   See GM-23.  Superseded and replaced by V.8.
              below.

              6. "Policy and  Procedure on Parallel Proceedings at the EPA",  dated
              January 23,  1984.  See GM-30.   Superseded.

              7. "The Use of  Administrative Discovery Devices in the Development
              of Cases Assigned to  the Office of Criminal Investigations",  dated
              February 16, 1984.   See GM-36.  Superseded.

              8. "Guidance Concerning Compliance with the Jencks Act"  dated
              March 8, 1984.

              9. "Functions and General Operating Procedures for the Criminal
              Enforcement Program",  dated January 7, 1985.  See GM-15.

              10. "The Role of EPA  Supervisors  during Parallel Proceedings",
              dated March 12,  1985.   See GM-37.  Superseded.

              11. "Environmental  Criminal Conduct Coming to the Attention of
              Agency Officials and  Employees",  dated September 21,  1987.

              12.  "Procedures for  Requesting and Obtaining Approval of Parallel
              Proceedings", dated June 15,  1989.  Excludes attachment entitled
              "Guidelines on  Investigative  Procedures for Parallel Proceedings".

              13.  "Revised EPA Guidance for  Parallel Proceedings", dated June
              21, 1989.  This document together with V.12. above, supersedes and
      4  Memoranda  in this Section are particularly germane  to water
enforcement and  do not comprise  a comprehensive  listing of all criminal
enforcement policies.

-------
                                   13

     replaces the documents at V.6.,V.7., and V.10.  This document is
     supplemented by the document at V.14.

     14.  "Supplement to Parallel Proceedings Guidance and Procedures
     for Requesting and Obtaining Approval of Parallel Proceedings",
     dated July 18, 1990.

VI.  SPECIALIZED ENFORCEMENT TOPICS

     A. NATIONAL MUNICIPAL POLICY

           1. "Municipal Enforcement Case Requirements", dated December
           14, 1982.

           2. "CWA Municipal Enforcement Cases", dated January 3, 1983.

           3.  National Municipal Policy, 49 FR 3832 (January 30, 1984).

           4. "Municipal Enforcement: The Financial Ability Question",
           dated February 17, 1984.

           5. "Financial Capability Guidebook",  dated March 1984. (Table
           of Contents only)

           6. "Eligibility for Variances under Section 301(i)(1) of the
           CWA", dated April 11, 1984.

           7. "Regional and State Guidance on the National Municipal
           Policy", dated March, 1984.

           8. "Available Techniques for Obtaining Compliance with
           National Municipal Policy by Unfunded POTWs Requiring
           Construction", dated September 13, 1984.

           9. "Finance Manual for Wastewater Treatment Systems", dated
           April 1985.   (Table of Contents only)

           10. "National Municipal Policy Implementation", dated April
           1, 1985.

           11. "National Municipal Policy Implementation", dated April
           12, 1985.

           12.  Letter to House of Representatives from EPA regarding
           the NMP with Congressional Record materials attached, dated
           July 22, 1985.

           13. "Implementation of the NMP", dated July 24, 1985.

           14. "Relationship Between the National Municipal Policy and
           Construction Grants Extending Beyond FY 1988", dated July 26,
           1985.   (See also number 12 above for a copy of the letter
           referenced in this document)

-------
                              14
      15.  Speech by Assistant Administrator, OECM to Association
      of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies, dated August 8, 1985.

      16. "Hightlights from Decided and Settled Cases Under the
      NMP", dated August 27, 1985.

      17. "Deadlines and the National Municipal Policy", dated
      January 30, 1986.

      18. "Letter of the Administrator to James Borberg, President
      of the Association of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies",
      (concerning penalties against municipalities),  dated October
      21, 1986,  (See No. IV.C.ll this Compendium).

      19. "National Municipal Policy Litigation," dated December
      23, 1986.

      20. "Interim Guidance on Joining States as Plaintiffs," dated
      December 24, 1986, as corrected February 4, 1987.  Reproduced
      at IV.B.32., this compendium.

      21. "National Municipal Policy Enforcement", dated September
      22, 1987, with attachment.

      22.  Press Briefing Municipal Compliance with the clean Water
      Act",  dated  July 27,  1988.   Selected portions.
B. PRE TREATMENT
      1. "Coordination Between Regional Enforcement and Water
      Programs Personnel in Implementing the National Pretreatment
      Program", dated November 29, 1978.

      2. "Incorporation of Pretreatment Program Development
      Compliance Schedules into POTW NPDES Permits", dated January
      28, 1980.

      3. "Statutory Deadlines for Compliance by Publicly Owned
      Treatment Works Under the CWA",  dated March 4, 1983.

      4. "Example Language for Modifying NPDES Permits for
      Pretreatment Program Approval",  dated September 22, 1983.

      5. "Procedure Manual for Reviewing a POTW Pretreatment
      Program Submission", dated October 1983.  Table of Contents
      only.

      6. "Guidance Manual for POTW Pretreatment Program
      Development", dated October 1983.  Table of Contents only.

-------
                        15

7. "Guidance Manual for Electroplating and Metal Finishing
Pretreatment Standards", dated February 1984.  Table of
Contents only.

8. "Implementation of Pretreatment Standards While Litigation
Continues", dated May. 2, 1984.

9. "Guidance Manual for Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard and
Builder's Paper and Board Mills Pretreatment Standards",
dated July 1984. Table of Contents only.

10. "Guidance to POTWs for Enforcement of Categorical
Standards", dated November 5, 1984.

11. "POTW Pretreatment Multi-Case Enforcement Initiative",
dated December 31, 1984.  Attachments A and B excluded.

12. "Example Permit Language Requiring POTWS to Implement
Pretreatment Programs", dated February 22,  1985.

13. "Guidance on Enforcement of Prohibitions Against
Interference and Pass Through",  dated May 3, 1985.

14. "Obtaining Approval of Remaining Local Pretreatment
Programs--Second Round Referrals of the Municipal
Pretreatment Enforcement Initiative", dated June 12, 1985.
(Categorization of POTWs within Regions excluded)

15. "Applicability of Categorical Pretreatment Standards to
Industrial Users of Non-Discharging POTWs", dated June 27,
1985.

16. "Guidance Manual for Preparation and Review of Removal
Credit Applications", dated July 1985. Table of Contents
only.

17. "Local Limits Requirements for POTW Pretreatment
Programs", dated August 5, 1985.

18. "Guidance Manual for Iron and Steel Manufacturing
Pretreatment Standards", dated September 1985.  Table of
Contents only.

19. "Guidance Manual for the Use of Production-Based
Pretreatment Standards and the Combined Wastestream Formula",
dated September 1985.  Table of Contents only.

20. "Guidance Manual for Implementation of Total Toxic
Organics  (TTO) Pretreatment Standards", dated September 1985.
Table of Contents only.

21. "Guidance on Obtaining Submittal and Implementation of
Approvable Pretreatment Programs", dated September 20, 1985.

-------
                        16
22.  "Choosing Between Clean Water Act §309(b) and  §309 (f) as
a Cause of Action in Pretreatment Enforcement Cases",
September 20, 1985.

23.  "RCRA Information on Hazardous Wastes for Publicly Owned
Treatment Works", dated September 1985.  Table of  Contents
only.

24.  "Pretreatment Compliance Inspection and Audit  Manual for
Approval Authorities", dated July, 1986.  Table of Contents
only.

25.  "Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
Guidance" (for Publicly Owned Treatment Works) dated July,
1986   (Printed September, 1986).  Table of Contents  only.

26.  "Interim Guidance on Appropriate Implementation
Requirements in Pretreatment Consent Decrees," dated December
5, 1986. Attachments excluded.

27.  "Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW Noncompliance
with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements", dated
September, 1987. (This document is reproduced at II.C.ll of
this compendium).

28.  "Guidance Manual on the Development and Implementation of
Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program",
dated November 1987.  Indices and Tables of Contents only.

29.  "Guidance on Bringing Enforcement Action Against POTWs
for Failure to Implement Approved Pretreatment Programs",
dated August 4,  1988.

30.  "Guidance on Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
Implement Approved Preteatment Programs",  dated December 22,
1988.

31.  "Enforcement Initiative for Failure to Adequately
Implement Approved Local Pretreatment Programs",  dated
February 1,  1989.

32.  "Guidance For Developing Control Authority Enforcement
Response Plans", dated September,  1989.  Table of Contents
only.

33.  "FY 1990 Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating  POTW
Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements",
dated September 27,  1989.

34.  "Application and-Use of the Regulatory Definition of
Significant Noncompliance for Industrial Users",  dated
September 9,  1991.

-------
                                          17

                   35:  "Determining Industrial User Compliance Using Split
                   Samples",  January 21,  1992.

                   36.  "The Use of Grab Samples to Detect Violations of
                   Pretreatment Standards", October 1, 1992.

             C. SECTION 3115

                   1. "Oil Spill Enforcement", dated January 8, 1974.   Outdated.

                   2. "Civil  Penalties  Collected for Violations of 40  C.F.R.
                   Part 112"  -  Transmittal to USCG Districts of Deposit in
                   Revolving  Fund  Account, dated December 24, 1974.  Outdated.

                   3. "Spill  Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC)  Plan
                   Program",  dated April  23, 1975. Outdated.

                   4. "Penalty  Assessment Procedures under Section 311(j)(2)",
                   dated March  29, 1976.  Outdated.

                   5. "Memorandum  of Understanding Between the U.S.  Coast  Guard
                   and the EPA", dated  August 24, 1979.  Outdated.

                   6. "Jurisdiction  over  Intermittent Streams under §  311  of  the
                   CWA",  dated  March 4, 1981.

                   7. "EPA Authority to Seek Court Imposed Civil Penalties Under
                   Section 311(b)(6) of the CWA", dated November 19,  1984.
                   Outdated.

             D. CITIZEN SUITS

                   1. "EPA Response  to  Citizen Suits", dated July 30,  1984.

                   2. "Clean Water Act  Citizen Suit Issues Tracking System",
                   dated October 4,  1985.

                   3. "Notes on Section 505 CWA Citizen Suits," dated  February
                   3, 1986.

                   4.  "Clean Water Act Section 505: Effect of Prior Citizen
                   Suit Adjudications or  Settlement on the United States Ability
                   to Sue for Same Violations", dated June 19, 1987.

                   5.  "Procedures for  Agency Responses to Clean Water Act
                   Citizen Suit Activity  dated June 15, 1988.
.
fco
^
     5  Recent  passage of  the  Oil Pollution Act  of 1990 has  rendered  all but
ne  of the  documents  in this section outdated.   The outdated  documents are
  marked.

-------
                              18

E. SECTION 404

      1. "EPA Enforcement Policy for Noncompliance with Section 404
      of the FWPCA", dated June 1, 1976.

      2. Letter from Attorney General to Secretary of the Army
      regarding Section 404 of the CWA dated September 5, 1979.

      3. "Enforcement of Section 404 of the CWA", dated November
      25, 1980.

      4. "Enforcement Authority for Violations of Section 404 of
      the Clean Water Act", dated November 7, 1980.

      5. "Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for
      Dredged or Fill Material", Federal Register Notice, Volume
      45, No. 249, dated December 24, 1980.

      6. "CWA Section 404 Administrative Orders for Removal or
      Restoration", dated May 20,  1985.

      7.  Memorandum of Agreement Between the Department of the
      Army and the Environmental Protection Agency Concerning
      Regulation of Solid Waste Under the Clean Water Act, dated
      January 23,  1986, effective date April 23,  1986.

      8.  "Memorandum of Agreeemtn Between the Department of the
      Army and the Environmental Protection Agency Concerning
      Federal Enforcement of the Section 404 Program of the Clean
      Water Act",  dated January 19,  1989,  with collateral
      agreements concerning previously-issued Corps Permits
      Geographic Jurisdiction and Section 404 (f) exemption issues.

      9.  "Clean Water Act Section 404 Jurisdiction Over Isolated
      Waters in Light of Tabb Lakes v. United States." dated
      January 25,  1990.

F. CONTRACTOR LISTING

      1. "Guidance for Implementing EPA's Contractor Listing
      Authority",  dated July 18, 1984.  See GM-31. (Superseded by
      F.4,  below)

      2. "Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing", dated
      August 8,  1984.   See GM-32.

      3. "Policy on Implementing Contractor Listing Program",  dated
      August 27,  1985.   (deleted - Draft Policy only)

      4. "Guidance on Implementing the Discretionary Contractor
      Listing Program",  dated November 26, 1986.  See GM-53.

-------
                              19

G. FEDERAL FACILITIES

      1. "Federal Facilities Compliance", dated January, 1984.
      Superseded by VI.G.2.

      2.  "Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy", dated November,
      1988.  See GM-25(revised).

H. OVERSIGHT AND STATE PROGRAM COORDINATION

      1. "Implementing State/Federal Partnership in Enforcement:
      State/Federal Enforcement Agreements", dated June 26, 1984.
      Superseded by H.3, below.

      2. Policy on Performance-Based Assistance, dated May 31,
      1985.

      3. "Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
      Agreements", dated August 25, 1986 (Supersedes H.I).  See
      also GM-41, revised.

      4. Policy on Flexible State Enforcement Responses to Small
      Community Violations, November 22, 1995.

I.  PROVIDING ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION TO OUTSIDE PARTIES

      1. "Policy Against No Action Assurances", dated November 16,
      1984.  See GM-34.

      2. "Enforcement Document Release Guideline",  dated September
      16,1985.  See GM-43.

      3. "Policy on Publicizing Enforcement Activities", dated
      November 21, 1985.  Modified by 1.5,  below.

      4. "Memorandum to General Counsels" (Concerning FOI requests
      pertaining to subjects involved in ongoing or anticipated
      litigation), dated March 27, 1986.

      5. "Addendum to GM-46: Policy on Publicizing Enforcement
      Activities", dated August 4, 1987.  (Contains discussion on
      explaining differences between initial penalty demands and
      final penalty)

      6. "Policy on Compliance Incentives for Small Businesses",
      June 3, 1996.  (Effective June 10, 1996)

      7. "Processing  Requests  for Use of Enforcement Discretion",
      March 3, 1995.

-------
                              20

J. TOXICS/TOXICITY CONTROL

      1. "Policy for Development of Water Quality-Based Permit
      Limitations for Toxic Pollutants", dated February, 1984.  See
      II.A.7.

      2. "Whole Effluent Toxicity Basic Permitting Principles and
      Enforcement Strategy", Dated January 25, 1989.  Includes
      Compliance monitoring and Enforcement Strategy, dated January
      19, 1989.

      3. "Quality Assurance Guidance for Compliance Monitoring in
      Effluent Biological Toxicity Testing", dated March 7, 1990.

      4. "National  Policy Regarding Whole Effluent Toxicity
      Enforcement",  August 14,  1995.

K. SLUDGE

      1. "Permitting and Enforcement Strategy for Implementation of
      the Technical Sludge Standards in 40 CFR Part 503", dated
      November 4, 1991.

      2. "Compliance Tracking and Enforcement of the Interim Sludge
      Requirements", dated January 3, 1991.

L. SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOWS

      1. "Enforcement Efforts Addressing Sanitary Sewer Overflows",
      March 7, 1995.

      2. Addition of Chapter X to Enforcement Management System
      (EMS) :  "Setting Priorities for Addressing Discharges  from
      Separate Sanitary Sewers",  March 7,  1996.

M.  STORM WATER

      1. "Storm Water Enforcement Strategy", January 12, 1994.

      2. "Policy for End of Moratorium for Storm Water Permitting",
      October 18, 1994.

      3. "Memo Clarifying the  CERCLA Reporting Requirements for
      Releases of Ethylene Glycol from Deicing Operations at
      Airports",  August 2,  1996.

N.  ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATIONS

      1. "Water Quality Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations",
      February 18,  1994.

-------
                                    21

      0.  COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW  (CSO)

***         1. "Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO)  Control Policy",  59 FR
            18688, April 19,  1994.

***         2. "January 1,  1997,  Deadline for Nine Minimum Controls in
            Combined Sewer Overflow Control Policy", November 18, 1996.

VII.  ANNUAL DOCUMENTS AND SHORT-TERM INITIATIVES

      1. "EPA AGENCY OPERATING GUIDANCE - FY 1986-1987",  dated  February
      1985.  EXPIRED.

      2. "FY86 GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS",  dated June  28,
      1985.  EXPIRED.

      3. "NATIONAL MUNICIPAL  POLICY ENFORCEMENT INITIATIVE", dated  August
      9, 1985.  Attachments excluded.

      4. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY  SYSTEM  AND
      MID-YEAR EVALUATIONS",  dated September, 1985.   EXPIRED.

      5. "EPA AGENCY OPERATING GUIDANCE - FY 1987,  dated March  1986".
      EXPIRED.

      6. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY  SYSTEM  AND
      MID-YEAR    EVALUATIONS-FISCAL YEAR 1987", dated March 1986.
      EXPIRED.

      7. "FY87 GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS", dated April 18,
      1986.  EXPIRED.

      8. "EPA Agency Operating Guidance- FY 1988" dated  March,  1987.
      Selected portions only.  EXPIRED.

      9. "GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS", dated May,  1987
      (This document is reproduced at 1.7., This Compendium).

      10. "Guidance for the FY 1988 State/EPA Enforcement Agreements
      Process", dated April 31  (sic), 1987.  EXPIRED.

      11. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND
      MID-YEAR EVALUATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1988", dated May,  1987.   Selected
      portions only.  EXPIRED.

      12. "FY 1988 OFFICE OF  WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE",  dated June,  1987.
      Selected portions only.  EXPIRED.

      13. "FY 1989 OFFICE OF  WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE",  dated March,
      1988.  Selected portions only.

-------
                              22

14. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND MID-'
YEAR EVALUATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1989", dated March, 1988.  Selected
portions only.

15. "Guidance for the FY 1989 State\EPA Enforcement Agreement
Process", dated June 20, 1988.  See GM-57.

16. "FY 1990 OFFICE OF WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE", dated March,
1989.  Selected portions only.

17. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND MID-
YEAR EVALUATIONS,FISCAL YEAR 1990", dated March, 1989.  Selected
portions only.

18. "Use of Administrative Penalty Order  (APO's) in FY 89", dated
March 13, 1990.  Without Attachments.

19. "CWA Civil Judicial and Administrative Penalty Practices Report
for FY8 9".

20. "FY 1990 Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW
Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements", dated
September 27, 1989.

21. "FY 1995  Guidance  Document  for Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance--Memorandum of Agreement Process,  September 20,  1994.

-------
i.

-------
i INTRODUCTION

-------
 i.  INTRODUCTION

     This Clean Water Act Compliance/Enforcement Compendium is a.
 compilation of operative policies, guidance and staff manuals/
 instructions which.relate specifically to compliance and  -
 enforcement activities under the Clean Water Act (CWA).  This
 Compendium is designed for use by Agency personnel and replaces
 "Water Compliance/Enforcement Guidance Manual - Compendium of
 Operative Policies (jointly issued by the Office of Water and the
 Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring on April 23,
 1984).  The Compendium reflects a thorough search of relevant
 materials issued through December, 1985, but also lists key
 documents issued as  recently as March, 1986.

     The Compendium  is divided into seven principal categories
 with several of the  categories further divided.  Section I incor-
 porates the Table of Contents for several general reference
 documents — including the "General Enforcement Policy Compendium"
 which contains policies applicable to all enforcement programs
 within the Agency and the "Permits Division Policy Book".  Section
 I also includes the  Enforcement Management System Guide, which is
 relevant to all aspects of the National Pollutant Discharge
 Elimination System (NPDES) compliance monitoring and enforcement
 program.  Key documents from these other compendia are listed
 separately in Sections II through VI.  Section II includes docu-
 ments which address  NPDES compliance monitoring and, as mentioned
 above, includes some documents indexed in the "Permits Division
 Policy Book" which describe the establishment of permit limita-
 tions and requirements.  Sections III and IV identify procedures
 for formal Federal administrative enforcement (III) and civil
 enforcement (IV) in  cases of non-compliance.  Section V lists a
 number of Agency policies relating to criminal enforcement;
 Section VI lists policies and materials on specific topics (e.g..
 National Municipal Policy, Pretreatment, etc.) under NPDES and
 non-NPDES compliance and enforcement; and Section VII covers
policy documents which are issued annually or support short-term
 initiatives (e.g., Agency Operating Guidance).

     Within each subdivision -- or where there is no subdivision,
within each section  ~ materials are listed in chronological
 order.  Documents which are considered to be most significant
 and most frequently  used are CAPITALIZED.

     The Table of Contents of this Compendium also serves as the
 index of statement of policy and interpretation of CWA compliance
and enforcement activities of the Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Monitoring (OECM) and the Office of Water Enforcement'
 and Permits (OWEP) which may be made available for public use in
 accordance with Section (a)(2) of the Freedom of Information Act,
 5 U.S.C. §552.  Certain staff manuals and instructions to staff are
 included.  In addition, as a meatis of providing a complete back-
 ground, the Table of Contents cross references relevant documents,

-------
                              - 2 -
including explanatory materials prepared for the regulated public,
which aid the user .to understand EPA's Clean Water Act compliance
a:.d enforcement processes.

     The Compendium will be revised annually.  Although every
effort has been made to include all applicable documents, some
may have been missed.  If additional appropriate documents are
brought to the Agency's attention, they will be added to the
Policy Compendium when it is next revised.  Of course, as new
policies, guidances, and memoranda are issued, these will be
added during the annual update.

-------
I.

-------
I.  OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

-------
                                                                       I.I,
"Permits Division Policy Book", dated June 23,  1982.  Table of Contents by
date and by subject only.  Copies of individual documents may be obtained
from Permits Division, OWEP. (EN-336).
                                                                         2T-?

-------

-------
                       WASHINGTON, D.C.  20460
                                                        WATER
MEMORANDUM
^SUBJECT:   Permits .Division^Policy Book Update

FROM:      Martha'G.  Prothro, Director
           Permits Division (EN-336)

'TO:        Regional Water Management Division Directors
           Regional Permit Branch Chiefs
           NPDSS State Directors
      In  1981  we distributed a Permits Division Policy Book-
which  provided a .compilation of current policies and guidance
material for  your reference.  We have reviewed and updated the
contents of  the Policy Book.  Several outdated NPDES items should
be  deleted  and nine more recent issuances should be included.
Also,  we are  no .longer including RCRA materials in this
compilation.

      Attachments 1 and 2 show additions and deletions by their
subject  headings.  We will maintain a historical "file of the
'deleted  pclicy guidance materials.  For your convenience I am
also  providing copies of the nine additions and new chronological
and subject  indices.

      We-will  continue -.to* provide .periodic updates • to -the .--Permits
Division Policy Book.  'Your ..comments .:and .^.suggestions, ^fcr .improving
the usefulness 'of this book are ..welcome.
 Attachments

-------
                                   Additions
     Administrative Guidance

     A.   Toms
          Application Forms 1 and 2 c
12/10/80
n-80-18
IV.  Legal Interpretation and Information Memos
          NPDES Permit Issuance for Iron and
            Steel Industry                            5/15/81
          Use of "Draft Supplement to Develop-
            ment Document fon Effluent'Limitations
            Guidelines and New Source Performance
            Standards for the Phosphorous Derived
            Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
            Manufacturing Point Source Category"
            (October 1977) in Writing NPDES Permits   1/18/82
          BCT Permitting                              11/2/81
          NPDES Permit Issuance for Pulp and Paper
            Facilities with BCT Limitations to
            Other Facilities                          5/15/81
          Status of the Major NPDES Industrial
            Permits List                     •         :12/10/81
                  n-81-3
                  n-82-1
                  n-81-4
                  n-81-5

                  n-81-5
V.    Second Round Permits:
          Policy for the Second Round Issuance
            of NPDES Industrial Permits
VI.  Technical  Guidance:
          Outer Continental Shelf Coordination
            Committee
          Application of the ,NPDES General
            Permit Program to Offshore Oil
            and Gas Facilities
 6/02/82
6/6/80


7/30/81
n-82-2
n-80-19


n-81-7

-------
                                       Deletions
                                                      'Date
                                                                  Permit Progra:
                                                                      Code
     Regulation Procedures

     A.   ECSLs:-

          Procedures for Issuance of
            ECSLs
          Enforcement Actions Against
            Funded Municipal Dischargers
          Enforcement Actions where an
            Industrial Discharger Fails to
            Meet 7/1/77 Deadline
          .Questions re: - ECSLs
          'Additional Questions re:  lE'CSLs
          Use of ECSLs Past .7/1/7.7
          Enforcement Policy and Use of
            ECSLs for POTWs
                                            6/03/75

                                            .6/03/76
                                            6/03/76
                                            12/10/76
                                            4/01777
                                            5/11/77

                                            6/22/77
 n-76-2

 n-~76-3


 n-75-4
•n-76-13

 n-77-9

 n-77-11
          Clean .Water Act Extensions -and
          Modifications:

          Municipal Penr.it Extensions .under
            Section 301 (i)
                                            4/19/78
-n-78-3
III. Federal/State Relationships
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act:

Establishment of RCRA "Program
  Implementation Guidance System
  (PIGs)"                                   '10/G3/SO
Interim Authorization of Programs
  Based on Emergency-State
  Regulations                         '      10/03/30
Requirement that State-Permitted             .  '
  Hazardous Waste Facilities have
  "Interim Status"                          10/03/80
Short-Term Financial Assistance for
  State Expected to Receive
  Authorization before 1/1/81               10/03/80
The Use of State Permitting Systems
  During Phase I Interim Authorization
 -which are not Based on Explicit
  Regulatory Standards                      10/17/80
                                                                               PIG-80-1


                                                                               PIG-80-2


                                                                               PIG-80-3


                                                                               PIG-30-4



                                                                               PIG-51-1

-------
                     Title   •

          Federal Register Notice of Public
            Hearing ana Comment Period on
            State Applications for  Interim
            Authorization
          Effect of RCRA Regulations Changes
            on Phase I  Interim Authorization
            Approval
          Deli sting of  Wastes by Authorized
            States
          Used Oil Recycling Act of 1980
          State  Regulation of Federal Agencies
            For  purposes of Interim
            Authorization
          Final  Determinations on State
            Applications for Interim
            Authorization:  Action  Memoran-
            dum  & Federal Register  Notice
          Program Implementation Guidance
            on Issuance of Provisional
            E?A  Identification Numbers
          Effect of EPA's Memorandum of
            Understanding With the  Dept.
            of Transportation on Activities
            in States with Cooperative
            Arrangements
          Transfer of Modification  and Permit
            Application Information to States
          Involvement of States without. Phase
            II Interim  Authorization in RCRA
            Permitting
                                                  Date
Permit Prccri-
     Code
                                                 10/30/30
                                                 10/30/80

                                                 10/31/80
                                                 11/14/80
                                                 11/14/80



                                                 12/1/80


                                                 11/25/30
                                                 12/10/30

                                                  3/24/81


                                                  2/12/31
    PIG-81-2
    PIG-81-3

    PIG-81-4
    PIG-81-5
    PIG-81-6



    PIG-81-7


    PIG-81-8
    PIG-S

    PIG-81-10


    PIG-81-11
     Second Round Permits:

          Reissuing NPDES Permits to Sources
            Affected by the NRDC Consent Decree
          Policies for Reissuing Industrial
            N'PDES Permits
          Writing NPDES BAT Permits in the
            Absence of Promulgated Effluent
            Guide!ines
          Revised NPDES Second Round Permits
            Policy
                                                 5/16/78

                                                 7/12/78


                                                 6/25/80.

                                                 8/29/30
    n-78-5

    n-7S-9*


    n-80-7

    n-30-10
V
A .
>CRA:
          RCRA Permit Priorities Guidance
          RCRA Emergency Permit Guidance
                                                 10/03/80
                                                 10/20/80
    r-80-1'
    r-80-2*

-------
Estcbl 1 shrr.ent of RCRA "Program
            t ion Guidance System
  (Plus)"                                   10/03/80
Inter'i'rn 'Authorization of Programs
-  Based on Emergency State
  Regulations                               10/03/80
Requirement that State Permitted
  Hazardous Waste Facilities have
  "Interim Status"                          10/03/80
Short-Term Financial Assistance for
  States Expected to Receive
  Authorization Before 1/1/81               10/03/80
The Use of State Permitting Systems
  During Phase I Interim Authorization
  Which are not Based on Explicit.
•  Permit Guidance                           10/17/80
RCRA Emergency Permit Guidance              10/20/80
Federal Register Notice of 'Public
  Hearing and Comment Period on
  State Applications for Interim
  Authorization                      '       10/23/80
Effect of RCRA Regulations Changes
  on Phase I Interim Authorization
  Approval                             '     10/30/80
Deli sting" of Wastes by Authorized
  States         '                           10/31/80
 r-80-1


 PIG-SO-2


 PIG-80-3


 PIG-80-4



 PIG-81-1
 PIG-81-2


 PIG-81-3

•PIG-81-4

-------
                  'PernntsOi vision .-oncyaoo*


     This book contains policies and guidance under the NPOES

Psrr.it Program.  The materials are arranged and numbered in
    *
chronological sequence.  NPDES policies are prefixed by an "n".

Following the prefix, the first number is the year of issuance

and the second- is the chronological sequence for that year.

In addition to the chronologcial listing a subject index is

provided to assist in locating policies.


    Documents which are too lengthy to be included are indicated

by an asterisk.  Copies of these documents may be obtained by

contacting:

     Mr. Timoth'y Dwyer'
     Permits Division (EN-336)
     U.S. EPA
     401 -M Street, S.W.
     Washington, D.C.  20450
     (202) 426-4793

Please use tne policy number when requesting a document..

-------
Till 8
Date
Program
 Code
1973
1974
     Policy on Storage & Releases for Water Quality
       Control in Reservoirs Planned by Federal
       Agencies                                          1/16/73
     Penr.it Form                                         9/18/73
     Intermittent Streams                                9/28/73
     Alternative in Permit"Language                     12/27/73
     Additional Guidance for Petroleum Marketing
       Terminals & Oil Production Facilities             7/18/74
     Feed lot Permit Format .                             "7/29/74
     Application of Electroplating Guidelines           :8/28/74
     Disposal of Supply Water Treatment Sludges         "9/13/74
1975
1976
1977
     Use of Closed Cycle Cooling Systems to Meet the
       Requirements of Section- 316(b)              •      2/26/75
     N'PDES Permit Authorization to Discharge  •          -4/28/76
     (Deleted)               '  •
     (Deleted)
     (Deleted)
     Coordination Between NPDES Program .and'Water        7/07/76
       Quality Management                                 and
     Attachment - Coordination                           4/02/76
     Municipal Wastewater Treatment Ponds                8/12/76
     American Petroleum Institute v. EPA -
       information Memo            •                      8/24/76
     Bincing Effect of 303(e) Basin Plans                8/24/76
     Impact"of Phase I Basin Plans                       9/01/76
     Phase II Iron and Steel Guidelines - Manoning
       River Valley                                     '.10/04/76
     Asbestos Limits                                    10/15/76
     Use of Low Flow Augmentation to Meet Water
       Quality Standards                 '               11/08/76
     (Deleted)
     Comments on Region VIII's Approach to Writing
       Effluent Limits for Confined Animal Feeding
       Operations                       '                12/15/75
     Clarification of Q3C Opinion No. 40 (State
       Review Authority)                  •             2/04/77
     Fecal  Coliform Bacteria Limits                    2/14/77
     (Deleted)
     Water Treatment Plant Limitations                 4/13/77
            n-73-1
            n-73-2
            n-73-3
            n-73-4
            n-74-1
            n-74-2
           -n-74-,3
            n-74-4
            n-75-1
            n-75-1
            n-75-2
            n-76-3
            n-75-4
            n-75-5

            n-75-5
            n-75-6

            n-75-7
            n-76-8
            n-76-9

            n-75-10
            n-75-11

            n-76-12
            n-76-13.
            n-76-14
          n-77-1
          n-77-2
          n-77-3
          n-77-4

-------
                                                                       •Permit
                                                                       Proram
                         Title                          Date

     Request for Policy Regarding Possible Use
       of NPDES Permits to Promote Better Sludge
       Management                    -                  4/13/77
     31o(a) & (b) Technical Guidance Documents         5/01/77
     Use of In-Stream Mechanical Aerators to Meet
       Water Quality Standards                         5/02/77
     NPDES Permits and Requirements of State- Law       5/04/77
     (Deleted)
     Implementation of Promulgated Section 307(a)
       Toxic Standards                                 6/01/77
     (Deleted)
     NPDES Permits in Wetlands Areas                   7/12/77
     Implementation of Section 403                     7/20/77
     Policy Regarding Procedures for Fundamentally
       Different Factors BPT Variances                 8/18/77
     Policy Regarding the  Inclusion in Permits of
       More Stringent Effluent Parameters             10/13/77
1978
1979
     State Regulation of Federal Facilities
     Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications
     (Deleted)
     Certification and Permitting of Dischargers
       in Boundary Waters
     (Deleted)
     Coal Mining Under the Surface Mining Control
       and Reclamation Act of 1977.     "              5/25/78.
     Opinions on Variances in Second Round-and
       Other Issues                                    6/13/78
     Ex Parte Contacts in Adjudicatory Hearings        6/15/78
     (Deleted)
     £x Parte Contacts in EPA Rulemaking               8/04/77
     Suspenoed Solids Limits for POTW Ponds            9/01/78
     Innovative Technology Extensions                  9/06/78
     Guidance to States re Pretreatment Program        9/08/73
     Variance Applications                             9/12/78
     Applicability cf 301(h) & (i) to Federal
       Facilities                                      9/12/78
     Transfer of Authority over-Federal Facilities
       to NPDES States                                11/23/73
     Coordination between Regional Enforcement and
       Water Programs re Pretreatment Program         11/29/78
     Request for Legal Opinion - Inclusion of
       Compliance Schedules in Second Round and
       New Permits                                    12/25/78
     Use of Sicaon.itoring in the NPDES
       Permits Program                                 1/11/79
     State Pretreat.-ent Programs                       4/12/79
n-77-5
n-77-6*

n-77-7
n-77-8
n-77-9

n-77-10
n-77-11
n-77-12
n-77-13

n-77-14

n-77-15
3/10/78
4/06/78
4/19/78
n-78-1
n-78-2
n-78-3
' n-78-4
n-78-5
n-73-6

n-7S-7
n-73-8
n-7S-9*
n-78-10
n-78-11
n-78-12
n-78-131
n-78-14

n-78-15

n-7S-16

n-78-17
n-78-1'8
n-79-1
n-79-2

-------
                         Title
  Date
    Code"
1980
     EPA Procedures for Review & Approval of State
       Pr.strestment Program Submissions
     .Separate Storm Sewers
     National Municipal Policy & Strategy
     Guidance on Setting BCT Permit Limits for
       Breweries under Section 402(a)(l) of CWA
     Regional Review of State-Issued NPDES Permits
     Applicability of Revised NPDES Regulations
       to Permits Currently Being Processed
                          «     ^
  .  Incorporation of Pretreatment Program
       Development Compliance Schedules into
       POTd NPDES Permits
  .  OGC Memo-Use of BODS Carbonaceous Test Results
  . "Pretreatment Compliance Schedule
  .  Statement By Agency Personnel Purporting To '
       Sanction Source Actions Which Are Inconsistent
       With Statutory Requirements
  .  (Deleted)
  .  Major Municipal  Permitting in FY 81
  .  Su-spension of Portion of Definition
       of "Waters of the US" in Consolidated
       Permit Regulations             • ..
  .  (Deleted) .
  .  NPDES Permit. Issuance for Iron & Steel
       Facilities
  .  Suspension of Provisions in Consolidated
       Permit Regulations Establishing Criteria
       for NPDES New Source Determinations and
       Proposed Revision of the Regulations
  .  Treatability Manual
  .  BCT Cost Test Guidance
  .  NPDES Evidentiary Hearing Management Program
  .  Review of State NPDES Permits Written Prior
      to State Program Revision
     Procedures for Processing Plans of Approved
      NPDES States to Implement NPDES General
      Permit Programs
  .  Application Forms 1 and 2c
  .  Outer Continental Shelf Coordination
      Committee

1981

(number not used)

  .  Determining Whether Revisions to State NPDES
      Programs tfade to Authorize the Issuance
      of General Permits are Substantial   •
  .  NPDES Permit Issuance for Iron and Steel
      Industry
 4/30/79
 "9/11/79
   10/79

10/13/79
 1/18/80

 1/13/80
 1/28/80
4/18/80
 5/28/80

 7/10/80
 7/15/80
 9/15/80

 .9/25/80
 9/25/80
 9/30/80
 10/3/30
12/24/80

12/31/80
12/10/30
 6/05/80
 n-79-3
 n-79-4
 n-79-51

 n-79-5
 n-80-1

 n-80-2
n-80-3
n-80-4
'n-80-? 5
n-80-6
n-80-7
n-80-8
n-80-9
n-80-10
n-80-11

n-80-12
n-80-12»
n-80-14*
n-80-15
n-80-15

n-80-17
n-80-18
n-30-19
 2/12/81

 5/15/81
n-81-1



n-Sl-2

•n-31-3

-------
1932
                                                                     Perr.it
                                                                     Program
                         Title                          Date          Code
     3d Permitting                                   11/2/81        n-31-4
     NPDES Permit issuance for Pulp and Paper
      Facilities with 3d Limitations to
      Other Facilities                                 5/15/81        n-81-5
     Status of the Major NPDES Industrial
      Permits List                      '             '12/10/31        n-81-6
     Application of the NPDES General
      Permit Program to Offshore Oil
      and Gas Facilities                               7/30/81        n-81-7
     Use of "Draft Supplement to Develop-
      ment Document for Effluent Limitations'
      Guidelines' and New Source Performance
      Standards for the Phosphorous Derived
      Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
      Manufacturing Point Source Category"
      (October 1977) in Writing NPDES Permits          1/18/82        n-82-1
     Policy for the Second Round Issuance
      of NPDES Industrial Permits                      6/02/82        n-82-2

-------
                     LIST OF CURRENT POLICIES BY SUBJECT
                 Title
     Administrative Guidance

     A.  Forms:

         Permit Form
         Alternative in Permit Language
         Feedlot Permit Format
         Application Forms, 1 and 2c
  Date
 9/18/73
12/27/73
 7/29/74
12/10/80
Permit
Program
 Code
n-73-2
n-73-4
n-74-2
n-80-18
    B.   Procedures:
          pplicability of Revised NPDES Regs.
           to Permits Currently Being Processed
 1/18/80
n-80-2
I!.   Regulatory Procedures
     B.  Industrial:

     C.  Municipal.:

     D.  Tie-in:

     F.  Consolidated:

         Suspension of Portion of Definition
           of "Waters of the US" in Consolidated
           Permit Regulations

         Suspension of Provisions in
           Consolidated Permit Regulations
           Establishing Criteria for N'PDES
           New Source Determinations & Proposed
           Revision of .the Regulations

III.  Federal/State Relationships

     A.  NPDES States:

         Clarification of OGC Opinion
           No. 40'(State Review Authority)
         •State Regulation of Federal Facilities
 7/15/80
~9/25/80
 2/04/77
 3/10/78
n-80-9.
n-SC-12
n-77-1
n-78-1

-------
         Transfer of Authority over Federal
           Facililies to NPOES States
         Review of State N'POES Permits Written
           Prior to State Program Revision
         Procedures for Processing Plans of
           Approved NPDES States To Implement .
           NPDES General Permit Programs
         Determining Whether Revisions to State
           NPDES Programs Made to Authorize the
           Issuance of General Permits are'
           Substantial

      S.   Non-NPDES States:

      C.   Water Quality Management Plans:

           Coordination Between NPDES Program
             and Wa-ter Quality Management
           Attachment - Coordination
           Binding Effect of 303(e) Basin Plans
           Impact of Phase I Basin Plans
           NPDES Permit and Requirements of
             State Law

     E.  Safe Drinking Water Act:

IV.      Legal  Interpretations and Information Memos

        Intermittent Streams
        Disposal of Supply Water Treatment Sludges
        NPOES  Penr.it Authorization to Discharge
        American Petroleum Institute v. EPA -
          Information Memo
        Phase  II Iron & Steel Guidelines -
          Mahoning River Valley
        Request for Policy re Possible Use of
          NPDES Permits to Promote Better Sludge
          Management
        NPDES  Permit in Wetlands Areas
        Implementation of Section 403
        Policy Regarding the Inclusion in Permits
          of More Stringent Effluent Parameters
        Confidentiality of NPDES Permit
          Applications
        Coal  Mining Under the Surface Mining
          Control  and Reclamation Act of 1977
        Certification and Permitting of Dischargers
          in Boundary Waters
        Opinions on Variances in Second Round
          and  Other Issues
  Date


11/23/78

12/24/30


12/31/30



 2/12/81
 7/07/75
   and
 4/02/76
 8/24/76
 9/01/75

 5/04/77
 9/23/73
 9/13/74
 4/23/75

 8/24/75

10/4/75


 4/13/77
 7/12/77
 7/20/77

10/13/77

 4/06/73

 5/25/78

 4/19/78

 6/13/73
                                                                     Permit
                                                                     Program
                                                                      Code-
 n-78-15

 n-80-15


 n-80-17



 n-81-2
 n-75-5

 n-76-5
 n-75-8
.n-.75-S .

 n-77-8
n-73-3
n-74-3
  ^ /- «
n-7o-:

n-75-7

n-76-10


n-77-5
n-77-i2
n-77-13

n-77-15

n-78-2

n-78-5

n-7S-4

n-73-7

-------
V.
V!
                                                              Program
    Title                                         Date         Code

 £x  Parte Contacts  in Adjudicatory Hearings       6/16/78   '   n-78-8
 Ex-Pane Contacts  in EPA Rulemakrng    .         8/04/77      n-78-10
 innovative  Technology Extensions               .  9/06/73      n-78-12
 Applicability  of 301(h)  and (i)'-to Federal
  Facilities                                     9/12/73      n-78-15
 Request  for Legal  Opinion - Inclusion  of
  Compliance Schedules in Second  Round
  and  New Permits                               12/26/78      n-78-18
 Separate Storm Sewers                           9/11/79      n-79-4
 Regional  Review of State-Issued  NPDES
  Remits                                       1/18/80      n-80-1
 OGC Memo-Use of Carbonaceous Test Results        4/18/80      n-80-4
 Statement By Agency Personnel  Purporting
  to Sanctional  Actions  Which are In-
  consistent w/ Statutory Requirements         .5/28/80    '  n-80-S
 NRDES  Permit Issuance for Iron.S  Steel
  -Facilities                                     9/15/80      n-80-11
 BCT Cost Test  Guidance    .               '      9/30/80      n-80-14*
 NPDES  Evidentiary  Hearing Management
  Programs                 '                     10/03/80      n-80-15
 NPDES  Permit Issuance for Iron and
  Steel  Industry                   '             5/15/81      n-81-3
 BCT Permitting                                 11/02/81      n-81-4
 NPDES  Permit Issuance for Pulp and Paper
  Facilities with  BCT Limitations to
  Other  Facilities                              5/15/81      n-81-5
 Status of the  Major NPDES Industrial
  Permits List                                 12/10/81      n-81-6
 Use of "Draft  Supplement to Development
  Document  for Effluent  Limitations
-V Guidelines and New Source Performance
 . Standards for the Phosphorous  Derived
; Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
'.. Manufacturing Point Source Cateaory"
'- (October  1977) in writing NPDES'Permits        1/18/32      n-82-1

 Second Round Permits:

 Policy for  the Second Round Issuance
  of NPDES  Industrial Permits                   6/02/52

 Technical Guidance:

 Policy on Storage  4 Release for  Water
  Duality Control  in Reservoirs  Planned
  by Federal Agencies                           1/16/73      n-73-1
 Additional  Guidance for  Petroleum Marketing
  Terminals &  Oil  Production Facilities          7/18/74      n-74-1
 Application of Electroplating Guidelines         8/28/74      n-74-3
 Use of Closed  Cycle Cooling'Systems to
  Meet the  Requirements  of Section 216(b)       '2/26/75      n-75-1
 Municipal  Wastewater Treatment Ponds             8/12/76      n-75-5
 Asbestos Limits   -                             10/15/76      n-75-il
                                                                     n-82-2

-------
            Title           .                               Date

         Lrse of  Low Flew Augmentation to Meet
           Water Quality Standards                       11/08/76
         Comments  on Region VIII's  Approach  to
           Writing Effluent Limits  for Confined
           Animal  Feeding Operations                     12/15/76
         Fecal Coliform Bacteria Limits            -      2/14/77
         Water Treatment Plant Limitations   .       •      4/13/77
         Use of  In-Stream Mechanical  Aerators
           to Meet Water Quality Standards                5/02/77
        -..Implementation  of Promulgated Section
           307(a)  Toxic  Standards                        6/01/77
         Suspended Solids Effluent  Limitations for
           Publicly Owned Wastewater  Treatment Ponds      9/01/78
         Guidance  on Setting  BCT Permit Limits for
           Breweries under Section  402(a)(l)  of
           the CWA                      •                10/18/79
         Treat ability Manual                •              9/25/80
         Outer Continental  Shelf Coordination
           Committee ,                                    6/06/80
         Application of  the NPOES General Permit
           Program to Offshore Oil  and Gas Facilities     7/30/81

--II.     Variances:

         Policy  re Procedures  for Fundamentally
           Different'Factors  3PT Variances                8/18/77
         Variance  Applications           -               9/12/78
         316(a)  &  (b)  Technical  Guidance Documents        5/01/77

VIII.   -Coordinated Municipal  Strategy

         National  Municipal Policy  &  Strategy             10/79
         Coordination  between  Regional  Enforcement
           and Water Programs  re  Pretreatment.
           Program                                      11/29/7S
         Major Municipal  Permitting in FY 81              7/10/80

IX.      Pretreatment:

         Guidance  to States re Pretreatment  .            9/8/78
           Program  (see  a.lso Feb. 1979 publication-
           Guidance  for  NPDES  States  on
           Implementaion of the General
           Pretreatment  Regulations -
           40 CFR  Part 403)
         State Pretreatment Programs                      4/12/79
         EPA  Procedures  for Review  and
           Approval  of State Pretreatment
           Proaram Submissions                            4/30/79
Permit
Program
 Code
n-76-12


n-76-14
n-77-2
n-77-4

n-77-7

n-77-10

n-78-11


n-79-6
n-80-13*

n-80-19

n-81-7
n-77-14
n-78-14
n-77-6*
n-79-5*
n-78-17
n-SO-8
n-78-13*
n-79-2


n-79-3

-------
                                                                  .,...  Permit
                                                                 •  "   Program
           Title                                          Date      ' .  Code

        Incorporation .of Pretr.eatment -Program
          Development Compliance  Schedules  into
        1'POTW NPDES Permits    -- -                   "  "'1/23/80     'n-80-3
        Pretreatmsnt Compliance Schedule                              n-80-5
         *    _ .    ...    — '  .  . .  - %. •  .    .  - .
X.   .. ...Biomonitoning:
        OGC Hsmo "Use of 3iomonitoring  in, the
          NPDES- Permit- Program" .,...                  :  -1/11/79    . •  n-79-1

-------
                                                          1.2,
"Working Principles Underlying EPA's National Compliance/
Enforcement Programs", dated November 22, 1983.  See GM-24.*

-------
                                                                       1.3.
"CLEAN MATER ACT COMPLIANCE/ENFORCEMENT GUIDANCE MANUAL", dated May 1985.
Table of Contents and Chapter Contents pages only.  Copies of the manual or
portions may be obtained from Program Development and Training Branch,
Office of Enforcement Policy OE (LE-133).

-------
659

-------
I^EPA    The Clean Water Act

           Compliance/Enforcement
           Guidance Manual
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Washington, DC  20460
           Prepared 'by
           The Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring

-------
Table  of Contents
Chapter One  . Overview




1  Purpose of the Manual                                         1-1




2  Introduction                                                 1-3




3  A Short Legislative History                                   1-7




4  Overview of the Clean Water Act                               1-11




5  Exhibits                                                     1-29






Chapter Two   General Operating Procedures




1  Introduction                                                 2-1




2  Primary Office Responsibilities                               2-3




3  Organizational Charts                                         2-9




4  Exhibits                                                     2-15









Chapter Three   Compliance Monitoring Procedures




1  Introduction                                                 3-1




2  Self-Monitoring and Other Information  Gathering                3-3




3  Inspections                                                  3-7




4  Reviewing Facility Recordkeeping and Reporting                 3-19




5  Warrants                                                     3-21




6  Exhibits                                                     3-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement              i              Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Four   Documentation of Evidence

1  Introduction

2  Self-Monitoring Reports

3  Compliance File Review

4  Review of Sources of Evidence

5  Exhibits
                            4-1

                            4-3

                            4-5

                            4-9

                            4-15
Chapter Five   Responding to Noncompliance

1  Introduction

2  Level of Action Policy

3  Exhibits
                            5-1

                            5-3

                            5-7
Chapter Six   Administrative Enforcement

1  Introduction

2  Administrative Enforcement

3  Exhibits
                            6-1

                            6-3

                            6-15
Chapter Seven   Administrative Enforcement  Actions:   Civil
   Penalty Provisions
                            7-1
Chapter Eight   Judicial Enforcement;   Civil Actions

1  Introduction

2  Elements of a Violation:   Civil

3  Procedures for Filing Actions

4  Consent Decrees

5  Exhibits
                            8-1

                            8-5

                            8-9

                            8-21

                            8-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement
ii
Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Nine   Criminal-Enforcement




.1  .Criminal-.. Enforcement                                            9-1




2  Exhibits                                                        9-15









Chapter Ten   Enforcement of Consent Decrees




1  Introduction                                                    10-1




2  Consent Decree Tracking and Monitoring                          10-3




3  Consent Decree Enforcement                                      10-5




4  Exhibits                             .              .             10-17









Chapter Eleven   Special Topics in the NPDES Program




1  Introduction                                                    11-1




2  fStandard Permit Conditions                                      11-3




3  Permit*as a Shield                                              11-13




4  issuance of Best Professional Judgment Permits                  11-15




5  Special NPDES .Evidentiary Hearing Procedures                    11-19




6  "The Freedom of Information Act                                  11-25




7  Protection of Confidential Business Information                 11-29
CWA Compliance/Enforcement             iii             Guidance Manual 1985

-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement             TV              Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter One
Overview
Chapter Contents	.	.^	.	Page


1  Purpose of  the Manual                                         1-1

   Reservation                                                  1-1


2  Introduction                                                  1-3

   Purpose and Scope of the Clean Water Act                       1-3
   Compliance  and Enforcement                                    1-5
   Program Regulations                                           1-6


3  A Short Legislative History                                   1-7

   Pre-1972 Law                                                  1-7
   The 1972 Amendments                                           1-8
   The NRDC Consent Decree and the  1977 Amendments                 1-8
   Recent Regulatory Developments                                 1-10


A  Overview of the Clean Water Act                                1-11

   NPDES Permits and Effluent Standards                           1-12
   The Pretreatment Program                                      1-17
   Recordkeeping, Monitoring, ;and Entry and Inspection
     Provisions                                                  1-20
   Oil and Hazardous Substances Spills                            1-21
   Dredged and Fill Material Permit Program                       1-23
   Enforcement Provisions                                        1-25


5  Exhibits                                                     1-29

   1-1:  National Effluent Guidelines                             1-31
   1-2:  Approved State NPDES Programs                            1-36
   1-3:  Key Sections of NPDES Regulations                        1-37
   1-4:  General NPDES Permits by Category                        1-39


CWA Compliance/Enforcement1-iGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter One	      	    Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement1-iiGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Two
General  Operating Procedures
Chapter Contents	,  	...•'..  	,.'        	Page


1  Introduction                                           2-1


2  Primary Office Responsibilities                            2-3

   Regional Administrator                                   2-3
   Headquarters                                           2-4
   Department of Justice .and Re'ferral 'RroceduEes                2-6


3  Organizational Charts                                    2-9


4  Exhibits                                               2-15
  '^'•••••••••••MM^Bl^^W

   2-1:  Case Referrals for Civil Litigation                    2-17
   2-2:  Implementation of Direct Referrals for
        Civil Cases Beginning December 1, 1983                '2-22
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            2-i          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Two	Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement              2-ii           Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Three
Compliance  Monitoring  Procedures
Chapter Contents            	,   ......   	.__	Page


1  Introduction                                               3-1


2  Self-Monitoring and Other Information Gathering                 3-3


3  Inspections                                                3-7

   Neutral Inspection Scheme                                    3-8
   Types of Inspections                                        3-8
   Notification of a Pending Inspection                          3-9
   Chronology of Inspection Procedures                           3-10
   Professional Conduct During the Inspection                     3-12
   Entry                                                      3-12
   Contractor Inspections                                       3-13
   Opening Conference                                          3-14
   Conducting the Inspection                                    3-14
   Confidential Business Information                             3-16
   Exit Interview                                              3-17
   Documentation and Inspection Report                           3-17


•4  Reviewing Facility Recordkeeping and Reporting                 3-19

   NPDES Requirements Review                                    3-19
   POTW -and Industrial Contributor Pretreatraent
     Requirements Review                                       3-20

5  Warrants                                                   3-21

   Policy                                                     3-21
   Securing and Serving an Administrative Warrant                 3-22
CWA Compliance/Enforcement3-i            Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Three	Contents


6  Exhibits                                                         3-25

   3-1:  Discharge Monitoring Report                                3-27
   3-2:.  Model Pre-Inspection Notification Letter                   3-29
   3-3:  NPDES Compliance Inspection Report                         3-30
   3-4:  Deficiency Notice                                          3-32
   3-5:  Records, Reports, and Schedules Checklist                  3-33
   3-6:  Model Application for Administrative Warrant               3-36
   3-7:  Model Affidavit in Support of Application
         for an Administrative Warrant                              3-37
   3-8:  Model Administrative Warrant                               3-39
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            3-ii             Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Four
Documentation of  Evidence
Chaster Contents                                     .,     . Paee
2  Self-Monitoring Reports                                   4-3
3  Compliance File Review                                    4-5

   Organizing Compliance Data                    '             4-5
   Controlled Identification of Samples                        .-4-6
4  Review of Sources of Evidence                              4-9

   Compliance File Documentation                              4-9
   Further Processing of the Compliance'File—
    Enforcement Case Review                                  4-13
5  Exhibits                                                4-15

   Exhibit 4-1:  Custody Seal                                 4-17
   Exhibit 4-2:  Chain of Custody Record                       -4-18
CWA Compliance/Enforcement4-iGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Four		Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            4-ii              Guidance Manual  1985

-------
Chapter Five
Responding to  Noncompliance
C'n = rc-::r Contents'                           .                   Pase
     : rocucti ?r>.
2  Level of Action Policy                                       5-3

   Enforcement Response Guide                                   5-3
   Informal Responses                                          5-4
3  Exhibits                                                  ,5-7

   Exhibit 5-1:  Enforcement Response Table                      5-9
   Exhibit 5-2:  Model Record of Communication                    5-13
   Exhibit 5-3:  Model General Informal Warning .Letter             5-14
   Exhibit 5-4:  Model Letter: Overdue Discharge Monitoring
               Report (DMR)                                  5-15
   Exhibit 5-5:  Model Letter: Deficiencies  in Completing the DMR   5-16
   Exhibit 5-6:  Model Letter: Violation of  Effluent Limitations
               and Failure To File Reports                      '5-17
CWA Compliance/Enforcement5-i          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Five	           Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            5-ii             Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter -Six
Administrative  Enforcement
Chapter Contents	.,.',.       	     .'....     	Page
1  Introduction                                                6-1
2  Administrative Enforcement                     .              6-3

   Section 308 Letters                                         6-3
   Notices of Violation                         '      .         6-5
   Administrative Orders                                       '6=7
   Contractor Listing                                          6-11
   NPDES Permit Actions                                       -6-rl2
3  Exhibits                                                   6-15

  '6-1:  Model Section 308 Letter-
        Request for Municipal Compliance Plan                    6-17
   6-2:  Model Section 308 Letter—
        Request for Composite Correction Plan                    6-24
   6-3:  Sample Section 308 Letter—
        Industrial Discharger                                  6-32
   6-4:  Model Notice of Violation                               6-40
   6-5:  Recommended Format for Clean Water Act
        Section 309 Administrative Orders                        6-43
   6-6:  Model Municipal Administrative Orders             .       6-68
   6-7:  Model Notice of Deficiency                              6-84
CWA Compliance/Enforcement              6-i          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
        _.                                                          Contents
Chapter Six             		—	
CWA Compliance/Enforcement               6-ii          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Seven

Administrative Enforcement Actions:
Civil Penalty Provisions
Chapter Contents	 	                Page
CWA Compliance/Enforcement7-iGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Seven       	Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement              7-ii           Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter  Eight
Judicial  Enforcement:    Civil Actions
Chapter Contents	     '..	   Page


1  Introduction                                               8-1

   Statutory Authority                                        8-1


2  Elements of a Violation; - Civil                              8-5

   Evidence in Support of Civil Actions                         ,:8-5


3  Procedures for Filing Actions                               "8-9

   Preparation of the Referral Package                          8-9
   Interrelationship of Refer.ral Process, Litigation, and
     Negotiations                                 •            8-13
   Filing the Complaint                                       8-14
   Injunctive Relief                                          8-15
   Discovery                                                 8-18
   Issues That Are Not Reviewable at Trial                       8-18
   Motion for Summary Judgment                                 8-19


4  Consent Decrees                                            8-21

   Contents of the Consent Decree                              .8-21


5  Citizen Suits [Reserved]                                    -8-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            8-i            Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter t-ignt
6  Exhibits                                                         8-27

   8-1:   Model Civil Litigation Report Outline and Guide           8-29
   8-2:   Sample Complaint for Industrial Discharger                8-38
   8-3:   Sample Complaint for Municipal Discharger                 8-50
  '8-4:   Sample Pretreatment Complaint                             8-58
   8-5:   Sample Motion for Preliminary Injunction                  8-67
   8-6:   Sample Request for Admissions                             8-69
   8-7:   Sample Notice of Deposition Upon Oral Examination         8-73
   8-8:   Sample Interrogatories                                    8-76
   8-9:   Sample Request for Production of Documents                8-95
   8-10:  Sample Motion for Summary Judgment                        8-107
   8-11:  Sample Industrial Consent Decree                          8-135
   8-12:  Sample Municipal Consent Decree                           8-153
   8-13:  Sample Pretreatment Consent Decree                 .       8-161
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            8-ii             Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Nine
Criminal  Enforcement
Chapter Contents  	_	.	^__^_	.'     	     Page


1  Criminal Enforcement                                        9-1

   Statutory Authority                                         9-1
   Basic Enforcement Policy                                     9-2
   Criteria for Identification of a Potential
     Criminal Action                                           9-2
   Criminal Enforcement Priorities             .                 9°?5
   Procedures for the Investigation'arid Referral
     of .a Criminal Case                                   .    >9-9


2  Exhibits                                                   9-15

   9-1:  Criminal Enforcement'Provisions of the
        Clean Water Act                                       9-17
   9-2:  Sample Criminal Information                        .    9-19
   9-3:  Sample Criminal Information                            9-25
   9-4:  Functions and General Operating Procedures
        for'the Criminal Enforcement  Program                    9-31
   9-5:  Office of Criminal  Investigations:
        Management and Field Offices                            9-47
   9-6:  Format for Criminal Case Referrals                      9-51
CWA Compliance/Enforcement             9-i          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement9^iiGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Ten
Enforcement of Consent  Decrees
Chapter Contents   	  . . * .	,_   	              Page


1  Introduction                   •                        10-1


2  Consent Decree Tracking and  Monitoring                     10-3


3  Consent Decree Enforcement                               10-5

   Factors To Weigh                                       10=5
   Types of Enforcement Responses                            10-9


4  Exhibits                                              10-17

   10-1: Consent .Decree Tracking Guidance                    10-19
   10-2: NEIC Consent Decree Tracking Guidance                10-26
   10-3: Demand Letter for Stipulated Penalties  (Reserved)       10-44
   10-4: Motion To Enforce Decree                          . 10-46
CWA. Compliance/Enforcement           10-i          Guidance Manual 1985

-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement10-iiGuidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Eleven

Special Topics  in  the NPDES Program
 Chapter Contents	___.	.  . 	.	Page


 1  Introduction                                             11-1


 2  Standard Permit Conditions                                 11-3

   Duty To Comply                                            11-3
   Proper Operation and Maintenance                            11—4
   Duty To Mitigate                                          11-4
   Duty To Halt or Reduce Activity                             11-4
   Duty To Provide Information                "                11-4
   Inspection and Entry                                      11-5
   Monitoring and Recordkeeping                                11-5
   Reporting and Signatory Requirements                         11-6
   Notice of Planned Physical Alterations-or Additions           11-9
   Bypass of Treatment Facilities                              11-10
   Upset Conditions                                          11-10
   Duty To Reapply                                           11-11


 3  Permit as a Shield                                        11-13

   The General Rule                                          11-13
   Exceptions to the General'Rule                             .11-14


 4  Issuance of Best Professional Judgment Permits                11-15

   Setting BPJ Permit Limitations                              11-15
   Issuing the BPJ Permit                                     11-17
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            11-i           Guidance Manual 1985

-------
Chapter Eleven	Contents
5  Special NPDES Evidentiary Hearing Procedures                     11-19

   Request for a Hearing                                            11-19
   Filing Documents                                                 11-19
   Ejc Parte Communications                             •             11-20
   Prehearing Conferences                                           11-20
   Motions                                                          11-21
   Summary Determinations                                           11-21
   Hearing Procedures                                               11-22
   Interlocutory Appeals                                            11-23
6  The Freedom of Information Act                                   11-25

   Denials of FOIA Requests    •                                    11-26
   Exemptions                                                       11-27
7  Protection of Confidential Business Information                  11-29
CWA Compliance/Enforcement            11-ii            Guidance Manual 1985

-------
                                                                        1.4.
"ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GUIDE", dated February  27,  198.6",  (updates
interim document dated September 27, 1985).  Table of  Contents and  Chapters
1 and 2 only. .

-------

-------
        THE ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM






NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM



              (CLEAN WATER ACT)
        U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY



                  OFFICE OF WATER



                        1989

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          """'"'"         '  WASHINGTON, D.C. 20*60
                                  mnnfi                    OPPICK Of
                           FEB 27 086
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECTS  Enforcement >Management'System'.Guide

FROM:     Lawrence J. Jensen* ;Assistant'Administrator
            for Water (WH-556)
TO:       Regional Water*Managemen±IDivlsion:Director*
          Regions I-X
          State NPDES Program Directors


     I am extremely pleased to transmit to you the revised and
final version of the Enforcement Management System (EMS) Guide.
This revision includes Chapter I, Chapter II, Attachment A
(Violation Review Process), Attachment B (the Enforcement Response
Guide), Attachment C (NPDES Violation Summary format)*. Appendix I
(List of Guidance and Supporting Documents), and Appendix II
(Abbreviations of Frequently Used Terms and EMS Definitions).  The
EMS Guide (especially the principles in Chapter II) provides
additional, explanation of the regulatory .requirements of 40 CFR
123.26, Requirements for Compliance Evaluation Progri
     The attached document is -a revision of the 1977 EMS Guide.
It differs from the 1977 version in several ways.  Perhaps most
significantly, it requires that all administering agencies have
a written description of an enforcement management system and
that such a system be consistent with the principles of the 1986
EMS.  The 1977 version had no such stated requirement.  Additionally,
the 1985 EMS is expanded beyond Chapters I and II and will eventually
include all of.the most significant strategy and policy documents
affecting the HPDES compliance monitoring and enforcement program.
Finally, this document has been updated to incorporate the language
and concepts of the "Guidance for Oversight of the NPDES Program"
and to reflect the emergence of a pretreatment enforcement program.

     Later this year, a complete version of the EMS Guide with all
chapters will be transmitted to you.  The table of contents included
in this transmittal identifies the additional chapters which will
be included in that version.  The 1986 EMS Guide will be expanded
to nine chapters,-including a chapter on Pretreatment Enforcement.
These chapters will be transmitted when they are available and will .
contain policy and guidance for specific program areas.

-------
                                -2-


     While the principles of EMS have not been changed, the 1986
EMS Guide nay require that some Regions revise and update their
system, and that NPDES States develop or update written procedures
for a State-specific EMS.  Both Regions and NPDES States should now
adopt and implement the principles of EMS and procedures for
reviewing violations, determining appropriate actions, and managing
permit compliance information that are consistent with the EMS
Guide.  All administering agencies are expected to have written
systems in place by October 1, 1986.

     Z want to express my deep appreciation to those Regional,
Headquarters, and State personnel who have served on the Work Group
which developed this document.  Rebecca Hanmer, Director, Office of
Water Enforcement and Permits has told me that the Group labored
long and well.  I believe you will agree that the final document
reflects their substantial efforts.

     If you have questions about this document or the plans for
implementation, please feel free to call J. William Jordan, Director,
Enforcement Division (202/475-8304) or Anne Lassiter, Chief,  Policy
Development Branch (202/475-8307).                                 .

Attachments                                •

-------
                              FOREWORD
This document describes the Enforcement Management System (EMS) for
the  National  Pollutant  Discharge  Elimination  System   (NPDES)
Program. The Enforcement Management System is a process to collect,
evaluate,  and translate compliance  information  into  timely and
appropriate 'enforcement actions.  The  process is supplemented by
chapters on various procedures,  policies and regulations.  While
the  Enforcement  Management  System  embodies  certain  fundamental
principles,  the  process  for applying  those principles  must be
flexible and  dynamic.  The  Enforcement  Management System reflects
the collective experience of the administering agencies in managing
NPDES compliance and enforcement activities.

-------
 CHAPTER I.
 CHAPTER II
CHAPTER III,



CHAPTER IV.

CHAPTER V.
           TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction and Background

A. ~ Introduction and Purpose
B.  Use of this Document
C.  Overview of Delegated States

The Enforcement Management System

A.  The Basic Principles of the Enforcement
    Management System

   Attachment A - The Violation Review Process
   Attachment B - The Enforcement Respons Guide
   Attachment C - Violation Summary Form
   Appendix I  - List of Supporting Documents
   Appendix II - List of Abbreviations and
      Definitions

Administrative Enforcement Actions - Policies
and Guidance

Civil Penalty Policy and Guidance

Compliance Inspections - Policies and Guidance

A.  The Compliance Inspection Strategy
B.  DMR/QA Policy
CHAPTER VI.   Municipal Compliance

              A.  The National Municipal Policy and Guidance
              B.  Municipal Pollution Prevention Strategy
                  (In Preparation)

CHAPTER VII.  Program Reporting Requirements - Policies and
              Guidance

              A.  The Permit Compliance System (PCS)
                  Policy
              B.  QNCR Guidance

CHAPTER VIII. Pretreatment Enforcement - Policies and Guidance

              A.  Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
                  Implement an Approved Pretreatment Program

              B.  Guidance on Bringing Enforcement Actions
                  Against POTWs for Failure to Implement
                  Pretreatment Programs

CHAPTER IX.  Federal Facility Enforcement

-------
                           -2-
CHAPTER X. SETTING PRIORITIES FOR ADDRESSING DISCHARGES FROM
            SEPARATE SANITARY SEWERS

-------
              CHAPTER I - INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

A.  Introduction and Purpose
    Achieving and maintaining a high level of compliance with
    environmental laws and regulations are two of the most important
    goals of Federal an* State environmental agencies.  The Unite-3
    States Environmental Protection Agency' (USEPA) has stressed
    consistently the need for a systematic administrative approach
    to compliance monitoring and enforcement with the objective
    of achieving a consistent* uniform national posture in the
    implementation of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
    System (NPDES) program established by the Clean Water Act
    (CWA).

    As the NPDES program has matured, there has been increased
    awareness that the program will be effective only to the extent
    that administering agencies (EPA or an NPDES State) are able
    systematically and efficiently to identify instances of non-
    compliance and then to take timely and appropriate enforcement
    action to achieve the final objective of full compliance by the
    permittee with the CWA.  Each administering agency should have
    management procedures to track the status of permit compliance,
    to surface violations* and to take timely and appropriate
    enforcement action to achieve a return to compliance.  USEPA
    is also responsible for assuring that administering agencies
    carry out their NPDES program functions—including timely and
    appropriate enforcement responses—in a generally consistent
    manner in order to protect water quality evenly across the
    country, and to ensure that all dischargers throughout the

-------
                            - 2 -

 nation receive fair treatment under  the law.   With the growth
 in the number of States approved to  administer their own NPDES
 programs*  EPA and the States face the  challenge of ensuring
 fairness and  consistency among NPDES programs while maintaining
-a  strong Federal/State partnership which is based on mutual
                        i
 trust and  respect.

 Effective  use of available  resources is also  important-to
 achieving  a consistent*  national enforcement  program.   In
 implementing  compliance tracking and enforcement systems,
 administering agencies aust balance  resources to ensure effective
 tracking and  maintenance  of compliance by permittees.   Conse-
 quently* it is necessary  for administering agencies to develop
 policies and  strategies which lead to: (1) the systematic
 tracking of abatement steps taken by the permitted dischargers;
 and  (2) specific procedures for adlusting resources to achieve
 compliance results in the most efficient manner possible.

 Fully functioning NPDES programs are required to permit all
                               \                             -
 dischargers*  both mator and minor* and to conduct appropriate
 compliance/assessment and enforcement-activities*for all
 permittees.   The EMS places priority on rapid response to
 instances of  significant  noncompliance,  especially by major
 dischargers.   As resources  allow*  administering agencies should
 also  address  minor dischargers of concern and other instances
 of noncompliance.

 This  document establishes a framework  upon which to build the
 management o€ a  national  enforcement program:  the Enforcement
                                                              -
 Management System (EMS).  The EMS constitutes a system for

-------
                            - 3 -
translating compliance information into timely and appropriate
enforcement actions. . It also establishes a system for identifying
priorities and directing the flow of enforcement actions based
on these priorities and available resources.  Finally, the EMS
          1      \     ' •.
provides the flexibility for each administering agency to develop
management procedures which are best suited to .its operations
and resources with the goal of most efficiently translating
compliance information into timely and appropriate enforcement
action.
The original EMS was developed in 1977 througn the efforts of
a Federal/State work group*  The fundamental principles of EMS,
as established in that first work group, are still applicable
to any compliance and enforcement system.  However, the develop
ment of new and more comprehensive policies and procedures
necessitates both the update and expansion of EMS.
The original EMS Guide covered only the material in Chapters I
and ZZ (including Attachments) of this document.  The new EMS
Guide is expanded, attempting to pull together all of the most
relevant documents associated with an effective compliance
monitoring and enforcement program (see Appendix I).  The
chapters of this system provide guidance and policy on indivi-
dual elements of the enforcement system.  As new .-policies are
                               i
developed and old policies modified, they will be incorporated
into the EMS.  The EMS,  therefore, provides a framework of
basic principles, supplemented by policies and procedures which
may be modified reflecting ^he dynamic proc*«s of compliance
monitoring and enforcement.

-------
                               - 4 -

B.  Use of This Document
    The EMS is a national guidance document to be used by
    administering agencies in the development and improvement of
    their own compliance tracking and enforcement systems.  The
    EMS* however, provides sufficient flexibility so that.adminis-
    tering agencies may develop specific systems•that accommodate
    their organizations* resources*-and State .laws* yet.result .in
    reasonable national consistency of enforcement.

    All administering agencies should have an enforcement management
    system which is consistent with this document and the NPDES
    regulations (40 CPR 123.26).   That system should be in writing
    and is subject to annual review.   Of course* the length and
    complexity of the EMS will vary among administering agencies*
    reflecting variability in size-of program.   Bach administering
    agency should review its existing system as quickly *-as possible
    to determine whether it is consistent with the principles
    stated here.  Where it is not*  the  system should be  amended.

    There is no one "correct* EMS.  What is described here are the
    minimum basic principles for  an -effective;compliance'tracking  .
    and enforcement system.  The  specific 'details.of'how these
    basic principles become operational by an:administering agency
    may vary widely and should* of  course* reflect differences in
    organizational structure* staffing and State laws. As long as
    the basic principles are incorporated* the agency-specific
    system will be acceptable.

-------
           The concept of national consistency in the implementation of
           the NPDES program is one of the basic tenets of the CWA.  While
           it would be difficult* and not necessarily effective* to have
           identical enforcement responses for identical violations in
           different States, the enforcement response should be directly
           related to the severity of the violation.  Given the decentrali-
           zation of authority and responsibility in carrying out the
           NPDES program* implementation of the basic EMS principles in
           the EPA Regional Offices and the NPDES States should produce
           national consistency* While still accommodating differences
           between Regions and States.

       C.  Overview of Approved State Programs
           A strong Federal/State relationship is essential to the effective
           operation of a program as comprehensive and complex as the
               •              . .
           NPDES program.  One method of fostering a strong relationship
           is to assure that roles, are clearly defined and that the "rules
           of the game" are understood by everyone.  To achieve this end*
           the USEPA and States have worked together to develop "Guidance
           for Oversight of the NPDES Program" (see Appendix I) which is
           an umbrella document that establishes the general criteria
           under which both parties will operate.  This document also sets
           forth the basic criteria for oversight of enforcement programs.

           The Oversight Guidance requires that Regions and States negotiate
           individual'agreements that clearly define performance expecta-
         .  tions for the NPDES program, as well as the respective roles
           and responsibilities of the Region and the State in administer!
           the NPDES program.  The Guidance is based on the assumption
30                                '•                   "~

-------
                            -6 -
 that Where a State has an approved NPDES program,  it has the
 primary responsipiiity to initiate appropriate enforcement
 action to ensure compliance by permittees.   However,  USEPA has
 oversight: responsibility /.for .that program,  including .the
 responsibility to ensure that-enforcement actions are-taken on
•a timely .and appropriate -basis, -and --may Initiate direct Federal
 enforcement action.  The Guidance requires the development of
 protocols for notification and consultation to foster effective
 communication and the timely resolution of issues between
 Regions  and States*  and contains  criteria  for  direct  Federal
 enforcement action*.
The EMS  further defines the principles necessary to the operation
of an effective compliance/enforcement program and provides  the
basis for evaluation ;df »the -performance  of administering agencies-.
This  evaluation occurs at two levelst 1) USEPA Headquarters'
mid-year evaluations of Regional implementation of the EMS;  and
2) Regional Offices'  reviews of NPDES States*  including file
audits of State programs.  All States that receive Federal
•grants -for implementation of-water .-quality control programs .can
also  expect Regions to evaluate their performance in the
compliance/enforcement area against commitment* made ,in-the
grant agreements*

In addition to the  Guidance for Oversight  of NPDES Programs  and
the EMS*  there are  other documents  which are necessary for
-effective implementation of the NPDES program  (see the list  of
guidance documents  in Appendix Z).   Included among these are

-------
                           - 7 -

the "Annual Operating Guidance" which identifies priority program
activities for the operating year, and agency policy documents.
Administering agencies are expected to be Knowledgeable about
                                   \
these documents; however* they are not included as chapters in
the EMS since they are frequently effective for a limited
period of time or are more inclusive than the HPOES program.

-------
      CHAPTER II.  THE ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FRAMEWORK
The Basic Principles of EMS                         .
There are seven basic principles that are common to an effective
EMS.  .Described'below, are these principles and the minimum basic
requirements necessary for-an effective tracking and enforcement
system.  As stated in the Introduction* the-specific details of'how
each of these basic principles becomes operational in a specific
State or Regional system may vary to reflect differences in
organizational structure* position mixes, and State laws.  As long
as the basic principles are incorporated 'and are clearly recognizable,
the resulting system is acceptable. 'The purpose of the EMS is to
translate compliance information into-enforcement actions.
The EMS shoulds
     1.  Maintain a source inventory that is complete and accurate.
     2.  Handle and assess the flow of information available on a
         systematic and timely basis.
     3.  Accomplish a pre-enforcement screening by reviewing the
         flow' of information as soon as possible after it is
         received.
         Perform,a.more formal enforcement evaluation where
         appropriate,-using.systematic.evaluation screening .criteria.
     5.  Institute a formal enforcement action and follow-up where-
         ever necessary.
     6.  Initiate field investigations based on a systematic plan.
     .7.  Use internal management controls to provide adequate
         enforcement information to all levels of the organization.
                                                         <>*
These principles are discussed in greater detail in the following
text. Each principle has certain subparts.which are integral elements
of the entire system.

-------
                           - 9 -

Principle No. li  Maintain a Source Inventory
At the foundation of the EMS is a complete and accurate
compilation of all pertinent information on all dischargers
covered by NPDES permits*  An effective program cannot exist
without this information base*  [It is fully recognised that
the level of information for major dischargers may be more
complete than that for minor ones.  The amount of information
on minors will be a function of the administer-.ng agency's
resources and priorities*3  The EMS should have a detailed
inventory of sources which encompasses the elements listed
below*

   A*  The inventory should include appropriate basic information
       concerning each source, such as name, location, permit
       number, discharge limits, compliance dates, other permit
       .requirements and effluent data.  For minors, this source
       inventory might be as simple as a permit compliance
       file.
                              i
   B*  There should be a routine schedule for updating the
       inventory to refl* ~ changes in basic information* such
       as changes in compliance schedules and permit limits.
       and changes in the- ownership/address of a source.   The
       more frequently the information is updated, the greater
       the confidence *n its accuracy*    .

   C.  The inventory should be a ready reference for historical
       information (e.g., has a source prev^;usly missed or
•      failed to comply with schedule requirements).  This

-------
                         - 10  -

    -historical inventory-for-majors and significant minors
    will  consist of many parts,  including a violation  summary
    report  (see Attachment C) and a log of previous enforce-
    ment  actions.   The  summary and log.are discussed in
    •greater detail-elsewhere-in--the*text.

D.  'The • inventory data • for majors • antt ?significant-minors
    should be -entered ^directly -into rthe;Permit ^Compliance
    System  (PCS, the automated NPDES data base), where it
    exists, in a timely  manner consistent with nationally
    established procedures (see  Chapter XX).  States which
    are not regular users  of PCS, and do not .have an auto-
    mated system that is -compatible, should supply data to
    the Region in a form that facilitates USEPA's entry of
    the data into PCS.

E.  Maintenance of the source inventory-should be assigned
    to a  specific,  identified organisational entity so that
    responsibility for the completeness and accuracy of.
    source information is  clear.

F.  Data  on dischargers rshould :be-'readily-accessible *to 'all
    parties (USEPA .Headquarters, Regions,.NPDES States.and
    citizens) to facilitate cooperation in carrying out
    NPDES compliance'and enforcement responsibilities.
G.  There should be an identifiable process for determining
    which dischargers have not applied for permits after
    being required to do so and  for-following through in
    these cases.

-------
                           - 11 -

Principle Ho. 2;  Flow of Information
Zn order to ensure that the enforcement system is current, the
flow of information into the system is critical.  With the
growth in the number and complexity of environmental regulatory
programs, the need for rapid, efficient flow of information has
become more important.  Therefore! it should be possible to
integrate information about individual dischargers obtained
from various sources into an effective information flow, which
is then channeled into decision and control points in the
      •         .          ,    .
system so that all information on an individual discharger is
available at any point in time.

The following items are examples of the types of reports and
other data that are potential sources of information for use
                9
in an enforcement system:
     —  Data-Related reports (including such items as
         compliance reports,  industrial user reports, construc-
         tion-coraoleted reports, bypass/overflow reports, etc.)
     —  Construction grant-related information
    —  Discharge Monitoring Reoorts (DMRs)
     —  Inspection reports from field surveys
     —  Operation and maintenance reports, including annual
         fiscal data as available
     --  Reports from other State and Federal agencies, e.g.,
         health data,  information on fish kills
     —•  Reports and complaints from citizens
     —  Evidentiary hearing information
     —  Permit modification raguests

-------
                           - 12 -

     ~. Information from other programs, such as the Resource
         Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA), Comprehensive
         Emergency Resoonse and Compensation Liability Act
         (CERCLA), Toxic Substances Control Act  (TSCA), and the
         Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
     ~  Various-pretreatment program reports
     —  Environmental -audit reportssprovided by the-permittee
         where they are required by the Agency to meet its
         statutory mission

The elements needed to assure the smooth flow of information
are as follows:
     A.  Procedures should be established to integrate the
         information from various sources, about individual
         dischargers into an effective data flow.  The data
         flow should be designed so that it is readily access-
         ible at appropriate points in the decision-making
         process.  These procedures will facilitate the flow of
         information between the States and OSEPA,  and will
        ^assure that-.the'terms and commitments contained in .the
        -various -agreements .between .the State -and USEPA .are
         met.

     B.  Appropriate time frames for the information flow should
         be established and incorporated in the above procedures
         to ensure timely response to the information*  For
         example/ it may be appropriate to say that the allowable
         elapsed time from receipt of  a compliance report to
                                                              ' 91-

-------
                           .-  13  -

          its  availability  for.review  should  be  less  than a
          week.  Special procedures and/or  agreements should be
          established with  other  programs  (e.g., RCRA, TSCA, and
          CERCLA) to insure the timely receipt of information
          that may have a bearinq on water  enforcement actions.

Principle No. 3s  Pre-Enforcement Screening
The ore-enforcement screening process involves a series of
steps that should occur in the review of available information
to efficiently sort out noncomplying  sources for appropriate
enforcement action.  This  process is  critical to the integrity
o€ the NPDES enforcement system  because it initiates the process
of sifting through the entire universe of permittees and others
subject to NPDES requirements.   This  leads to later  steps that
place noncompliers into various  categories for subsequent
action.  Most steps in the ore-enforcement screening process
can be accomplished by a compliance analyst who is trained to
identity signs of continuing or  serious noncompliance.

Documentedr in-place pre-enforcement  screening procedures should
include the following elementss
   A.  A system for initial review of incoming information:
       (1)  Procedures should clearly specify who is responsible
            for each screening function in this initial review.

       (2)  Procedures should require the forecast of reports
            due within a specified period of time (e.g., fore-
            casting all reports  due for the next 30  days).

-------
                    -.14-

 (3)  Specific guidelines for determining obvious
     compliance from noncomplianee should be developed.
     The guidelines should at least establish criteria
     to be used to: determine receipt vs. nonreceipt;
     identify the methodology for determining effective
     permit limits and limits required by Agency or court
     orders-and whether ttermi-t ~effluent limits or other
     limits have been exceeded; and assign priority for
     review of incoming reports of different types.

 (4)  Procedures describing follow-up action once a.
     determination of compliance status has been made
     should include:
     a.  In cases of-obvious compliance, no further
         review may be necessary.  In such situations,
         the appropriate update regarding the compliance
         status is made in the source inventory.

     b.  Appropriate responses and time frames for
         obvious noncompliance should also be established.
         For example,  nonreceipt of a report should be
         followed up by a call or letter within ten
         days.  Procedures should be specified for
         executing the initial response, triggering the
         follow-up, and closing out the case (including
         feedback to the source inventory, and entering
         the information into PCS).

(5)  Control procedures should be established for the
    . internal transmittal of compliance information       / /

-------
                                      - 15 -

                  (6)  Procedures should be set up for the pre-enforcement
                       screening of the Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR),
                       to determine Whether the Violation Review Action
                       Criteria (VRAC) have been exceeded.  Attachment A
                                                                    /
                       to this chapter describes in detail those criteria
                       and their use*  DMRs should be screened and data
                       entered into PCS (or transferred to the Region where
                       a State does not use PCS) within 30 days of their
                       receipt.

              B.  A system for development of a chronological history of
                  nc ".compliances    •

                  The initial review of the incomin? information will
                  determine an instance of possible noncompliance by the
                  regulated facility (see A(3) above).;  Any instance of
                  permit noncompliance should be entered into PCS or a
                  comparable tracking system.  The system that is used
                  should be capable of.producing a convenient historical
                  reference of instances of noncompliance.  Procedures
                  should be developed to preserve th.- s histori-  1 summary.

              C.  The means for technical evaluation of apparent
                  noncompliances
                  Following the preliminary screening in the t<*o steps
                  above* staff review of the file of a dischai  -r that
                  appears to be in noncompliance should be con; acted for
                  purposes of a substantive technical evaluation.  At this
\fY~)              point in the process*  it is important tos

-------
                    - 16 -

(1)  Have detailed procedures -arid tine.frames:for
     conducting the technical evaluation to determine
     the level and frequency of the violation,  and to
     determine the appropriate response to the specific
     violation.            ,

(2)  Document any action taken/not taken (including .the
     technical reason-when the-technicalevaluation
     indicates that a violation falls below the level of
     •immediate action") in the historical summary and/or
     PCS.  These types of violations remain "actionable*
                                                \
     for future use as part of a subsequent file review.

(3)  Establish timeframes for action on detected
     violations.

(4)  Have standard procedures for-compiling material to
     be used in the next evaluation step.   For  example,
     if the decision is made  to proceed with a  formal
     enforcement action* the  procedures should  set out
     the type of information  to be contained in the
     documentation-sent to the-assigned-author .of .the
     proposed action.

(5)  Install a tracking system (e.g., violation summary,
     pink slip) which shpuld  be maintained to locate an
     enforcement action at any time in this process (see
     the example in Attachment C).
                                                          '101

-------
                           - 17 -

       (6)  Have procedures that identify who is responsible
            for completing each phase of the evaluation and who
            should make each decision as the instance of apparent
            noncompliance is processed.

Principle Ho. 4t  Enforcement Evaluation
When ah instance of noncompliance is identified by the
pre-enforcement screening, the appropriate follow-up action
must be determined.  This is a determination that should be
made by technical personnel with legal consultation, when
necessary.  The following elements need to be in places

   A.-  Guidelines and procedures which assist in determining
       the appropriate levels of action for specific categories
       of violations.  National guidance on the appropriate
       enforcement response to specific violations has been
       developed and is contained in the Enforcement Response
       Guide (Attachment B).  Deviations from this Guide may
       legitimately occur, depending upon the facts of a
       specific case.

   B.  Procedures delineating the respective roles of the
       technical and legal staff and establishing procedures
       for coordination.
   C.  Procedures for compiling enforcement action background
       information to support the enforcement decision.

   D.  Procedures for interaction and coordination with other
       affected programs (e.g., RCRA, CERCLA and/or other
       agencies).  Written agreements between programs, may be

-------
                            - 18 -

    E.  -Procedures'Cor information flow and decision-making
        necessary to secure concurrence or nonconcurrence on the
       enforcement action.
    F.  Time frames for completing a determination as to whether
       the violation is "actionable" and initiation of-the
       appropriate response.   For example, the-provision could
       -.state .that the overall time •'from .the date ~a report/event
       is  due  to initiation of the appropriate art ion should
       not exceed 45 days. The administering ag-•-.-•/ should
       establish time frames  which are subject to review.
   G.  Procedures for escalating enforcement action if
       is not achieved  expeditiously after taking the initial
       action.
   B.  Procedures  for  closing out  and updating the f ile *and
       for'returning the  compliance  information to the  data
       base.  When it  is  decided that an enforcement action
       will not be taken*  it  is important to have  a written
       record that clearly documents why the alternative  action
                                           9
       (i.e., an informal-notification or--a  permit modification),
       is more appropriate.
                X
   I.  Procedures  for  providing feedback to  the source  inventory
       that would  correct  any errors/misinformation found during
       the screening process.
Principle No. 5;   Formal Enforcement Action  and Pollow-Op
This crucial principle is  the cutting edge of the  ENS and begins
when the decision  has  been made to issue a •formal" enforcement
                         :       .              .         •         )
                 ....  -..**_.... «*  Pert oral  and State statutes     f

-------
                               - 19 -

    and/or regulations.   In general*  that  decision is triggered by
    a failure to achieve compliance within a specified period of
    time through less formal means.   According to the BSEPA "Guidance
                              •\
    for Oversight of NPDES Programs"* a formal enforcement action
    is one that requires actions to achieve compliance*  specifies a
    timetable* contains  consequences for noncompliance that .are
    independently enforceable without having to prove the original
    violation* and subjects the person to  adverse legal consequences
    for noncompliance.   Specific State enforcement actions should
    be addressed by Regions and States on  a case-specific basis.
    Regions can exercise their own judgment in interpreting and
    adapting national criteria to States*  so long as they can
   v                                    •
                           ^
    justify the adaption of the State's enforcement process consistent
                          /
    with national objectives.
    The following elements for formal enforcement action should be
Included in the EMSt

    A.   Specific designation of responsibility for writing the
        formal enforcement action.
                i
    B.   Guidance for, the form and substance of the formal enforcement
        action for use by the legal and technical staff.  The basic
        elements of the  action should be summarized on this form.

    C.   A tracking'system for following the progress of formal
        enforcement actions through to final physical compliance.
        This compliance  tracking system should be capable of supportit
        the flow of required information into PCS.

-------
                            - 20 -

^D.  "Procedures ranfl "guidelines tf or -esealacing -the -action £f
     compliance is not achieved  expeditiously,  especially in
     case* of noncompliance with an earlier enforcement action.

 E.   Procedures-for establishing the basis  for  closing enforcement
     actions and-routing-the'appropriate compliance information
     .to the source inventory.            •

 Principle No.  6;   Initiation of Field Investigations
 Field  investigations  are  an integral part  of any enforcement
 program.   The  level of enforcement action  is often dictated by
 the ability of field  inspection programs to respond to enforce-
 ment needs. Enforcement  programs are responsible  for selecting
 inspection candidates for both  routine and special efforts of
 the field units in support of the program.  Field  investigations
 can be started at any time in the enforcement  process.   Chapter
 V of the  EMS Guide provides detailed guidance  on field inspec-
 tions;  however* the following elements related to  field
 investigations should be  included in an EMS.

 A.   Criteria and.procedures for' detecting  candidates for field
     investigations.   .This* should .be -.accomplished -through *he
     development of an.annual compliance inspection plan.   Plans
    • and procedures consistent with-the Compliance  Inspection
     Strategy (Chapter V)  and clear criteria for selecting
     candidates for appropriate  mix of routine  and  special
     compliance inspections must be in place.

 B.   Designation of responsibility to the enforcement program
     manager for requesting field investigations in support of
     the enforcement program.

-------
                           - 21 -

C.  Timeframes for  reporting the findings of a field
    investigation.  For example* the procedure nay require a
    full report to  be submitted to the enforcement program
    within 30 days  of the completion of the investigation.

D.  A mechanism for informing field investigation personnel of
    the utilization of field surveys.

E.  Procedures for  coordinating field investigations between
    the administering agencies.

Principle No. 7i  Internal Management Control
Throughout the enforcement process it is vital for all levels
of management to be able to assess the effectiveness of the
program, and to identify progress or deficiencies.  Consequently
the organization's  enforcement procedures should provide feed-
bade to give management the information it needs to ensure that
the program makes timely decisions and meets commitments.
Those procedures should allow for self-evaluation based on
reasonable timeframes* and should identify the focus of respon-
sibility for each element of the EMS.  For internal management
control* an EMS should provide fort

A.  The maintenance of a record cf specific formal enforcement
    actions taken by the organization at any given period of
    time.

B.  A method of tracking information in terms of location and.
    action/reaction time.

-------
                               - 22 -
                               - 1
    C.  A system of evaluating specific activities in terms of their
      ,  quality, timeliness, results, and accomplishment of program
        objectives.

    .D.  ;A system for assessing how-the compliance data,tas indicators
        of environmental results, help-meet.the-goals of the CWA.

    E.  Procedures that will result in'effective-Communication
        between the USEPA Regional Offices and the States on all
        aspects of the enforcement process, including: the current
        status of noncompliant sources and enforcement actions as
        reported in the-Quarterly Noncompliance Reports; audit of
        approved State programs; problem resolution; advance notifi-
        cation of enforcement actions initiated by DSEPA in approved
        States; and similar'program matters.

Conclusion
The successful Enforcement Management System should contain certain
key elements while remaining a flexible and dynamic system which is
geared to the organization and resources of the particular adminis-
tering agency.  The -system 'Should be »etrong and.resilent ^enough 'to
continue•and'to translate compliance•information"into"enforcement
results, regardless of pressures that affect the^system.  The key
to the success of the system is the unimpeded flow of: information
through the system'which facilitates the rapid return of a non-
complying permittee to compliance. ' Good communication among all
parties in the system is essential to its success.

This chapter of the Enforcement Management System has described the,
basic principles of the system.  Implementation of the principles

-------
                              '- 23 -

number of essential documents support this framework in order to
make the system whole (see Appendix Z).   The remaining chapters  of
the EMS contain the most important of the supporting enforcement.
guidance and policies.

-------
                             ATTACHMENT A
                       VIOLATION REVIEW PROCESS

Many NPDES  permittees  may  experience*some  violation of their permit
conditions  during  the  life-of-a-permit or  may violate-enforcement
orders..   An ^effective 'Enforcement Management System 4EMS) "should
describe  a  process for reviewing and.screening those-violations :to
assure that enforcement resources are  concentrated on  the most
serious violations.

Throughout  the violation review process, it  should be,  remembered
                                                               •
that any  violation of  an NPDES  permit  is a violation of  the  Clean
Water Act (CWA) for which  the permittee .is strictly liable, -and for
which USEPA encourages some  type of enforcement response.  An
administering agency's decision regarding 'the appropriate enforcement
action should be based on  an analysis  of all of .the facts and
relevant  legal provisions  involved in  a particular case.  A  decision
to take no  action  in a given situation is  within the enforcement
discretion  of the  administering agency, so long as the reason for
exercising-the-no^action alternative is -warranted and Documented.
The violation review process has two main  review elements—screening
all relevant data  to determine:  1) whether there has been any type of
violation and the  nature of  that violation,  and 2) whether the
violation requires professional review (defined by Violation Review
Action Criteria) and in some cases, listing  on the Quarterly
Noncompliance Report (QNCR).  These are discussed below.
                                                                     09

-------
                                 -2-
 General Screening Considerations
 An administering agency.'*  decision oa whether  to  initiate an
 enforcement  action*  and the type  of action which  is  appropriate*
 should include an evaluation of all available  data to determine
 the seriousness  of the  violation* the compliance  history of the
 permittee* and other relevant facts in the case.  The decision
 to proceed should not be based solely on Whether  there is a
 violation.   There are many other  circumstances which should be
                                         • .'        ;
 considered in deciding  whether to proceed with an enforcement
 action.  Included are the  following! Da permit  or enforcement
 order  schedule has been violated; 2) a violation has occurred
 that presents an actual or imminent threat of significant harm
 to the environment or to the public health and safety? 3) a
 violation has occurred  which* unless corrected* would erode the
 integrity of an  environmental protection program; 4) pretreatment
 program requirements  are violated; 5) a source has failed to
 report; 6) a source has conducted an unauthorized bypass; 7)
 inspection results indicate a severe problem; 8) there are
 known or suspected operation and maintenance problems; 9)
 information  provided by interested parties indicates that a
 significant  violation has  occurred; and 10) there are aesthetic
 impacts related  to the  violation.  These general violation
 screening considerations should be applied in the violation
 review process.
Violation Review Process
An effective Enforcement Management System .(EMS) should include a
process for  reviewing .DMRs  and other reports submitted by the

-------
                                - 3 -
 permittee to determine whether that permittee is violating the
 terms of its permit or enforcement order»  where the permittee is .
 subject to such an order.   As a part of that process*  the adminis-
 tering -agency should establish .criteria for reviewing violations to
 determine -which violations require priority review by a professional
 to determine whether the violation-should  be subject'•to a formal or
 informal 'enforcement response. 'The .initial-screening  of-BMRs-to
 make  this determination is normally conducted by para-professionals.
 Any violation of a permit  or enforcement order that exceeds the
 screening criteria — called Violation Review Action Criteria
                               *•    .'.... ^,....        .       .
 (VRAC)•-- should be reviewed by professional personnel to determine
 the appropriate enforcement response.   The remainder of this section
 addresses the VRAC for:  a) effluent violations of permits and
 enforcement  orders; and b) schedule,  reporting.and other non-effluent
 violations of permits .and  enforcement  orders.

 A.~ Effluent Violations
                              x
 Every NPDES  permittee must submit  Discharge Monitoring Reports
 (DMRs)  to the administering agency for its review to determine
 whether there are violations of the effluent limitations in the
 permit  or in an enforcement order  that is  active against the
 permittee.   Federally-designated majors or P.L.  92-500 funded
 minor NPDES  permittees  should submit DMRs  either on a  monthly or
 quarterly basis.   (Other permittees must also report but they may
 be  required  to report on a less frequent basis.)

    'The  EMS-encourages  the administering  agency to take • an appro-
priate enforcement response against all  violations.

-------
          A particular violation may be resolved by a permittee so that a
          formal enforcement response by the regulatory agency is unnecessary.
          Other violations may require formal enforcement action for
          resolution.

          Table Z of this Attachment identifies the VRAC to be applied by
          administering agencies in screening performance against effluent
          limits.  The VRAC established for violation of permit effluent
          limits are more stringent than the reporting criteria established
          in the QNCR regulation.  Magnitude is not a factor in screening for
          30 day average violations—only the number of violations—and
          criteria are included for 7 day average and daily maximum violations.
          The VRAC for violation of effluent limits in enforcement orders
          equivalent to the criteria for reporting established by the CtfCR
          regulation.  Approved HPOES States should consider the VRAC included
          in Table Z to be guidance and may modify the screening criteria to
          reflect State resources and priorities.  However* the VRAC establishe<
          by approved HPDES States should be no less stringent than the
          criteria established in Table Z and should include criteria for
          violations of a seven day average or daily maximum.  Zf the State
          chooses to establish VRAC different from Table Z, the EMS should
          explain the basis for setting the threshold for VRAC.

          B.   Schedule/ Reporting and Other Violations
          The administering agency routinely examines the status of a permit ee
         .on a monthly or quarterly basis through review of DMRs* and other
U-2L

-------
                                -5-

reports to determine whether the permittee is. complying with sched-
ules, reporting, or other requirements set by the permit or by an
enforcement order, where such an order exists,  As discussed in A
above, the.EMS encourages the-administering agency to-take an
appropriate enforcement action against all violations.  -A .particular
violation may be resolved by a permittee so-that ,a-formal enforcement
response by the regulatory agency is unnecessary.  Other violations
may require formal enforcement action for resolution.

Table Z of this Attachment identifies the VRAC to be applied by
administering .agencies in screening performance against schedule,
reporting, and other requirements for all permittees.  The VRAC
for violations of schedule and reporting requirements in this Table
are, in fact, equivalent to-the criteria established for reporting
in the regulation, "National Pollutant Discharge Elimination.System
Regulations; Noncompliance and Program Reporting,* commonly referred
to as the QNCR regulation.  Approved NPDES States may modify the
VRAC included in Table Z, but in no case should the VRAC.be set at
a level less stringent than the reporting criteria identified in
Table Z.

Significant Honeompliance (SNC)t Definition and Use
The QNCR regulation (40 CFR 123.45) establishes criteria for
reporting violations of permit conditions or enforcement orders by
major permittees in the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR).
From the universe of violations identified in the QNCR, a subset of
violations will be identified as significant noncompliance (SNC).

-------
                                 -6-
 An explanation of which violations identified on the QMCR will
 be considered SMC is provided in the QNCR Guidance.  It should
 be noted that since the definition of SMC is in guidance* it
 nay change from tine to tine*

 As stated previously* VRAC exceedances do not automatically require
 a formal enforcement response* but do require*a professional
 review.  The concept of SMC is important because it identifies*"
  '                                         -•                .   I •
 those violations which must receive a formal enforcement response
 or return to compliance within a fixed period of time unless an
 acceptable justification is established for not taking action.
 (See Enforcement Response Guide.)  Administering agency per-
 formance in addressing SMC on a timely and appropriate basis
 will be tracked in the Agency's Strategic Planning and Management
 System (SPMS).                                 .
. Stannary
 The VRAC are criteria for screening DMR's and other reports  submitted
 by permittees to determine whether the violation(s) requires a
 professional review.  Identification of a violation as meeting or
 exceeding the VRAC does not establish the type of enforcement
 response which should be taken or the time frame in which it should
 be accomplished.                 •            .       . '
 For*many violations* VRAC is equivalent to the reporting criteria
 established by the OMCR regulation.  Those violations will be
 reviewed by a professional and listed on the QRCR.  In other casesr

-------
                                - 7  -
violations will be-reviewed  by a professional -even 'though ttoey
do not meet the magnitude  or frequency criteria of  the ONCR.
Finally* a subset of violations identified on the ONCR will meet
the definition of SNC.  A  designation that-a violation is.SNC
requires that the violation  be corrected or that a  formal^enforce—
ment response be .initiated within -a specific period of .tine .by the
administer?no agency, unless jan acceptable justification'for~no
action is provided.  This  definition is provided in the ONCR
Guidance.

-------
                                   TABLE I

                       VIOLATION REVIEW ACTION CRITERIA

     VIOLATIONS OF EFFLUENT LIMITS

     a. Permit Violation*                       Criteria

        30 Day Average Violations •       2 violations in 6 months


        7 Day Average violations          Two violations in a month

        Daily maximum violations*         Four violations in a month

        * pH                              <4.0 or >11.0, or if continuous
                                          monitoring criteria are exceeded

        • Storm Water                     Pour times the effective limit

        Any Limit           •             Causes or has potential to cause
                               •    .       a water quality or a health
                                          problem or the violation is of
                                          concern to the Director

     b. Enforcement Order Violations       •

        Any Limit Cited in the            Any violation during the quarter
        Enforcement Order**


     VIOLATIONS OF COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE PERMITS AHD ENFORCEMENT ORDERS

        Start Construction                90 days past scheduled date
        End Construction
        Attain Final Compliance

        All Additional Milestones         90 days past scheduled date
        Excludes bacteriological counts  (e.g.*fecal coliform)* color*
        and thermal parameters for which criteria are discretionary.

        In the absence of interim effluent limits in an enforcement
        order* permit, limits should be tracked and evaluated based on
        the criteria for permit violations.
\U>

-------
VIOLATIONS OF REPORTING REQUIREMENTS IN PERMITS AND ENFORCEMENT
ORDERS
   Discharge Monitoring
    Reports (DMRs) •

   Pretreatment Renorts
   Compliance Schedule Report
    final Progress Repoct

   All Additional Renorts
VIOLATIONS OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS

a. Pretreatment Program

   -Implementation




   -Enforcement by POTW


b. General Permit Conditions

   -Record Keeping* O&M




   -BMP




c. Enforcement Orders

   Any Other Requirements
   Cited in the Enforcement
   Order


d. Other Violations
 30 days overdue or incomplete
 or not understandable

'30 days overdue or incomplete
 or not understandable

•30 days overdue *or .incomplete
 or not understandable
       •                 • *.

 30 days overdue or incomplete
 or not understandable
 Failure to implement (issue
 permits,  enact ordinances,
 inspect 7IUs)  local  pretreatment
 program requirements.

 Failure of the POTW to enforce
 IU pretreatment  requirements
 Violation of narrative reouire-
 ments  (inaccurate  recordkeeping,
 inadeouate treatment  plant
 operation and maintenance)

^Failure-to:follow  Best
'Management Practices  (i.e.,
 reouirement to develop SPCC
 plans  and imnlement BMP)
 Any violations  during  the
 quarter
 Violations for which a formal
 enforcement action  is recommended
 by the Enforcement  Response
 guide.
                                                                    Ml

-------
                               - 3 -
ANNUAL REVIEW
The file of any major permittee or minor permittee of concern
should be reviewed at least once in a twelve month period, regardless
of whether the above criteria have been exceeded.

-------
                                                     ATTACHMENT B
                      ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE. GUIDE

 This guide is for the use of NPDES enforcement officials who are
 responsible .for determining:the appropriate enforcement .response
•to  a specific violation of the NPDES permit.'and related*sections
 of  the'Clean Water Act. :lt is .intended-to serve two main purposes:
 1.   It recommends enforcement responses that are timely and
     appropriate in relation to the nature and severity of the
     violation and the overall degree of noncompliance;

 2.   Zt provides a guide to -ensure a uniform application of
     enforcement response to comparable  levels and types of viola-
     tions,  and it can be used as a mechanism to review .the appro-
     priateness of responses by an enforcement agency.
                  •                   "                             /
 This guide  should be  used to select the most appropriate response
 to  instances  of noncompliance.  When making determinations on the
 level of the  enforcement response, the  technical and legal staff
 should consider the degree of variance  from the permit condition or.
                                                  /
 legal •.requirement, 'the 'duration of .the  violation, previous -enforce-
 ment actions  taken against the violator,  and the deterrent effect
 of  the response on'the similarly situated regulated community.
 Equally important are considerations of fairness and' equity, .national
 consistency and the integrity of the NPDES program.

 In  any particular case,  these factors may lead to a response  that
 differs from  that contained in the guide.  It should be/emphasized
 that any violation of an NPDES permit is  a violation of the Clean

-------
                                      - 2 -            .     '      '  • .

       Water Act (CWA).  The administering agency (Region or approved State>
       in its exercise of enforcement discretion, may elect any of the
       enforcement responses available under and consistent with the CWA.

       All SNC violations must be responded to in a timely and appropriate
       manner by administering agencies (see Attachment A).  The response
       should reflect the nature and severity of the violation, and*
       unless there is supportable justification, the response must be a
       formal enforcement, action (as defined elsewhere in this document),
       or a return to compliance by the permittee generally within one
       quarter from the date that the SNC violation is first reported on .
       the QNCR.  Administering agencies are expected to take a formal
       enforcement action before the- violation appears on the second QNCR,
       generally within 60 days of the first QNCR.   Zf the approved State
       does not act before the second QNCR,  the State should expect USEPA
       to take a formal enforcement action.   Zn the rare circumstance when
                                                        *
       formal enforcement action is not taken,  the  administering agency is
       expected to have a written record that clearly justifies why the
       alternative action (informal enforcement action or permit modification)
       was more appropriate.

       A key element in all enforcement responses is the timeliness with
       which they are initiated and effect compliance.  Given many types
       of violations and the variance in resources  available to the
       administering agencies,  no specific time frame is established in
       which to initiate and complete a given response.   Within 30 days
       of the identification of any violation,  the  appropriate response
       should be determined,  and any action taken, (or not taken) should
12.0

-------
be documented.  If nonconpliance continues beyond what is considered
to be a reasonable time, the type of formal enforcement action
needed should be established.

This guidance addresses a broad range of NPDES violationsi  .It is
not intended to cover all-types of violations.  The .responses in
this guide are suggested responses.  They reflect the enforcement
actions available to the OSEPA.  Other administering agencies may
have alternative enforcement responses that are equally effective.
The measure of the effectiveness of an enforcement'response includes:
     —whether the noncomplying source is returned to compliance
        as expeditiously as possible;
    — whether the enforcement response establishes the appropriate
        deterrent effect for the particular violator and for other
        potential violators; and
     — whether the enforcement response promotes fairness of
        government treatment as between comparable violators* as
        well as between complying and noncomplying parties.

Zn exercising its enforcement oversight responsibilities/ the USSPA
must evaluate whether an administering agency has used an appropriate
enforcement response to«a .given'nonceaDlianee situation. 'The
Enforcement Response Guidevwill be used as-a general guide :rn
making that assessment> keeping in mind the enforcement responses
available to the administering agency, the results that are achieved,
and the need to achieve an acceptable level of. national consistency.
               v
This guide has been developed for the internal use of OSEPA and is
not intended to create legal rights or obligations, or to limit the
enforcement discretion of any of the .administering agencies.

                                                                   121

-------
                              . QCORCSIBfr
SftMPLDP, MGNITDRDP AND

HOOOMELIMKE
        to sasple, ncnitor
or xejwrL (routine' reports*
DOS)
                                    ORCUMglMCES
                                 Isolated or infrequent.
 RANGE OF RESPCKSE!
2Shone call,  written
 letter of violation
 (I£V).  Report to
                                                                   J*t*l*
                                                             AAriaistratiw
                                                             Qrdn: (AO) if no
                                                                      is received.
failure to sanple.
requ
failure to notify (conp
          %l ^ »nr
                                                             ItN.  Reports to
                                                             be submitted
                                                                   call or LQV.
                                                             Reports to be sub-
                                                             mitted
        to *anpl«, monitor,
        JT notify
                                        to 1
                                                             AD or j

Failure to notify of
      3t lifflit vtfiH*i+4r*'*
                                                             is received.  Request
                                                             for criminiil investi-
                                                             gation*
                                                             AOor jHrtida
Failure to notify of


        to notify of
                                Ho known effects.
                                                             Shone call or LOV.
                                                             ZXVorAO.
                                                                   call or IT
   dtoring
                    Lng,
                                                             AO if continued.
       AO.
         ns to be
                                                                  on the next
                                                                  icfial*
                                                             AOor judicial
                                Any
                                                             Judicial action*
                                                             Request for crinana.
                                                             investigation*

-------
                               ENPORCEMBTT -RESPONSE
PEPMTT QGMPLIAMCE SCHEMES (Construction phases or p
Missed Interim Date


Missed Interim Date



Missed.Interim Date



Missed Final Date4



Missed Final Date4



Major or
Failure to install
                          Will not cause late final date
                          or other interim dates.

                          Will result-in other missed
                          , interim dates.  Violation for
                         -Win result:in other missed
                          interim dates*  No good, or
                          valid
                          Violation
                          v «^vMMMe»VHS>v*Bi«
                          BBjeure (Strike*  act of
                          God, etc.)

                          90 <^"y" or **" m CTrt'j^y^l'^t
                         ^Failure or refusal to eocply
                          without good or valid
                                                             BMiSE OF RESPCKSE

                                                             L3V.


                                                            .Z0VOT-AO.



                                                            JflV.  ID.-or: judicial
AD OCMHJANCE SCHEMES  (Construction phases*  MCP or CCP)

                              lained in AD previously
                                 (justifiable delay)*

                              *in*d in'AO*previously
Beparting false
                                 for delay.

                              instance.
                                                             Contact permittee and
                                                             require documentation
                                                             of good or valid cause.

                                                             AO or judicial
                                                             action.
                                                            AD or j«irt1ria1 action.
                                                            Bequest for criminal
                                                            investigation.

                                                            AD to begin monitoring
                                                            (using outside con-
                                                            tracts*  if  necessary)
                                                            and install equipment.
                                                            A0.5
                                                            'Judicial-action.
                                                                    .for criminal
                                                                  ligatich.

                                                            •judicial act-Inn.  'Bequest
                                                             for criminal investiga-
                                                             tion.
                                                                                iz-v

-------
                               EHEORQMENT
 AtMUT CTFII3EMT LZKHS

       gJAMCE
Exceeding Final
 Eyneetting Finn! Units
Exceeding Final Limits
                                         F isolated
                                   violation*
                             •a jar violations of a
                             single cffliMRt Unit.

                             Fraquant violations of
                          HAIKS OP RESPONSE

                          LCV.
                          LCV, 90 (judicial
                          action if environmental
                          harm resulted).

                          AD or judicial
                          action.
Exceeding Interim Limits     Results, in known environ-  .   AO or judicial action.
Bxreeding interim Units     Without known dang*.
 (outside permittee'e
 control* e.g.
 majeure)
        _ Interim Limits
 (outside permittee's
    Erol* e.g.«
                             With substantial
                             environental
majeure)

Discharge without a
                             One time without known
Discharge %d.thout a
          without a
                             One time vnich results
                             IB envizoonintal dantge
^I»«|M violation with
  euvlrcuMutal
                                                             or
                                                          AO.
                                        action.
                         PC.
                         AD or jmtiHal act inn.
                                                          Judicial action.  Request '
                                                              criminal  investigation.
AEKflbilS-jjiiu-^VE CmX IMTERIM UMTTS


          Ttf^Ap4fli
Limits
in AD
Limits
in Ad
                            within the control of tiie
                                                          A0.5
                                                          Judicial action.

-------
                              •JENPORCEMENT RESPONSE
&tfllx»/EPA OGMPIJANS INSHdCTICM


NGNQCMPLIANX
Minor violation of
analytical procedures

Major violation of
analytical
Ma jor violation of
analytical pen
Minor violation of
Minor violation of
           -   - -
Major violation of
Non-*ubmttal of
XMR/OA data

Hon™BUifcnnttal of
ZMR/OA data
     TRIAL
Mon-«iznlttal of BMR
Violation of
categorical,
Unit*

Violation of
limit*

Violation of oateoo
Any instance.


No evidence of intent.
Evidence of negli
OF.* intent*
Ho evidence of negligence
or intent*

Evidence of negligence
or intent*
Evidence of "negligence
or intent*
    »tyl violation*
Continued violation*
                                   FREIREASMEMr
Late.
 RANGE OF RESPONSE

 LOV.
    or * judicial
^action (possible
/criminal action).
 LQV.
 UOL lection required*

 AD or judicial
 action (possible
 criBdnal action).

 AO or
 Lev or AO.
                                                                         )*
 judicial action.
 IDV or AD.
                             ODVor AD.
                             AO or judicial action.
Ho BMR or treatnant
AO or
                action.
      violation or
Any
 Judicial action.
 Request for criminal
 investigation.

-------
 HDNICIPAIS (P01WS)

 NONOGMPtlANCE

 Non-submittal of
 annual reports
Municipal
enf orcsBent of
general?  Torail or
categorical limit*
 s
 unicipal non*

' 4toeV  eMNASkViStASMMAMS*
OC  yLVLCvBOaBnC
program (e.g, failure
to  enforce any limits*
          require-
Failure to submit
an
Failur* to submit
                               ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE

                             FHb'IHEAlMEWr (CONTINUED)
                             First
                              implenntation.
                             First
RANGE Cg RESPONSE

LCV.
                             First time or infrequent.     UN or AO.
AD or Judicial Action
(Judicial Action may
be preceded by notice
to PQTW under Section
309(f)).
                                                           Judicial action.
                                UEVELS OF RESPONSE^

There are three levels of response to all violations.  For any violation the .
adadnistering agency must review the violation and determine the appropriate
                    violations, the response may be no action necessary at this
                                         can be an inspection, phone call, a
violation letter* or a Federal Notice of Violation to the permittee with a copy
to the administering State agency.  The violation letter can be limited to a
notification of the violation or to requiring certain steps to be taken within
follcwingt

1.  An AdBdnistrative Order or State equivalent action?  or

2.  A .judicial referral to the state Attorney Central or to the
    Justice.                             *
                                                                          of

-------
 lThe Notice of Violation (NOV) .is not specif ically identified as a possible
  resoonse in the "Ranqe of Response" ^column.   In -.fact, .the .use of an NQV by "EPA
  as an initial response Is an appropriate ontion where -the violation is in a
  State with an approved NPDES ntoqrauu However, it nust  be recognized that an
  NOV does not qualify as a formal enforcement  action.

 2Phone calls should he  noted in the record and be  followed UP with warning
  letters if reports are not received within the specified tine frame.

 3If the compliance -schedule is -established by  a •consent  decree or other
  ludicial order » the  violation should be brought to the -attention of the program
  manager and legal counsel to determine whether the court should be  notified.
  The permitting authority may not excuse or allow  a violation of a consent
  decree or other court  order without court approval.

 *The enforcement response chosen for Missed Final '-Dates  must  be consistent
  with the provisions  of the National Municipal Policy.
     Clean Water Act does not authorize the issuance of an AO for a violation
 of a previously issued AO.  Any successive AO issued must be based upon the
 underlyino violations of the Act contained in the previous AO and/or upon   .
 subsequent violations of the Act.

 6The amendments to the Clean Water Act proposed by both the Rouse of Representatives
 and the Senate would give EPA authority to inpose administrative penalties.  If
 the final version includes this authority, the ERG win have to be modified to
, establish criteria for determining which violations should be addressed through
 a penalty action.

-------
1°
                                                 NPDBS VIOLATION SlffMARY
   NPDES No.
                                                      I  | Major
                                                      I  ) Minor
                                           ATTACHMENT C

                                              I  ) Municipal
                                              I  1 Non-Nun.
                                              {  | Federal
                                              I  1 State
   NAME & LOCATION
    DATE OP
   VIOLATION   TYPE OF VIOLATION
   MO/tft/YR
   AGENCY RESPONSES
  DATE OF
'RESPONSES
HO/Eft/YR
PBRSON(S)
INITIATING
 RESPONSE
DUE DATE
MO/ay/YR
SFATUS
REVIEWER
  NAME
AND TITLE
        REMARKS
(Additional  information may be entered across the shoot—betwuon
 citations of permit violations—to meet local ancillary tracking
 requlramonts.  Any other pertinent information, such as the
 rationale for unusual responsesf may also be docununtod in this
 manner.)

-------
                                                  ^APPENDIX I


             LIST OF  GUIDANCE AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS


1.  National Guidance for Oversight  of  NPDES Programs, FY 1986
    (June 28,  198S).

2.  Office of Water 'FY 1986-"1987 -Operating -Guidance rand Strategi-c
    Planning and Management-System (February, U.985).

3.  NPDES Inspection  Strategy-and^Guidance for'Preparing Annual
    State/EPA .Compliance .-Inspection  Plans  (April 16,-^185).

4.  National Municipal Policy (January  23, 1984).

5.  Regional and Stat* Guidance on the  National  Municipal Policy
    (April 1.7, 1984).

6.  Municipal Enforcement Guidance (Issued by Office  of Enforcement
    and Compliance Monitoring; October, 1984).

7.  Recommended Format for Clean  Water.Act Section -309 Administrative
    Orders (July 30,  1985)              '

8.  Pretreatment Program  Guidance to POTWs'for Enforcement of
    Industrial Categorical Standards (November 5,  1984)

9.  NPDES Civil Penalty Policy (February 4.L, .1986).

10. Permit Compliance •:System .Policy  (October .31, .1985).

-------
                                                    APPENDIX  II
                   ABBREVIATIONS FREQUENTLY USED

AAW - Assistant Administrator for Water
ADA - Administering Agency  (EPA and NPDES States)
ADP - Automated Data Processing
AO - Administrative Order
AT - Advanced Treatment
AWT - Advanced Waste Treatment
BAT - Best Available Technology
BCT - Best Conventional Technology
BCCT - Best Conventional Control Technology
BZO - Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection (see CBZ)
BODs - 5 Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BEJ - Best Professional Judgment    .
BPT - Best Practicable Treatment .   .                          <
CBI - Confidential Business Information or Compliance Biomonitoring
      Inspection (See BIO)
CEI - Compliance Evaluation Inspection
CFR - Code of Federal Regulations
CC - Construction Grant
CS - Construction Schedule
CSI - Compliance Sampling Inspection
CWA - Clean Water Act
DI (DIA or DIAG) - Diagnostic Inspection
DMR - Discharge Monitoring Report
DOJ - Department of Justice (US)
ELG - Effluent Limitation Guidelines
EMS -. Enforcement Management System
ERG - Enforcement Response Guide

-------
F - Final Limits
PEL - Final Effluent Limits
                                   /
FFCA - Federal Facility Compliance Agreement
FR -'Federal'Register
GREAT - General Record of.Enforcement Actions ITaken
ZAG - .Interagency Agreement
1C - In Compliance
ZEL (INT) - Interim Effluent Limits
ZL - Interim Limits
LOV - Letter of Violation
MOA - Memorandum of Agreement
NC - Noncompliance            v
NCR - Noncompliance Report
NEZC - National Enforcement Investigations Center
NOV - Notice of Violation
NPDES - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
OECM - Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring
OGC - Office of General Counsel
OIG - Office.of.Inspector.General
0&M - Operations-.and Maintenance/Management
OW - Office of Water
OWAS (OWEG) - Guide to the Office of Water Accountability System
              and Mid-Year Evaluations
OWEP - Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
ORD - Office of Research and Development
PAI - Performance Audit Inspection
PCS - Permit Compliance System
    c
POTW - Publicly Owned treatment Works
FOR - Permit Quality Review

-------
                               - 3 -

PWS - Public Water Systems
QA - Quality Assurance
QNCR - Quarterly Nonconpliance Report
RE - Resolved                  .
RI - Reconnaisance Inspection
SCO - Show Cause Order
SEA - State-EPA Agreement or State Enforcement Agreement
SNAP - Significant Noncompliance Action Program
SNC - Significant Noncompliance
SPCC - Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures
SPNS - Strategic Planning and Management System.
TOX {TOX SAMP) - Toxics Sampling Inspection (see XSI)
                                            •
TPP - Temporary Pollution Permit
USEPA - Onited States Environmental Protection Agency
VRAC - Violation Review Action Criteria
HENDB - Water Enforcement National Data Base
WQM . water Quality Management
WWTF - Wastewater Treatment Facility
WWTP - Wastewater Treatment Plant
XSZ - Toxics Sampling Inspection (see TOX)
$ - Facility Contructed with P.L. 92-500 Grant Funds

-------
         .Definitions for -the rErfforeewent-Management ^System*

1.  Actionable* A violation by  the NPDES permittee or other  facility
    subject to regulation under the Clean Water Act  (CWA), and/or
    the permit, which gives rise to a possible enforcement-action
    by'the HPDES-State, USEPA,  and/or any.person or-entity having
    standing* whether or not such .action is-taken.

2.  Administrative Order (AO):  A document .issued-by  EPA-under
                                          » . -      •     .
    Section 309(a){3) of the CWA which contains findings of  fact
    determined through a-unilateral, administrative  process  (without
    required notice or opportunity for hearing) and  which demands
    that the permittee achieve  compliance with the CWA  ($$301, 302,
    306, 308, 318, 405 or with  conditions of a permit which  imple-
    ments one of those sections, or an equivalent State action
    issued under State authority.  The document contains an  order
    to cease the violation immediately, or a specific timetable for
    compliance.

3.  Dischargers (Municipal, Industrial, Major and Minor):
        (A) Municipal Majorx A  municipal wastewater  treatment facility
            which ^discharges -a  flow .of cone million ^gallons 
-------
                               -  2 -

            system.  Points are assigned on the basis of the  follow.
            five effluent parameters: toxic pollutant potential;
            flow/wastewater type; conventional pollutant load;
                                                                 •
            public health impact; and water quality factors.  The
            point total is added.  If the total is eighty points or
            higher the discharger is.classified as major.  Those
            dischargers which have less than.eighty points are
            classified as minor.
        (C) Discretionary Majors: USEPA Regions are permitted to
            assess up to five hundred points at their discretion*  '
            thereby placing some dischargers in the major classifi-
            cation which would not have otherwise been there.  This
            provides the Regions the opportunity to classify certai
            dischargers with local problems as'majors, even though
            they would not be under a fixed* inflexible national
            scheme.  Each Region's discretion is limited to 20
            discretionary additions plus five percent of their
            total major permits.
4.  Formal Enforcement Action: An action that requires actions to
    achieve compliance* specifies a timetable* contains consequences
    for noncompliance that are independently enforceable without
    having to prove the original violation* and subjects the person
    to adverse legal  consequences for noncompliance.
                          •i.
5.  Letter of Violation (LOV): A warning letter issued by either an
    NPDES State or USEPA to a permittee under the NPOES Program
    informing the permittee that it is in violation of the CWA,

-------
                               - 3 -

    implementing regulationsr and/or the permit* and which indicates
    the oossibility of escalated enforcement action if the violation
    is not corrected in a timely manner.

6. 'Notice of Violation (NOV): A•formally-written document .issued
    by OSEPA under $309(a)(l) to-an approved State with a cooyto
    th« permittee informing them of the-permitteeIs violation;of
    •a State-issued WOES -permit or a State-issued ;$404 permit. The
    NOV specifically describes.the violation and describes the
    action required by the State to avoid further action by OSEPA.

-------

-------
1.5.

-------
1.5.   "General Enforcement Compendium" updated Table of Contents, December 1, 1994.

-------
                                      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
"                                Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
                         Office of Regulatory Enforcement,  Multimedia Enforcement Division

                          GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY  COMPENDIUM
                                                December 1994
          The General Enforcement Policy Compendium is a collection of enforcement policies and guidances that
  apply to more than one program. Medium-specific policies are found in their respective statute-specific
  compendium*.  All the documents contained in this Compendium are releasabte to the public in their entirety.

          The enforcement program established the Compendium in  1982.   At that time, it contained only 11
  documents.  By 1993, the Compendium included 90 documents numbered from GM-1  through GM-90.  The Office
  of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA) revised and redesigned the Compendium in 1994.  As part of
  this effort, OECA developed a new numbering system for the documents in the Compendium.  In order to allow for
  continuity, those documents retained from the previous  version of  the Compendium have both the old and new
  document numbers.

         The Compendium consists of three parts.  The first is the Table of Contents, which is a list of documents
  divided,into fifteen subject headings. The second is a new Descriptive Index, containing capsule summaries  of
  each of the documents contained in the Compendium.  The third part consists of the  actual documents themselves.

         If you are searching for a document but do not know its  title, we suggest you first look in the Table of
  Contents in the appropriate section.  Once you find a document that you think might provide the needed guidance,
  read the  summary  in the Descriptive  Index to make sure it is the appropriate one.  Some document titles may not
 effectively indicate the contents  of those documents. After  you think you have the correct document, locate  it in
 the Compendium in the appropriate section.

         OECA has widely circulated The Table of Contents and Descriptive Index electronically and through hard
 copies.  Copies of the full Compendium can be found in the following locations:  EPA  Libraries in Headquarters, the
 Regional Offices, Regional Laboratories  and DOJ; Regional Counsels; Regional Environmental Services Divisions
 (those located outside the main Regional Offices); Office Directors  and Division Directors in OECA (including NEIC in
 Denver); Special Agents in Charge; and  Office of General Counsel:

        If you have any questions about the General Enforcement  Policy  Compendium,  please contact Jonathan
 Libber of  the Multimedia Enforcement Division at (202) 564-6011.

-------
              GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                         12/1/94
DESCRIPTIVE INDEX
CROSS INDEX
COMPENDIUM DOCUMENTS
     REFERRALS
     B,
           RF.l   General Procedures and Goals
           RF.l-1:   Memorandum of Understanding Between DOJ and
                    EPA (GM-3)  (June 15,  1977)
           RF.1-2:   Draft DOJ/EPA Litigation Procedures (GM-8)
                    (April 8,  1982)
           RF.1-3:   Model Litigation Report Outline and Guidance
                    (GM-48)  (January 30,  1986)
           RF.1-4:   General Operating Procedures for EPA's Civil
                    Enforcement Program (GM-12)  (July 6,  1982)
           RF.1-5:   Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
                    Enforcement Actions (GM-35)  (January 4,  1985)
           RF.1-6:   Policy on Invoking Section 9 of the EPA/DOJ
                    Memorandum  of Understanding (GM-63)
                    (August 20,  1987)
           RF.1-7:   Headquarters Review and Tracking of Civil
                    Referrals  (GM-26)  (March 8,  1984)

           RF.2   Direct  Referrals
           RF.2-1:   Expansion of Direct Referral of Cases to DOJ
                    (GM-69)  (January 14,  1988)
           RF.2-2:   Implementation of Direct Referral for Civil
                    Cases (GM-18)  (December 1,  1983)

           RF.3   Delays  in  Filing Cases
           RF.3-1:   DOJ Procedures for Returning Certain Unfiled
                    Cases to EPA for Further Processing (GM-78)
                    (November 12,  1987)
           RF.3-2:   Hold  Action Requests  (GM-90)
                    (November 16,  1990)
                                                            c>

II.  PENALTIES

     A.    PT.l   General Procedures and  Goals
           PT.1-1:   Policy on Civil  Penalties (GM-21)
                    (February 16,  1983)
           PT.1-2:   A Framework for  Statute-Specific Approaches to
                    Penalty  Assessments (GM-22)
                    (February 16,  1984)
     c.

-------
          PT.1-3:  Documenting Penalty  Calculations and Justi-
                   fications  in EPA Enforcement Actions (GM-88)
                   (August 9, 1990)
          PT.1-4:  Remittance of Fines  and Civil Penalties
                   (GM-38) (April  15, 1985)
          PT.1-5:  Guidance for Calculating the Economic Benefit
                   of Noncompliance for a  Civil Penalty
                   Assessment (GM-33)  (November 5,  1984)
          PT.1-6:  Division of Penalties with State and Local
                   Governments  (GH-45)  October 30,  1985)

     B,   PT.2    Mitigation
          PT.2-1:  Guidance on Determining a  Violator's Ability
                   to Pay a Civil  Penalty  (GM-56)
                   (December  16, 1986)
          PT.2-2:  Policy on  the Use of Supplemental Environ-
                   mental Projects in EPA  Settlements (GM-77)
                   (February  12, 1991)
          PT.2-3:  Guidance on Calculating After Tax Net Present
                   Value of Alternative Payments (GM-51)
                   (October 28, 1986)

     C.   PT.3   Stipulated Penalties
          PT.3-1:  Use of Stipulated Penalties in EPA Settlement
                   Agreements (GM-75)  (January 24,  1990)
          PT.3-2:  Procedures for  Assessing Stipulated Penalties
                   (GM-67) (January 11, 1988)

    D.    PT.4  Confidential  Information fsee Descriptive Index
          for Summaries of BEN and ABEL case  memoranda which  are
          not contained in the Compendium)

          PT.4-1:  Economic Benefit from Noncompliance: An
                   Analysis of Judicial and Administrative
                   Interpretation  (August  1,  1993)  (GM-no)

          PT.4.2:  Ability to Pay  — for Profit Entities:  An
                   Analysis of Judicial and Administrative
                   Interpretation  (August  1,  1993)  (GM-no)

       o                             '                       •
III. CONTRACTOR LISTING
             ^ -*
     A.   CL.l   General Listing
          CL.l-l:  US Environmental Protection Agency Contractor
                   Listing Procedures and  Guidance  (May 1993)

     B.   CL.2   Discretionary Listing
          CL.2-1:  Guidance on Implementing £he Discretionary
                   Contractor Listing Program (GM-53)
                   (November  26, 1986)

-------
      C.   CL.3   Asbestos
           CL.3-1:  Asbestps Contractor Listing (GM-no)
                    (June 30, 1988)
           CL.3-2:  Defining the "Violating Facility" for
                    purposes of Listing Asbestos Demolition and
                    Renovation Companies Pursuant to Section 306
                    of the Clean Air Act (GM-no) (March 11, 1988)

      D.   CL.4   Mandatory Listing                    .
           CL.4-1:  Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing
                    (GM-32) (August 8, 1983)
           CL.4-2:  EPA Policy Regarding the Role of Corporate
                    Attitude, Policies,  Practices,  and Procedures
                    in Determining Whether to Remove a Facility
                    from the EPA List of Violating Facilities
                    Following a Criminal Conviction (GM-no)
                    (October 31,  1991)


 IV.   SETTLEMENTS

      A.   SE.1   Procedures
           SE.1-1:  Form of Settlement in Civil Judicial Cases
                    (GM-42)  (July 24,  1985)
           SE.1-2:  Guidance on the Use  of Alternative Dispute
                    Resolution in EPA Enforcement Cases (GM-62)
                    (August 14, 1987)
           SE.1-3:  Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
                    Negotiations  on Civil Enforcement Cases
                    (GM-73)  (April 13, 1988)
           SE.l-4:  Enforcement Settlement Negotiations (GM-39)
                    (May 22,  1985)
           SE.1.5:  Policy Against "No Action"  Assurances (GM-34)

      B.    SE.2    Terms of Settlement
           SE.2-1:  Multi-media Settlements of  Enforcement Cases
                    (GM-80)  (February 6,  1990)
           SE.2-2:  Interim Policy on the Inclusion of Pollution
                    Prevention and Recycling  Provisions in
                    Enforcement Settlements (GM-79)
                    (February 25,  1991)
           SE.2-3:  Final EPA Policy on  the Inclusion of
                    Environmental Auditing Provisions in
                    Enforcement Settlements (GM-52)
                    (November 14,  1986)


V.    CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT IMPACT CIVIL ENFORCEMENT
      A.    CP.l   Parallel Proceedings
           CP.l-l:   Parallel Proceedings Policy (June 21,  1994)

-------
      B.    CP.2  Case Management Procedures
           CP.2-1   The Exercise of Investigative Discretion
                    (January 12, 1994).
           CP.2-2   Referral of Criminal Cases for Prosecutive
                    Action (March 2, 1993).


      PUBLICITY

      A.    PB.l   Civil Enforcement
           PB.l-l:   Policy on Publicizing Enforcement Activities•
                    (GM-46)  (November 21, 1985)

      B.    PB.2  Criminal Enforcement
           PB.2-1   Policy on Responding to Public or Media
                    Inquiries Regarding  Criminal Cases
                    (December 22,  1989).


VII.  REGULATORY DEVELOPMENT

      A.    RG.l  General Procedures and Goals
           RG.l-l:   Issuance of Enforcement Considerations for
                    Drafting and Reviewing Regulations &
                    Guidelines for Developing New or Revised
                    Compliance and Enforcement Strategies (GM-58)
                    (August  15,  1985)
           RG.l-2:   A Summary of OE's Role in the Agency's
                    Regulatory Review Process (GM-47)
                    (January 27, 1986)
           RG.l-3:   The Regulatory Development Process:  Change in
                    Steering Committee Emphasis  and OE
                    Implementation (GM-59)  (February 6,  1987)
           RG.l-4:   Ex Parte Contacts in  EPA Rulemaking  (GM-4)
                    (August  4,  1977)


VIII. STATE/FEDERAL AGREEMENTS
                                                 i
     A.    SF.l  General Procedures and  Goals
           SF.1-1:   Revised  Policy Framework for State/EPA
                    Enforcement Agreements  (GM-41)
                    (June 26,  1984)
           SF.1-2:   Guidance for the FY 1989  State/EPA Enforcement
                    Agreements  Process (GM-57) (June 20,  1988)


IX.  ORDERS AND DECREES

     A.   OR.l   Drafting and Modifying  Orders  and Decrees
          OR.1-1:   Guidance for Drafting Judicial  Consent Decrees
                    (GM-17)  (October 19,  1983)

-------
           OR.1-2:  Procedures for Modifying Judicial Consent
                    Decrees (GM-68) (January 11, 1988)

      B.    OR.2   Monitoring and Enforcing Orders and Decrees
           OR.2-1:  Manual on Monitoring & Enforcing
                    Administrative and JudicialOrders (GM-86)
                    (February 6, 1990)
           OR.2-2:  Guidelines for Enforcing Federal District
                    Court Orders (GM-27) (April 18, 1984)


X.    FEDERAL FACILITIES

      A.    FF.l   Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
           FF.1-1:  Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy (GM-25)
                    (November 8, 1988)


XI.   TRACKING ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES

      A.    TK^l   General Procedures and Goals
           TK.1-1:  Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and
                    Follow-up Directive (GM-76)  (January 11,  1990)
           TK.l-2:  Guidance on Certification of Compliance with
                    Enforcement Agreements (GM-74)  (July 25,  1988)
           TK.1-3:  Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter
                    and  Data Sheet (GM-40)  (May 30,  1985)
           TK.l-4:  Consent Decree Tracking Guidance (GM-19)
                    (December 20,  1983)
           TK.l-5:  Procedures and Responsibilities for  Updating
                    and  Maintaining the Enforcement
                    Docket (GM-60)  (March 10,  1987)
           TK.l-6:  Enforcement Docket Maintenance (GM-61)
                    (April 8,  1988)
           TK.1-7:  Support of the Enforcement DOCKET for
                    Information Management in OECA
                    (October 3,  1994)
                                              t

XII. CASE  MANAGEMENT

     A.    CM.l    General Procedures and Goals
           CM-.'l-l:   Case Management Plans (GM-71)  (March 11,  1988)
           CM.1-2:.  Regional Enforcement Management:  Enhanced
                    Regional Case  Screening (GM-85)
                    (December 3, 1990)
           CM.1-3:   Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files
                    (GM-20)  (December 30,  1983)
           (See also Section V,  CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT
           IMPACT  CIVIL  ENFORCEMENT)

-------
 XIII.   INSPECTIONS

     B.    JIN. 1   General Procedures and Goals
           IN.l-l:  Conduct of Inspections After the Barlow's
                    Decision (GM-5)  (April 11, 1979)
           IN.1-2:  Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless
                    Agreements as a Condition to
                    Entry to EPA Employees
                    on Industrial Facilities (GM-1)
                    (November 8, 1972)
XIV.   COMMUNICATIONS

           CO.1  Communications with Litigants     -         .
           CO.1-1:   Contacts with Defendants and Potential
                    Defendants in Enforcement Litigation (GM-6)
                    (October 7,  1981)
           CO.1-2:   n£x Parte" Rules Covering Communications Which
                    Are the Subject of Formal Adjudicatory
                    Hearings (GM-7)  (December 10,  1981)
           CO.1-3:   Enforcement Document Release Guidelines
                    (GM-43)  (September 16,  1985)
           (See also Section VZ PUBLICITY)


XV.  MISCELLANEOUS

     D.    MI.1  Other
           MI.1-1:   Assertion of the Deliberative Process
                    Privilege (GM-66)  (October 3,  1984)
           MI.1-2:   Strengthening the Agency's Administrative
                    Litigation Capacity (GM-89)  (May  3,  1989)
           MI.1-3:   Professional Obligations of Government
                    Attorneys (GM-2)  (April 19,  1976)
           MI.1-4:   Liability of Corporate  Shareholders  and
                    Successor Corporations  for Abandoned
                    Sites Under  CERCLA (GM-28)1
                    (June 13,  1984)
           MI.1-5:   Interim Guidance on review of  Indian
                    Lands Enforcement Actions (October
                    21,  1992)  attaching EPA Policy for
                    the Administration of Environmental
                    Programs on  Indian Reservations
                    (November 8,  1984)  (GM-no)
     1This policy is to be transferred to the CERCLA Policy
Compendium after a generic policy  is developed to  take its place.

-------
                                                      12/1/94
               GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM

                         DESCRIPTIVE INDEX

 I.    REFERRALS (RF)

      A.    RF.l  General Procedures and Goals

 (GM-3)                                                   (RF.l-i)
      Memorandum of Understanding Between Department of
      Justice and the Environmental Protection Agency (June
      15,  1977)

      The  Department  of Justice (DOJ)  conducts the civil
 litigation of the EPA.  This document is a Memorandum of
 Understanding (MOU)  that clarifies the roles of  DOJ and EPA
 attorneys.   This memorandum contains  19 clauses,  the first 15  of
 which are the more substantive.   They are:      -

      (1)  the Attorney General (AG)  has control over all cases  to
 which EPA or the Administrator is a party;

      (2)  the Administrator  may request that  the AG permit  Agency
 attorneys to participate in cases;

      (3)  EPA attorneys shall not file any documents in a court
 proceeding without prior approval of  the AG;

      (4)  the AG has  control over the  conduct of all litigation
 and allocates tasks  among the attorneys employed  by DOJ and
 Agency participating attorneys;

      (5)  if DOJ and  EPA attorneys disagree over the conduct of a
 case, the Administrator may obtain a  review  of the matter  by the
 AG;

      (6)  settlement  of any  case  where DOJ represents EPA requires
 the concurrence of the Administrator  and the AG;

      (7)  EPA and DOJ conduct a joint  annual  review of DOJ's and
 EPA's personnel requirements for Agency litigation;

      (8)  DOJ must file cases within 60 days  or report why
 complaints  have not  been filed;                       .

      (9)  if DOJ hasn't filed within 120 days,  the Administrator
 can request DOJ to file within 30 days;

      (10) all requests for  litigation shall  be submitted by EPA
through the General  Counsel or the Asst.  Administrator for
 Enforcement to  the Asst.  AG for  the Land and Natural Resources
Division, and shall  be accompanied by a standard  litigation
report;

-------
      (11)  EPA shall make the file of any matter that is the
 subject of litigation available to DOJ attorneys;

      (12)  the Administrator shall review the Agency's procedures
 for preparing the record in cases involving direct review in the
 Courts of  Appeal;

      (13)  negotiation of any agreement to be filed in court
 requires the authorization and concurrence of the AG;

    ^ (14)  the AG shall defer to the Administrator's
 interpretation of scientific and technical matters in conducting
 litigation for EPA; and

      (15)  this agreement doesn't affect the authority of the
 Solicitor  General to. carry out his functions with regard to
 appeals or petitions.


 (GM-8)                                                  (RF.1-2)
      Draft Department of Justice/Environmental Protection
      Agency Litigation Procedures (April 8,  1982)

      These procedures were the result of a DOJ/EPA meeting to
 strengthen enforcement efforts.   It is divided into two main
 parts:  a discussion of EPA enforcement goals and objectives,  and
 the Quantico Guidelines for Enforcement Litigation (reached as a
 result  of  the meeting).

      Three EPA enforcement goals and objectives are stated:  (1)
 to  support andxadvance the regulatory policies of  EPA through the
 use of  all available enforcement means to ensure compliance,
 deter unlawful conduct,  and remove incentives of noncompliance;
 (2)  to  give the regulated community fair notice of EPA's policies
 and the requirements they impose on the regulated community;  and
 (3)  to  establish regulatory policies and enforcement goals,
 priorities and procedures to effectuate its  policy initiatives
 and to  guide the Dept.  of Justice [DOJ]  in its role as EPA's
 litigation counsel.   The Quantico Guidelines are divided into
 five  parts:  (a)  goals &  purposes;  (b)  general observations;  (c)
 DOJ and EPA commitments;  (d)  process [procedures];  and (e)
 specific issues  discussed (Superfund national strategy guidelines
 and existing consent decrees)


 (GM-48)                                                 (RF.1-3)
     Model Litigation Report Outline and Guidance  (January
      30, 1986)

     This  guidance  has two purposes:  (a)  to  create a common
understanding among Agency personnel and Dept.  of  Justice
attorneys  as  to  what the litigation report needs to cover;  and

-------
.  (b) to make the litigation report's form consistent.  This
 guidance is a two-part document.  First comes the Model
 Litigation Report - Outline.  The Model Litigation Report -
 Guidance follows the Outline, addressing and explaining in detail
 most of the items in the Outline.

      The Outline includes: (1) cover page;  (2) table of contents;
  (3) synopsis of the case; (4) statutory bases of referral; (5)
 description of the defendant; (6) nature of the violations;  (7)
 enforcement history of the defendant and pre-referral
 negotiations; (8) injunctive relief; (9) penalties; (10) major
 issues; (11) significance of referral; (12) litigation strategy;
 and (13) attachments.


  (GM-12)                                                (RF.l-4)
      General operating Procedures for EPA's Civil
      Enforcement Program (July 6, 1982)                ,

      This document describes the roles and relationships of the
 various EPA offices which participate in enforcement activities.
 Seventeen sections follow the introduction, the last three of
 which are housekeeping clauses.   The substantive sections are, in
 order of their appearance: enforcement objectives; roles and
 relationships; delegations and concurrence requirements;
 reporting requirements and Office of Legal and Enforcement
 Counsel oversight; reviewing compliance and determining
 responses; escalation; case development process; referral
 process; Headquarters review of case development; post-referral
 procedures; negotiations; enforcing consent decrees and final
 orders; appeals; and communications/press relations.   The section
 on roles and responsibilities is further separated into Regional
 Administrators,  Assistant Administrators,  the Regional Counsel,
 Enforcement Counsel matters,  General Counsel matters,  DOJ and
 U.S.  Attorneys'  offices,  policy coordination, coordination with
 states, and EPA's accountability system.

      These procedures do not apply in any respect to the
 development and referral of criminal cases.


 (GM-35)                                                (RF.1-5)
      Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
      Enforcement Actions (January 4, 1985)

      This guidance addresses how EPA shall handle administrative
 and judicial civil enforcement cases which are managed or
 coordinated at the EPA Headquarters level.   The policy was
 developed to ensure that such actions are identified,  developed,
 and concluded in a manner consistent with the principles set
 forth in the Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
 Agreements.

-------
      The guidance covers: '(1)  the criteria for nationally managed
 or coordinated enforcement  cases; (2)  roles and responsibilities:
 in the process for identifying nationally managed or coordinated
 cases; (3)  roles and responsibilities  in case development; and
 (4)  press releases and major communications.


 (GM-63)                                                 (RF.1-6)
      Policy on Invoicing section 9 of the EPA/DOJ Memorandum  -
      of Understanding (August 20, 1987)

      This policy states EPA policy on  the authority of EPA
 attorneys to represent the  Agency in litigation.   Primary
 responsibility for litigating all EPA  judicial cases is assigned
 under the Memorandum of Understanding  (MOU) to the Dept.  of
 Justice [DOJ] upon referral from EPA.  If a complaint is not
 filed within 120 days of the referral, EPA can request the
 Attorney General to file within 30 days.   If  DOJ does not comply,
 EPA may represent itself in court by.invoking Section 9 of the
 MOU.

      The policy first describes the MOU  in detail,  then discusses
 current (1987)  experiences,  stating that EPA  has  rarely notified
 DOJ of its  intention to invoke Section 9 of the MOU and appoint
 Agency attorneys to represent  itself,  although a  number of cases
 have fallen within its scope.   Next, the memo presents
 considerations affecting invoking Section 9:  (a)  the reason(s)
 why the  case remains unfiled;  (b)  the  Agency  interest to  be
 served by assuring filing of the case  sooner;  (c)  the ability  of
 EPA to handle the litigation without DOJ involvement and  support;
 (d)  the  desire to maintain  DOJ involvement in cases;  and  (e) the
 likelihood  of filing a complaint in the  near  future if Section 9
 is  not invoked and whether  or  not invoking Section 9  is likely to
 accelerate  filing.   The GM  then describes the procedures  for
 invoking Section 9 — who,  what cases, and how.   It concludes  by
 stating  that the Office of  Regional Counsel has the primary
 responsibility to provide legal support  to prosecute  and  manage  a
 case where  the Agency has invoked Section 9.


 (GM-26)                                                 (RF.1-7)
     Headquarters Review and Tracking  of  civil Referrals
      (March *,  1984)

     This policy clarifies  the relationship between the Office of
Compliance  Monitoring and the  Regional offices with regard to the
handling of  civil enforcement  litigation.  GM-26  is composed of
the following:  (1)  Classification of Referrals;  (2) Evaluation of
Direct Referrals;  (3)  Tracking All Referrals  in the Computer
Docket;  (4)   Referrals Requiring Concurrence;  and  (5)  Managing the
Civil Enforcement Docket.

-------
      The first section,  "Classification of Referrals,"  lists the
 four classes of cases in. the Agency's civil enforcement program
 and briefly describes the appropriate roles of  Headquarters and
 the Regional offices for each class.

      The next section,  "Evaluation of Direct Referrals,"
 addresses the review criteria for direct referrals.   It explains
 the appropriateness of direct referrals,  the format  of  the cover
 memorandum,  and the substantive adequacy of direct referral
 packages.   In addition,  the procedures to be followed in cases of
 erroneous direct referrals are briefly explained.

      The third and fourth sections are extremely succinct. .  The
 third describes the procedures for the tracking of referrals in
 the computer docket and the fourth discusses how to  handle
 referrals requiring concurrence.   The last section explains  the
 duties of Enforcement Counsels.
     B.   RF.2   Direct Referrals

 (GM-69)                                                 (RF.2-1)
     Expansion of Direct Referral of Cases to DOJ  (January
     14, 1988) ,

     EPA and the Dept. of Justice [DOJ] agreed to  expand the
categories of civil judicial cases to be referred  directly to DOJ
from EPA Regional offices without the concurrence  of the Asst.
Administrator for the Office of Enforcement  [OE].  This
memorandum offers guidance to EPA personnel  regarding procedures
to follow in implementing the expanded referral agreement.

     The section covering procedures is divided into six parts.
First, the guidance addresses cases subject  to direct referral.
Second, the memorandum explains preparation  and distribution of
referral packages (which require a cover letter summarizing eight
listed elements  of the case, the litigation  report, and the
documentary file supporting the litigation report).  Third, the
guidance discusses identification and resolution of significant
legal and policy issues (Region has the initial responsibility to
identify the issues, OE and Headquarters [HQ] program office
review them, and DOJ reviews them and consults with OE and
Region).  Next,  the memorandum discusses case quality and
strategic value.  Withdrawal of cases prior  to filing and
maintenance of the Agency-wide Case Tracking System are discussed
last.

     There are four attachments: (1) the EPA-DOJ agreement of
January 5, 1988; (2) an outline of the direct civil referral
process as the Agency intends to implement it;  (3) a list of
types of cases which will continue to be referred  through HQ; and
(4) RF.2-2 (Implementation of Direct Referrals for Civil Cases).

-------
 (GM-18)                                                  (RF.2-2) :
      Zmplementation of Direct Referral for civil Cases
      (December l,  1983)

      This document guides EPA Headquarters and Regional personnel
 regarding procedures to follow in implementing the 9/29/83 EPA-
 DOJ direct referral agreement.  The major part of the guidance
 addresses procedures for cases subject to direct referral.  The
 other two parts briefly discuss cases not subject to direct
 referral (which go through the Office of Enforcement [OE]  with a
 target 21-day turnaround)  and measuring the efficacy of the
 direct referral agreement.

      The attached  agreement lists categories of cases which can
 be referred directly from the Regional Administrator to the Dept.
 of Justice [DOJ];  all others must continue to be reviewed  by
 Headquarters OE and referred by the Asst.  Administrator for OE to
 DOJ.   The major part of this implementation guidance first
 addresses the contents of a referral package:  a cover letter
 including a summary of eight listed elements,  the litigation
 report,  and the documentary file supporting the litigation
 report.   This part next addresses DOJ responsibilities under the
 agreement,  then explains Headquarters OE responsibilities.   The
 major part concludes with a section discussing settlements in
 cases subject to direct referral,  where the Asst.  Administrator
 for OE shall continue to approve all settlements and consent
 decree modifications,  even in direct referrals.


      C.    RF.3  Delays in Filing Cases

 (GM-78)                                                (RF.3-1)
      DOJ Procedures for Returning certain Unfiled Cases EPA
      for Further Processing (November 12,  1987).

      This policy briefly explains 1987 Department of Justice
 (DOJ) procedures to clear  its enforcement docket of  EPA cases
that  remain  unfiled at DOJ for more than sixty days  after
referral  while the  Region  is negotiating a consent decree  or
compiling additional information to support its  filing.

      It continues to describe four ways that cases returned under
this procedure could be reactivated by DOJ.  DOJ will reactivate
the case  if  the Region:  (1)  provides the requested additional
information  necessary  for  filing;  (2)  forwards a signed consent
decree for processing;  (3)  notifies the office of  Enforcement and
DOJ that  the progress  of the negotiations  no longer  justifies
further delay  in the filing of the complaint and requests that  a
complaint be filed;  or (4)  EPA resolves and internal policy
conflict  affecting  the filing.

-------
 (GM-90)                                                 (RF.3-2)
      Procedures for "Hold Action" Requests (November 16,
      1990)                '                          ,

      This policy gives detailed procedures by which Regional
 Counsel  and Enforcement Counsel may request that the Department
 of Justice  (DOJ)  delay filing of a case which has been referred
 to DOJ.   It begins by stating that such requests are generally
 disfavored.  In order to reduce the need for such requests,  EPA
 is urged to use pre-referral  negotiation procedures.   The GM
 grants non-delegable authority to request a hold on a referred
 civil case  to the Regional Counsel.   The authority is limited to
 circumstances where additional time is needed to pursue pre-
 filing settlement negotiations,  to add other counts or
 defendants, or to where unspecified realities of litigation
 militate in favor of a brief  filing delay.

      In  all cases,  the cumulative delay limit on each case held
 is sixty days.   Any hold beyond sixty days (individual or
 cumulative) may be requested  solely by the Asst.  Administrator
 for Enforcement.
II.  PENALTIES  (PT)


     A.   PT.l  General Procedures and Goals

(GM-21)                                                 (PT.1-1)
     Policy on Civil Penalties  (February 16, 1983)

     This policy provides the basic rationale for why penalties
are critical to effective EPA administrative and judicial
enforcement actions.  The goals of penalty assessment include:
(1) deterrence; (2) fair and equitable treatment of the regulated
community; and  (3) swift resolution of environmental problems.

     This document is divided into the following six sections:
(1) Introduction;  (2) Applicability;  (3) Deterrence; (4) Fair and
Equitable Treatment of the Regulated  Community; (5) Swift
Resolution of Environmental Problems; and  (6) Intent of Policy
and Information Requests for Penalty  Calculations.

     A Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessments (PT.1-2), the companion document to this policy, is
to be utilized for developing penalty guidance appropriate for
the user's particular program.  In order to achieve the policy
goals, the Policy on Civil Penalties  directs that all
administratively imposed penalties and settlements of civil
penalty actions should be consistent, whenever possible, with the
methods enunciated in the Framework.

-------
           •.                     8

      Although this document does not address the mechanisms for
 achieving the policy goalt», it does indicate when new versus old;
 program-specific policies are to be followed.  In addition, it
 lists several statutes that are not subject to this policy.


 (GM-22)                                                  (PT.1-2)
      A Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
      Assessments (February 16, 1984)

      This policy provides assistance to persons using the Policy
 on Civil Penalties (FT.1-1) to develop a medium-specific penalty
 policy.   This framework applies to administratively imposed
 penalties and to settlements of administrative and judicial
 penalty  actions.  The Framework document is divided into two main
 sections.  The first of these offers brief instructions on how to
 write a  medium-specific policy.   The second,  an appendix,  gives
 detailed guidance on implementing each section of the
 instructions from the first section and explains how the
 instructions are intended to further the goals of the policy.

      Part I,  writing a program specific policy,  addresses the
 following elements of the penalty:  (1)  developing a penalty
 figure;  (2)  calculating a preliminary deterrence amount;  (3)
 adjusting the preliminary deterrence  amount to derive the initial
 penalty  target figure (prenegotiation adjustment);  (4)  adjusting
 the initial penalty target during negotiations;  (5)  use of the
 policy in litigation; and (6)  use of  the policy as a feedback
 device.

      The Appendix has three sections  of its own.   The first
 focuses  on achieving deterrence  by assuring that the penalty
 first removes any economic benefit from noncompliance.   Then it
 adds  an  amount to the penalty that reflects the seriousness of
 the violation.   The second provides adjustment factors so that
 the action will result in both a fair and equitable penalty and a
 swift resolution of the environmental problem.   The third
 presents some "practical advice" on the use of the penalty
 figures  generated by the policy.


 (GM-88)                                                (PT.  1-3)
      Documenting Penalty Calculations and Justifications  in
      EPA Enforcement Actions (August  9,  1990)

      This policy institutes a uniform system for documenting
penalty  calculations and explaining how they  are consistent with
 applicable penalty policy in all EPA  enforcement actions.

      First, every settlement package  transmitted from a Region to
Headquarters  for concurrence must include a written "penalty
justification"  explaining how the penalty (economic benefit and

-------
 gravity components) was calculated and discussing the
 justification for any mitigation.  When the rationale for
 mitigation is litigation risk, the justification should state the
 probable outcome of litigation and offer specific legal and
 factual analysis supporting that conclusion.  The justification
 is prepared for circulation within the Office of Regional Counsel
 and for signature of the Asst. Administrator.  It must not be
 circulated to the presiding agency official (as it could
 constitute an ex parte communication).  All case files are
 required by the GM at all times during the course of the
 enforcement action to contain documentation of the current bottom
 line penalty agreed upon by the litigation team.   The bottom line
 may change, but any modification must  be justified by a
 documented change of conditions.


 (GM-38)                                                (PT.  1-4)
      Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties (April 15,
      1985)

      This policy provides information  on the remittance procedure
 instituted by the EPA Office of the Comptroller.   EPA adopted the
 Nationwide Lockbox System for receipt  of payments on debts  owed
 to the Agency in order to improve the  process.  The list attached
 to GM-38  shows for each Region and for EPA Headquarters  the
 lockbox address to which payments of penalties  owed the  Agency
 should be sent.   In addition,  it lists the address to which
 remittances for Superfund billings nationwide should be  sent.

         ^
 (GM-33)                                                 (PT.,1-5)
     Guidance for Calculating the Economic Benefit of
     Moncompliance for a Civil Penalty Assessment (November
     5, 1984)

     This guidance amplifies the material in the  Appendix of  the
 "Framework  for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessment,"  (PT.1-2)  describing how to calculate the economic
benefit of  noncompliance as  part of developing  a  civil penalty.
The guidance  introduces BEN,  the computer model,  in terms of  how
this model  resolves the identified problems related to the  use of
the prior model,  CIVPEN.   It points out the circumstances under
which BEN can and cannot be  used in calculating a civil  penalty.
The exhibit attached to this document  summarizes  BEN.  In
addition, the guidance explains the new civil penalty policy
approach, how to use BEN to  calculate  economic  benefit of
noncompliance,  and the advantages of BEN over other calculation
methods.

-------
                                io

 (GM-45)                   '•                             (PT.  1-6)
      Division of Penalties with State and Looal Governments
      (October 30, 1985)

      State and local  governments may share in civil penalties
 that result from their participation in federal environmental
 enforcement actions,  to  the  extent that penalty division is
 permitted by federal,  state,  and local law and is appropriate
 lander the circumstances  of the individual case.   This policy
 briefly  describes how penalty divisions advance federal
 enforcement goals,  some  concerns with penalty divisions,  and the
 factors  to be considered in  deciding if penalty division is
 appropriate.


      B.    PT.2  Mitigation

 (GM-56)                                                 (PT.  2-1)
      Guidance on Determining a Violator's Ability to Pay a
      Civil Penalty (December 16, 1986)

      This document offers guidance on when and how to adjust a
 penalty  target figure when a violator claims  that paying a civil
 penalty  would cause extreme  financial hardship.

      The memorandum begins by discussing when to apply the
 ability  to pay factor and the methodology for applying that
 factor using the ABEL computer model.   This guidance follows this
 with sections discussing: (a)  a violator's options  for paying a
 civil penalty;  (b)  information necessary to determine ability to
 pay;  (c)  confidentiality of  financial information provided to
 EPA;  (d)  a four-step  process to apply the ability to pay  factor;
 and  (e)  the financial computer program (ABEL).

      The guidance includes two narrative hypotheticals in Exhibit
 1, one assuming that  the violator  is financially healthy  and the
 other assuming  that the  violator is not financially healthy.
Also  included in the  document is Attachment A,  data for an ABEL
example.                                   ',


 (GM-77)                                                 (PT.  2-2)
      Policy^on  the  Use of Supplemental Environmental
      Projects in EPA  Settlements (February 12,  1991)

      This policy describes the theory behind  supplemental
environmental projects (SEPs)  and  the conditions under which they
might be considered.   According to the document,  EPA may  approve
a supplemental  project so long as  that project furthers the
Agency's statutory  mandates  to clean the environment and  deter
violations  of the law.   The  SEPs may be considered  if the
violations  are  corrected through actions to.ensure  future

-------
                                11

 compliance,  deterrence objectives are served,  and there is an
 appropriate  relationship-,(vertical or horizontal nexus) between -.
 the nature of the violation and the environmental benefits to be
 derived from the supplemental project.

      The document is divided into twelve sections,  some of which
 are very detailed.   First, five categories of  projects are
 suggested as potential SEPs:  (1)  pollution prevention projects;
 (2)  pollution reduction projects; (3)  projects remedying adverse
 public health or environmental consequences;  (4)  environmental
 auditing projects;  and (5) enforcement-related environmental
 public awareness projects.  Next, the document offers three
 examples of  projects not permissible as  SEPs.   It goes on to
 define the required nexus of the  SEP to  the violation.   The other
 nine sections follow in this order:  status of  the enforcement
 action; main beneficiary of a SEP;  extent to which  the final
 assessed penalty can reflect a SEP;  SEPs for studies;  substitute
 performance  of a SEP; level of concurrence of  affected Regions;
 oversight and* tracking;  documenting -approval of SEP proposals;
 and coverage of this policy.

                                                                i
 (GM-51)                                                 (PT.  2-3)
      Guidance on Calculating After  Tax Net Present  Value of
      Alternative Payments (October  28, 1986)

      This guidance  provides a methodology for  calculating the
 after tax net present value (ATNPV)  of an environmentally
 beneficial project  proposed by a  violator to mitigate a portion
 of a  civil penalty.   The document first  discusses the basis of
mitigation,  the 1984.uniform  civil penalty policy (PT.1-1 and
PT.1-2),  which permits EPA to accept, under specified conditions,
 a violator's investment  in environmentally beneficial projects
 for mitigation.   (Those  conditions  are contained  in the Policy  on
the Use of Supplemental  Environmental Projects  in EPA Settlements
 (PT.2-2)).   EPA cannot mitigate the  civil penalty to an extent
greater than the ATNPV of the alternative payment.  This policy
then  explains use of the BEN  computer model to  calculate the
ATNPV of alternative payments.  (By January of  1995, a  new model,
PROJECT,  will be available to do  this calculation.)  Attachment A
closes  the guidance with an example  of a proposed alternative
payment project with the BEN  computer model output  showing the
ATNPV  of the^-investment.


      C.    PT.3   Stipulated Penalties

 (GM-75)                                                 (PT.  3-1)
     Use of  Stipulated Penalties  in  EPA  Settlement
     Agreements (January 24,  1990)

     This document  provides relatively specific guidance on the

-------
                                12

use of  stipulated penalties in the settlement of enforcement
actions.   It addresses multiple issues and gives a preferred
approach  and its rationale.   This guidance does not supersede an
existing  medium-specific policy,  "Guidance on the Use of
Stipulated Penalties in Hazardous Waste Consent Decrees"
 (9/21/87).  It applies to judicial settlements and to
administrative cases where EPA has legal authority to assess
stipulated penalties.   The asserted primary goal of stipulated
penalties is to provide an effective deterrent to violation of
the settlement agreement.

      This guidance is divided into six sections:  (1)  types of
Requirements to Which Stipulated  Penalties Should Apply; (2)
Level of  Stipulated Penalties;  (3)  Method of Collection; (4)
Timing  of Enforcement Responses;  (5)  Reservation of Rights; and
 (6)  Collection of Stipulated Penalties.

      The  penalties can apply to any clearly definable event.
This document lists six criteria  to apply to set the level of the
penalty:  (1)  initial civil penalties imposed;  (2)  economic
benefit of non-compliance; (3)  source's ability to pay;  (4)
gravity of the violation;  (5)  source's history of compliance; and
 (6)  an  escalating schedule for  the length of the violation.

      The  guidance provides two  methods of collection:  the
preferred method,  viz.,  the  penalty automatically becomes  due
upon [non]occurrence of a  specified even,  or the penalty is
payable on demand by the government.   For additional  guidance,
the  EPA Manual on Monitoring &  Enforcing Administrative  and
Judicial  Orders should be  consulted.   The document concludes  by
stressing the necessity of reserving all rights to the government
to pursue any other enforcement responses for violation  of
consent agreement provisions (see Guidance for Drafting  Judicial
Consent Decrees (OR.1-1) for model language of a  consent decree),
and  by  urging prompt action  to  collect stipulated penalties that
are  due.
 (GM-67)                                                 (PT. 3-2)
     Procedures for Assessing Stipulated Penalties  (January
     11, 1988)

     This guidance clarifies procedures for assessing stipulated
penalties on account of consent decree violations.  Unless .the
consent decree provides otherwise, letters to defendants
demanding payment of stipulated penalties should be sent by the
Department of Justice  (DOJ).  This memo lists the following steps
to enlist DOJ assistance:  (1) Region sends letter to DOJ
requesting DOJ to issue a demand letter, containing a summary of
relevant facts, issues, and proposed solutions; (2) DOJ sends
Region and Office of Enforcement any response to the demand
letter; (3) if the response is unsatisfactory, Region sends

-------
                                13

 direct referral package to D.OJ,  requesting that DOJ enforce the
 unresolved consent decree violations; (4)  DOJ takes action to
 enforce the original consent decree with full participation by
 Region; and (5) when the defendant pays a stipulated penalty to
 the government without receiving a demand letter,  Region notifies
 the appropriate Associate Enforcement Counsel.  This document
 concludes with a paragraph on making appropriate entries in the
 SPMS (now STARS)  Consent Decree  Tracking Measure.


      D.   PT.4  Confidential Information (Summaries of BEN and
 ABEL Case Memoranda not contained in Compendium

 (GM-no)                                                (PT.  4-1)
      summaries of BEN and ABEL Case Memos  not contained in
      Compendium

      This enforcement sensitive  case memorandum reviews all  the
 case law in the area of measuring and recapturing  of economic
 benefit.   It is designed for environment enforcement
 professionals at the Federal,  State and local level.   It examines
 the issue by topic and uses the  cases to illustrate the major
 points.   The. current memorandum  is dated August 1,  1993.   It is
 usually updated on an annual basis.   Government enforcement
 personnel can obtain copies from  Jonathan  Libber at (202)  564-
 6011.
 (GM-no)                                                 (PT. 4-2)
     Ability to Pay—For-Profit Entities:  An Analysis of
     Judicial and Administrative Interpretation

     This enforcement sensitive case memorandum reviews all the
case law in the area of establishing and proving a violator's
claim of inability to afford compliance, clean-ups or civil
penalties.  It is designed for environment enforcement
professionals at the Federal, State and local level.  It examines
the issue by topic and uses the cases to illustrate the major
points.  The current memorandum is dated August 1, 1993.  It is
usually updated on an annual basis.  Government enforcement
personnel can obtain copies from Jonathan Libber at  (202) 564-
6011.

-------
 III.  CONTRACTOR LISTING (CL)

      A.    CL.l  General Listing Procedures ,

 (GM-no)                                                 (CL.1-1)
      US  Environmental Protection Agency Contractor Listing
      Procedures and Guidance  (May 1993)

      This document sets forth the procedures for the Contractor
 Listing  Program (CLP).  It addresses both listing and removal
 procedures for both mandatory and discretionary listing.   This
 document contains:                                            .

      1)   a summary of the legal authority for the contractor
      listing program,  including the.statutory and regulatory
      authorities governing the CLP;

      2)   a detailed description of the  procedures followed
      by  the Listing Official  (LO)  in processing both
      mandatory and discretionary recommendations to list;

      3)   a detailed description of the  procedures the LO
      follows with processing  automatic  removals and requests
      for removal from the EPA List of Violating Facilities
      (the List).

      4)   a description of the roles in the process of EPA
      staff in both the Regions and Headquarters;  and

      5)   procedures for publishing confirmations of listing
      and removal  from  the List.

      In  addition,  the  document contains  a  number of attached
documents which can be used as guidance  when  drafting the
documents called  for under the CLP's  procedures.   The attachments
also  include  Federal regulations governing the  listing program
and copies of policy documents and case  decisions pertaining to
the listing program.


     B.    CL.2  Discretionary Listing

 (GM-53) .    '  ' •                                        (CL.  2-1)
     Guidance on  Implementing the  Discretionary Contractor
     Listing  Program (November 26,  1986)

     This  guidance  establishes Agency policy  and  procedures  for
implementing  the  discretionary contractor  listing program  in EPA
enforcement proceedings.  After the statement of  purpose and the
background  sections, this document covers  multiple topics  as they
apply to contractor  listing.

-------
                                15

      First of all,  certain statutes and Executive Order 11738
 authorize EPA to prohibit facilities from obtaining federal
 government contracts,  grants,  or  loans,  as a consequence of
 criminal or civil environmental violations.   The policy describes
 appropriate cases for  discretionary listing recommendations:  (1)
 violations of consent  decrees;  (2)  continuing or recurring
 violations following filed civil  judicial actions; (3)  violations
 of  administrative orders;  (4) multi-facility noncompliance within
 a single company; and  (5)  other circumstances.   The document  then
 recites the required standard of  proof in listing proceedings.
 It  also addresses fairness concerns in EPA use of contractor
 listing,  press releases  on contractor listing actions,
 coordination with the  Department  of Justice,  applicability .of
 contractor listing  to  municipalities,  use of listing in
 administrative orders, obtaining  information concerning
 government contracts held  by a  facility  under consideration for
 listing,  and Headquarters  assistance in  preparing and processing
 listing recommendations.

      This listing guidance includes an appendix entitled "The
 Listing Program and Final  Revisions to 40 CAR Part 15."   Also
 included are five attachments:  (A)  Model Listing Recommendation
 Based on Administrative  Enforcement Action;  (B)  Model Listing
 Recommendation Based on  Judicial  Enforcement Action;  (C)
 attachment to B;  (D) Model Letter to a Facility Violating the
 Clean Water Act Requesting a List of its Federal Contracts,
 Grants,  and Loans;  and (E)  [same  as D for the Clean Air  Act].


      C.    CL.3   Asbestos

 (GM-No)                                                 (CL. 3-1)
     Asbestos Contractor Listing  (June 30, 1988)

     The  subject of this policy is  the application of contractor
 listing regulations to the specific circumstances of  a violation
 of a NESHAP by  an asbestos demolition and renovation  (D&R)
 company.   It discusses the issues of listing:  (1)  where  a company
has repeated violations  of short  duration,  (2)  when it is
appropriate to  designate the company rather  than the  demolition
site as the "facility",  and (3) when actions satisfy  the
requirement of  "correction of conditions giving rise  to  listing".


 (GM-No)                                                 (CL. 3-2)
     Defining the "Violating Facility" for Purposes of
     Listing Asbestos  Demolition  and Renovation Companies
     Pursuant to  Section 306 of the Clean Air Act (March 11,
     1988)

     A "facility" includes "any...location or site of
operations...to be  used  i  the performance of a  contract,  grant or

-------
                                16

 loan" under the definition in Section 15.4 of the Clean Air Act.
 This policy confirms that the business address or the address of*
 some other property used by an asbestos demolition and renovation
 (D&R) company may be used to identify the "violating facility".
 This is in addition to the address of the particular site
 involved in the violating activity (e.g.,, the place of business
 of a customer).  Based upon this  interpretation of facility, EPA
 can place a D&R company on the List of Violating Facilities, so
 long as the business address of the contractor is fairly
.associated with the activity which is the violating conduct.


      D.   CL.4  Mandatory Listing
 (GM-32)                                                 (CL.  4-1)
      Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing (August
      8,  1984)

      The proposed revisions to 40 CAR Part 15  require that the
 List of  Violating Facilities automatically include any facility
 which gives rise to a criminal conviction of a person under
 Section  113(c)(l)  of the Clean Air Act or Section 309(c)  of  the
 Clean Water Act.   This document describes the  procedures  for
 mandatory listing and the procedures  for  removal  from the
 mandatory list.


 (GM-No)  '                                               (CL.  4-2)
      EPA Policy  Regarding the Role of Corporate Attitude,
      Policies, Practices,  and Procedures  in Determining
      Whether to  Remove a Facility from the EPA List of
      Violating Facilities Following a Criminal Conviction
      (October 31,  1991)

      This policy discusses the AA's determination and the EPA
 Case  Examiner's  decision in Valmont Industries, which established
 the principle that the presence of a  poor corporate attitude
 regarding compliance with environmental standards,  thus creating
 a climate facilitating the likelihood of  a violation,  may be part
 of the condition giving rise to the conviction which  must be
 corrected prior to removal of the facility from the,List.  Then
 it clarifies the extent to which corporate attitude may be a
 relevant  factor for determining correction in  cases involving
 knowing or negligent criminal conduct,  where evidence of  willful
 falsification or deception itself is  not  involved.

      Criteria are  provided which will be  applied  by EPA in
determining whether the condition giving  rise  to  a conviction  has
been  corrected in  a given  case.   Factors  which EPA will consider
 include, without limitation:   (1)  the establishment of an
effective program  to prevent and detect environmental problems

-------
                                17             <

 and violations of the law (in this .regard,  six steps are
 enumerated which, taken together,  satisfy at least minimally the-.
 requirement of the exercise of due diligence); (2)  the relation
 of the precise actions included in the program to the size,
 nature of business,  and prior history of the organization;  and
 (3)  any voluntary environmental cleanup or compliance
 activities,  or pollution prevention or reduction measures
 performed.


 IV.   SETTLEMENTS (SE)

      A.    SE.l  Procedures

 (GM-42)                                                 (SE.  1-1)
      Form of Settlement in  Civil Judicial Cases (July 24,
      1985)

      In response to  a situation in which a  case was settled
 without a consent decree and the defendant  later refused to  abide
 by the terms of the  informal settlement,  the Office of
 Enforcement decided  to place in writing the Agency's general
 policy regarding the form of settlement of  civil judicial
 enforcement cases.

      This policy directs that after  a  complaint is  filed, all
 civil judicial cases should be settled only by consent decree,  or
 where appropriate, by stipulation  of dismissal.   The "where
 appropriate" in the  latter  option  refers to situations where the
 settlement  requires  payment of a penalty and the penalty has been
 paid  in  full at the  time of settlement.

      In  cases involving "extraordinary and  compelling
 circumstances" in which EPA,  in consultation with the Dept.  of
 Justice,  decides to  settle  without a consent decree or
 stipulation  of dismissal, the Agency attorneys should obtain
 advance  concurrence  from the Asst. Administrator for Enforcement.
(GM-62)                                                 (SE. 1-2)
     Guidance on the Use of Alternative Dispute Resolution
     in EPA Enforcement Cases  (August 14, 1987)

     According to this guidance, EPA intends to use the
Alternative Dispute Resolution  [ADR] process to efficiently
resolve enforcement actions with results similar to those the
Agency reaches through litigation and negotiation.  This guidance
seeks to:  (1) establish policy;  (2) describe methods;  (3)
formulate case selection procedures; (4) establish
qualifications; and  (5) formulate case management procedures.

     First, the document describes the methods of ADR,  such as

-------
                                18

 mediation,  arbitration,  fact-finding,  and mini-trials.  Then it
 discusses characteristics of enforcement cases suitable for ADR.
 Such traits include impasse (actual or potential),  resource
 considerations,  and remedies affecting parties not subject to an
 enforcement action (local/state government,  citizen group, etc.)*
 The document next prescribes the  procedure for approval of cases
 for ADR — integrating selection  of cases for ADR into the
 existing enforcement case selection process and creating decision
 points and contacts in the Regions, Headquarters,  and the Dept.
 of Justice to determine  whether to use ADR in particular actions.

      Following those sections,  the guidance discusses procedures
 for selection of a qualified Third Party Neutral.   Then,  other
 miscellaneous issues are discussed, such as memorialization of
 agreements, fees for Third Party  Neutrals/confidentiality of
 records and communications arising from, ADR,  and the relationship
 of ADR to "timely and appropriate" and "significant
 noncompliance" requirements.  It  concludes with a  section
 detailing procedures for the management of ADR cases,  with
 illustrative attachments for each of the various ADR techniques.


 (GM-73)                                                 (SE.  1-3)
      Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
      Negotiations on Civil Enforcement Cases (April 13,
      1988)

      This document is (1)  an EPA-DOJ agreement on the  process for
 conducting pre-referral  settlement negotiations of  non-Superfund
 civil judicial enforcement cases  and (2)  an  attached set  of
 protocols establishing a process  for providing a Regional office
 with pre-authorization to negotiate settlement with potential
 defendants  before resorting to  the full-scale referral/litigation
 process.  The document is divided into five main sections
 providing guidance and a flow chart with a timeline for achieving
 the  procedures set out in the text.

      First,  to initiate  the process, the Regional Administrator
 shall send  to the Office of Enforcement (OE),  Headquarters (HQ)
 Program Compliance Office,  and  the Department of Justice  (DOJ) a
 mini-litigation  report/case summary addressing eleven  listed
 topics and  a proposed draft consent decree.   Second; DOJ,  OE,  and
 HQ Program  Oftice provide comments on  the proposed  case,  national
 issues, terms of settlement,  further contact  points, and
 negotiation/litigation strategy.  Third,  the EPA HQ  must either
 approve or  disapprove the signed  consent decree for civil
 settlements.   Simultaneously, DOJ must review the decree  and
 approve or  disapprove.   Finally,  if approved,  DOJ moves the court
to enter the  consent  decree.

-------
                                19

 (GM-39)                                                 (SE.  1-4)
      Enforcement Settlement Negotiations (May 22,  1985)

      The Office of Enforcement (OE)  drafted this document as a
 result of several Regions submitting settlements for OE  approval
 that had been communicated to and tentatively agreed upon with
 defendants without Headquarters'  (HQ)  knowledge, involvement,  or
 approval.  This policy emphasizes that a copy of all draft
 settlement agreements should be transmitted by the Regional
 Counsel  to the appropriate Enforcement Counsel before it is
 presented to the defendant.   In addition, the policy briefly
 explains the rationale behind this policy and how  in the future
 OE will  handle cases  in which Regions  have  concluded settlements
 without  prior consultation with HQ.

                                         .             /
 (GM-34)                                                (SE.  1-5)
      Policy  Against "No Action" Assurances  (November 16,
      1986)

      This policy reaffirms EPA policy  against giving definitive
 assurances,  either written or oral,  outside the context  of a
 formal enforcement proceeding that EPA will not proceed  with an
 enforcement  response  for  a specific  individual violation of  an
 environmental protection  statute,  regulation,  or other legal
 requirement.

      The  policy briefly explains  the reasons for not making  "no
 action" promises,  the types  of requested assurances  to which this
 policy applies,  exceptions to this policy,  and how the policy
 relates to state and  local enforcement efforts.  In  addition,
 guidance  is  given on  how  to  proceed  in cases of definitive
written or oral no action commitments.
     B.   SE.2  Terms of Settlement

(GM-80)          •          ,.-.                           (SE. 2-1)
     Multi-media Settlements of Enforcement Cases  (February
     6, 1990)

     The purpose of this document is to provide guidance which
explains (a) EPA disfavor of case settlements which include
releases of potential enforcement claims under statutes not named
in the complaint and not serving as the basis for  any EPA
enforcement action, and (b) the procedure for approval for any
multi-media settlements of enforcement claims in civil judicial
enforcement claims.

     Since standard EPA policy dictates that releases should be
no broader than the causes of action asserted in the complaint,
EPA should grant a multi-media release only in exceptional single

-------
                                20

 media enforcement cases.   This guidance lists three factors to
 consider in granting such a release:  (1)  the extent to which EPA:
 is in a position to know whether it has a cause of action
 warranting further relief against the settling party under each
 of the statutes included in the relief; (2)  whether the
 settlement provides adequate consideration for the broader
 release; and (3)  whether the settling party is in bankruptcy.  It
 also prohibits releasing any cause of action not based on an EPA
 federal statute.

      The next section is procedural.   Approval for the release
 must be secured from the appropriate  EPA official.   There must be
 cross-media consultation and investigation among all affected
 Regional Program Offices.  The Regional Administrator must give
 Headquarters notice of the release and an explanation of the
 Region's decision.   Finally,  the Office of Enforcement division
 with the lead in the settlement must  ensure that other affected
 divisions don't object to the multi-media release.


 (GM-79)                                                 (SE.  2-2)
      Interim Policy on the Inclusion  of Pollution Prevention
      and Recycling Provisions in Enforcement Settlements
      (February 25,  1991)

      This policy offers Agency enforcement personnel a generic
 interim policy and guidelines for including pollution prevention
 and recycling provisions  in administrative or judicial settlement
 agreements.   After stating its purpose and giving some background
 on the EPA's definition of pollution  prevention,  the document is
 split into two sections.

      First,  the document  states the interim policy:  EPA favors
 pollution prevention and  recycling as a means of  achieving and
 maintaining compliance and 'of correcting  outstanding violations
 when negotiating  enforcement settlements  (civil or  criminal  and
 with all entities).   It continues,  offering  four  situations  which
 favor the use of  pollution prevention conditions  in the
 settlements.   Then  it explains the use of pollution prevention as
 a means  of correcting a violation and pollution prevention
 conditions "incidental" to the correction of a violation.

      The last part  of the policy details  specific elements of  the
 interim  policy.   It provides  factors  for  establishing timeliness
 for  implementing  the conditions:  (a)  seriousness  of the
violation;  (b)  aggregate  gain in "extra"  pollution  prevention;
 (c)  reliability/availability  of the technology;  (d)  applicability
of the technology;  and (e)  compliance-related considerations.   It
goes  on  to discuss  general considerations for assessing penalties
and more specific guidelines  for  supplemental environmental
projects.  GM-79  concludes with a brief discussion  of tracking
and  assessing compliance  with settlement  terms, delegations  and

-------
                                21

 level of concurrence,  and organizational issues.

      Attached to this  document are a list of seventeen target
 chemicals,  the Policy  on the Use  of Supplemental  Environmental
 Projects in EPA Settlements (PT.-2-2),  and a memo (Attachment B)
 announcing  the creation of an Agency workgroup on multi-media
 enforcement.


 (GM-52)                                                 (SE.  2-3)
      Final  EPA Policy  on the Inclusion  of Environmental
      Auditing Provisions in Enforcement Settlements
      (November 14,  1986)

      This document  provides Agency enforcement personnel  with
 general  criteria for and guidance on selecting judicial and
 administrative enforcement cases  in which EPA will seek to
 include  environmental  auditing provisions among the terms of any
 settlement.

      The first major section of the guidance provides  the
 statement of  policy and suggests  that environmental auditing
 provisions  are most likely to be  proposed in settlement
 negotiations  when there is a pattern of violations attributable
 to the absence of an environmental  management system,  or  when the
 type  of  violations  indicates the  likelihood  that  similar
 noncompliance problems may exist  or occur elsewhere in the
 facility or at other facilities operated by  the regulated entity.
 This  section  goes on to discuss the scope of the  audit
 requirement  (which  type of audit  to propose),  EPA oversight  of
 the audit process,  EPA requests for audit-related documents,
 stipulated penalties for  audit-discovered violations,  and the
 effect of auditing  on  EPA inspection and enforcement.   EPA
 employees are instructed  in the last major section of  the
 auditing guidance to follow Implementing Nationally Managed  or
 Coordinated Enforcement Actions (RF.1-5)  and the  Revised  Policy
 Framework for State/EPA Enforcement Agreements  (SF.1-2) when
 negotiating over  facilities located in  more  than  one EPA  region.

     There are several attachments  to the auditing guidance:

A - Environmental auditing policy statement;
            ••*.-•
B - Representative  sample of environmental auditing settlements
      achieved to date;

 C - Model environmental compliance  audit provision, with  require-
      ment for certification of compliance;

D - Model environmental compliance  audit provision, with  require-
      ment for submission of plan for improvement of
      environmental management practices;

-------
                 •   .            22           -

E - Model 'environmental compliance and management  audit provision
      with all audit results submitted to EPA;

F - Model environmental compliance and management  audit provision
      with extensive Agency oversight; and

6 - Model emergency environmental management reorganization
      provision.


V.   CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT IMPACT CIVIL ENFORCEMENT
      (CP)

     A.   CP.l  Parallel Proceedings

(GM-no)                                                 (CP.1-1)
     Parallel Proceedings Policy  (June 21, 1994)

     The purpose of this policy is to define and explain by whom,
why, when, and to what purpose EPA uses parallel proceedings to
maximize results and minimize legal risks for all  enforcement
actions and to preserve limited enforcement resources.  The
document states five principles that guide EPA enforcement
personnel as to when to use parallel civil and criminal
proceedings.  I then lists some procedures to follow when during
parallel proceedings.

     B.   CP.2  Case Management Procedures

(GM-no)                                                (CP.2-1)
     The Exercise of Investigative Discretion (January
     12, 1994).

     This policy has been issued by the Director of OCE to give
EPA Special Agents  guidance in assessing and-evaluating their
cases for potential criminal referral and prosecution.  It
combines expressions of Congressional intent and OCE experience
in operating under  existing criminal/civil Regional case-
screening criteria, incorporating by reference GM-85 (recodified
as CM.1-2), "Regional Enforcement Management: Enhanced Regional
Case Screening" (December 3, 1990).  This policy acquaints civil
enforcement personnel with the criteria under which OCE its cases
so that appropriate referrals are made from civil to criminal
within EPA.

     Congressional  intent regarding case selection is summarized
as follows: criminal enforcement authority should target the most
egregious and significant cases.  EPA's case selection process
for identifying the most worthy cases for criminal case
development focuses on 1) significance of environmental harm and
2)  culpable conduct.  The two selection criteria further
enumerate factors to weigh culpable conduct and seriousness of

-------
                                23

 the environmental harm.  Emphasis is placed on equal application
 of the criteria and factors to corporations and individuals
 alike, based on the evidence of culpability in each case.
 Emphasis is also placed on the consideration of administrative
 and civil remedies as appropriate alternatives for less flagrant
 violations, and correctly distinguishing these latter cases from
 appropriate criminal cases in practice.


 (GM-no)                                                 (CP.2-2)
      Referral of Criminal Cases for Proseoutive Action
      (March 2, 1993).

      This policy redelegates authority for criminal case
 referrals to DOJ from the Director of OCE to the Director  of the
 Criminal Investigation Division,  to be accomplished in
 consultation with the Director of the Criminal Enforcement
 Counsel Division.   The policy also incorporates the "Regional
 Enforcement Management:  Enhanced  Regional Case Screening"  (GM-85
 recodified as CM.1-2)  as the starting point of the referral
 process,  to consider whether violations  would be best addressed
 by administrative,  civil-judicial,  and/or criminal investigation
 and prosecution.    The role of the Regional Criminal Enforcement
 Counsel  (RCEC)  in the process is  to assess the legal soundness of
 the case,  provide appropriate liaison functions,  and assist DOJ
 when warranted in prosecuting the cases.

          The policy sets out a system of case initiation and
 review beginning  with the Special Agent-in-Charge,  the RCEC,  and
 finally the Director of  the Criminal Investigations Division.
 All cases receive this review prior to referring the case  to the
 appropriate United States Attorney's Office for assistance in
 investigation,  grand jury action,  and/or prosecution.


 VI.   PUBLICITY  (PB)

      A.    PB.l  Civil  Enforcement

 (GM-46)                                                 (PB.  1-1)
      Policy,on  Publicizing Enforcement Activities (November
      21,  1985)

      This  document  establishes EPA policy on informing the public
 of Agency  enforcement  activities,  since  publicity is an element
 of the EPA's program to  deter environmental noncompliance.

      The memorandum begins with a statement of policy:  press
releases are to be  issued for judicial and administrative
 enforcement actions,  including settlements and successful  rulings
and  other  significant  enforcement program activities.   The main
part  of this policy,  implementation of the policy,  is divided

-------
                                24

 into five .subsections.   First,  it discusses when to use press
 releases.  Next,  it covers approval of press releases.   Then it
 addresses coordination  among various EPA offices,  the Dept.  of
 Justice [DOJ],  and the  states.   Distribution of press releases to
 the local and national  media and to targeted trade press and
 mailing lists is  discussed in the fourth subsection.  The GM
 concludes by exploring  use of publicity other than press
 releases.

      An Addendum  of August 4, 1987,  is an attached guidance  on
 tiow to address  the issue of the "penalty gap" that occurs where
 the difference  between  the proposed and final penalty is
 appreciable. The addendum also provides standard  text to be
 included in EPA press releases.

      B.    PB.2  Criminal Enforcement

 (GM-no)              <                                   (PB.2-1)
       Policy on Responding to Public or Media Inquiries
       Regarding Criminal Cases  (December 22,  1989).

        Criminal investigations  are managed in EPA's  criminal law
 enforcement program by  trained  law enforcement personnel (Special
 Agents).   When  cases warrant criminal prosecution  they  are
 systematically  referred to criminal  prosecutors in the  Department
 of  Justice for .action.   However,  public inquiries  regarding
 criminal  cases  are not  directed  only to OCE or the Department of
 Justice,  but may  come to other EPA employees  who are not in  the
 criminal  program.   On those occasions when the public or news
 media  contact anv Agency personnel seeking information  about (or
 even to verify  the existence or  determine the nature of)  a
 criminal  case,  all EPA  personnel,  whether in  a civil or criminal
 program,  should respond:  "EPA has a  policy to neither confirm or
 deny the  existence of a criminal  investigation".   EPA  personnel
may further  explain that the purpose of that  response is to
protect the  Constitutional rights of the parties being
 investigated, as well as to preserve the integrity of the
Agency's  and the Department of Justice's criminal  investigation,
which  are conducted under strict  Federal rules  of  criminal
procedure for those reasons.


VII. REGULATORY DEVELOPMENT (RG)

     A.   RG.l  General  Procedures and  Goals

 (GM-58)                                                 (RG.  1-1)
     Issuance of Enforcement Considerations for  Drafting and
    , Reviewing Regulations  & Guidelines  for Developing  New
     or Revised compliance  and Enforcement Strategies
     (August 15, 1985)

-------
                                25

      This document is a two-part directive.   Part I addresses
 enforcement considerations for drafting and  reviewing
 regulations.  Part II presents guidelines for developing new or
 revised compliance and enforcement strategies.

      Part I is intended to provide guidance  in the. form of a
 checklist of minimum considerations for workgroup members to use
 during the process of developing a "major rule" or a "significant
 rule" that may have enforcement ramifications as well as any
 other rule with enforcement implications.  A checklist of thirty-
 four questions follows,  dividing the major concerns into:
 preamble; definitions; scope and applicability of regulation;
 performance standards; monitoring and inspection; record keeping/
 recording requirements;  and demonstrating compliance with
 performance standards.

      Part II is structured similarly,  providing a guidance
 checklist to evaluate the need for new or revised compliance and
 enforcement strategies,  to assess the appropriate timing for
 completing these strategies,  and to determine the scope of
 strategies that need to be developed.   The checklist applies to
 developing new or revised strategies for:  (1)  new Agency program
 initiatives; (2)  new statutory responsibilities delegated to the
 Agency;  (3)  revisions to existing regulations that a program
 office determines will have a significant  effect on an ongoing
 program;  and (4)  programs with existing strategies that are  not
 producing adequate environmental  results.


 (GM-47)                                          .       (RG.  1-2)
     A Summary of OE's Role in the  Agency's Regulatory
     Review Process (January 27,  1986)

     This guidance describes the  Office of Enforcement's (OE)
 role and  responsibilities in the  EPA regulatory process and  sets
 forth  procedures  for OE  staff to  follow in reviewing and
 concurring in  regulation packages.

     The  first part of the memorandum,  OE's role in  the Agency's
 regulation review process,  is divided  into sections  discussing
 participation  in  Steering Committee meetings,  Start  Action
 Request  (SAR)  review,  Agency-wide work groups,  Steering Committee
 review, and red border review (the  final interoffice review).
 The second part of this  document  contains  procedures for
 concurrence  on regulation packages  under OE review,  first
 describes procedures under the old  system, then describes
 revisions to the  procedures,  and  explains  in  greater detail  the
 procedures currently followed by  OE.

     Appendix  1 provides three charts  outlining the  regulation
 review process.   Chart 1 is the old system, and Charts 2 & 3 are
the new system.   Appendix 2 summarizes EPA's  regulation

-------
       /         '      .  •        26

 development and review  process as managed by the Office of
 Policy,  Planning,  and Evaluation  (OPPE).


 (GM-59)                                                 (RG.  1-3)
      The Regulatory Development Process:  Change in steering
      Committee Emphasis and OE Implementation (February 6,
      1987)

      EPA issued this directive to prevent situations where major
 issues or concerns are  raised at  the last minute before a
 Steering Committee meeting.   The  document is divided into two
 sections and several attachments.

      The first section  provides a background sketch and statement
 of purpose.   The  second section proffers  two procedures to
 follow:  (1)  at the conclusion of  a Steering committee meeting,  a
 draft agenda for  the next meeting is distributed;  and (2)  each
 Enforcement Counsel should  review that draft agenda for matters
 applicable to his or her  program  area and then  provide  a one page
 summary  for any issues  that should be voiced to the Committee
 with  respect to each agenda topic.

      Attachment. 1 is the  memo announcing  this change.   Attachment
 2  outlines  changes and  roles in the regulatory  development
 process,  including how  the  process will work, responsibilities  of
 workgroup chairs,  and roles and responsibilities of Steering
 Committee members.   Attachment 3  is a prototype "Working Group
 Format"  with several "Fact  Sheets."
 (GM-4)                                                  (RG. 1-4)
     Ex Parte Contacts  in EPA Rulemaking  (August 4, 1977)

     This document presents guidelines all EPA employees should
follow in discussing the merits of proposed rules with  interested
persons outside the Agency during the period between proposal and
promulgation.

     First, during the  period between proposal and promulgation
of a rule, all employees should respond to inquiries about the
rule, explain how it would work, arid attend public meetings of
interested groups.  Second, during this period, EPA employees may
meet with interested persons for the purpose of better
understanding any technical, scientific, and engineering issues
involved or discussing  the broader questions involved.

     In all cases, a written summary of the significant points
made at the meetings must be placed in the comment file.  All new
data or significant arguments presented should be reflected in
the summary.  This requirement applies to every form of
discussion with outside interested persons as long as the

-------
                                27

 discussion is significant


 VIII.   STATE/FEDERAL AGREEMENTS (SF)

     A.    SF.l  General Procedures  and Goals

 (GM-41)                                                 (SF.  1-1)
     Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
     Agreements (August 25,  1986  -  originally issued June
     26,  1984)

     The  document is the Agency's policy framework for
 implementing an effective state/federal enforcement relationship
 through national program guidance and  regional/state agreements.
 This document was intended to reinforce the Guidance for  FY  1987
 Enforcement Agreements  Process (4/15/86), and to  serve as a  guide
 for negotiations and implementation of the  Enforcement
 Agreements.   The revisions incorporate into the Policy Framework
 addenda developedbetween 1984 and  1986 in  the areas of oversight
 of  state  civil penalties,  involvement  of the state attorneys
 general in the enforcement process, and implementation of
 nationally managed/coordinated cases.

     The  policy framework is divided into six sections.   The
 first section,  State/Federal Enforcement Agreements:  Form, Scope
 and Substance,  sets forth the form  and scope of the agreements as
 well as the degree of flexibility the  Regions have in tailoring
 national  policy to individual states.

     The  second section,  Oversight  Criteria and Measures:
 Defining  Good Performance, outlines the criteria  and measures for
 defining  a quality program whether  the compliance or enforcement
 program is administered by EPA or a state.   According to  this
 section,  the criteria are intended  to  serve only  as guidance and
 are not to be adopted word-for-word.   Criterion #5 is a new
 section which deals with the definition of  what constitutes
 timely and appropriate  enforcement  response.

     The  next section,  Oversight  Procedures and Protocols, sets
 forth principles on how EPA  should  conduct  its oversight
 function.  This section discusses the  approach, the process, and
 the  follow-ttp and consequences of oversight.

     Criteria fpr Direct Federal  Enforcement in Delegated States,
 the  fourth section,  explains the  circumstances under which EPA
 takes direct enforcement action in  a delegated state.   It also
 covers the manner in which EPA should  take  action so that state
programs  are being strengthened simultaneously.

     Section five,  Advance Notification and Consultation, deals
with EPA's policy of "no surprises."   It explains what measures

-------
                                28

must be taken with each state in  order to ensure that the policy
is  effectively carried out.

      The final section,  State Reporting,  reviews key reporting
and recordkeeping requirements for management of data and public
reporting on compliance and  enforcement program accomplishments.
It  lists seven measures for  EPA to use to manage and oversee
performance by Regions and states.


(GM^57)                                                 (SF.  1-2)
      Guidance for the Py 1989 State/EPA Enforcement
      Agreements Process (June 20,  1988)

      This guidance introduces the regional enforcement strategies
process as a means of addressing  state and regional priorities
and reiterates the importance of  timely and appropriate
enforcement responses and federal facilities  compliance.

     •Attachment 1,  the main  part  of the guidance, covers  five
topics:  (1)  maintaining the  enforcement agreements  process;  (2)
improved management and tracking  of enforcement responses (for
enforcement responses that are timely  and appropriate & for
tracking and follow-through  on cases);  (3) inspector training  and
development;  (4)  up front agreements, on penalty sharing;  and (5)
working with states to improve federal facilities compliance.


IX.   ORDERS AND DECREES (OR)

      A.    OR.l  Drafting and Modifying Orders  and Decrees

(GM-17)                                                 (OR.  1-1)
      Guidance for Drafting Judicial Consent Decrees  (October
      19,  1993)


      This document provides  guidance on the provisions  EPA should
include  when  drafting a  settlement agreement covering a civil
enforcement action for which the  federal  government has decided
that  judicial remedies are appropriate.   The GM explains  each
step  in  drafting a settlement agreement and accompanies the  text
with  examples-for each part  of an agreement.

      First, the  guidance explains standard front end  provisions,
which provide the factual and legal background for the  consent
decree,  including the parties,  the cause(s) of action,  and the
procedural history.   Next, the GM explains the transitional
clause.   This clause  signals the end of the introductory  portions
of the decree and the beginning of the court's order.

     The majority of  the guidance is a detailed explanation  of

-------
                                29

 provisions that may be included in the court's order.   These are:
 (a)  jurisdiction and statement of the claim;  (b)  applicability
 clause;  (c)  public interest provision; (d)  definitions section;
 (e)  compliance provisions — generally/for  repeat violators/
 performance bonds; and (f)  thirteen provisions defining other
 responsibilities of the parties to the decree.  Appendix A
 presents a consent decree checklist.   Appendix B  is a  sample
 consent  decree.    .                 .
 (GM-68)                                                 (OR.  1-2)
      Procedures for Modifying Judicial  Consent  Decrees
      (January 11,  1988)

      This document clarifies  procedures for modifying consent
 decrees  and other  judicial  orders  in  EPA enforcement cases.  The
 memorandum defines a consent  decree "modification" as changes to
 the consent decree proposed jointly by  the government and the
 defendant to address circumstances that arose since the entry of
 the consent decree.   The policy then  prescribes four steps:  (1)
 when the need to modify is  discovered,  Region sends a letter to
 the Enforcement Counsel and to the Dept. of Justice [DOJ]
 notifying them of  the intent  to open  negotiations with the
 defendant and summarizing relevant facts, issues, and proposed
 solutions;  (2)  Region proceeds to  negotiate a modification in the
 manner described in the letter;  (3) the Office  of Enforcement
 [OE]  retains authority for  approving  modifications on behalf of
 EPA,  and DOJ retains the same for  the U.S.; (4) after OE and DOJ
 approve  the modification, DOJ presents  the proposed consent
 decree modification to an appropriate court for approval.  The
 document concludes with a paragraph on  appropriate reporting in
 the  SPMS (now STARS)  Consent  Decree Tracking Measure.


      B.   OR.2   Monitoring  and Enforcing Orders and Decrees

 (GM-86)        <                                        (OR.  2-1)
     Manual on Monitoring & Enforcing Administrative.and
     Judicial Orders (February 6,  1990)

     This Manual is a large collection  of text  and appendices
 intended to guide  EPA enforcement  staff on their roles and
 responsibilities in monitoring and enforcing final order
 requirements.  The Manual applies  to  all regulatory enforcement
programs except  CERCLA (Superfund).   In general, the Manual
 outlines the process for working with EPA Financial Management
Offices  and the  Department  of Justice (DOJ) in  monitoring and
 collecting  penalties.

     Chapter One (Monitoring  and Reporting the  Status of Final
Orders)  includes a section  defining final administrative and
judicial orders  and sections  on drafting enforceable orders,

-------
                                30

 monitoring systems,  reporting requirements,  and additional
 oversight requirements for administrative orders and for judicial
 orders.                                          ,

      Chapter Two (Collection of Administrative Penalties)
 discusses authority  for administrative penalty collection,
 financial management collection procedures,  and organizational
 roles and responsibilities.

      Chapter Three (Collection of Judicial Penalties)  includes
 sections on payment  depositories, organizational roles and
 responsibilities,  distribution of final orders,  monitoring
 payments, EPA enforcement reporting of payment status,
 coordination of DOJ  and EPA accounts receivable reporting
 systems, pursuit of  outstanding penalty debts,  and termination of
 judicial penalty debts by various means.

      Chapter Four (Enforcing Final  Orders) provides information
 on enforcing administrative and judicial orders,  with  subsections
 on modifications,  stipulated penalties,  motions to enforce,  and
 contractor listing..                   .

      Compendium documents RF.2-2, OR.2-2,  PT.3-1,  TK.l-l and
 TK.l-2 are attached.   Also included are appendices entitled:  (1)
 Model System for Administrative Penalty Collection;  (2)
 Procedures for Modifying Judicial Decrees; (3)  Procedures  for
 Notifying DOJ of Stipulated  Penalties;  and (4)  Contractor  Listing
 in Cases of Non-compliance with Administrative  or Judicial
 Orders.

 (GM-27)                                                 (OR.  2-2)
      Guidelines for  Enforcing Federal  District  Court Orders
      (April 18,  1984)

      This guidance outlines  how to  ensure  enforcement of federal
 court orders*.   The purpose of the guidelines is  to establish
 uniform  Agency objectives in preparing for and  in responding to
 violations of court  orders.   The  guidelines apply to the
 enforcement of consent decrees and  nonconsensual  orders  entered
 in  federal district  court that remedy  violations  of  any  of EPA's
 laws  or  regulations.

      The guidelines  explain  in some detail how to  draft  orders  to
 ensure enforceability.   The  guidelines  also address  how  to select
 responses  to violations  of court  orders.  Finally,  other matters,
 such  as  who should sign  a consent decree and what  types  of
 timetables should  be established  for responding to certain
violations are briefly discussed.

-------
                                31

 X.    FEDERAL FACILITIES (FF)

      A.    FF.1  Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement

 (GM-25)                                                 (FF.  1-1)
      Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy (November 8,
      1988)

      EPA developed the new Federal Facilities Compliance  Strategy
 in  order to "ensure that federal  agencies achieve compliance
 rates in each media program which meet or exceed those of major
 industrial and major municipal facilities."  The document, also
 known as the "Yellow Book," establishes a comprehensive and.
 proactive approach to achieving and maintaining high rates of
 compliance at all federal facilities.

      The Yellow Book was written:  (1)  to serve as guidance for
 EPA Headquarters and Regional  staff;  (2)  to clarify  state and
 federal  compliance monitoring  and enforcement roles;  (3)  to
 inform federal agencies of EPA's  strategy and identifying
 procedures to be followed when violations have been  discovered;
 and (4)  to communicate EPA's approach  for addressing compliance
 problems at federal facilities to Congress, the public, and.
 concerned interest groups.

      The Yellow Book is comprised of eight chapters  which set out
 the basic framework for EPA's  media programs  to follow in
 ensuring that  federal facilities  are fully integrated into
 federal  and state compliance monitoring and enforcement
 activities.  The chapters are:  (1)  Introduction;  (2)  Summary  of
 Relevant Environmental Statutes and Executive Orders;  (3)
 Identification of the Regulated Community;  (4)  Compliance
 Promotion,  Technical Assistance,  and Training;  (5) Compliance
Monitoring;  (6)  Enforcement Response to Compliance Problems and
Violations  of  Environmental Laws  at Federal Facilities; (7) Role
 of the States  in Responding to Federal  Facilities Violations; and
 (8)  EPA  Roles  and Responsibilities  for  Program Implementation.


XI.   TRACKING  ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES  (TK)

     A.   TK.l   General Procedures  and  Goals

 (GM-76)                                                 (TK. 1-1)
     Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking  and Follow-Up
     Directive (January 11, 1990)

     This policy specifies EPA requirements for how  Regional
Offices  track  compliance with  judicial  consent decree
requirements and for how Regions  select and document decisions  on
appropriate EPA follow-up responses to  consent decree violations.

-------
                                32

      The document prescribes requirements for:  (1)  implementing
 the Agency guidance on certification of compliance  with
 enforcement agreements; (2). regional consent decree tracking and
 follow-up database management;  (3)  file documentation of consent
 decree violations; (4)  decisions  on Agency follow-up to
 violations; (5)  maintaining data  on the current status of EPA
 consent decrees; and (6)  termination of consent decrees and
 closing cases.                              -         '

      The policy first provides  some general background
 information on the allocation of  consent decree tracking
 responsibilities between regional program divisions and Offices
 of Regional Counsel.   It then expands on each of the six
 requirements listed above.   The fourth section  details the
 criteria for determining the appropriate EPA response to
 violations: the environmental harm  caused,  the  duration of the
 violation,  the compliance history of the defendant,  the
 deterrence value,  the defendant's ability to respond,  and the
 economic gain of non-compliance.             < .

      The policy also includes a sample Consent  Decree  Violation
 and Follow-Up Form.


 (GM-74)                                                 (TK.  1-2)
      Guidance on certification  of Compliance with
      Enforcement Agreements (July 25,  1988)

      Verification of  settlement agreements  which require specific
 performance to achieve  or maintain  compliance with a regulatory
 standard is key  to EPA  enforcement.   The Office of Enforcement
 issued this guidance  to assist  drafters of  settlement  agreements
 in  the effort to make the agreements more easily verifiable  and
 enforceable.

      The guidance  achieves  its  purpose through  two elements:  (1)
 certification of compliance by  a  responsible corporate official,
 and (2)  documentation to  verify compliance.   The  section
 explaining  the first  element states  that a  "responsible official"
 must  sign the compliance  reports  (under threat  of criminal or
 civil  contempt sanctions  for intentionally  deceiving or
 misleading  the EPA) and that certification  is especially
 important for-entities  with a history  of non-compliance.  The
 other  section discusses why documentation to verify  compliance
 should be identified  in settlement agreements.

     Attachment  A  provides  a suggested checklist  for
documentation purposes.

-------
                                33

 (GM-40)                                                 (TK. 1-3)
      Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter and Data
      Sheet (May 30,  1985)

      In  order to streamline the civil judicial case referral
 process,  a new standard referral package cover letter and data
 sheet were formulated.  (See attached copy of the Cover Letter
 and Model Data Sheet.)  Most of the case information is to be
 provided on the data sheet so that it is easier to track
 referrals. The cover letter and data sheet contain eleven,
 elements designed to provide a brief,  but thorough summary of the
 case to  the reviewer.


 (GM-19)                                                 (TK. 1-4)
      Consent Decree  Tracking System Guidance (December 20,
      1983)

      This document offers  guidance on the use of the tracking
 system to enable EPA to track the compliance of consent decrees
 for all  media on a national basis.         :

      This guidance begins  by defining the scope of the system:
 information on all court-entered  judicial consent decrees to
 which EPA is a party, as well as  the status of compliance efforts
 required  by these decrees.   The memorandum next discusses the
 tracking  system's objectives.   Then,  the document explains  the
 key tracking system  components:  (1)  the  Repository (a collection
 of  physical copies of EPA  consent decrees);  (2)  the Consent
 Decree Library (an automated management  information system  to
 store summaries of each EPA consent decree on file in the
 Repository);  (3)  compliance monitoring (source reporting and/or
 on-site inspections); and  (4)  compliance tracking (gathering and
 compiling compliance information).   Next,  the GM briefly
 discusses tracking system  operation.   It concludes by defining
 the office responsibilities of the NEIC,  Regional Administrators,
 and Office of Enforcement  Headquarters.   Included in this
 guidance  are  Attachment A,  a sample prospective quarterly report,
 and Attachment B,  a  sample retrospective quarterly report.


 (GM-60)                                                 (TK.  1-5)
      Procedures and  Responsibilities for Updating and
      Maintaining the Enforcement  Docket  (March 10,  1987)

      This policy declares  that an accurate and current docket
 data  base depends on the initial  entry of cases and on the
 regular monthly review and case update by the Headquarters  (HQ)
 and Regional  attorneys assigned to the case.   The memo lists
 eight steps in the process of maintaining the docket (and states
who performs  them and when):  (1)  prepare Case Data and Facility
Data  Forms for the initial entry  of cases;  (2)  enter all new

-------
                                34

cases;  (3) prepare monthly•case updates;  (4)  enter monthly case
updates;  (5) run  reports to verify  overall  accuracy  of Docket and
distribute for verification;  (6)  verify accuracy and make
corrections;  (7)  enter  corrections;  and  (8) run  accounting
reports and complete  SPMS  (now STARS) reporting  instruction
forms.

     The policy continues, offering a further explanation of the
initial entry  of  a case, major milestone  event dates,  overall
status, HQ review time, the "Referral Indicator," concluded
cases, HQ Division, and law/section violated  and cited in the
complaint.


 (GM-61)                                                 (TK.  1-6)
      Enforcement Docket Maintenance (April 8, 1988)

     This guidance provides detailed procedures  to ensure that
all parties understand  their  responsibilities for entering cases
into the Docket and for the regular  monthly review and update of
the Case Status Report.  The  memo first discusses the  definition
of a case, then initial case  entry,  followed  by  case status
review procedures, and  concludes  with quality assurance.

     The first section  covers DOCKET design,  assigning a  case
number, amendments to ongoing cases, and  use  of  DOCKET for SPMS
(now STARS), accountability,  and  with the Workload Model.   The
second part of the document,  initial case entry,  directs  the
regional attorney to  enter the case  into  the  system  as soon as he
or she begins  case development.   It  then  instructs the regional
attorney to complete: (1) a Case  Data form  [appendix A];  (2)  a
Facility Data  form [appendix  B];  and (3)  a Case  Summary [appendix
C].

     The third section, case  status  review procedures,  explains
that the lead  EPA attorney has primary responsibility  for monthly
review and update of  all active cases, particularly  concentrating
on: (a) case information;  (b) major  milestones and miscellaneous
events; (c) staff and attorney names; (d) results; (e)  penalties;
and (f) case status comments.  The final  section concisely
addresses quality assurance,  which results from  OE HQ  monthly
review of the  overall DOCKET  for  accuracy and completeness.
                                               i
     Appendix  D gives an example  of  the nature and method of
entering status comments.  Appendix  E charts  roles and
responsibilities  (who, what,  when, and how).  Appendix F  provides
summary "case  code" tables.


(GM-no)                                                 (TK.1-7)
     Support of the Enforcement DOCKET for Information
     Management in OECA (October  3,  1994)

-------
                                35
      This policy adds formal administrative enforcement actions
 to the DOCKET information'system.   Prior to this,  only judicial
 actions were officially tracked.   In addition it states that
 Regional Counsels have the primary responsibility for entering
 and maintaining enforcement data.   Although it recognizes a role
 for the Division Directors in ORE.   The  policy further states
 that OECA will examine the feasibility of including all formal
 administrative orders in DOCKET.
XII.  CASE MANAGEMENT (CM)

      A.   CM.l   General Procedures and Goals

 (GM-71)                                                 (CM. 1-1)
      Case Management Plans  (March 11, 1988)

      This document offers a mechanism to enhance the
effectiveness of the environmental enforcement program by
providing a road map for bringing a case from initiation to
conclusion.  The primary elements of the mechanism are organizing
the tasks to be  performed, assigning the persons to perform those
tasks, and outlining the dates by which those tasks are to be
completed.  The  mechanism is supposed to cover both litigation
and negotiation  elements, as well as legal and technical tasks.

     The  guidance gives general procedural directions leading up
to the Department of Justice (DOJ) attorney having a case plan in
place by  the date of filing of the complaint.  The case plan
addresses the roles  of DOJ, the Assistant U.S. Attorney, and
Regional  and Headquarters legal and technical staff.  The case
plans are to be  updated on a quarterly basis to maintain their
effectiveness.

     A two-page  form, "Preliminary Case Plan," is attached.


(GM-85)                                                (CM. 1-2)
     Regional Enforcement Management: Enhanced Regional Case
     Screening (December 3, 1990)

     This guidance is divided into five sections.  First, it
explains the objectives of case screening, including the
strategic value  of undertaking federal enforcement, the
appropriate enforcement response, the appropriate considered use
of innovative settlement conditions or tools, the encouragement
of potential multi-media and cross-statutory action, and the
effective integration of criminal and civil enforcement.  The
second section lays  out the requirements for a regional case
screening capability.  It lists criteria for an acceptable case
screening process, explains the attached case screening worksheet

-------
                                36

t© help  assess what  further- screening might be necessary and to
help  identify early  on how an enforcement case should be
developed.  This  section  offers  five ways in which Regions can
phase in and focus enhanced case screening,  and it requires
coordination and  review before and  during criminal investigations
in cases of ongoing  releases or  discharges.

      The third section and attached charts la,  Ib,  and ic explain
the OE recommended case screening approach.  It recommends
continued reliance on  initial screening  on a single media basis
using the case worksheets,  detailed monthly review by .a multi-
media screening committee of cases  identified  as having a multi-
media concern, and a third level of committee  reviewing
violations identified  through the civil  enforcement process for
criminal enforcement potential and  review of criminal leads and
investigations for priority.   The fourth section declares that,
through  strategic planning,  the  Region can target  investigation
and enforcement for  a  number of  factors.   The  final section
provides general  oversight directions to help  the  Office of
Enforcement evaluate implementation to help meet EPA's goals for
criminal enforcement and  multi-media casesi

      Three charts are  attached.   A  sample case screening
worksheet is also attached.   Four narrative appendices are also
attached discussing: (1)  choosing between administrative and
judicial enforcement;  (2)  identifying candidates for innovative
settlement terms  or  enforcement  tools; (3)  ensuring a multi-media
case  screening perspective;  and  (4) integrating civil and
criminal enforcement activities.
 (GM-20)                                                 (CM. 1-3)
     Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files  (December 30,
     19'83)

     This guidance discusses the evidence audit system, which is
designed to establish an overall case document control system, to
provide quick and complete access to records, and to provide a
means for assuring admissibility of the evidence.
                                                      i
     After the introduction, which discusses the purposes and
advantages of evidence audits, the guidance addresses the
proposed procedure.  Under this section, the roles of the
Regional Administrator and the Asst. Administrator for the Office
of Enforcement are first discussed.  Then the required elements
of an evidence audit are listed and briefly explained.  These
are: (1) document assembly; (2) document organization and review;
 (3) evidence profiles (graphic or narrative presentations of the
history and chain of custody of evidence from the time of
collection through final disposition); and  (4) document storage
and retrieval.  The document concludes with an operational
outlook narrative, explaining how to get assistance from the NEIC

-------
                                37

 Evidence Audit Unit.


 XIII.  INSPECTIONS (IN)

 (GM-5)                                                  (IN.  1-1)
     Conduct of Inspections After tbe Barlow's Decision
      (April 11, 1979)

     This document offers guidance to the Regions in the conduct
 of inspections in light of Marshall v. Barlow's Inc.,  and the
 need to obtain warrants and other process for inspections
 pursuant to EPA-administered acts.   The guidance focuses on  the
 preparation for and conduct of  inspections,  including (1)  how to
 proceed when entry is denied,  (2)  under what circumstances a
 warrant is necessary, and (3) what showing is necessary to obtain
 a  warrant.

     The section titled "Conduct  of Inspections" is  divided  into
 seven parts*   Preparation,  including seeking a warrant before
 inspection,  administrative inspections v.  criminal inspections,
 the use of contractors  to conduct inspections,  and inspections
 conducted by state personnel, comes first.   Next, aspects  of
 entry are discussed, such as consensual entry,  withdrawal  of
 consent,  when entry is  refused, and Headquarters notification.
 Then, the guidance discusses areas  where a right of  warrantless
 entry still  exists: emergency situations,  FIFRA inspections,  and
 "open fields"  and "in plain view" situations.   A section on
 securing  a warrant follows.

     Next, the Barlow/s guidance  explains  standards  and bases for
 the  issuance  of administrative warrants in three contexts: civil
 specific  probable cause warrants, civil probable cause based on a
 neutral administrative  inspection scheme,  and criminal warrants.
 Guidance  on  inspecting  with a warrant  and  returning  the warrant
 close out the  section.   Two conclusions are  drawn: (a)  Barlow's
 requires  EPA to formalize its neutral  inspection schemes;  and (b)
Barlow's  generally precludes initiating civil and/or criminal
 actions for refusal to  allow warrantless inspections.

     Three attachments  are  included.   Attachment 1 is  a warrant
 application, affidavit,  and warrant to conduct an inspection,
where the Agency has specific probable cause to believe that a
civil violation of an EPA regulation or Act  has occurred.
Attachment 2 is the same three documents,  in which the
establishment  to be inspected has been selected under  a neutral
administrative inspection scheme.   Attachment 3 is a neutral
administrative scheme for CFC inspections.

-------
                                38

 (GM-1)                    '•                             (IN.  1-2)
     Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreement as a
     Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on  Industrial
     Facilities  (November  8,  1972)
                           \                          •
     Certain firms had required EPA employees to  sign agreements
purporting to release the  firms from tort liability as a
precondition to  granting entry.  This guidance responds to three
issues this practice presents.

     First, while EPA employees can probably release the entities
from tort liability to themselves,  the employees  are instructed
not to sign such releases  under any circumstances.   Signing
jeopardizes the  government's  right  of subrogation under the
Federal  Employees Compensation Act.  Second, while  any agreement
to make  the government responsible  for employee-caused injuries
is probably invalid, employees are  instructed not to sign any
agreement purporting to do so.  Rather than  sign  an agreement,
this guidance directs the  EPA employee to cite the  statutory
authority granting the right  of entry, without mentioning any
civil/criminal penalties.  If access is denied, the employee is
to inform the Office of General Counsel, which will decide how to
proceed.      .


XIV. COMMUNICATIONS (CO)

     CO.  Communications with Litigants

(GM-6)                                                  (CO.  1-1)
     Contracts   with Defendants and Potential Defendants  in
     Enforcement Litigation (October 7, 1981)

     This policy is a short memorandum on five requirements
governing contact with actual or potential defendants  in
enforcement litigation.  First, EPA needs to consult with the
Dept. of Justice (DOJ) before contacting defendants in
enforcement litigation or  potential defendants in cases referred
to DOJ for filing.  Second, EPA must give DOJ an  opportunity to
participate in any meetings with such persons or  firms to review
their compliance status.   Third, EPA must give DOJ  notice of and
opportunity to attend meetings  requested by potential  defendants
or their counsel.  Fourth, EPA  shall coordinate ground rules with
DOJ in advance of any meetings.  Fifth, EPA must  provide  follow-
up information to DOJ promptly  after the conclusion of any
meetings.

-------
                                39

 (GM-7)                                                  (CO.  1-2)
      "Ex Parte" Rules Covering Communications Which Are the
      Subject of Formal Adjudicatory Hearings (December 10,
      1981)

      This policy guides EPA staff in recognizing and avoiding
 improper ex parte communications  and in taking remedial steps if
 an improper ex parte communication occurs.   Sections I - III
 define  ex parte contacts and describe the rules governing them.
 Section IV describes measures for minimizing the adverse legal
 impact  of such communications when they occur.

      The first section discusses  why rules  about ex parte .
 contacts exist and to what they apply,  listing nine areas where  .
 EPA conducts formal adjudicative  hearings and listing
 Administrative Procedure Act (APA)  requirements.  The next
 section addresses what an ex parte communication is,  providing
 the APA definition and a "working"  definition.   The third section
 discusses the rules governing ex  parte  communications,  including
 what kinds  of communications concern "the merits" of a hearing,
 what communications within EPA are prohibited,  and  what
 communications with persons outside EPA are prohibited.   The
 final section addresses ways to minimize ex parte communications'
 and actions to take if they should occur.   In this  section are
 five illustrations of preventive  measures to lessen the
 likelihood  of problems as well a  curative measure,  viz..  to  make
 the content and circumstances a part of the official  record  of
 the proceeding and give the parties a chance to respond on the
 record.
 (GM-43)                                                 (CO. 1-3)
     Enforcement Document Release Guidelines  (September 16,
     1985)

     The Guidelines are intended to assist program personnel and
enforcement attorneys in their decisions on whether to withhold
or release enforcement documents requested by the public.  They
are designed to provide Agency-wide consistency in the release of
enforcement related documents and to promote fairness to all
public interests.  The guidance clearly states that it is
intended to provide only interpretive guidelines and general
principles, and that decisions to release documents will vary
with each case depending on each program's statutory and
programmatic needs.

      The goal, scope, and general principles of the Guidelines
are briefly described.  Next, the Guidelines address releasing
general enforcement documents.  These include enforcement policy
documents, enforcement strategic planning documents, management/
administrative documents, deliberative support documents,
reference files, and documents containing attorney-client

-------
                                40

 communications.

      The last section discusses releasing case-specific
 documents.   The  first part of this section looks at the release
 of case files.   It begins with a discussion of the release of
 case files  in general and then goes on to specifically address
 the release of attorney work product and attorney-client
 materials,  settlement documents,  and other documents such as law
 enforcement documents which discuss unique investigative
 techniques  not generally known outside,the government.   The
 second half discusses the release of case status reports.

      The Appendix briefly describes several statutes and
 regulations which place constraints on the Agency's discretion to
 release documents to the public.                •     ,   •

                          i
 XV.  MISCELLANEOUS (MI)

 (GM-66)                                                 (MI.  1-1)
      Assertion of the Deliberative Process Privilege
      (October 3,  1984)

      The purpose  of this guidance is to prevent disclosure of
 certain materials containing personal advice,  recommendations,  or
 opinions relating to the development of Agency policy,
 rulemaking,  use of enforcement discretion,  settlement of cases,
 etc.,  in response to depositions,  motions to compel discovery,
 and questions posed at a trial or hearing.   The guidance explains
 when,  who can, and how to assert  the privilege.

      Section I discusses the application of the privilege  and
 some of  its  limitations  (with supporting case  citations).
 Section  II explains when to assert the privilege.   The Agency
will not assert the privilege in  every case where  it applies;
therefore, the materials should be released, except where:  (a)
release  may  cause harm to the public interest;  (b)  the materials
are subject  to another privilege  justifying nondisclosure; or  (c)
release  would be  unlawful.   Section III  explains that, in
general,  the head of the office responsible for development  of
the material in question should assert the  privilege.  Finally,
Section  TV addresses how to assert the privilege,  detailing  six
procedural steps  that must be undertaken.

     Attached to  this guidance are Delegation  1-49  of 10/3/84
 (This  is the actual delegation of  authority from the
Administrator to  assert  the privilege.)  and two short memoranda
from the General  Counsel on procedures for  obtaining concurrence.

-------
                                41

 (GM-89)                                                 (MI.  1-2)
      Strengthening the Agency's Administrative Litigation
      Capacity (May 3,  1989)

      This policy provides a  mechanism to decide whether or not to
 appeal adverse Administrative Lav Judge (ALJ)  decisions and  how
 to reply to Respondent appeals to the Chief Judicial Officer of
 favorable decisions.   Its purpose is to assure,  at minimum cost,
 national program input and regional consistency in a timely
 manner.   First,  the Regional Office must fax a copy of the
 decision and a brief summary to the Office  of  Enforcement Branch
 Chief, the appropriate Office of  General Counsel Branch Chief>
 and the  Office of Regional Counsel standing contacts.   A
 conference call follows.   The call provides an opportunity to
 identify issues for appeal,  identify what support will be
 available to assist the lead office,  and incorporate both a
 national and a regional perspective into the briefs.


 (GM-2)                                                  (MI.  1-3)
      Professional Obligations of  Government Attorneys  (GM-2)
      (April 14,  1976)

      This guidance discusses some of the obligations of EPA
 attorneys,  both under  the Canons  of Professional Ethics and  under
 various  provisions of  law.   The five main areas  covered are:  (1)
 confidential commercial or financial information;  (2)  Civil  or
 criminal investigations;  (3)  attorney-client communications;  (4)
 commitments on behalf  of  EPA;  and (5)  ex parte communications.
 Under the broader heading of attorney-client communications  are
 communications with the Dept.  of  Justice, legal  advice,  support
 of Agency positions, and  dealing  with outside  parties  represented
 by an attorney.


 (GM-28)                                                 (MI.  1-4)
      Liability of Corporate  Shareholders and successor
      Corporations for  Abandoned sites Under CERCLA (GM-28
      (June 13,  1984)1

      This  policy identifies  the extent to which  corporate
 shareholders and successor corporations may be held liable under
 the law  for response costs arising from the release of a
hazardous  substance from  an  abandoned hazardous  waste  facility.
The first  section address the extent of liability of corporate
 shareholders,  and the  second section examines  the liability   of
 successor  corporations.   Each of  the two sections follows  the
 same  format.
     1  This Policy  is to  be transferred  to the  CERCLA  Policy
Compendium after a generic policy is development to take its place.

-------
                                42

     First, a short background is provided on whether there  is
any statutory language in CERCLA which makes either corporate
shareholders or successor corporations responsible  for  cleanup
costs for the release of a hazardous substances from an  abandoned
hazardous waste facility.  In the case of corporate shareholders,
the background section also explains why EPA may want to extend
liability to include corporate shareholders and whether
traditional corporate law allows for such an extension.

     The issue of the particular section is set out and  then a
short summary section answers the issue in general terms.  Each
discussion section explains in detail what is advanced in the
summary,  in addition, the discussion doctrine of  sections
pertaining to each issue review the courts' traditional  approach
to limited liability and the current evolving standards,
specifically as to "piercing the corporate veil.n  The discussion
section on corporate shareholder liability' also explains how the
"piercing the corporate veil" is applied by federal courts,  in
contrast to how it is applied by state courts.  Each section ends
with a short conclusion as to how the Agency should proceed  in
cases involving corporate shareholders or successor corporations.


(GM-no)                                                (MI.  1-5)
     Interim Guidance on Review of Indian Lands Enforcement
     Actions (October 21, 1992) with attachment, EVA Policy
     for the Administration of Environmental Programs on
     Indian Reservations (November 8, 1984)

     The EPA policy which announces, inter alia, as its  eighth
principle, that Assistant Administrators, Regional Administrators
and the General Counsel should work cooperatively with Tribal
governments to achieve compliance with environmental statutes and
regulations on Indian reservations, consistent with the principle
of Indian self-government.   The policy states:

     •    Where tribally owned or managed facilities do not meet
          Federally established standards,  the Agency will
          endeavor to work with the Tribal leadership to enable
          the Tribe to achieve compliance.

     •    Where reservation facilities are clearly owned or
          managed by private parties and there is no substantial
        .  Tribal interest or control involved, the Agency will.
          endeavor to act in cooperation with the affected Tribal
          Government,  but will otherwise respond to noncompliance
          by private parties on Indian reservations as EPA does
          to noncompliance by the private sector outside
          reservations.

     •    Direct EPA actions against Tribal facilities through
          the judicial or administrative process will be

-------
                                43

          considered where the Agency determines, in its
          judgment, that-(1) a significant threat to human health
          or the environment exists, (2) such action would
          reasonably be expected to achieve effective results in
          a timely manner, and (3) the Federal Government cannot
          utilize other alternatives to correct the problem in a
          timely fashion.

     The policy is attached to Interim Guidance, which assigns
the responsibility to coordinate policy and management issues,
and legal issues in consultation with the Office of General
Counsel, to the Senior Legal Advisor of the Office of Federal
Programs (OFA).  That person will make appropriate
recommendations, and the AA will be advised of enforcement
options.  Until the Indian Policy Implementation Guidance is
formally revised, all future direct EPA enforcement actions
against tribal facilities, except for emergency situations,
should be submitted to the AA.  The AA will act in consultation
with the OFA, including its Senior Legal Advisor, and the General
Counsel.                                ,

-------
                                                      12/1/94
               GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM

                         ,'   CROSS INDEX


           GM NUMBER                     CURRENT STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'15
, 16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Key:
R = Recodif led in New Compend:
R (IN. 1-2)
R (MI. 1-3)
R (RF.1-1)
R (RG.1-4)
R (IN. 1-1)
R (CO. 1-1)
R (CO. 1-2)
R (RF.1-2)
T
D
D
R (RF.1-4)
D
D
D
D
R (OR. 1-1)
R (RF.2-2)
R (TK.1-4)
R (CM. 1-3)
R (PT.1-1)
R (PT.1-2)
T
D
R (FF.1-1)
R (RF.1-7)
R (OR. 2-2)
R (MI. 1-4)
D
D
D
R (CL.4-1)
R (PT.1-5)
R (SE.1-5)
R (RF.1-5)
D
ium (New Number in
    Parentheses)
T = Transfered to the Criminal Enforcement Compendium
D = Deleted

-------
          GM NUMBER                     CURRENT STATUS
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71 ,-•'
72
73
74
75
1 ^r
D
R (PT.1-4)
R (SE.1-4)
R (TK.1-3)
R (SF.1-1)
R (SE.1-1)
R (CO. 1-3)
D
R (FT. 1-6)
R (PB.1-1)
R (RG.1-2)
R (RF.1-3)
D
D
R (PT.2-3)
R (SE.2-3)
P (CL.2-1)
D
D
R (PT.2-1)
R (SF.1-2)
R (RG.1-1)
R (RG.1-3)
R (TK.1-5)
R (TK.1-6)
R (SE.1-2)
R (RF.1-6)
D
D
R (MI. 1-1)
R (PT.2-3)
R (OR. 1-2)
R (RF.2-1)
D
R (CM. 1-1)
D
R (SE.1-3)
R (TK.1-2)
R (PT.3-1)
Key:

R = Recertified in New Compendium (New Number in
    Parentheses)
T = Transfered to the Criminal Enforcement Compendium
D = Deleted

-------
           GM NUMBER    .                 CURRENT STATUS

             76                           R (TK.1-1)
             77                           R (PT.2-2)
             78                           R (RF.3-1)
             79                           R (SE.2-2)
             80                           R (SE.2-1)
             81                           D
             82                           D
             83                           D
             84                           D
             85                           R (CM. 1-2)
             86                           R (OR.2-1)
             87                           D
             88                           R (PT.1-3)
             89                           R (MI.1-2)
             90                           R (RF.3-2)
Key:

R «= Recodified in New  Compendium (New Number in
    Parentheses)
T «= Transfered to the  Criminal  Enforcement Compendium
D -= Deleted

-------
                                                          1.6.
Current and Future Fiscal Year Office of Water Guidance for
Oversight of NPDES Programs.   (See Section VII of this table.)

-------
                                                                      1.7,
"GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF HPDES PROGRAMS", dated May 1987.

-------
154

-------
                         NATIONAL GUIDANCE .

                                FOR

                    OVERSIGHT OF N'PDES PROGRAMS


                              May 1987
BACKGROUND

     The Clean Water Act (CWA) authorizes EPA and approved States
to adainister the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Program, which is the basic regulatory mechanism for ensur-
ing that dischargers meet the requirements of the CWA.  Currently
about three quarters of the States are approved to administer the
NPDES program, more than half of which also are approved to adminis
ter the pretfeatment program.  EPA retains the lead responsibility
in the balance of the States, but shares many of the implementation
functions of the NPDES and pretreatment programs in a partnership
arrangement with State agencies.

     EPA has continuing overall responsibility for implementation
or oversight of the NPDES program in all States—approved or not
approved—in order to promote the achievement of national program
goals and objectives, to ensure adherence to Federal and State
statutory and regulatory requirements implementing the CWA, and to
aaintain reasonable national consistency.  This guidance provides a
set of criteria for evaluating and overseeing NPDES programs; the
criteria also provide a basis for Regions and States to negotiate
annual agreements and/or work plans•  The document:

     *  Defines the major elements of a sound NPDES program;

     *  Outlines high priority achievements for NPDES and pretreat-
        ment programs;    :

     *  Clarifies how the Regions and States should translate speci-
        fic program goals and performance expectations into annual
        grant agreements and/or work plans; and

     *  Defines the respective roles and responsibilities of the
        EPA Regions and States in carrying out the NPDES program,
        as well as areas where there is a need for further definition
        of roles in the individual State agreements.

-------
 PURPOSE A.VD SCOPE

      r.-.is " jJicJar.ce  is  a  prc7rai-s.>».;; f . : 1):;i«»nr for ^se
 conjunction with cine Agency's "Revise-l Policy Framework foi  .3
 re.jer-41 S.-iforcemenc Agreements" (issued August 25, 1936).  .T?
 "Policy Framework" covers  3«>c:i t'i«* process and. tne substance •>?
 Regional/State  agreements,  and, jnless otherwise specified i- t
 document,  the national pol;r/ will apoly.

      This  guidance establishes cr::-»ria for tr»* MPSES program
 i.ncljding  perni* issuance  and reissuance, compliance monitoring,
 enforcement, and ore treatment.  It is intended to ae used <•? .«
 framework, with the Regions and the States supplyinj r i » ?-»-.i:'. s
 for  their  individual agreements and/or work plans oased an curre
 Federal regulations, national ;»'.  .-/ 1-1! ;j-.!»nc* locu.-ients, and
 State priorities.   In  reviewing, and, where necessary, updating
 oversight  agreements,  t*.e  Regions and States should also use the
 Annual Agency Operating  Guidance,  the Annual Strategic Planning
 and  Management  System, and  the Annual Office of Water Evaluation
 Guide, which see forth national priorities and performance expect
 tions.  To the  extent possible, all requirements for plans and
 strategies cited in this guidance should oe consolidated into
 existing work plans and/or  State-EPA agreements.
     Fully-functionin7  'JP")"?  tr i-jri-vs a r* required to permit all
dischargers, both uajor and ninor,  and to conduct appropriate -
compliance assessment and enforcement activities for all perm i tee
This guidance einnasiz*?? reissuing  major industrial Jin.l najor
municipal permits to  incorporate  aporove-i pretreatment orogra
requirements and new  requirements for controlling toxic and h*«. .
waste  in wastew4t*r  tischarges  and  in sludge.  T*i»t ;.u.iince also
places priority on rapid response to instances of significant
noncompliance, especially  >\r  -\*t; n-  !i -schargers.  As resources
allow, administering  agencies 1  should also address minor discharge
of concern and other  instances  of noncompl lance.  In the longer-ce
the c:jn:-».>t^ ii this  guidance should oe pn^s-tJ-i-i 'or the full
range of sources and  violations.   Finally, this guidance addresses
implementation of approved local  pretreatment programs, and enforc
ment response to violations by  POTWs of pretreatment requirements
NPOCS pennies that appear on  .the  Quarterly Noncomnliance Report
(QNCR), as well as eo violations  by industrial users.


ELEMENTS AMD CRITERIA FOR THE MPDES OVERSIGHT PROGRAM

     There are three  operational  elements of the NPDGS program that
should be addressed in  an effective Regional/Seate agreement *mj
oversight program: permitting,  compliance mohitociny, an«1 enforce"*-?
response.  There is .*l*o a need to ensure the ongoing integrity  •;:
State NPOES and oretreatment  pr>3rs7ts, is well as 'their ability •-.
icnieve the .goals and objectives  oc the CWA.
    The term "administering  ayenc/" r-*f-sr<5 c.j £?\ ^ajijns
    approved States  tnat  administer t.ne N'POES/pretreatment

-------
for a
      The  Agency  has. developed  a general  set  of  oversight  criteria
      il  compliance and  enforcement  programs.2 This  program-spec if
 -Joc-jnerst  provides juidance on  how  to. use these  criteria,  as well*.-
 additional  criteria related  to permit issuance  and  the pretreatmer
 program,  to evaluate and oversee the  operational elements of  the
 NPDES program and to negotiate individual  agreements and/or work
 plans with  each  State.  Such  agreements should take  into account t*
 unique circumstances, legal  authorities  and  resources of  each Stac
 :JPDES program.                      .

 I .  'Permitting

      The  CWA (S402) calls for  EPA or  approved States to issue
 permits for the  discharge of any pollutant or combination of  pollu-
 tants.  These permits are enforceable documents that contain  speci!
 discharge limitations,  as well as conditions on data and  infortnatic
 collection, reporting,  and other requirements that  the administerir.
 agency deems appropriate.  The overall integrity of the NPDES
 program is, therefore,  inextricably linked to the quality and
 timeliness  of the permits that are  issued by EPA and the NPDES
 States.

      Evaluation  and oversight  of permit  programs should be based on
 the following criteria:
                                                             •
      *  Clear identification of the regulated community as evidencec
        by  the existence and use of;

        --  Established procedures  for maintaining  a complete,
            accurate, and up-to-date  automated  data system that
            includes all sources that are covered by or have  applied
            for  NPDES permits: The  administering agency should
            maintain a  current inventory of all permit holders and
            applicants.  States should enter current permit data
            into the Permit Compliance System (PCS, the automated
            NPDES data base) in a timely manner consistent with the
            procedures  in the  Enforcement Management System (ENS).
            Where a State is not a  direct user  of PCS and does not
            have an automated  system  that  is compatible with  PCS,
            it should supply the data to the Region in a  form that
            facilitates EPA 's  entry of the data into PCS.3  The
            administering agency should  also maintain up-to-date
            files on individual permittees, and should have a process
            for  identifying dischargers  that are required to  apply
            for  but have not applied  for permits and for  following
            through as  necessary in such cases.

        —  Permit data that are complete, accurate and up-to-date :
            The  Region  is responsible for conducting periodic
2.  See "Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA  Enforcement
    Agreements," August 25, 1986".

3.  wherever Jata entry to and/or use of PCS  is  mentioned' in  this
    document, it is expected that, where a. State is  not  a direct
    user of PCS and does not have an automated system  that is
    compatible with PCS, it should supply  the data to  the Region  in
   • a form that facilitates EPA's entry of the data  into PCS.      r

-------
    audics co verify  t:vat each  approved State  is rta
    ir? c-rrent perrtit  files  ' incl-dir.g an adecuate
    tracive reccri) and  iata  in PCS.consistent wish
    prescrised procedures;  me  Region should also
    periooic audits in  cases  where  an unapproved State
    writing draft permits in  a  partnership arrangement *i
    the Region.

Development and cicely  issuance of  high-quality permits a
permit modif iratrsr.s  as  evidenced sy tr.e existence and us.
of:-

—  An up-to-date permit strategy and issuance list ov Stc
    that guides permit  issuance/modification consistent
    with national priorities  and assures that  sack logs do
    not develop;  It  is  tr.e responsibility of  the adminis-
    tering agency to  develop  a  strategy and an annual perm
    issuance list of  priority permits to oe reissued/modi-
    fied/reopened during t.ne  fiscal year (by name and type
    consistent with the  National Surface Water Toxics
    Control Initiative*  the Annual  Operating Guidance, and
    State permitting  priorities.  The list may be modified
    periodically to ensure  that it  reflects changing condi-
    tions throughout  the year.   At  the time the list is
    developed, the Region and State should agree on' proce-
    dures for modifying  the list, as well as the role of
    EPA and the State in the  permitting process.

—  Permits that contain appropriate, clear and enforce
    requirements;  The  administering agency has the rest
    sibility to ensure  that individual permits are consiste.
    with the requirements in  the regulations (NPDCS, Genera
    Pretreatment, State  water Quality Standards, secondary
    treatment, effluent  guideline,  and sludge  regulations),
    as well as current  national  policy, and that permits
    contain clear and enforceaole provisions.  Where the
    State is the administering  agency, the Region should
    identify the specific State permits it plans to review
    prior to issuance/modification  in accordance with
    applicable Federal  regulations, and should target those
    specific types of priority  permits that require early
    coordination prior  to draft permit issuance.  The State
    should submit copies of draft and final permits consis-
    tent with the NPOES  regulations (40 CFR $123), and the
    Region should conduct periodic  audits of permit quality.
    Where EPA is the  permit issuing authority, crhe. Region
    should coordinate with  the  State to assure timely
    review and-certification  of permits in.accordance with
  ,  the CWA .($401).

Clear identification  of  POTWs required to have approved
local pretreatnent programs (and significant ICJs where

-------
there  is rso approved local grog-ram) as evidenced ay cr.e
existence and_use oc;

—  Established procedures for maintaining complete, acrt
    and up-to-date data on ail POTWs required to have
    approved local pretreatser.t programs;  The agency
    administering che precre.atne.nt. program (i.e., a??rov=
    State or EPA Region) is responsible for e-staoiisning
    and maintaining a complete inventory of all POTWs
    required to have approved local' precreaorient programs
    (previously approved and newly identified) consistent
    with the Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enfor
    ment Guidance.  Administering agencies should enter
    required data into PCS in a timely manner consistent
    with established orocedures..  The administering agency
    should also maintain up-to-date files on individual
    POTWs, and should have a rationale for add ing/dele tint;
    municipalities from the list of required local program
    Finally/ the administering agency should have a plan f
    completing and maintaining an inventory of all categor
    cal industrial users (lUs) and significant industrial
    users (SIUs) where there is no approved program, as
    resources allow.

—  Local pretreatment program data that are complete/
    accurate and up-to-date;  The Region is responsible  foi
    conducting periodic file audits to verify that each
    approved State is maintaining current files on POTWs
    with pretreatment programs (including required reports,
    inspection reports* audit findings, record of enforceme
    actions taken/ and documentation of assistance provided
    to resolve problems)/ and entering data into PCS consis
    tent with prescribed procedures; the Region should also
    conduct periodic audits in cases where an unapproved
    State is working with the Region in a partnership
    arrangement to carry out pretreatment program responsi-
    bilities.

Approval of sound local pretreatment programs and program
modifications as evidenced by the existence and use of;

—  Current process for completing approval of newly identi-
    fied pretreatment programs and for identifying/acting
    on existing local programs that need adjustments/refine-
    ments; The agency administering the pretreatment program
    (i.e./ approved States or EPA Regions) is responsible
    for maintaining a process for reviewing/approving/dis-
    approving newly required programs, as well as a process
    .for establishing priorities and taking action on program
    modifications/ as needed/ consistent with national
    "policy/ regulations and and guidance.  The process for
    reviewing existing local programs and for determining
    the need "for adjustments/refinements should emphasize

-------
                    further .isprovi.-.j Jasth tr.e basic cor.tral mechanisms
                    a.-.i r-e operational/enforcement aspects of tr.e p

                —  Aporoved/rsedifled local pretreatment oroiorares tha   _
                    adequate control mechanisms, as well as asorooriat  ~
                    mechanisms for monitoring compliance and carrying out
                    enforcement responsioilities:  The administering agenc
                    r.as tr.e responsisility to ensure tr.at its procedures i
                    program review/approval'modification result in sound,
                    enforceable local precreatnent programs.  Where a POTX
                    is newly identified,  the procedures sr.oulJ address tne
                    mod ification/reissuance of POTW permits to incorporate
                    1) a schedule for local program development;  and 2) an
                    approved local program and related conditons, includi
                    requirements for implementation and reporting.  Where
                    POTWs are newly identified as requiring a local pretre<
                    aene program* the review and aporoval process should b<
                    completed expeditiously.  As a general rule,  the admin.
                    tering agency should  work with the POTW to assist in
                    developing an approvaOle program submittal within one .-
                    of identification;  the review and approval process sho
                    be completed two to three months following submission.

                    Where existing programs need to be modified*  the admini
                    tering agency should  establish priorities based on a
                    sound rationale, and  should have a process for reviewia
                    local programs and determining whether local  programs
                    need to be adjusted/refined to incorporate: 1) new/
                    revised control mechanisms for significant industr:
                    users (SIUs) and enforceable local limits based on
                    headworks analysis and proper interpretation  of categor:
                    cal standards; 2) mechanisms to adequately monitor IU
                    effluent, to track and determine compliance rates for
                    SIUs; and 3) procedures for initiating appropriate
                    enforcement responses against lUs for noncompliance and
                    publishing the names  of significant violators.  The
                    administering agency  should conduct these comprehensive
                    reviews whenever a POTW's permit is reissued/modified,
                    and as needed.

        II.   Compliance Monitoring

             The EPA Regions and NPDES States must maintain records and
        develop  procedures for conducting accurate and reliable review and
        evaluation of permittee self-monitoring reports, as well  as inspec-
        tion  of  permittees.  The administering agency should assume primary
        responsibility for these activities.  These activities are essential
        to maintaining the overall integrity of the NPDES permit  program,
        and for  identifying instances of  noncompliance so that the adminis-
        tering agency can initiate appropriate and timely action  as needed.
        The administering agency should also have an established compliance
        monitoring program that incorporates the requirements of  the NPDES
        regulations,  as well as the appropriate principles and supporcin?
        attachments of tne-Enforcement Management System (EMS).
1(00

-------
     Evaluation and oversight of compliance nonicoring programs
should, se oase-3 3.-. zr.e following criteria:

      *  Timely receipt and review of accurate and complete self-
         monitoring reports* and maintenance of complete and accur
         records as evidenced 3y tr.e existence and use of;
                                    • f                    ' '
         — Essaslisned procedures and! tir.e frames far review of
            3MRs, and -••rntenance of complete and accurate data;
            The admin;,  ering agency snouii receive and review all
            Discharge Monitoring Reports OMRs) and POTW pretreac.ru
            program implementation reports for accuracy and complet
            ness/-and should assure that permittees are complying
            with their permit requirements (using PCS, where possio
            to automatically screen data).  The administering
            agency should enter all the Water Enforcement National
            Data Base (WENDB) data for major permittees (and a
            lesser amount for minor permittees) into PCS in a
            timely manner; DMR data should be entered within 30
            days of receipt of the DMR.  The administering agency
            may also enter data into PCS for minor permittees, as
            resources allow (see PCS Policy Statement for these
            requirements).  Response to nonreceipt or unacceptable
            DMRs should be consistent with the time frames in the
            regulation and the EMS; failure to submit or unacceptable
            DNRs within 30 days of the required date are instances
            of significant noncompliance for major permittees.

         — Data that are accurate, complete and up-to-date; The
            Region should verify that each .VPDES State is exercising
            its responsibilities properly through routine reviews
            of a random sample of DMRs and PCS entries during
            periodic audits of the State program.
                      V
      •   Maintenance of a reporting system that contains accurate,
         up-to-date, accessible information on current compliance
         status;

         — Established procedures and time frames for submittal of
            QNCRs and maintenance of data; The administering agency
            oust prepare and submit its Quarterly Noncompliance
            Reports (QNCRs) consistent with the requirements and
            tine frames in the NPDES regulation and national guidance.
            To the extent possible/ the administering agency should
            prepare the QNCR automatically by using DMR data and
            other data that are entered into PCS.

         — QNCRs and data systems that, are accurate, complete, and
            up-to-date;  The Region is responsible for verifying
            the accuracy and completeness of both the QNCRs and en*
            data in PCS.

-------
             Timely conduce of appropriate and effective ccnslianse
             :-5secc:;rs as ev:^e*;et ry tr.e'existence an* use "aT
             — Established procedures wit!".ir. t.*.e ar.nual alan-fo
                conducting compliance inspeetignst The administer^
                agency should have estaolisaed procedures far condu-t
                routine and special inspections as part of its annual
                Compliance Inspection Plan.  TI*.e plan and procedures
                snould oe consistent with tne most current SPA Csmali
                Inspection manual ar.i the N'PDES • Carrol:ance Inspection
                Strategy and Guidance* and should contain clear zrite
                for selecting candidates for the appropriate mix of
                routine and special compliance inspections (including
                pretreatment and sludge inspections, as appropriate).
              1  The procedures should also outline the basic requiremi
                and time frames for completing reports on inspection
                findings and for entering the data into PCS wherever
                possible.  The Region and State should agree in advanc
                to estaolish quarterly a list of facilities that are t
                be inspected (including joint and independent CPA and
                State inspections), and to assess the status of the
                annual plan at established intervals throughout the ye
                The Region should also agree to provide prior notice t
                the State before conducting joint or independent inspe
                tions, and to supply the State with at least semi-annu
                reports of its findings (mid-year and end-of-year)? th
                State should oe apprised of major proolems as soon as
                they are discovered.

             — Inspections that are conducted in an effective man.   .
                The administering agency is responsible for conducting
                sampling and analysis in the prescribed manner, complet
                ing the required reports on findings vichin establishec
                time frames, and for ensuring the entry of the data
                into PCS.  The Region should participate in an appro-
                priate number of joint inspections wich the State and
                maintain-an independent inspections program in order.tc
                carry out its enforcement and overview responsibili-
                ties, and should conduct periodic random audits of
                inspection reports and case files.  The administering
                agency is also responsible for taking proper action in
                cases where permittees fail to respond to OMR Quality
                Assurance (OA) requirements, and for initiating appro-
                priate follow-up to OMR OA test results.  NPOES States
                should specifically identify the need for the Region's
                assistance or support from EPA contractors, as well as
                the type and level of assistance required.

           Oversight of control authorities to ensure the adequacy of
           approved local programs and the effectiveness of local
           program implementation as evidenced by the existence and
           use  of:                                   .
i

-------
             Comprehensive program for assuring the adequacy and
             effectiveness of approved local programs; POTWs' act a
             the control a-icr.ority for most local ?r?treacnenc
             programs, and nave primary responsibility for complia,
             monitoring and enforcement activities.1*  Adniniscerir.c
             agencies should have procedures for carrying out a
             variety of periodic reviews designed to ensure that
             POTWs -have adequate local- programs' chat are oei'ng full
             and effectively implemented.  Oversight should include
             provisions for reviewing POTW reports, conducting
             routine and special inspections, and conducting period
             audits of control authorities.

         —  Local pretreatnent programs that are adequate and are
             being fully and effectively implemented:  To ensure
             that control authorities maintain adequate local pro-
             grams, and fully and effectively implement these pro-
             grams, the administering agency should: 1) conduct
             audits of each local program at least once in every 5
             years (20 percent per year), including an evaluation of
             whether local limits need to be revised and/or whether
             categorical standards are being properly interpreted to
             protect treatment works, prevent interference with
             sludge disposal, and protect receiving water quality
-             (including toxic organics, hazardous waste, metals, and
             conventional pollutants); 2) conduct, as part of regula
             NPOES inspections, annual p re treatment inspections of
             POTWs with approved local programs (except where an
             audit has been performed in the same year), including a
             sample of IUs in the POTW, to the extent that resources
             allow; 3) review monitoring reports- (consistent with
             the procedures and time frames in the Pretreatment Com-
             pliance Monitoring and Enforcement Guidance), including
             annual reports submitted by POTWs and semi-annual
             reports submitted by categorical users in areas without
             local programs, to: assess the adequacy of industrial
             waste surveys, local legal authorities (including
             interjurisdictional agreements) and local implementation
             mechanisms (e.g. permits, contracts, and/or local limits
             and to ensure that control authorities are conducting
            • timely and. appropriate review of required periodic
             reports, and are monitoring and enforcing consistent
             with their approved local programs.  The administering
             agency should also have a plan for inspecting significant
             industrial users where there is no approved local
             program, to the extent resources allow.

  ,                                 f
 III.   Enforcement Response
                                                                 (
      The CWA ($309) requires EPA or NPDES States to respond to
NPDES permit violations by initiating the appropriate enforcement
     Where States act as control authorities in lieu of local
     programs, they will be held to the -same standards of implemen-
     tation as local authorities and Regions will pay special
     attention to oversight of these programs.
                                                                   \ 15

-------
        action(s); the administering agency should assume arinary resocr
        biii'ty'for t.-.ese activities,  -r.frrrenertt response  involves 4
        series sf actions,'scare:.-; with cr.e initial reaction ta tr.el
        iication of a violation and ending with the discharger's ret
        full compliance and close-out of the action.

             NP9ES States should have compliance and enforcement .pr?cedu
        that are cor.s-ister.t with the Enforcement Management -System ;£.MS)
        Regions should fallow the procedures estaolisned tn tr.at system.
        These procedures include screening and assessing the significance
        of the initial violation, translating compliance information  incc
        the appropriate enforcement response in a timely manner, and  ente
        ing instances of nonconpliance into the permittee's permanent
        record.

             Evaluation and oversight of enforcement programs should  oe
        oased on the following criteria:       .      •

              •  Timely evaluation and appropriate initial  response to
                 identified violations as evidenced by the  existence  and
                 use ofi

                     Established ore-enforcement procedures that set  forth
                     criteria for evaluation and appropriate initial  respo
                     to identified violations: The administering agency
                     should have current pre-enforceme-nt procedures that
                     are consistent with the principles  in  the EMS.   The
                     procedures should include: a violations review prq
                     and criteria for screening OMRs to determine the
                     significance of the violation; procedures and tinu.
                     frames for applying appropriate initial response
                     options to identified violations; and  procedures and
                     time frames for maintaining a chronological summary of
                     all violations.

                     Enforcement responses that are timely  and appropriate;
                     The administering agency should: screen all OMRs from
                     permittees to determine the level and  frequency  of any
                     violation, and specifically evaluate instances of
                     non-compliance by major permittees and P.L. 92-500
                     minor permittees3 within an average of 30 days, from
                     the identification of a violation; determine the
                     appropriate response; and document any action taken/
                     not taken (including the technical reason).  The date
                     of identification of the violation  is  the point  at  ,
                     which the organization responsible  for compliance/
                     enforcement learns of the violation; an appropriate
                     initial response is one that results., in the violator -
                     returning to compliance as expeditiously as possible.
                     The Region should verify the timeliness and appropriate-
                     ness of a State's OMR evaluation and its initial
                     responses through periodic audits.   ;
        5.  Other minor permittees should ae evaluated  as  resources
\(cA-

-------
          Ti.mely and appropriate enforcement response, follow-uo
          and escalation until .-compliance is obtained as evidenced
          oy she the existence and jse'of:

          — Established enforcement response procedures chat are
             appropriate and timely;  The aJrunistsring agency
             should have current enforcement response procedures
             that are consistent with the £MS, as well"as an up-to-
             ^ate strategy for addressing instances of significant
             noncompliance consistent with national and State oriot
             ties.  The procedures should set forth: an analytical
             process for determining the appropriate level of
             action for specific categories of violations; procedur
             for preparing and maintaining accurate and complete
             documentation that can be used in future formal enforc
             nent actions; and time frames for escalating enforceme
             responses where the noncompliance has not been resolve<
             The administering agency should also have an analytica
             process for assessing penalties or equivalent sanction:
             in appropriate cases.

          — Enforcement actions (Administrative Orders and judicial
             actions) that are initiated in a timely fashion and
             contain clear and enforceable requirements; The adminis
             tering agency should oe aole to demonstrate that its
             enforcement procedures result in: appropriate initial
             and follow-up enforcement actions that are applied in a
             uniform, consistent and timely manner; formal enforceme
             actions (as defined by State agreements) that clearly
             define what the permittee is expected to do Dy a reason-
             able date certain; an assessment of a civil penalty (or
             equivalent sanction) as part of all civil judicial
             referrals, when appropriate, based on a consideration
             of established factors* and in an amount appropriate
6.  For States/ the determination of a civil penalty amount (or
    equivalent sanction) should be based on factors such as the
    seriousness of the vio'lation(s), any histcury of noncompliance,
    any good faith effort to comply with applicable requirements,
    the amount of economic benefit resulting from the violation, -
    the economic impact of the penalty on the violator, and such
    other factors as justice may require; the seriousness of a set
    of violations includes consideration of the harm or risk of
    harm posed to health or the environment by the violations, the
    amount by which effluent limits were exceeded, the violator's
    efforts to correct the problem, and the duration of the viola-
    tions.  Regions are expected to follow, the CWA Penalty Policy
    in calculating penalties for EPA cases.

    For States, examples of sanctions include: bans on new sewer
    connections,' bans on sewer usage; facility closure, and perm'it
   .revocation or suspension.  In defining the appropriate use of
    civil sanctions, the Region and State should consider whether
    the economic impact of the sanction is comparaole to a cash
    penalty; specific actions qualifying as equivalent sanctions
    should be defined in State/EPA enforcement agreements.,  Stat*/
    EPA agreeements should also oe used to deal with those special
   ; circumstances in which the only formal enforcement action the
    State can take is a judicial action.

-------
             to  r.-.e  violaticr:;  and  compilation  2*  complete'and.
             ace-rare  permanent records  t.-.at can oe  used  in S
             formal  enforcement actions.   In the case  of  najc
             permittees, by  the tine  a permittee  is  identifieu - ••
             the ONCR  and determined  to  be in significant nonco
             pliance based on  tne definition provided  in  Guidance
             the administering  agency is  expected  to have already
             initiated enforcement  action to achieve compliance.
             Prior to  a permittee appearing on  the suosequent. -3NCJ
             for trre sane instance  of sig-'ficant  noncompliance, :
             permittee should either  oe  in compliance  or  the  admin
             tering  agency should have taken formal  enforcement
             action  (generally  within 60  days of the first CNCR) t
             achieve final compliance.7   In the rare'circumstances
             where formal enforcement action is not  taken,  tne adm
             istering  agency is expected  to have a written record
             that clearly justifies why  the alternative action (i.»
             informal  enforcement action  or permit modification) w<
             more appropriate.   Audits will b*  used  to verify the
             timeliness and  appropriateness o:  an  administering
             agency's  enforcement actions, as well as  its consister
             application of  penalties/sanctions.

             Appropriate involvement  of  Regional Counsel/State
             Attorneys General  (or  other  appropriate government
             legal staff) to ensure legal support  for  national •
             enforcement priorities as evidenced ay  the exisTena
             and use of:

             —  Established  procedures for routine coordination and
                notification of proposed  enforcement actions,  as
                well as general time  frames from case  referral to
                filing; The  administering agency is  responsible for
                ensuring that  the Regional CounseK RO/Attorney
                General(AC)  is  consulted  on the annual judicial
                enforcement  commitments  the administering agency is
               making, and  for establishing workable  internal
                procedures for  notifying  and consulting with  the
               RC/AG  on individual cases arising  throughout  the
                year.  The Region and State should reach  a common
                understanding about the general timeframes from case
                referral to  filing.

             •- Coordination that results in timely  and appropriate
                action by the RC/AG;  The administering agency shoulrJ
               be able to demonstrate that its internal  coordination
               procedures with the RC/AG (or other  appropriate g
7.  A formal enforcement action  is defined  as. one  that  requires
    actions to achieve compliance, specifies  a timetable-,  contains.
    consequences for noncompliance that  are independently  enfor-re-
    aole without having to prove  the  original violation, and. s.:    '•
    the person to adverse legal  consequences  for noncompliance '
    Policy Framework of June 24,  1934, as -amended).   Specific act:  ;
    qualifying as appropriate will be defined in State/EPA enfor.••*--.--.
    •agreements.

-------
   ~.eri-. le^al staff)  result in: tineiy review of ir.it
   referral packages? satisfactory settiener.t of case
   as -appropriate; timely filing and prosecution of
   well-prepared referral cases; and prompt action
   where" jiscnar-jers violate csnse.it decrees.  As a
   general goal, EPA and State cases should proceed
   from referral to filing in 60 - 90 iays.

Effective integration of oretreatment enforcement
activities into the established NPDES program as evide
ced by the existence and use o.f;

-- Established enforcement response procedures that are
   appropriate and timely";  The administering agency
   should have enforcement response procedures that
   include initiating appropriate enforcement action
   where POTWs: fail to submit approvable pretreatment
   programs; have violations of NPDES effluent limita-
   tions; fail to implement approved pretreatment
   programs; or fail to submit or submit delinquent
   annual and other reports.  The administering agency
   should also have procedures for evaluating whether
   POTWs are initiating appropriate enforcement response
   to violations by lUs.  Where POTWs are not the
   primary control authorities, administering agencies
   are .directly responsible for naving these procedures
   in place for categorical and non-categorical indus-
   trial users.

•— Enforcement actions that are initiated in a timely
   manner;  The administering agency is expected to
   initiate enforcement action against permittees with
   pretreatment programs that are in significant noncom-
   pliance, which applies to: failure to meet milestones
   in enforceable schedules; violations of effluent
   limits; and delinquent POTW pretreatment. reports.
   Enforcement actions against these POTWs should be
   taken consistent with the criteria and timeframes
   for the NPOCS program.  Administering agencies
   should also report POTW noncompliance consistent
   with national guidance that defines how to determine
   whether POTWs are failing to adequately implement
   their pretreatment programs.  Administering agencies
   are expected to review the compliance status of
   these POTWs, and take appropriate follow-up actions,
   including inspections, audits, and enforcement
   against the most serious cases of noncompliance
   based on national guidance.  Administering agencies
   should ensure that POTWs provide, at least annually,
   for public notification of significant violations  in
   the largest daily newspaper published in  the munici-
   pality in which the POTW is located.  Also, where
   POTWs are not the primary control authorities,

-------
                adrtifuffterinr.  agencies sr.ouid  inmate appra
                enforcement  actions against  industrial user?l    j
                violating categorical standards  in accordanc   vi
                their enforcement response criteria and proced

            Timely and appropriate initial  resacnse and .enforcer
            follcw-up by 5?A  aecric-r.s ;s violations cy Federal
            facilities as evidenced sy tr.e  existence and use  of:

            —  Established  procedures that  include the aooroona
                use of the compliance agreement  process in lieu o
                administrative orders; The EPA Regions' should  use
                tne compliance agreement process in lieu of an
                administrative order as the  initial approach to
                resolving noncompliance with NPOES permit conditic
                by a Federal facility.*1  Where such an approach dc
                not result in  expeditious compliance, the Region
                should have  procedures for escalating the response
                wnich may^include issuance of a  Federal administra
                order, and,  thereafter, act  according to the docum
                •Resolution  of Compliance Problems at Federal  Faci
                ties* and the  Agency's Federal Facility Compliance
                Strategy.'   For violations constituting significan
                noncompliance, the timely and appropriate criteria
                for initiating action apply.  Where a State has be-
                approved to  administer the Federal facility por£.ior
                of the NPOES program,,the basic  enforcement re*
                bility rests with the State; these States shou
                have their own established terms and procedures . -r
                dealing with noncompliance by Federal facilities,
                and should use their authorities in the same manner
                and to the same extent as any nongovernmental  entit
                (CWA $313(a)).

            —  Compliance agreements that are concluded in a  timel-
                m*nn*r and result in expeditious resolution of the
                noncompliance;  The Region should be able to demon-
                strate that  it uses the established compliance
                agreement process in a manner that resolves non-
                compliance expeditious ly.  Where agreement cannot be
                reached in a timely manner or does not result  in
                expeditious  compliance, the  Region should be able to
                demonstrate  that it escalates its response in  a
                timely and effective manner  consistent with the
                Agency's Federal Facility Compliance Strategy.
                State response to instances  of noncompliance by
                Federal facilities should be evaluated based on the
                terms and procedures set out,in  the State/EPA  enforce
                ment agreement.
8.  A Federal facility compliance  agreement  counts  as  a  formal
    enforcement action in  tne SP.MS system.

9. .An Agency workgroup has made final  recommendations on  an
   'Agency Federal Facility Compliance  Strategy,  which will serve
    as the basis for revising the  Yellow  Book..          '

-------
OVEPAL1 PROGRAM ALTH.CRI7ZSS AND MANAGEMENT
     Under 5S402(c)(2) ^and 304(i)(2) of the CWA, EPA has the oMI-
tion to ensure that approved NPDES State programs continue to nee:
minimum statutory and regulatory provisions in tens of legal
authority, procedures, funding, resources and personnel qualifica-
tions.  In addition, £?A has a responsioility to examine State NP3
programs periodically to assess their demonstrated progress in
carrying out the basic goals and oojectives of the Clean Water Act
and in achieving results.

     Evaluation and oversight for overall -program management shoulc
be based on the following criteria:

      •  Adequate statutory and regulatory authority to administer
         the Federal NPDES program t  The Region should ensure that,
         in accordance with the CWA and the NPDES regulations (40
         C.F.R. $123. 62(e)), approved State programs are revised as
         necessary to reflect changes to Federal statutory and
         regulatory requirements, and that modifications to approve*
         State programs conform to the NPDES regulations.  Any modi-
         fications to approved programs that are needed as a result
         of changes to Federal legal requirements must be completed
         within one year of promulgation of the changed Federal
         requirements when changes to State regulation(s) are needec
         and within two years when changes to State statute(s) are
         needed.  In addition, any proposed revisions to any State
         legal authorities must be submitted to EPA for review and
         approval.

         The Region is responsible for assessing each approved
         State's statutory and regulatory authority, as well as the
         adequacy of its funding and staff qualifications to admin-
         ister the NPDES program, and for initiating appropriate
         and timely follow-up action as needed when deficiencies are
         identified.  In order to ensure the required degree of
         Federal/State program consistency, the Region should
         complete review of the statutory and regulatory authority
         for all NPDCS State programs whenever major State or
         Federal statutory or regulatory changes have been enacted.
         To the extant possible, Regions will conduct these State
         reviews after the State's self-evaluation of its legal
         authorities has been received; however, receipt of the State'
         self-evaluation is not a prerequisite to EPA review of
         legal authorities where a State's legal authority has
         already been identified as deficient.  Regions should
         promptly notify the State of the need for. corrective
         action.  The State should correct any deficiencies identi-
         fied in its self analysis or identified by EPA.  In addi-
         tion,  the Regions should consider program withdrawal
         proceedings or sanctions provided for by the "Policy on
         Performance-Based Assistance" in appropriate cases where
         NPDES State has failed to request authorization for the

-------
sretreat-e-.t rsro^rr*.  3e-;i3-.s  -ill  also continue to wot
v:tn  :t-.*r States to ora— ate  fjil ';?0£5 arorjran
Demonstrated ability to set program priorities and
carry oue tf.e .VPDES program in  an effective nanr.er;

In addition to •svatjaein;  the 'administering agency's
performance in carryi-.g ojt its operational responsibil i
as set fort.i earlier n this jui lance,  the agency's aver
effectiveness shoul* 2e assessed sased  ?n  its  lemonstrac
progress towards ac.ni«v:n
-------
             estaolvsrnent  of  local  limits,  and  appropriate  complin:
             .-non i cor ing .and enforcement  activities.  The overall
             adequacy of  local programs  and  pretreatnent-related
             conditions in municipal permits  should'be evaluated,
             including: an on-site audit, no  later  than one  year
             after  local  program approval and at  the tine  of perr.it
             reissuance thereafter;  review of reports: ;or.djct  of
             inspections: and other  activities as necessary.  Where
             an MPDES State does not yet have the authority  to
             administer the pretreatment program, the State  should
             be evaluated aased on its performance  of those  activiti
             for which it has agreed to  assume a  responsibility prio
             to program approval.                      .

             Demonstrated ability to initiate appropriate  and timely
             enforcement  actions against noncompliers: The adminis-
             tering agency's enforcement program  should be assessed
             based  on its performance in taking appropriate  and
             timely enforcement responses, especially against permit-
             tees that are  in significant noncompliance and  against
             municipalities that are not in compliance with  the
             requirements of the CWA consistent with the National
             Municipal Policy (NMP).  AS a general  goal, the adminis-
             tering agency should strive to take  appropriate formal
             enforcement  responses against 100 percent of  its signi-
             ficant noncompliers before  they appear on two consecutiv
             QNCRs  for the same violation (generally within  60  days
             of the first ONCR with  identified SNC  violations)  if
             the permittee has not returned  to compliance.   All
             other  instances of noncompliance should be addressed
             consistent with the procedures and  time frames  in  the
             administering agency's EMS.

             Demonstrated progress in achieving high or improving
             rates  of continuing compliance;  The administering
             agency's compliance and enforcement  efforts should be
            .assessed based on its historical compliance trends in
             terns  of the percentage of  permittees  in significant
             noncompliance.  Annual goals should  be set on a case-
             by-case basis* and should be based  on  the administaring
             agency's current compliance rate plus  a percentage
             improvement.  Where the administering  agency  is below  the
             goal,  it should develop an  achievable  plan for  making
             progress towards the goal over a reasonable period of
             time.
PROCESS FOR CONDUCTING OVERSIGHT OF STATE NPDES  PROGRAMS

     Based upon-the general criteria outlined  in this document,  as
well as the specific annual goals and  priorities in  the Annual
Agency Operating Guidance, the Regions and States  should  negotiate
individual agreements tnat clearly define performance expectations

-------
        for  the N*?3£S sr^ran, as well  as  the  respective  roles  and
        s:l:t:4S  -f  r.-.e Segisr. ani  rr*.e  State  in  administering  the %'P|
        srcgram.  These .-say ae separate agreements  setween  t.-.e  Regio   ,i.
        State, and/or part of the overall  $106 work program or  State/J^N
        agreement processes.  Zn either case,  the agreement should  ref  ,<
        tne  principles of the "Policy on Performance-aased  Assistance"
        issued on *ay 31, 1935 by the Administrator,  ar.J  tr.e Office of
        Water F-ndi.-.g Policy in the Annual Agency Jseratinc Guidance.

            .The agreements should/ contain requirements for key outputs,
        wftich the Region should review  periodically aased on the specific
        arrangements contained in the agreements.   The Region should supp
        the  State with written reports'of  its  review findings,  and  should
        make specific recommendations and  suggestions for program improve
        ments; the Region should discuss major problems witn the State  as
        soon as they are discovered.  In addition.  States should have the
        opportunity  to evaluate the Region's performance  in providing
        assistance and meeting commitments.  These  evaluations  can  coincic
        with regular Regional evaluations  of States,  and  should be  circuit
        to program offices as well.

            The Region should tailor the  level  and the frequency of its
        review to the State's overall performance in each specific  program
        area.  States that have consistently demonstrated their ability to
        adhere to or to exceed national program  goals and priorities and t
        meet or to exceed national performance expectations may be  reviewe
        less frequently and/or less extensively; other States may receire
        more frequent and/or more detailed reviews  by the Region,   wne-l
        State exhibits .continued poor performance,  the Region should rtu
        recommendations for changes and should ta'ke other action?s)  as
        appropriate.i0  The criteria and goals in the earlier sections  of
        this guidance provide the Region with  a  general baseline for deter-
        mining the proper level and frequency  of oversight  of a State NPDES
        program.

            The Region should conduct  a comprehensive assessment of the
        operational elements of each State NPDCS program  at least once  a
        year prior to the Office of Water mid-year  evaluation.  This revie-
        may  be a summary of eh* results of the periodic program evaluations
        that were performed during the  year, and should provide the State
        with an opportunity to explain  its activities and progress  in areas
        of its NPDCS program that are not directly  related  to national  or
        Regional goals and priorities.  At the conclusion of the annual
        review, th« Region should supply the State  with a written report
        that outlines the State's accomplishments and areas where improvemen
        is needed, as well as any agreements that were reached  on resolving
       problems that were identified during the review.
       10. See the "Revised Policy Framework
\ i L^"

-------
PROCESS FOR .VOrirrCATICN'/CCN'S-JLTATrCX A.VD CRITERIA FOR DIRECT
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT

     Under State delegation, EPA has the right to initiate an
enforcement action in a State, -and is required by the Clean Water
Act, as amended in 1937, to^ notify a State prior to E?A assessment
of administrative penalties.  The Region and State should have a
process for notice and consultation with tr.e State prior to initia
ing direct EPA enforcement action.  The process should include a
discussion between the Region and State with respect to the circun
stances surrounding the specific noncompliance situation and the
appropriate enforcement response.  Such procedures can be used to
handle Federal facilities violations where the State'might need
EPA's assistance in resolving the noncompliance.  Attachment A is a
generic outline for a process that Regions and States might use for
consulting and coordinating State/EPA enforcement activities,
including determining when to initiate Federal enforcement action.
This process should also be used in situations in which EPA plans
to assess administrative penalties.

     Using this advance consultation process, there will often be
cases where the Region and the State reach mutual agreement that
Federal action is more appropriate or that the State faces an
unusually large caseload.  EPA may also initiate direct Federal
enforcement action where the Region determines that Federal action
is necessary because the case meets any of the following criteria:
legal precedent under national environmental law(s), unresolved
interstate issue(s), or violation(s) of an EPA order or consent
decree; where a Region determines a State has failed to initiate
timely and appropriate formal enforcement action (as prescribed
earlier in this guidance); and/or where a Region determines that a
State has obtained a grossly deficient penalty or sanction-under
the circumstances of a given case.

     In all instances, the Region will adhere to the established
process for advance notice and consultation with the State.  The
discussion should include the option of the Region issuing a Notice
of Violation (NOV) to the permittee and the State indicating its
intent to institute formal enforcement action in 30 days if the
State fails to properly enforce and the source fails to return to
compliance, or the option of foregoing the NOV process in  favor of
immediate EPA action against the permittee.  This should be done in
accordance with State delegation agreements and Memoranda  of Under-
standing*

-------

-------
                                                     ATTACHMENT A
                              MODEL-

             SIGNIFICANT NONC2MPLIANCE ACTION PROGRAM
                              (SNAP)

                   MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
PURPOSE:
SCOPE:
PROCESS,
SCHEDULING
AND LOCATION;
PREPARATION:
To provide for routine consultation and coordination
of EPA/State enforcement activities, and for EPA
oversight of the State's compliance and enforcement
programs.

The QNCR, furnished by the NPDES State in accordance
with Federal regulations, will serve as one of the
basic mechanisms for coordinating and overseeing
activates involving major permittees.  Supplementary
compliance information on P.L. 92-500 minor permittees
will be submitted in accordance with written policy
and guidance from EPA Headquarters (SPMS and OWEG).

At least once each quarter, EPA and the State will
discuss the status of all permittees that appear on
the ONCR or supplementary submittal.  The discussion
should take the form of a meeting wherever possible.
[Note: a conference call may be substituted where
distances are prohibitive).  The meeting will take
place on the work day closest to exactly four weeks
prior to the stipulated State submission date for
the next ONCR.  The location of the meeting will
alternate between EPA and a State office.

EPA Regional staff will review the state QNCR, which
must be prepared and submitted in accordance with
Federal Regulations and written policy guidance from
EPA Headquarters.  EPA Regional staff will also
review supplementary compliance information on minor
permittees, which should be prepared and submitted
in accordance with EPA guidance and policy.

Six weeks prior to the meeting, EPA-will formally
transmit to the State its detailed comments regarding
items that appeared on the State's preceding QNCR.
EPA's comments should include:  the permittee(s) in
question; the State action(s) in question; and the
recommended action to be taken by the State and/or EPA.

-------
PREPARATION:  Three weeks sriar co the meetir?. the State wiJLL
•'csnt.j       furnisn a response to EPA's list of concerns,
              including the State's action to obtain the
              permittee's compliance.
                         i    •'             "
              Two weeks prior to the .-neeting, the lead individual
              from.SPA and the State will agree on, the list cf
              permittees that will oe discussed.  The list will
              include tnose permittees from the preceding step
              that EPA wants to discuss at greater length, as
              well as cases where the State is seeking Federal
              intervention.

              At least one week prior to the meeting, £?A will
              prepare the agenda and forward it to the State's
              lead individual.

GROUND RULES: It is understood that no permittee should remain
              in noncompliance for the same violation on two
   ,           consecutive QNCRs without: 1)  being returned to
              compliance: or 2) taking formal enforcement action
              directed at obtaining sustained compliance.

              Discussion of a permittee's noncompliance does not
              constitute an action to cause compliance.  The
              discussion must result in a conclusive, mutual
              understanding by EPA and the State of the formal
              actions that will be taken ay a date certain to
              oring about compliance and/or to penalize the
              recalcitrant permittee.

              Prior to the meeting, all permittees that appear on
              the ONCR will De addressed in the State's own
              compliance strategy/tracking system through the
              following procedure or one similar to it:

              — The State must hold preliminary meeting(s) with
                 its field offices (if any)  to define, clearly
                 and concisely* the State's strategy for achieving
                 compliance on a case-by-case basis.  The strategy
                 will include a description of the individual
                 permittee, the nature of the violation, and the
                 State's plan for handling each violation.  It
                 will be forwarded to EPA.

              — During the meeting(s), ample time must be allotted
                 for a full, constructive discussion and disposi-
                 tion of all agenda items.

             —As a result of the discussion, the State may
                 adjust the compliance strategies.  Any modifica-
                 tions will require consultation with the State's
                 field offices (if any).  In such cases, the Sc
                 will forward the amended, strategies to EPA.

-------
 'cone)
PARTICIPANTS:
MINUTES:
The ccrjr.on gcal cf  all  parties  is  to  cause permittee
to achieve prompt and sustained compliance."  There
may oe cases where  it is  impossisle"for  SPA  to agree
with  the State's actions  to achieve this jsal.   in
cases where agreement cannot oe reached,  both E?A ar.
the State should avoid  extended deoate and should
clearly define the  actions that each  party intends
to taice.  Discussion should then -rove" to the re.-naini.
items on the agenda.

Where there are significant differences  of opinion,
EPA and the State should  present the  divergent view-
points to their respective Directors  immediately
following the meeting.  The Directors will ultimately
decide the actions  to oe  taken  by  their  respective
Divisions and* as appropriate,  will discuss  with
each other the decisions.*

The lead participants will be the  Chief/Director
from the appropriate Branches in the  EPA and State
offices.  It is essential that  the same  individual
participates in all four meetings  held each  year
because commitments are made at the meetings. Other
individuals may be asked  to participate  based upon
the specific issues to  be discussed at the meeting/
(technical expertise, Construction Grants, etc.);
EPA and State legal staff may also participate.
The exact participants  will be  determined when the
agenda is finalized.

The State will provide  the minutes to the EPA lead
individual within .two weeks after  the. meeting.
EPA must submit its detailed comments (if any)
within one week; if ho  comments are submitted with-
in the allotted time, the minutes  will be considered
final.  The minutes will describe  the actions that
EPA and/or the State expect to  take,  including
independent EPA action  such as  issuance  of either
NOVs or AOs.  For the sake of brevity, the minutes
can reference the submittals received prior  to the
meeting.
Director
State Water Program Office
                           Director
                           Water'Management Division,
                           U.S.EPA, 'Region
*  Decisions should be escalated  to  the Division Directors as  the
   exception rather than the rule.

-------

-------
                                                                       1.8,
i  "Action Plan on Pollution Prevention", dated April 13, 1989.

-------

-------
      UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     WASHINGTON. O.C. 20460
                            APR I3B89
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  Action Plan en Pollution Prevention
          and Enforcement

FROM:     Edward E. Reich
          Acting Assistant Administrator

TO:       Linda J. Fishar
          Assistant Administrator for
           Policy, Planning and Evaluation

     Attached is the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring *s Action Plan for Pollution Prevention.  It shows how
OECM plans to incorporate pollution prevention goals into
enforcement program implementation.  A draft action plan was
reviewed by the Regions and Headquarters program offices.  This
plan reflects their comments.  The plan encompasses four areas:
environmental auditing, enforcement settlement agreements,
vigorous enforcement of existing lavs and the use of compliance
inspections to disseminate information on pollution prevention. A
further proposal to use compliance inspectors to affirmatively
identify pollution prevention opportunities specific to
individual sources — drew little support and raised significant
     We look forward to working with your staff to develop the
Agency-vide Strategy on Pollution Prevention.  If you have
questions, please call Cheryl Wasserman, Acting Director,
Enforcement Policy Division on 383-7550 or EMAIL EPA2381.

Attachment     •     '*

cc:  Associate Enforcement Counsels
     Headquarters Compliance Program Directors
     Acting Director, HEZC
     Regional Enforcement Contacts

-------
              POLX2JTXQN jrius vAiTUCui • AHD KHFORCEKERT

             Action Flan to Fester Two Agency Goals

     This paper describes the relationship between two iaportant
Agency goals: preventing pollution and achieving high levels of
coaplianca with environmental requirements.  It identifies
specific  actions to realize the mutual benefits of both goals.
o  Compliance and enforcement strategies seek compliance with
specific performance or operating standards.  The key ingredients
of the compliance goal  are: 1) specific legal requirements that
define acceptable performance; 2) a determination of compliance
status against those requirements j 3) legal consequences for
violations; and 4) enforceable action plans to permanently
correct underlying compliance problems.

o  In contrast, the pollution prevention goal as defined by the
Agency transcends existing legal requirements.  Sources are
encouraged to reduce volumes of waste, waste streams, effluent,
emissions  or pollutants at their source, whether or not subject
to specific requirements, and to'reuse wastes to minimize the
adverse environmental consequences of treatment and disposal.

o  Compliance and enforcement strategies always seek to "prevent
pollution* in the broadest sense of the term but not necessarily
in the specific meaning of the term as now employed by EPA..
Enforcement deters violations i.e., •excessive" pollution, and
encourages reduced levels of pollution to avoid exceeding limits.
In the extreme, it may  remove from business operations repeat
violators  by resulting  in denial of permits or demanding plant
shut down. In most cases, this also means that in an effort to
avoid violations, sources of pollution are encouraged to
eliminate  or keep emissions or effluent well below that required
to comply.  Moreover, if treatment of pollutants in order to
comply with standards is sufficiently costly, it will drive
pollution  reduction for economic reasons, but only if such
requirements are stringently enforced.

Unless specifically mandated, however, regulated entities are
completely responsible  for their choice as to how they will
comply with requirements*  This empowers the regulatee either to
utilise the traditional ".end of pipe* control to reduce
emissions  or effluent after they are generated or to change
processes  to reduce levels of pollution at the outset.
Enforcement settlements and orders cannot unilaterally introduce
requirements and restrictions on the means of compliance that
were not otherwise set  forth in the original requirements.
Therefore, as a general rule, if a process or technology is
preferable from a pollution prevention standpoint, as well es
economically feasible,  it is better to establish it as a norm in

-------
                      . .  .      -2-.    '

the regulatory setting than to rely on ease-by-ease enforcement
to realize  its potential.

BOW DO THESE GOJU2 REIATE?

1- Strong,  credible enforcement of eni sting laws is essential to
encourage pollution  prevention

The greatest incentive to action by public and private entities
to reduce or eliminate pollution stems from a concern over
liability, both now  and  in the future, personal and corporate,
for the consequences of  pollution generated.

Further, the expectation of fairness, that competitors will be
made to comply, is essential to support those who choose to make
investments  in pollution prevention as a means of achieving
compliance or  of avoiding future environmental problems.  The
literature is  replete with ease studies of those who step out in
an innovative  way only to be undermined by those who flaunt the
law.                                                     •

2- Pollution prevention  today can mean reduced need for
Zn the extreme, if discharges are eliminated or reduced to well
below otherwise acceptable levels, there would be minimal need
for a major compliance monitoring and enforcement effort around
these discharges.  Further, if wastes are reused or not
generated in the first place (and thus not disposed of), there
would be less need for future after-the-fact "Superfund-type"
enforcement to address disposal practices which we have not yet
recognized as harmful. Zn this sense, the pollution that is
prevented today, can indeed mean reduced need for enforcement
3-  The compliance and pollution prevention goals fundamentally
reinforce each other; however there may be isolated examples of
conflicting short run strategies:

o  The time allotted to legally come into compliance or the need
to expeditiously remedy violations may not be sufficient to
develop and implement pollution prevention alternatives.

o  Incomplete environmental solutions proposed in the name of
pollution prevention may actually shift the burden from one
medium or forum to another, complicating enforcement.

o  End-of-pipe controls may sometimes be easier to monitor for
compliance than pollution prevention alternatives.

-------
                              -3-

Howevar,  these conflicts can be illusory, .and efforts to achieve
both goals ara usually reinforcing. Further, thay can ba avoidad
or raducad with aore caraful planning aarly in tha ragulatory
process.  Attachment II is an example of this interplay.
 WHAT CAN Bp*y*i**'|ff* """ DO TO frvg'j'nrt FOUDTXON V
 1- Use ongoing coaplianca promotion initiatives in environmental
 auditing and environmental aanageaent as vail as enhanced
 outraach vithin compliance strategies to proaota pollution
 prevention

      a*  EPA's Policy stateaent on Environmental Auditing
 promotes this voluntary practice vithin tha regulated community
 to prevent compliance probleas, promptly correct thea, ensure
 sound •anagaaant practicas and reduce risks of environmental harm
 generally. Outreach activitias to promote these practicas vill
 continue and be strengthened.  (See Attachment 12)

      b*  Compliance strategies ara developed at tha time a
 regulation is promulgated and include promotional activities as
 veil  as plans for coaplianca aonitoring and enforcement when
 the rules become affective.  Early development and dissemination
 of information on pollution prevention alternatives is key to
 ensure the regulated  community can aaka informed choices about
 means of coming into  compliance.  OECM vill work with the program
 offices to factor these activities into compliance strategies, in
 coordination with tha States, vhare appropriate.

 2- Encourage ^pollution pravantion through enforeeaant settlement


 Given tha importance  in tha long term of establishing approaches
 to pollution control  which ultimately prevents pollution at its
 source,  the Office  of Enforeeaant and Compliance Monitoring along
 with  tha prograa officas vill carefully review currant policy and
 practice to assess  where there ara any impediments to pollution
 pravantion that ara otherwise unnecessary to preserving a strong .
 and affective anf orcaaant prograa.                   .

 Although anf orcaaant  aust closely track agency requirements,
 there ara opportunities for enforceaent negotiations to better
 accommodate pollution prevention approaches for sources to return
 to compliance,  and  for these settlement agreements to introduce
 creative conditions which can further pollution prevention goals.
 These opportunities most take into account overriding concerns
 for preserving both tha deterrent affect of anf orcaaant actions
 as vail  as elementa of fairness and equity la tha extant to which
 pollution prevention  conditions related to tha legitimate
 environmental concerns of enforcement officials.  Attachment 13
presents the charge of a new agency workgroup which vill draft
multi-media guidance  for addressing these issues.  Interim

-------
guidance will be available by the and of the fiscal year.
Following several regional pilots, the guidance will be
finalized.

Program-specif ie guidance may also be developed to implement
these principles.  Programs are generally encouraged to develop
thsir own guidance but OEGM vill work with tham to ensure
consistsnt application of overall enforcement principles that are
in place and are being articulated through the umbrella policy
workgroup.  These approaches will then be fostered among State
officials.

3- Provide the incentive for pollution prevention by continuing
to enforce existing requirements vigorously

There are numerous examples of how traditional enforcement
provides incentives for pollution prevention, some of which are
highlighted in Attachment 14.  pollution prevention will be
enhanced through continued efforts to strengthen enforcement and
to better communicate the adverse consequences of non-compliance.

4- Use compliance inspectors to disseminate information in the
field on pollution prevention

OECM will support proposals for field personnel to be used to
disseminate information on pollution prevention to facility
managers, which refer to other sources of expertise and technical
assistance.  A full discussion of this issue is included in
Attachment |5.

Consideration also was given to using agency compliance
inspectors to identify pollution prevention opportunities in the
field.   This proposal has proven to be highly controversial and
will not be included in the action plan at this time.  Those
strongly opposed to this approach cite a confusion of roles.
Those who support it identify a need for extensive training
before agency inspectors would be in a credible position to offer
such advice.
****************************************************************

Each of these areas is explored more fully in the attached
discussion pieces and action summaries: Attachments 12-5.

-------
 ATTACHMENT f1


 INTERPLAY BETWEEN ENFORCEMENT AND POLLUTION PREVENTION COALS

 An illustration of how these  relationships play out in practice
 is the development and implementation of low solvant technology.
 EPA has.encouraged the use of water based inks  and paints, for
 compliance with air quality standards, in place of high solvant
 inks and  paints, which require capture and incineration of
 volatila  organic compounds.

 Pull substitution of water based  paints and inks for high solvant
 paints and inks would  enhance compliance with air pollution laws.
 There  could ba reduced need for continuous monitoring, record
 keeping,  and inspection presence.  As long as high solvant paints
 and inks  are used, there is a naad for end-of-pipe control,
 eaptura and destruction of volatila organic emissions through
 incineration, and this requires continued monitoring,
 surveillance and enforcement  action for inadequate capture and
 destruction efficiencies.  Adoption of water based paints and
 inks also could reduce the need for enforcement oversight of
 disposal  of used solvents.

 However,  the industry-  was slow to respond to the pollution
 prevention alternative to incineration.  Despite ample time to .
 develop competitive processes if  they had started right away to
 invest in these alternatives, industry ran out  of time to comply.
 Perceptions of lax enforcement, concern that the technology would
 lead to inferior product, and that competitors  would get away
 with BO action,  led to a wait and see attitude.  It was only
 after  vigorous enforcement, forcing either incineration, water
 based  inks, or a combination  of both, that progress in applying
 pollution prevention approaches proceeded at a  rapid pace.  In
 this regard,  enforcement practices at first delayed and than
 enhanced  pollution prevention.  In forcing industry's hand, and
 not allowing more time to develop the alternative technologies,
 enforcement was also foreclosing  pollution prevention by those
 who opted for the incineration option given time constraints.

 Further,  because the pollution prevention option is not yet as
 wall developed as it might ba, many chose to comply with a
 complicated arrangement combining both high and low solvent inks
 in production lias averaging  schemes.  This introduced new
 wrinkles  in compliance monitoring and enforcement requiring a
 recordkeeping and compliance  trail for use of specified paints
 and inks.

 Do the two goals therefore conflict?  While seemingly more
 complex for instantaneously assessing compliance, the pollution
prevention alternative probably facilitates continuing
 compliance.   It is far easier to  review records for an accurate
portrayal  of  behavior  over extended periods of  time than

-------
                            -2-

to attempt to  demonstrate the capture and destruction efficiency
of an incinerator'• operation over time, between inspections.

At the  sama time,  this mixed approach,  using both water  based
paints and incineration,  allows  industry to become more familiar
with  the  water   based  alternatives   and  to  perfect  their
application to more specialized customer needs.

In this  instance,  the  pollution prevention goal seemed on  its
face to make enforcement more complex and  enforcement seemed to
shut of f pollution prevention options but, it is more likely that
these efforts  will reinforce each other in the  long run. As  the
technology develops, spurred on by vigorous enforcement, its full
use holds the  potential for significantly reducing the need  for
compliance monitoring and enforcement.

Clearly, promoting compliance and pollution prevention can
sometimes appear to be a careful balancing act, but one that is
easier to perform if it is remembered that the ultimate gains are
best served by seeking to achieve both goals.

Finally, as one cautionary note, in assessing the environmental
benefits of proposals to prevent pollution at its source, the
Agency must take into account compliance behavior and difficulty
of enforcement.    If reductions of  pollutant discharges,  emis-
sions, or wastes leads to smaller, more numerous sources EPA must
weigh the problems  of  monitoring and  disposal  against current
practice to truly assess the benefits of the practice.

-------
 ATTACHMENT f 2     ENVXROHXENTAL AUDITING
                                            /
 Use ongoing compliance promotion initiativaa  IB environmental
 auditing and environmental management to promote pollution
 prevention

      Ongoing agency initiative* promote environmental  auditing
 and sound management praetieaa.  They serve to aolieit the
 attention and commitment of aanior management in public and
 private aactor organization to identify and  take appropriate
 action both to improve compliance and to addraaa anvironaantal
 riek generally.  The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
 Monitoring, in cooperation with tha  Office of Policy,  Planning
 and Evaluation co-authored the agency's Policy Statement on
 Environmental Auditing, published in tha Federal Register.  July
 9,  1984 (51 lit 25004).  Thia policy  doaa several thing*.  In
 particular, it:

       ->  Encourages environmental auditing as an affective,
          independent, systematic,  periodic and objective review
        •  of plant operationa and procedurea to assaaa
          management systems, compliance statua,  riak reduction
          potential or any combination of these.
          Auditing is considered an augmentation of and not  a
          substitute for ongoing environmental management,
          monitoring,  reporting and racordkeeping obligations.
       •  Defines the general elements of an affective  auditing
          program;
       -  Respects the importance of  carrying  out self-evaluations
          with some degree of privacy,  clarifying when  EPA may or
          may not request  audit information.
       •  Of fare no reduced enforcement presence as a quid pro quo
          for conducting audits and explains that continued  EPA
          inspection end enforcement  is aasential to maintain the
          incentive to audit.
       -  Establishes agency policy to introduce environmental
          auditing proviaiona in consent decrees and orders with
          firms which evidence repeated patterns of violation, due
          at least in part to management failure,  or where the
          violationa are likely to occur aimilarly at other
          facilities owned and operated' by the violator.

 Before and since the issuance of the policy,  both offices and the
 Office of Federal Activities have been actively involved in
 promoting the use of environmental auditing by regulated entities
 both to anticipate environmental compliance, and other  problems
 related to general environmental risk exposure.   In addition,
 OPPE is in tha process of documenting broader environmental
management praetieaa e.g.  corporate  policies,  of leading industry
programs.

Activities fall into three categories;                        '
     • a)  Outreach.
         -  Speeches are regularly given by OEO(/OPPE/OFA on the
            policy,  encouraging these practices;
         -  technical  assistance is provided in the form of  case
            studies, protocols and bibliographies distributed
            on  request (recently waate minimization assessment
            guidance was added to these materials) i

-------
                                •2-
        -  OPA is preparing audit guidance for federal agencies
        •  OECM plans to strengthen the network in the Regions of
           individuals capable of providing information on
           environmental auditing; and
        •  OECM and OPPE have active representatives on the
           Environmental Auditing ftoundtable,  an industry group
           dedicated to promoting auditing as  a profession.

     b)  Development of Auditing Guidance for  Municipalities

        -  Municipalities are a last frontier  for auditing and
           ripe for its application given compliance pressures on
           city and county governments.  We are aware of  only one
           municipal auditing program at present.  In response to
           interest expressed by this community,  OECM and OPPE are
           developing an initiative this year  to promote  auditing
           practices tailored to this group and its environmental
      c)  Conditions in Enforcement  Settlements:

       -  In Hoveaber, 1986 OECM issued guidance on the
          • inclusion of environmental  auditing provisions in
           enforcement settlements.  Since that time, numerous
           orders and decrees have  introduced audit applications.

           This guidance indicated  that EPA's policy is to settle
           its  judicial and administrative enforcement cases only
           where violators can assure  the Agency that their
           noncompliance will be  corrected.   This assurance may,
           in part,  take the form of a party's commitment to
           conduct an environmental audit.
          EPA reserves the right to review audit-related
          documents required as  part of an enforcement
          settlement agreement*  but usually oversight entails
          some form of self certification, review of findings
          and/or a management plan pursuant to an'enforceable
          schedu19.

          A violator *s commitment  to conduct an audit is one of
          several  actions that can be required to remedy
          BOHpffs.pl ianoe or,  ^** c^rtalTi  ^ir^^Bstanc^s, may be a
          basis for reduced penalties*  This element is discussed
          further  in Attachment  fa.


ACTZOHSt 1) Continue and  enhance outreach  efforts, emphasizing
new Interest  in pollution prevention; 2) undertake municipal
project; 3) strengthen use of compliance and management-related .
audit conditions.in settlements; and 4) explore use of waste
minimisation  audit conditions in settlements under workgroup
described in  Attachment 13.

-------
 ATTACHMENT I3
                                       CONDITIONS
 Encourage Pollution Prevention through Enforcement
 Settlements Condition*

      Just as environmental auditing conditions related to
 compliance and/or management audits may be apprbpriata to
 introduea in anforeamant settlement negotiation*  aa  dascribad in
 Attachment 12,  so may othar  maans of  aneouraging  pollution
 pravantion.  Two EPA Ragions hava expressed interest in
 exploring, with OECM and tha Offiea of Pollution  Pravantion,  what
 pollution pravantion tarms and conditions  may ba  appropriata  in
 anforeamant sattlamant negotiations.   In general,  pollution
 pravantion activities may ba appropriata if they:

        Correct  tha underlying  violation
                                                 ;
        For example, if treatment capacity  is  exceeded, instead of
        agreeing to build additional capacity  on a schedule,
        tha source and agency might  agree to a: schedule to reduce
        pollution generation  to tha  levels  which can  at least  be
                ited with currant treatment or control capacity.
        Zn such
           tliai
, pollution prevention is the means
bodied in the agreement.
of
    -   Provide evidence of good faith efforts to comply,
        warranting penalty mitigation.

        Good faith is a factor which certain enforcement penalty
        policies recognise as  a potential reason for downward
        adjustments in penalty assessments:  This is the basis in
        the environmental  auditing policy for any consideration of
        source proposals to audit for  further remediation or
        improvement beyond that required by enforcement for the
       ^specific violation in  question.

        Define projects which  may be an acceptable basis for
        Mitigation of penalties which would otherwise be asseaaed
        (Environmental Improvement Projects).

        The Uniform Penalty Policy contains provisions for
        considering projects as part of a settlement agreement
        (and have been adapted to program- specific penalty
    -Jt^-policiea)  where they do not significantly reduce the
    /*   deterrent effect of a  penalty.*  The criteria include:

         — Mitigation projects cannot substitute for full
             compliance (they must be und^rtafcen in addition to
             correcting the violation).

         — The project  should be cloaaly related to the nature
             of the original  environmental harm or violation.


*   A Workgroup is currently  reviewing the existing criteria for
considering alternative payments, in the context of developing a
policy on mitigation  of administratively asseased penalties.

-------
                       •  .      ,  -2- .        .

          — Penalty reductions should reflect the actual cost of
             the penalty mitigation project  (i.e., no tax
             advantages which can reduce the deterrent, affact of *<
             tha penalty).

          -* Provisions in consent dacraas or agreements cannot
             go bayond what is tha aguitabla powar of tha Courts
             to order.

          — Tha project must primarily benefit the environment
             rather than the defendant (no favorable publicity ^'
             for violator, etc.)

          — The project must not be something the defendant
             should be expected to do as sound business practice.

Two principles must guide any initiatives in this area:

     o  Any such provisions cannot weaken the deterrent effect of
     the  enforcement action.  Enforcement actions must establish
     the  correct incentives and disincentives,.leveraging
     relatively few individual actions into far reaching
     behavioral changes.  We also must avoid perverse incentives
     to delay action to develop pollution prevention alternatives
     until  they might be needed to bargain with enforcement
     personnel.

     o  Any such provisions must in turn be enforceable, that is,
     accompanied by tracking and follow through to ensure they
     are  carried out.  This has proven to be difficult in the
     past and is one reason for the traditional reluctance of the
     Department of Justice for accepting other than dollar
     penalties in addition to correction of the underlying
     violation.

Traditionally, EPA policy has followed these principles by
rejecting proposals which defendants would otherwise choose to do
on their  own or projects whose benefits accrue to the defendant
rather than tha environment or the public at large. Current
penalty policies are under review to assess the current
limitations on accepting alternative payments and other
beneficial  projects.

ACTIONS:  QBCM will establish an Agency workgroup tot 1) prepare
guidance  on acceptable enforcement settlement provisions which
promote pollution prevention consistent with Agency penalty
policies  and work with individual program offices on program-
specific  guidance i and 2) work with selected Regions to pilot
the guidance.

-------
ATTACHMENT  f4

               VIGOROUSLT ENFORCE EXISTING XAMS

Provide the incentive for pollution prevention by c^rrtimtinj to
vigorously  enforce existing requirements

     The two greatest motivations for pollution prevention are
the potential liability from enforcement of environmental laws
and broader private liability through tort claims, contracts etc.
for the adverse consequences of environmental pollution.

     Specific examples of how strong enforcement can encourage
pollution prevention include;

o   Pre-manufacture Notification:

    By  preventing  new chemicals from being produced and marketed
    which pose unacceptable environmental harm, EPA can most
    effectively prevent new pollution at its source.

o   Title HI Toxics Release Inventory reporting:

    Required reporting under Title III section 313 encourages
    sources of toxic chemicals to reduce volumes of releases into
    the environment by making the information publicly
    available.  It is also essential as a baseline for assessing
    progress in preventing pollution nationwide.  Firm and
    visible enforcement is needed to reinforce those who
    diligently reported and gain compliance from those who have
    not.

o   Superfund and  RCRA enforcement:

    Corrective action and clean-up of past practices which are
    now deemed harmful, establishes new rules of behavior
    requiring anticipation of future liability regardless of
    whether action today .is legal.  Vigorous enforcement leads
    operators to conclude that reducing the amount of hazardous
    waste is in their own interest.

o   Pesticide use:
            «
    Groundwater contamination, air and surface water problems
    from excessive pesticide use, with vigorous enforcement, may
    drive reductions in application levels and for elimination
    of pesticide use.

o   Air and Water standards:

    Given the substantial existing investment in pollution
    control, enforcement may force exploration of process change
    to meet new toxic requirements and demands of growth.  In
    particular, firm enforcement of pretreatment and other toxic
    requirements, particularly new sludge disposal requirements.

-------
    may anhanca substitution of product and procass to avoid
    further pollution control axpandituras.

    p  Continuous Eaissions Monitoring:

    Zhara ars natural variations in tha operation of any typa
    of aguipaant.  Wnan continuous aaission aonitoring is
    raguirsd to assass coaplianca status with raguiraoants, it
    tands to forca tba ragulatad cooaunity to provida for an
    aapla margin of safaty in plant opsrations, to avoid
    reporting instancas of non-conplianca.

ACTIONS: 1) Continua strong •aphasis and priority for snfbrcanant
of anvironMntal lairs; and 2) continua to pursua ways to anhance
tha visibility of anforcaaant and tha advarsa consaquancas of
hon-ceaplianca.

-------
ATTACHMENT 45

            ZHSPBCTOR BOLE IN TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                   ON VOLUTION PREVENTION

Use compliance inspections to identify pollution preventi
oppuiLunitiaa  in the  field

     EPA,  State, and  local compliance monitoring program* rely on
a combination  of aelf-raporting by faeilitiaa and on-aite
inspection* to determine compliance with permit*, rule* and
exiating enforcement  commitment*.  Theae inspection* may ba
carried out for cause, or aa part of a neutral inapaetion achame.
The primary purpoaa of an inapaetion ia to gather information and
evidence to eupport tha compliance determination and any follow
up  anforeamant action where violation* are discovered.  The
inspector  ia tha moat visible representative of EPA or the State
or  local agency at the plant or facility laval.  Tha presence of
and conduct of tha inspector on-aite can add to or detract from
the credibility, and deterrent value of the compliance monitoring
and enforcement program.

     The appropriate  role for inspector* in technical assistance
has long been  debated within EPA and the environmental community.
State and  local inspectors tend to adopt the technical assistance
role more  readily, but ara notably laaa oriented to formal
enforcement.   The  underlying concerns about tha role of inapec-
tora in providing  technical aaaiatanee are:

     1- Technical advice offered in the field for remediation or
correction of  the  violation can undermine EPA'a further enforce-
ment action, or be raised aa a defense.  (For this raaaon, with
few exceptions, inspector* are urged in cloving conference* with
facility managera  not to even draw conclusion* a* to the viola-
tion*.)

     2- The rolea of technical aaaiatance/tranafer and enforce-
ment require different approaches and can cause confusion in
rolea, undermining the enforcement attitude which ia already
difficult  to foster.

     3-  Effort apant on technical assistance whan it ia oriented
to aolving apecific problems can ba quite expensive and divert*
limited resource*  from anforeamant.

     4-  Depending on it* aeope and purpoaa, technical aaaiatanee
may require a  laval of axpertiaa that all but tha moat ex-
perienced  engineer* lack.  Although a 1987 survey of EPA person-
nel performing compliance inapaetiona found that 2/3 ware
environmental  engineers or environmental aciantiata,. knowledge of
engineering de*ign and process** at the plant-level aufficient to
suggest pollution  prevention option* ia quite different from
identifying and documenting compliance problema.

     5-  Technical aaaiatanee from EPA may compete with and
inhibit the development of such assistance in the private sector.

-------
                               -2-

     Whila all valid eonearna, thara ia ena araa of potantial
banafit in uaing fiald inapactora for, a vall-dafinad but limitad
taehnieal aaaiatanea rola which avoida aoma of thaaa pitfalls.

     Ona approach, ragairing littla naw axpartiaa or ehanga in
rolaa, ia for EPA inapactora to diatributa to tha plant oparator
litaratura promoting pollution pravantion action.  Tha inapactor
vould not hava a problam-aolving rola.  OECK haa auggaatad thia
approach for SARA, Titla ZZZ raporting and RCRA amall quantity
ganaratora.*  8oma training may ba naadad ao that likaly questions
can ba anavarad without loaa of credibility.  Howavar, auch
litaratura ahould alvaya includa rafarancaa and contacts for
furthar aaaiatanea from EPA Ragiona or Baadguartara.

     Tha majority of conmantara auggaatad that a aaparata cadra
of paraonnal, not conplianca inapactora, ba raliad upon for
pollution pravantion axpartiaa, auch aa for waata minimization.
In auch eaaaa, howavar, it ia important that tha rola and
axpaetation ba claarly aatabliahad and diatinguiahad from an
anforcaaant-oriantad fiald praaanea.  Thia approach ia adoptad
by OSRA which carafully aaparataa tha inapaetion function for
anforcamant from tha taehnieal aaaiatanca/eonaultation function.
OSBA of fara thia lattar aaaiatanea to amall and madium aizad bua-
inaaaaa in hazardoua induatriaa through a eonaultation program
for which it haa a apaeific lagialativa mandata.  Thoaa who
raguaat a eonaultation muat agraa in advanea to eorract any
daficianciaa notad, and may ba rafarrad for eomplianea inapae-
tion if thay fail to eorract daficianciaa.

ACTZORSs  Baaad on eommanta from tha laad Ragion, tha Agancy
Inapactor Training Adviaory Board, and tha Enforcamant Kanagamant
Council eonearning tha importanea of saparating tha taehnieal
aaaiatanea function and tha anforcamant function, OECM ia not
propoaing any furthar action at thia tima in ragard to inapactora
providing taehnieal aaaiatanea in tha fiald on pollution
pravantion opportunitiaa.  Howavar, OECM will aupport apaeific
propoaala to uaa eomplianea inapactora to diaaaminata litaratura
on pollution pravantionr OECM will uaa axiating inatitutional
maehaniama to raiaa and gain aupport for auch propoaala davalopad
in eooparation with tha program offieaa.

-------

-------
II.

-------
II. A.

-------
II.  NPDES PROGRAM; PRE-ENFORCEMENT




    A. SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND  OTHER REQUIREMENTS

-------
                                                                   II.A.I,
"NPDES Permit Authorization to Discharge", dated April 28, 1976.

-------
'200

-------
        UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                               APR 2B  1975
                                                       OFFICE OP ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM

Subject:  NPDES Permit Authorisation to Discharge

From:     Deputy Assistant Administrator for Water Enforcement

To:       Regional Enforcement Director, Region v

     This is in response to your March 17 memorandum requesting
Headquarters' policy on the following issue:

          "[W]nether an NPDES permit constitutes an authorisation
to discharge only specific parameters limited or monitored in the
permit or a general authorization to discharge all parameters subject
only to the limitations contained in the permit."

Answer

     Headquarters policy, as well as the clear language contained in
the standard permit form [EPA Form 3320-4 (10-73)], provides for a
general authorization to discharge subject only to the conditions
and limitations contained in the permit.

Discussion

     Every standard permit issued by EPA provides that the named discharger
is "authorized to discharge from a [named] facility ... to [named]
receiving waters ... in accordance with effluent limitations, monitoring
requirements and other conditions set forth in Parts I, II, III hereof."
In addition to effluent limitations -specified in Part I and any special
requirements set forth in Part III each general authorization to discharge
is subject to the general conditions set forth in Part II.  Those
general conditions which tend to restrict the general authorization to dis-
carge are the following:

     A.I. Change in Discharge - requires notice of facility expansions,
production increases or process modifications resulting in any different
or increased discharges of pollutants even if such changes do not violate
the permit effluent limitations.

     A.3. Facility Operation - requires the permittee to maintain his
treatment facilities or systems in good working order and operate them
as efficiently as possible.

-------
                                  -2

     A. 5. Bypassing  all bypassing is prohibited except under certain
circumstances.

     It is believed that the above general conditions, along with the
installation and proper operation of treatment systems designed to
achieve compliance with effluent limitations based upon 3PT and water
quality standards requirements should adequately limit the general
authorization to discharge.  Should information which suggests otherwise
subsequently become available  (e.g., discovery of the presence of toxic
substances such as PC3s in the discharge), the permit may be modified
for cause in accordance with:general condition "B.4. ("Permit Modification")

     The few permits issued under the NPDES's predecessor perm^-t program,
the Refuse Act Permit Program, authorized only those parameters identified
in the permit.  This approach was rejected by EPA during the early
development phases of the NPDES because it is impossible to identify and
rationally limit every chemical or compound present in a discharge of
pollutants.  Compliance with such a permit, would be impossible and
anybody seeking to harass a permittee need only analyze that permittee's
discharge until determining the presence of a substance not identified
in the permit.  The permittee then would be in technical violation of
his permit.

     Because we believe the approach adopted in the NPDES Permit Form
3320 is valid we recommend against inserting in permits the language
identified.by Walter A. Romanek in his January 22, 1976, memorandum
(attached).  Although, it may be appropriate in special cases to employ
narrative language in addition to the Part II general conditions in
order to further restrict the general authorization to discharge, as a
routine matter such practices should be avoided.

     I believe the above statement of policy is consistent with that
provided to your staff by Dick Browne and Barry Shanoff.  If you have
any further questions please contact.Dick Brownefaoba^mett, Brian
Mo Hoy, or me.
Enclosure

cc:  Roy Harsch, Enforcement Division, Region V

-------
                                                                   II.A.2.
"POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit Effluent Limitations", dated January 5,
1977.

-------

-------
        UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. D.C.  20450
                                                                  C"r!Ci Cr THE
                                                                  ADMINISTRATOR
 MEMORANDUM            •

 TO:        Regional Administrators

 FSDM: .     Depulr/ Administrator /-/  Hc^-. Queries

 SC3JECT:   POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit  Effluent Limitations
     Poor performance by Publicly Owned Treatment Works  (POTWs)  is of
'major  concern to the Agency.   Each  successive review of POTWs'  operations
 indicates that their overall  performance level is unsatisfactory.  Over
 a third of the POTWs are failing  to produce  the  effluent quality for which
 they were designed.   Nearly half  of the PCTWs originally designed for
 secondary treatment  fail to comply  with present  secondary  treatment
 standards.  These conclusions have  been confirmed both by  EPA's annual
 Section 210 Reports  to Congress and by  the recently completed municipal
 compliance audit report.  This nenarandum briefly describes  the EPA's
 policy for dealing with the probien.

     The Federal Water Pollution  Control Act clearly establishes EPA's
 priaary role in assuring adequate POTW  performance as being  regulatory.
 This role requires us to insist that municipalities accept full   """'"     '
 responsibility for achieving  effluent linits required by their  NPDES
 permits.  To accomplish this, we  nust assume an  aggressive enforcement
 posture with respect to municipal noncompliance.  Aggressive enforcement
 of municipal permit  requirements  can and will yield significant results.
 Region II, for example,  recently initiated  and  won a major  precedent-.
 setting civil action agains-t  the  City of Camdsn, New Jersey, forcing
 it to  restore and properly operate  and  maintain  its treatment facilities.
 Other  significant enforcement actions are also being developed  against
 POTWs.   The amount of POTW enforcement  activity, however,  must  be
 drastically increased in all  Regions in order to demonstrate our in-
 sistence upon municipal accountability  for POT/7 performance.

-------
     Municipalities' are responsible and accountable for achieving the
effluent.limitations required in their t-.'PCES permits whether or not they
have the in-house capability to deal with the problem underlying the
violation..  It is the municipality's responsibility to seek and secure
whatever technical assistance or training is necessary to solve that
problem.  EPA must insist that municipalities accept and carry out that
responsibility and must take enforcement action against those that are
unwilling to do so.                                               •        .

     Although it is recognised..that EPA and the States are currently
providing limited technical and training assistance, most of such
assistance and training must be provided by the private sector.  While
the private sector can undoubtedly develop the capability to provide
such services when a sufficient demand is nade on it for those services,
to date that demand has not been strongly made.  Consequently, many
consultants, equipment manufacturers and systems vendors have not yet
developed a significant capability to render technical assistance or
training.   EPA and.the States must expand their present efforts to
encourage and stimulate development of private sector capability and
expertise to meet these needs.  Aggressive enforcement of municipal
permits and an insistence that municipalities seek needed technical and
training services should provide an incentive for the private sector to
develop the needed capability.

     In those few cases where a municipality has recognised the need of
outside assistance to meet permit effluent linitations and has unsuccess-
fully sought that assistance, formal enforcement might be a futile response.
EPA or State assistance Eight be appropriate in such a situation.  Since
it is the municipality's responsibility to seek that assistance, it should
be given normally'at the municipality's request rather than on the initia-
tive of EPA or the State.  And since a demand must be placed on the private
sector if it is to develop the capability of providing such assistance,
EPA should not normally provide the assistance unless the municipality has
unsuccessfully sought it elsewhere.  Consequently, EPA and State technical
and training capabilities vill be helpful in the short term to fill gaps in
local and private sector capabilities to resolve POTW compliance problems.
To the extent that EPA capabilities in this regard exist at the present
time, however, ,they should not be expanded, but.should be reduced as
private sector capabilities mature.

     Any technical or training assistance provided by EPA must be provided
in a manner compatible with our primary role as regulators.  It should be
regards! as but one option available to the regulator in a particular case
and not as the sole option or the option of choice in all cases.  The
inability to provide technical assistance in a given case or the failure
to achieve the required effluent limitations after the. provision of such

-------
assistance should nsver preclude "the use of rrore demanding regulatory.
ootior.s.  Where technical assistance is provided,  it must be dene in a
manner-that will not prejudice the Agency's case in a subsequent enforce-.
nsr.t action if the effluent limitations are not achieved after assistance
has been provided.
                                                                     /
     I recognize that many people, both within and outside the Agency,
believe.that.Z?A should conduct a strong program of technical assistance
to individual ccmunities in addition to its enforcement role.  In the
abstract, this proposition nay appear attractive. • As a practical matter,
however,  an active assistance role confuses and undercuts the predominantly
regulatory role -that the FWPCA has fashioned for the Agency. . Moreover,
limitations on existing and foreseeable resources make it wholly unrealistic
to think that we have or could develop the capacity to provide technical
assistance in any significant number of cases as part of our national •
program.   Thus we have no choice but to accept our role as being predominant!;
regulatory.  Within this context, we can and should conduct an active role
in manpower training, technology transfer and the dissemination of technical
assistance on a general basis rather than an individual case basis.

     I also specifically do not intend to restrict by this means any
activities we may be able to undertake in the neglected.field of manpower
training.     •                • .                 .  •       •     •

     In summary, let me make clear that our philosophy toward operating
POT.'is is regulatory and that the responsibility for meeting applicable
permit requirements rests squarely on the PCTWs.  To' date the compliance
assurance program has been successful in securing compliance .from industry.
It is our responsibility to make sure that it is equally effective in
securing compliance from municipalities.

-------
                                                                   II.A.3.
"Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications" dated April 6/1978 with
attached memorandum dated March 22, 1978.

-------
2\n

-------
                                                   6 APR
"70:       "Regional :Adsrin1strators
           -Stats KPDES Directors

*FRQM:      Deputy Assistant Administrator for .Hater Enforcsssnt (EH-33S)

•SUBJECT:  "Corif 1 dan t1-al ity of -KPDES -^ersri t Appl 1 cati ons
      Attached 1s a copy of a recant decision Issued by the Office
 of Gsseral Counsel wa1c± requires -that all Information 1n HPDES •
 persrit applications and perrlts be Bade public.   Please advise
 your staff of this diaag* so .that ieplesentation can be unifgps0
                                  Jeffreys. Killer
 cc:  Regional Liforcanent Division Directors
      Regional Persits Branch Chiefs
 JShaffer:itfite:PD:EN-33S:3109 WSH:5-0750

-------
                         CLASS DETE?-W.INATION 1-78
 C3N7IDENTIA1ITY '0? .IKPOKKAIION IN NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE
 ELIMINATION SYSTEM PEHKI7S AND PISJ1IT APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTION

 4C2(J)  0? TE2 TEDEEAL WAT-2. POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
      Under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FKPCA) , as amended


 (33 U.S.C. 466 at seg.) t the Environmental Protection. Agency  (EPA)


 or counterpart State agencies issue National Pollution Discharge


.Elimination System (NPDES) .-permits:., to individual. sources of vater


 pollution.  This program is administered prinarilj in EPA's Regional


 offices.   Those offices have asked for a Class Determination conceni-


 ing the confidentiality of information contained ia KPDZS permits sad


 permit- applications in'light of section 402(j) of the FVPCA.  Under


 40 CF2. 2.207, I have authority to issue Class Determinations concerr.in;;


 the confidentiality of classes of information obtained by EPA.


      In the case of information contained in NPDES permit applications


 and KPDZS permits, I have found:


      1.  EPA possesses and vill continue to acquire 'information ia


 NPDES permits sad permit applications.


      2.  Tne information contained ia NPDES permits and permit applica


 tions is  of the same character.  ,It is proper to treat *H of the


 information as ia the same class.

                 •               t
      3.  A Class Determination vould serve a useful purpose in clarify


 the status of potentially confidential information, contained in NPDES


 permits and permit applications as restricted by section 402(j) of PV?'

-------
      I have  determined  that  information  contained in fTPDES

and N?DZS permit  applications is not entitled to confidential treat-

ment  because section 402 (j)  of  the FwPCA mandates disclosure of  this  .

information,  to  the public notwithstanding  "he fact that it night be

trade secrets or  conaercial  or  financial.information.

      Section 402 (j) of  FW?CA states "[aj copy of each. permit applica-

tion  and each permit issued  under chis section shall be available  to

the public.   Such permit application or  permit, or portion thereof,

shall further be  available upon request  for the purpose of reproduction."

This  language is  different from that in  section 308 of the FK?CA.

Section 308  is  the basic information gathering authority of the  FWPCA.

Paragraph (b) of  section 308 states "[a]ny records, reports,, or  infor-
                                                   x
nation obtained under this section.. .shall be available to the public,.

except upon  a showing satisfactory to the Administrator" by any person

that  records, reports,  or information, or particular part thereof  (other

than  effluent data), to vhich the Administrator has access under this

section, if aade  public vould divulge aechods or processes entitled to

protection, as trade secrets of such person,, the Administrator shall

consider such record, report, or information, or particular portion

thereof confidential in accordance vith the purposes of section 1905  of

title IS of  the United  States Code...."
                     <*
     The inconsistency between the language of section 402(j> and  that

of section 308 vas brought to the attention of the Eouse Co=zictee on

Public Works in a letter dated December 13, 1971, froa William Ruckelshj

Administrator of  EPA. .Congress chose to treat the information covered

-------
                           WASHINGTON. D.C.
                                              KAR 22 1278
                                                      **" w
           Coiiiideatialiry of  K?DZS Permit Applications

           Joan 'Z.
           General

TO:        Thomas C..Jorling
           Assistamt,,Administrator  for
           Water amd Hazardous Materials  C«H-55o)
           for Esforceseat .(ZS-329)
               is  & Class Betessioacion I have issued eoneemlns
 status  of potentially confidential "business iaforaaiierD,  contained in
 KPDES permits  *-3J K?DZS pemit  applications.  I have'concluded  that
 section 402 (j)  of the FwPCo. requires that N?DES permits  an'd persit
 applications be sade public notwithstanding the fact that soae  of the
.information contained in then vould otherwise be treated as confi-
 dential.

     The Class  Determination'vill-be used by this office and  the
 Sagicnal Counsels in ?•-•=*^..-.s final confidettialiry deterrinations
 under the regulations in 40 CT2. Part 2,  Sub part B.  iay  request for
 confidentiality of. information  in a permit application, or permit vould
 be denied citing  the Class  Determination.  The applicant vould  be
 given 10 days notice prior  to disclosure in which to seek a judicial
 remedy.  At the end of the  IQ-dsy notice period.the information vould
 be made available -to the public.

     An important part of implementing this Class Determination, is to
 'inform  the various SPA regions  and State agencies of the decision.  I
 have informed  the rLegiccal  Counsels of the Class Determinacio-n  and of
 the vay in which  it is to be  implemented.  You will need to inform
 your counterpart  offices in the Regions  and the States.

-------
     I think it is also important that this be reflected in the
regulations, in the application feras, and in any informational  ^
materials used by EPA to explain the NPDES program.

     ?roa vhac I have been able to determine, this decision =ay be ^
change frca past practice in the treatment of information in H?DEs
pemit applications.  I believe that in the past section 402(j) was
overlooked, and nost offices treated information ia HPDES perais
applications the saae as section 303 inforaation.  Accordingly, it
take tine to bring everybody up to speed on this change.

     If you have questions about hov your offices should icplenent
Class Determination or other related matters» contact Janes Kelson at
755-0794.

Attachment

-------
                                    3




^by "seczion  402 (j)  differently -from the information obtained under




section  308.  In all versions of the bill that became the 1972




• amendments  to Fh?CA, the sane basic approa.cn  of requiring public




disclosure-of N?DZS  permits  and permit applications vas folio-wed.




-The cmly amendments  •to section 402(j)  were to -eliminate a specific




•enumeration of  the offices in which copies would have, to be kept.




In Senate'Report 92-414, October 28, 1971,-at page 72, the.Senate




Committee on Public  Works cade the ~£ol.loving  comments:




     An  essential  element in any control  program involving the




     cation's waters is public participation.   The public




    .^jrust have  a genuine opportunity to speak, on the issue




     of  protection of its vaters.   The Committee- has therefore " '




     established requirements to provide  opportunity for puhlic




     hearing by the  Federal  Government, or if  Stats participa-




     tion is approved by the Administrator, the  State, .and other




     provisions to rake available to the  public  all relevant




     information surrounding a discharge  source  and the control




     requirements  placed on  it.   This  includes  the  deposit of




    ,.any permit, •,.and the conditions .thereto,  in  a place of ready




     public access.   The'scrutiny  of the  public  and the exercise




     of  authority  under this section is extremely important to




     insuring expeditious implementation  of the  authority .and  a




     high level of performance  by  all  levels  of  government and




     discharge  sources.

-------
     Is is clear from  the language of section 402(j) *ac*  the

legislative history of that provision tha: Congress intended se

402 (j) *° D« a disclosure mandate in contrast to the basic approach.

of section 308 which provides protection for trade secret information.

Accordingly, EPA is required to make public NPDES permits and NPDES

permit applications.

     The N?DES permit application is-a standard form specified by EPA.

It asks the applicant to supply, certain specific information,  la

some cases, there is insufficient space for the applicant: to supply

all of the requested information.  In those cases the applicant attaches

additional sheets vith the further information.  For purposes of sectioa

402 (j), the N?DES permit application required to be cade public is the

application form itself and any attachments that are csed to supply

information requested by the application fora.  Any information

obtained by EPA that goes beyond that asked for"inTthe'application*

whether submitted by the applicant or obtained, by EPA under authority

such as 40 CFR 125.13, is not considered part of the permit application

as contemplated by section 402(j).  This additional Information will

be treated in accordance vith.the.procedures of 40 CFS 2.302.

     If-an applicant has claiaed"as"confidential, a^y information

contained .in the N?D£S permit application or the NPDES permit, confi-

dential treatment will be denied in accordance with this Determination

and notice given to the applicant in accordance vith 40 C?H..2.205(f) .
          €. sernstein                .               Date
     Genrrai Counsel (A-130)

-------
                                                                    II.A.4,
"Certification and Permitting of Dischargers Located on Waters Forming
Boundaries Between States", dated  April 19, 1978.  •

-------

-------
 	 ?   UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
r\*~V^F                  WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460

                           APR 19 197B
                                                       OTFICE Of
                                                     GENERAL COUNSEL
                                                   VI  ^W?  V
MEMORANDUM                                            "     T

TO:       Assistant Administrator  for
            Enforcement

          "Regional Enforcement .Directors

          NPDES State Directors

FROM:     Joan Z. Bernstein
          General Counsel   (

SUBJECT:  Certification and Permitting of Dischargers  Located
          on Watets Forming Boundries Between States


                     QUESTIONS PRESENTED

     When a facility is located within one State,  but  the  end
of the discharge pipe is located within the waters of  another
State, which State has certification rights pursuant to
Section  401 of the Clean Water Act ("The Act")?   If the  Section
^02 NPDES permitting authority has been transferred by the
Administrator to the States, which State has the  402 permitting
authority?

                            FACTS

     On  February 16, '1978 , the Atomic./Saf ety and  Licensing
Appeal Board of the Nuclear Regulatory .Commission issued a
decision which interpreted Section 401 of the Act.  The
Board determined that the proper State to .issue a certifica-
tion is  the State which has jurisdiction over the navigable
waters in which the discharge originates rather than the State,
in which the facility is located.   The Board noted that:

          "we are prepared to give substantial weight
          to the interpretation given a statute by the
          agency Congress entrusted with its administra-
          tion.  In this case, we  acknowledge that EPA
          is that Agency with respect to the Water Act.
          But EPA has not 'specified how Section 401
          controls the outcome of  the issue

-------
          before us.  We are, therefore, left to do
          so ourselves."  (PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF
          INDIANA, INC., Docket Nos. STN 50546,
          STN 50-547, slip op.  at 20-21, footnotes
          omitted).

     On February 28, we received a letter from the attorneys
for the Public Service Company of Indiana requesting that we
address the legal issue which is before the NRC.  In addition,
we had informal communications with representatives from the
NRC staff and the Commonwealth of Kentucky similarly request-
ing that we address the issue.   On March 20, we wrote the
Secretary of the NRC and notified him that we would prepare
a legal opinion on the 401 certification question.

     The proposed Marble Hill Nuclear Generating Station will
be located in Indiana.  Its discharge will enter the Ohio
River, which forms the border between Kentucky and Indiana.
Apparently, the precise border is located at the low water
mark on the Indiana side of the river.I/

     The legal question raised is of significance to
this Agency because there are 29 rivers in the United States
that are boundaries between two States.  While the boundary
line between the States is usually the midline or thread of
the channel of the stream, this is not always the case..  For
some rivers the boundary line is.the high-water mark or low-
water mark on one side of the river.

     The boundary line creates questions not only in regard
to certification under Section 401 of the Act but also in
regard to the question of which State has the permitting
authority under Section 402 of the Act. In this opinion
we shall address both issues.

                           ANSWER

     The State in whose waters the discharge originates is the
certifying authority pursuant to Section 401 of the Act.
Section 401(a) (1) provides that whenever the construction or
operation of a facility "may result in any discharge into the
navigable waters", the certifying State shall be the one
I/  There is a factual question as to whether the discharge
originates in Kentucky or Indiana waters.  As noted in our
March 20 letter,  we shall not address this factual question,

-------
                              ,3
"in which the discharge originates  or  will  originate."   While
it might be argued that a discharge  of pollutants  actually
"originates" where the manufacturing or  industrial facility
is located, rather than at the end  of  the discharge pipe,
the entire structure of the Clean Water  Act,  its  legislative
history, and intent clearly establish  that  the  State whose
waters are affected by the .discharge is  the proper certifying
State.

     Similarly, the State in whose  waters the discharge  or-
iginates is the Section 402 permitting authority.   Section
402(b) provides that a permitting Sta.te, shall "administer
its own permit program for discharges  into-navigable waters
within its jurisdiction."

     The State in which the facility is  located has rights
pursuant to Section 401(a)(2) and Section 402(b)(5) only
to the extent that the quality of its  waters  is affected
by the discharge.

" "'  : - ' -                  DISCUSSION

     'The Clean Water Act is a comprehensive statute designed
to reduce and ultimately to eliminate  the discharge of pollu-
tants into the nation's waters.  Tne Act .provides, for a  deli-
cate partnership between the Federal government and the
States in achieving this .result.  A  major responsibility
of the Federal government under  tne  Act  is  the  development
and promulgation of uniform national technology-based stand-
ards for categories and classes  of  industrial dischargers.
At the same time, the States are granted the  authority  (with
Federal support and in some cases oversight)  to institute
a range of more stringent, more  comprehensive requirements
to assure protection of the navigable  waters  within each
State.

     Pursuant to Section 510 of  'the .Act, 'the  States -are
empowered to develop more stringent
-------
of the United States.  Section 208(a)(2) of  the Act  requires
a State or its designated areawide agency  to  develop compre-
hensive pollution control plans for areas  of  the  State  which
have "substantial water quality control problems."   Clearly
the State whose waters are affected must take the lead  role
in devising a plan to protect its waters.

     Under Section 303 of the Act each State  is required  to
develop water quality standards for all waters within its
jurisdiction.  Such standards consist of a designated use/uses
of the stream (e.g. "protection and propagation of fish and
wildlife") and criteria necessary to support  the  use,  (e.g.
"not less than 5 mg/1 of dissolved oxygen").   Prior  to  the
passage of the 1972 Amendments, such water quality standards
were the major water pollution control mechanism  under  the
Federal law.  See State Water Control Board  v. EPA,  426 U.S.
200, (1976).  While the role of water quality standards was
somewhat diminished by the 1972 Amendments,  the standards
form a major basis for numerous State and  Federal programs.
The difference between the designated standards and  the actual
ambient water quality may provide the basis  for Section
206 planning.  Under Section 303(d) of the Act, States  must
identify those streams where the federal technology-based
standards are insufficient to meet the designated water
quality standards.  The States are required  to develop  maximum
daily loads for such streams and to develop  more  stringent
effluent limitations which will achieve the  standards as
part 'of the continuing planning process under Section 303(e).2_/

     These State plans, laws, regulations, and other require-
ments are translated into limitations applicable  to  individual
point source dischargers through the NPDES permit program
pursuant to Section 402 of the Act.  And under Section  208(e)
of the Act, no.permit can be issued which  is  in conflict
with an approved 208 plan.  Under Section  301(b ) (1) (C) , a
discharger must achieve by July 1, 1977, any  more stringent
limitation necessary to meet the requirements of  State  law,
2_/  In addition, Section 3Q5(b) requires  each  State  to
submit biannually a report describing  the water  quality
of all navigable waters within the State  and the steps
which will be taken to improve water quality.

-------
including water quality standards.  The 402 permitting authority
is required to assure that permits are consistent with
Sections 208(e) and 301(b)(1)(C),  and thus consistent with
the requirements of State law including State water quality
standards and limitations developed pursuant to such standards.

     Section 401 of the Act provides another mechanism to insure
that NPDES permits  (as well as other Federal licenses and
permits) meet the requirements of state law, particularly
State water quality standards.  Section 401 has its origins
in Section 21(b) of the Water  Quality Improvement Act of
1970, April 3, 1970,'P.L. 91-224,  84*.Stat. 91.  This provision
required that any applicant for a federal license or permit
which might result in a discharge into navigable waters must
provide the permitting authority with a certificate from the
State in which the discharge originates or will originate
that:

          "There is reasonable assurance, as determined
          by the State or interstate agency that such
          activity will be conducted in a manner which
          will not violate applicable water quality
          standards."

     Section 21(b)(l) also provided that if the standards had
been promulgated by the Secretary of the Interior, the certifica-
tion should be from the Secretary.  Section 21(b(9) further pro-
vided that if there were no applicable water quality standards,
no certification should be required.  Section 21(b) therefore re-
cognized that the appropriate  certifying authority is that which
has developed and implemented  water quality standards for the water
body into which the discharge  originates, since only the authority
that develops and implements the standards could provide the "rea-
sonable assurance" that the standards won't be violated.

     The substance of'Secti'on  21 (b) became .Section 401 of the
1972 Federal Water Pollution Control.Act Amendments.  The
State was no longer required to directly certify that its
water quality standards would  be met by the permit, but
was instead required to certify that the discharge would
comply with "the applicable provisions of Sections . 301,

-------
302, 3Gb and 307 of this Act."_3/   It  is  clear  from  the
legislative nistory of the 1972 Amendments  that  the major
purpose of Section 401 was to allow a State  to assure  that
its water quality standards would  be met.

     As noted in the Senate Report:

               "The purpose of the certification mech-
          anism provided in this law  is  to  assure
          that Federal licensing or permitting agencies
          cannot override State water quality  require-
          ments. "

A Legislative History of the Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972, Senate Committee on  Public Works, Com-
mittee Print, 93rd Cong. 1st. Sess.,  1973  (''Leg.  Hist.")
at 1437.

     In his statement on the Conference  Bill,  Senator Muskie
further explicated this concern:

               "If a State establishes more  stringent
          limitations and/or time  schedules  pursuant
          to Section 303, they should be set forth  in
          a certification under Section  401."  Leg.
         • Hist, at 171.
3/  Section 401 was amended by the Clean water Act  of  1977
to include Section 303 in the list of enumerated  sections.
As stated in the Conference Report:

               The inserting of Section 303  into  the
          series of sections listed  in Section 401  is
          intended to mean that a federally  licensed or
          permitted activity, including discharge permits
          under Section 402, must be certified to comply
          with State water quality standards  adopted under
          Section 303.  The inclusion of Section  303 is
          intended to clarify the requirements of Section
          401.  It is understood that Section 303 is re-
          quired by the provisions of Section 301 .  .  .
          Section 303 is always included by  reference
          where Section 301 is listed.  (House of Repre-
          sentatives, Report No. 95-830, 95th Cong.  1st
          Sess. December, 1977 at 96)

-------
              "Secondly, the Conferees agreed that a
          State may attach to any Federally issued
          license or permit such conditions as may be
          necessary to assure compliance with water
          quality standards in that State."  Leg.  Hist.
          at 176.

The legislative history 6"f Section 401 thus shows  that Congress
intended that :the certifying State be the State with jurisdic-
tion over the'navigable-waters at the point of ..discharge.

     'the language of Section-401 ..itself further-supports the
same conclusion.  First, Section 401(a)(l) grants  certifi-
cation to the State "in which the discharge originates or
will originate."  Under Section 502(12) the discharge of
the pollutant is defined as "any addition of any pollu-tant
to navigable waters from any point source."  Thus, there
is no discharge until the pollutants enter navigable waters.
For the purposes of Section 401, at least, the discharge
thus originates at the point at which it enters the navigable
waters.4/

     Secondly, when an interstate water pollution  control
agency "has jurisdiction over the navigable waters at the
point where the discharge originates or will originate"
it, rather than any State has the certifying authority.
This .is further indication that the certifying authority
derives from jurisdiction over the navigable waters, not over
the land where the facility is located.

     Section 401(a)(3) provides further support for this con-
clusion.  Pursuant to Section 401(a)(3), a certification with
respect to the construction of any facility also is binding
upon any'subsequent operating licenses for such a  facility,
except that the certification may be withdrawn because of
changes .in four circumstances:
4/  In his discussion of Section 401,  Senator Muskie says
that the certification should come "from the State in which
the discharge occurs."  (Leg. Hist,  at 1388, emphasis added)
While there may be some question as to where a discharge
originates, there can be no question that the discharge
occurs in navigable waters.

     It may be that the Congress used  the word originates
to distinguish between the State in whose waters the discharge
initially'enters from a downstream State whose waters are
also affected by the discharge.  See footnote '5, infra.

-------
              (A)  The construction or  operation of  the
          facility,  (B)  the characteristics of the
          receiving  waters into which  such  discharge
          is made,  (C) the water quality standards
          applicable to  such waters, or  (D)  applicable
          effluent limitations or other  requirements."

     A concern for the receiving waters  and the criteria
applicable to such waters is primarily a concern of the
State which has jurisdiction over the  receiving waters.
A State in which the facility is located may have a variety
of concerns about the facility but does  not have any  direct
concern or jurisdiction over the waters  affected by the
discharge.5/

     Our interpretation  of Section 401 is further buttressed
by a reading of Section  402 of the Act.   Under this section,
permits are issued to point source dischargers.  Although
permits are initially issued by EPA,  the Act provides that
the permitting authority may be transferred to a State  which
has an adequate program.  Section 402(a)(5) provides for
a temporary transfer, while Section 402(b)  provides for
a more permanent transfer.  Both sections provide that
the State has the power  to issue permits for all discharges
into its navigable waters:

               "The Administrator shall  authorize a
          State, which he determines  has the capa-
          bility of administering a permit  program
          which will carry out the objective of this
          Act, to issue permits for discharges into
          navigable waters within the  jurisdiction
          of such State."  Section 402(a)(5) (emphasis
          added) .


T/Section 401 does provide protection  for any other State
whose water quality may be affected by the  discharge.  Section
401(a)(2).  Such State may object to  the issuance of a  permit
and request a public hearing.  The permitting agency is then
required to hold a public hearing and  to "condition _such
license or permit in such manner as may  be  necessary to in-
sure compliance with applicable water  quality requirements."

     States whose waters may be affected by the issuance of
an NPDES permit by another State also  have  rights to assure
orotection of their water quality.  See  Sections 402(b)(5)
"and 402(d) (2) (A) .

-------
               H •
               'At any time after the promulgation of
          the guidelines required by subsection (h)(2)
          of Section 304 of this Act, the Governor of
         .each State desiring to administer its own
          permit program for discharges into navigable
         -waters within its jurisdiction may submit to
         "the Administrator a full and complete descrip-
          tion of the 'program it proposes to establish
          and administer under State law or under  an
          interstate compact."  Section 402(b) (emphasis
               ) .
Thus, the explicit statutory language of Section 402 autho-
rizes a State to issue permits for all discharges into
navigable waters within its jurisdiction. 6/

     In its letter requesting our opinion on this issue, the
Public Service Company of Indiana suggested that the oppo-
site answer would be preferable administratively since it would
avoid the necessity of making a factual/legal determination
in each case as to who owned the waters at the point of dis-
charge.  We recognize that in some circumstances such a deter-
mination may demand the resources of the permitting agency,
but we believe that these considerations are insufficient to
override the clear language of the Act, its legislative history,
and its goals.

     It has also been suggested that in issuing permits to
facilities located in another State, the permit granting
State may encounter difficulties in providing for inspection
and monitoring of the facility, and in the enforcement of
the permit.  We do not regard these difficulties as insuper-
able, since we assume that all permits would include provisions
allowing the issuing State to monitor and inspect the facility.
In enforcing these provisions, or other provisions of a
_6/  The House Report 'clearly states that a permitting State
does not have jurisdiction to issue permits for discharges
into navigable waters outside of State's jurisdiction:

     Subsection (a)(5) further provides that the Administrator
may authorize a State, which he determines has the capability
of administering a permit program, to issue permits for the
discharges into the navigable waters within the jurisdiction
of such State (but not in the contiguous zone or the ocean).
Leg. Hist, at 813. (emphasis added).

-------
                             10
permit, the issuing State could bring an action in its State
courts and should be able to establish that the defendant
had sufficient contacts necessary to support the State's
long-arm jurisdiction.

     The questions answered in this opinion have not pre-
viously been formally addressed by this Agency.  It is our
understanding that this opinion is consistent with the
actual "real world" permitting and certifying activities
in most regions.  A number of regions, however, have evident-
ly allowed States to certify and to issue permits to facilities
located in such States  which discharge into the navigable
waters of another State.

     A permit issued by a State which does not have the
authority under the Clean Water Act to issue such a permit  is
jurisdictionally defective, and would not therefore provide a
discharger with the protection provided by Section 402(k) of
the Act.  I urge the Assistant Administrator for Enforce-
ment to take whatever steps are necessary to expedite the
re-issuing-.of such permits.

     On the other hand, a Federal permit issued despite the
lack of certification from the proper State remains valid.
The Federal agency which issued such permit had the. jurisdiction
to take such action.  To the extent that the permit' is incomplete
or illegal because of lack of proper certification, any injured
party could seek judicial review of such permit under the appro-
priate provisions of Federal law.  Any State which failed to as-
sert its certification  rights within the prescribed statutory and
regulatory time period  may be deemed to have waived such rights
pursuant to Section 401(a)(l) of the Act.

-------
                                                                    II.A.5.
"Request for a Legal Opinion-Inclusion of Compliance Schedules in Second
Round Permits and Newly Issued Permits", dated January 19, 1979.

-------

-------
  f    UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
.
.                       WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                                1 3  1979
                                                     OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
  MEMORANDUM


 "TO:           Regional  Enforcement^Division Directors
               Director,  NEIC
               NPDES  State  Directors

  FROM:         Deputy Assistant Administrator for Water Enforcement (EN-335)

  SUBJECT:      Office of General Counsel  (OGC) Memorandum

      Attached is  a  copy of a legal opinion prepared by OGC in response
  to  questions  concerning the  inclusion of  compliance schedules in Second
  Round  and new permits.  The  Permits Division is including this document
 •in  its Policy Book  as  78-21-IV-.   If you have any questions or comments
  about  this  opinion  please contact Scott Slesincjer  (EN-336), 202-755-0750.
                                              (  '•  1 •
                                        Jefff-ey j?;. Miller
  Attachment

  cc:   Regional  Permits  Branch  Chiefs

-------
2S2£* ?   UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
     *                  WASHINGTON. D.C. 20450
                            ^, i
                                                      OPFICE 0*
                                                    GENERAL COUNSEL.
MEMORANDUM
TO
FROM"
.S.U.B.JEC.T:
Deput
  Wat

As s uc
Wafer

Reque
pi ian
Newly
1978
y Assistant Administrator
er Enforcement (EN-335)
                   r\
iate General Counsel
 and Solid Waste Divis'ion
for
st. for a Legal Opinion
ee Schedules in Second
 Issued Permits -- Yo\iry Memo
r- Inclusion of
Round
             Com-
   Permits and
   of November 2,
QUESTION

     You have asked a  series  of  questions  regarding  the  require-
ments of best practicable  control  technology  currently  available
("BPT") and vater quality  standards  ("WQS") in  permits  issued
after July 1, 1977.  Your  first  questions  concern  reissuance  of
a permit to a source which had already been subject  to  BPT  re-
quirements in an expiring  permit.   If BPT  or  WQS have become  more
stringent since issuance of  the  first permit  and additional con-
struction would be necessary  for  the source to  meet  the  changed
requirements, you ask  whether the  permit must require the  source
to meet the new BPT or WQS 'requirements  and, .if«so,  whether the
permit may include a schedule for  achieving the new 'requirements.
In addition you ask, in the  case  of  a new  permit,  whether  the
permit may ignore BPT  and  WQS requirements and  place the source
on a direct schedule to BAT/BCT.   In both  cases, you ask whether
a schedule of compliance,  if  allowable,  may provide  a time  period
during which no construction  is  required,  to  allow the  permit
writer and the discharger  to  determine what construction will  be
required by BAT/BCT where  those  requirements  cannot  be  clearly
determined when the permit is issued..

-------
ANSWER

     If a source, other than a publicly-owned treatment
works, has never received an NPDES permit setting forth
any applicable BPT and WQS based effluent limitations, a
permit issued to such source must require immediate com-
pliance with the applicable requirements of BPT or WQS as
tho.se requirements are in effect at the time the permit is
issued.  If a non-POTW source has achieved its first-round
effluent control requirements, a new or reissued permit to
that source should assure that the source will continue to
achieve those effluent reductions.  In addition, revised
BPT and WQS must be applied to the source.  Since the Act
provides no fixed schedule for compliance with these re-
quirements, EPA should adopt a reasonable scheme for at-
taining compliance expeditiously, consistent with orderly
application of the Act's 1984 requirements.

DISCUSSION

     Section 301(b)(l)(A) of the Clean Water Act requires
all sources of pollutants, other than publicly-owned treat-
ment works, to achieve BPT by July 1, 1977, and Section
301(b)(l)(C) requires all sources to comply with WQS by
that date.  Section 301(b)(2) establishes a second set of
more stringent technological requirements .to be achieved
by non-POTW's by 1984 (or three  years after the date the
requirements are established, up to 1987).  Thus, the Act
establishes a two-phase structure for achieving specified
effluent limitations.

     The questions raised by your memorandum arise because
(1) some sources did not achieve compliance with the Phase I
requirements by July 1, 1977, and (2) in  some instances
the definitions of BPT, or the requirements of WQS, have
been revised, and current levels of treatment, previously
in compliance with BPT or WQS, as defined in an NPDES per-
mit, are not adequate to meet the revised BPT or WQS.  The
Act addresses the first situation, but it is silent as to
the second.

-------
     Congress made it clear,  in Section 301(b)(l),  that ini-
tial compliance with BPT and  WQS was to be achieved by July 1,
1977.   In the 1977 amendments to the Act Congress recognized
that some sources had not met those requirements, sometimes
for justifiable reasons.  Nonetheless,  it refused to waive or
extend the deadline for such  sources.  See H.R. 3199, 95th Cong
Isc Sess., Section 13, eliminated in conference; see also,
Cong.  Rec. S 13538, Aug. 4, 1977, explaining thar the 1977
amendments do not extend the  deadlines  of Section 301 but
allow the Administrator certa.in .Section 309 enforcement .op-
tions .

     Since Congress expressly determined not to waive Phase I
compliance requirements or allow permits to extend the com-
pliance deadlines of Section  301(b)(l), EPA cannot claim im-
plied authority to do.so.  Instead, if a permit must be issued
or reissued to a source which has never achieved compliance
with applicable BPT or WQS requirements, the permit must re-
quire immediate compliance with those requirements as they are
currently in effect when the  permit is issued, and if relief
is to be provided, Section 309(a)(5) orders must be employed.

                             II

     A source which had complied with BPT before the deter-
mination of BPT changed is in a different position from the
source which never complied.   This source has  already achieved
the Act's Phase I requirement as administratively interpreted
and applied to it and is in a position to proceed with  the
second phase.  Therefore,  it  would be inappropriate  to  impose
an immediate requirement that revised BPT be achieved.

     The requirement that  BPT be achieved remains in the Act
even after the 1977 deadline  has passed.  However, the  Act
does not set a specific deadline for attaining  revised  BPT
requirements, and some reasonable scheme should  be adopted
to ensure that such requirements be achieved as  expeditiously
as practicable, consistent with orderly imposition of Phase  II
(BAT and BCT) requirements.  Thus, for example,  if compliance
with revised BPT  is a logical step towards  attainment of BAT
or BCT limitations, such compliance could be included as  a
reasonable interim element of the source's  permit responsibili-
ties.  Certainly  any applicable BPT requirements would  have  to

-------
be met not later than the date on which compliance with BCT
and BAT is required.  However, where a compliance date prior
to that time would require construction or modification in
addition to previously defined BPT, and where that construc-
tion would not constitute a logical step toward BAT, im-
posing the interim BPT requirement might well undermine the
Act's orderly progression from the 1977 to the 1984 require-
ments .

                              Ill

     The issue of compliance dates for ongoing WQS compliance
is less clear.  The Act establishes the end date for the first
stage of WQS compliance, but for subsequent levels of possibly
more stringent WQS, the Act defers to State planning determina-
tions.  See Section 303(e ) (3)(A) , Section 303(e)(3)(F), Sec-
tion 208(b)(2)(B), Section 208(e), a'nd Section 303 ( e ) ( 3 ) ( B ) .
If a~ state has revised its WQS and established a schedule of
compliance at least as stringent as any federal requirement,
th.e NPDES permit would have to impose the state-established
limitation.  However, if the State plans do not contain specific
compliance schedules, the EPA permit writer must establish  the
source's Phase II WQS compliance schedule.

     The Act su'pplies no express guidance as to what the EPA-
determined, post-1977 WQS compliance schedule should be.  In
general, Congress intended compliance with the Act's require-
ments to occur at the earliest practicable time.*  One option,
therefore, might be for EPA simply to establish the policy
that post-1977 compliance must be  achieved by the earliest
prac t icab le t ime.

     Alternatively, the" Section  3 0 1 ( b ) ( 2 ) pattern is to re-
quire second round, municipa 1 comp1iance in 1983 and second
round industrial compliance in 1984.   It is reasonable to
*  The Section 301 requirements are  all  to be met  "no  later
than" the statutory deadlines.  See, e.g., L e g .  Hist.  163-.   In
the 1977 amendments, Congress  confirmed  its interest  in  securing
the earliest possible  compliance.  See Sectio-ns  309(a)(5)  and
309(a)(6), added by the  amendments.

-------
                               "5
establish WQS conpliance  schedules  in harmony with the Act's
general regulatory  structure.   Thus,  EPA may infer that the
Section 301(b)(2) dates  should  be  applied to WQS, in the ab-
sence of any more stringent  state  schedules.

     Which of these  approaches  (or  what combination of them)
is to .be tselrected is ^a ,polrrcy . j tfdgment.  Since '.the Act does
not express comp 1 ianc*e-'schedule "requirements for "post-1977
WQS compliance, ,EPA :may  wish 'to .supply -guidance by 'regula-
tion.  .This would provide -a  '.reasonable , permanent method for
establishing WQS  compliance  schedules .whe^e .none .ar'e ;avail-
able frroVm .th^e -s

-------
                                                                    II.A.6.
"Policy for the Second Round Issuance of NPDES Industrial Permits", dated
June 2, 1982.
                                                                          •""V-.
                                                                          2.\\

-------

-------
    4f
,°    ^

      "=        UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

      J                    WASHINGTON, D...C. Z0460
    JUN   2 1982                                              OFFICE OF
    *•*                   ,                                     WATER



    MEMORANDUM
    SUBJECT:   Policy for the.Second Round Issuance of NPDES
             .Industrial 'Permits

   -TO:        Regional Administrators   /
    FROM:      Frederic A.  Eidsness,  Jr
              Assistant Administratd'r/^E^ater (WH-556)

         The  final "second round" policy for re-issuing NPDES indus-.
    trial  permits is attached.   The policy reflects Regional comments
    in  response to previous drafts sent to you and discussions with
    the Water Management Division Directors.  This policy applies
    only to EPA-issued permits,  although States may choose to adopt
    the principles outlined.   I  am sending the policy to both the
    NPDES  and non-NPDES States  under separate cover to solicit their
    comments  and advice on the  applicability of the policy to their
    programs.   In addition to the priorities set here for reissuance
    of  NPDES  industrial permits, the issuance of new source or new
    discharge permits remains the highest priority to assure no
    undue  delay in the construction or modification of such sources.

         This policy reflects the Administrator's conviction that,
    to  the extent possible, permit requirements should be based
    either on promulgated national wastewater treatment standards
    or  requirements necessary to achieve the designated water uses
    specified in water quality  standards.  It also reflects the
    principles that permit effluent limitations should be developed
    using  good scientific .information and that, to'the extent
    practicable, permits of a lasting value should be developed.
    Such permits assure protection of the environment while estab-
    lishing wastewater treatment requirements that will not be
    subject to frequent change.

         The  policy establishes  five priorities for permit issuance
    and describes the basis for  assigning permit priorities and'
    developing limitations.  Based on this policy, Regions are to
    develop and submit by June  30, 1982, a list of priority permits
    which  the Region expects to  issue before the end of FY 1983.
    The initial list is to be submitted to Headquarters and should

-------
                             - 2 -
contain key information such as the facility name, owner/operator,
location, .receiving water (STORET Reach Number), the  issuance
priority category (see attachment to the policy), pollutants of
concern, and the anticipated schedule of issuance.  Headquarters
will use this information to report to the Congress and others on
EPA's plans for and s,tatus of the permit program — .what our
priorities are and where our resources are going".  Regional
performance against established plans will be assessed as part of
the Office of Water's guidance/evaluation process.

    Regions should also work cooperatively with the NPDES States
to develop similar priority permit information on permits to be
issued by the States.  This is important to assuring  a truly
national effort and can be done as a part of routine  cooperative
program planning.processes, such as the development of 106 plans.
In this way we can determine how EPA can most usefully assist the
States in their permitting efforts.  Establishing State priority
permit lists will also serve to assist in determining the most
appropriate State-issued permits to be reviewed by the Region.

     EPA headquarters will be providing guidance and  assistance
to help carry out this policy.  Questions concerning  the policy
should be directed to Bruce Barrett, Director, Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits (FTS/Area Code 202-755-0440).

Attachment

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                       WASHINGTON, DiC. 20460
                                                       OFFICE OF
                                                        WATER
       Policy for the Second Round Issuance of National

        Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)

               .Permits for Industrial Sources
STATEMENT OF POLICY

EPA-issued industrial NPDES permits will" be issued according to
the following priorities.  (A detailed explanation of the
policy is contained in the attachment to the "Implementation"
section of this policy.)  First priority shall be given to
facilities discharging to waters where use impairment problems
have been identified and where there is adequate information to
develop either a water quality-based permit or, in the exceptional
case detailed in the attachment, a BAT/BCT permit relying on best
professional judgment.  The second priority is to permit facilities
for which applicable BAT effluent limitations guidelines have
been promulgated.  The third priority covers facilities suspected
of contributing to the impairment of a designated water use but
where insufficient information exists to confirm the extent of
the use impairment.  The fourth priority addresses facilities for
which effluent limitations guidelines are not scheduled for
promulgation and the existing permit limitations do not reflect
sufficient treatment.  The lowest priority is extension or
reissuance of permits to facilities for which effluent limita-
tions guidelines are not scheduled and the existing permit
requires sufficient treatment.  In all permitting actions, EPA
will work cooperatively with States and permittees and adhere to
procedures -established by applicable statutes and regulations.
This policy also establishes a mechanism for developing priority
permit lists with the first list due by June 30, 19*82 (see "Other
Considerations" in the Attachment).
EXPIRATION DATE

This policy will remain in effect until September 30, 1983,
                                                    June 2, 1982

-------
                            -2-
BACKGROUND

EPA and authorized States issue NPDES permits for periods not
to exceed five years.  Permit limits are based either on the
application of available technology or on the protection of
water quality, whichever is more stringent.  The Clean Water
Act (CWA) establishes two levels of technology standards arid
deadlines for industrial compliance:  best practicable control
technology currently available (BPT) by July 1, 1977 and best
available technology economically achievable/best conventional
technology (BAT/BCT) by July 1, 1984.

The majority of the "first round" permits, reflecting BPT or more
stringent water quality-based limitations, were issued between
1974 and 1976.  Most of these were based on technology using
"best professional* judgment" (BPJ) because effluent guidelines
were unavailable  (relying on section 402(a)(l) of the CWA).  In
1978, as these permits began to expire, EPA instituted a policy
of reissuing short-term (2 to 3 year) permits in order to await
promulgation of BAT/BCT effluent guidelines.  Most of these
'short-term permits have now expired.  Thus there are now more
than 35,000 expired permits.  For the most part, these expired
permits continue  i.n effect under the federal Administrative
Procedure Act or  similar State statutes.

In the past, EPA  and many States focused almost exclusively on
the technology-based effluent limitations approach.  While EPA
will continue this technology-based approach using BAT/BCT
effluent limitations guidelines, EPA will also look beyond
technology-based  requirements and issue permits based on scien-
tifically determined requirements for assuring environmental
protection.  The  development of requirements based on protection
of water quality  has often been hampered by lack of data.  This
policy makes clear that the burden of data collection is shared
by EPA, the State, and the discharger.  Further, the implementa-
tion of this policy should assure the most effective use of
resources by carefully scheduling permit activities, waiting
for national treatment standards where practicable, making
better use of existing data, and initiating cooperative efforts
with States and permittees.

This approach is  supported by initiatives that will strengthen
both technology-based and water quality-based effluent limitations,
It will produce permits of lasting value that are not subject to
frequent change.  EPA is moving ahead to promulgate national  ,
effluent limitations guidelines on a schedule which will provide
guidelines for 24 primary industry categories before the end of
FY 1983.  Promulgated effluent limitations guidelines, in
conjunction with  their development documents, expert assistance,
and permit writer training, will assure the application of good
science and produce well founded permit limitations.  Individual
permit limitations developed in this way will significantly
reduce conflicts  and avoid protracted appeals.
                                                             7007

-------
                             -3-
 A  sound technical and legal basis for permit limits is also
 provided by  State water quality standards.   All States have
 standards for each designated water use which include both
 numeric criteria for specific pollutants and general conditions.
 Expanding the scope of these standards and improving their
 scientific basis is a continuing process which is now being given
 additional attention by EPA, the States, and throughout the
 scientific community.   EPA is 'encouraging States to review and
 revise  their standards -to reflect site-specific factors.   The
 technological, basis for implementing these standards using Total
 Maximum Daily Load/Waste load Allocations is being significantly
 advanced.   These factors -and site-specific biological and chemical
\analysis will provide the needed ^scientific basis for -water
 quality-based effluent limitations in pe-rmr'ts.
 APPLICATION
 This  policy  applies only to EPA-issued industrial NPDES" permits
 although  States may choose to adopt the principles outlined.


 IMPLEMENTATION

 This  policy  is impleme'n.ted .by establishing permit issuance
 priorities  and developing.priority permit lists and schedules.
 This  approach is designed to assure the best use of available
 resources and produce results where they are most needed.  ,The
 details  of  this approach • are explained -in the attachment.
   .Date                         Frederirr A. g-ires-nooo•,—"Jr.
                                 Ass is tant\Admi nis tra tor
                                 for .Water

-------
                                      Second Round Industrial
                                              {EPA-Issued Peru.J
                                                                  •'
                                      'Eting Policy
Attachment
Permit ting Priorities
                        plecuaalon/Implementation
First Priority
Issue permits to
facilities where water
use Impairment problems
have been Identified
Second Priority
Issue permits based on
promulgated DAT guidelines
where BAT guidelines
are scheduled
                          1
o States, with EPA assistance, Identify water bodies where it Is known that the water uae
  la Impaired or other major water quality problems exist.  This may be baaed on factors
  such as drinking water supply contamination, exceedences of applicable water quality
  standards, and bloaccumulatlon of toxic pollutants.  In coordination with the State, the
  available scientific Information should be reviewed to Identify significant contributors
  and determine whether there Is adequate scientific Information to develop water quality-
  based limits for those dischargers.                   '

o For those dischargers identified aa  contributing to a use impairment or other major water
  quality problem, and for which there are sufficient information and data, penult limits
  should be developed based on section 303(d) total maximum daily load/wasteload alloc-
  tions (TMDL/WLA's) and relevant portions of section 208 plans.  Where sufficient data
  exist, EPA may develop water quality-based limits in the absence of 303(d) TMDL/WLA's,
  using scientifically acceptable methods,, including the use of  bloassays.  However,  aiich
  effluent limits are aubject to public,, administrative, and judicial review as part.of
  the permit process and any other permittees contributing' to the water quality problem
  will have an opportunity to participate after notice of proposed effluent limits.  All
  water quality-based permits with expiration dates beyond July  1, 1984, also must meet
  the statutory definition of HAT and  DOT.

o In those exceptional cases where major water quality problems  are identified but there
  is insufficient information to develop limitations based on water quality, and effluent
  guidelines will not be available In  the near term, the permit  should be based on good
  scientific information with the limits reflecting BAT/BCT.  In making determinations of
  BAT/BCT, the permit writer will rely on best professional judgment.  Such permits will
  be Issued with five year terms.  More stringent limits required by national technology-
  based guidelines Issued during the term of the permit will be  Included In subsequent
  permits.  In addition, the organic chemicals and plastics/synthetics industry categories
  will likely present a number of cases which, because of the Identified use impairment or
  other major water quality problems,  justify the uae of this approach.  EPA headquarters
  will provide assistance to permit writers through teams of industry experts for these
  industrial categories.


o Where BAT effluent guidelines have been promulgated, permits will be Issued reflecting
.  guidelines and any other necessary BAT/BCT or water-quality baaed limits.  If BAT guide-
  lines are scheduled but have not been promulgated and no major water quality problems are
  Involved, the first round BPT permit should be extended under  the Administrative Procedure
  Act (APA) while waiting for BAT guidelines.
                                                                                                         June  2,  1982

-------
Permitting Priorities
                                      Second  Round Industrial Permitting Policy
                                              (El'A-Isaued Permits Only)
                        Discussion/Implementation
                                                                          Attachment
                                                                                                       Page  2
Third Priority
Issue permits to
facilities where
water uae Impairment
problems are suspected
Fourth Priority
Issue permits where
upgrading la needed and
DAT guidelines are not
scheduled
Fifth Priority
Issue permits for all
others aa the laat
priority            *
o For those dischargers auspected of  contributing to major water uae impairment or other
  major water quality problems,  but where  Insufficient  confirming data exist,  a specific
  ahort-term program of data collection should be initiated*   The data collection program
  should Include requirements for blomonitorlng,  chemical analysis,  or field surveys
  necessary to obtain information to  determine the magnitude  and extent of  the water uae
  impairment.  In setting up the data collection  program, particular attention should be
  paid to potential contamination of  public drinking water supplies.  EPA Headquarters
  will provide further guidance  on both the procedural  mechanisms for implementing this
  data collection program as well as  substantive  guidance on  the type of blomonltoring
  or chemical analysis requirements that could be used  to collect data.

o If sufficient information la obtained that shows the  discharger la contributing to water
  use impairment problems, a new five year permit or modification of existing penult limits
  should be developed as appropriate.
                                                               i

o Where no further BAT guidelines development is  planned and  the first round permit does
  not reflect sufficient treatment to comply with BAT/BCT, subsequently promulgated BPT
  guidelines or water quality standards, upgrade  the permits  limits  and/or other necessary
  conditions and issue a five-year permit.  Limits on conventional pollutants reflecting
  nCT may be developed using the UCT  methodology  when it becomes available, and limits on
  priority pollutants reflecting BAT  should be developed using BPJ.   Normally, significant
  discharges  of priority pollutants  are not expected where BAT guidelines are not
  scheduled for development.

o Where no further guidelines development  is .planned but the  first round permit requires
  sufficient treatment (i.e., would meet what are likely to be considered BAT/BCT limits and
  no water quality problems are  suspected), the existing permit may  be extended under APA
  provisions or reissued only as ttte  last  priority.
                                                                                                      J u n e
                                                                                     982

-------
                                         Second  Round  Permitting Policy
                                          (EPA-Iaaued  Permits  Only)
                                                                   Attachment
                                                                                                    Page  3
                                              Other  Considerations
    Priority Permits
    General Permits
3.  Compliance Deadline
EPA Regional Offices will Identify facilities which are probable contributors to water
use impairment or other major water quality problems*  The 305(b) reports and 303(d)
priority segments will be considered In Identifying these priority facilities.
Using this and other information, the Regional Offices will develop a listing of permits
which are expected to be issued before October I, 1983 consistent with the priorities
established by this policy.  The listing will include permit Issuance schedules which
will provide a reasonable estimate of expected Issuance.  The initial list of priority
permits.and schedules are to be transmitted to Headquarters by^ June 30, 1982.  This list
should be updated periodically to reflect current plans and priorities.  Encouraging
States to establish similar priority lists is also essential to the national program.

In addition to the points described above, we are encouraging the use of general permits
to cover many facilities with the same or substantially similar types of operations and
the same types of wastestream discharges.  This should help significantly in reducing
the backlog of expired NPDES permits.  The Office of Water will analyze the opportunities
for general permits for industry categories, including some primary industry categories,
where the facilities' operations and discharges are very similar.  Multi-State coverage
will also be considered.  We will keep you informed of progress in this area.  In the
meantime, permitting authorities should consider Issuing general permits In their own
Jurisdictions where appropriate.

All permits extending past July 1, 1984 must contain final limitations that are deemed
equivalent to UAT/BCT regardless of whether the limits are based on wa'ter quality,
effluent guidelines, or BPJ.	[	
                                                                                                       .1 u n e 2 ,  1982

-------
                                                                   II.A.7.
"Policy for the Development of Water Quality-Based Permit Limitations for
Toxic Pollutants", dated February 3, 1984. (See also 49 FR 9016, March 9,
1984.)

-------

-------
         UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                                                       OFFICE OF
                                                        WATER
        Policy for the Development of Water.Quality-Based

             Permit Limitations for Toxic Pollutants
STATEMENT OF POLICY

     To control pollutants beyond Best Available Technology
Economically Achievable (BAT), secondary treatment, and other
Clean Water Act technology-based requirements in order to
meet water quality standards, the Environmental Prptection
Agency (EPA) will use an integrated strategy consisting of
both biological and chemical methods to address toxic and
nonconventional pollutants from industrial "and municipal
sources.  Where State standards contain numerical criteria for
toxic pollutants, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permits will contain limits as necessary to
assure compliance with these standards.  In addition to en-
forcing specific numerical criteria, EPA and the States will
use biological techniques and available data on chemical
effects to assess toxicity impacts and human health hazards
based on the general standard of "no toxic materials in toxic
amounts."

     EPA, in its oversight role, will work with States to
ensure that these techniques are used wherever appropriate.
Under section 308 and section 402 of the Clean Water Act (the
Act), EPA or the State may require NPDES permit applicants to
provide chemical, toxicity, and instream biological data neces-*
sary to assure compliance with standards.  Data requirements
may be determined on a case-by-case basis -in consultation
with the State and the discharger.

     Where violations of water quality standards are identified
or projected, the State will be expected to develop water
quality-based effluent limits for inclusion in any issued
permit.  Where necessary, EPA will develop these limits in
consultation with the State.  Where there is a significant
likelihood of toxic effects to biota in the receiving water,
EPA and the States may impose permit limits on effluent tox-
icity and may require an NPDES permittee to conduct a toxicity
reduction evaluation.  Where toxic effects are present but
there is a significant likelihood that compliance with tech-
nology-based requirements will sufficiently mitigate the effects,

-------
                               -2-
EPA and the States may require chemical and toxicity testing
after installation of treatment and may reopen the permit to
incorporate additional limitations if needed to meet water
quality standards.  (Toxicity data, which are considered "new
information" in accordance with 40 CFR 122 .62( a) (2), could
constitute cause for permit modification where necessary.)

     To carry out this policy, EPA Regional Administrators will
assure that each Region has the capability to conduct water
quality assessments using both biological and chemical methods
and provide technical assistance to the States.


BACKGROUND

     The Clean Water Act establishes two principal bases for
effluent limitations.  First, existing dischargers are required
to meet technology-based effluent limitations that reflect the
best controls available considering economic impacts.  New source
dischargers must meet the best demonstrated technology-based
controls.  Second, where necessary, additional requirements are
imposed to assure attainment and maintenance of water quality
standards established by the States and approved by EPA.  In
establishing or reviewing NPDES permit limits,.EPA must ensure
that the limits will result in the attainment of water quality
standards and protect designated water uses, including an adequate
margin of safety.

     For toxic and nonconventional pollutants it may be difficult
in some situations to determine attainment or nonattainment
of water quality standards and set appropriate limits because of
complex chemical interactions which affect the fate and ultimate
impact of toxic substances in the receiving water.  In many
cases, all potentially toxic pollutants cannot be identified
by chemical methods.  In such situations, it is more feasible to
examine the whole effluent toxicity and instream impacts using
biological methods rather than attempt to identify all toxic
pollutants, determine the effects of each pollutant individually,
and then attempt to assess their collective effect.

     The scientific basis for using biological techniques has
advanced significantly in recent years.  There is now a general
consensus that an evaluation of effluent toxicity, when
adequately related to instream conditions, can provide a valid
indication of receiving system impacts.  This information can
be useful in developing regulatory requirements to protect
aquatic life, especially when data from toxicity testing are
analyzed in conjunction with chemical and ecological data.
Generic human health effects methods, such as the Ames mutegen-
icity test, and structure-activity relationship techniques are
showing promise and should be used to identify potential hazards.
However, pollutant-specific techniques are the best way to
evaluate and control human health hazards at this time.

-------
                               -3-
     Biological testing of effluents is an important aspect of
the water quality-based approach for controlling toxic pol-
lutants.  Effluent toxicity data in conjunction with other data
can be used to establish control priorities, assess compliance
with State water quality standards, and set permit limitations
to achieve those standards.*  All States have water quality
standards which include narrative statements prohibiting the
discharge of toxic materials in toxic amounts.  A few State stan-
dards have criteria more specific than narrative criteria (for
example, numerical criteria for specific toxic pollutants or a
toxicity criterion to achieve designated uses).  In States where
numerical criteria are not specified, a judgment by the regula-
tory authority is required to set quantitative water quality-
based limits on chemicals and ;effluent toxicity'to assure compli-
ance with water quality standards.


APPLICATION

     This policy applies to EPA and the States.  The policy
addresses the use of chemical and biological methods for assuring
that effluent discharges are regulated in accordance with Federal
and State requirements.  This policy was prepared, in part, in
response to concerns raised by litigants to the Consolidated
Permit Regulations (see 47 Federal Register 52079, November 18,
1982).  Use of these methods for developing water quality
standards and trend monitoring are discussed elsewhere (see
48 Federal Register 51400, November 8, 1983 and Basic Water
Monitoring Program EPA-440/9-76-025).  This policy is part of
EPA's water quality-based control program and does not supercede
other regulations, policy, and guidance regarding use attain-
ability, site-specific criteria modification, wasteload allocation,
and water quality management.


IMPLEMENTATION
State role-

     The control of toxic substances to protect water quality
must be done in the context of the Federal-State partnership.
EPA will work cooperatively with the States in identifying
potential water quality standards violations, assembling relevant
1 Section 308 of the Act and corresponding State statutes
authorize EPA and the States to require of the owner/operator
any information reasonably required to determine permit limits
and to determine compliance with standards or permit limits.
Biological methods are specifically mentioned.  Toxicity permit
limits are authorized under Section 301 and 402 and supported by
Section 101.

-------
                                -4-
data, developing appropriate  testing  requirements,  determining
whether  standards  are  being violated,  and defining  appropriate
permit limits.2

Integration of approaches-

     The  type  of testing  that is most  appropriate for  assessing
water quality  impacts  depends on the  type of  effluent  and dis-
charge situation.   EPA recommends  that an integrated approach,
including both biological and chemical techniques,  be  used  to
assess and control  water  quality.   The principal advantages of
chemical-specific  techniques  are that  (1) chemical  analyses
are  usually less expensive than biological measurements  in
simple cases;  (2)  treatment systems are more  easily designed to
meet chemical  requirements than toxicity requirements; and  (3)
human health hazards and  bioaccumulative pollutants can  best be
addressed at this  time by chemical-specific analysis.  The  prin-
cipal advantages of biological techniques are that  (1) the
effects  of complex  discharges of many  known and unknown  con-
stituents can  be measured only by  biological  analyses; (2)  bio-
availability of pollutants after discharge is best  measured
by toxicity testing; and  (3)  pollutants for which there  are
inadequate chemical analytical methods or criteria  can be
addressed.

     Pollutant-specific chemical analysis techniques should be
used where discharges  contain a few,  well-quantified pollutants
and  the  interactions and  effects of the pollutants  are known.
In addition, pollutant-specific techniques should be used where
health hazards are  a concern  or bioaccumulation is  suspected.
Biological techniques  should  be used where effluents are complex
or where  the combined  effects of multiple discharges are of
concern.  EPA  recognizes  that in many  cases both types of
'analysis must  be used.

Testing  requirements-

     Requirements  for  dischargers  to  collect  information to
assess attainment or nonattainment  of  State water quality stan-
dards will be  imposed  only in selected cases  where  the potential
for nonattainment of water quality  standards  exists.   Where
water quality  problems are suspected  but there is a strong  in-
dication  that  complying with  BCT/BAT will sufficiently mitigate
the  impacts, EPA recommends that applicable permits include
testing  requirements effective after  BCT/BAT  compliance  and
reopener  clauses allowing reevaluation of the discharge.
2 Under section  303 and  401 of  the Act, States  are given primary
responsibility for developing water quality standards and  limits
to meet those standards.   EPA's role  is to review the State
standards and limits and develop  revised or additional  standards
or limits as needed to meet the requirements of  the Act.

-------
                               -5-
     The chemical, physical, and biological testing to be con-
ducted by individual dischargers should be determined on a case-
by-case basis.  In making this determination, many factors must
be considered, including the degree of impact, the complexity
and variability of the discharge, the water body type and hydro-
logy, the potential for human health impact, the amount of existing
data, the level of certainty desired in the water quality assessment,
other sources of pollutants, and the ecology of the receiving
water.  The specific data needed to measure the effect that a
discharger has on the receiving water will vary according to
these and other factors.

     An assessment of water quality should, to the extent prac-
ticable, include other point and nonpoint sources of pollutants
if the sources may be contributing to the impacts.  -Special
attention should be focused on Publicly 'Owned Treatment Works
(POTW's) with a significant contribution of industrial wastewater.
Recent studies have indicated that such POTW's are often signi-
ficant sources of toxic materials.  When developing monitoring
requirements, interpreting data, and determining limitations,
permit engineers should work closely with water quality staff at.
both the State and Federal levels.

     A discharger may be required to provide data upon request
under section 308 of the Act, or such a requirement may be
included in its NPDES permit.  The development of a final assess-
ment may require several iterations of data collection.  Where
potential problems are identified, EPA or the State may require
monitoring to determine whether more information is needed con-
cerning water quality effects.

Use of data-

     Chemical, physical, and biological data will be used to
determine whether, after compliance with BCT/BAT requirements,
there will be violations of State water quality standards result-
ing from the discharge(s).  The narrative prohibition of toxic
materials in toxic amounts contained in all State standards is
the basis for this determination taking into account the desig-
nated use ,for the receiving water.  For example, discharges to
waters classified for propagation of cold water fish should be
evaluated in relation to acute and chronic effects on cold water
organisms, potential spawning areas, and effluent dispersion.

Setting permit limitations-

     Where violations of water quality standards exist or are
projected, the State and EPA will determine pollution control
requirements that will attain the receiving water designated
use.  Where effluent toxicity is an appropriate control para-
meter, permit limits on effluent toxicity should be developed.
In such cases, EPA may also require a permittee to conduct a
toxicity reduction evaluation.  A toxicity reduction evaluation
is an investigation conducted within a plant or municipal system

-------
                               -6-
to isolate the sources of effluent toxicity, determine specific
causative pollutants if possible, and determine the effec-
tiveness of pollution control options in reducing the effluent
toxicity.  If specific chemicals are identified as the cause of
the water quality standards violation, these individual pol-
lutants should be limited.  If a toxicity reduction evaluation
demonstrates that limiting an indicator parameter will ensure
attainment of the water quality-based effluent toxicity require-
ment, limits on the indicator parameter should be considered in
lieu of limits on effluent toxicity.  Such indicator limits are
not limits on causative pollutants but limits demonstrated to
result in a specific toxicity reduction.

Monitoring-

    Where pollution control requirements are expressed in terms
of a chemical or toxicological parameter, compliance monitoring
must include monitoring for that parameter.  If an indicator
parameter is used based on the results of a toxicity reduction
evaluation, periodic toxicity testing may be required to confirm
the adequacy of the indicator.  Where biological data were used
to develop a water quality assessment or where the potential
for water quality standards violations exist, biological
monitoring (including instream monitoring) may be required to
ensure continuing compliance with water quality standards.
     EPA believes that the intelligent application of an
integrated strategy using both biological, and chemical techniques
for water quality assessment will facilitate the development of
appropriate controls and the attainment of water quality
standards.  EPA looks forward to working with the States in a
spirit of cooperation to further refine these techniques.
    february 3, 1984

    Date                                Jack E. Ravan

                                   Assistant Administrator
                                          for Water

-------
                                                                    II.A.8.
"Continuance of NPDES General Permits under the APA", dated January 16,
1984.

-------

-------
         UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                                   *See Nunan Kitlutsisti v. Arco  Alaska, Inc.
                                  (D.C. Alaska,  1984), 592 F.S.  832, for a
                                   discussion of this issue. The court held that
                                  an expired general permit isoepicE OF not continued
                                  under the APA; on appeal the WATER
                                 ^dacifl^fl was vacated, however.
                            JAN
 MEMORANDUM                                  •

 •SUBJECT:  Continuance of NPDES General Permits 'Under, the APA

 FROM:   •/ -Bruce-'»R.  Barrett, Director "/j^-v^ C^"""**
           Office  of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)

 T0:       Regional  Water Management Division Directors
           Regional  Counsels

      We have received a number of- inquiries as to whether
 continuation of expired general permits is allowed under the
 Administrative Procedure Act (APA)  and the NPDES regulations'
>   recent Office of  General  Counsel  (OGC)  opinion (attached)
  ndicates that such continuance is  legally permissible.  However
 cnere are important reasons for EPA not to rely on APA continu-
 ance except in extreme  cases where  permit reissuance is delaved
 for unexpected or unavoidable  reasons.   This  memorandum add-esses
 the general permit  reissuance  process in  light of OGC's -ecen'-
 review of the continuance issue.

 SUMMARY

      NPDES general  permits  may  be continued under the APA '
 where the Agency has  failed  to  reissue  the permit prior"to
 expiration.   Although continuance is  legally  permissible,
 permits  should  be .continued  only as a last resort.and continuance
 snould  be avoided.by  timely'reissuance  of  general oermits
 wherever possible. '                                *

      Because  of the  geographic  scope  of general permits  and  the
 number of  facilities covered, continuance  could raise questions
 as  to whether EPA has adequately considered long-term cumulative
 environmental impacts, exacerbate the permit  issuance backlog,
 and_create new  issues or workload problems associated with new
 facility permits  since new facilities cannot  be covered by a
  rntinued  permit.  Continuance  is generally avoidable given
  equate  planning.   Where continuance is unavoidable,  it should
 ^e  for the .shortest  possible time.   Upon determining  that a
general  permit  will-not .be reissued  prior  to  expiration, the

-------
Regional Water Management  Division  Director  should  inform  the
Permits Division Director  and  provide a  specific  schedule  for
completing reissuance,

IMPLEMENTATION

     .The following requirements govern the continuance  of
general permits:

   .  o.  Only those facilities  authorized  to  discharge under  •
        the expiring general permit  are  covered by  the
        continued oennit.         •
                  *          .   • •

     o  -Where the notification requirements  of a  general
        permit provide permit  coverage prior to the  actual
        commencement of  operations  at a  site (e.g.,  mobile
        seafood processors  and oil  and gas drilling  vessels)
        facilities providing such "notice  prior to expiration
   »    are covered by the  contimued permit.                  ' '  •
                                                                 •
     o  At least six months prior to the  expiration  date of a
        general permit,  the Regional Water Management Division
        Director should  submit a draft general permit and a
        schedule for permit issuance or  reissuance  to the
        Permits Division Director.   If a  draft general  permit
        i-s. not-ready at  that time,  an explanation of the reasons -
        for delay and a  schedule for permit  development and
        reissuance, should  be  submitted  instead.  The Permits
        Division Director  will expedite  permit issuance and
        reissuance processes at headquarters  as much as possible
        and will inform  upper  management  in  the Office  of
        Water of any significant delays.

DISCUSSION    . .                 .                              •

     As with individual  NPDES  permits, it may become necessary
to administratively continue a general NPDES  permit  when re-
issuance of the permit or  issuance of a  new  permit  is impossible
before permit-expiration. • The APA  allows for continuance of a
Federal license or permit when a permittee has made  a timely
and complete application for a new permit.   Until OGC's recent
review of the issue, OWE?  had  advised the Regional Offices
that general permits could  not be continued  under the APA
because the NPDES regulations  do not require  applications for
general permits.  OWE? requested that OGC review  and provide a
written opinion on this  issue  since  a number  of parties had
questioned our legal position.  On  November  17, 1983, OGC informed
OWE? that general permits  can  legally be  continued under the
APA.       "

-------
                              - 3 -

      There are a number of strong policy and program reasons to
    ure  timely reissuance.rather than relying on APA continuance.
      general permits cover several .dozens or even hundreds of
 individual facilities.  The large number of facilities covered
 »nd the broad geographic coverage tend to focus industry and
 public  attention on Agency inaction when the permit is allowed
 to expire, especially in the early stages of implementation of
 the general permit program.

      Many general permits -are controversial at the time of
 initial permit issuance.  Similar controversies can be antici-.
 pated during re issuance.  EPA cannqt allow the public to  • '
 perceive that we are avoiding these issues through administrative
 continuance of expired permits.  For example, cumulative en-
 vironmental impact assessments hinge on the number and volume
 of discharges.  Information gathered during the term of. the
 original permit may justify new permit.limitations, terms and
 conditions at the time of reissuance.   For marine dischargers,
 determinations pursuant to §403(cj of the Clean Water Act are
 usually dependent on the estimates of the number of facilities
 that will discharge during the term of the permit.  Delay in
 updating these determinations raises questions about potential
•environmental impacts and the efficacy of permit conditions.-- .'
 Sirailar issues arise where there have been new standards or
  ftcluent limitation guidelines promulgated during .the course
    the  permit or changes in the CWA or applicable requirements
 .ncer other applicable statutes (e.g., Coastal Zone Management
 Act, Endangered Species Act).

      Finally, a major goal of the general permit program is to
 reduce  the Agency's NPDES permit issuance backlog.  Allowing
 general permits to expire aggravates the backlog problems.  In
 addition, new dischargers would not be covered until SPA re-
 issued  the general permit.  Since these  facilities would be
 liable  for .discharge without a permit, they would likely request
 an individual permit and be required to  submit a full application
 and do  appropriate testing.  This creates a permit issuance
 workload demand that wquld be avoided by timely reissuance of
 the general- permit, ,as well
-------
                                                           II.A.9.
Summaries of NPDES Permit Decisions by the Administrator  and
Judicial Officer (Issued irregularly.  For copies of  summaries,
contact the PunuiLb Division, OWED, EK
                                                    v/ww .

                                                               lb <2 20005-

-------
                                                               n.A.io
Training Manual for NPDES Permit Writers, May 1986. Table of Contents Only, updated
December 1996.

-------

United States                                                             Office of Water
Environmental Protection                                                   Washington, DC
Agency
          NPDES  Permit Writers'  Manual
                                 December 1996
!  i he statements in this document are intended soieiy as guidance, i his document is -ct ntenaed. nor can it be
!  relied on, to create any rights enforceable by any party ir. iitigation with the United States. EPA =nc State
j  officials may decide to follow the guidance provided in this document, or to act at variance with the guidance.
!  based on an analysis of specific site circumstances. This guidance may be revised withc'jt cuciic notice to
l  reflect changes in EPA's policy.
                           Office of Wastewater Management
                         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                Washington, DC  20460

-------
        "' "'-^ ^™~'"" "'- -^^^


                                  Foreword
      Since its establishment in the 1372 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Program
has achieved significant reductions in pollutant discharges, which in turn has resulted
in tremendous improvement to the quality of our Nation's water resources.  As we
move into the 21st century, the objective  of the national program will not only be to
develop solutions which address remaining  impacts to surface waters,  but to do so in
ways that continue to improve the effectiveness of the NPDES Program and allow us
to measure environmental progress and results.

      As  EPA and States take steps to improve the NPDES Program  and how it is
implemented, it is essential that all parties involved understand the fundamental basis
of the NPDES Program. The  NPDES Permit Writers' Manual is principally designed to
help permit writers  prepare legally defensible and enforceable NPDES  permits.  Its
purpose is to  serve as a useful resource in  providing the technical and legal
considerations which support the  development of NPDES permits.  However, the
manual is also intended to serve as a resource for others,  including stakeholders and
the  regulated  community, interested in the NPDES permitting process.  Only after
reaching  some common level of understanding of the NPDES Program and the issues
surrounding the permitting process, can EPA,  State permitting authorities, and
stakeholders develop optimal solutions  to improve the quality of our surface water
resources. To that end, I would like to  take this opportunity to highlight some of the
changes taking place within the NPDES Program:

          Stakeholder Involvement and Public Participation—EPA  is committed to
          getting permittees and  other interested parties involved at an early stage of
          the permit development and  decision making process.  For example,
          several NPDES authorities involve permittees and stakeholders in the
          permit development phase before the public notice process.  This early
          involvement provides an opportunity for the permitting  authorities,
          permittees and stakeholders to identify errors, address questions and
          develop optimal solutions.

          Watershed Approach—The Watershed Approach is EPA's  renewed
          emphasis to address all stressors within a hydrologically defined drainage
          basin instead of viewing individual pollutant sources in isolation of other
          stressors. The watershed approach allows us to recognize that the health
          of our water resources are the  result of complex interactions of various
          pollution sources, habitat conditions, flow and many other factors. EPA
          believes that these problems are  best addressed through the development
          of watershed plans that integrate  controls of  point  and  nonpoint sources
          and provide decision-makers with an opportunity to consider issues such as

-------
          protection and restoration of habitats, drinking water sources, ground water
          protection and other environmental and social objectives.  EPA strongly
          encourages innovative approaches that implement NPDES requirements in
          ways that achieve greater environmental results at the least cost.

      •   Refining of Point Source Focus—As we place greater emphasis on
          environmental results we realize that certain sources of pollution may
          require increased national attention to achieve local  watershed goals. EPA
          is actively engaged with States, environmental groups and the regulated
          community to. address pollution problems from wet weather sources (CSOs,
          storm water and sanitary sewer overflows), mining operations, concentrated
          animal feeding operations and other key point sources where substantial
          pollution reduction may be possible.  EPA is confident that involving
          stakeholders  in the development of solutions for these  remaining sources of
          pollution will provide optimal solutions.

      •   Burden Reduction—EPA is also pursuing regulatory reforms to eliminate
          unnecessary  regulations  and to reduce administrative burdens.  For
          example, in June 1995, EPA promulgated a rule to eliminate obsolete rules.
          In 1996, EPA finalized national guidance on ways to reduce reporting and
          monitoring for permittees that have good historical compliance records.

      As we move forward, we will continue to explore ways to promote watershed,
streamlining, and reinvention concepts discussed above to facilitate the continual
evolution and success of the NPDES Program.  As such, this manual is expected to
be revised periodically to reflect improvements, regulatory changes, and policy
decisions. Thank you for using this permit writers' guide.  We hope that it serves as  a
valuable resource and tool for helping to  achieve healthy water resources throughout
the Nation.
                                                     James F. Pendergas'
                                                       Acting Director
                                                      Permits Division

-------
List  of  Acronyms
Acronym

ACR
ANPRM
ASR
ASTM
BAT
BCT
BMP
BOD
BOD5
BPJ
BPT
CBOD
CERCLA

GERI
CFR
ChV
COD
CSO
CSS
CV
CWA
DMR
DO
DWO
EIS
ELG
EMM I
EPA
ESA
PDF
FR
FWS

QC/MS
ape
fc
              Full Phrase

              Acute-to-Chronic Ratio
              Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
              Alternative State Requirement
              American Society for Testing and Materials
              Best Available Technology Economically Achievable
              Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology
              Best Management Practice
              Biochemical Oxygen Demand
              5-day BOD
              Best Professional Judgment
              Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available
              Carbonaceous BOD
              Comprehensive Environmental Response.  Ccmpensation and
              Liabilities Act
              Center for Environmental Research Information
              Code of Federal Regulations
              Chronic Value
              Chemical Oxygen Demand
              Combined Sewer Overflow
              Combined Sewer System
              Coefficient of Variation
              Clean Water Act
              Discharge Monitoring Report
              Dissolved Oxygen
              Dry Weather Overflow
              Environmental Impact Statement
              Effluent Limitations Guidelines
              Environmental Monitoring Methods Index
              Environmental Protection Agency
              Endangered Species Act
              Fundamentally Different Factor
              Federal Register
              Fish and Wildlife Service
              Gas Chromatography
              Gas Chromatography/Mass SpectrcsccDy
              Gallons per Day
              Inhibition Concentration
                                 SERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - A-1

-------
    •-• -"•" V'- •VT-:T-^~;-M^^^
    • • ••:' ' V:'?:-*.-. ^:.'v.^T/.-:Wi:iV>,;;^,^
Contents
                                                                  Page

List of Acronyms	A-1

Glossary of Terms   	  G-1

Chapter 1—Introduction	  1

    1.1   History and Evolution of the NPDES Program	  2

Chapter 2 —Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program	  7

    2.1   Regulatory Framework of the NPDES Program	  7
    2.2   Scope of the NPDES Program	  8
    2.3   NPDES Program Areas	 14
         2.3.1   NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Municipal Sources	 14
         2.3.2   NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Industrial Sources  	 18

Chapter 3—Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process 	 21

    3.1   Types of Permits	 21
    3.2   Major Components of a Permit  	 23
    3.3   Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES Individual
         Permits  	 23
    3.4   Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES General
         Permits  	 26
    3.5   Roles and Responsibilities  of the Federal and State Authorities	 27

Chapter 4—The  Permit Application Process 	  29

    4.1   NPDES Permit Application  Forms 	  29
         4.1.1   Municipal Application Requirements
                        (Form A and Short Form A)  	  31
         4.1.2   Non-Municipal Permit Application Requirements  	  32
         4.1.3   Application Requirements for NPDES General Permits	  36
    4.2   Application Deadlines  	  36
    4.3   Review of the Application  	  37
         4.3.1   The Complete Application	  39
         4.3.2   Common Omissions and  Errors in Applications  	  39
         4.3.3   The Accurate Application	  42


                                       &EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - i

-------
     4.4   Facility Information Review  	 43
           4.4.1   Background Information Review	 43
           4.4.2   Facility Site Visits  	 45
     4.5   Confidential Information	 4~

 Chapter 5—Technology-Based Effluent Limits	 ~=
     5.1    Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Non-Municipal
           Dischargers  	  50
           5.1.1   Statutory and Regulatory Foundation  	  50
           5.1.2   Development of National Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
                  Performance Standards	  53
           5.1.3   General Considerations Concerning the Use of Effluent
                  Limitation Guidelines  	  56
           5.1.4   Best Professional Judgment Permit Limits	  66
     5.2    Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Municipal
           Dischargers  	  75
           5.2.1   Secondary Treatment  	  75
           5.2.2   Equivalent-to-Secondary Treatment Definition 	  79

Chapter 6—Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits 	  87

     6.1    Overview of Water Quality Standards	  88
           6.1.1   Components of Water Quality Standards	  89
           6.1.2   Establishing Water Quality Criteria 	  91
           6.1.3   Future Directions for Water Quality Standards	  93
     6.2    Approaches to implementing Water Quality Standards  	  94
           6.2.1   Chemical-Specific Approach	  94
           6.2.2   Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) Approach	  94
           6.2.3   Biological Criteria or Biological Assessment  Approach  	  98
     6.3    Determining the Need for WQBELs  	  99
           6.3.1   Defining "Reasonable Potential" to Exceed Applicable Criteria  .  99
           6.3.2   Determining Reasonable Potential With Effluent Monitoring
                  Data	  101
           6.3.3   Determining Reasonable Potential Without Effluent Monitoring
                  Data	  103
     6.4    Exposure Assessment and Wasteload Allocation  	  104
           6.4.1   Total  Maximum Daily Loads	  104
           6.4.2   Calculating Wasteload Allocations  	  106
           6.4.3   Selecting a Water Quality Model	  107
     6.5    Permit Limit Derivation  	  111
           6.5.1   Expression of Permit Limits  	  112
           6.5.2   Limits  Derived from Steady-State Model Outputs	  112
           6.5.3   Limits  Derived from Dynamic Model Outputs	  114
          6.5.4   Special Considerations Permits  Protecting Human Health  ...  114
ii - &Eft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter 7—Monitoring and Reporting Conditions  	  115

    7.1   Establishing Monitoring Conditions	  116
          7.1.1   Monitoring Location	  117
          7.1.2   Monitoring Frequency  	  119
          7.1.3   Sample Collection Methods	  122
          7.1.4   Analytical Methods  	  125
          7.1.5   Other Considerations in Establishing Monitoring Requirement .  127
          7.1.6   Establishing Monitoring Conditions for Unique Discharges  ...  129
    7.2   Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements  	  134

Chapter 8—Special Conditions  	  137

    8.1   General Types of Special Conditions  	  138
          8.1.1   Special Studies and Additional Monitoring	  138
          8.1.2   Best Management Practices (BMPs)	  141
          8.1.3   Pollution Prevention	  146
          8.1.4   Compliance Schedules  	  148
    8.2   Permit Conditions Addressing Storm Water Discharges Associated
          With Industrial Activities	  149
    8.3   Special Conditions for Municipal Facilities	  151
          8.3.1   The National Pretreatment Program  	  151
          8.3.2   Municipal Sewage Sludge  	  156
          8.3.3   Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs)	  159
          8.3.4   Sanitary Sewer Overflows  	  164
          8.3.5   Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4)  	  164

Chapter 9—Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits	  167

    9.1   Types of Standard Conditions  	  168
    9.2   Other  Standard Conditions  	  170

Chapter 10—Variances to Permit Requirements and Other Regulatory
            Considerations	  171

    10.1  Variances to Technology-Based Permit Requirements	  171
          10.1.1  Economic Variances   	  172
          10.1.2  Variances Based on Localized Environmental Factors	  173
          10.1.3  Marine Discharge Variances	  174
          10.1.4  Fundamentally Different Factors Variances  	  175
          10.1.5  Thermal  Discharge Variances	  175
          10.1.6  Net Credits	  176
    10.2  Variances to Water Quality-Based Permit Requirements  	  176
          10.2.1  Site-Specific Water Quality Criteria Modification	  177
          10.2.2  Designated Use Reclassification	  177
          10.2.3  Water Quality Standard Variance 	  177


                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Hi

-------
    10.3  Additional Programmatic Considerations and Requirements	   178
          10.3.1  Anti-Backsliding	   178
          10.3.2  Considerations for Other Federal Laws	   185

Chapter 11—Administrative Process  	   191

    11.1  Documentation For Development of the Draft Permit	   192
          11.1.1  Administrative Record 	   193
          11.1.2  Fact Sheets and Statements of Basis	   194
    11.2  Items to Address Prior to Issuance of a Final Permit	   197
          11.2.1  Public Notice	   198
          11.2.2  Public Comments  	   199
          11.2.3  Public Hearing	•	   201
          11.2.4  State/Tribal Roles in Reviewing Draft Permit  	   202
          11.2.5  Schedule for Final Permit Issuance	   203
    11.3  Administrative Actions After Final Permit Issuance	   203
          11.3.1  Permit Appeals	   204
          11.3.2  Permit Modification, Revocation,  Termination, and Transfer  ..   206
          11.3.3  Termination of Permits	   208
          11.3.4  Transfer of Permits  	   209

Chapter 12—Permit Compliance  and Enforcement  	   211

    12.1  Overview	   211
    12.2  Compliance Monitoring 	   212
          12.2.1  Compliance Review	   212
          12.2.2  Compliance Inspections	   213
    12.3  Quarterly Noncompliance Reports  	   214
    12.4  Enforcement	   216
    12.5  Public Participation	   218
    12.6  Compliance Assistance and Voluntary Compliance Policies	   218
Appendix A    Index to NPDES Regulations
Appendix B    Effluent Guidelines and Standards
Appendix C    List of SIC Codes
Appendix D    How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents
 iv - offlA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
fggp^ST' '^y;.:r"'-":3:n^S;^;BH^^l^^^^^^^^£*:^^^^^r^^^^^^;;^^^^^^

List   of  Exhibits
                                                                Page

EXHIBIT 1-1  Organization of the Clean Water Act	   4

EXHIBIT 2-1  Federal NPDES Regulations (40 CFR Part 122)	   9
EXHIBIT 2-2  Sources of Discharge to Waters of the United States 	  11
EXHIBIT 2-3  NPDES Program Areas and Applicable Regulations	  12

EXHIBIT 3-1  NPDES Permit Components	  24
EXHIBIT 3-2  Major Steps Involved in Developing and Issuing an
            Individual NPDES Permit 	  25

EXHIBIT 4-1  Applications Forms Required for NPDES Discharges	 . .  30
EXHIBIT 4-2  Permit Application Review 	  38

EXHIBIT 5-1  Statutory Deadlines for BPT, BAT, and BCT 	  53
EXHIBIT 5-2  Effluent Guidelines Flowchart  	  54
EXHIBIT 5-3  ELGs for Iron and Steel Manufacturing 	  57
EXHIBIT 5-4  OCPSF Effluent Limitations Guidelines 	  62
EXHIBIT 5-5  BPJ Permitting Tools 	  72
EXHIBIT 5-6  Secondary Treatment Standards	  76
EXHIBIT 5-7  State-Specific ASRs	  84

EXHIBIT 6-1  Components of an Integrated Approach to Water Quality-Based
            Toxics Control	  95
EXHIBIT 6-2  Basic Mass Balance Water Quality Equation 	 102
EXHIBIT 6-3  Components of a TMDL	 105

EXHIBIT 7-1  Examples of Specifying Sampling Locations in Permits	 120
EXHIBIT 7-2  Compositing Methods  	 126
EXHIBIT 7-3  Estimated Costs for Common Analytical Procedures	 128
EXHIBIT 7-4  Minimum Requirements for Sewage Sludge Monitoring,
            Based on Method of Sludge Use or Disposal	 133
EXHIBIT 7-5  Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)  	 135

EXHIBIT 8-1  Categories of  CSO Permitting Conditions	 162
EXHIBIT 8-2  Nine Minimum CSO Controls  	 163 .
EXHIBIT 8-3  Elements of the Long-Term CSO Controi Plan	 163
                                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - v

-------
EXHIBIT 10-1
EXHIBIT 11-1
EXHIBIT 11-2
EXHIBIT 11-3
EXHIBIT 11-4
EXHIBIT 11-5
EXHIBIT 11-6
EXHIBIT 11-7
EXHIBIT 11-8
Anti-Backsliding Rules Relating to Water Quality-Based Effluent
Limitations	

NPDES Permitting Administrative Process . . '.	
Elements of the Draft NPDES Permit Administrative Record  . . .
Elements of the Administrative Records for a Final Permit
Required Contents of a Fact Sheet	
Actions That Must Receive Public Notice	
Contents of the Public Notice 	
Conditions Requiring Major Modification  	
Conditions Requiring Minor Modification  	
181

192
194
195
196
198
199
207
208
vi - SEW NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
                                                   II.A.11,
"Policy Statement on Scope of Discharge Authorization and Shield
Associated with NPDES Permits", July 1, 1994.

-------
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20480


              .     -'.    V-.JUL:'-  I-
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:  Policy Statement on-Scope of Discharge Authorization
          and  Shield Associated with NPDES Permits
FROM:     Robert
          Assistant Adminis€fa€or ffor Water

          Steven A.  Herman
          Assistant Administrator for Enforcement

          Jean C. Nelson
          General 'Counsel

TO:       Regional  Administrators
          Regional  Counsels

     Recently, questions have been  raised regarding  EPA's
interpretation of the scope of the  "shield" associated with
National Pollutant  Discharge Elimination System  (NPDES) permits
under the Clean Water Act  (CWA).  Section 402(k)  of  the CWA —
the "shield" provision —  provides  that, compliance with an  NPDES
permit shall be deemed compliance,  for purposes of section  309
and 505 enforcement, with  sections  301. 302, 306, 307  and 403 of
the CWA (except for any standard  imposed under section 307  for
toxic pollutants injurious to human health).  This policy
statement .describes EPA's  position  on the scope of the
authorization to discharge under  an NPDES permit, and  the shield
thus associated with the permit authorization.
     As part of an application for an individual NPDES permit,
EPA requires that an applicant provide information on its
facility,  in the; case of industrial permit applications, this
includes specific information about the presence and quantity of
a number of specific, pollutants in the facility's effluent, as
well as on all waste ' streams and operations contributing to the
facility's effluent: and the treatment the vastevater receives.
Applications for municipal discharges focus primarily on the
operation and treatment processes at the municipal treatment
works.  See 40 C.F.R. 5 122.21.
    ••'"'.        '                             *           '
     Historically, EPA has viewed the permit, together with
material submitted during the application process and information
in the public record accompanying the permit, as important bases

-------
                               •••a--


 for an authorization to discharge under section 402 of the CWA.
 The availability of the section 402(k) shield is predicated upon
 the issuance of an NFDES permit and a permittee's full compliance
 with all applicable application requirements, any additional
 information requests made by the permit authority and any
-applicable notification requirements. See 40 C.F.R. S$122.4l(l)
 and 122.42  Also see, 45 Fed. £§£. 3 3 311-12," 33522^23 (May- 19,
                                           '     ^
    •  A permit provides authorization and therefore a shield for
 the following pollutants resulting from facility processes, waste
 streams and operations that have been clearly identified in the
 permit application process when discharged from specif ied
 outfalls: ,                                         .
                                  \       '       .•'••'•
      1)   pollutants specifically limited in the permit or
    -      pollutants which the permit, fact sheet/ or
           administrative record explicitly identify as controlled
         :  through indicator parameters;1   .       • '•    .        , .  ••
                  •      .      . *"        ' "    •     " .            '   ••
      2)   Pollutants f or vhic*. che permit authority has not
           established limits or other permit conditions, but
           which are specifically identified as present in
          , facility discharges during the permit application
           process; and         •    ,   .                 .

      2)   Pollutants not identified as present but which are
           constituents of wastestreams, operations or processes
           that were clearly identified during the permit
           application process .z

      With respect to subparts 2 and 3 of the permit authorization
 described above, EPA recognizes . that a discharger may make
 changes to its permitted facility (which contribute pollutants to
 the effluent at -a permitted outfall) during the effective period
 of the NPDES permit.  Pollutants associated with these changes
 (provided they are within the scope of the operations identified
 in the permit application) are also authorized provided the   :
 discharger has complied in a timely manner with all applicable,
 notification requirements (see 40 C.F.R. SS 122.41(1) and
 122. 42 (a) & (b)) -and the permit does not otherwise limit or
 prohibit such discharge**.        ,
      1   Of course, authorization is only provided to discharge
 such pollutants within the limits and subject to the conditions
 set forth in the  t>ermit.    ...

     '3   The permit, of course,  may explicitly prohibit or limit
 the scope of such discharges.

-------
     Notwithstanding any pollutants  that nay be authorized
pursuant to subparts 1  and  2  above,  an  NPDES permit does not
authorise the discharge of  any pollutants associated with
wastestreams, operations, or  processes  which existed at the time
of the permit application and which  were not clearly identified
during the application  process.                    .
                      General NPDES Permits         .

     Section 402 (k) also shields discharges of pollutants
authorized under  a general permit. . EPA's position is that
general permits authorize the discharge of all pollutants within
the specified scope of a particular general .permit, subject to.
all pollutant limits, notification requirements and other
conditions within a particular general permit so  long as the
permittee complies with all EPA application requirements for the
general permit...   '•-_  ,  ...  ;•',..    . .    . •' .      '  •_•- , ' ; .

     EPA regulations provide. tjie circumstances for which
discharges may be authorized'  .:er a general permit.   See 40
C.F.R.: s 122. 28.   76 obtain autnorization to discharge under a
general permit  (and consequently,. the protection  of the  shield),
in most cases, the prospective permittee must submit  either a
written notice of .intent to be subject to the general permit or a:
permit application as appropriate.' General: permittees are also
subject to the notification provisions of 40 C.F.R. S$ 122.41 and
122.42.   '•   '  , .   •       •  -   .' .  •_•-..-.•.       ' ';     •"


''   -'.'  ' '   •-..'•••' '. -'•-  •   : . •   Spills   '    ;-. '    •-.'••"   ' • ' r  ;

     While NPDES  permits may authorize the discharge  of
pollutants associated with intermittent flows, permits, do not
generally authorize the discharge .of pollutants associated with
spills.  There may be limited circumstances where anticipated  .
spills, are fully  disclosed to EPA and considered  during  the
permitting process as documented in the public record consistent
with applicable NPDES regulations.  In such circumstances, ,the,
discharge of pollutants from such spills would be authorized BO
long as the permit does not otherwise limit or prohibit  such
discharges and such » spill does not violate any  statutory or
regulatory provision.                               .
     Finally,  there also has been some question regarding the
relationship of  t..e NPDES permit shield and the "federally
permitted release"  exemption under the Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCIA)

-------
EPA's position is that the scope of federally permitted releases
under CERCLA section 101(10)(A), (B) and  (C) is currently defined
by the regulations at 40 C.F.R. § 117 12, which implement
language in section 311 of the  CWA that is very similar to the
federally permitted release definitions.  Thus, the Agency takes
the position that the NPDES permit shield outlined above in no
way expands the scope of the federally permitted releases under
CERCUU '.-'•.-.    . '  .-•'.' .   .     .-•'  '•.•./•    .'      .' •  •   ..  •'

    •  •..'•'•'•   '   •  -.    "•    Hext Steps  •  /'•    ".  .;    ';   '    •''..-.

     The Of f ice .of Water has established  two regulatory
workgroups which are working on revisions to the NPDES permit
application regulations for municipal and industrial  dischargers.
He want the regulations to ensure the applicant'has the
responsibility. to more fully characterize the nature  of its
effluent, and the contributions of the effluent to the receiving
water.  In .addressing this issue, we will review EPA's position
on the scope of the shield provided by S402(k).  In addition,  we
will consider changes to related NPDES permit regulations,
including whether to revise the requirements for: facilities to
notify EPA (or the State) of modifications to its operations or
processes; facilities to notify EPA (or the State) of changes in
the discharge; notification to  the public of the nature of the
discharge limitations a permittee is held responsible for; • and
the use cf indicator pollutants.          .

     We encourage the Regions to actively participate in the
development of these updated regulations.  The current schedule
calls for proposal of the changes to the  municipal application .
requirements in 1994 an*  -romulgation of .the revised  regulations
in 1996.  Our new schedule for .changes to the industrial
application requirements, for which there is more interest in
.permit shield issues,  is proposal of the  regulation, changes in FY
1995.    •        •  ' ./.•     '  '"  '   '; •   •   :;     ''      ;.:•••.'••'..-

     If you have any questions  on these issues, please contact us
or have your staff contact, Cynthia Dougherty in the  Off ice of
Water at 202 260-9545, David Hindin in the Office of  Enforcement
at 202 501-6004, or Richard Witt in OGC at 202 260-7715.


cc:  Elliott P. Laws
     Regional Water Management  Division Directors
     QRC water  Branch  Chiefs
     Lois schiffer, DOJ         .
  • .  Joel cross/ DOJ  '  :     : '-• '        ..'•..'•'..     :-"••.'.'.,.'

-------
II. A. 12.       "Incentives for Self-Policing: Disclosure, Correction and Prevention of
              Violations", December 22, 1995.

-------
 Friday -
 December 22, 1995
Part III



Environmental

Protection Agency

Incentives for Self-Policing: Discovery,
Disclosure, Correction and Prevention of
Violations; Notice

-------
 66706
Federal  Register / Vol. 60, No.  246 / Friday, December 22. 1995 / Notices
 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
 AGENCY

 IFRL-«400-1]

 Incentives for Self-Policing: Discovery,
 Disclosure, Correction and Prevention
 of Violations

 AGENCY: Environmental Protection
 Agency (EPA)..
 ACTON; Final Policy Statement

 SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection
 Agency (EPA) today issues its final
 policy to enhance protection of human
 health and the environment by
 encouraging regulated entities to
 voluntarily discover, and disclose and
 correct violations of environmental
 requirements. Incentives include
 eliminating or substantially reducing .
 the gravity component of civil penalties
 and not recommending cases for
 criminal prosecution where specified
 conditions are met. to those who
 voluntarily self-disclose and promptly
 correct violations. The policy also
 restates EPA'a long-standing practice of
 not requesting voluntary audit reports to
 trigger enforcement investigations. This
 policy was developed in close
 consultation with the U.S. Department
 of Justice, states, public interest group*
 and the regulated community, and will
 be applied uniformly by the Agency's
 enforcement programs.
 DATES: ThU policy is effective January
 22.1996.
 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
 Additional documentation relating to
 the development of this policy is
 contained in the environmental auditing
 public docket Documents from the
 docket may be obtained by calling (202)
 260-7548. requesting an index to docket
 fC-94-oi. and faxing document
 requests to (202) 260-4400. Hours of
 operation are 8 a.m. to 5:30 poo..
 Monday through Friday, «'
-------
                    Federal  Register  /  Vol.  60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22.  1995 / Notices
                                                                    66707
   violations that an promptly disclosed
 •  and corrected, and which were
  ' discovered through voluntary audits or
   compliance management systems that
   demonstrate due diligence. To further
   promote compliance, the policy reduces.
   gravity-based penalties by 75% for any
   violation voluntarily discovered and
   promptly disclosed and corrected, even
   if not found through an audit or
   compliance management system.
 •  EPA's enforcement program provides
   a strong incentive for responsible
 •  behavior by imposing stiff sanctions for
   noncompliance. Enforcement has
   contributed to the dramatic expansion
   of environmental auditing measured in
   numerous recent surveys. For example.
   more than'90% of the corporate
   respondents to a 1995 Price-Waterhouse
   survey who conduct audits said that one
   of the reasons they did so was to find
  and correct violations before they were
  found by government inspectors. (A
'   copy of the Price-Waterhouse survey is
  contained in the Docket as document
  Vm-A-76.)
    At the same time, because government
  resources are limited, maximum
  compliance cannot be achieved without
  active efforts by the regulated
  community to police themselves. More
  than half of the respondents to the same
  1995 Price-Waterhouse survey said that
  they would expand environmental
 auditing in exchange for reduced
  penalties for violations discovered and
 corrected. While many companies
 already audit or have compliance  .
 management programs. EPA believes
 that the incentives offered in this policy
 will improve the frequency and quality
 of these self-monitoring efforts.

 D. Incentives for Self-Policing
   Section C of EPA's policy identifies
 the major incentives that EPA will
 provide to encourage self-policing, self-
 disclosure, and prompt self-correction.
 These include not seeking gravity-based
 civil penalties or redurcig them by
 75%. declining to recommend criminal
 prosecution for regulated entities that
 self-police, and refraining from routine
 requests for audits. (As noted in Section
 C of the policy. EPA has refrained from
 making routine requests for audit
 reports since issuance of its 1986 policy
 on environmental auditing.)  .

 -1. Eliminating Gravity-Based Penalties
   Under Section C(l) of the policy. EPA
 will not seek gravity-based penalties for
 violations found through auditing that
 are promptly disclosed and corrected.
 Gravity-based penalties will also be
 waived for violations found through any
 documented procedure for self-policing.
 where the company can show that it has
 a compliance management program that
 meets the criteria for due diligence in
 Section B of the policy.
   Gravity-based penalties (defined in
 Section B-of the policy) generally reflect
 the seriousness of the violator's
 behavior. EPA has elected to waive such
 penalties for violations discovered
 through due diligence or environmental
 audits, recognizing that these voluntary
 efforts play a critical role in protecting
 human health and the environment by
 identifying, correcting and ultimately
 preventing violations. All of the
 conditions set forth in Section 0. which
 include prompt disclosure and
 expeditious correction, must be satisfied
 for gravity-based penalties to be waived.
   As in the interim policy. EPA reserves
 the right to collect any economic benefit
 that may have been realized as a result
 of noncompliance. even where
 companies meet all other conditions of
 the policy. Economic benefit may be
 waived, however, where the Agency
 determines that it is insignificant
   After considering public comment.
 EPA has decided to retain the discretion
 to recover economic benefit for two
 reasons. First, it provides an incentive
 to comply on time. Taxpayers expect to
 pay interest or a penalty fee if their tax
 payments are late: the same principle
 should apply to corporations that have
 delayed their investment in compliance.
 Second, it is fair because it protects
 responsible companies from being
 undercut by their noncompiying
 competitors, thereby preserving a level
 playing field. The concept of recovering
 economic benefit was supported in
 public comments by many stakeholders.
 including industry representatives (see.
 e.g.. Docket. D-F-39.Q-F-28. and D-F-
 18).                    '.-..-
 2.75% Reduction of Gravity
  The policy appropriately limits the
 complete waiver of gravity-based dvil
 penalties to companies that meet the
 higher standard of environmental
 auditing or systematic compliance
 management However, to provide
 additional encouragement for the kind
 of self-policing that benefits the public,
 gravity-based penalties will be reduced
 by 75% for • violation that is
 voluntarily discovered, promptly
 disclosed and expeditiously corrected.
 even if it was not found through an
 environmental audit and the company
 cannot document due diligence. EPA
 expects  that this will encourage
companies to come forward and work
with the Agency to resolve
environmental problems and begin to
develop an effective compliance
management program.
   Gravity-based penalties will be
 reduced 75% only where the company
 meets all conditions in Sections 0(2)
 through D(9). EPA has eliminated
 language from the interim policy
 indicating that penalties may be
 reduced "up to" 75% where "most"
 conditions are met. because the Agency
 believes that all of the conditions in
 D(2) through D(9) are reasonable and
 essential to achieving compliance. This
 change also responds to requests for
 greater clarity and predictability.

 3. No Recommendations for Criminal
 Prosecution
   EPA has never recommended criminal
 prosecution of a regulated entity based
 on voluntary disclosure of violations
 discovered through audits and disclosed
 to the government before an
 investigation was already under way.
 Thus. EPA will not recommend criminal
 prosecution for a regulated entity that
 uncovers violations through
 environmental audits or due diligence.
 promptly discloses and expeditiously
 corrects those violations, and meets all
 other conditions of Section D of the
 policy.
   This policy is limited to good actors.
 and therefore has important limitations.
 It will not apply, for example, where
 corporate officials are consciously
 involved in or willfully blind to
 violations, or conceal or condone
 noncompliance. Since the regulated
 entity must satisfy all of the conditions
 of Section D of the policy, violations
 that caused serious harm or which may
 pose imminent and substantial
 endangerment to human health or the
 environment are not covered by this
 policy. Finally. EPA reserves the right to
 recommend prosecution for the criminal
 conduct-of any culpable individual.
 .  Even where all of the conditions of
 this policy are not met however, it is
•important to remember that EPA may
 decline to recommend prosecution of a
 company or individual for many other
 reasons under other-Agency
 enforcement policies. For example, the
 Agency may decline to recommend
 prosecution where there is" no
 significant harm or culpability and the
 individual or corporate defendant has
 cooperated fully:
   Where a company has met the
 conditions for avoiding a
 recommendation for criminal
 prosecution under this policy, it will  .
 not face any civil liability for gravity-
 based penalties. That is because the
 same conditions for discovery.
 disclosure, and correction apply in both
 cases. This represents a clarification of
 the interim policy, not a substantive
 change.

-------
 66708
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No.  246 / Friday.  December 22. 1995 / Notices
 4. No Routing Requests for Audits

   EPA is reaffirming its policy, in effect
 since 1986. to refrain from routine
 requests for audits. Eighteen months of
 public testimony and debate have
 produced no evidence that the Agency
 has deviated, or should deviate, from
 this policy.
   If the Agency has independent
 evidence of a violation, it may seek
 information needed to establish the
 extent and nature of the problem and
 the degree of culpability. In general.
 however, an audit which results in
 prompt correction clearly will reduce
 liability, not expand it Furthermore, a
 review of the criminal .docket did not
 reveal a single criminal prosecution for
 violations discovered as a result of an
 audit salMisclosed to the government.

 £ Conditions
   Section D describes the nine
 conditions that a regulated entity must
 meet in order for the Agency not to seek
 (or to reduce) gravity-based penalties
 under the policy. As explained in the
 Summary above, regulated entities that
 meet all nine conditions will not face
 gravity-based civil penalties, and will
 generally not have to fear criminal
 prosecution. Where the regulated entity
 meets all of the conditions except the
 Gnt (DID). EPA will reduce gravity-
 based penalties by 75%..

 1. Discovery of the Violation Through
 an Environmental Audit or Due
 Diligence.
  Under Section D(l). the violation
 must have been discovered through.
 either (a) an environmental audit that is
 systematic objective, and periodic as
 defined in the 1986 audit policy, or (b)
 a documented, systematic procedure or
 practice which reflects the regulated
 entity's due diligence in preventing.
 detecting, and correcting violations. The
 interim policy provided full credit for
 any violation found through "voluntary '
self-evaluation.** even if the evaluation
did not constitute an audit In order to
receive full credit under the final policy.
any self-evaluation that is not an audit
must be pan of a "due diligence"   •
 program. Both "environmental audit"  .
and "due diligence" are defined in
Section B of the policy.
  Where the violation is discovered
through a "systematic procedure or
 practice" which is not an audit, the
regulated entity will be asked to
document how its program reflects the
criteria for due diligence as defined in
Section B of the policy. These criteria.
which are adapted from existing codes
of practice such as the 1991 Criminal  .
 Sentencing Guidelines, were fully
                    discussed during the ABA dialogue. The
                    criteria are flexible enough to
                    accommodate different types and sizes
                    of businesses. The Agency recognizes
                    that a variety of compliance
                    management programs may develop
                    under the due diligence criteria, and
                    will use its review under this policy to
                    determine whether basic criteria have
                    been met
                      Compliance management programs
                    which train and motivate production
                    staff to prevent, detect and correct
                    violations on a daily basis are a valuable
                    complement to periodic auditing. The
                    policy is responsive to
                    recommendations received during
                    public comment and from the ABA
                    dialogue to give compliance
                    management efforts which meet the
                    criteria for due diligence the same
                    penalty reduction offend for
                    environmental audits. (See. e.g.. D-F-
                    39. H-E-18. and D-C-18 in the Docket)
                    .  EPA may require as a condition of
                    penalty mitigation that a description of
                    the regulated entity's due diligence
                    efforts be made publicly available. The
                    Agency added this provision in
                    response to suggestions from
                    environmental groups, and believes that
                    the availability of such information will
                    allow the public to judge the adequacy
                    Ot COQlDUft&GO DlaVUfl0S&0&l VYSvlCDS*
                   . lead to enhanced compliance, and foster
                    greater public trust-in the integrity of
                    compliance management systems.
                    2. Voluntary Discovery and Prompt
                    Disclosure
                      Under Section 1X2) of the final policy.
                    the violation must have bean identified
                    voluntarily, and not through a
                    monitoring, sampling, or auditing
                    procedure that is required by statute.
                    regulation, permit, judicial or
                    administrative order, or consent
                    agreement Section D(4) requires that
                    disclosure of the violation be prompt
                    and in writing. To avoid confusion and   '
                    respond to state requests for greater
                    clarity, disclosures under this policy
                    should be made to EPA. The Agency
                    will work closely with states in
                    implementing the policy.
                      The requirement that discovery of .the
                    violation be voluntary is consistent with
                    proposed federal and state bills which
                    would reward those discoveries that the
                    regulated entity can legitimately
                    attribute to its own voluntary efforts.
                      The policy gives three specific
                    examples of discovery that would not be
                    voluntary, and therefore would not be
                    eligible for penalty mitigation:
                    emissions violations detected through a
                    required continuous emissions monitor.
                    violations of NPDES discharge limits
                    found through prescribed monitoring.
 and violations discovered through a
 compliance audit required to be
 performed by the terms of a consent
 order or settlement agreement.
  The final policy generally applies to
 any violation that is voluntarily
 discovered, regardless of whether the
 violation is required to be reported. This
 definition responds to comments
 pointing out that reporting requirements
 are extensive, and that excluding them
 from the policy's scope would severely
 limit the incentive for self-policing (see.
 «.£., n-C-48 in the Docket).
  The Agency wishes to emphasize that
 the integrity of federal environmental
 law depends upon timely and accurate
 reporting. The public relies on timely
 and accurate reports from the regulated
 community, not only to measure
 corapliance.but to evaluate health or
 environmental risk and gauge  progress
 in reducing pollutant loadings. EPA   .
 expects the policy to encourage the kind
 of vigorous self-policing that will serve
 these objectives, and not to provide an
 excuse for delayed reporting. Where
 violations of reporting requirements are
 voluntarily discovered, they must be
 promptly reported (as discussed below).
 Where a failure to report results in
 imminent and substantial endangerment
 or serious harm, that violation is not
 covered under this policy (see
 Condition 0(8)). The policy also
 requires the regulated entity to prevent
 recurrence of the violation, to ensure
 that noncompliance .with reporting
 requirements is not repeated. EPA will
 closely scrutinize the effect of the policy
 in furthering the public interest in
 timely and accurate reports from the
 regulated community.
  Under Section D(4). disclosure of the
 violation should be made within 10.
 days of its discovery, and in writing to
 EPA. Where a statute or regulation
 requires reporting be made in less than
 10 days, disclosure should be made
 within the time limit established by law.
 Where reporting within ten days is not
practical because the violation is
 complex and compliance cannot be
 determined within that period, the
 Agency may accept later disclosures if
 the circumstances do not present a
 serious threat and the regulated entity
 meets its burden of showing that the
 additional time was needed to
 determine compliance status.
  This condition recognizes that it is
 critical for EPA to get timely reporting
 of violations in order that it might have
 clear notice of the violations and the
 opportunity to respond if necessary, as
 well as an accurate picture of a given
 facility's compliance record. Prompt
 disclosure is also evidence of the
 regulated entity's good faith in wanting

-------
                   Federal Register /Vol. 60. No. 246  /  Friday. December 22.  1995 / Notices
                              66709
 to achieve or return to compliance as
 soon as possible.
   In the final policy, the Agency has
 added'the words, "or may have
 occurred." to the sentence. "The
 regulated entity fully discloses that a  •
 specific violation has occurred, or may
 have occurred * • '." This change.''
 which was made in response to
 comments received, clarifies that where
 an entity has some doubt about the
 existence of a violation, the
 recommended course is for it to disclose
 and allow the regulatory authorities to
 make a definitive determination.
   In general, the Freedom of
 Information Act will govern the
 Agency's release of disclosures made
 pursuant to this policy. EPA will.
 independently of FOIA. make publicly
 available any compliance agreements
 reached under the policy (see  Section H
 of the policy), as well is descriptions of
 due diligence programs submitted under
 Section 0.1 of the Policy. Any material
 claimed to be Confidential Business
 Information will be treated in
 accordance with EPA regulations at 40
 CF.R. Part 2.

 3. Discovery and Disclosure
 Independent of Government or Third
 Party Plaintiff
   Under Section EK3). in order to be
 '•voluntary", the violation must be
 identified and disclosed by the
 regulated entity prior to: the
 commencement of a federal state or
 local agency inspection, investigation.
 or information request: notice of a
 citizen suit: legal complaint by a third
 party: the reporting of the violation to
 EPA by a "whistleblower" employee:
 and imminent discovery of the violation
 by a regulatory agency.
 'This condition means that regulated
 entities must have taken the initiative to
 find violations and promptly report
 them, rather than reacting to knowledge
 of a pending enforcement action or
 third-party complaint This concept was
 reflected in the interim policy and in
 federal and state penalty immunity laws
and did not prove controversial in the
public comment process.

4. Correction and Remediation
  Section 0(5) ensures that, in order to
receive the penalty mitigation benefits
available under the policy, the regulated
entity not only voluntarily discovers
and promptly discloses a violation, but
expeditiously corrects it. remedies any
harm caused by that violation
(including responding to any spiil and
carrying out any removal or remedial
action required by law), and
expeditiously certifies in writing to
appropriate state, local and EPA
 authorities that violations have been
 corrected. It also enables EPA to ensure
 that the regulated entity will be publicly
 accountable for its commitments
 through binding written agreements.
 orders or consent decrees where
 necessary.
   The final policy requires the violation
 to be corrected within 60 days, or that
 the regulated entity provide written
 notice where violations may take longer
 to correct EPA recognizes that some
 violations can and should be corrected
 immediately, while others (e.g., where
 capital expenditures are involved), may
 take longer than 60 days to correct In
 ail cases, the regulated entity will be
 expected to do its utmost to achieve or
 return to compliance as expeditiously as
 possible.
   Where correction of the violation
 depends upon issuance of a permit
 which has been applied for but not
 issued by federal or state authorities, the
 Agency will, where appropriate, make
 reasonable efforts to secure timely
 review of the permit
 5. Prevent Recurrence
   Under Section 0(6). the regulated
 entity must agree to take steps to
 prevent a recurrence of the violation.
 including but not limited to
 improvements to its environmental
 auditing or due diligence efforts. The
 final policy makes dear that the
 preventive steps may indude
 improvements to a regulated entity's
 environmental auditing or due diligence
 efforts to prevent recurrence of the
 violation.
   In the interim policy, the Agency
 required that the entity implement
 appropriate measures to prevent a
 recurrence of the violation, a
 requirement that operates prospectively.
 However, a separata condition in the '
 interim policy also required that the
 violation not indicate "a failure to take
 appropriate steps to avoid repeat or
 recurring violations"—* requirement
 that operates retrospectively. In the
 interest of both clarity and fairness, the
 Agency has dedded for purposes of this
 condition to keep the focus  prospective
 and thus to require only that steps be
 taken to prevent recurrence of the     •
 violation after it has been disclosed.
 6. No Repeat Violations
  In response to requests from
 commenters (see. e.g.. Q-F-39 and B-G-
 18 in the Docket). EPA has established
 "bright lines" to determine when
 previous violations will bar a regulated
entity from obtaining relief under this
 policy. These will help protect the
 public and responsible companies by
ensuring that penalties are not waived
 for repeat offenders. Under condition
 D(7). the same or closely-related
 violation must not have'occurred
 previously within the past three years at
 the same facility, or be pan of a pattern
 of violations on the regulated entity's
 part over the past five years. This "
 provides companies with a continuing
 incentive to prevent violations, without
 being unfair to regulated entities
 responsible for managing-hundreds of
 facilities. It would be unreasonable to
 provide unlimited amnesty for repeated
 violations of the same requirement.
   The term "violation" includes any
 violation subject to a federal or state
 civil judicial or administrative order.'
 consent agreement, conviction or plea
 agreement. Recognizing that minor
 violations are sometimes settled without
 a formal action in court, the term also
 covers any act or omission for which the
 regulated entity has received a penalty
 reduction in the past Together, these
 conditions identify situations in which
 the regulated community has had dear
 notice of its noncompliance and an
 opportunity to correct
 7. Other Violations Excluded
   Section 0(8) makes clear that penalty
 reductions are not available under this
 policy for violations that resulted in
 serious actual harm or which may have
 presented an imminent and substantial
 endtngerment to public health or the
 environment Such events indicate a
 serious failure (or absence) of a self-
 policing program, which should be
 designed to prevent such risks,  and it
 would seriously undermine deterrence
 to waive penalties for such violations.
These exceptions are responsive to
 suggestions from public interest
 organizations, as well as other
commenters. (See. e.g.. n-F-39 and H-
C-18 in the Docket)
  The final policy also excludes penalty
reductions for violations of the specific
terms of any order, consent agreement
or plea agreement (See. D-E-60 in the
Docket) Once a consent agreement has
been negotiated, there is little incentive
to comply if there are no sanctions for
violating its specific requirements. The
exclusion in this section applies to
violations of the terms of any response.
removal or remedial action covered by
a written agreement

8. Cooperation
  Under Section 0(9). the regulated
entity must cooperate as required by
EPA and provide information necessary
to determine the applicability of the
policy. This condition is largely
unchanged from the interim policy. In
the final policy, however, the Agency
has added that "cooperation" includes

-------
  66710
Federal  Register  /  Vol.  60. No. 246 /  Friday.  December 22. 1995 / Notices
 assistance in determining the facts of
 any related violations suggested by the
 disclosure, as well as of the disclosed
 violation itself. This was added to allow,
 the agency to obtain information about
 any violations indicated by the
 disclosure, even where the violation is
 not initially identified by the regulated
 entity.

 F. Opposition to Privilege
   The Agency remains firmly opposed
 to the establishment of a statutory
 evidentiary privilege for environmental
 audits for the following reasons:   .
   1. Privilege, by definition, invites
 secrecy, instead of the openness needed
 to build public trust in industry's ability
 to self-police, American law reflects the
 high value that the public places on fair
 access to the facts. The Supreme Court.
 for example, has said of privileges that.
 "(wlhatever their origins, these
 exceptions to the demand for every
 man's evidence are not lightly created
 nor expansively construed, for they are
 in derogation of the search for truth."
 United States v. Niton. 418 U.S. 683
 (1974). Federal courts have
 unanimously refused to recognize a
 privilege for environmental audits in the
 context of government investigations.
 See. e.&. United States v. Dexter. 132
 F.RJD. 8.9-10 (D.Conn. 1990)
 (application of a privilege "would
 effectively impede (EPA'sl ability to
 enforce the dean Water Act. and would
 be contrary to stated public policy.")
   2. Eighteen months have failed to
 produce any evidence that a privilege is
 needed. Public testimony on the interim
 policy confirmed  that EPA rarely uses
 audit reports as evidence. Furthermore.
 surveys demonstrate that environmental
 auditing has expanded rapidly over the
 past decade without the stimulus of a
 privilege. Most recently, the 1995 Price
 Waterhouse survey found that those few
 large or mid-sized companies that do
 not audit generally do not perceive any
 need to; concern about confidentiality
 ranked as one of the least important
 factors in their decisions.
 • 3. A  privilege would invite
defendants to claim as "audit" material
almost any evidence the government
needed to establish a violation or
determine who was responsible. For
example, most audit privilege bills
under consideration in federal and state
legislatures would arguably protect
factual information—such as health
studies or contaminated sediment
data—and not fust the'conclusions of
the auditors. While the government
might have access to required
monitoring data under the law. as some
industry commenters have suggested, a
privilege of that nature would cloak
                     underlying facts needed to determine
                     whether such data were accurate..
                      4. An audit privilege would breed
                     litigation, as both parties struggled to
                     determine what material fell >'ithin its
                     scope. The problem is compounded by
                     the lack of any dear national standard
                     for audits. The "in camera" (i.e.. non-
                     public) proceedings used to resolve
                     these disputes under some statutory
                     schemes would result in a series of
                     time-consuming, expensive mini-trials.
                      5. The Agency's policy eliminates the
                     need for any privilege as against the
                     government, by reducing civil penalties
                     and criminal liability for those
                     companies that audit, difclov and
                     correct violations. The 1995 Price
                     Waterhouse survey indicated that
                     companies would expand their auditing
                     programs in exchange for the kind of
                     incentives that EPA provides in its
                     policy.
                      6. Finally, audit privileges an
                     strongly opposed by the law
                     enforcement community, including the
                     National District Attorneys Association.
                     as well as by public interest groups.
                     (See. e.g.. Docket. B-C-21. D-C-28. D-
                     C-52. IV-G-10. n-G-25. n-C-33. n-C-
                     52. D-C-W. and  H-G-13 through fl-G-
                   -24.)

                     C. Effect on States
                      The final policy reflects EPA's desire
                     to develop fair and effective incentives
                     for ulf-polidng that will have practical
                    value to states that share responsibility
                     for enforcing federal environmental
                     laws. To that end. the Agency has
                    consulted closely with state officials in
                    developing this policy, through a series
                    of special meetings and conference ceils
                     in addition to the extensive opportunity
                     for public comment As a result EPA
                    believes its final  policy is grounded in
                    common-sense principles that should
                    prove useful in the development of state
                    programs and policies.
                      As always, states are encouraged to
                    experiment with  different approaches
                    that do not jeopardize the fundamental
                    national interest  in assuring that
                    violations of federal law do not threaten
                    the public health or the environment or
                    make it profitable not to comply. The
                    Agency remains opposed to state
                    legislation that does not include these
                    basic protections, and reserves its right
                    to bring independent action against
                    regulated entities for violations of
                    federal law that threaten human health
                    or the environment reflect criminal
                    conduct or repeated noncompliance. or
                    allow one company to make a
                    substantial profit at the expense of its
                    law-abiding competitors. When a state
                    has obtained appropriate sanctions .
 needed to deter such misconduct, there
 is no need for EPA action.           .  {

 H. Scope of Policy

   EPA has developed this document as
 a policy to guide settlement actions.
 EPA employees will be expected to
 follow this policy, and the Agency will
 take steps to assure national consistency
 in application. For example, the Agency
 will make public any compliance
 agreements reached under this policy.
 in order to provide the regulated
 community with fair notice of decisions
 and greater accountability to affected
 communities. Many in the regulated
 community recommended that the
 Agency convert the policy into a
 regulation because they felt it might
 ensure greater consistency and
 predictability; While EPA is taking steps
 to ensure consistency and predictability
 and believes that it will be successful.
 the Agency will consider this issue and
 will provide notice if it determines that
 a rulemaking is appropriate.
 IL Statement of Policy: Incentives for
 Self-Policiiig

 Discovery. Disclosure, Correction and
 Prevention

 A. Purpose
  This policy is designed to enhance
 protection of human health and the
 environment by encouraging regulated
 entities to voluntarily discover, disclose
 correct and prevent violations of federal
 environmental requirements.

 B. Definitions
  For purposes of this, policy, the
 following definitions apply:
  "Environmental Audit" has the
 definition given to it in EPA's 1986
 audit policy on environmental auditing.
 i.e.. "a systematic, documented.
periodic and objective review by
 regulated entities of facility operations
 and practices related to meeting
 environmental requirements."
  "Due Diligence" encompasses the
 regulated entity's systematic efforts.
 appropriate to the size and nature ofte
business* to prevent detect and correct
 violations through all of the following:
 . (a) Compliance policies, standards
and procedures that identify how
employees and agents an to meet the
requirements of laws, regulations.
permits and other sources of authority
 for environmental requirements;
  (b) Assignment of overall
 responsibility for overseeing compliant
with policies, standards, and           |
 procedures, and assignment of speei'*
 responsibility for assuring computes
at each facility or operation:

-------
                   Federal Register / Vol.  60.  No. 246  /  Friday. December 22.  1995 /Notices
                                                                   667
   (c) Mechanisms for systematically
 assuring that compliance policies.
 standards and procedures are being
 carried out. including monitoring and
 auditing systems reasonably designed.to
 detect and correct violations, periodic
 evaluation of the overall performance of
 the compliance management system.
 and a means for employees or agents to
 report violations of environmental
 requirements without fear of retaliation:
   (d) Efforts to communicate effectively
 the regulated entity's standards and
 procedures to all employees and other
 agents;                             ,
   (e) Appropriate incentives to
 managers and employees to perform in
 accordance with the compliance
 policies, standards and procedures.
 including consistent enforcement
 through appropriate disciplinary
 mechanisms: and
   (fl Procedures for the prompt and
 appropriate correction of any violations.
 and any necessary modifications to the
 regulated entity's program to prevent
 future violations.
   "Environmental audit report" means
 the analysis, conclusions, and
 recommendations resulting from an
 environmental audit, but does not
 include data obtained in. or testimonial
 evidence concerning, the environmental
 audit.
   "Gravity-based penalties'* an that
 portion of a penalty over and above the
 economic benefit., i.e.. the punitive
 portion of the penalty, rather than that
 portion representing a defendant's
 economic gain from non-compliance.
 (For further discussion of this concept.
 see "A Framework for Statute-Specific •
 Approaches to Penalty Assessments".
 •GM-22.1980. U.S. EPA General
 Enforcement Policy Compendium).
  "Regulated entity" means any entity.
 including a federal, state or municipal
 agency or facility, regulated under
 federal environmental laws.

 C. Incentives for Self-Policing
 l. No Gravity-Based Penalties

  Where the regulated entity establishes
that it satisfies all of the conditions of
Section D of the policy. EPA will not
seek gravity-based penalties for
violations of federal environmental
requirements.

2. Reduction of Gravity-Based Penalties
by 75%

  EPA will reduce gravity-based
penalties for violations of federal
environmental requirements by 75.% so
long as the regulated entity-satisfies all
of the conditions of Section D(2)
through D(9) below.
 3. No Criminal Recommendations
   (a) EPA will not recommend to the
 Department of Justice or other
 prosecuting authority that criminal
 charges be brought against a regulated
 entity where EPA determines that all of
 the conditions in Section D are satisfied.
 so long as the violation does not
 demonstrate or involve:  "
   (i) a prevalent management
 philosophy or practice that concealed or
 condoned environmental violations: or
   (ii) high-level corporate officials' or
 managers' conscious involvement in. or
 willful blindness to. the violations.
   (b) Whether or not EPA refers the
 regulated entity for criminal prosecution
 under this section, the Agency reserves
 the right to recommend prosecution for
 the criminal acts of individual managers
 or employees under existing policies
 guiding the exercise of enforcement
 discretion.
 4. No Routine Request for Audits
   EPA will not request or use an
 environmental audit report to initiate a
 civil or criminal'investigation of the
 entity. For example. EPA will not
 request an environmental audit report in
 routine inspections. If the Agency has
 independent reason to believe that a
 violation has occurred, however. EPA
 may seek any information relevant to
 identifying violations or determining
 liability or extent of harm.
 D. Conditions
 1. Systematic Discovery
  The violation was discovered through:
  (a) an environmental audit: or
  (b) an objective, documented.
 systematic procedure or practice
 reflecting the regulated entity's due
 diligence in preventing, detecting, and
 correcting violations. The regulated
 entity must provide accurate and
 complete documentation to the Agency
 as to how it exercises due diligence to
 prevent detect and correct violations
 according to the criteria for due
 diligence outlined in Section B. EPA
 may require as a condition of penalty
 mitigation that a description of the
 regulated entity's due diligence efforts
 be made publicly available.
 2. Voluntary Discovery
  The violation was identified
 voluntarily, and not through a legally
mandated monitoring or sampling
 requirement prescribed by statute.
 regulation, permit, judicial or
administrative order, or consent
agreement. For example, the policy does
 not apply to:
  (a) emissions violations detected
through a continuous emissions monitor
  (or alternative monitor established in
  permit) where any such monitoring i:
  required:
   (b) violations of National Pollutant
  Discharge Elimination System (NPDE
  discharge limits detected through
  required sampling or monitoring:
   (c) violations discovered through a
  compliance audit required to be
  performed by the terms of a consent
  order or settlement agreement.
  3. Prompt Disclosure
   The regulated entity fully discloses
  specific violation within 10 days (or
  such shorter period provided by law)
  after it has discovered that the violatu
  has occurred, or may have occurred, i
  writing to EPA:

  4. Discovery and Disclosure
  Independent of Government or Third
  Party Plaintiff  .  '
   The violation must also be identifie
 and disclosed by the regulated entity
  prior to:
   (a) the commencement of a federal.
 state or local agency inspection or
 investigation, or the issuance by such
 agency of an information request to th
 regulated entity:   .
   (b) notice of a citizen suit:
   (c) the filing of a complaint by a thii

   (d) the reporting of the violation to
 EPA  (or other government agency) by
 "whistleblower" employee, rather tha
 by one authorized to speak on behalf c
 the regulated entity: or
   (e) imminent discovery of the
' violation by a regulatory agency:

 5. Correction and Remediation
   The regulated entity corrects the
 violation within 60 days, certifies in
 writing that violations have been
 corrected, and takes appropriate
 measures as determined by EPA to
 remedy any environmental or human
 harm due to the violation. If more thai
 60 days will be needed to correct the
 vioUtion(s). the regulated entity must
 notify EPA in writing before the 60-da
 period has passed. Where appropriate.
 EPA may require that to satisfy
 conditions 5 and 6. a regulated entity
 enter into a publidy available written
 agreement, administrative consent ord
 or judicial consent decree, particular!)
 where compliance or remedial measui
 are complex or a lengthy schedule for
 attaining and maintaining compliance
 or remediating harm is required:

 6. Prevent Recurrence
   The regulated entity agrees in writir.
 to take steps to prevent a recurrence ol
 the violation, which may include
 improvements (o its environmental
 auditing or due diligence efforts:

-------
 €6712
Federal  Register  /  Vol.  60.  No. 246  /Friday.  December 22* 1995 /Notices
 7. No Repeat Violations
   The specific violation (or closely .
 related violation) has not occurred
 previously within the past three years at
 the same facility, or is not part of a
 pattern of federal, state or local
 violations by the facility's parent   .
 organization (if any), which have
 occurred within the past five yean. For
 the purposes of this section, a violation
 is:
   (a) any violation of federal, state or
 local environmental law identified in a
 judicial or administrative order, content
 agreement or order, complaint, or  notice
 of violation, conviction or plea  ,
 agreement: or
   (b) any act or omission for which the
 regulated entity has previously received
 penalty mitigation from EPA or a state
 or local agency.

 8. Other Violations Excluded
   The violation is not one which (i)
 resulted in serious actual barm, or may
 have presented an imminent and
 substantial endangerment to. human
 health or the environment, or (ii)
 violates the specific terms of any
 judicial or administrative order, or
 consent agreement.

 9. .Cooperation
   The regulated entity cooperates as
 requested by EPA and provides such
 information as is necessary and
 requested by EPA to determine
 applicability of this policy. Cooperation
 includes, at a minimum., providing all
 requested documents and access to  .
 employees and assistance in
 investigating the violation, any
 noncomplianca problems related to the
 disclosure, and any environmental
 consequences related to the violations.
 E. Economic Benefit
  EPA will retain its full discretion to
 recover any economic benefit gained as
 a result of noncompliance to preserve a
 "level playing  field" in which violators
 do not gain a competitive advantage
 over regulated entities that do comply.
 EPA may forgive the entire penalty for
 violations which meet conditions 1
through 9 in section D end. in the  .
Agency's opinion, do not merit any
penalty due to the insignificant amount
of any economic benefit.
                     F. Effect on State Law. Regulation or
                     Policy
                    "  EPA will work closely with states to
                     encourage their adoption of policies that
                     reflect the incentives and conditions
                     outlined in this policy. EPA remains
                     firmly opposed to statutory
                     environmental audit privileges that •
                     shield evidence of environmental
                     violations and undermine the public's
                     right to know, as well as to blanket
                     immunities for violations that reflect
                     criminal conduct, present serious
                     threats or actual harm to health and the
                     environment, allow noncomplying
                     companies to gain an economic
                     advantage over their competitors, or
                     reflect a repeated failure to comply with
                     federal law. EPA will work with states
                     to address any provisions of state audit
                     privilege or immunity laws that an
                     inconsistent with this policy, and which
                     may prevent a timely and appropriate
                     response to significant environmental
                     violations. The Agency reserves its right
                     to take necessary actions to protect
                     public health or the environment by
                    enforcing against any violations of
                     federal law.
                    C. Applicability
                      (1) This policy applies to the
                    assessment of penalties for any .
                    violations«»*«™» all of the-federal
                    environmental statutes that EPA
                    administers, and supersedes any
                    inconsistent provisions in media*
                    specific penalty or enforcement policies
                    and EPA's 1986 Environmental
                    Auditing Policy Statement
                      (2) To the extent that existing EPA
                    enforcement policies are not
                    inconsistent, they will continue to apply
                    in conjunction with this policy.
                    However, a regulated entity that has
                    received penalty mitigation for
                    satisfying specific conditions under this
                    policy may not receive additional
                    penalty mitigation for satisfying the
                    same or similar conditions under other
                    policies for the same violation(s). nor
                    will this policy apply to violations
                    which have received penalty mitigation
                    under other policies.
                      (3) This policy sets forth factors for
                    consideration that will guide the
                    Agency in the exercise of its
                    prosecutorial discretion. It states  the
 Agency's views as to the proper
 allocation of its enforcement resources.
 The policy is not final agency action'.
 and is intended as guidance. It does not
 create any rights, duties, obligations, or
 defenses, implied or otherwise, in any
 third parties.
  (4) This policy should be used
 whenever applicable in settlement
 negotiations for both administrative and
 civil judicial enforcement actions. It is
 not intended for use in pleading, at
 hearing or at trial The policy may be
 applied at EPA's discretion to the
 settlement Of administrative and  judicial
 enforcement actions instituted prior to.
 but not yet resolved, as of the effective
 date of this policy.

 H. Public Accountability

  (1) Within 3 years of toe effective date
 of this policy. EPA will complete a
 study of the effectiveness of the policy
 in encouraging:
  (a) changes in compliance behavior
 within the regulated community..
 including improved compliance rates:
  (b) prompt disclosure and correction
 of violations, including timely and
 accurate compliance with reporting
 requirements:
  (c) corporate compliance programs
 that are successful in preventing
 violations, improving environmental
 performance, and promoting public
 disclosure:
  (d) consistency among state programs
 that provide incentives for voluntary
 —inlii	
    r
  EPA will make the study available to
the public.
  (2) EPA will make publicly available
the terms and conditions of any
compliance agreement reached under
this policy, including the nature of the
violation, the remedy, and the schedule
for returning to compliance.

L Effective Date

  This policy is effective January 22.
1998.
  Dated: December 18.1999.
AMri*tantAdatinitamor for Enforcement and
Complioncf Atturana.
IFR Doc 95-31146 Filed 12-21-35:8:43 ami

-------
II. A. 13.       "Interim Guidance for Performance-Based Reductions of NPDES Permit
             Monitoring Frequencies", April 19, 1996.

-------
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                          WASHINGTON, D.C. ?0-1RO
      ,t
 '
  'I
                               APR 1.8 I996
MEMORANDUM                 .      .     .              ,   " •

SUBJECT:  Interim Guidance for Performance - Based Reductions of
          NPDES  Permit Monitoring Frequencies    >
                                          I        '. -
                              1                /        '    s\
FROM:     Robert -Perciasepe,  Assistant Administrator /* f (*
          Office of Water              /    i ••'"-//   ' - -  v
                                       i.   /.' '  K L:     A.
           .       A.  Herman, Assistant Administoat
         /6ffice  of  Enforcement and
TO:       Regional Administrators  .
          .Regional Water Division Directors
          Regional Counsels                                   ,


     We are pleased to transmit for your use, this interim
guidance  for  reducing reporting and monitoring under the NPDES
permit program.

     This interim guidance helps to fulfill one of the main
directions in the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative
for EPA — reducing unnecessary reporting while at the same time
maintaining a high level of environmental protection for the
Nation.                   .

     NPDES authorities can grant relief to regulated facilities
that have a record of good compliance and pollutant discharges at
levels below  permit requirements.  This relief provides
incentives for voluntary reductions of pollutant discharges
through such  means as reuse and recycling.

     This interim guidance is the culmination of extensive work
among . our offices,  several Regions and States and consultation
with outside  stakeholders representing industry, the
environmental community, and municipalities.  These stakeholders
generally favor the approach, which has benefitted considerably
from their input.                                       -
                                                   / A;
                                                  ,' i ' \ rum-tt wwi>'> r*
                                                  '/ I'' / rnntrtfw ot li-t.t «n". i*r.
-------
                              - 2 -

     We encourage you to begin now to implement this interim
guidance through the regular NPDES permit issuance process where
EPA has permit authority, and to work with your NPDES States to
adopt this policy as soon as possible.  EPA Region VI will soon
begin two pilot projects in Oklahoma and Louisiana to assess the
strengths and issues associated with the guidance. Based on the
results of these pilot projects, we will make revisions to this
interim guidance as necessary.

     We look forward to working with you on this important
endeavor.         .

cc: Robbi Savage, ASIWPCA
    Robbie Roberts, EGOS

-------
         INTERIM GUIDANCE FOR




     PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION




OFNPDES PERMIT MONITORING FREQUENCIES
                April 1996

-------
                                  PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
       This document provides guidance to EPA permit writers and States on how best to
implement  EPA's National Pollutant Elimination System (NPDES) regulations regarding
appropriate monitoring requirements in permits. It also provides guidance to the public and
to the regulated community on how EPA intends to exercise its discretion in implementing its
regulations. The guidance is designed to implement national policy on these issues.
Pretreatment control authorities also may find it helpful in setting  monitoring frequency for
industrial users of POTWs.  The document does not substitute for EPA's regulations, nor is
it a regulation itself. Thus, it cannot impose legally binding requirements on EPA, States; or
the regulated  community, and may not apply to a particular situation based upon the
circumstances.  EPA may change this guidance in  the future, as appropriate.

-------
                                 PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
 INTERIM GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION
           OF NPDES PERMIT MONITORING FREQUENCIES


Introduction

The President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative for the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) established an interim goal of reducing reporting and monitoring by at least 25%.
This goal is also embodied in trie Office of Water's Agenda for .the Future, which sets forth
program priorities for the coming years for EPA and States.

Based on these directions, EPA's Offices of Water and Enforcement & Compliance
Assurance developed this Interim Guidance to reduce regulatory burdens associated with
reporting and monitoring based on a demonstration of excellent historical performance by
facilities subject to NPDES permit requirements. Under this guidance, facilities can
demonstrate this historical performance through both compliance and enforcement history and
a demonstrated ability to consistently reduce pollutants in their discharge below the levels
necessary to meet existing permit requirements. Facilities will also be expected to maintain
these performance levels to continue to receive the reductions.  Reducing burdens in this
manner will also provide incentives for voluntary reductions of pollutant discharges through
such means as reuse and recycling.

The approach for determining the degree of burden reduction available to individual facilities
is statistically sound and will not reduce the ability of EPA and States to determine non-
compliance with permit requirements.                       .

This guidance should also prove  useful in setting monitoring frequencies for industrial users
of POTWs.  EPA has not studied whether the variability of industrial  users' effluent is
similar to that for NPDES permittees.  Pretreatment control authorities may choose to apply
this policy to their industrial users with effluent similar to that discussed in this guidance.

Future reductions to NPDES that can be integrated into this burden reduction initiative
include ongoing ambient monitoring efforts within the Office of Water.
Summary of Decision-Making Process

The guidance applies to both major and minor individual NPDES permits for direct
discharges and will be implemented through the existing NPDES permitting cycle for
facilities.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996         -1-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUENCIES
The following steps are to be taken when determining if a particular facility is eligible for
reductions, and, if so, the amount of these reductions.  These steps are also described in
more detail  in the next section of the guidance.
1) Facility1 Enforcement History                     ,

Each facility's enforcement history is analyzed to assess eligibility for reductions under the
guidance.  Criminal convictions under any environmental  statute and NPDES civil judicial
and  administrative enforcement actions are criteria considered in determining eligibility.

2) Parameter-by-Parameter Compliance History
                        »                   •
For  each eligible facility the compliance history for each parameter controlled in its existing
permit is examined for Significant Noncompliance violations and/or effluent violations for
critical parameters.  These critical parameters are determined at the discretion- of the
permitting authority and could  include pollutants which pose a higher risk to human or
environmental health.  The results of this examination determine which parameters are
eligible for monitoring reductions.

3) Parameter-by-parameter Performance History

The  permitting authority then calculates, for each eligible parameter, the two-year composite
average at each  outfall.  The composite average is compared with the permit limit, and the
information in Table 1, which  is based on the existing monitoring frequency, to determine
the potential monitoring frequency reduction.

4) Continued Eligibility for Reductions

EPA and States  would continue to monitor each parameter for significant noncompliance and
any  effluent violations of critical parameters, failure to submit DMRs, and any new
enforcement actions. If violations based on these do occur, the permitting authority may
require increased monitoring in accordance with a Section 308 or 309 order (or State
equivalent).

5) Future  Reductions for Ambient Monitoring

Based on the facility's agreement to participate in an ambient monitoring program, along
with other stakeholders in a watershed, additional reductions could be.provided, at the
discretion of the permitting authority.
   The term "facility" as used in this document refers to the regulated entity.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996          -2-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Timing of Decisions

Monitoring reductions should be considered during permit reissuance.  Reductions based on
facility performance may also be considered if the permit is reopened to accommodate other
issues.  The permitting authority may, at their option, modify the permit solely to reduce
monitoring requirements if sufficient resources are available.  Monitoring requirements are
not considered effluent limitations  under section 402(o) of the Clean Water Act, and
therefore anti-backsliding prohibitions would not be triggered by reductions in monitoring
frequencies.                                             '

Permit monitoring requirements may, at the permit issuing authority's option, contain
conditions for decreases in monitoring if specified performance conditions are met and/or
require increased monitoring if performance levels drop.  Although such conditions have
sometimes been  used in NPDES permits in the past, these conditions cannot now be tracked
in the Permits Compliance System (PCS) data base system. If the permitting authority has
sufficient resources to manually track changed reporting frequencies, such provisions could
be included in the permit when the monitoring frequencies are adjusted  based on changed
performance.  Increased monitoring requirements if performance levels  are not maintained
will be incorporated through enforcement orders under Sections 308 or  309 of the Clean
Water Act (or State equivalent).

Entry  Criteria for Participation

1) Facility  Enforcement History

Criminal Actions (all environmental statutes)

       Facilities which have been  criminally convicted under any Federal or State
       environmental statute of falsifying monitoring data or committing violations which
       presented an imminent and  substantial endangerment to public health or welfare will
       nor receive any reductions at any time in the future1.

  •     Facilities convicted of any  other criminal violation under any Federal or State
       environmental statute will not receive any reductions for five years.
   Whenever the permit writer, on a case-by-case basis, determines that there has been a wholesale
change in ownership and management, that facility may become eligible for consideration under this
guidance as a new permittee.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996          -3-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
 ' »     Reductions will be available for those facilities where an individual employed by the
       permittee, but not the permittee itself, was convicted of a criminal violation under any
       Federal or State environmental statute, provided the permittee discovered and self-
       disclosed the violation, and took prompt action to correct the root cause in order to
       prevent future criminal violations.

Civil Judicial Actions (Clean Water Act/NPDES related)

  •     Facilities are eligible for consideration of reductions 1  year after completion of
       injunctiv  relief and  payment of penalty.                             '.'...

Administrative Actions (Clean Water Act/NPDES related)

  •     Facilities are eligible for consideration after the permittee has complied with
       Administrative Penalty Order (APO) or Administrative Order (AO) .(including State
       equivalent) requirements,.and payment of any assessed penalty:  A permittee that  is
       issued an  AO, in conjunction with  reissuance of its permit, to extend a compliance
       schedule,  may be eligible if the permittee is in compliance with the interim milestones
       and schedule in the AO.

       For example, in order to comply with a newly promulgated effluent guideline, an
       industrial  sector may be required to install a new technology.  Some facilities may not
       be able to attain the  new technology immediately so an AO is issued at the time the
       facility's permit is reissued.  The AO sets a compliance schedule to allow the
       permittee  additional time to install  the technology needed to meet the new effluent
     •  guideline limitation.

2) Parameter-by-Parameter Compliance

The permitting authority will examine each of the following entry criteria:

Significant Noncompliance for Parameters under Consideration

  •     A  facility  may not have had any Significant Noncompliance (SNC) violations for the
       parameters for which monitoring/reporting reductions are being considered during the
       last two years and,

Any Effluent Violations of Selected Parameters

  •     A  facility  may not have had any effluent violations of selected (critical) parameters
       during  the last year.  The "selected parameters" can be permit-specific and would be
       determined at the discretion of the permitting authority.  These parameters could
INTKRIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996

-------
                                 PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
       include pollutants which pose heightened risks to human or environmental health,
       such as highly toxic or bioaccumulative compounds.

3) Parameter-by-Parameter Performance History

  •     At a minimum, the two most recent years of monthly average effluent data
       representative of current operating conditions for the parameter at the particular
       outfall will be used to calculate the long term average discharge rate for use in Table
       1.
           \ .            •       . •    -                         •          •
  •     The baseline monitoring, frequencies in Table 1 of this guidance will normally be
       considered the level of monitoring in the existing effective NPDES permit.  It is
       important to recognize that permittees that receive monitoring frequency reductions in
       accordance with Table 1 or Table 2 are still expected to take all appropriate measures
       to control both  the average level of pollutants of concern in their discharge (mean) as
       well as the variability of such parameters  in the discharge (variance)', 'regardless of
       any reductions in monitoring frequencies granted from the baseline levels. Reliance
       on monitoring the discharge at a reduced frequency as the sole means of tracking and
       controlling the discharge could increase the risk of violations.
                                       Table 1

                        Ratio of Long Term Effluent Average
                              to Monthly Average Limit
                           \
             Baseline
             Monitoring   75-66%      65-50%      49-25%      <25%

             7/wk        5/wk        4/wk        3/wk         1/wk
             6/wk        4/wk        3/wk        2/wk   .  '    1/wk
             5/wk        4/wk.       3/wk        2/wk         1/wk
             4/wk - ,      3/wk        2/wk        1/wk         1/wk
             3/wk        3/wk        2/wk        1/wk         1/wk
             2/wk        2/wk      ' 1/wk        2/mo     '    1/mo
             1/wk        1/wk        1/wk        2/mo         l/2mos
             2/month      2/mo        2/mo        2/mo         1/quarter.
             I/month      1/mo        1/mo      v  I/quarter     l/6mos

             Note:  See above eligibility requirements.                   .
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996          -5-

-------
                                   PERKORMANCE-BASKI) REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUENCIES
       New permittees should go through one permit cycle (5 years) before being eligible for
       consideration for reduced monitoring.
                                                                i
       Facilities would not normally be considered for reductions in monitoring frequencies
       below once per quarter, except in unusual circumstances of reliable performance at
       the requisite levels and outstanding compliance/enforcement histories.

       Facilities which satisfy the entry criteria but are not experiencing discharges of 75%
       or less of their permitted levels of water quality-based parameters may still be eligible
       for reductions in monitoring/reporting frequencies at the discretion of the permitting
       authority. To control an increased risk of undetected violations, monitoring should
       only be reduced for such parameters  if the applicant can demonstrate a very low
       variation in the concentrations being  discharged.

       Parameters that show a long-term (2  year) average discharge between the permitted
       concentration and 76% of a water quality-based permit limit should demonstrate a
       coefficient of variation (ratio of standard deviation to average) of 20% or less.  An
       additional safeguard should stipulate  that parameters which showed any exceedance of
       the monthly average  limitation during the two year averaging period would not be..
       subject to monitoring reductions.  It should be  noted that discharges with a long-term
       average at or near  the permit limit have a probability of reporting a violation 50%  of
       the time, regardless of low coefficient of variation or sample size. Reductions may
       be made as shown  in Table 2 below:
                                        Table 2

            Ratio of Long Term Effluent Average to Monthly Average .Limit
                                        100-76%
                           Baseline                         .Reduced
                           Monitoring                       Monitoring
                             /
                           7/wk                            6/wk
                           6/wk                            5/wk
                           5/wk                            4/wk
                           4/wk                            4/wk
                           3/wk                         .   3/wk
                           2/wk                            2/wk
                           1/wk                            1/wk
                           2/month                         2/month
                           I/month                         I/month
INTERIM GUIDANCE Ami, 1996         -6-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK-MOXITORING' FREQUENCIES
4) Residency Criteria for Continued Participation

  •     Permittees are expected to maintain the performance levels that were used as.the basis
       for granting monitoring reductions.  To remain eligible for these.reductions, the
       permittee may not have any  SNC violations for effluent limitations of the parameters
       for which reductions have been granted or failure to submit DMRs, or may not be .
       subject to a new. formal enforcement action.  For facilities that do not maintain
       performance levels, the permitting authority  may require increased monitoring in
       accordance with a Section 308 or 309 Order (or State equivalent).
Special Considerations

Discontinuous data:  Monitoring should not be reduced using the methodology described
above if effluent data have not been continuously reported over the period of time being
considered.  Effluent  averages from interrupted or discontinuous data :sets may not be
representative of long-term performance.  Monitoring frequencies for discharges that are
intermittent or short-term, such as seasonal discharges and highly variable batch  processes,
should not be assessed or reduced  using the methods described in this guidance and would
need to be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Independent/Dependent Control Parameters: The procedures for reductions described in
this guidance are intended for effluent parameters which are normally independently
controlled by the permittee. That is,  for each  parameter limited in  the permit there should be
significantly different control mechanisms/factors-either in the permittee's treatment,
pretreatment, or process operations.  In situations where there are several parameters, each
of which could be used to measure the performance of a given system, it will generally be
appropriate to primarily monitor only the best indicator parameter.   For example, if a
biological treatment system can be evaluated by either BOD, CBOD, COD,  or TOC
measurements; it would be normally appropriate to require monitoring of only one of these
oxygen  demanding parameters.

The permitting authority should, therefore, examine the parameters being monitored from
each facility during the permit issuance process to establish which parameters are
independently controlled and/or which can be  used to determine the proper operation of a
facility.  Monitoring of other parameters can be either eliminated or reduced to a minimum
frequency.                               .

Monitoring Frequency "Floor":  Current federal NPDES regulations do not establish a.
monitoring frequency." floor" but do establish  a reporting frequency floor of once/per year.
The monitoring frequency from which reductions could be made in this guidance is
considered to be the level of the monitoring in the existing effective NPDES permit.  It is
important to  recognize that the guidance .given in Table 1 does not  advocate any reductions in
INTKKIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996          -7-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING fttso. IKNCIKS
statistical confidence in the ability of a permitting authority to determine whether or not a
permit limit is being violated at reduced mo:.itoring frequencies.  The guidance also does not
advocate any reductions for parameters that are currently monitored only once/quarter.

The permitting authority may, however, consider other factors specific to the State or
facility.  For example, a State policy may establish the baseline.  If a facility has already
been given monitoring reductions due to superior performance,  the baseline may be a
previous permit.  As a point of reference, Federal regulations do not stipulate minimum
monitoring frequencies but do require that reporting cannot be less than once per year.
Future national guidance may also be used  to establish a baseline for monitoring.

Exceptions:  The permitting authority may elect to maintain higher monitoring levels in
individual situations where there may be a particular interest in human health, endangered
species, or a sensitive aquatic environment.  An example would be where a permitting
authority has assessed water quality problems in a watershed and determined which point and
nonpoint sources are particularly critical from the standpoint of protection of aquatic
resources (e.g., endangered species) and human health (e.g.,  drinking water source).  The
permitting authority may well decide not to reduce monitoring of critical point .sources in
these  instances,  while continuing to monitor-the overall  situation.

Applicability to Minor Facilities:  Minor facilities are  fully eligible for reductions under
this guidance, even though they are not automatically tracked for SNC in the Permits
Compliance System Database. (Avoidance of SNC is one of the minimum criteria that
should be met for participation in this program.)  However, permitting authorities may apply
the SNC criteria on a case-by-case basis to minor facilities in order  to allow them to
participate in this program based on permit-specific effluent compliance.

Implementation of Guidance:  Where EPA is  the permitting authority, it would apply this
guidance upon permit reissuance, and consider  at that time, whether reductions in monitoring
and reporting frequencies were appropriate based upon the compliance/enforcement and
performance history of the facility.  EPA does  not possess adequate resources to routinely
reopen, modify, and reissue currently effective permits to revise monitoring frequencies.
However, individual permitting authorities  may elect to  reopen  and modify  permits to reduce
monitoring frequencies consistent with this guidance  if resources permit.

Limits below Levels of Detection: This guidance does not recommend reductions in
monitoring frequencies in cases where stringent water-quality based  limits (WQBELs) are
below levels of quantitation (the level at which  a constituent present in a wastewater sample
can be reliably detected and quantified).  Permittees with these  types of limits will normally
be deemed to be in compliance when  monitored levels are below the level of quantitation;
however, by definition, it is not scientifically possible (until analytical methods improve) to
certify that the WQBELs are actually being achieved. Thus,  EPA feels it would be
inappropriate to develop national  guidance  establishing reductions from established
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996          -8-

-------
                                   PERFOR.MANCK-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING TRKQUKNCIKS
monitoring frequencies for these types of limits.  However, individual permitting authorities
may still use their discretion in considering reductions on a case-by-case basis.

Use of Daily Maximum Values:  This guidance does not provide a specific methodology for
considering daily maximum permit values1 when considering monitoring/reporting reductions.
However, EPA is in the process of implementing a revised definition of SNC that accounts
for daily maximum violations.  The new definition will be included in the entry criteria of
this proposal.  In the interim, permitting authorities should consider such situations on a
case-by-case basis. There may be concerns over  instances where, for example, there are
acutely toxic conditions in a receiving water due to violations of daily maximum permit
limitations.  In such cases, the permitting authority may elect to maintain higher monitoring
levels.  In addition, it is important to recognize that dischargers who frequently violate daily
maximum permit limitations will likely be unable to achieve high levels of performance in
monthly average limits and effectively would not  be eligible to participate in this program on
that basis.  In addition, such facilities may also trigger one of the various
compliance/enforcement-based entry criteria.              .           '•      •

Applicability  of this program to  indirect users of POTWs:  Many elements of the national
Pretreatment program parallel the  NPDES permit program.  In general, therefore, the  same
overall logic embodied in  this guidance may be extended to industrial  users of POTWs (IUs),
where appropriate. However, EPA has not investigated whether monitoring data of industrial
users of POTWs (lUs) can be characterized with similar coefficients of variation.  (Tables 3,
4, and 5 were generated for facilities with coefficients of variation  of 20%, 60%, and  80%,
respectively.)

Where monitoring frequencies are already near the minimum  required by regulation (e.g.,
twice per year for significant industrial users), the reductions  in this guidance would not
apply. EPA has begun a  dialogue among State and EPA Regional  Pretreatment Coordinators
to more fully discuss possible pilot projects and statistical analyses.

Incentives for Ambient Monitoring:  This interim guidance  focuses primarily on  criteria for
reducing reporting and monitoring used for determining  compliance with  NPDES permit
requirements.  It is our intention to reduce burdens associated with these activities where
good compliance and permitting performance can be demonstrated and maintained.  Another
important policy direction  for EPA and State water programs  is the need  to focus our
resources more effectively on the problems facing individual places. This Community Based
Environmental Protection  (CBEP)  strategy is embodied through our watershed protection
approach. One of the most .important aspects of a successful  watershed protection approach
is to get the best possible  monitoring information  on the conditions, causes and sources of
impairment, and relative impact of these sources on the overall health  of a watershed  and the
effectiveness of our control actions in a watershed. The  approach described below for
obtaining ambient monitoring information from point sources  will also help provide important
linkages among other important activities such as more comprehensive of our waters under
INTKRIM GUIDANCK APRIL 1996          -9-

-------
                                   PERFORM ANCK-BASKD-RKDICTION OK- MOMTOKIM;
Section 305(b), effluent trading in watersheds, and improved Total Maximum Daily Load   •
(TMDL) analyses.             '-•                         .                 .

This information needs to be gathered and used, where available, from a variety  of sources,
including municipal and industrial point source dischargers.  These point sources could
provide a great deal of valuable ambient monitoring information that could be very helpful in
making better watershed-based decisions.  While certain information may be unique to an
individual watershed,  there needs to be a core group of environmental indicators, such as
attainment of designated uses in State water quality standards and fish consumption
advisories, that each watershed will need to measure.  NPDES dischargers could often  .
provide valuable information to help measure these core indicators of the overall  health of
the watershed.

Therefore, in order to encourage  NPDES dischargers  to Voluntarily  provide this information
or collect additional ambient monitoring information, permitting authorities may consider
granting additional reductions in compliance, reporting and monitoring/over and above the
reductions granted based on good performance if permittees  agree to collect or provide
additional ambient monitoring information.  Prior to granting these additional reductions,
permitting authorities should reach agreements with the dischargers on how this information
will be provided or collected and  how it will be  used to give all key stakeholders a better
picture of the overall  health of the affected watershed.  The  amount of additional reduction
will be at the discretion of the permitting authority who should work collaboratively with
State and watershed agencies who design and implement monitoring programs to  support
environmentally based decisions.  This closer integration of  ambient and compliance
monitoring may also be included in EPA/State agreements to support the National  .
Environmental Performance Partnership System  (NEPPS).

Finally, any additional reductions provided should  be done so in a.manner consistent with the
framework and other  criteria described in this guidance.
Future Actions

The burden reductions recommended under this guidance will be available immediately.
Over the next 12-18 months, EPA will also conduct detailed pilot studies in two States,
Louisiana, and Oklahoma, to closely monitor implementation of the guidance. Based on
information from these pilot studies and other information, EPA will consider modifications
to this  interim guidance as appropriate.
INTKKIM GUIDANCK APRIL 1996         -10-

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION or MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Supporting Statistical Study

Effect of Sample Size on  Probability of Violation

EPA has done a statistical  analysis on the effect of sampling frequency on compliance
assessment. The basic premise underlying a performance-based reduction approach is that
maintaining a low average discharge relative to the permit limit results in a low probability
of the occurrence of a violation for a wide range of sampling frequencies.

The probability of the occurrence of a violation of a monthly average permit limit was
calculated.  Tables  3, 4 and 5 display the percentage of time that a monthly average permit
violation will be  reported given sample size and a long-term average to permit ratio. This
probability is dependent on the true long-term average of the .discharge, the'permit limit, and
the monthly sampling frequency.   The variables of long-term average and permit  limit are
both reflected in  the tables by expressing these as a ratio. Tables 3, 4, and 5 assume a
normal distribution  of monthly averages and show the effect of altering the assumed
coefficient of variation, using 20%, 60%, and 80%,  respectively.

Obviously, the best estimate of the true monthly average discharge is obtained by daily
sampling. One can assess the true violation  rate of a discharge by looking at the probability
calculated assuming sampling  was done daily (30 times per  month).  In order to maintain
compliance with a permit limit, the long term average  level  of the discharge must be
controlled at a level less than  the permit limit.  Reducing the sample size, while increasing
the probability that  a  violation will be reported, does not change the underlying probability of
reporting a violation associated with a baseline estimate of the monthly average calculated
with 30 samples. With a constant performance, the probabilities of reporting a permit
violation increase as the sample size is reduced from daily sampling because the variance of
the average is inversely .proportional to the sample size.

Looking at the true violation rate of a facility sampling daily and operating at 75%  of their
permit limit, these tables show that the probability of a violation in a given month is 1% or
less.  If the long-term average discharge is 65% of the permit limit, the true percentage of
violation is less than  1%.  As sample size decreases  for a given discharge/limit ratio, the
expected percentage of. time that  the average of the samples collected during the month will
exceed the permit limit increases. For example,  Table 5 demonstrates that at a ratio of 65%,
the expected violation rate is effectively zero. If a subsample of 8 samples per month is
taken instead of 30, the facility has a 3% chance of reporting a violation. If only one sample
per month  is taken, the chances of reporting a violation increase to 25%.  The facility
performance (true monthly average discharge) has not  changed, thus "missed" monthly
average violations are not  an issue. The probabilities calculated for .very  low sampling
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE      A-l

-------
                                  PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
frequencies reflects the risk assumed by the discharge operator that monthly average
violations will be reported when in fact the process average is under permit limit.  If facility
performance degrades during the permit term and sampling has been reduced, it can be seen
that the facility will have probability of reporting violations at a higher rate, even if the long-
term average is still below the permit limit.  An example will illustrate this point.  Table 5
shows that if a facility was judged to be at 75% of their permit limit and reduced sampling
from 16 to 12 times per month,  the probability of violation would change from
approximately, 5% to 7%. If the long-term average performance degraded to 90% of the
permit limit,  the 12 monthly samples would yield expected monthly average permit violations
32% of the time instead of 29%  of the time if 16 samples were collected.

Table 5 shows probabilities calculated using a more conservative assumption of 80%
coefficient of variation.  The results show that facilities with a long term average of less than
or equal to 75 % have essentially no chance of violating a monthly average limit, hence
facilities with  this performance would be good candidates for performance-based monitoring
reductions. The reductions in Table 1  were designed to maintain approximately the same
level of reported violations as that experienced with their current (baseline) sampling.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE     A-2

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FKI-.QU.NCII s
                                       Table 3

                   Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
                         Violations at 20% Effluent Variability
                           (CV = 0.20; Normal Distribution)
                                    Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
. 50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
7%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
8%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
10%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
12%
1%
0%
0%
0% .
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
15%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
18%
3%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
23%.
6%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
:o%
4
50%
30%
13%
4:%
1% .
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%.
0%
0%
2 ' •
50%
35%
22%
11%
4%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%-
0%
1
50%
40%
29%
19%
11%
5%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
 Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-3

-------
                                  PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION or MONITORING FREQUENCIES
                                       Table 4

                   Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
                         Violations at 60% Effluent Variability
                           (CV = 0.60; Normal Distribution)


                                   Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
32%
16%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
32%
16%
6%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0% -
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
33%
18%
7%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
35%
20%
9%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
36%
23%
12%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
38%
26%
15%
7%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
40%
30%
20%
12%
6%
2%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4
50%
43%
36%
28%
20%
13%
8%
4%.
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
2 ' •
50%
45%
40%
34%
28%
22%
16%
10%
6%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
1
50%
47%
43%
38%
34%
29%
24%
18%
13%
9%
5%
1%
0%
0%
 Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT to INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-4

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FRKQUENCIKS
                                        Table 5

                    Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
                          Violations at 80% Effluent Variability
                           (CV = 0.80; Normal  Distribution)


                                    Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
'85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
36%
22%
11%
4%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
36%
23%
12%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
37%
25%
14%
6%
2%
0%.
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
38%
27%
16%
8%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
40%
29%
19%
11%
5%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
41%
32%
22%
14% .
7%
3%
,1 %
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
'43%
.35%
27%
19%
12%
, 6%
3%
-1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4
50%
45%
39%
33%
27%
20%
14%
9%
5%
2%
1%
0%
0%
0%
2 '•
50%
46%
42%
38%
33%
28%
22%
17%
12%.
7%
4%
0%
0%
0%
1
50%
47%
44%'
41%
38%
34%
30%
25%
20%
15%
11%
3%
0%
0%
 Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-5

-------
                                  PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
•Detailed Protocol for Calculating Probability of Reporting Permit
Violations

Calculation of probabilities for Tables 3-5
                                             /                         '
Probability distributions may be used to model effluent data and assess the probability of
permit violations.  The models provide a logical and consistent methodological framework
for using observed performance data to assess permit limitations in an objective manner.
The goal of the limitations is to establish performance levels that enforce good treatment and
ensure that water quality objectives are met.  In deriving limitations, sufficient allowance for
variation in  treatment performance is provided such that a well-operated treatment system
should be capable of compliance with  the limitations at all times. In using probability
models as the basis for limits, it is necessary to select a percentile value such that, within the
context of the model, any meaningful  limit will have a non-zero probability of being
exceeded.

The results shown in the tables here are derived from probability distribution functions that
may be used to model effluent data. That is,  the processes are assumed to operate over time
in a manner that is consistent with past performance.   No intervention to change the process
or exert more or  less control over the discharge is assumed.

Calculation of the probability that a reported permit violation will occur depends upon: the
number of individual samples taken  during the month, the long-term discharge level, the
variance of the discharge concentrations, the probability distribution of the individual samples
during the month, and the permit limit.  There are two probability distributions commonly
used to model effluent data: the lognormal distribution and the normal distribution.  The
lognormal distribution usually provides a good fit to data sets comprised of individual
effluent measurements because such data typically have two critical  lognormal characteristics:
they are positive valued and positively skewed.  Positive skewness means that the data  are
characterized by a tendency for a preponderance of measurements in the lower range of
possible values with relatively fewer measurements stretched out over a wider range of
possible upper values.  The lognormal also has the property that the logarithms (natural or
base 10) of the data are normally distributed.  The normal distribution has the well-known
"bell shape" and  is mathematically straightforward so that working with the logarithms of
effluent data is relatively uncomplicated.

The asymptotic distribution of sample averages is normally distributed.  That is, the average
of a sample of individual measurements will have a distribution  that is approximately
normally distributed regardless of the  distribution of the individual measurements.  The >
quality of the approximation depends on several factors including the number of individual
measurement.' being averaged and the form of the underlying distribution.  Although
individual eff  ::nt measurements are rarely normally distributed, it  is reasonable in many
situations  to approximate the distribution of the averages of effluent measurements with a
normal distribution and  thus the  normal approximation is used in many cases as a model for
monthly average effluent limitations.  The results in Tables  3-5 are  based on  the assumption
 ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE      A-6

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
of a normal distribution for the averages of effluent measurements.  Extensive discussion on
the statistical modelling of effluent data-and methodology for setting effluent limitations are
contained in EPA's 1991 Technical Support Document for  Water Quality-based Toxics
Control (TSD).

The results of calculating probability of a reported violation of a monthly average permit
limit are shown  in Tables 3 through 5  under different conditions.  The purpose of these
tables is to provide some insight into the effects of changing monitoring requirements.  The
probability of exceeding the monthly limit when the long-term average of the discharge is at
the desired value can be thought of as  the Type I error rate (alpha-level) of the monitoring
program. When the long-term average exceeds the desired limit, the probability of
exceeding the monthly limit is  now the monitoring program's ability to detect violation
increases if the long-term average increases over the desired level.  It should be understood
that if permit limits are held constant and performance measures such  as long term average
discharge and variability of treatment do not change, then reducing  the number of monitoring
measurements used to calculate the monthly average causes the probability of a violation to
increase for all values of the long term average less than the monthly average permit limit.
This has a two-fold effect:   1)  the chances of reporting a violation even when the long  term
average is less than the desired level (the Type I error rate) go up 2) the sensitivity  (ability to
detect violations) of the program increases.   The Tables also show that if the average
discharge level is held well below the  monthly  average limit, the chances of a violation are
small.  The thee tables reflect three different levels of variation in the underlying daily data
as measured by  the coefficient  of variation.  The coefficient of variation  (CV) is the. ratio of
the standard deviation of the distribution to the mean and is often expressed as a percentage.
The CV  is a convenient measure for summarizing the relative variability in a data set.  The
results.in Tables 3,4, and 5 use CVs of 20%, 60% and  80% respectively. A coefficient of
variation of 60% was used in the TSD to describe a.typical level of variation  for lognormally
distributed effluent data- CVs  of 80% and 20% were used to show the effects of higher and
lower levels of variability.

The probability  distribution of  the average of N daily measurements taken during a  month,
MN, is given by the following normal  probability density function:
                     N(MH-\l)2         •  •     '
  g(MN)=-                ~~
             N
                               where n is the mean or long term average, and a is the  .
standard deviation of the daily discharges. If /x, is the maximum monthly average allowed by
the permit, then the probability that the monthly average exceeds the permit maximum is •
given by P(MN>/i,).  Using simple algebra this probability can be rewritten as:
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE      A-7

-------
                                   PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUCNCIES
                                      /
                             _                     •      where $(•) is the standard
             =  P(    N~^ > ^1  ^  )  '= i-(J>( Jii_t ),   normal cumulative probability
                                                         function (the Microsoft®Excel
                                                         built-in function NORMDIST).
Since
where C is the coefficient of variation, then the probability of a monthly average exceeding
the maximum allowable can be calculated using C, N, and the ratio of the long-term average
to the maximum allowable monthly average using NORMDIST.  This is how the values in  :
Tables 3, 4, and 5 were calculated.
                                                                       * *•
Alternate approaches to  probability calculations:

The probabilities in Tables 3-5 were calculated with the assumption that the distribution of
the sample means is normal.  Individual sample values are generally best fit to a lognormal
distribution.  As discussed in the TSD, the mean of small samples  from a lognormal
distribution is in most cases approximately lognormal.   Probabilities can be calculated
assuming a lognormal distribution by two different methods, a Monte Carlo technique and
the Microsoft Excel  built-in function LOGNORMDIST.   The resulting probabilities will be
very close to those in the  normal distribution table for the sample sizes and discharge levels
under consideration for monitoring reductions, although the probabilities calculated from
these  two distributions may not be comparable for all sample sizes  and all discharge levels.

The statistical evaluations used in this analysis are intended for use only to illustrate the
effect and benefits of this strategy, alternative statistical techniques and approaches may be
utilized  in other situations.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE      A-8

-------
                                  PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
NPDES Burden Reduction Analysis

The analysis to estimate the NPDES burden reduction used the SAS Language and data from
the Permit Compliance System (PCS) database.  The procedure, assumptions, and results are
summarized below: -  .                               .

  •     The universe for this study was all major facilities with measurement data in PCS
       (6,477) for the two-year evaluation period of 1/93 to 12/94.  This evaluation period
       was chosen in order to have as large a universe as possible since the Commonwealth
       of Virginia and  the State of California have not entered measurement data into PCS
       for 1995.

  •     The facility entry criteria for enforcement history were approximated- by eliminating
       permittees for consideration that have effluent violations for either an active formal
       judicial action or an active formal administrative order (AO) for 1995.

  •     The parameter entry criterion, evaluated per outfall, was the elimination of
       parameters for consideration that have had any Significant Non-Compliance (SNC)
       violations during the two-year evaluation period.

       For each parameter eligible for burden reduction, the long-term average (LTA) for
       the two-year period was calculated and compared to the monthly average limit.

  •     The amount of burden reduction was calculated to be the ratio of the difference
       between the monthly average limit and the LTA divided by the monthly average limit.
       This approximates the reduction presented in Table 1 of the guidance for LTA to
       monthly average limit ratios up to 75%.

  •     No reduction for parameters not meeting the 75% ratio threshold.
                                       Table 6

Municipal
Non-municipal
Total
Burden Reduction
27%
24%
26%
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-9

-------
1KB.

-------
II.  NPDES PROGRAM: PRE-ENFORCEMENT
    B. INSPECTIONS

-------
                                                          II.B.I
"Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreements as a
Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on Industrial Facilities",
dated November 8, 1972.  See GM-1.*

-------
                                                          II.B.2,
"Conduct of Inspections after the Barlow Decision", dated
April 11, 1979.  See GM-5.*

-------
                                                                    II.B.3,
"NPDES Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual", dated October 1979.  Table
of -Contents only.

-------

-------
                                                      .Var.T Enforcement     ,n/7q

                                                      Wssnirn!on DC        1 U / / ?
-^ • r«v M»K -:•» <*•*
A 3 v n >- ^
It \k k   Ja*' i-^Vr-'
  j JOjJ W
            ft^*****^*®*5^^

                                                          -^3^^.^-:^^^^




                  ^^w-^v^5*^^r^^                      '^-I:?'-
                  ^;:';'.''-"U>i^~^ :"" ^.Liiiwt "  ^^i^*^-?'  ^i-*^--'  ,si;>*^'* '.
                  —«£:•-*** -.-.^v--;^^-., -*-*.-—-?
-------
          NPDES COMPLIANCE SAMPLING MANUAL








                 TABLE OF CONTENTS








                                             Paae No




DISCLAIMER                                       ii




ACKNOWLEDGEMENT                                  iii



TABLE OF CONTENTS                                iv




LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS                            xi




LIST OF TABLES                                   xiii




I.   SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS                     1




     A.   Wastewater Samplinq Objectives         1



     B.   Obtaining Representative Data          1




     C.   Accomplishment of Compliance



          Samplinq Objectives                    2




     D.   Error Minimization                     3



II.  INTRODUCTION




     A.   Background                   .          6




     B.   Enforcement Management System          7



     C.   Work Group Membership                  R




III. NPDES PERMIT SAMPLING REOUIREMENTS




     A.   Introduction                           11



     B.   Self-Monitoring Data                   11




          1.    Permit Specifications             11
                         iv

-------
        Use  of  Self-Monitoring  Data              12



   ;c-piiance Monitoring                         13



        General                                  13



   :.    Definitions                              13



        Objective of Compliance  Evaluation



        Inspections                              13



        Compliance Evaluation Inspection



        Tasks                                    14



        Objectives of Compliance Sampling



        Inspection                               15



        Compliance Sampling Inspection.



        Tasks                                    15



   -equacy  of Data                              16



    ^-ermir.ing Compliance with Effluent



    imitations                                   16



        Instantaneous Conditions                 17



   -• •    Daily Maximum Conditions                 17



        7-day Average Conditions                 18



   -i.    30-day Average Conditions                18



   Sample Collection and Handling                19



•?-I COLLECTION                                  20



   Introduction                                  20



   Sampling Considerations                       21

-------
     1.   General                                 21



     2.   Sample Location                         23



          (a)  General                            23



          (b)  Influent                           24



          (c)  Effluent                           24



          (d)  Pond & Lagoon Sampling             24



     3.    Sample Volume                          25



     4.   Selection .and Preparation of Sample



          Container                               25



C,   Sampling Techniques                          25



     1.   Grab Samples                            25



     2.   Composite Samples                       26



          (a)  Selection of Sample Type           27



          (b)  Compositing Method                 27



D.   Sample Preservation                          29



     1.   General                                 29



     2.   Compliance Considerations               30



E.   Analytical Methods                           32



     1.   General                                 32



     2.   Alternative Test Procedure              32



F.   Sample Identification                        33



G.   Safety Considerations                        34
                         VI

-------
77MATIC SAMPLERS                         '       37



   Introduction                                 37



   Vjtomatic Sampler Subsystem Components       33



        Sample Intake Subsystem                 38



        Sample Gathering Subsystem              39



        (a)   Mechanical                         39



        (b)   Forced Flow                        40



        (c)   Suction Lift                       40



   ;.    Sample Transport Subsystem              41



   •• .    Sample Storage Subsystem                42



   5.    Controls and Power Subsystem            42



   T.    Sampler Reliability                     42



   '.-.stallation and Operation of Automatic



   Sampling  Equipment                           43



        Site Selection    •                      43



   "-.    Equipment Security                     -44



   3.    Power Source                            44



   4.    Waste Characteristics                   45



   5.    Sample Preservation During Compositing



        Period                                  45



   5.    Winter Operations                   .    45



   Desirable Automatic Sampler Characteristics  46



STEWATER FLOW MEASUREMENT                       50
                       vii

-------
A.   Introduction                                 50



B.   Wastewater Flow Measurement Systems          51



C.   Field Verification of Flow Measurement



     Systems                                      55



D.   Wastewater Flow Measurement Methods          58



     1.    Volumetric Techniques                   58



          (a)   Vessel Volume                      58



          (b)   Pump Sumps                         61



          (c)   Bucket and Stopwatch               62



          (d)   Orifice Bucket                     63



     2.    Dilution Methods                        63



     3..    Open Channel Flow Measurements          67



          (a)   Velocity-Area Method               69



               i    Introduction                  69



               ii   Current Meters                 70



               iii  Field Practice                 74



               iv   Area and Flow Calculations    76



          (b)   Weirs                              77



               i    Broad Crested       •          79



               ii   Sharp Crested                 81



          (c)   Flumes                             89



               i    Parshall Flumes               89



               ii   Palmer Bowlus Flumes          94



               iii  Other Flumes                  96
                         vin

-------
     (d)   Open Channel Flow Nozzles          96



     (e)   Slope-Area Method          .        97



     (f)   Measurement by Floats              99



     Closed Conduit Flow Measurements       100



     (a)   Venturi Meter                     101



     (b)   Orifice Meters                    102



     (c)   Flow Nozzles                      104



     (d)   Electromagnetic Flowmeter         106



     (e)   Acoustic Flowmeter                106



     (f)   Trajectory Methods                108



     (q)   Pump Curves                       HI



     (h)   Use of Water Meters               111




 " -3SURANCE                     .           114



  .-.rocse                                     II4



  •.'.icy and Objectives                       114



 laments  of a Quality Assurance Plan        106



duality Assurance in Sample Collection      116



     Duplicate Samples                      116



-.   Split Samples                          117



2.   Spiked Samples                         117



     Sample Preservative Blanks             117



5.   Precision, Accuracy and Control



     Charts                                 118



Quality Assurance Procedures for Field



Analysis and Equipment         '             118
                    IX

-------
          1.   Calibration and Documentation Plan



     F.   Parameter Requiring Special Precautions      124'



          1.   Organics                                124



          2.   Acidity - Alkalinity                    125-



          3.   Miscellaneous Parameters                125



               (a)  Dissolved Parameters               126



               (b)  Mercury, Total                     126



               (c)  Phenolics and Cyanides             126



               (d)  Sulfide and Sulfite                126



VIII.  CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCEDURES                     128



     A.   Introduction                                 128



     B.   Survey Planning and Preparation              128



     C.   Sample Collection, Handling & Identification 129



     D.   Transfer of Custody and Shipment             132



     E.   Laboratory Custody Procedures                135



     F.   Evidentiary Considerations                   137



APPENDIX

-------
       LIST  OF  TABLES








                                          Pace








".positing Methods	28



:uai Compositing Method	30



indard  Conditions  For Sharp-Crested Weirs..36



«rp Crested  Rectangular Weirs  - Velocity



Approach Correction	90



.!. ity Assurance Procedures  For Field



ilysis  And Equipment	119
              Xlll

-------
                                                                  II.B.4.
"Interim NPDES Biomonitoring Inspection Manual*, dated October 1979.  Table
of 'Contents only.

-------

-------
%EPA
            E:ivi!Onmantal Protection
            Agency
            CfiiLT ol 'A/iter Entorcsment
            Eniorccnieni Division
            Washington, DC 20460
                                    Oc:o:v;r 1979
            Water
interim NPDES
Compliance Biomonitoring
Inspection  Manual
                                  j
                      MCD - 62

-------
                         NPDES COMPLIANCE



                 BIOMONITORING INSPECTION MANUAL








                        TABLE OF CONTENTS








                                                         Page No.



Disclaimer	ii



Acknowledgement 	  iii



Foreword	iv



Table of Contents	vi



List of Appendices	ix



I.   Introduction	1-1



     A.   Background	1-1



     B.   Purpose of Manual	1-4



     C.   Statutory Authority 	  1-5



     D.   Biomonitoring Requirements in Permits	1-7



     E.   Federal and State Cooperation 	  1-7



II.  Legal Considerations 	  II-l



     A.   Access and Warrants - Constitutional



          and Statutory Requirements 	 II-l



     B.   Discussions with Permittees or Their



          Agents - Privilege Ag.ainst Self-



          Incrimination 	  II-2



     C.   Expert and Other Testimony 	 II-3



     D.   Chain of Custody and Preservation of



          Documents	II-4



     E.   Relations with the Public	II-7



III. Planning Biomonitoring Inspections 	  III-l





                               vi

-------
                                                         Page No



     A.    Pre- inspection Planning  Activities  .......  III-l



     B.    Coordination  of Inspection  Activities  with



          Permittees, other  EPA  Programs,  and



          Government  Agencies  ..............   III-5



IV   inspection  Types  ...................  IV-1



     A.    Announced  and Unannounced Inspections  ......  IV-1



     B.    Sampling-Type Inspections  .  .  .  .........  IV-1



     C.    Evaluation  Inspections ..............  IV-3



V.   Quality Assurance  ..................   V-l



     A.    Effluent Sampling  and  Handling  .........   V-l



     B.    Test Organisms .................. V-2



     C.    Facilities  and Equipment ............. V-3



     D.    Dilution Water .................. V-4



     E.    Test Conditions .................. V-4



     F.    Reference  Toxicants  ................ V-4



     G.    Record Keeping .................. V-6



     Health and  Safety  ........ . ........  ...  .VI-1



     A.    General .....................  VI-1



     3.    Personal Conduct ................. VI-2



     C.    Safety Equipment ................. VI-2



     D.    General Laboratory Operation  ........... VI-2



     E.    Transportation .................. VI-3



     F.    Emergency  Health and Fire Protection  ....... VI-3



     G.    Accident Reports ................. VI-3



     Conducting  Biomonitoring  Inspections  ......  .  .   VII-1



     A.    Facilities  Access  ...............   VII-1



     B.    Conducting  Sampling  Type-Inspections  ......  VII-2



     C.    Conducting  Evaluation  Inspections  ........ VII-5



                              vii
'

-------
VIII.  Post Inspection Activities	Vlll-1



       A.   Data Evaluation 	 VIII-1



       B.   Toxicity Laboratory Evaluation Form 	 VIII-5



       C.   Distribution of Inspection Report 	 VIII-5



       D.   Follow-up Activities	VIII-5
                                 Vlll

-------
                        LIST OF APPENDICES








                                                              Page



A.   Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of



     Effluents to Aquatic Organisms,  EPA-600/4-78-012 .  .  .   A-1








B.   Toxicity Test Report Outline 	 B-l








C.   Laboratory Review or Audit 	 C-l








D.   Example of Daily Activities of On-site Toxicity



     Monitoring	D-l








E.   Sample Tags and Chain of Custody Forms	E-l








F.   Document Handling Procedures 	 F-l








G.   Definitions	G-l








H.   Factors Useful in Selecting Candidates for



     Inspection	H-l








I.   Conduct of Inspections After the Barlow's



     Decision	1-1

-------
                                                                   II.B.5.
"NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training, with Modules on Overview,
Legal Issues, Sampling Procedures, Biononitoring, Laboratory Analyses
Modules", dated 1988.  Table of Contents of individual nodules only.

-------

-------
 Unittd States        Office of Water Enforcement and Pennits
 Pnuill!lll*>>>*' KOtBCOOH   OffiCC OX Water

 Afency           Washington, DC 20460     . • September 1988
           compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training


Overview

-------
                  •FOB Compliant* Monitoring Inspector Training Modal*:   OVERVIEW
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
     FOREWORD.	7	    vii

      1.   INTRODUCTION..o.....................................'........«...    1-1

          1.1   OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM	    1-1
          1.2   PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM	    1-2

      2.   NPDES COMPLIANCE ACTIVITIES	    2-1

          2.1   COMPLIANCE REVIEWS	    2-1
          2.2   NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS...	    2-1

      3.   SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS	    3-1

          3.1* INSPECTOR CONDUCT			    3-1
          3.2   DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION	    3-1
          3.3   FEDERAL AND STATE COOPERATION.	    3-3

      4.   GENERAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES	    4-1

          4.1   NPDES INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES		    4-1
          4.2   PRE-mSPECTION PROCEDURES	    4-2
          4.3   INSPECTION PROCEDURES			    4-6

      5.   SPECIFIC INSPECTION PROCEDURES....	    5-1 .

          5.1   COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION.	    5-1
          5.2   CONVENTIONAL AND TOXIC COMPLIANCE SAMPLING INSPECTIONS	    5-11
          5.3   PERFORMANCE AUDIT INSPECTION	    5-13
          5.4   COMPLIANCE BIOMONTTORING INSPECTION	    5-17

      6.   PRETREAimr COMPLIANCE INSPECTION	    6-1

          6.1   REVIEW OP THE GENERAL PRETREATMENT REGULATIONS.	    6-1
          6.2   PRBTRXATMENT COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS	    6-2
          6.3   PRETREATMENT PROGRAM AUDITS	'....    6-8

      7.   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS			    7-1
, 7

-------
             •FOB Compliance MoBitorinc Inspector Training Nodal*:  OVERVIEW
8.  POST-INSPECTION PROCEDURES		,	   8-1

    8.1   PRESENTATION OF FINDINGS	   8-1
    8.2   DATA ANALYSIS		   8-1
    8.3   COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS AND FORMS.	   8-2
    8.4   TESTIMONY	   8-2
    8.5   UPDATING PERMITTEE FILES	   8-2

9.  SUMMARY	./.....	   9-1
                                     iv

-------
             •FOB Compliance Moaitorinf Inspector Training Module:  OVERVIEW

                         UST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY
APPENDIX B - REFERENCES
APPENDIX C - REVIEW  QUESTIONS AND  ANSWERS  ON  THE  OVERVIEW  OP  THE  NPDES
            COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PROGRAM              ~
APPENDIX 0 - SECTION 308 OP THE CLEAN VATER ACT
APPENDIX E - CRITERIA  FOR  NEUTRAL  SELECTION  OP NPOES  COMPLIANCE  INSPECTION
            CANDIDATES
APPENDIX F - LIST OF FIELD SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
APPENDIX G - NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT FORM  (EPA FORM 3560-3)
APPENDIX H - DEFICIENCY NOTICE GUIDANCE AND FORM

                    UST OF TABLES AND FIGURES    ,
Table                                                                Page
 6-1       SUMMARY OF THE GENERAL PRETREATMENT REGULATIONS               6-3
Figure
 2-1       NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS                                 2-2

-------
?/EPA
          United States        Enforcement Division
          Environmental Protection   Office of Water Enforcement andPennits
          Agency           Washington, DC 20460
                                 July 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training
         Legal Issues

-------

-------
H/834-485-02a/tl3


                 NPDES Compliance Menltoriaff Inspector Training*   TJgAT  ISSUES


                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                      Pan


 FOREWORD	   v

 1.  INTRODUCTION	   1.1

     1.1   OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM.	   1.1
     1.2   PURPOSE OF THE  NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM	   1-2
     1.3   SOURCES OF LEGAL AUTHORITY	   1-3
     1.4   NPDES AUTHORITY	   1-4

 2.  AUTHORITY TO INSPECT	   2-1

 3.  PERSONS SUBJECT TO INSPECTIONS	   3-1-
            *           •
 4.  PREINSPECTION LEGALITIES.	   4-1

     4.1   NEUTRAL INSPECTION  PLAN	   4-1
     4.2   308 LETTERS	   4-2
     4.3   CONFIDENTIALITY...	   4-3
     4.4   COMPLIANCE FILE	   4-6
     4.5   PERMITTEE RIGHTS	.*...	   4-7

 5.  INSPECTION OBJECTIVES....	   5-1

 6.  INSPECTION LEGALITIES....	   6-1

     6.1   ENTERING THE FACILITY..	   6-1
     6.2   PRESENTING CREDENTIALS	   6-1
     6.3   OBTAINING CONSENT TO INSPECT	   6-3
     6.4   WITHDRAWAL OF CONSENT	   6-4

 7.  WARRANTS	   7-1

     7.1   REASONS FOR ISSUING A WARRANT	   7-1
     7.2   TTPBS OP WARRANTS	   7-2
     7.3   REASONS TO SEEK WARRANT IN ADVANCE......	   7-2
     7.4   OBTAINING THE WARRANT.....	   7-3
     7.5   CRIMINAL SEARCH WARRANT	•   7-4
     7.6   BURDEN OF PROOF.	-	   7-6

 8.  GATHERING AND PRESERVING  EVIDENCE	• • •"	-	   8-1

     8.1   SAMPLE RESULTS  AS EVIDENCE.	   8-1
     8.2   PHOTOGRAPHS..	•	   8-2

 9.  BASIS FOR TESTIMONY	••'	   9-1
                                     iii

-------
 H/83*-485-02ft/tl3
                 HPDIS Coapliaae* Monitorial Inspector Training!  IJBGAL ISSOBS

                   TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Continued)
                                                                     Pat*
 10.  PRESENTING EVIDENCE FROM INSPECTIONS..........	   10-1
     10.1  ADMISSIBILITY OP EVIDENCE	   10-1
     10.2  OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS	   10-1
     10.3  SERVING AS A WITNESS	   10-2
 11.  LIABILITIES	.......".	   11-1
 12.  SUMMARY......	   12-1
                               APPENDICES
                  ' •«                                  '
APPENDIX A - SECTIONS OP THE CLEAN WATER ACT RELEVANT TO NPDES INSPECTORS
                                           * i      \
APPENDIX B - CRITERIA POR NEUTRAL  SELECTION OP  NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION
             CANDIDATES .
APPENDIX C - SAMPLE 308 LETTER
APPENDIX D - EPA MEMORANDA ON ENTRY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX & - EXAMPLE WARRANT INCLUDING UNDERLYING AFPADAVIT
APPENDIX P - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON LEGAL ISSUES

                            LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                P«f«
6-1         "STEPS FOR ENTERING A FACILITY             .               6-2

-------
                        ..
SEPA
United States
Environmental Protection  Office of Water Enforcement andPermtts
Agency         Washington. DC 20460       August 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training,

Sampling Procedures

-------

-------
         NPOES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training:  SAMPLING PROCEDURES
                         TABLE OF  CONTENTS
                                                                      Page


FOREWORD	...'		i.    vi

1.  INTRODUCTION	...	    1-1

    1.1   OVERVIEW OF THE NPOES  PROGRAM	    l-l
    1.2   PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM	    1-2
    1.3   OBJECTIVES OF NPOES SAMPLING	.	    1-3'
    1.4   SAMPLING TASKS	    1-3.

2.  SAMPLE COLLECTION	    2-1

    2.1   IMPORTANCE OF "AMPLE COLLECTION	:		    2-1
    2.2   SAMPLING PLA:   	.....:	    2-2
    2.3   PREPARATION ?   SAMPLING	;	    2--
    2.4   SAMPLING SAFE'  	    2-5
    2.5   SAMPLING LOCA  ON	    2-5
    2.6   SELECTION AND : REPARATION  OF SAMPLE  CONTAINERS	    2-7
    2.7   SAMPLE TYPES	    2-10
    Z.8   SAMPLE COLLECTION TECHNIQUES	    2-13
    :.-?   SAMPLE VOLUME	    2-17
    :. 10  SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND HOLDING TIMES	    2-13
    2.11  SAMPLE DOCUMENTATION	;    2-19
    2.12  SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION  AND  LABELING	    2-21
    2.13  SAMPLE PACKAGING AND SHIPPING		'.	    2-21
    2.14  SPECIAL SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS	    2-22

3.  ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR ONSITE ANALYSIS.	    3-1

4.  AUTOMATIC SAMPLERS		....    4-1

5.  FLOW MEASUREMENT	    5-1

    5.1   IMPORTANCE OF FLOW MEASUREMENT	   5-1
    5.2   OPEN CHANNEL FLOW	..	   5-1
    5.3   CLOSED CHANNEL FLOW	   5-8

-------
                NPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Traininf:  SAMPLING* PROCEDURES
                          TABLE DF CONTENTS (Continued)
                                                                             Pag*
        6.  QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL .............. . ............ _____    6-1

           6.1   QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLING..., ....... . ____ ...    6-1
           6.2   QUALITY ASSURANCE  PROCEDURES FOR*SAMPLINC ____ . ............    6-2
           6 . 3   LABORATORY QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ......... . ____
        7.  CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY PROCEDURES .................. ........... .........  7-1

        8.  SUMMARY..... ...... . .................. . ......................... .    8-1


                                     APPENDICES


      APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY

      APPENDIX B - REFERENCES
                    *
      APPENDIX C - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS* ON NPDES SAMPLING PROCEDURES

      APPENDIX D - VOLUME  OF  SAMPLE  REQUIRED  FOR  DETERMINATION  OF  THE  VARIOUS
                   CONSTITUENTS  OF INDUSTRIAL VASTEVATER

      APPENDIX E - REQUIRED CONTAINERS. PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES, HOLDING TIMES, AND
                   TEST METHODS
      •                      -                                       •
      APPENDIX F - EPA ORDER 1440. 2 - HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EMPLOYEES
                   ENGAGED IN FIELD ACTIVITIES
                       ••
      APPENDIX G - LIST OF FIELD SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

      APPENDIX H - SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION LABELS

      APPENDIX I - CRITERIA FOR  SELECTION OF AUTOMATIC SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

      APPENDIX J - QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR FIELD ANALYSIS AND EQUIPMENT

      APPENDIX K - EXAMPLE RECORD OF FIELD SAMPLE DATA AND CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY RECORD
•-~? i •     .                                  iv

-------
          NPOES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training:  SAMPLING PROCEDURES
                   LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
 Figure
Table
                                                                  Page
5-1
5-2
5-3

5-4 .
5-5
PROFILE AND NOMENCLATURE OF SHARP-CRESTED VEIRS
THREE COMMON TYPES OF SHARP-CRESTED VEIRS
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITIES OF THE PARSHALL MEASURING FLUMES
FOR VARIOUS THROAT VIDTHS
CONFIGURATION AND NOMENCLATURE OF VENTURI METER
ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOV METER
5-3
5-A

5-6
5-9
5-10 .
                                                                   Page
2-1   .  COMPOSITING METHODS
                                                                  2-U

-------

-------
&EFK
         United States
         Environmental Protection,  Office of Water
                      Washington. DC 20460
             Office of Water Enforcement and Pciiiuts
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training

Laboratory Analysis
                             September I9S8

-------

-------
         NPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training:  LABORATORY ANALYSIS
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                      Page


FOREWORD	....."	   y

1.  INTRODUCTION...	   1-1

    1.1   OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES  PROGRAM	   1-1
    1.2   PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM...	   1-2

.2.  PERFORMANCE AUDIT INSPECTION	   2-1

    2.1   PREINSPECTION PLANNING		   2-1
    2.2   INITIAL MEETING		   2-5
    2.3   LABORATORY QA/QC PROGRAM	   2-8
    2.4   SAMPLING TECHNIQUES.	   2-14
    2.5   LABORATORY SAMPLE CONTROL..	.	   2-15
    2.6   ANALYTICAL METHODS		   2-18
    2.7   EVALUATION OF LABORATORY QA/QC PROGRAMS	   2-22
  ' 2.8   LABORATORY FACILITIES  AND  EQUIPMENT.	   2-32
    2.9   RECORDS AND REPORTS REVIEW	   2-49
    2.10  EXIT MEETING AND FINAL REPORT.	   2-51

3.  COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION	   3-1

    3.1   RECORDS AND REPORTS REVIEW	   3-1
    3.2   REVIEW OF SELF-MONITORING  DATA, PROCEDURES, AND
          LABORATORY FACILITIES	  3-2

4.  SUMMARY	   4-1
                                    iii

-------
          HPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Trainings  LABORATORY ANALYSIS
     • .                          ,
                             APPENDICES

APPENDIX A - REFERENCES
APPENDIX B - GLOSSARY
APPENDIX C - APPROVED METHODS
APPENDIX D - SAMPLE CONTROL FORM
APPENDIX B - PORN FOR ASSESSING RELEVANT ANALYTICAL METHODS
APPENDIX P - METHODS CHECKLISTS                                            '
APPENDIX G - POTENTIAL PROBLEM AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH POLLUTANT ANALYSIS
APPENDIX H - LABORATORY SERVICES
APPENDIX I - EXAMPLE OP BENCH SHEET
APPENDIX J - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSVERS


                    LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Figure           *                                              •       Page
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
PRECISION AND ACCURACY
EXAMPLE CONTROL CHART
EPA DEFICIENCY NOTICE FORM
NPOES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT FORM
2-24
2-27
2-53
2-54
Table
2-1
2-2
, •
QA QUESTIONS
ANALYSIS OF TOT*


L PHOSPHATE-PHOSPHORUS STANDARDS
Page
2-10
2-28
                                    lv

-------
AEPA
         United States       Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
         Environmental Protection  Office of Water
         Agency         Washington, DC 20460        August 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training

Biomonitoring

-------

-------
               Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training Module:  BIOMONXTORING
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD

 1 .   INTRODUCTION.
     1.1   OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM..... ............. . ..........  .1-1
     1.2   CONCEPT OF TOXICITT ............... , .......................   1-2
     1.3   TOXICITT TESTING IN THE NPDES COMPLIANCE
           MONITORING PROGRAM ...... . .................................
 2.   BASICS OF TOnOTY TESTING ................................... ...   2-1

     2.1   T9XICITT TBST DESIGN .......... .' ..................... ......   2-1
     2.2   ACUTE AND CHRONIC TESTS. . . ................................   2-3
     2.3   FLOW-THROUGH, STATIC RENEWAL, AND STATIC TESTS ............   2-4
     2.4   ANALYSIS OF TEST RESULTS. .............................. ...   2-5

 3.   TOnCITY TEST  COMPONENTS ................ . . .............. ..... ...   3-1

     3.1   EFFLUENT ......... ..... ................................ ____   3-3
     3.2   DILUTION WATER ................. . .................... ......   .3-4
     3.3   TEST SYSTEM .............. .... ........................... ..   3-4
     3.4   TEST ORGANISMS ............................................   3-4
     3.5   TEST RESULTS ..............................................   3-5
     3.6 '  SUMMARY .................... . ..............................   3-6

4.   EFFLUENT. .............................. . ........................   4-1

     4.1   SAMPLING STRATEGIES ................ ................. ......   4-1
     4.2   SIMPLE STORAGE AND PRESERVATION .......... .... .............   4-3

5.   DILUTION WATER .................... . .............................   5-1

     5.1   SOmOS  OP DILUTION WATER. .. ..............................   5-1
     5.2   STORAGE  CONDITIONS AND HOLDING TIMES .......... . ...... •. ---- .   5-2

6.   TEST ORGANISMS...!.... ............................. . ............   6-1

     6.1    SPECIES  USED ................. . ---- . .......................   6-1
     6.2    SOURCES  OF TEST ORGANISMS ............... . ...... . ..........   6-5
     6.3    ACCLIMATION AND FEEDING ................. . . ................   6-6
     6.4   DISEASE ................. . ............. ........ ............   6-7
     6.5    LOADING  RATES ................. ....... . ....................   6-7

-------
        •FOB Coajrtlinr* Mooitorinff Inspector Timiaiaf Modal**  B20MOHITOU1B
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
7.



8.



7.1 MATERIALS USED....... 	 	 	
7.2 CLEANING. 	
7.3 TEST CONDITIONS..... 	


8.2 RESULTS CALCULATIONS 	 	 	
	 7-1
	 	 	 7-1
	 7-2
	 7-3
	 	 	 	 8-1
	 8-1
	 	 8-1
                               APPENDICES





APPENDIX A - QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON THE BIOMONITORING MODULE

-------
         HFOBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training Modulet  BXOMOHITORIRG
                     LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Figure                                                             Page
2-1
2-2
3-1
TTPICAL EFFLUENT CONCENTRATIONS USED IN TESTING
TYPICAL TOnCITY TEST RESULTS SHOVING DESCRIPTIVE „
STATISTICS CALCULATED USING THE RESULTS
RELATIONSHIPS BETVEEN TOXICITT TESTING COMPONENTS,
SHOVING IMPORTANT FACTORS FOR EACH
2-2
2-6
3-2
Table      •                                                       'age


4-1    RECOMMENDED SAMPLING  STRATEGY FOR CONTINUOUS AND
       INTERMITTENT DISCHARGES FOR FLOW-THROUGH, STATIC
       RENEVAL, AND STATIC TOXICITY TESTS            '               4-2

6-1    FRESHWATER SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE ACUTE TOXICITY
      . TESTING PROTOCOLS                                           6-2

6-2    MARINE AND ESTUARINE  SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE
       ACUTE TOXICITY TESTING PROTOCOLS                             6-3

6-3    SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE CHRONIC TOXICITY TESTING
       PROTOCOLS, ORGANIZED  BY SPECIES                              6-4

-------
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Water Enforcement
Enforcement Division (EN-338)
Washington, DC 20460
January 1981
Water

-------
          NPDES COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION MANUAL

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                          PAGE

INTRODUCTION                                                 i

;.    ADMINISTRATION
       I.     Work Ethics                                   1-1
       II.    Disclosure of Official Information            1-5
       III.   Diaries and Field Notes                       1-8

     PREPARATION FOR INSPECTION
       I.     General                                       2-1
       II.    Objectives                                    2-1
       III.   Inspector's Responsibility      .              2-2
       IV.    Preinspection Techniques                      2-2
       V.     Compliance Files                              2-4
       VI.    Types of Compliance Inspections               2-11

.>.    TREATMENT FACILITY REVIEW
       I.     Authority                                     3-1
       II.    General                                       3-2
       III.   Objectives                                    3-3
       IV.    Inspector's Obligation                        3-4
       V.     Inspection Procedures                         3-6
       VI.    Post-Inspection Discussion with Management    3-15

•i.    RECORDS  AND REPORTS REVIEW
       I.     Authority                                     4-1
       II.    General                                       4-1
       III.   Objectives                                    4-2
       IV.    Inspection Procedures                         4-3

:^.    COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE STATUS REVIEW
       I.     Authority                                     5-1
       II.    General                                       5-1
       III.   Objectives                                    5-2
       IV.    Inspection Procedures                         5-2

'>•    SELF-MONITORING PROGRAM REVIEW
       I.     Authority                                     6-1
       II.    Objectives                                    6-1
       III.   Inspection Procedures                         6-2
       IV.    Quality Assurance                             6-10

7-    MULTIMEDIA INSPECTIONS
       I.     Authority                                     7-1
       II.    Inspector's Responsibility                    7-3
       III.   Inspection Procedures                         7-4

-------
s.
10,
11,
12,
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND TECHNIQUES
  I.    Citizen Complaint Investigations
  II.   Photographs
  III.  Best Management Practices
  IV.   Spill Prevention Control and
          Countermeasure Plan
  V.    Interagency Regulatory Liaison
          Group Referral Inspection Program

FEDERAL AND STATE COOPERATION
  I.    Authority
  II.   Objectives
  III.  Policy
SAFETY
  I.
  II.
  III.
  IV.
              General
              Safety Equipment
              Safety Precautions
              Hazardous Waste Disposal  Sites
ACCESS AND WARRANTS
  I.    General
  II.   Objectives
  III.  .Unreasonable Search and Seizure
  IV.   Neutral Inspection Scheme
  V.    Right of Entry
  VI.   Privilege Against Selt-Incriininatiqn

COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT
  I.    General
  II.   Objectives
  III.  Procedures
  IV.   Abbreviated Narrative Reports
  V.    Deficiency Notice
                                                             8-1
                                                             8-3
                                                             8-b

                                                             8-12

                                                             8-12
                                                             9-1
                                                             9-1
                                                             9-2
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-'5
                                                             11-1
                                                             11-3
                                                             11-4
                                                             11-4
                                                             11-6
                                                             11-10
                                                            .12-1
                                                             12-1
                                                             12-2
                                                             12-12
                                                             12-13
REFERENCES

SECTION REFERENCES

APPENDICES

-------
                                                              II.B.7.
"Neutral Inspection Plan for the NPDES Program", dated February 17, 1981.
                                                                    535

-------

-------
         UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                       WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                             -*  i i  ' «•' w s
                                                 OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:  Neutral Inspection Plan
FROM:     Edward A. Kurent  	
          Director, Enforcement^_Di'vsls/ton1' ts'N-SSS^)

TO:       Regional Enforcement Division  Directors
          Regional S&A Division Directors
          Director, NEIC


     Attached is the final Neutral  Inspection  Plan which was
developed for the NPDES Compliance  Inspection  Program.   This plan
fulfills the requirements for performing neutral  compliance inspec-
tions based on the Marshall v Barlow's,  Inc. ruling.   The Neutral
Inspection Plan must be used  to target all  inspections which are
not based on some type of probable  cause.   Copies  of  this plan were
distributed to each Region last year  for comments.

     The selection of candidates  for  neutral inspections each year
will be based on only two factors;  the length  of  time since the
last inspection and geographic grouping  (to minimize  the use of
resources).  The initial selection  process  will  be done by computer
using the Permit Compliance System  (PCS).   Selecting  specific per-
mittees for inspections will  then be  based  on  common  geographic
areas.  For example, a permittee  with a  low priority  for inspection
may be chosen if it is in close physical proximity to a permittee
with a very high priority for inspection.

     This plan will not be used to  target all  NPDES compliance
inspections, only those based on  administrative  factors.  We expect
that the portion of inspections which are not  based on some form of
civil probable cause  (DMR data, citizen  complaints) will be very
small.  Indeed, some Regions  plan all their inspections based on
probable cause for violations^  In  these cases,  no Neutral Inspec-
tion Plan would be needed.  Similarly, some Regions (along with the
States) are able to inspect each  major permittee  once a year.  Since
this Neutral Inspection Plan  is based on annual  planning, it would
not be needed in these cases.

-------
     Several Regions commented that the significance '.of  the
discharger should be 's. factor.  Since this -plan will be -applied
only to major permittees, we believe this  issue is basically
addressed.  In addition, when the new major/minor designation  sys-
tem is complete, PCS will be able to use potential for a  permittee
to discharge toxics as a factor in the neutral inspection process.
Without this information in PCS, it would  be necessary to perform
a review of every major permittee to determine the toxics discharge
potential.  This would place an unreasonable burden on Regional
enforcement programs.

     If you have any questions or comments on  this plan,  please
contact me or Brian Maas of the Enforcement Division staff  at
755-0994.
Attachment

-------
               CRITERIA FOR NEUTRAL SELECTION OF
            NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION CANDIDATES
A.   BACKGROUND

          In response to the recent Supreme Court decision  in

     Marshall v. Barlow's Inc., 436 U.S. 307 (1978), the Agency

     is developing neutral inspection criteria to be used when

     targeting compliance inspections.  The purpose of using the

     neutral inspection plan is to eliminate any bias in choosing

     candidates for compliance inspections.

          Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination

     System (NPDES) authorized by Section 402(a)(l) of the  Clean

     Water Act, over 50,000 permits have been is-sued for the dis-

     charge of pollutants.  Of these  issued permits, about  8,000

     have been classified by EPA or states with NPDES authority

     as major permittees.  The designation of a permittee as

     "major" is based on quantity and potential environmental

    .impact of the wastewater source.

          EPA's program to monitor compliance with  the terms and

     conditions of issued NPDES permits is primarily designed  to

     ensure the compliance of the major permittees.  EPA has not

     been provided with sufficient resources to routinely monitor

     the compliance of the remaining  minor permittees.'

          Compliance inspections performed under the NPDES  pro-

     gram can'be divided into two general.categories: 1) those

-------
inspections based on administrative factors; -and 2) those



inspections based on specific evidence of an existing



violation, e.g. civil probable cause.



     Inspections based on the second category are nor



n-eutral since they are based on prior knowledge of apparent



or probable permit violations.  Factors which constitute



specifi'c evidence include: 1) violations reported on recent



DMR's; 2) citizen complaints; 3) response to emergency



situations, such as threats to public health or safety;



4) follow-up to previous inspections which  indicated



violations; and 5) specific enforcement case support.



     For targeting inspections which rely strictly on



administrative factors, the Agency has developed the



following neutral inspection plan.







UNIVERSE OF NPDES INSPECTION CANDIDATES



     The EPA, upon the presentation of credentials, has  the



authority to enter and inspect all NPDES permitted facilities



at any time regardless of other factors such as "major"  or



"minor" designations.  -Because of limited -resources, not  all



facilities -are targeted for inspections each year.  The



frequency with which compliance inspections are performed



is based on the discharger's environmental  significance,



available resources, the types and mix of inspections  being



employed, climatic and geographical influences on  inspection



logistics, and other factors influencing compliance monitor-



ing such as the ability to follow up on inspection findings.

-------
                            3


 BASIC  SELECTION  CRITERIA


     When  targeting  permittees  cf  neutral  compliance


 inspections,  the time  that  has  passed  since  the  last inspec-


 tion and the  geographical grouping  of  the  permittees are the


 only factors  which may be considered.   Other information,  such

           x^[~-MV
 as  data from  DMR's which  indicated  apparent  violations, would
            A,

 not be used since this would  constitute probable cause under


 the civil  standard.   However,  the  existence  of such data would


 not preclude  the facility from  being considered  for a neutral


 inspection if this neutral  plan is  followed  during the


 selection  process.


     The only permittees  who  would  not be  considered when


 targeting  neutral compliance  inspections are permittees who
                                                      /
 are in current litigation with  EPA.  This  does not apply to


 state  litigation.





 NEUTRAL COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS


     To target inspections  based on a  neutral inspection plan,


•Regions will  first determine  the length of time  that has


 passed since  the last EPA or  state  inspection for all major


 permittees.   This.can be  done  easily using the capabilities


 of  the Permit Compliance  System (PCS)  available  in each EPA


 Regional Office. A  PCS report  can  be  generated  which will


 print  out.each major permittee  in  order by the date of the


 last inspection. Appendix  A  contains  a sample list which


 the PCS System can generate.   A. separate report  should be

-------
                            4



venerated for each state in the Region.   In  some'cases,  it



may be appropriate to use subdistricts  (by county)  of  a  state



depending en the organizational structure  in  a  specific  state



•or Region.  The permittees which are highest  on  the list



(greatest time since last inspection) will have  the highest



priority for neutral inspections.



      In order to minimize use of Agency resources,  inspection



targeting should be based on both the priority  list and



geographical grouping.  For example, any permittee  on  the list



may be targeted for an  inspection if it is in close physical



proximity to a facility which is very high on the list.   This



is extremely important  as it allows  the most.efficient use  of



the limited inspection  resources.  The  PCS System can  give  the



names and most recent inspection dates  for all  permittees



which -are in the same county as a permittee  which is selected



for an inspection.



      The priority  list  will identify only those  facilities



which are possible targets for compliance  inspections  during



the current fiscal year.  The exact  timing of these inspec-



tions during the fiscal year will be at the  discretion of



the Regional Office, based on logistics and  specific Regional



needs.



      The list of permittees targeted for inspections may be



amended at any time during the fiscal year.   Similarly,  before



the start of a new fiscal year,- Regional Offices should

-------
                            3



 reassess ail permittees regardless of whether all previously



 targeted inspections have been completed for the current



 fiscal year.



 INSTRUCTIONS FOR TARGETING INSPECTIONS BASED ON THE POINT'



 ASSESSMENT SYSTEM



      To use the neutral inspection plan, Regional Offices will



 first determine the percentage of inspection resources that



 will be devoted to neutral administrative inspections.  This



 will depend, to a large extent, on the ongoing enforcement



 case load and the percentage of major permittees which have



 probable violations of effluent limitations and compliance



 schedules.  For example, a Region may allocate the following



 resources for neutral inspection activities:



      a)  10% of the Compliance Sampling Inspection resources;



      b)  25% of the Performance Audit Inspection resources;



          and



      c)  50% of the Compliance Evaluation Inspection



          resources.



      The remaining Regional inspection resources would be



 reserved for inspections based .on probable cause and  specific



 enforcement case support.



      The Region should next determine the approximate number



of neutral inspections that can be completed using the



resources allocated for each inspection type (CSI, CEI, ?AI).



This number will be flexible depending on the type and/or  the



number of outfalls and size of  the permitted facility.

-------
     "or each.stats, starting with the permittees  highest  en



the list, proceed down the priority list until  about  one  third



of the neutral  inspection  resources for  that  state have  been



allocated.  For example, if the allocated  inspection  resources



for neutral inspections  in a particular  state, are  enough  for



3.0 inspections, approximately the  first  10  permittees on  the



priority list would  be targeted.   The  Region  should then use



•the -remaining 20  inspections -for permittee's which  are grouped



with the already  targeted  candidates based  on common  geographi-



cal .and/or special  technical considerations.   For  example, a



Region may target a  sampling inspection  at  a  facility with a



high point rating,  and then target several  more sampling*



inspections, CEI's .or PAI's in  the same  geographic area.   This



would allow .all these inspections  to be  done  .on. one inspection



trip.



     Regions may  target  inspections to single facilites at



times, such as  when  the  facility  is'in close  proximity to



Regional Offices  or  Field  Offices.



     A specific percentage of inspection resources are set



aside each fiscal year for enforcement case support activi-



ties and emergency  response.  By  the last  quarter  of  the



fiscal year, .Regions should know  to what extent these



set-aside resources  will be available  for  routine  inspections.



To the extent that  these resources become  available,  they



should be utilized  to inspect the  remaining permittees on the



priority list.

-------
                            Appendix A








     The following two pages are sample printouts from the Perrr.it



Compliance System (PCS) for the State of Mew Jersey.  Printout 1



gives a partial listing of major NPDES facilities in order by the



date of the last inspection.  Permittees with no date listed for



inspections have not had an inspection which was noted in PCS.



These permittees will have the highest priority for neutral



inspections.







     Printout 2 is a list of permittees and inspection dates by



county (for New Jersey).  This Printout is used to identify per-



mittees which may be in close physical proximity to facilities



which were chosen for inspections from Printout 1.

-------
>t 2
                                      '. i
                                        . THE PERMIT  COi,. _4MICE SYSTEM
                                                  •9125 HMD At, 'JUilE  |6»
                               ALL HAJOll
FACILITIES AMD  TIIEIn  U1ESM"SPEC1IOII
                                                          STATEnHJ
                                                       1MSP
                                                                 UPOES
                                                                             CITY
                                                                                                     ciur
iu* It
760215
710215
7C1 A #. t 1
'/ 0 o 1 1
791001

751125
^770320
-* 700626
7GQb29
70091 I

730911
781025
790301
79012U
f ' V * ^
7901?.''
7rt ,\ \ 5 »|
'> 0 3 C '
790119
790516
790606
7901-20
790702
7 ') 0 6 o 2
790912
791019
791120
60010&
C00305
7MI2H
770203
770210
771205
771206
771212
,' 771212
780810
701001
7&12I2
790103
' . 790215
790215
790107
79031"
( 7901I4
' . . 790«17
790"25
7 9o" 2 7
790'J02
: 790517
790510-
: 7V0619
790019
411' —
• c
c
r
\f
C

. c
c
c
c
c

s
c

C :\
r
\i
c
c
c
c
c '
c
c
' , c •
. c
c ,
c
c
. i
o
; cc
I
i c
: L
C
3
: S
: S
C
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c


p.
s"
3
s

R
n
(i
n
n

i»
n

. K
s
s
3
S
R

3
n
s .
9
•
R
3
n

R
n
n
n
R
R
S
3
3
9
3-
8
c .
^
S
3
9

I|J002«'I73 •
IIJ002I391
|!J002i|509
MJOU25I60
IU00217U
IIJ0003212
II tnit?^7S{i
llJUvt*. i * v
IIJOOQt '90
NJ000570'!
IU0002721
t'JOOG3>S02
n i nn ri?67 1
lUVVv^** •
IIJ00020C)7
njccooion
»IJOOOl>l278
MJ002|MBi
iljooostio
II 1 n n ? U "3 9 fe
HJvvtM • 'V
IIJ002J161
IIJ002170?
ii tfin?u66o
IIJvv*-""v
HJ0005509
||JOOO'I19|
IIJ0005096
HJ0025l7n
I|J002'I010
HJ0920032
HJ0021095
IIJ«021507
IIJ002M015
IIJ0021901
IU0022570
it to oo 142*5
• IJv""^
NJOOO'J1'I2
HjOOQ'l Q55
MJOOO'1500
HJ0005002
IIJOOOrj(-90

ATLANTIC CJTY
ti*w£ i i i * ri t M fi
HAYS LA|iU'rl1'
EGG HARUOH CITY /C/
H/.HHOIIIOH
itiif UK Atitin
Ulll'IIA ounu
C/.RL3UOT OORO
in) THE M, FORD
r/HLSTAOl OOUO
CAHLSlARl OOnO •
CAST IIUIHERFURO
Efc3T UUTHERFOno
EAST I-'AUJISOII T

IE IERP.ORO
H/.HV1/.H T'lP
KiAllFItiLD
Or* DEI L
1 * f* I* ^» •» «
F.OCEHATCR QORO
ft A t • A LJ T VJ O
HAHHAH Tnl • .
EOGF.HATER OORO
CARL3TAOT DORO
LI1TLE FEMRY /OORO/
EASt HUIHEHFORO
HALOMICK
I.'ORTH ARLIHGTOH
IIOIITH ARLIMGIOII
BIOGEFIELO bORO
FAlfU.AHM
RIDGEHOOO /V/
ooRuEinon" /c/
BqVEHLY /CITY/
FIELOEQORO
HOOHE5TUWH 1HP
IIILLIIICUOKC TUP
BURLlM'011 /™vf
OURLl'I^IO'1 tV-f
OIHHIMGHAM .
BURLlliGTOM /TUP/
FLOREllCf THP
MOUNT LAUREL T«P
Eveaiuii IV-P
HEOFORU
OURLU'dOH /1«P/
OC1.IUM TUP
HOUH1 HOLLY
MOUNT LAUREL TUP :
OURLIHGTOII /C/
DIIHLIMGIOU /IHP/
OUKLlilCtOII XIVIP/
FOH1 OlX
HAl'LE SHADE
DURLIHGIO" /C/
DUIII lliGtOtl COUUTY

AILAIIT1C
i. AUAH1IC
1 AlLAHUC
ATLI-'HIC
AlLAHUC
eenGE'i
QEIIGr.ll
-*r iif* If ft!
EEHGEH
llEIMitll
liEMGEII
UEHGcU
OEKGEH
n •* u r r n
3 c. n *-* t- * *
EEiir.CN
IJF.HGEJI
tf.liGtll

fcEKCEll
RERGEII
UEHGf.ll
EEHGEM
OE»GEN
BtHGEII
r r n r. r (I '
^Vl'VJLI'
n r 1 1 r c 1 1
IJLl'MLM
BEHCetl
Btitceii
fjEKGEH
OEKGEH
nlllll Iftf*
BU"L 1 ""
BU'ILH"'
6URLl"G
nnfil 1IIG
U \i ' " 1* • *
• ••>• • III4
; CUMLI'"'
OU':L I'"'
BUHLHI'J
• •JBI viir*
BURL I"G
BURLt'"5
OUIIL1"0
BUKLH'O
OU«Ll»0
nllHI IHC





•







t nji .
| I/ M
ION
1011
io;i
f fl ) 1
I Uti
10M
(OM
• f A ||
1 Ut!
10(1
(ON
|OM
I OH
Kill
rj \J I*L »** ' ""*
BUHL I IK; 1°"
BURLIHGTOM
BURLl'Kil011
OU«Ll:«c'°"
BUHLll'i'IUU
BIIKLPIGIOH
nlllJI till* tflH
GU"L I"1
niiiil (til
U'"*\* •
11 1 ll'l 1 111
U HM L » '
BUKLl"!
o nunmi

1 | v I 1
il»!l
G" ION
| v/ 1 I
till^
Gl


-------
Printoui
                                          THE PERMIT COMPLIANCE  9Y       ,
                                                                                             9,35  HOIIOAY,  JUHE lfc»-!9S°
                                ALL MAJOR
 HAME
 PS'lC  CO  HARRISON GA3 PLANT
 PUBLIC  SERVICE  ELEC I CAS
 PUOLIC  £E"V1CE  ELEC I GAS
 PUOLK  SERVICE  ELEC I CAS
           PAPEKOOUID co,
                               IOATE
               OE UE'IOU'I CORP,
           C"CHEH1CAL PROCESSING
                Y  OF  H  Y  AND H J
                i)H Fl>00 PKCi)..
  nl"YGVHtHCER-USHER 3TA

  5JliS;ICCEf.!llLtLp5CHERV LIGHT
  JCP.SEY CENTRAL  POV.ER t LIGHT
  PAMM'C  VALLEY SEME«AGf "Hh
  l,0i) R  CHC'»1C»L 0131. SER.
        ijr COUNIY s.r.
        'A,IO COUNTY UTliniES  AU
            CO, OAYSHORE  OUTFALt
   CITY OF NEWARK DP*      :
   pic  I G HOPE C«EEK      '.
   ria,t t    ....-c f\ou
       M      it  SEMEnAGC AUIII.
   riU OF  OOroEHlOUH OP«
   OLIH COflPORAllOll
           GLA33  HOIIKS
    JollT  "1C .-.
    JSi'ue SCRVICE Eucinic : j CAS
    PUEL1C 3EOVICE ELEC I GA3
    P]CA!I"I|V AH5EH/.L
                CO  l»0  C..EH OIV
                      CORPORATlll
               S/.UEH
    FLOPMAM
    10V-II  OF  t-1151
    ItOOIlESI0"" •1VII> S1P
    j,,LLinr.')oao KUA DIP
                 <
                          S
CITY or
HIS!
C11E      ILL
, ,,„
                                  7'M2U
                                  750JOS
                                                     M«0
                                              IIYPE
             nr.n.i.r
760305
760326
761101
761110
770201
770210
770328
770627
7700Q5
770BII
77(i83l
 770907
 7IM10
 771205
 77120b
 771212
 771212
 700215
 760223
 700220.
C
S
S
C
C
C
C
C
C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 S
 C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 C
 r.
                                                           LAIE3T

                                                       1ATE

                                                   1HSP
                                                       n
                                                       s
                                                       s
                                                       II
                                                       ,1
                                                       n
                                                       ,1
                                                       It
                                                             n
                                                             n

E=NJ 	 " 	 " 	 '"""
IIPOE3 ClU '
A
M::::SJ i^'a°"/,.r/
•K::::B: i ?«'"«£»"«'•
HJ000013I ' ! SAVEV RLE
iuooo:>3T CL ''
IIJ0002305 PEI'ILMOBTH
''--' :•»:? SB,""'
IIJOOOJ'IJO PAHSIP^AHY
"J«M«?I CM!? "AV
?i:;°.«?5 •5iH»«.»St« /nip/
"loJosMi ""i"',?1!^
HJOOOSSIT »IL ORO
ISroSUlS iSiclcli BRIDGE;
!J/ooi»'I6<'3 SALE
MJ0025SIO f.1-""1*" YOMK
niao2532( *;ESl NEH '°' R
' in",.»9i I.OOHESIOHI: I«P
JOOP330I HJLI.I»CI»OHO 1«P
J002 09 OURLING10I. /1HP/
u2oZ«660 OURLINC10M /C/
l I002I3<>3 »AY3 LAIID1IIG
J.!}U?M CHERRY HILL /I«P/
jnoSi LUloEH

CNTY • •

HUDSON
KlOOLtSEX
ESSEX"
HUDSON
KIPOU3EX
PASSAlC
union
UNION
CEUGEN
noiiai 3
V.S'jIX
CAPS .".AY •
f.EHCt"
SALE"'
HiJMiEKOOH
OCEAU' •:
SALEII
UNION
ESSEX
MIDDLESEX
ill AIM 1C
^ | ^ H ' • f • ^
CUMUERLMID
HOIH'.OUTH
ESSEX"
5ALEH ;
ESSEX
HORN I 3
OCEAN
BURLINGTON
GLOUCL'SIER. .
SALEM
BERGEN
UNION
MIDDLESEX
MORfU^1
C AMD EN
OURllNGTOM
PURLINGIOM
nEnoEii
UNION
UNION
(•ORRIS
SALE"
IIORR1S
HUDSON
(jURlU'ClON
niiiii 1 MC ION
IIUMi. 1 "W !**'»
OUHLlNGlON .
DUIILINGIOH
ATL»N1IC
CAHDEH
UNION


-------
                                                                II.B.8.
"NPDES INSPECTION STRATEGY AND GUIDANCE  FOR PREPARING ANNUAL STATE/EPA
COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PLANS",  dated April  1985 with transnittal dated April
16, 1985.
                                                                       3,9-

-------
360

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                          WASHINGTON. D.C.  20460
                               1 6 ?985
                                                         OFFICE OF
                                                          WATER
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  Transmittal of the Final NPDES Inspection Strategy
          and Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance
          Inspection Plans
FROM:     Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
          Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)

TO:       Regional Water Management Division Directors
          Regional Environmental Services Division Directors
          State Program Directors

     Attached are the final NPDES Inspection Strategy and the
Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans.
The Strategy and Guidance were developed during December 1984 with
the assistance of a workgroup composed of representatives from six
EPA Regions and two States, and the EPA Headquarters Offices of
Water Enforcement and Permits, and Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring.  In January 1985 the Strategy and Guidance were sent to
EPA Regions and to all States through the Association of State and
Interstate Water Pollution Control Administrators (ASIWPCA).  Comments
were received from nine EPA Regions and four States.  In addition,
the Inspection Strategy and Guidance were discussed briefly at the
ASIWPCA meeting in Washington, D.C., February 1985.  The resulting
documents reflect those discussions as well as EPA Regional and
State comments.

     The comments were helpful in focusing on specific^ areas where
clarification was needed.  We believe we have accomplished our common
goal of producing an overall national structure for NPDES inspection
programs, which will serve as a model for EPA Regions and States
during implementation.

     The Inspection Strategy deals with issues such as inspection
priorities, inspection mix, inspection report timeliness and
reporting forms, and State/EPA relationships.  The Guidance for
Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans, along with
the Strategy, are being transmitted" to Regions in time for the
FY 1986 planning cycle and should be used as a general guide and
framework for planning the annual inspection programs in each State.

-------
These documents should be used in conjunction with the Agency Annual
Operating Guidance and the Annual Guidance for Oversight of NPDES
Programs.  The Inspection Strategy and Guidance will eventually be
incorporated into the new Enforcement Management System Guide which
is presently being revised by an EPA Region/State workgroup.

     Some additional language on pretreatment has been added to
the Inspection Strategy in response to the final Pretreatment
Implementation and Review Task Force Report.   However, at present
the Inspection Strategy and Guidance do not contain detailed
information on pretreatment and sludge inspections.  Information
on pretreatment will be provided later in specific guidance and
in the Strategic Planning and Management System.

     If you have any questions on the Inspection Strategy or
Guidance, please contact David Lyons, Chief,  Enforcement Support
Branch, Enforcement Division (FTS or 202/475-8310).

Attachment

-------
Uniteo Suites
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Water
Enlorccment and Permits (EN-323)
Washington DC 20460
        NPDES  INSPECTION  STRATEGY


                     and


      GUIDANCE  FOR PREPARING ANNUAL


     STATE/EPA  COMPLIANCE  INSPECTION


                    PLANS
               Office of  Water Enforcement  and  Permits
                                         1985

-------
                             Highlights

                     NPDES Inspection Strategy
                                and
                  Guidance for Preparing State/EPA
                    Compliance Inspection Plans
NPDES Inspection Strategy

The Inspection Strategy is divided into five main sections:
Background, Inspection Coverage,  Mix of Inspections, Reporting,
and EPA/State Relationships:

  Background

  0 Explains that both EPA and the State share responsibility for
    developing and carrying out the NPDES Compliance Inspection
    Programs.

  0 Sets out the major purposes of these inspections which are to:
    satisfy the regulations,  verify permittee compliance, develop
    enforcement information,  improve permittee performance, improve
    data quality assurance, provide State overview,  respond to
    citizen complaints and water quality problems,  support permit
    development, and maintain regulatory presence.

  Inspection Coverage

  0 Explains what types of Inspections make up the  total NPDES
    Inspection scheme, including the Reconnaissance  Inspection.

  0 States that all major NPDES permittees should be inspected at
    least once a year by EPA or the State.

  0 Expands coverage of major POTW inspections to include a
    pretreatment component where the POTW has an approved program.

  0 Establishes inspection priorities of (1) Inspections to respond to
    emergency circumstances and public health problems;  (2) Inspections
    to support enforcement and potential enforcement actions; (3)
    Inspections to support development of major permits; and (4)
    Routine compliance monitoring inspections.

  Mix of Inspections by Type

  0 Makes it clear that the mix of inspections within each state
    will be tailored to the needs in each State.

  0 Establishes the idea that a core capability will be maintained
    for conducting each type of inspection within the geographic
    boundaries of each State, and that EPA and State should work to
    eliminate unnecessary redundancies.

-------
                                 11
  Report inc

  0 Describes how inspection data should be reported to EPA and
    how the results o'f the inspections should be reported.

  0 Makes it clear that the inspection reports are complete when they
    contain all necessary supporting data and have been signed by the
    reviewer.

  0 Establishes the fact that the Form 3560-3 must be filled out in
    order for the inspection to be entered into PCS  (except when a
    State enters data directly to PCS) and in order  to receive credit
    in SPMS.  Timeliness criteria are established for completion of
    reports and entering data into PCS.

  EPA State Relationships

  0 Makes it clear that the Annual Inspection Plan should be part of
    the Annual S106 grant agreement or the State/EPA agreement.

  0 Sets out the concept of joint planning using the Annual State/EPA
    Inspection Plan.

Guidance for State EPA Compliance Inspection Plans

     The following are the major categories of the Guidance:

  Background

  0 Explains that a 1983 evaluation showed the State/EPA planning
    documents lacked specific details needed to coordinate  inspection
    activities, to manage resources, and avoid duplication.

  0 States that the Annual Inspection Plans are developed to
    correct these problems.

  Purpose of the Plan

  0 To provide a basis for achieving National NPDES  goals,  and
    to coordinate and improve use of the 'compliance  inspection
    resources.

  Content of Plan

  0 Includes such specific items as workload projections, number
    and mix of inspections, criteria for selecting inspection
    candidates and procedures and timeframes for inspection reports
    and data entry.

-------
                              Ill
Approval of Plan

0 Plan is to be signed by the State and Regional program directors.

Implementing the Plan

0 Establishes that the Region will normally provide prior notice
  to the State before conducting independent inspections, and that
  States will be apprised of major inspection problems as soon
  as they are discovered.

Evaluation of the Results

0 The plan should contain procedures for the ongoing evaluation
  of a State inspection program through such means as" periodic
  random audits of inspection reports and case files.

0 The level and frequency of the State inspection program evaluation
  should be tailored to the State's overall performance in the
  inspection program.

-------
                            Introduct ion
For FY 1985 the Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (OWEP)
established as a major goal the completion of an NPDES Inspection
Strategy, and the Guidance for State/EPA Inspection Plans.  The
Inspection Strategy is designed to describe how OWEP and the Regional
Offices address questions on who,  when and how to inspect.  It
addresses such issues as mix of inspections, coverage, EPA/State
relationships and reporting on inspections.

The Guidance for Preparing Annual  State/EPA Compliance Inspection
Plans resulted from the FY 198.3 OWEP evaluation of EPA inspection
programs, which showed that the then current documents such as
grant agreements lacked specific detail needed to coordinate
inspections, manage resources and  avoid duplication.  The results
of the evaluation included a recommendation to prepare annual
EPA/State Compliance Inspection Plans.  The Guidance f-or State/EPA
Inspection Plans discusses how to  go about preparing those Plans.

The Inspection Strategy and the Guidance for Preparing Annual
State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans are the major documents
on managing the Inspection Program.  Earlier OWEP documents dealing
with program operations, strategies and memoranda are superseded
by these two documents.  Guidance  that should be used in conjunction
with the two above cited documents for program management include
but are not limited to:

     0  Annual EPA Operating Guidance,

     0  Annual Strategic Planning  and Management System documents,

     0  Annual OWEP Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs,

     0  Annual Workload Model for  Water Ouality Enforcement,

     0  Enforcement Management System, as revised, and

     0  NPDES Neutral Inspection Plan (2-17-81).

Manuals describing procedures for  conducting inspections are
found as Item A in the Appendix.

It should be noted that the NPDES  Inspection Strategy and Guidance
provide information primarily on the NPDES inspection program,
and do not address many special concerns of the pretreatment and
sludge programs.  These concerns will be addressed in supplements
to this document which will be issued within the next year.

-------
                     NPDES INSPECTION STRATEGY
Background and Purpose

NPDES Compliance Inspections are a vital tool in implementing the
NPDES Program.  There is a ten-year history of NPDES inspections
being conducted by EPA (and State) inspectors in NJPDFS as well as
non-NPDES states.  State Inspection programs-have been funded
through the Clean Water Act 5106 grants to States.  This Strategy
attempts to restate, amplify and clarify the current approach
Regions and States should be using to implement the NPDES insoection
program.  This Strategy should be used as a framework for Regional
and State managers in developing a State-specific inspection program,
and applies to both approved NPDES States and unapproved States.

EPA's primary role with respect to each State's inspection program,
regardless of approval status, will be to: provide enforcement support
overview State inspection programs to ensure they are consistent with
national guidance manuals; provide quality assurance, technical
assistance and training; and augment State routine compliance
inspection programs.

The EPA and States are responsible for developing and carrying out
inspection programs for NPDES Compliance Monitoring in each State.
The programs for each State follow a lead agency concept: States
have lead responsibility, when their NPDES programs are approved,
and EPA has responsibility in non-NPDES States.  These programs
serve many purposes.  Some of the most important of these are to:

     0  Verify permittee compliance

           verify self-monitoring information submitted

           verify adequacy of pretreatment programs

     0  Satisfy the regulations which require inspections of
         all majors once a year

     0  Develop enforcement information

     0  Improve permittee performance

           provide technical information and assistance

           improve data quality (follow-up to Discharge Monitoring
           Report - Quality Assurance (DMR-OA))

     0  Provide State overview

     0  Respond to citizen complaints

     0  Respond to water quality problems

        Support permit development

        Maintain regulatory presence
o

-------
                               - 3 -
Coverage

The NPDES Regulations at 40 CFR 123.26(e)(5)  require States which
administer the NPDES program to have  procedures and abilities for
inspecting all major dischargers (permittees) at least annually.
As a matter of policy, all major NPDES permittees shall be inspected
annually by a combination of Regional and  State effort.

The annual inspection requirement may bo satisfied by using any of
the standard compliance inspection protocols  described in the Appendix,
Item B.  Each State Inspection Program will continue to provide
comprehensive inspections, but at the discretion of the Region or
State,  the Reconnaissance Inspection  (RI)  will be recognized as an
integral part of each State's total inspection mix.  The RIs may be
used on a selective basis to satisfy  the coverage requirement, but
may not be used for any major permittees in the following categories:

     0   a facility that has been in significant non-compliance in
        any of the previous four quarters,

     0   a facility in a primary industrial  category as defined in
        40 CFR 122 Appendix A, or

     0   a facility to which pretreatment requirements apply.

The purpose of allowing RIs to be used to  satisfy the routine
compliance inspection coverage requirements for major facilities is
to focus more intensive inspections on problem facilities.  It would
be most appropriate to allow an RI to satisfy the coverage requirement
when the facility is subject to frequent visits and its operational
characteristics are well known to the permitting authority.  It would
be generally inappropriate to use an  RI  to  satisfy the annual coverage
requirement for a major facility in two successive years.  It should
also be noted that if the results of  an  RI  indicate significant
problems in a facility's operations or discharge, the problems will
be addressed as soon as possible by conducting a more comprehensive
inspection or other followup action.

In each State, inspection coverage will  address the following
priorities, which are arranged from the  more  important to the less
important (there will also be amplification in each year's Annual
Operating Guidance):

     0   Inspections to respond to emergency circumstances and
        public health problems.

     0   Inspections to support enforcement  and potential enforcement
        actions.

     0   Inspections to verify data quality, to follow up on
        Discharge Monitoring Report — Quality Assurance (DMR OA).

-------
     0  Inspections to support development of major permits.!

     0  Routine compliance monitoring inspections with all major
        facilities covered first,  minor PL92-500 facilities,2 then
        other minor facilities including those covered by general
        permi ts.

NPDES Inspection  plans for major POTVJs which have approved pretreatment
programs will need to be expanded  to cover implementation of these
programs.   Generally, it will be most cost-effective to combine
the permit effluent limit compliance and pretreatment inspections.
This inspection activity should begin as soon as possible; however,
both the scope of the inspection and coverage of approved POTW
programs will have to be phased in during FY 1985 - 1986 taking
into account availability of resources, timing .and '-availability of
pretreatment audits and awareness  of problems.  (More detailed
guidance on pretreatment inspection procedures will be forthcoming,
as a supplement to this Strategy and the Compliance Inspection
Manual.)

The number of joint EPA-State inspections and the number of EPA and
State independent inspections will be negotiated between the EPA
Region and the State, and included as part of the State/EPA Annual
Inspection Plan.   Each Region of EPA will maintain an independent
inspection program to carry out its enforcement and overview
responsibilities.  The Region will normally provide prior notice
to the State before conducting independent inspections.  The only
limited exception would be where investigative inspections would
be jeopardized by the prior notice.

The coverage to satisfy the total  inspection need in a State will
be a responsibility that is shared by both the Region and State.
However, direction is provided by  the lead agency.  In NPDES States,
the State should  take the lead in  operating the inspection program
(with EPA maintaining an independent inspection effort as noted
above).   In non-NPDES States, EPA  has the lead responsibility for
operating the inspection program.
  This should be limited to situations where the applicant's data
  gathering techniques are a matter of contention and all other
  options for acquiring the information have been exhausted.

  Regional Offices will provide limited inspection coverage for
  minor permittees.  Specific coverage will be negotiated with
  States as part of the Annual State Inspection Plans.

  Routine inspections are also known as neutral inspections as
  opposed to "for cause" inspections described in the first two
  priorities.  This distinction resulted from the decision in
  Marshall V. Barlow's, Inc. which required different approaches
  in selection of facilities for these inspections.    (US, 98 S.
  Ct. 1816 ( 1978 ) ) .

-------
                               - 5 -


The lead agency concept will in no case exclude either EPA or a
State from conducting independent inspections as prescribed in the
above paragraph.3  where EPA is relying on inspections by an
unapproved State to satisfy NPDES inspection needs, it must assure
the federal NPDER permit requirements are covered in the State
inspection along with the State requirements.

Mix of Inspections by Type

The type of inspection will be tailored to the individual purposes
to be achieved by the inspection.  The mix of inspections within
each State in turn will be tailored to the needs in each State.

A recommended mix of inspections will be developed annually, in
connection with allotment of EPA resources to the Regions in the
National Water Quality Enforcement Workload Model.  In each .State,
the recommended mix can be used as a guide in planning the annual
State inspection coverage, which is established in the annual State
EPA compliance inspection plan.  The individual State inspection
mix will be tailored to the particular needs of the State such as:
a disproportionately large number of self-monitoring and laboratory
problems among major permittees that need to be addressed with
performance audit inspections, or a large number of dischargers
with toxics limits problems that require toxics .sampling inspections.

In selecting appropriate inspection type,s for special or routine
problems, the definitions of inspections (Item B, Appendix) and
the "primary use" criteria (Item C, Appendix) should be used as a
general guide.  The type of inspection selected depends on the
compliance status, type of facility, and the nature of the
information needed from an inspection.

Each Region should assure that a core capability for conducting each
type of inspection is maintained within the geographic boundaries
of the Region.  Each State program should be supported where necessary
by technical capability at the Regional level.  Unnecessary redundancy
and duplication should be avoided without sacrificing the ability
of States and Regions to carry out their respective roles and
responsibilities.
  Under S309 of the Clean Water Act, EPA  must take enforcement
  action when the State does not commence appropriate enforcement
  action.  Consequently, EPA must maintain its own inspection
  program and must maintain enforcement presence through field
  activities, as required in $308 of the Clean Water Act.

-------
Report ing

In order to describe accurately the full extent of the inspection
program, the Regions and States are encouraged to report on all
NPDES inspections.  Data on inspections of major permittees should
be reported in the Permit Compliance System (PCS), whenever possible.
When the State is not a regular user of PCS, it should enter the
data into its own automated system and transfer the data into PCS,
or it should provide the data to the Region in a form that facilitate^
entry into PCS by EPA.  To the extent possible, SPA encourages
reporting on inspections of minor permittees in PCS; otherwise data
should be reported to the Region manually in a format that includes at
least the name of the facility, permit number, the type of inspection
and the date of the inspection.

The organization conducting the inspection is responsible for
providing reports that are complete and available in a timely manner.

An inspection report is complete when it contains all the inspector's
observations, the analytical results, a completed form 3560-3
(Appendix, Item D), and evidence of peer/management review and
signature of the reviewer.  The inspection report should meet
timeliness goals as follows:

     0  for sampling inspections, reports wijll be distributed
        within 45 days of the date of the inspection;

     °-  for non-sampling inspections, reports will be distributed
        within 30 days of the inspection; and
  S
     0  for entering inspection data into PCS, data entry will
        be completed within 90 days of the date of the inspection.

The inspection report must contain Form 3560-3 and the information
must be entered into PCS to receive credit in Strategic Planning
and Management System (SPMS).  However, where the State enters data
into PCS directly, the State may use an equivalent form if it
contains at least the same data elements as Form 3560-3.  The
format and content of an inspection report are described in the
EPA NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual, (June 1984).

Copies of the Inspection Reports should be sent to the permittee  in
a timely manner except when formal enforcement procedures are under-
way.   In this instance, the .case attorney will direct any disclosure
of data.

-------
EPA/State Relationships

EPA overviews the State inspection program through a combination
of independent and joint inspections as well as periodic review of
inspection reports and files.  In order to carry this out, the
Annual Inspection Plans are negotiated between EPA and each State
in accordance with the Guidance on Annual State/EPA Inspection Plans.
Joint inspections will be negotiated as part of each Annual Inspection
Plan.  The Plan also includes inspection priorities and mix based
on the Annual Operating Guidance priorities and the Workload Model
recommended mix.  The Annual Inspection Plans should establish
that a quarterly list of candidates for inspections will be developer;
within thirty days prior to each quarter.  The quarterly list
should contain names of major and PL92-500 minor faci-lities to be
inspected and the estimated number of other inspections to be
conducted, grouped by inspection type and/or facility category.
Annual Inspection Plans should be part of the annual SlOfi grant
agreement or the State/EPA Agreement.  To the degree that inspection
plans are a part of the S106 process, inspection commitments and
Annual State/EPA Inspection Plans may be jointly reviewed during
mid-year and end-of-the-year program reviews.

The review of the inspection program should be part of: the NPDES
program review, and will be based on the Annual Guidance for Oversight
of the NPDES Programs.

The Annual State/EPA Inspection Plan will contain procedures for
communications between EPA and the State on conducting NPDES
inspections within a given State.  The detailed requirement for
Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans follows this Strategy,
as a separate document entitled "Guidance for Preparing Annual State/
EPA Compliance Inspection Plans."

-------
                   GUIDANCE FOR PREPARING ANNUAL
               STATE/EPA COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PLANS
Background

EPA has routinely negotiated agreements with States for conducting
NPDES Compliance Inspections.  The work plans based on these
agreements are used to coordinate State/EPA activities and workflows
within each State,  to manage resources, and to assure that program
needs are met to the fullest extent possible.  Detailed planning is
necessary because States conduct the majority of the compliance
inspections.

An evaluation of EPA Regional In.spection Programs in 1983 showed
that the current planning documents lack specific details that are
needed to coordinate inspection activities, to manage resources,
and to avoid duplications.  The evaluation concluded that guidance
was needed to help Regions and States prepare an annual State/EPA
Compliance Inspection Pl.an (Plan).

This guidance will help EPA and State Managers implement the planning
requirements of the Compliance Inspection Strategy by: 1) describing
the components of the Plan; 2) providing guidance for negotiating
the Plan; and 3) providing guidance on evaluating the results
achieved by the Plan.  This guidance does not apply to procedures
for carrying out inspections in support of criminal investigations.

Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to:  1) provide a basis for achieving
National NPDES Program goals and objectives; and 2) coordinate and
improve the use of compliance inspection resources in accordance
with the Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs.

The Plan should contain detailed procedures for communications
between the Region and the State concerning the conduct of the
NPDES inspection program in the given State.

Content

EPA identifies major NPDES program objectives as part of the Agency's
annual operating guidance.  The Plan should provide detailed
procedures and specific workload projections to support these
national objectives.  In addition to the national objectives, the
Plan should allow the State and EPA to address specific local and
regional concerns.

-------
                               - 9 -
Each Plan should establish annually the number and mix of inspections
by type for both the State and Region.  The type of inspection should
be consistent with definitions and procedures outlined in the Agency's
June 1984 NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual.  The Plan should contain
criteria for selecting inspection candidates for the appropriate mix
of routine and special inspections.  Each Plan will be prepared for an
entire year and will account for the State and EPA resources devoted
to NPDES compliance inspections.  A quarterly list of facilities that
are to be inspected should be established at least 30 days prior to the
beginning of the quarter.  The quarterly list should contain names of
major and PL 92-500 minor facilities to be inspected and the estimated
number of other inspections to be conducted that are grouped by
inspection type and/or facility category.  The status of the Plan
should be assessed at established intervals throughout the year.

EPA annually establishes a recommended mix of inspection types
through the budget workload model.  The model generates a mix that
reflects the level of EPA resources, the number of permittees to
be inspected, and the emphasis of that National program on various
groups of permittees during the budget year.  This recommended mix
should be used as a guide in preparing the Plan to establish coverage
and to meet the priorities of each State.

In order to avoid advance notification to the permittee, specific
dates of inspections should not be included in the Plan.  The Plan
should include a procedure for providing notice to the State prior
to inspection where such notice will not jeopardize the purpose of
the inspection.

The Plan should specify procedures, timeframes, and formats for
producing inspection reports and entering data into PCS.  Whenever
the State and Region participate in a joint inspection, only the
lead agency will complete the inspection form to account for the
inspection.  The agreement to conduct joint inspections is to be
included in the Plan.

The Plan should specify procedures and timeframes by which the
inspecting agency (either the Region or the State) will provide
copies of inspection reports to the agency that has lead
responsibility for NPDES program enforcement.

Development

The Plan should cover inspection activity as specified in the
Agency's Annual Operating Guidance.  The Plan should be prepared
as part of the annual Region/State planning process and it should
be incorporated into the 15106 Plan or State/EPA Agreement.  The
Plan should be in place for each State no later than October 1,
or the beginning of the State fiscal year.

-------
                               -'10 -
Approva1

The Plan will be cosigned for approval by the State and Regional
program directors, who have the respective responsibility  for
authorizing the resources needed to carry out the Plan.  In  the
Region, this is typically the Water Management Division Director.

Imp 1ernen tat i on

Ongoing -coordination b-etween the State and Region is expected, during
implementation.   [The Region and State should have procedures to
establish quarterly a list of facilities that are to be inspected,
and to assess the status of the annual Plan at established  intervals
throughout the year.l The Region should also agree to provide prior
notice to the State before conducting joint or independent
inspections, and to supply the .State with at least se~;ni-'annual
reports of the Region's findings (mid-year and end-of-year) ;  the
State should be apprised of major problems as soon as they  are
discovered.  The Plan may be modified as needed to ensure  that  it
reflects changing conditions throughout the year.

Evaluation of Results

The Plan should contain procedures for ongoing evaluation  of  the
State inspection program, including periodic random audits  of
inspection reports and case files.  In addition to ongoing  evaluation,
the Region will conduct at least an annua.l audit of the State
inspection records and management system.  Review of the inspection
program should be part of the NPDFS program review process,  and  the
le-vel and frequency of overview should be tailored to the
overall performance in the inspection activity category.

-------
Append i x

-------
                                                    I tern A
REFERENCES

1.  Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection Manual (MCD-62, EPA, 1931)

2.  Compliance Evaluation Inspection Manual (MCD-75, EPA, 1?R1)

3.  Compliance Evaluation and Troubleshooting at Municipal
    Wastewater Treatment Facilities (EPA-430/9-78-00 1 )

4.  Compliance Flow Measurement Inspection ^anual (MCD-77, EPA, 1Q?1}

5.  Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual (MCD-51, EPA, 1979)

6.  Model State Water Monitoring Program (EPA-440/9-7.4-002)

7.  Multi-Media Compliance Audit Inspection Manual  (EPA-297/2-R3-002)

8.  Performance Audit Inspection Manual (EPA-330/1-79-004)

9.  NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual (EPA/OWEP-6/84)

-------
                                                           'Item B

                    NPDES INSPECTION DEFINITIONS


Compliance Evaluation Inspection (CEI)

A CEI is a nonsampling inspection designed to verify permittee
compliance with applicable permit self-monitoring requirements
and compliance schedules.  This inspection is based on record
reviews and visual observations and evaluations of the treatment
facilities, effluents, receiving waters, etc.  The CEI is used for
both chemical and biological self-monitoring programs.  The CEI
forms the basis for all other inspection types except the
Reconnaissance Inspection.  As the CEI  does not involve sampling,
it is frequently used as a "routine" inspection.

The CEI is appropriate for routine inspections of facilities to
overview construction schedules, general plant operations and
maintenance,  record-keeping, and sampling.  As the basic element
of all NPDES  inspection activity the evaluation can also concentrate
on program areas such as pretreatment and discharge monitoring
report quality assurance.  The pricing  factor for the CEI is 3
days for a major and 2 days for a minor permittee.

Comoliance Samolino Insoection (CSI)
During the CSI,  representative samples of a permittee's influent
and/or effluent  are collected.  Samples that are required by the
permit are also  obtained.  Chemical analyses are then performed
and the results  are used 1) to verify the accuracy of the permittee
self monitoring  program and report and 2) to determine the quantity
and quality of effluents, 3) to develop permits, and 4) where
appropriate, as  evidence for enforcement proceedings.  The chemical
analysis for the CSI is directed to pollutants which do not require
expensive and elaborate procedures such as those involved in Gas
Chromatograph-Mass Spectrophotometry.  Other pollutants are covered
by the Toxics Sampling Inspection.  In addition to the above tasks,
a CSI incorporates the same objectives and tasks as a CEI.  The
pricing factor for a CSI is 30 days for a non-municipal and 16 days
for a municipal  permittee with the resource difference due to the
higher number of outfalls at a typical non-municipal facility.

The CSI inspection, because it is more resource intensive, must
have a more limited use.  The CSI is most often conducted when
there is "cause" to suspect major violations of permit requirements
and effluent limits.

-------
Performance Audit Inspection (PAI)

The PAI is used t.o evaluate the permittee's self-monitoring program,
The PAI incorporates the same objectives and tasks as a CEI, but in
a PAI, the laboratory procedures, data quality, and data handling
are examined in greater depth.   In a PAI, the  inspector actually
observes the permittee going through all of the steps on the self-
monitoring process from sample collection and  flow measurement,
through lab analyses, data work-up and reporting.  Also, the PAI
inspector may leave a check sample for the permittee to analyze.
The PAI is more resource intensive than a CEI, but less than a CSI
because sample collection and an-alyses by 'EPA or the State are not
included.

The pricing factor for the PAI is 12 days.  The PAI is used to
follow up known or suspected problems with permittee self-monitoring
such as DMP OA failures or inadequate DMR data.

Connliance Riomonitorinq Insoection (CRT)
A CBI evaluates the biological effect of a permittee's effluent
discharge(s) on test organisms through the? utilization of acute
toxicity bioassay techniques.  In addition, this inspection  includes
the same objectives and tasks as CEI.

The pricing, factor depends on method of exposure.  The static  test
requires 6 work days and an on-site flow through bioassay requires
30 work days.  The CBI should also be directed toward toxic  problems
It is most likely to be useful for non-municipals and municipals
with a large proportion of industrial waste discharging  into water
quality limited stream segments.  For States which have water
quality standards for acute toxicity (e.g., Alabama, New Jersey),
the results are a direct determination of compliance with the
standard.  (In addition to these methods, chronic toxicity methods
are being developed.)

Toxics Sampling Inspection (XSI)

The XSI has the same objectives as a conventional CSI, however,  it
places increased emphasis on toxic substances (.i.e. the priority
pollutants) other than heavy metals, phenols and cyanide, which
are typically included in a CSI.  Increased resources over a CSI
are needed because highly sophisticated techniques are used  to
sample and analyze for toxic pollutants.  The pricing factor for
XSI is 35 days.  The XSI is usually reserved for toxics problems at
non-municipal facilities.  These problems may be noncompliance,
permit reissuance, or water quality related.

-------
Diagnostic Insnection (DI)
The DI focuses primarily on municipal POTW's that are not in
compliance with their permit requirements.  The purpose of the HI
can be either to assist those POTWs without self-diagnostic
capability or to evaluate causes for noncompliance in support of
enforcement actions.  In either case an objective of the 01 is to
identify causes for noncompliance which can be corrected in a
relatively short period of time and without large capital
expenditures.  The DI will also have as an objective the
identification of major plant deficiencies in operation, design,
and/or construction.  The pricing factor for a DI is 16 days.

Reconnaissance Insoection (RI)
The RI is used to obtain a preliminary overview of a permittee's
compliance program. The inspector performs a brief visual
inspection of the permittee's treatment facility, effluents
and receiving waters.  The RI utilizes the inspector's experience
and judgment to quickly summarize a permittee's compliance program,
The objective of the RI. is to expand inspection coverage without
increasing inspection resources.  It is the briefest of all NPOE?
inspections.  The pricing factor for an RI is one day.

Legal Support Inspection (LSI)

The LSI is a resource intensive inspection conducted when an
enforcement problem is identified as a result of a routine
inspection or a complaint.  For an LSI, the appropriate resources
a-re assembled to effectively deal with a specific enforcement
problem,  so there is no established pricing factor.

-------
                       NPDE.S INSPECTION USES
                                                          Item C
Selection Criteria
Insoection Tvne *
Routine compliance verification and
followup on specific problems (i.e.
schedules, OA deficiencies, failure
to report).

Resolve permittee chronic self-
monitoring problems and laboratory
deficiencies.
CEI
(Compliance Evaluation
PAI
(Performance Audit
Identify POTW compliance deficiencies
that can be resolved quickly at limited
cost.

Expand regulatory presence with
limited inspection resources to verify
basic compliance data.

Sample conventional pollutants to
verify effluent violations in support
of enforcement and/or to support
permit development.

Sample priority pollutants to verify
effluent violations in support of
enforcement and/or to support
permit development.

Screen for effluent acute toxicity in
lieu of sampling for priority pollutants
and/or verify permit limits or water
quality standards for acute toxicity.

Provide intensive field investigation,
technical analysis, and expert witness
capability to support litigation, often
as the result of routine inspection or
complaint.
DI
(Diagnos tic)
RI
(Reconnaissance)
CSI
(Compliance Sampling
KS I
(Toxics Sampling
CBI
(Compliance Biomonitoring
LSI
(Legal Support)
Any of the inspection types with the exception of the Reconnaissance
Inspection may be used for pretreatment program verification and for
direct determination of industrial user compliance with categorical
pretreatment standards.

-------
                                                                                                                   Teem  D
/Tfc
r~
L_
DA
IMPDES
u'MuJ :->I.ll<". 1. 1 wif u''':'1'1 j: " ''' '/'ct-Jitjn *»'jt:iu.y
W.isninylon. D C 20-100
Compliance Inspection Report
rorm Apr
OMB No.
Approval
2040-OC03
Expires 7-3 1
•35
Section A: Nntionul D.Tt.n System Corlinq
    .ransaciion Code
                b;
                                      NPDES
                                                                yr/mo/UOv
ll   i
                                                                                    Inspection Type
                                                                                       18LJ
                                                                                                           Inspector
           Fac 7/D-2
            i   i
          20   '
                                                           Hcm.lrks
   Reserved       Facility Evaluation Rating
67   I   I   i 69      70   !
                                                          Bl
                                                                     QA
                                                       71:
                                                                                 73
                                                                                             Reserved-
                                                                                    :74      75   '•
                                                                                                                    !eo
                                                        Section U: F.icilitv O.TI.T
   ic3'TI8  a't'.O  LOCuliC."1.  01 .-(iCinly  iTiSp^CicCJ
                                                                                     bxit i irns,
                                                                                                              Perm: £/.oira::on D
  i\ameis) 01 On-Site Represenianveis)
                                                        liileis)
                                                                                                                Fr.or.e N
  r\arr,e. Acc.-ess 01 hespons;uie Oiti
                                                        Tale
                                                             Phono No.
                                                                                                                          Con:ac;cc
                                                                                                                       D Yes D :.o
                                                 Section C: Areas cvnlu^ted During Inspection
                                      (S = Satisfactory. M = Marqin.il, U = Unsatisfactory. N = Not Evaluated)
      |  Permit
     ~i
      I  Records/Reports
      |  Facility Site Review
                                    j  Flow Measurement
                                    I  Laboratory
                                    I  Effluent/Rccoivinq Viators
                                                                          Pretreatment
                                                                          Compliance Schedules
                                                                          Self-Monitoring Pronrnm
J  Operations a Maintenance
J  Sludge Disposal
 !  Ot.^er:
                               Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments tAn.Tch nuiimon.Tl 5/i(?p/s // r.ecess.T*!.
  Name(s) and Signatureisj of Inspector(s)
                                               Agency/Office/Telephone
                                                                                                            Date
  Signature of Reviewer
                                                    Ayency/Office
                                                                                                           DJ le
                                                                    Officn Usi! Only
  Action
                                                                                           Dote
                                                                                                            Curroxinco St.liuS
                                                                                                              !  I  .';oncom
                                                                                                              ;	I  (7^'TV''.T
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Previous ecmons are oosoiete.

-------
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
                    Section A: National Data System Coding (i.e., PCS)
Column 1: Transaction Code: Use N, C, or Dfor New, Change, or Delete. All inspections will be
unless there is an error in the data entered.
Columns  3-11: NPDES Permit No. Enter the facility's NPDES  permit number. (Use t-he Remarks
columns to record the State permit number, if necessary.)
Columns  12-17: Inspection Date. Insert the date  entry was made into the facility.  Use the
year/month/day format (e.g., 82/06/30 = June 30, 1 982).
Column 1 S: Inspection Type. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the type of inspection:
  A — Performance Audit      E — Corps of Engrs Inspection  S — Compliance Sampling
  B — Biomonitoring          L—Enforcement "Case Support X — Toxic Sampling
  C — Compliance Evaluation  P — Pretreatment
  D — Diagnostic             R — Reconnaissance Inspection
.Column 1 9: Inspector Code. Use one of  the codes listed below to describe the lead agency in the
inspection.
  C — Contractor or Other Inspectors (Specify in      N — NEIC Inspectors
       Remarks columns)                          R — EPA  Regional Inspector
  E — Corps of Engineers                          S — State Inspector
  J — Joint EPA/State Inspectors—EPA lead         T — Joint State/EPA Inspectors—State lead
Column 20: Facility Type. Use one of the codes below to describe the facility.
  1 — Municipal. Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) with 1 972 Standard Industrial Code
       (SIC) 4952.
  2 — Industrial. Other than municipal, agricultural, and Federal facilities.
  3 — Agricultural. Facilities classified with 1 972 SIC 0111 to 0971.
  4 — Federal. Facilities identified as Federal by the EPA Regional Office.
Columns  21-66: Remarks. These columns are reserved for re marks at the discretion of the Region.
Column 70: Facility Evaluation Rating. Use information gathered during the inspection (regardless
of inspection type) to evaluate t he quality of the facility self-monitoring program. Grade the program
using a scale of 1 to 5 with a score of 5 being used for very reliable self-monitor ing programs, 3 being
satisfactory, and 1 being used for very unreliable programs.
Column 71: Biomonitoring Information. Enter D for static testing. Enter F for flow through testing.
Enter N for no biomonitoring.
Column 72:  Quality Assurance Data Inspection. Enter Q if the inspection was conducted as
followup on quality assurance sample results. Enter N otherwise.
Columns  73-80: These columns are reserved for regionally defined information.
                                 Section B: Facility Data
This section is self-explanatory.
                       Section C: Areas Evaluated  During Inspection
Indicate findings (S, M, U, or N) in  the appropriate box. Use Section D and additional sheets as
necessary. Support the findings, as necessary, in a brief narrative report. Use the headings given on
the report form (e.g., Permit, Records/Reports) when discussing the areas evaluated during the
inspection. The heading marked "Other" may include activities such as SPCC, BMP's, and multims-
dia concerns.

                       Section D: Summary of  Findings/Comments
Briefly summarize the inspection findings. This summary should abstract the pertinent inspection
findings,  not replace the narrative  report. Reference a list of  attachments,  such  as  completed,
checklists taken from the NPDES Compliance Inspection Manuals and pretreatment  guidance
documents, including effluent data when  sampling has been done. Use extra sheets as necessary.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Reverse

-------
                                                                    II.B.9.
"NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION MANUAL", dated January, 1988.  Table of
Contents only. Replaces June, 1984 edition.

-------

-------
EPA
          United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
             Office of Water
             Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)
             Washington, D.C. 20460
MY 1988
          Water
NPDES            _
Compliance Inspection
Manual

-------

-------
TABLE  OF  CONTENTS
contents                                        •            Page


List of Tables	x1

List of Figures	x111

List of Acronyms,	xv

Chapter One:  Introduction

  •   Legal Authority for NPDES Inspections	 1-1
     Responsibilities of the NPDES  Inspector 	 1-3
     Multimedia Concerns 1n NPOES Permitting and
       inspections •••••»••••••••*••••«••••••••••••>«••••••••••• 1—9

Chapter Two:  Inspection Procedures

     Pre-InspectIon Preparation 	 2-1
     Entry	2-11
     Opening Conference •••••••••«••••••••«••••••••••••••••«•••• 2—15
     Documentation 	 2-19
     Closing Conference ••••••«••••••••••••••••••••••«•••••••••• 2—29
     Inspection Report	 2-33

Chapter Three:  Recordkeeplng and Reporting

     Inspection Authority and Objectives	3-1
     Evaluation Procedures «••••••••••••••«««*«*••••««•••••••••• 3—3
     Verification, Recordkeeplng, and Reporting Evaluation
       Checklist	3-9

Chapter Four;  Facility Site Review

     Objectives 	.....4-1
     Physical Inspection of the Facility	4-3
     Operation and Maintenance Evaluation	4-13
     References and Facility Site Review Checklist 	 4-25
NPDE5 inspection Manual             ix                      oanuary isoo

-------
                                                         Table of Contents
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Contents	•.	Page
Chapter Five;  Sampling

     Evaluation of Permittee Sampling Program and Compliance
       Sampling   ••   ••• «•••««••»•«•          ..    •         5-1
     Sampling Procedures and Techniques	5-3..
     References and Permittee Sampling Inspection Checklist .... 5-23

Chapter Six;  Flow Measurement

'    Evaluation of Permittee's Plow Measurement	 6-1
     Supplementary Information	 6-5
     Flow Measurement Compliance •••••••••«.»•«••«•••••••»•••••• 6*29
     References and Flow Measurement Inspection Checklist 	 6-37

Chapter Seven;  Blomonltorlng

     Evaluation of Permittee Self •Blomonltorlng Program	7-1
     Compliance Blomonltorlng Inspection 	 7-9

Chapter Eight:  Laboratory Quality Assurance                     '

     Objectives *and Requirements ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8-1  •
     Sample Handling Procedures	8-3
     Laboratory Analyses Techniques Evaluation 	 8-5.'
     Quality Assurance and Quality Control	 8-9
     References and Laboratory Quality Assurance Checklist 	 8-13

Chapter Nlnet  Pretreatment

     Review of the General Pretreatment Regulations	9-1
     Pretreatment Compliance Inspections (PCIs) and Audits ..... 9-19
                 ••••••*••••••••••••'•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9*2*
NPOES Inspection Manual                                      January 1988

                                                                     '

-------
 LIST  OF  TABLES
 Table                                                          Page
                                               ^
 F-l     Comparison of Inspection Activities with Inspection
          Types • ••••••••«••»•••••-*•«•••••••••••••.•••••••••••••••  v
 1-1    Responsibilities of the  Inspector In the Inspection
         process •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••«..««« 1—7
 2-1    NPOES-Related Statutes and Regulations	 2-7
 4-1    Operations and Maintenance Function Evaluation
         Questions ••««•«•••••••••••*•••••••••••••••••••••••«.«« 4«i/
 5-1    Volume of Sample Required for Determination of the
         Various Constituents of Industrial Ua'stewater	5-9
 5-2    Compositing Methods	5-12
 5-3    Required Containers, Preservation Techniques, Holding
         Times, and Test Methods ••••••••••••••••••«•••••«..««•« 5-13
 6-1    Head-Discharge Relationship Formulas for Nonsubmerged
         Weirs	6-11
 6-2    Discharge of 90* V-Notch Weir - Head Measured
         at Heir Plate ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••»•« o—iz
 6-3    Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for
         Clpollettl Heirs	6-13
 6-4    .Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for Free
         Flow Through Parshall  Flumes	 6-13
 6-5    Free-Flow Values of C and N for Parshall Flume Based
         on the Relationship Q  - CWHfln	 6-14
.6-6  .  Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for Free
         Flow Through Plastl-Fab Palmer-Bpwlus Flumes  	 6-15
 NPDES  inspection Manual               xi                    January isas

-------
                                                           List of Tables
                         LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
Table                                                           Page
6-7     Coefficients of Discharge c for VentuM Meters 	6-16
6-8     Values of K In Formula for Venturl Meters 	6-16
                                       •
6-9  ''Advantages and Disadvantages of Secondary Devices	6-17
7-1     Recommended Species, Test Temperatures, and Life
          stages •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• /—s
9-1     Summary of the General Pretreatment Regulations	 9-9
                 •
9-2     Summary Status of National Categorical Pretreatment
          Standards:  Milestone Dates 	•	 9-14
HPDES Inspection Manual               x^                    January

-------
LIST  OF  FIGURES
Figure                                                        Page
Z—1    Sample 308 Letter ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••«  2—9
2-2    EPA Deficiency Notice Form	.....2-31
2-3    NPDES Compliance Inspection Report Form  	  2-37
5-1    Example Chaln-of-Custody Form	5-21
6-1    Profile and Nomenclature of Sharp-Crested Weirs	  6-19
6-2    Three Common Types of Sharp-Crested Heirs 	  6-20
6-3    Flow Rates for 60* and 90* V-Notch Heirs	  6-21
6-4    Nomograph for Capacity of Rectangular Heirs	  6-22
6-5    Flow Curves for Parshall Flumes	6-23
6-6    Dimensions and Capacities of Parshal.1 Measuring
         Flume for Various Throat Hldths	  6-24
6-7    Effect of Submergence on Parshall Flume Free
         01scnarge «••••••••••••••«•••««•«••*•«•«««••••••••••••«  o—zo
6-8    Free Flowing Palmer-Bowl us Flume	  6-27
           \
6-9    Configuration and Nomenclature of Venturl Meter 	  6-27
6-10   Electromagnetic Flowmeter	  6-28
6-11   Propeller Flowmeter	..»	6-28
7-1    NPDES Toxlcity Test Evaluation F.orm	7-7
NPDES Inspection Manual            xill                    January  1988

-------

-------
                                                                 II.B.10.
"Use of the New NPOES Compliance Inspection Porn", dated May .14, 1985.

-------

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                              I 4 IS35
                                                        OFFICE OF
                                                         WATER
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  Use of the New NPDES Compliance' Inspection Form
FROM:
TO:
                        ~
          Rebecc^w. Hanmer, Director
                 of Water Enforcement and Permits ' (EN-35 '
          Regional Water Management Division Directors
          Regional Environmental Services Division Directors
          State Program Directors
     EPA has prepared and obtained OMB authorization for the
attached EPA Form 3560-3 (Revised 3-85).  Users .of the inspection
form should be aware of the following information.

Purpose;  The purpose of shortening Form 3560-3 is not to reduce
the quantity and quality of data collected during inspections, but
is to provide flexibility to Regions and States in the reporting
formats they use.  EPA Form 3560-3 includes only the most basic
points of information necessary for the Permits Compliance System
(PCS) national data base.  States and Regions will prepare more
comprehensive narrative reports on the findings from the inspections,
and States may use their own detailed inspection forms in addition
to the Form 3560-3, for NPDES inspections.

Required Use;  The Form 3560-3 must be included in NPDES inspection
reports and the information must be entered into PCS to receive
credit in EPA's Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS).
However, where a State enters data directly into PCS, the State
may use an equivalent form if it contains at least the same data
elements as Form 3560-3.
Status of Old Form;  The new inspection form essentially replaces
    first page of the old form.  The Regions and States, as they
      may still utilize parts of the old form, specifically pages
      and 4, until supplies are exhausted.  The old form will not
                  the existing supplies are gone.
the
wish,
2, 3,
be reprinted when

-------
                              - 2 -
Guidance on Preparing Inspection Reports;  In.addition to
instructions on the form, Regions and States should consult the
Compliance Inspection-Manual (June 1984) for detailed guidance
on preparing inspection reports (pp. 2-27 to 2-30) and for use
of the appropriate checklists for covering subject areas investi-
gated during an inspection (pp, 3-9 to 11; 4-24 to 25; 5-22;
6-20 to 21; 7-8; and 8-9).

Reports Distribution;  The shortened forn is a single page with
no duplicates or carbons, whereas the old form came in color
coded multicopy pressure sensitive four-part sets.  To satisfy
the needs of distribution, a completed original of the new form
and the attachments will need to be reproduced as needed.  This
reduces waste of extra unneeded copies and improves utility of  '
the form in the field.                              .  -.

Availability of New Form;  The new form was p'rinted and distributed
to Regions in April 1985.  The forms are available from the Forms
Officer in each Region or from;

               EPA, Distribution and Warehousing
               Wing G; Room 207
               Research Triangle Park, NC  27711

Length of the OMB Approval;  The "new form indicates approval by
OMB expires on July 31, 1985.  However, we have been assured
that approval will be extended through J986, when it will be
necessary to have the form reapproved.

     Any questions about the new form may be directed to Gary Polvi
(FTS/202 475-8318) or Virginia Lathrop (PTS/202 475-8299) in the
Water Enforcement Division (EN-338), Washington, D.C. 20460.

Attachment

cc:  Regional NPDES Inspection
     Program Managers (WMD and ESD)

-------
                                                                                                          Item  I)
E|p* A Washington. D C. 204CO
" *"V NPDE& Compliance Inspection Report
Section A:
transaction Code NPDES
i! ! 2J5i 31 I ! Mill 11 12!
Re
M ! I ! I M M M ! I I
Reserved Facility Evaluation Rating Bl
67 | I! 69 70 i 7l| J

Nationnl Datn System Codmn.
conn Mjiprovuu
OMD No 2040-CC03
Aporov.il Expiros 7-21 -85

yr/mo/day Inspection Type Inspector Fac Type
III! 17 18! I U,' 1 2d 1
marks
1 ! I i ! ! I

72J | 73J i , 74 75! 1 M

M II M i 1 !
00
' iso

Section B: Facility D.ita
Name anc Location o; raci^iy mspectco
NameiS) ot On-ijiie HepreseniativeiS)
ftame. Acoress o: nesponsiaie Ctncial
Entry '.me y AM jj ?;A
fcxit Time/ Date
Titlcis)
Fitle
Phone No.
r- 	 ' -••--••'t- -'•'••=
Permit expiation Date
Pnone i'.ois)

Contactea
D Yes D NO '
Section C: Areas Evaluated During Inspection
(S = Satisfactory. M = Marginal. U = Unsatisfactory. N = Not Evaluated)
i Permit . Flow Measurement
I Records/Reports Laboratory
Pretreatment
Compliance Schedules
i Facility Site Review Effluent/Receiving Waters Self-Monitoring Program
Operations & Maintenance
Sludge Disposal
Other:
Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments lAttacti ocliiilional sheets it necesssrv)

Name(s) and Signature(s) of Inspector(s) Agency/Office/Telephone

Signature of Reviewer Agency/Office
^m Hequlotory Office Use Only
Action faKen
Date
Date

Date

Conionar.cc Status
1 	 1 Noncompliance
P --,-nMPr.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-851 Previous eai:,ons are ousolete.

-------
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
                    Section A: National Data System Coding (i.e.. PCS)
Column 1: Transaction Code: Use N, C, or D for New, Change, or Delete. All inspections will be new
unless there is an error in the data entered.
Columns 3-11: MPDES Permit No. Enter the facility's NPDES permit number. (Use the Remand
columns to record the State permit number,  if necessary.)
Columns 12-17: Inspection  Date. Insert  the date  entry was  made  into the facility.  Use the
year/month/day format (e.g., 82/06/30 = June 30, 1 982).
Column 1 8: Inspection Type. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the type of inspection:
  A — Performance Audit      E — Corps of Engrs Inspection  S — Compliance Sampling
  B — Biomonitoring          L—Enforcement Case Support X — Toxic Sampling
  C— Compliance Evaluation   P — Pretreatment
  D — Diagnostic             R — Reconnaissance Inspection
Column 1 9: Inspector Code. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the lead agency in the
inspection.
  C — Contractor or Other Inspectors (Specify in      N — NEIC Inspectors
       Remarks columns)                          R — EPA Regional Inspector
  E — Corps of Engineers                          S — State Inspector
  J — Joint EPA/State Inspectors—EPA lead         T —Joint State/EPA Inspectors—State lead
Column 20: Facility Type. Use one of the codes below to describe the facility.
  1 — Municipal. Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) with 1 972 Standard Industrial Code
       (SIC) 4952.
  2 — Industrial. Other than municipal, agricultural, and Federal facilities.
  3 — Agrrcultural. Facilities classified with) 1 972 SIC 0111 to 0971.
  4 — Federal. Facilities identified as Federal by the EPA Regional Office.
Columns 21 -66: Remarks. These columns are reserved for remarks at the discretion of the Region.
Column 70: Facility Evaluation Rating. Use information gathered during the inspect ion (regardless
of inspection type) to evaluate the quality of the facility self -monitor ing program. Grade the program
using a scale of 1 to 5 with a score of 5 being used for very reliable self-monitoring programs, 3 being
satisfactory, and 1 being used for very unreliable programs.
Column 71: Biomonitoring Information. Enter D for static test ing. Enter F for flow through testing.
Enter N for  no biomonitoring.
Column 72:  Quality Assurance Data Inspection. Enter Q if the inspection was  conducted as
followup on quality assurance sample results. Enter N otherwise.
Columns 73-80: These columns are reserved for regionally defined information.
                                 SectionJB: Facility Data
This section is self-explanatory.
                       Section C: Areas Evaluated  During Inspection
Indicate findings (S, M, U, or N) in  the appropriate box. Use Section D and additional sheets as
necessary. Support the findings, as necessary, in a brief narrative report.  Use the headings given on
the report form (e.g., Permit, Records/Reports) when discussing the areas evaluated during the
inspection. The heading marked "Other" may include activities such as SPCC, BMP's, and multime-
dia concerns.
                       Section D: Summary of  Findings/Comments
Briefly summarize the inspection findings. This summary should abstract the pertinent inspection"
findings,  not replace the narrative  report.  Reference  a list of attachments,  such  as  completed
checklists taken from the NPDES Compliance Inspection Manuals  and pretreatment  guidance
documents, including effluent data when sampling has been done. Use extra sheets as necessary.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Reverse

-------
                                                                    II.B.ll,
Pretreatment Compliance and Audit Manual for Approval Authorities.  See
VLB.24,,

-------

-------
                                                                   II.B.12.
i "NPDES Compliance Flow Measurement Manual", dated September, 1981.  Table
of Contents only.

-------

-------
        UniMSMNi
        EnvwoniMral
         Offte of Wmr Entarcwmm and
            c^mm Oivwon (EN33M
           M,OC 20400  '
r/EPA
NPDES
Compliance Flow
Measurement Manual
                         MOD - 77

-------
HPDBS OOMPLXAHCB fLOV KASOTEMEHT MAHDAL
  U.S. EnvirooMBtAl Protection Agency
             September, 1981
                  by:
        David L. Gutbtle, P.E.
 Office of Water Enforcement and Permits



          Enforcesent Dlvitien



           Coapliance Branch

-------
                   HPDES COMPLIANCE FLOW MEASUREMENT MANUAL

                               Table of Content*
Disclaimer	  ii
Acknowledgement	 iii
Table of Concents	*	  iv
List of Illustrations	..	vii
List of Tables	  ix

Foreword	   1

Int reduction.	   3

Basic Methods	  10
     Weighing the Discharge.....	  10
     Volumet ric Methods	  11
     Sump Pumps	  13
     Orifice Buckets	  IS

Weirn....	  17
     Sharp Crested	  17
     V-Notch	  19
     Rectangular	-	  22
     Cipolletti	  27
     Other Weir*	  30
     Submerged Weir Conditions..	  32
     Correcting for Velocity of Approach	  34
     Weir Inspections	•	  36
     Broad Crested	•	  37

-------
                                         Table of Content*
                                             (Continued)
                                                                                 Page

           Flume*	v	• ••	•	  39
                Parsbmll	  39
                Palner-Bovlus ••••	  48

           Pltot Tube*	  51
           Methods Used To Me Mure Water Height (Head)........	  56
                Stevens Meters or Drum Recorders	  56
                Manning Dippers	  58
                Belfort Liquid Level Recorders.....	  61
                Sonics	•	  63
                Gauges	..........^	  65
                Scow	  65
                Bubble rs	.	  67

           Charts/Calibrations	  71

           Energy Grade Line Calculations	  71

           Orifices....	  76

           Nozzles	  79

           Venturt Flowaeters	  84

           Open-Pipe Methods	  87
                California Pipe Method...	  «7
                Purdue Method	  90
-tot

-------
                               Table of Contents

                                                                        Page

Op£fi Cnfifltifti M6A9urcBcncs•••*•*«•*•*•••*•«•••••**•«*•*»*•*•*•*•••••••••   93
     Flow From Vertical Pipes.	*	•  93
     Equations.•••...••.««•••...».»»...»..••»«••••«•••••••••••«•••••«•«   93
    * veiodt T^Ares Method.• »•••••»•••••••"•••.•»••••...»••••••.••.».••»• xuw

Stream Gauging	 105
     CUlTTCtlt tlftCft a?8 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••e******** •'• •*•••• 10 0

Dilution Methods and Tracers
     Dilution
     Slug vs. Constant-Rate Injection

Exotic Methods......	 115
     Elect romagnetic Flowmeter	 115
     Acoustic'Flovmeteis..............*.....................*.......*•. 115
     Electrical Methods.........................................«..*.... 119

                   P.... ....41. ...............•...................*..... X*w

Appendix
       •••*••••••••••••*•*•••••••
vi

-------
                             List of Illustration*




Figure        •                                                             Page
                                                 i



   1.  Sharp-Crested Weir Nomenclature	  18



   2.  Three Conaon Types of Sharp-Crested Vein	  20



   3.  Flow Kates for 60* and 90* V-Notch Weirs	  23
                                                                              {

   4.  Discharge Curve for 90* V-Notch Weir	  24


   5.  Suppressed Rectangular Heir	  26


   6.  Holograph for Capacity of Rectangular Veir	  28


   7.  Discharge Curve for 10" Rectangular Heir	  29


   8.  Discharge Rate vs. Heir Head  for Cipolletti Veir	  31


   9.  Submerged Heir Calculations/Ratios	  33


  10.  Typical Suppressed Heir In a  Flume Drop.	  40


  11.  Configuration for a Standard  Parshall Flume	  41


  12.  Parshall Flume Discharge Curves...	  44


  13.  Typical Flume Submergence Flow Rate	  45


  14.  Parshall Flumes - Typical Installation and Capacity Curves	  46


  15.  Discharge Curve for a 6" Parshall  Flume	  47


  16.  Typical Installation of a Temporary Flume	  49


  17.  Pitot Tube Measures Velocity  Head	  52


  18.  Graph for Converting Velocity Head to Velocity.	  54


  19.  Horizontal Drum Hater-Stage Recorder	  57


  20.  The Manning Dipper™....	  59
                                                   •\

  21.  Typical Installation of a Manning  Dipper™......	  60


  22.  Belfort Liquid Level Recorder..............	  62


  23.  System Layout of a Sonic Hater Level Meter....:	  64


  24.  Hook and Staff Gauges	  66

-------
                             List of Illustration*



                                  C Continued)





Figure                                                                    Page





  25.  Typical installation of a Scow	   68



  26.  Typical Installation of a Bubbler.*	   69



  27.  Typical Strip Chart  Recorder  and Strip Chart.	   72



  28.  Surcharging Sewer Schematic..	   75



  29.  Orifice Shapes and Their Coefficients.	   77



  30.  Flow Nozzle in Pipe	   80



  31.  Kennison Open Flow Nozzle.............•««••«.**«............«....i   83



  32.  Venturi Meter	   85



  33.  California Pipe Flow Method	   89



  34.  Discharge Rate vs. Flow Depth  for California Pipes	   91



  35.  Purdue Method of Measuring Flow from a Horizontal Pipe	   92



  36.  Approximating Flow From Vertical Pipes	   94



  37.  Hydraulic Elements for Circular Sewers.	   97



  38.  Depth Ratio vs. Area'Ratio	;	   98



  39.  Nomograph Based on Manning's Formula	   99.



  40.  Determining Mean Velocities	  103



  41.  Assembly Drawing of  Price Type AA Current Meter	  107



  42.  Type "A" Crane and Current Meter Assembly	  108



  43.  Ott-Type Horizontal  Axis Current Meter	•	  110



  44.  Constant Rate and Slug Injection Method*	.  113



  45.  Typical Magnetic Flow Meter.	  116



.  46. 'Ultrasonic Flowmeter	  118

-------
                                   List of Table*





Table                                                                    Page





  1.  Flow Measurement Methods........	    9



  2.  Volumetric Fonmilas..	   11



  3.  Values of C for V-Notch Weirs	   21



  4.  Exponents in the Free Discharge Equation for Submerged Weirs	   34



  5.  Calculating Velocity of Approach for a Sharp-Crested Weir	   35



  6.  Advantages and Disadvantages of Parshall Flumes..	   42



  7.  Submergence Ration vs Throat Size In Parshall Flumes	   42



  8.  Flume Checklist	   SO



  9.  Features of the Belfort Liquid Level Recorder	   61



 10.  Values of n to used with the Manning Equation	   96



 11.  Values of K and K for Circular Channels.....	  101



 12.  Comparison of Merits of the Dilution Method	  Ill
                                       ix

-------
                                                                   II.B.13.
I "Guidelines on Requirements for Exceptions for NPDES Inspector Training",
dated January 28, 1990.  Without attachments.

-------
A '

-------
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                            WASHINGTON. D.C 20460
                                    2 8 1989
                                                           OfflCt Of
                                                            WATIK
 MEMORANDUM
 SUBJECT:  Guidelines on Requirements for J^eptiona for
           NPDES Inspector Training

 FSfiM:     David N. Lyons P.E., Chie
           Enforcement Support Bran

 TO:       Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs,
           Water Management Divisions
          . Field Service Branch Chiefs,
           Environmental Services Divisions
           Regions I - X
                                                          i

      In   compliance   with   the  direction   to  the   Assistant
 Administrators in EPA Order 3500.1, on Training and Development for
 Compliance  Inspectors  and Field Investigators, the  Enforcement
 Division, Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has prepared the
 attached  Guidelines  on  Requirements  for  Exceptions  from  NPDES
 Inspector Training which can be used by supervisors in evaluating
 training needs of those individuals conducting,  or overseeing the
 conducting,  NPDES/pretreatment compliance  inspections.  This guide
 establishes a process and offers work sheets and  directions to plan
 and manage the NPDES Inspector Training Program.  We  have  worked
 with members of the NPDES Inspection Materials Work group and the
 Agency Inspector  Training  Advisory Board  to develop this  final
 product.     Our  objective  was  to  break  the  Work  Sheets  into
 manageable pieces, a modular form,  to allow broader usage.   The.
 goal is to develop an easy to follow guideline to assure that all
 inspectors are well grounded in  the basics of the program  before
 performing NPDES inspections independently.

      While these  guidelines  are considered final we  continue to
 encourage comments  on  ways   to  make  this a  clear and • concise
 document.  We are especially interested  in your comments on Work
 Sheet  #1  and Form A since  this portion  of  the guidelines  are
 required  for . compliance with Order  3500.1.    Work  Sheet   *2  is
 recommended but not required.  Please provide ideas for improvement
 or questions to Virginia Lathrop, Enforcement Support Branch,
 (EN-338)  FTS 475-82ff.

. Attachment

-------

-------
       GUIDELINES ON REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCEPTIONS TO MINIMUM
            NPDES / PRETREATMENT  INSPECTOR TRAINING

 INTRODUCTION

    These program specific guidelines are designed to help first
 lint   supervisors and  inspectors  with  NPDES  and pretreatment
 responsibilities  to  implement  the  requirements  of  EPA Order
 3500.1 on Training and Development for Compliance Inspectors and
 Field  investigators (6/88). The Guide  contains:   1)  work ah**^
 to  be  used in documenting existing experience and assessing the
 inspector's (or first line supervisor  of an inspector) training
 needs  and whether previous training and experience qualifies for
 an  (exception to NPDES minimum training requirements* ; and 2)  A
 'forty to request an exception  to the minimum requirements. These
 forms  are to be filled  out by  the current or prior supervisor.
 Supervisors should review and  update all  work sheets annually.

 Required  Work Sheet i  1

     EPA  Order  3500.1  requires  Basic  Training  (that  is  the
 Fundamentals of  Environmental Compliance  Inspections  and basie
 level  health and  safety  course  under SPA  Order 1440.2) and the
 program -specific minimum training (defined by each media office
 in  « Inspector  Training  Program Description).   The NPDES  Minimum
 Training*,  includes any  Regional workshop, self study or on the
 job training (OJT) utilizing the five modules on Introduction to
 NPDES  Inspections, and  the NPDES  Compliance  Inspection  Manual.
 This  program will develop  basic  program  knowledge  and skills
 primarily  for   the  new  inspector.  This  is   essential  to  the
 development  of  skills   for  conducting  compliance  evaluation
 inspection   (CEls),  compliance  sampling  inspections  (CSIs)  and
 reconnaissance  inspections (RIs).

     Completion  of  Work  Sheet  II  is  required  for all NPDES
 Inspectors  and  their  first line supervisors  to show compliance
with EPA  Order  3500.1.  (In order to cut down on verbosity, the
work Sheets and Form will refer to "inspectors", with the intent
 of   covering   "field  investigators"   and  their   first  line
 supervisors as  well.) If you answer "yes" in column  1 of this
work sheet,  the  inspector may  be eligible for an exception to the
minimum requirements, and Form A may be used to request  one.  (The
process for  requesting   an  exception  is  relevant  only  to the
minimum training requirements.)
     *NPDES  Minimum Training requirements  are described briefly
in the summary in the Appendix, Page A-3.  They are described  in
more detail  in the. NPDES Inspector Training Program Description,
March.   -1989..    if copies   are  needed  please  call Virginia
Lathrop, OWEP  (EN-338),  FTS/475-8299.

-------
                            - 2 -

Work ShM*« i a'
    Work  sheet  I  2  addresses  NPDES  Skills  Development  and
Specialized  training.    Although the  order does  not require  a
specific curricula  of training  as  a prerequisite to inspectors
leading or  independently conducting sore specialized and skill
denanding inspections, it  is obvious that some  form  of  training
is  essential  to develop  advanced  skills  for  conducting  such
technically oriented field investigations such as  toxic  sampling
inspections  (XSI),  compliance biomonitoring  (CBI) ,  pretreatment
compliance  (PCX),  performance audit  (PAX),  diagnostic  (DX),  or
other  specialized  inspections.   Therefore Work  Sheet  I 2  is
offered as another planning tool for the Regional Offices.

-------
WORK SHEET f 1

-------

-------
       GUIDELINES FOR EXCEPTIONS TO MINIMUM NPDES / PRETREATMENT
            INSPECTOR TRAINING - WORK SHEET f 1 (REQUIRED)
A.   Background
Employ** Nam*                      Organization/ Program Assignment
New [  ]  Experienced [ ]          Inspector [  ]    supervisor  [   ]

A. 1 Scop* of Training Program:   This training program will prepare
the employee to  lead or independently conduct the following types
of inspections.   [CheOc all that apply.]
    lianoe Evaluation Ti^^Ai/m. (CEX)
Qonlianos Sanaling Inspection (C5I)
Reconnaissance Inspection (RI)
                                   Previous tat)./         Training
                       Applies-    E)q>. Satisfies
                        bility      Req'mts           Planned Actual
    TVPB of Training      (Yes/No)      (Yes/No)
A.2.a
A.2.b Health and
Safet OrUeia
1. 1440.2
  -Advanced

2. 1440.3


A.3
A.3 MiniauB NPEES-Spicific Training*

A.3.a Self study (to prepare for CEI, RI and CSI)
 *  See definition, page 2 of the Introduction.

                     '         .                        •       Af-

-------
                               .    - 2 -


  WOK SHEET I 1                   .
                            nWXDUB
                          EXESIXENCE SATISFIES      HOU9QN5
                                (Yea/Mb).      TOCBT  CdffXEXXCtr
Manual (1988) with Mlf
stud/ guides, policy
          xeou
£ d«n wat«r Act

A.3.b Cn th» Job (COT)

GOT - Offiot

1) Ability to pBrforn film
rmrimtt ya^uM a plan
m^^ ---- »t -- -*--• -
1UT GDOEUnSClGn
2) Ability to pnpart elaar
& any follov-qp.

3) If a supttvisor, ability to
effectively plan, coordinate'
& schedule inspections         (Yes/Ho)

COT- Field

4) Ability in the field to
evaluate Beodttea's flow
measurement, aaopling, « .      (Yea/No)
analytical technique.
5) Ability to use
skills (Balance  of
ivenass and tact).             (Yea/Ho)

-------
                                 - 3 -
      SHEET I 1
                            FRWJOOB TRAINING/
                                 (Yes/NO)
6) Successfully oac|xLeted at
least 4 non-aanpling insp.
          with inspector as
«isst to lead in
                       (CEZ» .   (Y«/No)
7) At iMst 2 aaapling iiispaeti
all functia»
                     ly with
          of an mtp
-------
        WORK
                                  - 4 -

           11-

          vark sheet developed by each
          for each inspector to show

                                                          Off ice should sust be
                                               with B* order 3500.1.  This work
                     to decide:  1) what training is apnlimhle to the inspector
        shMt should be
        or fixst-lim supervisor; 2)  «teehar prwiouB training satisfiM tbt
        and 3)  if it dow not, tten training is planmd and is nmy>1«f>d. A
              > availabl* to doeunnt th> rvquMt for an
A.

1.
                          namr oz^anization, and
        2.  Oieek whether the individual is new or
                                               ii
                                                   si as defined by EPA order
3500.1; also cheek whether the individual is an inspector or supervisor,
whether or not a new employee.  Definitions of new and 'ejqperien
found in EEA order 3500.1.  Specifically those definitions are:
                                                                      d
                 	   -  Individuals newly enployed by EPA after June 29, 1988
                  of previous training in and eiqaerience leading,, (or conducting
                                       ii4anoe inspections, OR
                             -  Individuals rahired by EPA or transferred within
        after June 29, 1988 with no previous training in and eiajerisnoa leading, (or
           trting independently) enviromantal
        tions.
                  ImPtStel' -  Individual* «te
                                                          anployvd by EHk on Juna 29,
        1988 and who have previous training in and •aqparianoa laading,  (or conducting
        independently) anvironBantal ooaplianoa Inffyt* •^li'M/ fl^H inwatioationa in any
           of EBl's cenplianoa and
A.  Under Scope of Training,  list the types of insp

A.1

A.l  Basic CurrieuluB -  Fundamentals of
                                                           tif
1.                     _
line supervisors? tziazefore, nark coluBn 2 yes*
                           TheFundaasntals Gourse applies to all inspectors and first-
                                                                              in
2.
oolunn 3, if the
                                  or first-line supervisor has denonstrated previous
       training and/or experienoe < i iinai run-ate with the objectives of the course.  If
       no, oaqplete eolian 4. .

           Refer to
                  - 9.  for the principles to follow in
training and/or ooMrience, and esanples that satisfy the
                                                                      previous
                                                                      objectives.
4?

-------
                                    - 5 -
 HOIK SHEET I  1 - EJSTHJCTICNS
                    To develop in inspectors and first line supervisors:

a.  Riowledge of tha Agency's compliance and enforcement policy, the enfor
             and the tolas inapactors play in compliance monitoring and
b.  Riowledge of the extent ana liaitations of O&'s legal authorities to  enter
    and inspect farilitim;
c.  Riowledge of evidentiary requirements and the procedures designed to assure
    that data collected on an inspection will be «*•<—^ir in court;
d.  Riowledge of good work practices related to planning and conducting field
    inspections, including technical and administrative subjects \, and ccnrainic-
    aticns skills;
e.  Riowledge of the requirements of e good quality inspection report; and
f.  Riowledge of how to prepare for and participate in enforcement proceedings
    such as settlement negotiations, hearings, and trials.

3.  Training Completion:  If the inspector is not y»l if ttij  for an exception,
then establish a target date in column 4 for training to be  **«T1'«irt.  After the
training is finished, then record tha actual date it was ~-r**»~*   .
    The Office of Water Btfbrcemant and Barnits strongly believes that all
        cs should receive the Agency Course,  •Fundamentals of QTvircnmental
Camfilianoe Inspections," although experienced inspectors may seek an Tff-trtifn to
thifli
1*  AjB]JfiBJ2iliSXL_JXbs applicable training «*"p""«*»» on the duties of
tor;  ens or both health and safety orders nay apply,  under Oft Order 1440.2,
the basic-level training applies to all inspectors. Therefore, mark this item
yes in column 2.  other levels of training under 1440.2, intermediate and
advanced, as wall as training required under 1440.3 depend oh tha types of
hazards the innpartnr may routinely encounter.   Consult Regional guidance or
orders on health and safety to determine which levels  apply  and nark the work
sheet accordingly.

2.  Prmviaum Training saf»«f^mi ffr* a^j*•••*••.  in order to answer yes, in
coluon 3, consult Regional guidance or the Regional Health and Safety Officer
cononrning courses or experience that satisfy the requirements*  If no, then
conpiLets column 4.               '

    ISA-approved courses include:

a.  ..nvironmantal Health -and Safety Division (BSD) Developed
      Associates, Inc.) - a 22-ocdule slide/tape prcgran
iii.  ffnajg fiftfllth f*^ Safety Tralninqr for field Aetivitii
      (Available FY 89)

-------
     SHEET f 1 • 1NSTBDCHQJS
    Office of Eiaaiusiuy and Mondial
       '  (Course 1165.2)

       Upon request,  EH5D will review mni«i  Inlly available Health and Safety
         	_       than  - the reqjuireasntJ of 1440.2 and/or 1440.3 are oat.
gjitArt  BED in EFA nenrV   rters or Regional Health and Safety Hungers*

x.3.a to A.3.e.  NFCES Piuyiaa Minion Training


has had  prior eaqparience or training related to NFCES inspections in accerdanoi
with the following sections A. 3. a, A.3.b or A.3.C, please circle the "yes."
The "no" response win noroaUy be circled for new staff. If "no" is indicated
under the  "previous training satisfies requirement" section, training coapletir
target dates oust be  eiftnh11^hen'»   All new inspectors are expected to ccopl'
the NFCES Miniaa Training

A.3.a  METES MtninjaJT"**"**^ *V saif gtn*^y (A.3.a training only) -
individuals who within the past two years have beceoe *"•"<•»• with the material
in the NFCES  Compliance  Inspection Manual (and Draft Self Study Guide as an
option), the  Flow Tamil nanenl  Manual and the dean fitter Act and the regulations
tHlJOsjCsft. ^Bss^Lf^  ^t^33tXwm ^21^t^BsBnB^^bV^^BuB90BOCD £Qfl9Q^^U1HB COP tR^DtO^Wl^tCO^^F sY9fl9al9*isBl4^3A • ^^ V^^sa^
^•••M^^^^^V* I^^BIB*^  ^v^pvee^^ f ^MMe^BM^vv^wBBs/ ^^v^Bv^HMflB^^ ^ienej^ei^^viv^p ^ne» ^^i^B^^ee* w^ee^^e> j ^•MBjPVie>AtvBieH^p AeiA vevsas
NFCES progran..    *                        .

A*3«b  NPCES  MJUJB^B ^^BJnJHp tur OH ^fae_JHb^pjjj]ljcf£Qjri (A*3.b training only)
For these experienced  individuals who within the last two years, have FTt-
fully led or  independently conducted NFCES inspections, or have been designated
work groups fcr developing training
                                           als, henmae of their extensive
          individuals will .by their career circumstances have already had the
equivalent of a fornal GOT ptuuxaia, and win have knowledge of how to prepare for
inspect ions, how to use nunan relations skills during inspections, how to sample,
review recmOa  and prepare reports. For supervisors a minlimim of two years of
supervising eaqperienoed NFCES inspectors and including i-eiiprmlhilit'les such as
reviewing inspection  reports.  New or experienced supervisors would be
to have observed or Mststed on at least two NFCES inspections, though not
necessarily to  have conducted independently

A.3.C
                                                      (A.3.C training only) - F
                             	
those individuals who within the last two years, have succassfuny led or
           Ly conducted or supervised NFCES inspections and have

-------
                                  - 7 -
wane SHEET ft- UBTRDCTICNS
^— m
Of
wotic gra^» far davvloping training nttrials,
eixp«ri«io«. (Self study would te apprcpriat* if no
of find within rmaacnabl* tnwl distano* within
•ntry date.)
                                    actively Mtwd on
                                of thtir «ctengiv«
Training for NFCES

visor require this
        oay also include rawdial
            , ch«i«try, biology, etc.
        this training will not-b« aubj«ct to tte
                                                              training in
training, tte "training nrrpletion target date"
qua»tioi on pnvicus
listed.
      flalum •
actual f*™^ •+****
work
                       than is a target date entered, tte
  should be entered when tte targeted training is

  Ihe first line supervisor should review and approve the

-------
FORM A - EXCEPTIONS

-------
NQEK SHEET t 1 -PQFM A
      PGRf A - IdJUEbT FOR OCBFTICN DNCBl ISA ORXR 3500.1
       BffUDUEE NAME

Nav [  ]    Exp«ri«no«d
C  1
for
 that satisfiM
                            This
                            th» following
Inii
                                                     of EPA cedar 3500.1
TRAINING
                     SSS QTT
                                        r^rffytrri^BJ
          Signature/ Data
                                         Sn>«rvi«ar Signatun/ Dote
Approving Official/

-------
                                     -1 -
  HOIK SHEET * 1 - POEM A
                                    FORK A
                                                        3500.1
line
categor
       ies of
 approval  of an
 other
   of this  form is to document that tha
is both eligible  (as  defined by  EPA Order'
    and "experienced*  inspectors)
    ion.  ttiis  form may be
                                                                        first-
                                                                       for the
             Ttation,  such
                                                               3500.1
                                                    and 7«1 Iflart to
                             	   .	alone or in conjunction with
~w_        .,._., _ — certificates of completed training,  depending en
tha level of detail  required by the approving official.   Refer to the
,A_ .» •	 ^K	»_ J	*	^ _ * t 	 ^ _ ^ ^^^h& ,•_ 	•   A._A
     for
 experien
         the  principles  to  follow  in  assessing previous  training  and/or
              A sample form has been nrmiletarl  for an •experienced11 inspector
            t-K« WUA BWMVMB 4*« ~ —* — ~~~
            uM H3Uk CXOBZam JUI
                                       as follows.  1.
                                       2. Qiaclc wbatha
                                   thzaa  major       ,
                               and program  asslgnBant.
                                                                           tha
 individual  is new or experienced,  as dafinad by EEA Order 3500.1; also, check
 whether tha individual is an inspactor or a supervisor. 3. Onder Duties:  For
 the  inspector, briefly  state the types  of compliance inspections.   Far the
 supervisor,  indicate what inspect inn ptojiame and/or case develapaent work s/he
                       Under this column heading, list tha appi
requirements  for which the  individual  is  seeking an «»•*•<
                                                                    A training
                                                                 iieiuiing the
Basic  Curriculum,  Health and Safety Training under 1440.2 and/or 1440.3, and
               f* vHn^ntun Training.
                     Under this coluan heading, check the typa(s) of training,
supervised  self-study,  on1 the job training and/or rlaiaea  that satisfies
erienoa is the basis for the
              Under this colum heading, briefly
and/or  expeiisnga that  is the  basis for  tha
                                    under this column heading, if previous


                                                         the previous training
needed, attach a separaaaate separata written  statenant,  signed by the  first
eaanple,  if  rmrjamhle claserocn  training was  offered through  the Region,
class.  Also,
received
A.3.a  FSB.
                      a copy of the certificate of oospletion if the  inspec
                                   Dates and circu
gained  familiarity with  the eelf study
A.3.a, Work Sheet f 1, page 5).
                                                           where the insp
                                                    cited  abeve  (i
                                                           ion and
                                                          tor
when the inspector has been assigned to coach or train other inspectors in the
inspection planning, en-site and follow-up techniques for an NECES Inspections.
Describe field work  involved and  indicate type  and number of inspections (CEX,
CS3,  or  RZ where  applicable),  and  whether  they  involve   municipal  or
ncrmunicipal facilities. How long has the employee been conducting inspecti<

-------
                                          . 2 -




WB* SHEET I 1 -ZQIMA




A.3.C
data>
ia oa
training*   Tnis  intonation flay ba oontainad  on an at£acted oopy  of tna
           bl« to tte mttoducticn  to
 VI.  smpanaa   BKh fen abould te •ignad fey tte inapactur or first-lim
 stoMcvisor, tte aqparvisor »*o is nooananding tte vaqoaat te approved, and by
 tte approving official, in aojoulanoa with preoadurw «at«h11aharl within tte
-\
 )

-------
WORK SHEET f 2

-------
                       WORK SHEET #2
   T^xu-ff	OH NPDES INSPECTOR TRAINING - WORKSHEET FOR SKILLS
^EXPANSION/SPECIALIZED TRAINING FOR NPDES/PRETREATMENT INSPECTIONS
    Eaployee Nas*                        Organization

       (See Pag* 3 for explanations and instructions.)

». SCOPE  OF SKILLS EXPANSION/SPECIALIZED  TRAINING PROGRAM: This
training  prograa  will assure that  inspector is able  to. lead or
independently conduct the following types of inspections:

 - Toxic Sampling Inspection (XSI)
 - BioBonitoring Cospliance Inspections  (CBI)
 - PretreatBent Compliance Inspection (PCI)
 - Performance Audit Inspections  (PAI) "  '
 - Diagnostic Inspections (OI)
 - Other  (Offshore drilling rig
    CEIs  (O-CEI) ;PCI— for IU's,etc.)
                                            TRAINING
                                        TARGET     ACTUAL
                                      COMPLETION   COMPLETION
11.1  Self Study                          DATE        DATE

   Using the NPDES Cospliance
   Inspection Manual (1988) , with self
   study guide, in depth study
   of appropriate chapters. May also
   study the Act regulations and
   pertinent current guidelines.
              l)   XSI

              2)   CBI

              3)   PCX

              4)   PAI

              5)   DI

              6)   Other (As CEI-
                   drilling rig;etc.)

-------
                            - 2 -
           1 9 Confe.
                                           COMPLETION  ACTUAL
                                            TARGET    COUPLET]
                                             DATE       DATE

B.2  On the Job Training:

   Supervised inspections  - two of each type with* the inspector
   performing all functions with coaching by an experienced
              1)    ZSZ

              2)

              3)

              4)    PAX

              5)    OZ

              6)    Other (CEX-drill
                    rig; PCX-IU; etc.)
B.3  Classes/Workshops

   B.3.a  Pretreatment Compliance Inspection
   Workshops, with two one-day workshops
   possible - one on concentrating on POTW*s;
   and one on Industrial Users;
   (Through OWBP contract or Regional
   in-house effort.)
                                     (PCI)  _
                                   (Pd-IU)

   B.3.b  Diagnostic Cospliance Inspection
   Workshop - basic skills or sore
   advanced *K1llf coverage, through
   the OWBP Contract or through Regional
   in-house training.

   B.3.C  Other Training Classes Assigned
   within the Region (such as on advanced
   wastewater treatment).
    Signature of First Line Supervisor              Date



   Organization

-------
                           . • .  - 3 -

WORK SHEET  I 2  -  ZNS1KDCTZOM8

B.     The skills expansion and specialized training is generally
provided  after  completion of  the  NPDES Minima Training  for
inspectors.    However when  scheduling  of workshops  and  other
training experiences  are  constrained by availability and budget,
SOBS portions  of the workshops,  OJT, and self study Bay need to
be scheduled simultaneously with the NPDES »**!«« Training.

       In addition it should be  noted that where a new inspector
has not  been identified as an  inspector who will not  be needed
for covering compliance sampling  inspections,  the OJT saapling
inspections may be postponed  until  such  tiae  as the  inspector
will  need the compliance  sampling  skills.   Thus  self  study,
classroom  training   and   OJT   for  diagnostic   inspections  and
pretreatment compliance inspections  may precede  certain portions
of the minimum training for conducting sampling inspections.

       For all specialized training  (under  B.I, B.2,  and  B.3),
the target date  should be  listed in the first column.   After the
training is completed the actual completion date should be listed
in the second column.

B.l    The Inspection Manual  (1988)  forms the primary self study
material,  in  addition pertinent portions of  the Clean Water Act
and  applicable  portions  of the  regulations  may  need  to  be
reviewed.

B.2      During  the   OJT  portions 'of  the training program,  the
inspector  is  performing   all  elements  of the  inspection  with
coaching of an experienced inspector.  Before being qualified to
lead  or  independently  conduct  the  inspection,  indicated  under
Section  B,  the  inspector  must have  completed at least  two and
often .more of  that particular type of inspection while receiving
coaching from an experienced inspector.

B.3    Self explanatory.

-------
APPENDIX

-------

-------
     GOXDBLXHES  OH NPDES INSPECTOR TRAINING .- SUMMARY  of WORK
  SHEETS   (OPTIONAL)  ON EMPLOYEE'S  NPDES  INSPECTOR  TRAINING
Ellployee
Organization _ '            New  [  ]  Experienced [  ]
EXPERIENCE  -  Inspections conducted in  the previous fiscal year.
List inspection nuabers:
      _    XSI „ _    CBI _    PAI _ _    Pd
asi __ _   si  _ _    DI  _ .   other  _
A»   MINIMUM TRAINING - Dates Completed
                      Class/ffkshop   Self Study    OJT
A. 2  Fundamentals       _____       H/A*        N/A
     Health and
       Safety   1440.2  _       H/Jk         H/A
                1440.3  _       M/A         H/A
A..3  NPOES - Prograa Miniaua
    - CEI            _ ___
    - CSI                    .
    -  RI            _
B..   SPECIALIZED TRAINING - Date Completed
  Type        Class/liksp     Self study       .OJT
  XSI          _       _      . _
  CBI              '           _____      _
  PCI                  '       _      _
  PAI          _              '        _
   DI  ,        _    .   _      _
  Other-       '               _      _
 ADDITIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY - Date Completed
 Type Required (including       Class/Workshop
    refresher training)
 Signature of Supervisor                      Date
                             A - 1

-------
   XHSTRUCTXOMS — nW/ES OUAOEI^HES OH INSPECTOR

                 SUMMARY OP WORK SHEETS

The  summary  sheet  provides  space  for   recording  only  the
completion date  of the training  indicated.   It  summarizes both
the NPDES  Minimum Training and  the specialized  training dates,
where  the  supervisor  wishes  to  keep  a record of all training
provided.

This Summary should only  be utilized as a synopsis of the NPDES
work -Sheets  II and I  2,  and  as  appropriate the  generic form on
health  and  safety  provided by  Office   of  Enforcement  and
Compliance Monitoring.   This summary  should be  filled out only
after providing documentation on Work Sheets I 1,  and I  2.   At
the bottom of the Summary is space for health and safety training
that is to be  taken in addition  to the basic health and safety
under Section A.2.
                             A - 2

-------
                                 OF
              ZVSPICXOB nxxxzue PROGRAM DESOUPTIOV
     The  imt Training Vrograa  establishes a COM program, of
       ork,  eelf instruction and on- the- job training  (OJT)  for
those  individuals  who  carry out MPDES  compliance/enforcement
activities  for IP*.   This summry  daseribas a sequence for  nsv
inspectors,  and  for  expansion  of  axilla  latar  en.    After
coapletion  of Baaie  Training and Introductory MFDCS  training,
self -instruct ion and OJT, the inspector should be able to conduct
the coapl lance evaluation inspection and the saapling inspection.
The  goal ia  for each  new inspector to coapleta thie sequence
within six to nine months en the  job.   Job skills can than be
expanded  through aore atudy  and  instruction into araaa such a»
performance audit, pre treatment, and diagnostic inspections.

     The  figure below  shews  the plan  in  euaaary faahion.  In
order  to get a copy of the coaplete MMES Training 9roarmm
             contact:  Director,  Cnforcaaent Division,  Office of
Nster  Enforcement  and Penita,  HQ (EN-J3I),  USIPA,  401 N Street,
SW, Washington, D.C.  204«0.  FTS 475-8310.

                       MPPtS Training Men
                       General Orientation
    Courmem/Herksheps         |   '      aelf Instruct len /OJT

                                  '
Basic Inspector Curriculum       , CWA and Xegulationa
NPDES Introductory Couraewerk      Violation Recognition
  (Manuals available by 4/tt)      Saapling Techniques
                                   Kanuaia for Introduction
                                    to Coapliance Inspections
                                   Plow Naaauraaent Ha?-jal
                                   OJT* I inspections each
                                    for compliance eveluetion
                                    and compliance sampling
                                    inspections

                         tkills
P:retrestaant Znapection            Pretrestaent Guidance
 liorkaHop                          Pretreatmant Coapliance
                                    Inspection and Audit Manual
Diagnostic Inspection              Inspect or »e Guide for tvalu-
 werkshop                           ating Nunieipal Waatewstsr
               .                     Treatment Planta
                            A - 3

-------
Toxic* sampling                    OJT-siomonitoring,  toxics
                                    sampling and pretreataent
                                    Inspections
(To be developed)

                                   Utilla
Of f shore Drilling Rig Inspections
 (to bo developed)
Criainal Investigations (71XTC, Clynce,  OA)
                       1MB
          following materials  for tho  aov  inspector should b«
          from tho inspoetor** first-lino ouporvioor or tho
oddrooooo footnotod bolov.                         .
    Orgsnisstion chart
    eiosn vstor Act ond rogulotions
    NPO£5 Znspoctioa Strstogioo ond Guidsneo ouch oo tho Closn
    wstor Act CoBplioneo/Enforcoaont CoapondiuB
    Soaplo M90CS inspection reports
    Description of MQ/Jtogionol/Ststo relationships
    HPOES Ceaplianco Inspection Manual

O Tn trodue^ ion to MMga Tn«paetion« fAvailabla 4/SS1
  - NPOES coaplianco Monitoring Inspector Training Modules *
    ••  Overview (draft)
    —  Legal Issues (draft)
    —  sampling (draft)
    ••  Laboratory Analysis (under development)
    —  Biomonitoring (under development)
  • Field Manuals for Solf Instruction and OJT    HTIS       IRC2
    —  MFOtS Compliance Inspection Manual    PM3ll3it7     o
-------
II.B. 14.      "Revision to Inspection Coverage and Frequency Criteria of Clean Water
             Act Permittees", September 11, 1995.

-------
                 UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                              WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                                      SEP | | igou

                                                                          OFFICEOF
                .                                                       ENFORCEMENT AND
                                                                     COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE
 MEMORANDUM
    •                             .                                         •

 SUBJECT:    Revision to Inspection Coverage and Frequency Criteria of Clean Water Act
              Permittees
FROM:       Elaine Stanley,
              Office of Compliance

              Robert Van Heuvelen, Director
              Office of Regulatory Enforcement
                      \ '
TO:          Deputy Regional Administrators, Regions I-X
              Regional .Counsel, Regions I-X                .  •.   .

       This memorandum revises and supersedes EPA's April 1985 "NPDES Inspection
Strategy and Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans," which
specifics the coverage and frequency permitted sources should be inspected under the Clean
Water Act. This modification conforms to and implements that part of the President's March
16, 1995,  report on "Reinventing Environmental Regulation" pertaining to inspection
coverage.  The report outlined 25 high priority actions to improve the existing regulatory
system and to create a better environmental management system for the future, one of which
is  "Risk-based Enforcement." The underlying principle of "risk-based" enforcement is that
EPA enforcement actions  should be guided by the significance of the environmental and
health risks presented; in particular, the report instructs the Agency to reduce the inspections
of low-risk wastewater dischargers with outstanding compliance records.

       EPA's goal t
-------
       Effective immediately, EPA's policy is that major sources shall be inspected by a
 combination of Regional and State efforts as often as necessary to ensure adequate protection
 of human health and the environment, which may be less frequently than inspecting each
 facility on an annual basis.  The flexibility provided by this policy is intended to allow the
 Agency and States to shift commitments of inspection resources from, for example, lower
 risk, majors to higher risk minors, or to allow for more focused inspection efforts on problem
 facilities or  in areas where the effects of discharges from one or more major or minor
 sources create higher risks to surrounding communities, ecosystems, and sensitive
 populations.

       In determining both the frequency of inspections and the permittees to be inspected,
 factors to be considered include the likelihood of noncompliance by the permittee (taking into
 account the compliance history of the permittee); the type of facility and the pollutants and
 contaminants at issue (and concomitant risks to be posed);  other factors as appropriate to
 allow for a focused inspection effort on problem facilities or areas; and to target those
 problems which present the most serious threats ta human health and the environment.

       i  ^adquarters will discuss with the Regions their inspection strategy as we work
 together i target inspection'priorities. EPA Regional inspection commitments will continue
 to be regelated with EPA Headquarters through the memorandum of agreement ("MOA")
process.
              •
       Regions should provide a copy of this memo to State Water Management Directors
and ' .are this memo with other appropriate Regional management and staff.  Please contact
 T   ,d  Lyons in the Office of Compliance (202-564-2405) or Kathzyn Smith in the Office of
...gulatory Enforcement (202-564-3252) if you have any questions.

cc:    Michael B. Cook (OWM)
       Jay Benforado (Reinvention Team)
       Ellen Brown (Reinvention Team)
       Brian Maas (ORE)
       Fred  Stiehl (OC)
       John  Rasnic (OC)
       Regional Wafer Enforcement Branch Chiefs

-------
II. C.

-------
II. NPDES PROGRAM;  PRE-ENFORCEMENT




    C. MEASURING COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING

-------
                                                                     II.C.l
Permit Compliance System (PCS) Data entry (updated 12/14/93); Inquiry Users Guide (updated
5/5/97); PCS Generalize Retrieval Manual (updated 4/23/96); Edit/Update Error Messages
(updated 3/20/97).

-------
     Permit Compliance System
Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
       Document Number PCS-EU97-1.01


              March 20, 1997
            PCS USER SUPPORT
               202/564-7277
         U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
             Mail .Code - 2222A
             401 M Street, SW
           Washington, DC  20460

-------
Revision Code Description

The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Emn,
Edit, and Update Manual.
REVISION
CODE
1 ,.
DATE
03/20/97
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-EU97-1.01
DESCRIPTION
SNC definition has been changed to include non-
monthly average limits.
Table  0-1.  Revision Summarv
                                                               Revision Code Description  V

-------
Contents


Chapiter 1.  NPDES Overview	  1-1
1.1 PCS Overview  	s	  1-1
1.2 Overview of PCS Functional Capabilities   	  1-1
1.3 Input Processing  	  1-2
   1.3.1  PCS Data Entry	'	<	  1-3
   1.3.2  Edit Processing	  1-3
   1.3.3  Update Processing	  1-4

Chapiter 2.   MAINTENANCE OF THE PCS DATA BASE	'.	2-1
2.1 PCS Data Types	  2-1
   2.1.1  Organization of Data in PCS  . '.	  2-3
2.2 Key Data Elements	2-4
2.3 PCS Transactions	2-8

Chapter 3.  PCS-ADE ON-LINE DATA ENTRY  	   	  3-1
3.1 PCS-ADE General Features  	.  .  3-1
   3.1.1  Access to PCS-ADE   	  3-1
   3.1.2  Input	  3-7
   3.1.3  Transaction Codes  	  3-8
   3.1.4  Key Data Elements   	  3-9
   3.1.5  Edit Checking	3-9
   3.1.6  Error Messages   .'....'	  3-9
   3.1.7  Special Accept Options  	'.	  3-9
   3.1.8  Automatic 'CHANGE' Option  	   3-10
 •  3.1.9  Security  	   3-10
   3.1.10  Batch ID Number	   3-10
3.2 Data Entry Screens	   3-11
   3.2.1  Main Menu Screen  	   3-13
   3.2.2  Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1)   	   3-20
   3.2.3  Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2)   	   3-23
   3.2.4  Permit Facility Geographic Data Screen (FAGD)  	   3-25
   3.2.5  Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF)	   3-27
   3.2.6  Facility Address Screen (FACA)   	   3-29
   3.2.7  Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO)	   3-31
   3.2.8  Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN)	   3-33
   3.2.9  Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS)   	   3-35
   3.2.:10  Inspection Screen (INSP)   	   3-37
   3.2..11  Sludge Inspection Data (SLIN)	   3-39
   3.2,12  Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1)	   3-41
   3.2.13  Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2)	   3-43
   3.2.14  Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1)   	   3-45
.   3.2.15  Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2)   	   3-47
   3.2.16  Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3)	   3-49
   3.2,17  Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1)  	   3-51
   3.2.18  Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH)  	   3-53
   3.2.19- Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CV1O)   	   3-55
   3.2.20  Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK)	   3-57
  3.2,21  Evidentiary Hearing Screen  (EVHR)  	   3-59
  3.2,22  Grant Screen (GRNT)  . . . : '	   3-61
  3.2.23  Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG)  	   3-63
  3.2.24  Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT)   	   3-66


                                                                                  Contents  VU

-------
   3.2.25 Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS)  	  3-68
   3.2.26 Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD)  	  3-70
   3.2.27 Limits Screen (LIMS)   	  3-72
   3.2.28 Limit Modification Screen (LIMM)   	  3-74
   3.2.29 Season Split Screen (SEAN)	  3-76
   3.2.30 Effluent DMR Data (EDMR)	  3-78
   3.2.31 Effluent Measurement Screens (EV1O)	  3-81
   3.2.32 Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC)  .	: .  . .  .  3-85
   3.2.33 Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS)	  3-87
   3.2.34 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1)  .  ,	  3-97
   3.2.35 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2)  	  3-99
   3.2.36 Single Event Violations Screen (SVIO)   	   3-101
   3.2.37 PCS Table Modification Screen (TABS)	   3-103
   3.2.38 System Error Screen	'. .   3-108
   3.2.39 Exiting from a PCS-ADE Session	   3-108

Chapter4.  PCS PC-ENTRY MICROCOMPUTER DATA ENTRY                               4-1
4.1   PCS PC-ENTRY General Topics	! ...  4-1
   4.1.1  System Description   .'....:	4-1
   4.1.2  Data Entry Screens	4-2
   4.1.3  Transaction Codes  	:	4-2
   4.1.4  Key Data Elements   	'	4-2
   4.1.5  Edit Checking	4-2
   4.1.6  Edit Error Messages  	4-2
   4.1.7  Batch Header Card/Security Id	4-3
   4.1.8  Transaction Files   	...'..  4-3
   4.1.9  System Error Messages	4-3
4.2 Equipment Description for PCS PC-ENTRY   	4-4
   4.2.1  Microcomputer Requirements	4-4
   4.2.2  Computer Communications Requirements  	4-4
   4.2.3  Keyboard Description  	4-5
   4.2.4  Keys with Special Functions  	4-6
4.3 Installing PCS PC-ENTRY on a Microcomputer	4-7
   4.3.1  How to Get a Copy of the PCS PC-ENTRY System	,	4-7
   4.3.2  System File Description	4-8
   4.3.3  Hcirddisk System Installation  	4-8
   4.3.4  Floppy System Installation  	4-9
   4.3.5  Special Note on Installing New Releases   	:	4-9
   4.3.6  Entering Data using PCS PC-ENTRY	4-9
   4.3.7  General Screen Features	  4-10
   4.3.8  Getting Started	  4-10
   4.3.9  Description of Information On System Screens	  4-11
   4.3.10 Introduction Screen and Parm File  	  4-12
   4.3.11 MAIN FUNCTION  MENU (MAIN)    . .	  4-13
   4.3.12 Etescription of Data Entry Screens   	  4-32
   4.3.13 Files Created During Data Entry  .	   4-104
4.4 Uploading Data to the Mainframe at NCC   	   4-106
   4.4.1  Basic Requirements for Uploading Data   	   4-107
   4.4.2  Description of Communications Software Available for Uploading Data  . .  .•	   4-107

Chapter 5. BATCH DATA ENTRY	  5-1
5.1 Transaction Codes	  5-1
5.2 Key Data Elements	  5-2
5.3 Batch Card Formats	  5-5
   5.3.1  Header Card   	  5-6

VJii   Permit Compliance System:   Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual

-------
   5.3.2  Original Card Formats	'5-8
   5.3.3  Extended Card Formats	  5-23

 Chapter 6. CODING CONSIDERATIONS   . .  . .	  6-1
 6.1  Transaction Codes	  6-1
   6.1.1  NEW Transaction (N)  	-.  . .'	6-1
   6.1.2  CHANGE Transaction (C)	  6-2
   6.1.3  DELETE Transaction (D)   	6-3
   6.1.4  MASS DELETE Transaction (X)	6-3
   6.1.5  REPLACE Transaction (R)	6-3
 6.2  Coding Considerations by Data Type	6-4
   6.2.1  Permit Facility Data Type	6-4
   6.2.2  Inspection Data Type	  6-15
   6.2.3  Inspection Scheduling Data Type	  6-17
   6.2.4  PCI/Audit Data Type	  6-18
   6.2.5  Pretreatment Performance Summary Data Type  	  6-19
   6.2.6  Compliance Schedule Data Type	  6-21
   6.2.7  Compliance Violation Data Type	  6-26
   6.2.8  Permit Events Data Type   	  6-27
   6.2.9  Evidentiary Hearing Information  	  6-28
   6.2.10  Pipe Schedule Data Type   	  6-28
   6.2.11  Parameter Limits Data Type   	;	  6-37
   6.2.12  Measurement Violation Data Type	  6-46
   6.2.13  Enforcement Action Data Type  	  6-54
   6.2.14  Enforcement Action Violation Key Data Type  	  6-55
   6.2.15  Administrative Penalty Order Data Type	  6-57
   6.2.16  Single Event Violation Data Type	 .  6-58
 6.3 Permit Reissuance Processing   	  6-59
   6.3.1  Effluent Data Family Relationships   	  6-59
   6.3.2  Effluent Family Linkage	  6-59
   6.21.3  Reissuance Control Indicator	  6-60
   6.3.4  Reissuance Coding Rules and Automatic  Processing   	  6-62
 6.4 Archival Processing  	  6-64
 6.5 User Data Elements	  6-64

 Chapter 7. PCS EDIT/UPDATE PROCESSING   	  7-1
 7.1  Pre-Edit Conversion Processing	  7-1
   7.1.1  Permit Facility Data Conversion Processing	 .	7-1
   7.1.2  Permit Event Data Conversion Processing   	  7-2
   7.1.3  Pipe Schedule Data Conversion Processing   	7-2
   7.1.4  Parameter I .units Data Conversion Processing  	<	  7-2
   7.1.5  Measurement/Violation Data Conversion Processing   	  7-3
  7.1.6  Compliance Schedule Data Conversion Processing   	7-3
  7.1.7  Compliance Schedule Violation Data Conversion Processing	7-4
  7.1.8  Inspection Data Conversion Processing	7-4
  7.1.9 Enforcement Action Data Conversion Processing   	  7-4
7.2  PCS Edit Processing   	7-5
  7.2.1 Edit Audit Report - Rejected Transactions		7-7
  7.2.2 Edit Audit Report - Accepted Transactions   	7-8
  7.2.3 Edit Audit Summary Report	  7-10
  7.2.4 Use of the Edit Audit Report  	  7-11
7.3  PCS Update Processing	  7-11
  7.3.1 Update Processing Input/Output   	  7-12
  7.3.2 Update Audit Report - Rejected/Accepted Transactions   	  7-13
  7.3.3 Violations Recognition Report   .  . .	  7-15

                                                                                      Contents   LX

-------
   7.3.4 Administrative Deficiency Report   .  . .	   7-17

Chapter 8. PCS SPECIAL PROCESSING	  8-1
8.1 Compliance Schedule Violation Tracking	  8-1
   8.1.1  Types of Violations	  8-1
8.2 Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) Non-Receipt Tracking	  8-2
8.3 Effluent Measurement Violation Tracking   	  8-3
8.4  QNCR Reportable Noncompliance (RNC) Identification   .	  8-5
   8.4.1  RNC Data Elements - Input Considerations   	  8-5
   8.4.2 PCS Production Runs that Detect/Resolve RNC	  8-6
   8.4.3  Single Event Violations Independently Determined by The Agency  	  8-7
   8.4.4 Automatic Detection/Resolution of RNC for Violations   	  8-7
   8.4.5  Technical Review Criteria (TRC) Scenarios '	   8-14
   8.4.6 System Detection/Resolution of RNC By Enforcement Actions	   8-17
   8.4.7  Manual Setting of RNC	   8-21
   8.4.8  RNC Data Elements - Retrieval Condiderations	   8-21
   8.4.9  RNC Detection and Resolution Dates	   8-24
   8.4.10 QNCR Facility Status    . . .	:	   8-25
   8.4.11  RNC Coding Considerations	   8-28

Chapter 9. Using TSO With PCS	  9-1
9.1 Activating Special PCS./TSO Comands  	  9-1
   9.1.1  New Users (NEWUSER) .	  9-1
   9.1.2  STORET Users	  9-2
9.2 ISPF PCS Menu	9-2
9.3 Summary of PCS/TSO  READY Prompt Commands   	  9-4
   9.3.1  Online HELP available on PCS/TSO  Commands	  9-5
9.4 Editing PCS Data Using the PCS/TSO Command (PCSEDIT)   	  9-6

Chapter 10.  USING RANGE CHECKING IN PCS   	'......   10-1
10.1  OVERVIEW OF RANGE CHECKING   	   10-1
10.2  Range: Checking with PCS-ADE	   10-1
   10.2.1  Range Checking Enabling Combinations	   1Q-1
10.3  Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR)	   10-2
10.4  Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)   	   10-2
10.5  Effluent Measurement  Key Screen (EVIO)	   10-3
10.6  Effluent Measurement  Screen 2 (EVIO)   	   10-4
10.7  Range Checking with Batch Edit    . .  .  .'	   10-5
   10.7.1  Submitting a Batch with JCL (Job Control Language)   	   10-5
   10.7.2  Range Checking Using PCSEDIT	   10-6
10.8  Quality Assurance (QA) of Existing Measurement Data in PCS   	   10-7
10.9  Range Checking Table Reports    	   10-7
   10.9.1  How to Request Table Reports  	   10-7
   10.9.2  Using JCL to Create Table Listings   	  10-9
10.10 Range Checking Table Maintenance   	   10-10
10.11  Uses of Range Checking Tables	   10-10
   10.11.1  Accessing Table Maintenance  	   10-11
   10.11.2  Range Checking Main Menu	•	   10-11

Appendix A.  Introduction to the NPDES Permit Issuance for PCS  Users   	   A-l

Appendix B. Telephone Numbers	B-l

Appendix C.  Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals  	   C-l
C.I TYMNET Full-Screen  Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (EPAC.MT)  .  .	   C-l

X   Permit Compliance System: • Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
 C.2  NCC Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (NCC Data Switch) 	  C-3

 Appendix D. Quarterly Noncompliance Report, Category Noncompliance  	  D-l
 D.I  QNCR Category1 Noncompliance	  D-l
 D.2  QNCR Category II	  D-l

 Appendix E. PCS PC Software available online at NCC  	E-l

 Appendix F.  Using KERMTT to Upload/Download Files  	  . ... F-l
 F.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with KERMIT  	F-l
 F.2 Using KERMIT to upload PC-ENTRY data files  	F-l
   F.2.1  Harddisk System		•	F-l
   F.2..2  Floppy System	F-3
   F.2.3  KERMIT Command Summary	F-5
   F.2.4  Submitting PCS Edits on the Mainframe	F-5

 Appendix G. Using CROSSTALK to Upload/Download Files  	  G-l

 Appendix H. Using ARBITER to access PCS PC SOFTWARE  	: .	  H-l

 Appendix!. Using SEND/RECEIVE to Upload/Download Files  .	  1-1
 I.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with RECEIVE Cmd    . .	  1-1

 Appendix J. Using COMPRESSED PC Software files (PKARC)  	 J-l

Appendix K.  PCS User Docmentation Comment Form  	  K-1

Index	•	  X-l
                                                                               Contents  XI

-------
Figures
  1-1.   Input Processing  .............................................   1-2
  2-1.   PCS Data Structure   .......... ,  ................................   2-2
  3-1.   NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu)   ............. ......... ............   3-2
  3-2.   NCC Signon Screen (Option Menu)   .................................   3-2
  3-3.   NCC Signon Screen (CICS Signon)  . .  .......... ......................   3-3
  3-4.   NCC Signon Screen (entering parameters for your userid)  .....................   3-4
 x 3-5.   TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types)  ...............................   3-5
  3-6.   TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types)  ..............  . ...............   3-6
  3-7.   NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu)   ................... ...............   3-7
  3-8.   PCS-ADE Sign-On Screen   ................................... ...  3-11
  3-9.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Main Menu   ... ........................ 3-13
 3-10.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Facility Menu   .........................  3-14
 3-11.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Effluent Menu  .........................  3-15
 3-12.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Enforcement Action Menu  ...................  3-16
 3-13.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Inspections Menu  . . ....................  3-17
 3-14.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Compliance Schedule Menu   ................  3-18
 3-15.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Tables Menu   .........................  3-18
 3-16.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Other Menu   ... .......... .............  3-19
 3-17.,   Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1)   ............ .......................  3-20
 3-18.   Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2)   ........................ .  ..........  3-23
 3-19.   Permit Facility Geographic Data (FAGD)  .  . .  ................  ..........  3-25
 3-20.   Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF)   ................ .... .............  3-27
 3-21.   Facility Address Screen (FACA)   ............................. ......  3-29
 3-22.   Facility Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO)    ........................  3-31
 3-23.   Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN)   .......  ............................  3-33
 3-24.   Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS)   ................................  3-35
 3-25.   Inspections Screen (INSP)    . . :  ...................................  3-37
 3-26.   Sludge Inspection Data Screen (SLIN)  .................. .............  3-39
 3-27.   Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1  (PCI1)  ......................  3-41
 3-28.   Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2)  .............. ........  3-43
 3-29.   Pretreatment Audit Screen  1 (PAU1)   . .- ..............................  3-45
 3-30.   Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2)   ................................  3-47
 3-31.   Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3)   .................................  3-49
 3-32.   Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1)  ...............................  3-51
 3-33.   Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH)  ............... ..................  3-53
 3-34.   Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CV1O)   ...........................  3-55
 3-35.   Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK)    .  . . ............................ . . .  .  3-57
 3-36.   Evidentiary Hearing Screen (EVHR)   . .  . .............................  3-59
 3-37.   Grant Screen (GRNT)  ...... ......................... .........  3-61
 3-38.   Outfall General Data  Screen (OFLG)  ......  .................... ......  3-63
 3-39.   Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT)   ...................  .....  3-66
 3-40.   Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS)   ................................  :  3-68
 3-41.   Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD)   .............................  3-70
 3-42.   Limits Screen (LIMS)  ...................................... ...  3-72
 3-43.   Limit  Modification Screen (LIMM)   ............................... ..  .  3-74
 3-44.  Season Split Screen (SEAN)   .....................................  3-76
 3-45.  Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR)  .............................  3-78
 3-46.  Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)  .................. . .............  3-79
 3-47.  Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO)  ................ . .............  3-81
 3-48.  Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO)   ........................  ....  3-83
 3-49.  Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC)   . ...............................  3-85


                                                                                 Figures  xiii

-------
  3-50.   Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS)   ............. ................  3-87.
  3-51.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/MV)   .............. ........  3-89
  3-52.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/CV)  ...... ...... ...... .....  3-90
  3-53.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/SV)   .....................  3-91
  3-54.   Enforcement Action Effluent Data Screen (EAKS)  ................ ..........  3-93
  3-55.   Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Data Screen (EAKS)   ....... .....  ....  3-94
  3-56.   Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Data Screen (EAKS)   ...............  3-95
  3-57.   Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1)   ...............  ............  3-97
  3-58.   Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2)   .......................... .  3-99
  3-59.   Single Event Violation Screen (SVIO)    ........... .  . .................   3-101
  3-60.   Table Selection Menu (TABS)  ........  ...........................   3-103
  3-61.   Compliance Schedule Table Entry Screen  ......  ......................   3-104
  3-62.   Peirmit Event Table Entry Screen  . .............  .................. : .   3-104
  3-63.   Evidentiary Hearing Table Entry Screen   . ............................   3-105
  3-64.   Single Event Table Entry Screen  ............. .....................   3-105
  3-65.   Facility Lat/Long Description Codes Screen  ..... .......................   3-106
  3-66.   Pipe  Lat/Long Description Codes Screen  ..... ........................   3-106
  3-67.   System Error Screen  ................. ........................   3-108
  4-1.   Introduction to Screen (INTRO)  ........ '. .........................   4-12
  4-2.   Main Function Menu  ....................................... ...   4-13
  4-3.   GENERAL INFORMATION Function (H)   ................ . ..........   4-14
  4-4.   'SYSTEM SETUP Function (S)  ................. ..................   4-15
  4-5.   DATA ENTRY  Function (E)   . ...................... .............   4-17
  4-6.   MAIN MENU (PANEMAIN)   ............................. . .....   4-19
  4-7.   FACILITY Sub-Menu   . . . .  ....... ........................ ......   4-20
  4-8.   EFFLUENT Sub-Menu   ............... ........................   4-21
  4-9.   ENFORCEMENT ACTION Sub-Menu   .............................   4-22
  4-10.   INSPECTIONS Sub-Menu   ............  ..........................   4-23
  4-11.   COMPLIANCE  SCHEDULE Sub-Menu  ...............  ..............   4-24
  4-12.   COMPLIANCE  SCHEDULE Sub-Menu  ......... . ...................   4-25
  4-13.   SUMMARY (E.QUIT)   .................... ........ .  . : .........   4-26
  4-14.   FILE UTILITY  Function (U)  ...... ..............................   4-27
  4-15.   DIRECTORY (U.D)  ....................................... . .   4-28
  4-16.   CONVERT (U.C) ..................... ......  .................   4-29
  4-17.-  ERASE (U.E.)   . . : ....... ': ..................................   4-30
  4-18.   SYSTEM TERMINATION (Q)   . ......... .........................   4-31
  4-19.   Facility Data Screen  1 (E.FAC1)   .............. ..... ,  .......... ....   4-33
  4-20.   Facility Data Screen 2 (E.FAC2)   ...:....  ...... ......... .  ......... . .   4-35
  4-21.   Sludge Facility Data Screen (E.SLPF)   . . .  . .........  . ................ .   4-37
  4-22.   Facility Geographic Data Screen (E.FAGD)   .............  ... .............   4-39
  4-23.   Facility Address (E.FACA)  , ...... :  ..... • - •  • - ...... ...... .........   4-42
  4-24.   Facility Owner/Operator (E.FACO)   ................................. 4-44
  4-25.   Reissuance (E.RCIN)  ............ '.  ............................  4-46
  4-26.   Inspection (E.INSP)   ....... ................. ' ..................  4-48
  4-27.   Inspection Scheduling (E.INSS)   ............. ......................  .  4-50
  4-28.   Sludge Inspection Data (E.SLIN)  ............... ...................  4-52
  4-29.   Pretrmt Comp. INSP (E.PCI1)   ...................................  4-54
  4-30.   Pretrmt Comp. INSP 2 (E.PCI2)  ............. - . . . ..................  4-56
  4-31.   Pretreatment Audit 1 (E.PAU1)   ............  . ........  ..............  4-58
  4-32.   Pretreatment Audit 2 (E.PAU2)   .....  ..............................  4-60
  4-33.   Pretreatment Audit 3 (E.PAU3)   ...................................  4-62
  4-34.   Pretrmt summary (E.PPS1)    .......  ..............................  4-64
  4-35.   Compliance Schedules (E.CSCH)  ..................................  4-66
  4-36.   Compliance Schedule Viol. (E.CVIO)   ...............................  4-6S
        Permit Tracking (E.PTRK)    .....................................  4-70
XJV  Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
  4-38.  Evidentiary Hearings (E.EVHR)  	'	  4-72
  4-39.  Grants (E.GRNT)	  .  4-74
  4-40.  Outafll Genera] Data (E.OFLG)		  4-76
  4-41.  Outfall Treat. Type/Comment (E.OFLT)   	  4-78
  4-42..  Sludge Outfall Data Screen (E.SLPS)	  4-80
  4-43..  Outfall Geographic Data Screen (E.OFGD)	'	  4-82
  4-44.  Limits (E.LIMS)	  4-85
  4-45.  Limit Modifications (E.LIMM)   	  4-87
  4-46.  Season Split (E.SEAN)  .....'	'	  4-89
  4-47.  Effluent Dmr Page (E.EDMR)   	  4-91
  4-48.  Eff. Measurement/Violations (E.EVIO)	  4-93
  4-49.  Enforcement Actions (E.ENAC)	•	  4-95
  4-50.  Enforcement Action Keys (E.EAKS)  	  4-97
  4-51.  Single Event Violations (E.SVIO)	  4-99
  4-52.  Administrative Penalty Order Screen (E.EAP1)	   4-101
  4-53.  Administrative Penalty Order (E.EAP2)	   4-103
  4-54.  Upload Summary File (.SUM) Format	   4-106
  4-55.  Basic Requirements for Upload	 .   4-107
  6-1.  Categories of Data Stored on the PCS  Data Base  	  6-2
  6-2.  Linking State-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs   	  6-10
  6-3.  Linking POTW-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs	  6-11
  6-4.  Pretreatment Performance Summary (Sample)	  6-20
  6-5.  Compliance Schedule Contained in an  Enforcement Action   	  6-23
  6-6.  Compliance Schedule Data Entry using PCS-ADE  	  6-24
  6-7.  Pipe Schedule Data from NPDES  Permit   	  6-29
  6-8.  Parameter Limits Data from Permit 	  6-37
  6-9.  PCS Parameter Table (by Parameter Description)	  6-39
  6-10.  Parameter I .units Data from Administrative Order 85-229  	  6-44
  7-1.  Edit Audit Report for Rejected Transactions	7-8
  7-2.  Edit Audit Report for Accepted Transactions   .	  7-9
  7-3.  Edit Audit Summary Report   	  7-11
  7-4.  Update Audit Report for Rejected Transactions	  7-13
  7-5.  Update Audit Report for Accepted Transactions   	  7-14
  7-6.  Update Audit Summary Report	  7-15
  7-7.  Violations Recognition Report	  7-16
  7-8:  Administrative Deficiency Report	  7-18
  9-1.  PCS ISPF Group Menu	  9-2
  9-2.  PCS User Support ISPF Option	9-3
  9-3.  PCS Problem Information Facility (PIF) Initial Menu	9-3
  9-4.  PCS Utilities ISPF Menu	  9-4
  9-5.  PCSEDIT Command	9-6
  10-1. .  Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) w/Range Checking ON	  10-2
  10-2.  Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)  	:  10-3
  10-3.   Effluent Measurement Key  Screen  (EVIO) w/Range Checking ON    	  10-4
  10-4.   Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO)  	:	  10-5
  10-5.   Range Checking Batch JCL	  10-6
  10-6.   PCSEDIT Screen Using Range Checking .  .	  10-7
  10-7.   Index Listing of Range Tables	  10-8
 10-8.   Range Checking Full Table Listing  	'.  . .  :	  10-8
 10-9.   Range Checking Index Utility	  10-9
10-10.   Range Checking Table List Utility	   10-10
10-11.   Range Checking Main Menu Screen	   10-11
10-12.   Copy Table-to-Table Screen   . . .	   10-12
10-13.   Create a New Table Screen		   10-13
10-14.   Delete a Table Screen  	   10-13

                                                                                   Figures  XV

-------
 10-15.   Change a Table Description Screen  	   10-14
 10-16.   Add/Change/Delete a Parameter Screen   	   10-15
 10-17.   Cycle Change/Delete Parameters Screen   .	   10-15
 10-18.   Cycle Change/Delete a Parameter Screen	   10-16
  F-l.   KERMIT Data Transfer Status Screen  .  . .	F-3
XVJ   Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
Tables


   0-1.  Revision Summary	'.	  v
   2-1.  Key Data Elements	 .	  2-4
   2-2.  PCS Transaction Codes	 .  2-9
   3-1.  Terminal Function Keys	  3-11
   3-2.  EAKS Data Screen Accept Options and Their Effect	  3-95
   4-1.  Basic Edit Criteria for PCS PC-ENTRY	4-2
   4-2.  System Error Messages   	4-3
   4-3.  Keyboard Description  	4-5
   4-4.  Keys with special functions  ...:...	'	4-7
   4-5. •  System File Descriptions   	4-8
   4-6.  Data Entry Processing Comparison: PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY   .	  4-32
   4-7.  Communications Software Options	 .   4-107
   5-1.  Batch Key Data Elements	  5-2
   5-2.  Header Card	  .	  5-6
   5-3.  Batch Security Codes by State  	  5-6
   5-4. •  Card-type 1   	  5-8
   5-5.  Card-type 2	  5-9
'   5-6.  Card-type 3   	  5-9
   5-7.  Card-type C	  5-10
   5-8.  Card-type A	  5-10
   5-9.  Card-type B   	  5-11
 5-10.  Card-type E   	  5-11
 5-11.  Card-type F	  5-11
 5-12..  Card-type G   	  5-12
 5-13.  Card-type H	  5-12
 5-14.   Card-type I	  5-12
 5-15.   Card-type K   	"	  5-13
 5-16.   Card-type P  .	"	  5-13
 5-17.   Card-type Q   	  5-13
 5-18.   Card-type 6   	  5-14
 5-19.   Card-type V   	  5-14
 5-20.   Card-type 5	  5-15
 5-21.   Card-type 8	  5-15
 5-22.   Card-type 9   	'	:	•.	  5-16
 5-23.   Card-type 2	  5-17
 5-24.   Card-type J	  . •	  5-17
 5-25.   Card-type L   . .  :	  5-17
 5-26.   Card-type M	  5-18
 5-27.   Card-type R   . .'	  5-19
 5-28.   Card-type W	  5-20
 5-29.   Card-type X	  5-20
 5-30.   Card-type Y	  5-21.
 5-31.   Card-type Z	  5-22
 5-32.   Card-type '-A'	  5-23
 5-33.   Card-type '-B'	  5-24
 5-34.   Card-type '-C'  	  5-24
 5-35.   Card-type '-D'  .  ,	  5-25
 5-36.   Card-type '-E'	  5-25
 5-37.   Card-type '-F'	  5-26
 5-38.   Card-type '-G'  	  5-26
 5-39.   Card-type '-H'	  5-26


                                                                                     Tables

-------
  5-40.   Card-type '-I'   	   5-27
  5-41.   Card-type '-J'		   5-27
  5-42.   Card-type '-K'   	   5-27
  5-43.   Card-type ':T	   5-28
  5-44.   Card-type ':U'   	   5-28
  5-45.   Card-type ':?'	   5-28
  5-46.   Card-type':!'	   5-29
  5-47.   Card-type '-V	   5-29
  5-48.   Card-type '-W	   5-30
  5-49.   Card-type ':L'   	   5-30
  5-50.   Card-type ':M'   	   5-31
  5-51.   Card-type ':R'	   5-32
  5-52.   Card-type ':S'	•. .  .   5-32
  5-53.   Card-type ':A'   .  . -.	   5-32
  5-54.   Card-type ':B'	   5-33
  5-55.   Card-type ':C	   5-34
  5-56.   Card-type ':D'   	;	   5-34
  5-57.   Card-type ':£'   :	(  5-35
  5-58.   Card-type '-L'	   5-36
  5-59.   Card-type '-M'   .	   5-36
  5-60.   Card-type '-P'   	   5-37
  5-61.   Card-type '-Q.'   	   5-37
  5-62.   Card-type '-X'   .  . -	-	,	   5-38
  5-63.   Card-type '-Z'   	   5-38
  5-64.   Card-type '-Y'   	:	   5-39
  5-65.   Card-type '-!'	   5-39
  5-66.   Card-type '-2'	   5-40
  5-67.   Card-type '-3'	   5-40
  5-68.   Card-type ':5'   	   5-41
  5-69.   Card-type '-4'	'	   5-41
  5-70.   Gird-type '-5'	   5-42
  5-71.   Card-type ':3'	   5-43
  5-72.   Card-type '-6'	'	   5-43
  5-73.   Card-type '-7	   5-44
  5-74.   Card-type '-8'	   5-45
  5-75.   Card-type ':4'	   5-46
  5-76.   Qird-type :2    	:	   5-46
  5-77.   Card-type '-9'	   5-47
  5-78.   Card-type '-0'	'	   5-47
  5-79.   Card-type '-R'	 .  •.	'	'	   5-48
  5-80.   Card-type '-S'	   5-49
  5-81.   Card-type '-T   	:  . .  .  .   5-49
  5-82.   Card-type '-U'	   5-49
  5-83.   Card-type :F    	'.	   5-50
  5-84.   Card-type :G	   5-51
  5-85.   Card-type :H   .	   5-51
  5-86.   Card-type :I	   5-52
  5-87.   Cacd-type J		   5-52
  5-88.   Card-type :K   	   5-53
  5-89.   Card-type '-N'   	   5-53
  6-1.   PCS Inspection Type Groups	   6-15
  6-2.   Encoding of Initial, Interim, and Final Start and End Dates   	   6-34
  8-1.   Measurement Violation Codes	  8-4
  8-2.   Extended Compliance Schedule Codes (CSCH)	   8-17
  8-3.   RNC Detection Codes	   SO2

XVlii   Permit Compliance System:  Data Kntry. Edit, and  Update Manual

-------
  8-4.   RNC Resolution Codes	   $-24
  8-5.   RNC Detection and Resolution Dates   	•	   8-24
  8-6.   RNC Dates that are generated from RNC Codes  	'	   8-25
  8-7.   QNCR Facility Status Acronyms	   8-25
  8-8.   QNCR Facility Status Flags set by Individual Violations    	   8-26
  8-9.   Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Batch Format   	   8-26
8-10.   Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Values   	   8-27
8-11.   Coding Extended CS for Effluent Violations	   8-28
8-12.   Coding Enforcement Actions for Effuent Violations   	   8-29
8-13.   Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for CS Violations   	   8-30
8-14.   Coding Format Enforcement Actions for CS Violations   	   8-31
8-15.   Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for Non-Rec. Violations   .  .	-	   8-32
8-16.   Coding Enforcement Actions for DMR Non-Rec. Violations   	   8-33
8-17.   Coding Closing an action for Effluent Violations	   8-34
8-18.   Coding Closing of an action for Compliance  Schedule Violations  	   8-35
8-19.   Coding Closing of an action for DMR Non-Receipt Violations	   8-36
8-20.   Coding Closing of an action for Single Event Violations   	"	   8-36
8-21.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Effluent Violations    	   8-37
8-22.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Compliance Schedule Viol	   8-39
8-23.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Deletion  	   8-40
8-24.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Addition  	   8-41
8-25.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Single Event Violations  	   8-41
8-26.   Coding 'Back Into Compliance' for Compliance  Schedule Violations	   8-43
 9-1.   Summary of PCS/TSO Commands   	 9-4
 9-2.   Summary of Online HELP on PCS/TSO Commands	 9-5
F-l.   Example of uploading PC-ENTRY file	F-6
                                                                                   Tables   XIX

-------
     Permit Compliance System
Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
       Document Number PCS-EU93-1.01


             December 14. 1993
            PCS USER SUPPOR1
               703/908-2680
        Systems Development Center
        200 N. Glebe Road, Suite 211
            Arlington, Va. 22203

-------
Preface


The Permit Compliance-System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations.  The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter  Center in North Carolina.

This Manual gives a general overview of PCS and detailed information on entering information into PCS.
Documentation is included on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY data entry systems.  A detailed discussion of the
calculation of Reportable Non-Compliance (RNC) is also provided.  The format of Edit  and Update Audit
reports is shown. In addition to the DATA ENTRY, EDIT, and UPDATE manual, the following manuals
are available on the PCS system.

    Edit/'Update Error Messages Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
    during -the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.

    PCS Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the operation of the batch retrieval system for
    PCS. Complete information is provided on the flexible format and fixed format reports that are avail-
    able as well as examples of each.

    Inquiry  User's Guide - Describes in detail the online retrieval software that provides interactive access to
    the PCS database.

    Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of EACH type of data available in PCS, field by
    field. Tables that  describe all of the valid codes in PCS are included as well.

    PCS Codes and Descriptions •  Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables  used in PCS.
    Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.

    PAL User's Guide - Describes  in detail the microcomputer retrieval software that provides managers with
    access to specific PCS  summary data.
                                                                                      Preface

-------
Revision  Code Description

The following table gives-a description of the revision code used with each revision of the "PCS Daia Entry,
Edit, and Update Manual.
  REVISION
    CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
  NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
                12/14/93
            PCS-EU93-1.01
                 The following menus and screens have been added
                 or modified for the Geographic Data Enhance-
                 ment.

                 PCS-ADE Facility Menu, Figure 3-10 on
                 page 3-14 has been modified.

                 PCS-ADE Effluent Menu, Figure 3-11 on
                 page 3-15 has been modified.

                 PCS-ADE Permit Facility Geographic Data
                 Screen, Figure 3-19 on page 3-25 has been added.

                 PCS-ADE Outfall Geographic Data Screen,
                 Figure 3-41 on page 3-70 has been added.

                 PCS-ADE Table Update Menu, Figure  3-60 on
                 page 3-103 has been modified.

                 PCS-ADE Facility Lat/Long Description Codes
                 Screen, Figure 3-65 on page 3-106  has been
                 added.

                 PCS-ADE Pipe  Lat/Long Description Codes
                 Screen, Figure 3-66 on page 3-106  has been
                 added.
                                               PC-ENTRY Main Menu, Figure 4-6 on
                                               page  4-19 has been modified.

                                               PC-ENTRY Facility Menu, Figure 4-7 on
                                               page  4-20 has been modified.

                                               PC-ENTRY Effluent Menu, Figure 4-8 on
                                               page  4.-21.has been added..	  -..-	
                                               PC-ENTRY Enforcement Action Menu,
                                               Figure 4-9 on page 4-22 has been added.

                                               PC-ENTRY Inspections Menu, Figure 4-10 on
                                               page  4-23 has been added.

                                               PC-ENTRY Compliance Schedule Menu,
                                               Figure 4-11 on page 4-24 has been added.

                                               PC-ENTRY Other menu, Figure 4-12 on
                                               page  4-25 has been added.
                                               PC-ENTRY Facility Geographic Data screen,
                                               Figure 4-22 on page 4-39 has been added.

                                               PC-ENTRY Outfall Geographic Data screen,
                                               Figure 4-43 on page 4-82 has been added.
                                                                    Revision Code Description

-------
  REVISION
    CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
  NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
                                                 Batch card-type '-C' has been modified.

                                                 Batch card-type ':P' has been modified.

                                                 Batch card-type ':5' has been added.
                                                 Coding considerations for facility level geographic
                                                 data elements have been added beginning on page
                                                 6-11.

                                                 Coding considerations for pipe level geographic
                                                 data elements have been added beginning on page
                                                 6-33.

                                                 No Data Indicator coding considerations have
                                                 been modified on page 6-44

                                                 Technical Review Criteria has been modified for
                                                 the SNC redefinition enhancement beginning on
                                                 page 8-10
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
    Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
Contents


Chapter 1.  NPDES Overview                       v         	'..."...'                  i-
1.1 PCS Overview	  1-
1.2 Overview of PCS Functional Capabilities   	  1-
1.3 Input Processing  	  1-
   1.3.1 PCS Data Entry   	:	  1-
   1.3.2 Edit Processing   	  i-
   1.3.3 Update Processing	  1-

Chapter 2.   MAINTENANCE OF THE PCS DATA BASE   	  2-1
2.1 PCS Data Types  	  2-1
   2.1.1 Organization of Data in PCS   	!	  2-3
2.2 Ke:y Data Elements   	  2-4
2.3 PCS Transactions  	  2-8

Chapter 3.  PCS-ADE ON-LINE DATA ENTRY  	  3- i
3.1 PCS-ADE General Features  	  3-!
   3.1.1 Access to PCS-ADE  	  3-1
   3.1.2 -Input	  3-7
   3.1.3 Transaction Codes  	3-8
   3.1.4 Key Data Elements   	  3-9
   3.1.5 Edit Checking	3-9
   3.1.6 Error Messages   	  3-9
   3.1.7 Special Accept Options   	  3-9
   3.1.8 Automatic 'CHANGE' Option  	  3-10
   3.1.9 Security   	  3-10
   3.1.10 Batch ID Number   	  3-11
3.2 Da;:a Entry Screens   	  3-11
   3.2.1 Main Menu Screen 	  3-13
   3.2.2 Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1)  	  3-20
   3.2.3 Facility Data Screen. £2 (FAC2) 	  3-23
   3.2.4 Permit Facility Geographic Data Screen (FAGD)  	  3-25
   3.2.5 Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF)  	  3-27
   3.2.6 Facility Address Screen (FACA)  	  3-29
   3.2.7 Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO)   	  3-31
   3.2.8 Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN)  	  3-33
   3.2.9 Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS)	 ._._.,. .		.._. .  . .  -3-35
   3.2.10  Inspection Screen (INSP)   ..."..".  V". '. .  . '.".'."."'.	  3-37
   3.2.11  Sludge Inspection Data (SLIN)  	  3-39
   3.2.12  Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1)   	  3-41
   3.2.13  Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2)   	  3-43
   3.2.14  Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1)    	  3-45
   3.2.15  Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2)    	  3-47
   3.2.16  Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3)    	  3-49
   3.2.17  Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1)   	  3-51
   3.2.18  Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH)    	  3-53
   3.2.19  Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CVIO)   	  3-55
   3.2.20  Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK)   	  3-57
   3.2.21  Evidentiary Hearing Screen (EVHR)  	  3-59
   3.2.22  Grant Screen (GRNT)  	  3-61
   3.2.23  Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG)	 3-63
   3.2.24  Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT)   	'.	  3-66


                                                                                    Contents

-------
  3.2.25  Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS)  	'. .  .  3-68
  3.2.26  Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD)  	  3-70
  3.2.27  Limits Screen (LIMS)    	  3-72
  3.2.28  Limit Modification Screen (LIMM)   	  3-74
  3.2.29  Season Split Screen (SEAN)  	  3-76
  3.2.30  Effluent  DMR  Data (EDMR)   	  3-78
  3.2.31  Effluent  Measurement Screens (EVIO)    	  3-81
  3.2.32  Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC)   	  3-85
  3.2.33  Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS)  	  3-87
  3.2.34  Administrative  Penalty Order Screen (EAP1)  	  3-97
  3.2.35  Administrative  Penalty Order Screen (EAP2)  	  3-99
  3.2.36  Single Event Violations Screen (SVIO)    	   3-101
  3.2.37  PCS Table  Modification  Screen (TABS)   	   3-103
  3.2.38  System Error Screen   	   3-108
  3.2.39  Exiting from a  PCS-ADE Session   	   3-108

Chapter 4.  PCS PC-ENTRY MICROCOMPUTER DATA ENTRY                                4-1
4.1   PCS PC-ENTRY General Topics  	4-1
  4.1.1  System Description   	•	  4-1
  4.1.2  Data Entry Screens  	  4-2
  4.1.3  Transaction Codes   	•	  4-2
  4.1.4  Key Data Elements   	  4-2
  4.1.5  Edit Checking	  4-2
  4.1.6  Edit Error Messages  	  4-2
  4.1.7  Batch Header Card/Security  Id  	  4-3
  4.1.8  Transaction Files  	  4-3
  4.1.9  System Error Messages    	  4-3
4.2  Equipment Description for PCS PC-ENTRY  	  4-4
  4.2.1  Microcomputer  Requirements   	-4-4
  4.2.2  Computer Communications  Requirements	  4-4
  4.2.3  Keyboard Description  	  4-5
  4.2.4  Keys with Special Functions   	  4-6
4.3  Installing PCS PC-ENTRY on a Microcomputer	  4-7
  4.3.1  How to Get  a Copy of the PCS PC-ENTRY System  	  4-7
  -.3.2  System File Description   	  4-8
  4.3.3  Harddisk  System Installation   	  4-8
  4.3.4  Floppy System Installation  	  4-8
  -.3.5  Special Note on Installing New Releases   	  4-9
  4.3.6  Entering Data using PCS PC-ENTRY   	  4-9
  4.3.7  General Screen Features   	  4-9
  -1.3.8  Getting Started   	  4-10
  -.3.9  Description of Information On System Screens    	  4-10
  -.3.10  Introduction Screen and Parm File  	  4-12
  4.3.11  MAIN FUNCTION MENU (MAIN)    	  4-13
  4.3.12  Description of Data Entry Screens   	  4-32
  4.3.13  Files Created During Data Entry    	   4-104
4.4  Uploading Data to the Mainframe at NCC   	   4-106
  4.4.1  Basic  Requirements for Uploading Data    	   4-107
  4.4.2  Description of Communications Software Available for Uploading Data  	   4-107

Chapters.  BATCH DATA ENTRY                                                              5-1
5.1  Transaction Codes	     	  5-1
5.2  Key Data Elements   	  5-2
5.3  Batch Card Formats	  5-5
  5.3.1  Header Card   	       .     .     .   5-6

     Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry, Edit, and Update .Vlanuai

-------
   5.3.2  Original Card Formats	  5-8
   5.3.3  Extended Card Formats   	-.  . .   5-23

 Chapter  6. CODING CONSIDERATIONS                  ..... .   .   ... ... :	  6-1
 6.1 Transaction Codes   ..... ~.  .... ~	  6-1
   6.1.1  NEW Transaction (Nj	  6-1
   6.1.2  CHANGE Transaction (C)  	  6-2
   6.1.3  DELETE Transaction (D)   	  6-3
   6.1.4  MASS DELETE Transaction (X)   . .  .	  6-3
   6.1.5  REPLACE Transaction (R)    	  6-3
 6.2 Coding Considerations by Data Type  	  6-4
   6.2.1  Permit Facility Data Type   	  6-4
   6.2.2  Inspection Data Type   	   6-13
   6.2.3  Inspection Scheduling Data Type   	   6-14
   6.2.4  PCI/Audit  Data Type   	•	   6-16
   6.2.5  Pretreatment Performance Summary Data Type  	   6-17
   6.2.6  Compliance Schedule Data Type  	   6-19
   6.2.7  Compliance Violation Data Type   	   6-24
   6.2.8  Permit Events Data Type   	   6-25
   6.2.9  Evidentiary' Hearing Information  	   6-26
   6.2.10  Pipe Schedule Data Type   	'	   6-26
   6.2.11  Parameter Limits Data Type   	   6-34
   6.2.12  Measurement  Violation Data Type  	   6-43
   6.2.13  Enforcement Action Data Type  	   6-51
   6.2.14  Enforcement Action Violation Key Data Type  	   6-52
   6.2.15  Administrative Penalty Order Data Type   	   6-53
   6.2.16  Single Event Violation Data Type   	   6-55
6.3 Permit Reissuance Processing   	   6-55
   6.3.1   Effluent Data Family Relationships   	   6-56
   6.3.2 Effluent Family Linkage   	   6-56
   6.3.3  Reissuance Control Indicator  	   6-56
   6.3.4  Reissuance Coding Rules  and Automatic Processing    	   6-58
6.4 Archival Processing   	   6-61
6.5 User Data Elements  	6-61

Chapter?.  PCS EDIT/UPDATE  PROCESSING   	  7-1
7.1 Pre-Edit Conversion Processing   	7-1
   7.1.1  Permit Facility Data Conversion Processing   	  7-1
   7.1.2 Permit Event Data Conversion Processing   	  7-2
   7.1.3  Pipe Schedule Data Conversion.Processing ••.. .-.-..  •.-. .  .  .•.-•-—.-•-•-:-7-."'.~:'.'.'.".'.".  '. .  ".'  7-2
   7.1.4   Parameter Limits Data Conversion Processing  	  7-2
   7.1.5  Measurement/Violation Data Conversion Processing   	7-3
   7.1.6 Compliance Schedule Data Conversion Processing   	7-3
   7.1.7  Compliance Schedule Violation Data Conversion Processing   	7-4
   7.1.8  Inspection Data Conversion Processing	7-4
   7.1.9  Enforcement Action Data  Conversion Processing  	  7-4
7.2 PCS  Edit Processing   	  7-5
   7.2.1  Edit Audit Report - Rejected Transactions  	7-7
   7.2.2  Edit Audit Report - Accepted Transactions    	7-8
   7.2.3  Edit Audit Summary Report   	   7-10
   7.2.4 Use of the Edit Audit Report  	   7-11
7.3 PCS  Update Processing	   7-11
   7.3.1  Update Processing Input/Output  	   7-12
   7.3.2 Update Audit Report - Rejected/Accepted Transactions  	   7-13
   7.3.3  Violations Recognition Report   	   7-15

                                                                                      Contents

-------
  7.3.4  Administrative Deficiency Report  	   7-17

Chapter 8. PCS SPECIAL PROCESSING   	  8-1
8.1  Compliance Schedule Violation Tracking   	  8-1
  8.1.1  Types of Violations   	  8-1
8.2  Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) Non-receipt Tracking	  8-2
8.3  Effluent Measurement Violation Tracking  	  8-3
8.4  QNCR Reportable Noncompliance (RNC) Identification   	  8-5
  8.4.1  RNC Data Elements - Input Considerations  	  8-5
  8.4.2  PCS Production Runs that Detect/Resolve RNC   	  8-7
  8.4.3  Single Event Violations Independently Determined by The Agency   . .	  8-7
  8.4.4  Automatic Detection/Resolution of RNC for Violations   	  8-7
  8.4.5  Technical Review Criteria (TRC) Scenarios   	   8-10
  8.4.6  System Detection/Resolution of RNC By Enforcement Actions  	   8-13
  8.4.7  Manual Setting of RNC  .	   8-17
  8.4.8  RNC Data Elements - Retrieval Condiderations  	   8-18
  S.4.9  RNC Detection and Resolution Dates   	   8-20
  8.4.10 QNCR Facility Status   	   8-21
  8.4.11  RNC Coding Considerations   	   8-23

Chapter 9. Using TSO With PCS  	  9-1
9.1  Activating Special PCS/TSO Comands 	  9-1
  9.1.1  New Users (NEWUSER)  	  9-1
  9.1.2  STORET Users   	  9-2
9.2  ISPF PCS Menu    	  9-2
9.3  Summary of PCS/TSO  READY Prompt Commands   	  9-4
  9.3.1  Online HELP available on PCS/TSO Commands   	  9-5
9.4  Editing PCS Data Using the PCS/TSO Command (PCSEDIT)   	  9-6

Chapter 10.  USING RANGE  CHECKING IN PCS  	   10-1
10.!  OVERVIEW OF RANGE CHECKING   	   10-1
10.2  Range Checking with PCS-ADE  	   10-1
  10.2.1  Range Checking Enabling Combinations   	   10-1
10.3  Effluent DMR Data"Key Screen (EDMR)   	   10-2
:0.4  Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)  	   10-2
10.5  Effluent Measurement  Key Screen (EVIO)   	   10-3
10.6  Effluent Measurement  Screen 2 (EVIO)  	   10-4
10.7  Range Checking with Batch Edit    	   10-5
  10.7.1  Submitting a Batch with JCL (Job Control Language)   	   10-5
  10.7.2 Range Checking Using PCSEDIT	   10-6
10.3  Quality Assurance (QA) of Existing Measurement Data in PCS	   10-7
10.9  Range Checking Table Reports   	   10-7
  10.9.1  How to Request Table Reports  	   10-7
  10.9.2 Using JCL to Create Table Listings   	   10-9
10.10  Range Checking Table Maintenance  	    10-10
10.11  Uses of Range Checking Tables   	    10-10
  10.11.1  Accessing Table Maintenance   	    10-11
  10.11.2  Range Checking  Main Menu	   10-11

Appendix A.  Introduction to the NPDES  Permit Issuance for PCS Users   	   A-1

Appendix B. Telephone Numbers 	B-l
                                                                                           C-i
Appendix C.  Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals	
C.i TYMNET Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (EPACMT)  	   C-i

    Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual

-------
C.2  NCC Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (NCC Data-Switch)  	  C-3

Appendix D. Quarterly Noncompliance Report. Category Noncompliance   	  D-l
D.I  QNCR Category I Noncompiiance   	  D-l
D.2  QNCR Category II  ....'.......'	"	  D-I

Appendix E. PCS PC Software available online at NCC   	
Appendix F. Using KERMIT to Upload/Download Files   	F-i
F.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with KERMIT  	F-i
F.2 Using KERMIT to upload PC-ENTRY data files  	F-l
   F.2.1  Harddisk System   	F-i
   F.2.2  Floppy System	F-3
   F.2.3  KERMIT Command Summary  	F-5
   F.2.4  Submitting PCS Edits on the Mainframe	F-5

Appendix G. Using CROSSTALK to Upload/Download Files  	  G-1

Appendix H. Using ARBITER to access PCS PC SOFTWARE   	  H-l

Appendix I. Using SEND/RECEIVE to Upload/Download Files   	  1-1
I.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with RECEIVE Cmd   	  1-1

Appendix J. Using COMPRESSED PC Software files (PKARC)   	J-l

Appendix K. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form  	  K-l

Index  	  X-l
                                                                               Contents

-------
Figures
  1-1.   Input Processing  	•-. -.  . ~ . •.  .•-.•": . .  . /	.'  . .  .".  ."......'	  i-2
  2-1.   PCS Data Structure  	  2-2
  3-1.   N'CC Signon Screen (Initial Menu)   	  3-2
  3-2.   NCC Signon Screen (Option  Menu)   	  3-2
  3-3.   NCC Signon Screen (CICS Signon)  	  3-3
  3-4.   NCC Signon Screen (entering parameters for your userid)   	  3-4
  3-5.   TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types)  	  3-5
  3-6.   TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types)  	  3-6
  3-7.   NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu)   	  3-7
  3-8.   PCS-ADE Sign-On Screen   	  3-11
  3-9.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Main Menu   	  3-13
 3-10.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Facility Menu   	  3-14
 3-11.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Effluent Menu  	  3-15
 3-12.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Enforcement Action Menu  	  3-16
 3-13.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Inspections Menu   	  3-17
 3-14.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Compliance Schedule Menu   	  3-18
 3-15.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Tables Menu   	  3-18
 3-16.   PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Other Menu   	  3-19
 3-17.   Facility Data Screen #1  (FAC1)   	  3-20
 3-18.   Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2)   	  3-23
 3-19.   Permit Facility Geographic Data (FAGD)  	  3-25
 3-20.   Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF)	  3-27
 3-21.   Facility Address Screen  (FACA)   	  3-29
 3-22.   Facility Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO)    	  3-31
 3-23.   Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN)   	  3-33
 3-24.   Inspection Scheduling Screen  (INSS)   	  3-35
 3-25.   Inspections Screen (INSP)   	  3-37
 3-26.   Sludge Inspection  Data  Screen (SLIN)  	  3-39
 3-27.   Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1)   	  3-41
 3-28.   Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2)   	  3-43
 3-29.   Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1)  	  3-45
 3-30.   Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2)  	  3-47
 3-31.   Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3)  .	  3-49
 3-32.   Pretreatment Summary  Screen (PPS1)  	  3-51
 3-33.   Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH)  	  3-53
 3-34.   Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CVIO)__ _ ._._._._,_, .„.,.,.,..,._,	3-55
 3-35.   Permit Tracking Screen"(PTRK)   . '."."'~ ".".'.  .'"'.	  3-57
 3-36.   Evidentiary' Hearing Screen (EVHR)   	  3-59
 3-37.   Grant Screen (GRNT)   .	  3-61
 3-38.   Outfall General  Data Screen (OFLG)  	  3-63
 3-39.   Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT)   	  3-66
 3-40.   Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS)   	  3-68
 3-41.   Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD)   	  3-70
 3-42.   Limits Screen (LIMS)   	  3-72
 3-43.   Limit Modification Screen (LIMM)  	  3-74
 3-44.   Season Split Screen (SEAN)   	  3-76
 3-45.   Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR)  	  3-78
 3-46.   Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)  	  3-79
 3-47.   Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO)  	  3-81
 3-48.   Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO)	3-83
 3-49.   Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC)   	  3-85


                                                                                   Figures

-------
   3-50.   Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS)   	  3-87
   3-51.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/MV)   	  3-89
   3-52.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/CV)  	  3-90
   3-53.   Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/SV)   	  3-91
   3-54.   Enforcement Action Effluent Data Screen (EAKS)  	  3-93
   3-55.   Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Data Screen (EAKS)  	  3-94
   3-56.   Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Data Screen (EAKS)    	  3-95
   3-57.   Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1)   	  3-97
   3-58.   Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2)   	  3-99
   3-59.   Single Event Violation Screen (SVIO)   	  3-101
   3-60.   Table Selection Menu (TABS)  	  3-103
   3-61.   Compliance Schedule Table Entry Screen   	  3-104
   3-62.   Permit Event Table Entry Screen   , .  .	  3-104
   3-63.   Evidentiary Hearing Table Entry Screen  	  3-105
   3-64.   Single Event Table Entry Screen  	  3-105
|   3-65.   Facility Lat/Long Description Codes Screen   	  3-106
j   3-66.   Pipe Lat/Long Description Codes Screen	  3-106
   3-67.   System Error Screen	  3-108
    4-1.   Introduction to Screen (INTRO)   	  4-12
    4-2.   Main Function Menu 	  4-13
    4-3.   GENERAL INFORMATION Function (H)   	  4-14
    4-4.   SYSTEM SETUP Function (S)  	  4-15
    4-5.   DATA ENTRY Function (E)   	  4-17
|    4-6.   MAIN MENU (PANEMAIN)   	  4-19
|    4-7.   FACILITY Sub-Menu  	  4-20
|    4-8.   EFFLUENT Sub-Menu    	  4-21
|    4-9.   ENFORCEMENT ACTION Sub-Menu   	  4-22
j   4-10.   INSPECTIONS Sub-Menu  	  4-23
|   4-11.   COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu   	  4-24
!   4-12.   COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu   	  4-25
   -1-13.   SUMMARY (E.QUIT)  	  4-26
   4-14.   FILE UTILITY Function (U)  	  4-27
   4-15.   DIRECTORY (U.D)  	  4-28
   4-16.   CONVERT (U.C)	  4-29
   -L-17.   ERASE (U.E.)   	.-	  4-30
   4-18.   SYSTEM TERMINATION (Q)   	  4-31
   4-19.   Facility Data Screen 1 (E.FAC1)    	  4-33
i   4-20.   Facility Data Screen 2 (E.FAC2)    	  4-35
   4-21.   Sludge Facility Data Screen (E.SLPF)   	:	  4-37
i   -1-22.   Facility Geographic Data Screen (E.FAGD)   	  4-39
   4-23.   Facility Address (E.FACA)  	  4-42
   4-24.   Facility Owner/Operator (E.FACO)    	  4-44
   4-25.   Reissuance (E.RCIN)  	  4-46
   4-26.   Inspection  (E.INSP)  	  4-48
   4-27.   Inspection  Scheduling (E.INSS)  	  4-50
   4-28.   Sludge Inspection Data (E.SLIN)   	  4-52
   4-29.   Pretrmt Comp.  INSP (E.PCI1)   	  4-54
   4-30.   Pretrmt Comp.  INSP 2 (E.PCI2)   	  4-56
   4-31.   Pretreatment Audit 1  (E.PAUl)  	:	'	  4-58
   4-32.   Pretreatment Audit 2 (E.PAU2)  	  4-60
   4-33.   Pretreatment Audit 3 (E.PAU3)  	• .   '   	  4-62
   4-34.   Pretrmt summary (E.PPS1)   	'	      ....  4-64
   4-35.   Compliance Schedules (E.CSCH1)   	         .    .        .  4-66
   -i-36.   Compliance Schedule Viol.  (E.CVIO)   	       	  4-68
   4-37.   Permit Tracking (E.PTRK)   	         .  .  4-70

       Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
 4-38.   Evidentiary Hearings (E.EVHR)  	  4-72
 4-39.   Grants (E.GRXT)  	  4-74
 4-40.   Outafll General Data (E.OFLG)  	  4-76
 4-41.   Outfall Treat. Type/Comment (E.OFLT)		 4-78
 4-42.   Sludge Outfall Data Screen (E.SLPS)  	  4-8C
 4-43.   Outfall Geographic Data Screen (E.OFGD)  	  4-82
 4-44.   Limits (E.LIMS)  	  4-85
 4-45.   Limit Modifications (E.LIMM)   	  4-87
 4-46.   Season Split (E.SEAN)  	'	  4-89
 4-47.   Effluent Dmr Page (E.EDMR)   	  4-9!
 4-48.   Eff. Measurement/Violations (E.EVIO)  	  4-93
 4-49.   Enforcement Actions (E.ENAC)   	  4-95
 4-50.   Enforcement Action Keys (E.EAKS)  	  4-97
 4-51.   Single Event Violations (E.SVIO)  	  4-99
 4-52.   Administrative Penalty Order Screen (E.EAP1)   	  4-101
 4-53.   Administrative Penalty Order (E.EAP2)    	  4-103
 4-54.   Upload Summary File (.SUM) Format  	  4-106
 4-55.   Basic Requirements for Upload   	  4-107
  6-1.   Categories of Data Stored on the PCS Data Base   	  6-2
  6-2.   Linking State-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and IL's  	  6-9
  6-3.   Linking POTW-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs  	  6-10
  6-4.   Pretreatment Performance Summary (Sample)  	   6-18
  6-5.   Compliance Schedule Contained in an Enforcement Action   	  6-21
  6-6.   Compliance Schedule Data Entry using PCS-ADE  	  6-22
  6-7.   Pipe Schedule Data from NPDES Permit   	  6-27
  6-8.   Parameter Limits Data from Permit  	  6-35
  6-9.   PCS Parameter Table (by Parameter Description)   	  6-36
 6-10.   Parameter Limits Data from Administrative Order 85-229  	  6-41
  7-1.   Edit Audit Report for Rejected Transactions   	7-8
  7-2.   Edit Audit Report for Accepted Transactions   	  7-9
  7-3.   Edit Audit Summary Report  	  7-11
  7-4.   Update Audit Report for Rejected Transactions  	  7-13
  7-5.   Update Audit Report for Accepted Transactions   	  7-14
  7-6.   Update Audit Summary Report   	  7-15
  7-7.   Violations Recognition Report 	  7-16
  7-8.   Administrative Deficiency Report   	  7-18
  9-1.   PCS ISPF Group Menu   	  9-2
  9-2.   PCS User Support ISPF Option  	9-3
  9-3.   PCS Problem Information Facility (PIF) Initial Menu  	9-3
  9-4.   PCS Utilities ISPF Menu  .......  .-.  .--. .•:•--.--•-.•.•-. .  . .••:•.--. : : :vv. r. -. .  :-.V. .  9-4
  9-5.   PCSEDIT Command   	9-6
 10-1.   Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) w/Range Checking OX   	  10-2
 10-2.   Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR)  	~	  10-3
 10-3.   Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) w/Range Checking ON    	  10-4
 10-4.   Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO)  	  10-5
 10-5.   Range Checking Batch JCL   	  10-6
 10-6.   PCSEDIT Screen Using Range Checking   	  10-7
 10-7.   Index Listing of Range Tables  	  10-8
 10-8.   Range Checking Full Table Listing   	  10-8
 10-9.   Range Checking Index Utility  	  10-9
10-10.   Range Checking Table List Utility    	   10-10
10-11.   Range Checking Main Menu Screen   	   10-11
10-12.   Copy Table-to-Table Screen   	   10-12
10-13.   Create a New Table Screen  . . .-	   10-13
10-14.   Delete a Table Screen   	   10-13

                                                                                    Figures

-------
10-15.   Change a Table Description Screen   	   10-14
10-16.   Add/Change/Delete a Parameter Screen   	   10-15
10-17.   Cycle Change/Delete Parameters Screen   	   10-15
10-18.   Cycle Change/Delete a Parameter Screen  	   10-16
 F-l.   KERMIT Data Transfer Status Screen   	'                  p-3
     Permit Compliance System:  Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual

-------
Tables


  0-1.  -Revision Summary   	."	   v
  2-1.  Key Data Elements   	  2-4
  2-2.  PCS Transaction Codes  	  2-9
  3-1.  Terminal Function Keys   	   3-12
  3-2.  EAKS Data Screen Accept Options and Their Effect  	   3-95
  4-1.  Basic Edit Criteria for PCS PC-ENTRY  	  4-2
  4-2.  System Error Messages   	  4-3
  4-3.  Keyboard Description  	  4-5
  4-4.  Keys with special functions   	  4-7
  4-5.  System File Descriptions   	  4-8
  4-6.  Data Entry Processing Comparison: PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY    	   4-32
  4-7.  Communications Software Options   	   4-107
  5-1.  Batch Key Data Elements   	  5-2
  5-2.  Header Card    	  5-6
  5-3.  Batch Security Codes by State   	  5-6
  5-4.  Card-type 1  	  5-8
  5-5.  Card-type 2  	  5-9
  5-6.  Card-type 3  	  5-9
  5-7.  Card-type C    	   5-10
  5-8.  Card-type A    	   5-10
  5-9.  Card-type B    	   5-11
 5-10.  Card-type E    	   5-11
 5-11.  Card-type F	   5-11
 5-12.  Card-type G    	   5-12
 5-13.  Card-type H    	   5-12
 5-14.  Card-type I   	   5-12
 5-15.  Card-type K    	   5-13
 5-16.  Card-type P	  .  . . '	   5-13
 5-17.  Card-type Q    	   5-13
 5-18.  Card-type 6  	   5-14
 5-19.  Card-type V    	   5-14
 5-20.  Card-type 5  	   5-15
 5-21.  Card-type 8  	   5-15
 5-22.  Card-type 9  	   5-16
 5-23.  Card-type 2  	   5-17
 5-24.  Card-type J   .... ......  . ...,...,_  ._....,.,_,_...,....._...._	-. .  . ,.-,-.-. .-.-.  -5-17
 5-25.  Card-type L  '..'.."	   5-17
 5-26.  Card-type M    	   5-18
 5-27.   Card-type R    	   5-19
 5-28.  Card-type W    	   5-20
 5-29.   Card-type X    	   5-20
 5-30.  Card-type Y    	   5-21
 5-31.   Card-type Z    	   5-22
 5-32.   Card-type '-A'   	   5-23
 5-33.   Card-type '-B'   	   5-24
 5-34.  Card-type '-C'   .  '.	   5-24
 5-35.  Card-type '-D'   	   5-25
 5-36.  Card-type '-£'   	   5-25
 5-37.  Card-type '-F'   	   5-26
 5-38.   Card-type '-G'	   5-26
 5-39.   Card-type '-H'   	   5-26


                                                                                       Tables

-------
5-40.   Card-type '-I'  	   5-27
5-41.   Card-type '-J'  	   5-27
5-42.   Card-type '-K'   	   5-27
5-43.   Card-type ':T    	   5-28
5-44.   Card-type ':U'   	   5-28
5-45.   Card-type':?'    	   5-28
5-46.   Card-type ':!'  	   5-29
5-47.   Card-type '-V	   5-29
5-48.   Card-type '-W   	   5-30
5-49.   Card-type ':L'    	   5-30
5-50.   Card-type ':M'   	   5-31
5-51.   Card-type ':R'   	   5-32
5-52.   .Card-type ':S'  	   5-32
5-53.   Card-type ':A'   	   5-32
5-54.   Card-type ':B'    	   5-33
5-55.   Card-type ':C'    	   5-34
5-56.   Card-type ':D'   	   5-34
5-57.   Card-type ':£'    	,	   5-35
5-58.   Card-type '-L'   	   5-36
5-59.   Card-type '-M'   	   5-36
5-60.   Card-type '-?'    	•	   5-37
5-6 i.   Card-type '-Q'   	   5-37
5-62.   Card-type '-X'   	   5-38
5-63.   Card-type '-Z'   	   5-38
5-64.   Card-type '-V   	   5-39
5-65.   Card-type '-!'	   5-39
5-66.   Card-type '-2'  	   5-40
5-67.   Card-type '-3'  	   5-40
5-68.   Card-type ':5'	   5-41
5-69.   Card-type '-4'	   5-41
5-70.   Card-type '-5'  	   5-42
5-71.   Card-type ':3'  	   5-43
5-72.   Card-type '-6'  	   5-43
5-73.   Card-type '-7	   5-44
5-74.   Card-type '-8'  	   5-45
5-75.   Card-type ':4'  	   5-46
5-76.   Card-type :2   	   5-46
5-77.   Card-type '-9'  	   5-47
5-78.   Card-type '-0'	   5-47
5-79.   Card-type '-R'   	   5-48
5-80.   Card-type '-S'    	   5-49
5-81.   Card-type '-T   	   5-49
5-82.   Card-type '-L"   	   5-49
5-33.   Card-type :F   	   5-50
5-S4.   Card-type :G  	   5-51
5-85.   Card-type :H  	   5-51
5-86.   Card-type :I   	   5-52
5-87.   Card-type :J    	   5-52
5-S8.   Card-type :K  	".	'.'.	   5-53
5-89.   Card-type '-N"   	   5-53
 6-1.   PCS Inspection Type Groups     	      .'	   6-13
 6-2.   Encoding of Initial. Interim, and Final Stan and End Dates  	   6-30
 8-i.   Violation Codes - Measurement   	  8-4
 3-2.   Extended Compliance Schedule Codes (CSCH)   	           .   8-1-*
 3-3.   RNC Detection Codes    	   8-18

      Permit Compliance System:   Data  Entry, Edit, and Update Manual

-------
 8-4.   RNC Resolution Codes  	  S-19
 8-5.   RNC Detection and Resolution Dates   	  8-2C
 8-6.   RNC Dates that are generated from RNC Codes   . .  .	  8-2C
 8-7.   QNCR Facility Status Acronyms	  S-2i
 8-8.   QNCR Facility Status Flags set by Individual Violations   	  8-22
 8-9.   Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Batch Format   	  8-22
8-10.   Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Values  	  S-23
8-11.   Coding Extended CS for Effluent Violations  	  8-24
8-12.   Coding Enforcement Actions for Effuent Violations   	  8-2^
8-13.   Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for CS Violations   	  8-26
8-14.   Coding Format Enforcement Actions for CS Violations   	  8-26
8-15.   Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for Non-Rec. Violations    	  8-27
8-16.   Coding Enforcement Actions for DMR Non-Rec. Violations   	  8-28
8-17.   Coding Closure of an action for Effluent Violations    	  8-29
8-18.   Coding Closure of an action for Compliance Schedule Violations  	  8-30
8-19.   Coding Closure of an action for DMR Non-Receipt Violations  	  8-31
8-20.   Coding Closure of an action for Single Event Violations   	  8-31
8-21.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Effluent Violations   	  8-32
8-22.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Compliance Schedule Viol	  S-34
8-23.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR  Non-Rec. by  Deletion   	  8-35
8-24.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR  Non-Rec. by  Addition   	  8-36
8-25.   Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Single Event Violations  	    8-36
8-26.   Coding 'Back Into Compliance' for Compliance Schedule Violations    	  8-38
 9-1.   Summary of PCS/TSO Commands   	  9-4
 9-2.   Summary of Online HELP on PCS/TSO Commands   	  9-5
F-l.   Example of uploading PC-ENTRY file 	F-6
                                                                                    Tables

-------
Permit Compliance System
       Inquiry Manual
  Document Number PCS-IN97-1.01


          May 8, 1997
       PCS USER SUPPORT
          202/564-7277
    U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
        Mail Code - 2222A
        401 M Street, SW
      Washington, DC  20460

-------
Preface

The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations.  The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.

PCS INQUIRY is an interactive retrieval software package designed to give online access to the PCS data-
base. This User's Guide gives complete information about how to use INQUIRY to retrieve information
from PCS.  In addition to the INQUIRY Manual, the following manuals are available on the PCS system.
    PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and detailed information on
    entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
    Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the batch retrieval package for retrieving all types of
    data from PCS. This includes preprinting DMRs and running the Quarterly Non-Compliance Report
    (QNCR).
    Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of each type of data available in PCS, field by
    field.

    PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
    Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
    PCS PC Persona! Assistance Link (PAL) - Provides information on the use of the personal computer to
    produce preformatted reports from  PCS using only a few keystrokes on the microcomputer.
    Restricted Information in PCS
 Public access to the PCS Database using the Inquiry system allows access to all information in PCS
 except the following:  Inspection Scheduling information and Referred Enforcement Action information.
 This data is considered enforcement sensitive.
                                                                                     Preface

-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Inquiry
Manual.
REVISION
CODE
1
DATE
05/08/97
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-IN97-1.01
DESCRIPTION
All Manager's, Prompt, and Command mode
reports have 2-digit years. The years '00-68' have
an implied century of 20.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                                Revision Code Description

-------
 Contents


 Chapter 1.  INTRODUCTION TO PCS INQUIRY   	  1-1
 1.1 PCS Data Base   	  1-1
   1.1.1 Organization of Data in PCS  	  1-2
   1.1.2 Data elements	  1-3
   1.1.3 Datatypes  	  1-4
   1.1.4 Accessing the PCS data base  	  1-6
 1.2 PCS Capabilities  	  1-7

 Chapter 2.  PCS INQUIRY LOGON/LOGOFF PROCEDURES  	  2-1
 2.1 Logging On to TSO  	  2-1
 2.2 Accessing PCS INQUIRY   	'	  2-5
 2.3 Exiting PCS INQUIRY   	  2-6

 Chapter 3.  INITIATING AN INQUIRY SESSION   	  3-1
 3.1 Entering PCS INQUIRY	  3-1
 3.2 SELECTING MANAGERS MODE, PROMPT MODE OR COMMAND MODE    	  3-1
   3.2.1 Selecting MANAGERS Mode (TVf)  	3-1
   3.2.2 Selecting PROMPT  Mode (T")  	  3-2
   3.2.3 Selecting COMMAND Mode ("C")   	  3-2
   3.2.4 Requesting Help (*?*)   	  3-2
 3.3 PCS SECURITY  	  3-2
 3.4 INQUIRY KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS  	  3-3

 Chapter 4.  CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION IN MANAGERS MODE  	4-1
 4.1 Producing a MANAGERS Mode Report  	4-1
   4.1.1 Creating a Set using the Set Maintenance Option  	4-1
   4.1.2 Creating a Set using Primary Selection Criteria	  4-10
   4.1.3 Selecting a MANAGERS Mode Report   	  4-26
   4.1.4 Verifying the Report Selection Criteria   	  4-35
   4.1.5 Producing a Tally   	  4-36
   4.1.6 Displaying the Report Output Data   	  4-36
4.2 MANAGERS Mode Reports - Common Features  	  4-38

 Chapters. INQUIRY MANAGERS MODE REPORTS   	  5-1
 5.1 Facility Directory Report  	  5-2
   5.1.1 Facility Directory Selection Criteria   	  5-2
   5.1.2 Facility Directory Output  	  5-2
 5.2 Facility Overview Report	  5-3
   5.2.1  Facility Overview Report Selection Criteria	  5-3
   5.2.2 Facility Overview Report Output   	  5-4
 5.3 Permit Events Report  	  5-9
   5.3.1  Permit Event Report Selection Criteria	  5-9
   5.3.2 Permit Event Report Output  	  5-10
5.4 Inspection Scheduling Report  	  5-12
   5.4.1  Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Criteria   	  5-12
   5.4.2 Inspection Scheduling Report Output  	  5-13
5.5 Inspection Report  	  5-15
   5.5.1 Inspection Report Selection Criteria   	  5-15
   5.5.2 Inspection Report Output	  5-16
   5.5.3 Sludge Inspection Report Output   	  5-17
5.6 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report  	  5-19


                                                                                Contents

-------
   5.6.1  Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Criteria  	  5-19
   5.6.2  Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Output	  5-20
5.7 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report	  5-21
   5.7.1  Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Selection Criteria   .  . .	  5-22
   5.7.2  Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Output   	  5-22
5.8 Compliance Schedule and Violations Report   	  5-24
   5.8.1  Compliance Schedule and Violations Report Selection Criteria   	  5-24
   5.8.2  Compliance Schedule and Violations Report Output   	  5-25
5.9 Enforcement Action Report   	  5-27
   5.9.1  Enforcement Action Report Selection Criteria   	  5-27
   5.9.2  Enforcement Action Report Output  	  5-28
5.10 Outfall Limits Report	  5-31
   5.10.1  Outfall Limits Report Selection Criteria  	  5-31
   5.10.2  Outfall Limits Report Output  	  5-31
5.11 DMR Overview Report	  5-34
   5.11.1  DMR Overview Report Selection Criteria  	  5-34
   5.11.2  DMR Overview Report Output   	  5-35
5.12 Evidentiary Hearing Report   	  5-38
   5.12.1  Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Criteria   	  5-38
   5.12.2  Evidentiary Hearing Report Output   	  5-38

Chapter 6.  CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION!* PROMPT MODE                         6-1
6.1 Producing a PROMPT  Mode  Report	  6-1
   6.1.1  Selecting a PROMPT Mode Report	'.	6-1
   6.1.2  Specifying Selection Criteria   	  6-2
   6.1.3  Verifying Selection Criteria  	  6-9
   6.1.4  Tally  	  6-9
   6.1.5  Display the Report  Output Data  	   6-10
6.2 PROMPT Mode Reports - Common Features   	   6-11

Chapter 7.  INQUIRY PROMPT MODE REPORTS                                              "-1
7.1 Code and Description Report	  7-2
   7.1.1  Code and Description Report Output  	  7-2
7.2 Facility Directory Report  	  7-3
   7.2.1  Facility Directory Selection Criteria   	  7-3
   7.2.2  Facility Directory Output   	  7-4
7.3 Facility Overview Report  	  7-6
   7.3.1  Facility Overview Report Selection Criteria	  7-6
   7.3.2  Facility Overview Report Output   	  7-7
7.4 Outfall Limits Report  	   7-13
   7.4.1  Outfall Limits Report Selection Criteria	   7-13
   7.4.2  Outfall Limits Report Output	   7-14
7.5 DMR Overview Report    	   7-17
   7.5.1  DMR Overview Report Selection Criteria   	   7-17
   7.5.2  DMR Overview Report output    	   7-18
7.6 Compliance Schedule and Violation Report   	   7-20
   7.6.1  Compliance Schedule and  Violation Report Selection Criteria  	   7-20
   7.6.2  Compliance Schedule and  Violation Report Output  	   7-21
7.7 Inspection Scheduling Report   	   7-24
   7.7.1 Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Criteria   	   7-24
   7.7.2 Inspection Scheduling Report Output  	   7-25
7.8 Inspection Report  	   7-27
   7.8.1 Inspection Report Selection Criteria 	   7-27
   7.8.2 Inspection Report Output	   7-28
   7.8.3 Sludge Inspection Report Output   	   7-30

     Permit Compliance System: Inquiry Manual

-------
 7.9 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report  	  7-31
   7.9.1 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Criteria  	  7-31
   7.9.2 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Output   	  7-32
 7.10 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report  	  7-34
   7.10.1  Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Selection Criteria  	  7-34
   7.10.2  Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Output	  ~--35
 7.11 Permit Tracking Report  	  7-36
   7.11.1  Permit Tracking Report Selection Criteria  	  7-37
   7.11.2  Permit Tracking Report Output    	  7-37
 7.12 Evidentiary Hearing Report	  7-39
   7.12.1  Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Criteria   	  7-39
   7.12.2  Evidentiary Hearing Report Output  	  7-40
 7.13 Enforcement Action Report   	  7-42
   7.13.1  Enforcement Action Report Selection Criteria   	  7-42
   7.13.2  Enforcement Action Report Output  	7-43

 Chapters.  CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION IN COMMAND MODE  	  8-1
 8.1 INQUIRY Commands  	  8-2
   8.1.1 T Help Command   	  8-3
   8.1.2 SELECTION Command  	  8-3
   8.1.3 MORE TO SELECT Command    	  8-4
   8.1.4' SORT command  	  8-5
   8.1.5 DISPLAY command   	  8-5
   8.1.6 TALLY Command   	  8-6
 8.2 PROMPT ("P") Command   	  8-6
 8.3 QUIT "Q" Command  	  8-7
 8.4 Data  Elements/Acronyms   	  8-7
   8.4.1 Key data elements   	  8-7
 8.5 INQUIRY Operators	  8-7
 8.6 Values	  8-8
 8.7 Producing a Report  	  8-8

Appendix  A. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form  	  A-1

Index   	  X-l
                                                                                 Contents

-------
Figures
  1-1.   PCS Data Structure  	  1-2
  1-2.   Sample Data Elements   	  1-4
  2-1.   EPA Telecommmunications Network Screen   	  2-1
  2-2.   EPA2 TSO/E LOGON7 Screen   	2-2
  2-3.   EPA News Alert Screen	  2-2
  2-4.   TSO -READY" Prompt   	2-3
  2-5.   User ID Not a Member of CLIST   	2-4
  2-6.   User ID Member of CLIST  	  2-5
  2-7.   INQUIRY MAIN Selection Screen  	2-6
  4-1.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Main Menu Screen	4-2
  4-2.   Permit Numbers Set Maintenance Screen   	4-3
  4-3.   "T Option with Existing Sets - (Set LUCY Selected)  	4-4
  4-4.   T Option with Existing Sets - (Set LUCY Displayed)	4-4
  4-5.   "?" Option without Existing Sets  	4-5
  4-6.   New Set Name Option- (Set LUCY2 entered)  	4-5
  4-7.   New Set Name Option (cont.) - (Set LUCY2 created)  	4-6
  4-8.   Existing Set Name Option - Existing Set LUCY2 entered   	4-6
  4-9. ~ Set Maintenance Option - Confirm copy of existing set   	4-7
 4-10.   Set Maintenance Option - Copy of Existing Set Created  	4-8
 4-11.   Delete Set Option - Delete  selected for set  LUCY	4-8
 4-12.   Delete Set Option (cont.) - Delete Set LUCY confirmed  	4-9
 4-13.   Delete Set Option - Set LUCY deleted  	4-9
 4-14.   Primary Selection Criteria Screen   	  4-10
 4-15.   Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Facility Name  	  4-11
 4-16.   Primary Selection Criteria - Major/Minor Indicator   	  4-12
 4-17.   Primary Selection Criteria - Facility Type  	  4-13
 4-18.   Primary Selection Criteria - Region   	  4-14
 4-19.   Primary- Selection Criteria - State  	  4-15
 4-20.   Primary- Selection Criteria - Permit Expiration   	  4-16
 4-21.   Primary Selection Criteria Screen - USGS  Hydrologic Basin Codes   	  4-17
 4-22.   USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu   	  4-18
 4-23.   USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Region   	  4-19
 4-24.   USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Sub-region  	  4-20
 4-25.   USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Accounting Unit   	  4-21
 4-26.   USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Cataloging Unit	  4-22
 4-27.   Primary Selection Criteria - Standard Industrial Class	  4-23
 4-28.   Primary Selection Criteria - River Basin Codes	  4-24
 4-29.   Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Confirmation Screen  	  4-25
 4-30.   Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Set Name Window  	  4-25
 4-31.   MANAGERS Mode Report Selection Screen  	  4-27
 4-32.   MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection  Screen  - Permit Selection  	  4-28
 4-33.   MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection  Screen  - Permit Selection  	  4-29
 4-34.   MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection  Screen  (Set Option)   	  4-30
 4-35.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen  	  4-3J
 4-36.   Inspection Start Date Window  	  4-32
 4-37.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen with Inspection Start Date   	  4-33
 4-38.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen - Inspection Types   	  4-34
 4-39.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen - Inspector Codes  	  4-35
 4-40.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Tally Screen - Inspection Report  	  4-36
 4-41.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Report   	  4-37
 4-42.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Report with Sludge Data Elements	  4-38


                                                                                    Figures

-------
 5-1.   MANAGERS  Facility Directory Permit/Set Selection Screen	  5-2
 5-2.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Directory Report  	  5-3
 5-3.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Selection Screen  	  5-4
 5-4.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - General Information  	  5-6
 5-5.   MANAGERS MODE Facility Overview Report - Permit Information   	  5-7
 5-6.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Mailing Information  	  5-7
 5-7.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Compliance Schedule   	  5-8
 5-8.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - User Data Elements  	  5-8
 5-9.   MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary Section  	  5-9
5-10.   MANAGERS Mode Permit Events Report Criteria Screen  	  5-10
5-11.   MANAGERS Mode Permit Event Report  	  5-11
5-12.   MANAGERS Mode Permit Event Report - Tally   	  5-12
5-13.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Criteria Screen   	  5-13
5-14.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report   	  5-14
5-15.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Tally   	  5-15
5-16.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report Criteria Screen    	  5-16
5-17.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report  	  5-17
5-18.   MANAGERS INQUIRY Sludge Inspection Report  	  5-18
5-19.   MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report Tally  	  5-19
5-20.   MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Screen   	  5-20
5-21.   MANAGERS Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report  	  5-21
5-22.   MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Tally   	  5-21
5-23.   MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Selection Screen	  5-22
5-24.   MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Report  	  5-23
5-25.   MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Tally   	  5-23
5-26.   MANAGERS Mode Compliance Schedule & Violation Criteria Screen   	  5-24
5-27.   MANAGERS Compliance Schedule and Violations  Report - Part 1   	  5-26
5-28.   MANAGERS Compliance Schedule and Violations  Report - Part 2   	  5-26
5-29.   MANAGERS Mode Compliance Schedule & Viol Report Tally   	  5-27
5-30.   MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report Criteria Screen   	  5-28
5-31.   MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report - Part 1  	  5-29
5-32.   MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report - Part 2	".  . .  5-30
5-33.   MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report Tally  	  5-30
5-34.   MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Criteria Screen  	  5-31
5-35.   MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report  - Part 1   	  5-33
5-36.   MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report  - Part 2   	  5-33
5-37.   MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report  Tally	  5-34
5-38.   MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report  Criteria Screen  	  5-35
5-39.   MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report   	   5-37
5-40.   MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report Tally   	   5-37
5-41.   MANAGERS Evidentiary Hearing Report Criteria Screen   	   5-38
5-42.   MANAGERS Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report 	'.	   5-39
5-43.   MANAGERS Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report Tally   	   5^0
 6-1.   PROMPT Mode Main Selection Screen  	 6-2
 6-2.   Facilty Directory Selection Screen 	 6-3
 6-3.   State/County Code "Help" Screen	 6-5
 6-4.   Type of Ownership Code "Help" Screen   	 6-6
 6-5.   Standard Industrial Classification  "Help" Screen  	 6-7
 6-6.   Major/Minor River Basin Code "Help" Screen   	 6-8
 6-7.   Return to Selection Screen   	 6-9
 6-8.   Tally Screen   	  6-10
 6-9.   Facility Directory Report Sample Output    	  6-11
 7-1.   Code and Description Report Selection Screen   	 7-2
 7-2.   PROMPT Mode Code and Description Report  	 7-3
 7-3.   PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report Selection Screen   	 7-4

    Permit Compliance System:  Inquiry Manual

-------
  7-4.  PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report   	  7-5
  7-5.  PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report - Tally  	  7-6
  7-6.  Sample PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Selection Screen  	  7-7
  7-7.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - General Information  	  7-9
  7-8.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Permit Information   	  7-10
  7-9.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Mailing Information  	  7-10
 7-10.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary  	  7-11
 7-11.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary  	  7-11
 7-12.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Rpt - Compliance Schedule Summary   	  7-12
 7-13.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Rpt - Compliance Schedule Summary   	  7-12
 7-14.  PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - User Data Elements   	  7-13
 7-15.  PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report Selection Screen	  7-14
 7-16.  PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Pan 1   	  7-16
 7-17.  PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Part 2   	  7-16
 7-18.  PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Summary   	  7-17
 7-19.  Sample PROMPT  Mode DMR Overview Report Selection Screen   	  7-18
 7-20.  PROMPT Mode DMR Overview Report   	  7-20
 7-21.  PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Selection Screen   	  7-21
 7-22.  PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report - Part  1   	  7-22
 7-23.  PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report - Part 2   	'	  7-23
 7-24.  PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report Tally  	  7-24
 7-25. ~ PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Screen   	  7-25
 7-26.  PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report  	  7-26
 7-27.  PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report - Tally  	  7-27
 7-28.  PROMPT Mode Inspection Report Selection Screen	  7-28
 7-29.  PROMPT Mode Inspection Report    	  7-29
 7-30.  PROMPT Mode Inspection Report    	  7-30
 7-31.  PROMPT Mode Sludge Inspection Report  	  7-31
 7-32.  PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Screen   	  7-32
 7-33.  PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report   	  7-33
 7-34.  PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit - Tally 	  7-34
 7-35.   PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Selection Screen   	  7-35
 7-36.   PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Report   	  7-36
 7-37.   PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary - Tally   	  7-36
 7-38.   PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report Selection Screen   	  7-37
 7-39.   PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report - Part 1   	  7-38
 7-40.   PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report - Tally  	  7-39
7-41.   PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Screen  	  7-40
 7-42.   PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report   	  7-41
7-43.   PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report - Tally   	  7-42
7-44.   PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report Selection Screen  	  7-43
7-45.   PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report Part 1   	  7-44
7-46.   PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report - Tally   	  7-45
 8-1.   COMMAND Mode Selection Screen   	  8-1
 8-2.   COMMAND Mode Tally Help Screen   	  8-3
 8-3.   COMMAND Mode Selection and Display Statements   	  8-9
 8-4.   COMMAND Mode Report   	  8-9
                                                                                Figures

-------
Tables

  0-1.  Revision Summary   	  v
  1-1.  PCS Data Types  	  3.4
                                                                          Tables

-------
  Permit Compliance System
Generalized Retrieval Manual
   Document Number PCS-GR96-1.00


           April 23, 1996
        PCS USER SUPPORT
           202/564-7277
     U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
         Mail Code - 2222A
         401 M Street, SW
       Washington, DC 20460

-------
Preface

The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations.  The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.

PCS ENVIRONMENT GENERALIZED RETRIEVAL is a retrieval package that runs in batch and pro-
vides reports on all data in PCS. This Manual gives complete information about how to use GENERAL-
IZED RETRIEVAL to run all flexible format and fixed formats reports available in PCS. This includes
preprinting DMR's and running the QNCR.  In addition to the Generalized Retrieval Manual, the following
manuals are available on the PCS system.
    PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and detailed information on
    entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
    Edit/ Update Error Message Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
    during the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.
    Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides online access to
    the PCS database.
    Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of EACH type  of data available in PCS, field by
    field.
    PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
    Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
    PCS PC Persona! Assistance Link (PAL) User's Guide - Provides information on the use of the personal
    computer to produce preformatted reports from PCS using only a few keystrokes on the microcomputer.
    Restricted Information in PCS
 Inspection Scheduling information and Referred Enforcement Action information is considered enforce-
 ment sensitive and cannot be displayed by the public.
                                                                                    Preface

-------
Revision  Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Generalized
Manual.
REVISION7
CODE
1
DATE
04/23/96
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-GR96-1.00
DESCRIPTION
The field DMRR (DMR Received Date) and
DMDL (DMR Days Late) has been added to the
Dump Layout.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                              Revision Code Description

-------
 Contents

 Chapter 1.  Introduction  	  1-1
 1.1  PCS System Overview   	  1-1
 1.2  PCS Security and Privacy   	  1-1
 1.3  Using the Manual  	  1-1

 Chapter 2.  Data Overview   	  2-1
 2.1  Data in PCS   	  2-1
 2.2  Organization of PCS  	2-3

 Chapter 3.  Flexible Format Reports  	3-1
 3.1  Quick Look Report  	  3-1
   3.1.1  Cluster Quick Look Report	  3-1
   3.1.2  Hierarchical Quick Look Report  	  3-2
   3.1.3  Quick Look Report Type Specification and Options   	  3-6
   3.1.4  Quick Look Print Line Specification   	   3-30
   3.1.5  Quick Look Examples  	   3-3S
 3.2  Quick File Extract  	   3-48
 3.3  Seqnential File Extract   	   3-52
 3.4  Milestone Report   	   3-55
 3.5  Multiple-Report  Retrievals  	   3-57
 3.6  Statistical Base Code Features 	   3-58
   3.6.1  Definitions for Statistical Base Code Retrieval Acronyms	   3-58
   3.6.2  Retrieval Capabilities	 .  . .   3-63
   3.6.3  Retrieval Matrix  	   3-68

 Chapter 4. Fixed Format Reports  	4-1
 4.1  Facility Report	4-1
 4.2  Compliance Forecast Report  	   4-12
 4.3  Compliance Forecast With Violations Report  	   4-13
 4.4  Limitation Summary Report  	   4-14
 4.5  Limitation Summary with  Measurement Violations Report  	   4-16
 4.6  DMR Administrative Report   	   4-17
 4.7  DMR Administrative Report By Parameter  	   4-18
 4.8  DMR Summary  Report   	   4-20
 4.9  DMR Non-Receipt Report   	   4-21
 4.10 Quarterly Noncompliance Reports	   4-23
 4.11  Summary Quarterly Noncompliance Report For Managers   	   4-31
 4.12 Quarterly Noncompliance Report   	   4-34
 4.13 Selective Quarterly  Noncompliance  Report  	   4-35
 4.14 Coordinator's Quarterly Noncompliance Report  	   4-37
 4.15 Semi-Annual Statistical Summary Report   	   4-39
 4.16 Violation Recognition Report   	   4-40
 4.17 Industrial User Compliance Report   	   4-41
 4.18 POTW Implementation Compliance Report   	   4-43
 4.19 POTW Enforcement Action Summary Report	   4-45
 4.20  Pretreatment Hierarchy (PH) Report   	   4-46
   4.20.1   10-Card Selection  	   4-47
   4.20.2  20 Report Card Type	   4-48
   4.20.3  30 Sort Card  	   4-48
 4.21  Strategic Targeting Activities for Results System Moving Base Rpt  	   4-49
4.22  Administrative Penalty Order Report   	   4-52


                                                                                   Contents

-------
4.23 Quality Assurance Retrieval   	  4-54
   4.23.1 Report Description   	  4-55
   4.23.2 Generalized Retrieval Statements	  4-55
   4.23.3 Summary Section	  4-57
   4.23.4 Data Element Error Messages  	  4-58
4.24 Permit Compliance System Personal Assistance Link Extract   	  4-71
   4.24.1 Procedures For Loading PAL With Current PCS Data  	  4-72
   4.24.2 Downloading PAL from the NCC Mainframe   	  4-73
   4.24.3 Loading PAL on a PC  . . .	  4-73

Chapter 5.  Report  Creation and Processing   	  5-1
5.1 Card Images	  5-1
5.2 Report Title   	  5-1
5.3 Option Card (00-Card)   	  5-2
   5.3.1  SYNTAX=    	  5-3
   5.3.2  JOBID=   	  5-3
   5.3.3  BIN=   	  5-4
   5.3.4  RMT =   	  5-4
   5.3.5  COPIES=	  5-4
   5.3.6  PRTY =    	  5-5
   5.3.7  TIME=	  5-5
   5.3.8  GPRT=    	  5-5
   5.3.9  GDVCE=   	  5-5
   5.3.10 GRMT=   	  5-6
   5.3.11 GBOX=  	  5-6
   5.3.12 LINES=  	  5-6
   5.3.13 FORM=   	  5-6
   5.3.14 MSGLEVEL=   	  5-6
   5.3.15 MSGCLASS=   	  5-7
   5.3.16 ACCT=   	  5-7
   5.3.17 Option Card Examples  	  5-8
5.4 JCL Card (09-Card)  	  5-8
5.5 Facility Selection Statements (10-Card)   	  5-8
   5.5.1  Basic Argument   	  5-9
   5.5.2  Qualified Argument    	   5-11
   5.5.3  Comparison Argument	   5-13
   5.5.4  "OR" Statement   	   5-15
5.6 Report Type (20-Card)   	   5-15
5.7 Report Order (30-Card)    	   5-16
   5.7.1  Sorting Capabilities for Various PCS Reports   	   5-18
5.8 Quick Look Display/Selection Statements (40-Card)  	   5-19
5.9 Restricted Display Criteria Statements  	   5-19
5.10 Milestone Display/Selection Statements (50-Card)	   5-20
5.11 Quick File Extract Display/Selection Statements (60-Card)    	   5-20
5.12 Retrieval Selection Efficiency Considerations  	   5-21
5.13 Entering the Retrieval Cards into the Computer  	   5-22
   5.13.1  Accessing the NCC - IBM Computer System	   5-22
   5.13.2 Using TSO   	   5-22
5.14 Understanding the Generalized Retrieval Operation  	   5-23
5.15 Viewing the Generalized Retrieval Output    	   5-23

Chapter 6.  DMR Preprint and Mailing Label Processing	6-1
6.1 DMR Preprint  	  6-1
   6.1.1  Two-Step DMR Creation  	  6-2
   6.1.2  One-Step DMR Creation	  6-4

     Permit Compliance System:  Generalized Retrieval Manual

-------
 6.2  Mailing Labels  	6-6
 6.3  Processing DMRs and Mailing Labels   	  6-12
   6.3.1 PCSADMR  	  6-13
   6.3.2 PCSPDMR  	  6-13
   6.3.3 PCSADMRL  	  6-14
   6.3.4 PCSPDMRL  	  6-16
   6.3.5 PCSALBL   	  6-17
   6.3.6 PCSALBLA   	  6-18
   6.3.7 JCL for Preprinting DMRs  	  6-19

 Chapter 7.  PCS Graphics  	7-1
 7.1 Effluent Data Statistics (EDS)   	  7-1
   7.1.1 EDS General Format   	.7-1
 7.2 Management Graphics Package   	  7-19
   7.2.1 Management Graphics General Format  	  7-20
   7.2.2 Displaying Graphs Online  	  7-21

 Appendix A. Data Element Lists  	  A-1
 A.1  Sorted by FILE and DATA ELEMENT NAME   	  A-2
 A.2  Sorted by FILE and DESCRIPTIVE HEADING  	A-34

 Appendix B. Generalized Retrieval Error Messages  	B-1

 Appendix C. Telephone Numbers    	  C-l

 Appendix D. Sequential  File Extract - File Layout   	  D-l

 Appendix E. Ready Reference Guide  	E-1

 Appendix F. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form   	F-1

Index  	  X-l
                                                                                 Contents

-------
Figures
  2-1.   PCS Data Structure   	2-3
  3-1.   Single Family Cluster Quick Look Report  	3-1
  3-2.   Multi-Family Cluster Quick Look Report  	3-2
  3-3.   Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Compliance Family  	3-3
  3-4.   Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Effluent Family	3-4
  3-5.   Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Inspection Family   	3-5
  3-6.   Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Enforcement Action Family  	3-6
  3-7.   Quick Look Report "HEADERS = SHORT" Option  	3-7
  3-8.   Quick Look Report "HEADERS = LONG" Option   	3-8
  3-9.   Quick Look Report "HEADERS = NO" Option   	3-9
 3-10.   Quick Look Report "EXPAND = YES" Option 	  3-10
 3-11.   Quick Look Report "BREAK = NO" Option	  3-12
 3-12.   Quick Look Report "BREAK = 1" Option  	  3-12
 3-13.   Quick Look Report TOP=NO" Option   	  3-13
 3-14.   Quick Look Report "TOP= YES" Option  	  3-14
 3-15.   Quick Look Report "SKIP = 0" Option	  3-15
 3-16.   Quick Look Report "SKIP = 1" Option	  3-16
 3-17. ~ Quick Look Report 'SUPPRESS = NO" Option   	  3-17
 3-18.   Quick Look Report "SUPPRESS = YES" Option  	  3-18
 3-19.   Quick Look Report "RESTRICT = NO" Option   	  3-19
 3-20.   Quick Look Report "RESTRICT = YES" Option    	  3-20
 3-21.   Quick Look Report "GHOST=NO" Option   	  3-21
 3-22.   Quick Look Report "GHOST = YES" Option  	  3-22
 3-23.   Quick Look Report "ARCH = NO" Option  	  3-23
 3-24.   Quick Look Report "ARCH = YES" Option  	  3-24
 3-25.   Quick Look Report Without TAB" Option  	  3-25
 3-26.   Quick Look Report With TAB" Option 	'	  3-26
 3-27.   Quick Look Report Without Blank Lines   	  3-27
 3-28.   Quick Look Report With Blank Lines  	  3-28
 3-29.   Quick Look Report With "Last" Inspection Option   	  3-29
 3-30.   Pretreatment Hierarchy Quick Look Report  	  3-36
 3-31.   Single Line Quick Look Report   	  3-39
 3-32.   Cluster Quick  Look Report    	  3-41
 3-33.   Hierarchical Quick Look Report - Effluent	  3-43
 3-34.   Quick Look Report Using Qualifying Argument   	  3-45
 3-35.   Single Line Quick Look Report with Absent Logical  Operator  	  3-46
 3-36.   Quick Look Report Using the Comparison Argument  	  3-47
 3-37.   Quick Look Report with Expanded Data Values   	  3-48
 3-38.   Quick File Execution Summary   	  3-52
 3-39.   Milestone Report   . . . .'	  3-57
 4-1.   Facility Report - Permit Facility   	4-2
 4-2.   Facility Report - Permit Events   	4-3
 4-3.   Facility Report - Inspections  	4-3
 4-4.   Facility Report - Inspection Scheduling	4-4
 4-5.   Facility Report - Pretreatment Inspection/Audit Data (part 1)   	4-5
 4-6.   Facility Report - Pretreatment Inspection/Audit Data (part 2)   	4-6
 4-7.   Facility Report - Compliance Schedule Data    	4-7
 4-8.  Facility Report - Pipe Schedule Data  	4-8
 4-9.  Facility Report - Parameter Limits Data  	4-9
4-10.  Facility Report - Measurement Violations Data  	  4-10
4-11.  Facility Report - Enforcement Action Data   	  4-11


                                                                                  Figures  '•'

-------
4-12.   Facility Report - Evidentiary Hearing Data   	  4-11
4-13.   Facility Report - Grants Data   	  4-12
4-14.   Facility Report - Pretreatment Performance Summary Data  	  4-12
4-15.   Compliance Forecast Report  	  4-13
4-16.   Compliance Forecast with Violations Report   	  4-14
4-17.   I .imitation Summary Report  	  4-15
4-18.   Limitation Summary with Measurements   	  4-17
4-19.   DMR Administrative Report	  4-18
4-20.   DMR Administrative Report by Parameter   	  4-20
4-21.   DMR Summary Report   	  4-21
4-22.   DMR Non-Receipt Report   	  4-23
4-23.   Quarterly Noncompliance Report  .	  4-24
4-24.   Managers Quarterly Non-compliance Report   	  4-32
4-25.   Selective Quarterly Noncompliance Report   	  4-36
4-26.   Coordinator's QNCR  	  4-37
4-27.   Semi-Annual Statistical Summary Report   	  4-40
4-28.   Violations Recognition Report	 .  4-41
4-29.   Industrial User Compliance  Report   	  4-42
4-30.   POTW Implementation Compliance Report	  4-44
4-31.   POTW Enforcement Action Summary Report   	  4-45
4-32.   Pretreatment Hierarchy Report    	  4-47
4-33.   STARS Moving Base Report	  4-50
4-34.   Administrative Penalty Retrieval Report  	  4-54
4-35.   PAL Retrieval Report  	  4-72
 5-1.   PCS Retrieval Request Edit Report Page   	  5-24
 5-2.   PCS Mailing Labels Report Summary   	  5-24
 5-3.   PCS Retrieval Dump File Names Report   	   5-25
 6-1.   Sample Preprinted DMR Form   	 6-1
 6-2.   DMRS Printed List	 6-3
 6-3.   PCS Mailing Labels Report   	6-7
 6-4.   Mailing Label With Cognizant Official   	 6-8
 6-5.   Mailing Labels Without Cognizant Official  .	 6-9
 6-6.   Mailing Labels (SIZE= 1)  	   6-10
 6-7.   Mailing Labels (SIZE = 3)  	   6-11
 6-8.   Mailing Labels (SIZE = 5)  	   6-11
 6-9.   Mailing Labels (SIZE = 7)  	   6-12
 7-1.   EDS Report Type A, Option AB	 7-2
 7-2.   EDS Report Type A, Option AG  	 7-3
 7-3.   EDS Report Type B, Option HS  	 7-5
 7-4.   EDS Report Type B, Option GS  	 7-6
 7-5.   EDS Report Type B, Option WC  	 7-7
 7-6.   EDS Report Type C, Option CO  	 7-9
 7-7.   EDS Report Type C, Option CF  	   7-10
 7-8.   EDS Report Type C, Option CT	   7-11
 7-9.   EDS Miscellaneous, Option  FL   	   7-12
7-10.   EDS Miscellaneous, Option  BS    	   7-13
    Permit Compliance System:  Generalized Retrieval Manual

-------
Tables


  0-1.  Revision Summary   	  v
  2-1.  PCS Data Types  	  2-1
  3-1.  Statistical Base Code Retrieval Matrix   	  3-68
  4-1.  Effluent violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = E    	  4-25
  4-2.  Compliance Schedule violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = C   	  4-26
  4-3.  Single Event violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = S   	  4-27
  4-4.  QNCR Regulations   	  4-30
  5-1.  Option Card Parameters    	  5-2
  5-2.  Valid sorting for various report formats	  5-18
  5-3.  Optional/Required Display Card Types	  5-19
  6-1.  Special Forms Codes   	  6-15
  7-1.  EDS Valid Values and Options	  7-18
  7-2.  TSO Commands to display Effluent Data Statistic graphs online   	  7-18
  B-l.  Generalized Retrieval Error Messages  	B-2
                                                                                    Tables

-------
 Permit Compliance System
Edit/Update Error Messages
  Document Number PCS-EM93-1.01


          June 21. 1993
       PCS USER SUPPORT
          202/475-8529
        U.S. EPA (EN-338)
          401 M. St. SW
      Washington, DC  20460

-------
Preface

The Permit Compliance'System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations.  The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.

T"he Edit/Update Error Messages Manual is designed to explain error messages encountered during use of tb.£
PCS-ADE, PC-Entry, or batch format data entry, or during the calculation of Reportable Non-Compliance
(RNC) and the format of Edit and Update Audit reports.  The manual includes the error message, the corre-
sponding acronym (where applicable), the error number, and a brief explanation for the cause of the error.
In addition to the Edit/Update Error Messages Manual, the following manuals are available on the PCS
system.

    Data Entry, Edit,  and Update Manual - General overview of PCS and detailed information on entering
    data into PCS.  Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-Entry.

    PCS Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the operation of the batch retrieval system for
    PCS.  Complete information is provided on the flexible format  and fixed format reports that are avail-
    able as well as examples of each.

    Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides interactive access
    to the PCS database.

    Data Element Dictionary • Gives a detailed description of EACH type of data available in PCS, field by
    field. Tables that describe all of the valid codes in PCS are included as well,  database.

    PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
    Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.

    PAL User's Guide -  Describes in detail the microcomputer retrieval software that provides managers with
    access to specific PCS summary data.
                                                                                      Preface

-------
Revision  Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Entry,
Edit, and Update Error Messages.


\  REVISION  j   DATE    !   DOCUMENT   !               DESCRIPTION
!    CODE   I            ;     NUMBER
                06/21/93   j  PCS-EM93-1.01   j Error messages added for the Statistical Base Code
                         I                  ! Enhancement.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                                Revision Code Description

-------
 Contents

 Chapter 1. General Information   	  1-1
 1.1 Error Message Categories  	  1-1
 1.2 Definition of Fatal, Warning, and Informational Messages   	  1-2
 1.3 Description of information provided on Error Messages  	  1-2

 Chapter 2. Compliance Schedule Error Messages   	  2-1

 Chapter 3. Compliance Schedule Violation Error Messages   	  3-1

 Chapter 4. Enforcement Action Error Messages   	4-1

 Chapter 5. Evidentiary Hearing Error Messages   ....'.	  5-1

 Chapter 6. Enforcement Action Key Error Messages   	  6-1

 Chapter 7. Grant Error Messages   	  7-1

 Chapter 8. Inspection Audit Error Messages   	  8-1

 Chapter 9. Inspection Error Messages	  9-1

 Chapter 10.  Inspection Scheduling Error Messages	  10-1

 Chapter 11.  Measurement/Violation Error Messages   	  11-1

 Chapter 12.  Permit Event Error Messages  	  12-1

 Chapter 13.  Permit Facility Error Messages   	  13-1

 Chapter 14.  Parameter Limits Error Messages  	  14-1

 Chapter 15.  Pipe Schedule Error Messages  	  15-1

Chapter 16.  Pretreatment Performance Summary Error Messages   	  16-1

Chapter 17.  Single Event Violation Messages   	  17-1

Chapter 18.  Table Update Error Messages	  18-1

Chapter 19.  Undefined Data Type Error Messages   	  19-1

Chapter 20.  PCS User Docmentation Comment Form   	  20-1
                                                                                      Contents

-------
Tables


  0-1.   Revision Summary    	   v
  1-1.   Error Number Levels   	  1-2
  1-2.   Format of Error Message Descriptions   	  1-2
  2-1.   Error Messages  	  2-
  3-1.   Error Messages  	3-
  4-1.   Error Messages  	^-
  5-1.   Error Messages  	  5-
  6-1.   Error Messages  	6-
  7-1.   Error Messages  	7-1
  8-1.   Error Messages  	  8-1
  9-1.   Error Messages  	9-1
 10-1.   Error Messages  	   1C-1
 11-1.   Error Messages  	   il-1
 12-1.   Error Messages  	   12-1
 13-1.   Error Messages  	   13-1
 14-1.   Error Messages  	   !4-l
 15-1.   Error Messages  	   15-1
 16-1.   Error Messages  	   16-1
 17-1.   Error Messages  	   17-1
 18-1.   Error Messages  	   18-1
 19-1.   Error Messages  	   19-1
                                                                                         Tables

-------
                                                                    II..C.2.
The "GREAT System" (General Record of Enforcement Actions Tracked), circa
1980.  The-GREAT System tracks EPA-issued Administrative Orders (AOs) and
Notices of violation issued from the commencement of the system until
September 30, 1987. Requests for retrievals should be addressed to Mary
Gair, OWEP, FTS 475-8557.  See also II.C.10.

-------

-------
                                                                    II.C.3
Permit Compliance System (PCS) Data Element Dictionary (updated 6/2/97); PCS Codes and
Descriptions Manual (updated 5/5/97)

-------
Permit Compliance System
  Data Element Dictionary
  Document Number PCS-DD97-1.00
         June 02. 1997
       PCS USER SUPPORT
          202/564-7277
    U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
        Mail Code - 2222A
        401 M Street, SW
      Washington, DC  20460

-------
 Revision  Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Daia Eiemem
Diciionan.
  REVISION
    CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
  NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
                06/02.;97
            PCS-DD97-1.00
                 The WENDB Cross Reference has been updated
                 with this release of the Data Element Dictionary.
                 This includes WENDB for Sludae.
                06/02 ;97
           PCS-DD97-1.00
                 The DMR Received Date (DMRR) field has been
                 updated.
                 The DMR = Days Late (DMDL) field has been
                 added.

                 The DMR Late Indicator (DMRL) field has been
                 deleted.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                                  Revision Code Description

-------
Contents





Chapter 1. OVERMEW   	  1-1




Chapter 2. FORMAT FOR DATA ELEMENT ENTRIES  	  2-1




Chapter 3. DATA ELEMENT ENTRIES  	3-1




Chapter 4. GLOSSARY   	4-1




Appendix A.  PCS User Docmentation Comment Form  	   A-l




Appendix B.  PCS Cross Reference Listings  	B-1




PCS Cross-Reference   	B-2
                                                                         Content

-------
   Permit Compliance System
Codes and Descriptions Manual
     Document Number PCS-CD97-1.01


            May 8, 1997
         PCS USER SUPPORT
            202/564-7277
      U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
          Mail Code - 2222A
          401 M Street, SW
        Washington, DC 20460

-------
 Revision Code  Description
 The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Codes and
 Descriptions Manual.
   REVISION      DATE
     CODE    !
 DOCUMENT
  NUMBER
               DESCRIPTION
                 05 '08/97
PCS-CD97-1.01
Table 152 STORET Group Category has been
added.
Table 153 SNC Group Category has been added.
Table 154 Parameter Major Group has been
added.
Table 156 Parameter Minor Group has been
added.
Table 157 Biological Test has been added.
Table 730 Sludge Use Option has been added.
Table 740 Sludge Class Facility Indicator has been
added.
Table 750 Land Reuse Option has been added.
Table 760 Crop Class has been added.
Table 770 Crop Type has been added.
Table 780 Outfall Type has been added.
Table 790 Sludse Indicator has been added.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                                    Revision Code Description

-------
Contents


Chapter 1. PCS Code and Description Tables  	
1.1  Instructions for Obtaining Tables  	
  1.1.1  Printing this  Manual  	   1-1
  1.1.2  Printing SELECTED Tables  	   i-1
1.2  Code and  Description Tables   	   !-3
                                                                                Contents

-------
                                                                 II.C.4.
"NPDES Self-Monitoring System User Guide", dated January 1985.   Table of
Contents only.

-------

-------
      NPDES SELF-MONITORING SYSTEM

               USER GUIDE
            Office of Water
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
              January 1985
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 EN-338
           401 M Street S.W.
        Washington, D.'C.  20460 ••

-------
NPDES
Self-Monitoring  System
  !ser Guide
Contents                                        	Page
Introduction                                               1
   NPDES Program Authority                                   1
   Legal Authority for NPDES Monitoring of Discharges             2
   Inspection of NPDES Permittee Facilities                     3
   Meeting Permit Requirements                                3

Organizing a Self-Monitoring Program                           5
   Elements of a Self-Monitoring System                         5
   Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs)                          10
   Discharge Monitoring Report - Instructions for Completion       14

Checklist for Self-Monitoring                                 24
     Self-Monitoring Systen User GuideIJanuary

-------
                                                                 II.C.5.
"Release and Description of Significant Violator Lists", dated March 8,
1984.

-------

-------
             I UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                             WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
!\ /  - >,  C
IV.      i                     MAR  8
                                                                orf ICE of
                                                                 fMfNI AND
                                                             COMPUANC.t
       MEMORANDUM

       SUBJECT:  Release and Description of "Significant Violator" Lists

       FROM:     Gerald A. Bryan, DirectorJtyjffl• »*$
                 Office of Compliance Analysis and Program Operations

       TO:       Regional Enforcement Contacts

            EPA has begun to receive requests from parties outside
       the Agency for the lists of "significant violators" each
       program area is developing for tracking in the Agency's
       management systems.

            Unless the facts pertaining to a specific situation
       merit otherwise, EPA will release th.ese lists  upon request.
       In order to avoid confusion or misunderstanding about  the
       meaning or significance of these lists, we are suggesting
       that EPA personnel describe the lists in a manner consistent
       with the following:

            "EPA's list of significant violators" is  a compilation
            of regulated entities which, based on available  infor-
            mation, EPA believes are in violation of  environmental
            laws or regulations and which EPA believes merit  high
            priority attention.  EPA's managers use the lists to
            reflect Agency priorities for tracking their progress
            towards compliance."
                                                                   so
                                                                    I
                                                                   r«o

-------
       OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT  AND  COMPLIANCE MONITORING
Principal Regional Enforcement  Contacts

Region
I
II
III
IV
V

VI
VII
VIII
IX
X

Name
Paul Keough
Doug Blazey
Stan Laskovski
John (Alex) Little
Alan Levin
Dave Ullrich
Dick Whittington
Wi 1 liam Rice
Kerry Clough
John Wise
Ed Coate

Title
Deputy Regional Administrator
Regional Counsel
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Counsel
Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Chief of Staff
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Te lephone
Number
223-7210
264-1018
597-9812
257-4727
353-2000
353-2094
729-2600
758-5495
327-3895
454-8153
399-1220

-------
     EPA personnel should avoid giving the impression that
parties on the list necessarily have been adjudicated to be
in violation or have agreed that they are in violation of
environmental requirements.  Of course, planned or proposed
enforcement actions or strategies against specific facilities
should not be released.

     Only lists which are comprised of those violators
tracked in EPA's Strategic Planning and Management System
(SPMS) should be characterized as EPA's "official" significant
violators list.  In addition, tabulations of actions taken
against these parties should be characterized as "official"
only if those tabulations are obtained from reports submitted
as part of SPMS.

     If you have any questions regarding the points raised in
this memo, please feel free to give me a call at (FTS) 382-4140
cc:  (.^Associate Enforcement Counsel
    ' OECM Office Directors
     Program Compliance Office Directors

-------
                                                                    II.C.6.
"PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM (PCS) POLICY STATEMENT", dated October 31, 1985.
(appendices updated March 23, 1988)

-------

-------
     \      UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
     *                     WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460

                                    '
                                OCT311985

                                                          OFFICE OF
                                                           WATER .

MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  Permit Compliance System  (PCS) Policy Statement

FROM:     Lawrence J. Jensen                         ^
          Assistant Administrator for Water  (WH-556)\J|*

TO:       Regional Water Management Division Directors
          Regions I - X

      I am pleased to issue the attached policy statement on the
Permit Compliance System (PCS).' This policy statement-represents
an important step in the continuing effort to support a reliable
and effective automated information system for the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System  (NPDES)  program.

      PCS "is the national data base for the NPDES program.  It
serves as the primary source of NPDES information for EPA, NPDES
States, Congressr and the public.  The use and suoport of PCS by
EPA Regions and NPDES States are crucial to the effectiveness and
proper oversight of the NPDES program.  This policy statement
establishes for EPA and NPDES States  the key management practices
and resDonsibilities central to PCS'  ability to contribute to the
overall integrity of the NPDES program and the achievement of our
long-term environmental goals.  One of the requirements is to have
Regions and States enter all required data into PCS by September 30,
1986  (see Attachment 1 of the PCS Policy Statement).  While, the aim
of the policy is a consistent approach across Regional and State
NPDES programs, it retains flexibility for Regions and States to
tailor agreements to the unique conditions of each State.

     The PCS Policy Statement is effective immediately.  The Office
of Water Enforcement and Permits will monitor implementation of the
policy statement and issue special instructions as necessary.
Regional Water Management Division Directors and their State coun-
terparts are responsible for ensuring that their staffs receive suf-
ficient support to apply the principles of the policy to their PCS
activities.      .

      I look forward to a strong commitment to this policy statement
by EPA and State NPDES programs.  You can be assured of my full
support as EPA and the States move-forward with its implementation.

Attachments

cc: Administrator
    Deputy Administrator
    State Directors
    PCS Steering Committee
    PCS Users Group

-------

-------
            PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM POLICY STATEMENT
          UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

STATEMENT OF POLICY

     It  is EPA policy that the Permit Compliance System  (PCS) shall
be the national data base for the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) program.  All EPA Regions must use PCS
directly, and all NPDES States must either use PCS directly or
develop  and maintain an interface.

     As  our primary data source/ PCS will promote national consis-
tency and uniformity in permit and compliance evaluation.  To
achieve  national consistency and uniformity in the NPDES program,
the required data in PCS must be complete and accurate.  Facility,
permits  (i.e., events and limits), measurement, inspection, com-
pliance  schedule, and enforcement action data are required. These
required data elements are further defined in Attachments 1 and 2.
They comprise the Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB)
which has'been redefined as the core of information necessary to
enable PCS to function as a useful operational and management tool
and so that PCS can be used to conduct oversight of the effective-
ness of  the NPDES program.                                •     .

     All required data for NPDES and non-NPDES States must be
entered  into PCS by September 30, 1986 and maintained regularly
thereafter.  This will require Regions and States to start entering
data as  early as possible, and not wait until late FY 1986.

     By  the end of FY 1986, direct users of PCS shall establish,
with Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (OWEP) assistance,
a Quality Assurance program for data in PCS.  The program shall
define:

     * monthly measurement of the level of data entered;

     • appropriate time frames to ensure that data are entered
       in PCS in a timely manner; and

     * nationally consistent standards of known data quality
       based on proven statistical methods of quality assurance.
       PCS Quality Assurance shall address the completeness (for
       assurance of full data entry) and accuracy of the data
       entered into PCS.                                 '

     Adoption of PCS by States should be formalized in each
State's  $106 Program Plan, State/EPA Agreement, or in a separate
agreement.  Each plan should clearly define EPA's and the NPDES
State's  responsibilities regarding PCS.  The Key Management
Practices in this Policy Statement should be incorporated into
the $106 Program Plan.

-------
                              - 2 -
BACKGROUND

     When the PCS Steering Committee met  in March  1985, EPA
Regional representatives stressed the essential need for a positive
statement from EPA Headquarters management to Regional and State
management specifically requiring the support and  use of PCS.
Lack of such support may result in an incomplete and unreliable
data base.  With sufficient EPA Headquarters, Regional, and State
support, however, PCS will come to serve  several major purposes
for the NPDES program:

     • PCS will provide the overall inventory for  the NPDES program.

     • PCS will provide data ;for-responding to Congress and the
       public on the overall status of the NPDES program.  As
       such, it will serve as a valuable  tool for  evaluating the
       effectiveness of the program and the need for any major
       policy changes.                               •

     • PCS will encourage a proper EPA/State oversight role by iden-
       tifying all major permittee violators.

     • PCS will offer all levels of government an  operational and
       management tool for tracking permit issuance, compliance,
       and enforcement actions.

     This PCS Policy Statement is a result of the  Steering Committee
meeting.  It is a clear message to Regional and State management
that PCS is the primary source of NPDES information, and as
such, it is to be supported wholeheartedly by all  users of PCS.

     The PCS Steering Committee meeting also resulted in a
redefinition of WENDB and ratification thereof.  WENDB is the
minimum standard of data entry which will allow PCS to function
as a useful operational and management tool (see Attachments 1
and 2).  EPA Regions agreed that all WENDB elements will be
entered into PCS by September 30, 1986, and maintained regularly
thereafter.                                    .        .     .

     Once the required data are entered into and regularly main-
tained in PCS, PCS will assist permits and compliance personnel
in many of their operational and management responsibilities.
PCS will greatly reduce reporting burdens for such activities
as the Strategic. Planning and Management  System (SPMS), and it
will reduce efforts needed for effective  compliance -tracking at
both Regional and State levels.  Also, substantial automation of
the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR) will save time and
resources.                .       '•

-------
                              - 3 -
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

Key Management Practices

     To effectively implement and uphold this PCS Policy Statement
and enhance PCS' capabilities, there are certain key management
practices that must be implemented:

     0  The following milestones have been established to facilitate
        the entry of all reouired data by the end of FY 1986:

        •  All required National Municipal Policy (NMP) data must be
           entered into PCS by October 31, 1985 (See Attachment 1).

        -  All required data for non-NPDES States must be entered
           into PCS by March 31, 1986.

     0 NPDES permits shall be enforceable and tracked for compli-
       ance using PCS.  The Office of Hater Enforcement and
       Permits (OWEP) recognizes there may be situations where
       permit limits and monitoring conditions are not initially
       compatible with PCS data entry and tracking.  In these
       cases, Regions should ensure that appropriate steps are
       taken by the permit writer to identify difficult permits
       to the PCS coder, and to mutually resolve any coding
     ,  issues.  The Regions should work closely with their NPDES
       States using PCS, to address similar data entry problems
       with State-issued NPDES permits.

     0 HENDB is the minimum standard of data entry for PCS (see
       the attached lists/of data requirements).  If States and
       Regions wish to enter NPDES data beyond what has been required,
       they may do so.  For example, if States want to enter
       Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) data for minor facilities,
       the option is available in PCS and the States' may use-it
       as their resources allow.  EPA will ensure that sufficient
       computer space is available for the currently projected
       use of PCS.

     0 All DMRs submitted to EPA Regional Offices (including DMRs
       submitted by NPDES States for EPA entry into PCS) must be
       preprinted using the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
       approved DMR form.  NPDES States directly using PCS are
       not required to use the OMB-approved form; however, its
       use is strongly encouraged.  With the continuing demand
       for more complete information and with stable, if not
       diminishing, data entry resources, it is to EPA's and
       NPDES States' benefit to preprint DMRs.  The use of pre-
       printed DMRs will greatly reduce PCS' data entry burden,
       making available resources to be used in other areas
       (e.g., PCS quality assurance, data entry for other PCS
       records/ etc.).

-------
                                -4-
     0 The frequency with which DMRs are submitted to the EPA or
       NPDES State is important for ensuring timely entry of
       data into PCS and timely review of permittee's compliance
       status.  Quarterly, semi-annual, or annual submission of
       DMRs creates a major data entry burden and impedes the
       compliance evaluation process.  As a result, -the useful-
       ness of DMR data for compliance evaluation decreases
       substantially.  Monthly submittal of DMRs alleviates this
       problem /-and -enhances PCS' effectiveness significantly.  It
       is recommended that monthly submittal of DMRs be incorpo-
       rated into major permits as they are reissued.  With approx-
       imately 20 percent of the permits reissued each year, it
       will take five years to complete the transition to monthly
       submittal for all major permittees.

     • EPA Regions should coordinate with their respective States
       to develop strategies that describe each State's plans to
       either use PCS directly or develop an interface.  These
       strategies should include the rationale for selecting one
       of. these methods of data entry into PCS, an outline of all
       requirements necessary for implementing the selected
       method, the mechanisms to be used to supply sufficient
'       resources-, and a schedule for attainment not to exceed
       September 30, 1986.  If a State is a current user of PCS
       via one of these methods, the strategy should describe its
       needs for enhancing its PCS usage or improving its PCS
       interface, the mechanisms to be. used to supply sufficient
       resources , and a schedule for attainment not to exceed
       September 30, 1986.

     • When writing or revising a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA),
       the Region and State should specify the State's intent to
       use or interface with PCS.  The MOA should address the
       rationale for selecting one of these selected methods of
       data entry into PCS, an outline of all requirements neces-
       sary for implementing the selected method', the mechanisms
       to be used to supply sufficient resources, and a schedule
       for attainment.

Responsibilities

     Off ice of Water Enforcement and Permits;  It is OWEP's full
responsibility to maintain the structure (i.e . ,. the computer
software) of PCS and to operate the system.  OWEP will continue
to support time-sharing funds needs, training!, and the necessary
resources to continue the operation of PCS.  OWEP will work with
the EPA Regions a'nd NPDES States to continually evaluate and
improve, where feasible, the system's software, time-share funding,
operation, and maintenance.  OWEP will maintain a Steering Commit-
tee and User Group, organize the national meetings, and work.
closely with the Regional and State representatives on major
decisions related to PCS.

    • OWEP will oversee the Regions' and States' progress in
fulfilling this policy statement by assessing the quantity of
data entered each quarter.

-------
                              - 5 -
     EPA Regions and NPDES States;  It is the EPA Regions' and
NPDES States' full responsibility to maintain the infrastructure
of PCS by accurately entering data in a timely manner.  Also, EPA
Regions and NPDES States are responsible for participating in PCS
Workgroups and contributing to improvements to PCS.

     Three National PCS meetings are held each year, one for the
Steering Committee and two for the PCS Users Group.  EPA Regions
are expected to attend all three meetings.  NPDES States directly
using PCS are invited to attend the State portions of these
meetings.  More meetings may be scheduled during 'the year if
necessary.

     Since consistent and objective compliance tracking "is a
central component of an effective and credible enforcement program,
NPDES States are strongly urged to use PCS directly.  We realize,
however, .that there' may be some cases where NPDES States cannot
use PCS directly.  In these instances, in accordance with $123.41
of the regulations, EPA requests from the States all required
information (as indicated in the attachments) for entry into PCS.
This can be achieved one of two ways:

     • A State Automated Data Processing (ADP) interface can be
       developed.  It is the EPA Region's responsibility to work
       with the NPDES State to develop an effective State ADP
       interface.  The State, however, should take the lead in
       developing the interface and work closely with the Region
       to ensure the interface is effective.  It should be realized
       that system interfaces are often troublesome and unwieldy;
       they are often ineffective and limit the States1 flexibility
       to change their systems quickly to meet management needs.
       In the event a State ADP interface is developed, there
       must be formal agreement that the State will operate the
       interface, maintain the interface software, and be fully
       responsible for making any changes to the interface based
       on changes made to its automated data base.  This will
       ensure that the NPDES State will be held responsible for
       system compatibility.   If the State does not accept full
       responsibility with system, compatibility, then changes
       must not be made to the State system without the prior
       knowledge of EPA.  The State is responsible for ensuring
       that the data are transferred to PCS in a timely manner,
       accurately, and completely.  Interfaces must be developed
       and maintained so that they operate with maximum efficiency
       all of the time.

     •  OWEP recognizes that FY 1986 will be a transition year for
       PCS.   NPDES States will begin using PCS or will develop
       interfaces.  In the event that neither of these alternatives
       is accomplished by the.end of FY 1986,  in accordance with
       the FY 1986 Guidance for the Oversight of NPDES Programs,
       the State will be responsible, for submitting all required
       information (as indicated in the attachments) in hard
       copy format.   The data must be submitted either already

                                .                        •     4- -:-

-------
                              - 6 -
       coded onto PCS coding sheets or in a format that can be
       readily transferred onto PCS coding sheets.  Also, the data
       must be submitted at regular intervals to ensure timely
       entry into PCS.  Once the data are received by EPA, it is the
       EPA Region's responsibility to enter the.data into PCS in a
       timely manner.
Funding
     0 S106 grant funds may be used-for interface software.develop-
       ment.  However, they cannot be used for.maintenance of the
       interface software for State-initiated changes to a State
       ADP .system or for the operation and maintenance of a separate
       State ADP system.
                                                .\
     • 5106 grant funds may be used for State data entry if and
       only if the State uses PCS directly" or the State provides
       data to PCS via an interface that meets the standards of
       this policy.

     0 If requested by a State, EPA will agree to pay for its
       time-sharing costs to implement this policy, within given
       resources.

     0 Headquarters will continue to pursue alternative methods of
       reducing the data entry burden on Regions and States.
Date'  ^                        Assistant Administrator for Water

-------
                          ATTACHMENT 1
              REQUIRED DATA TO BE ENTERED INTO PCS
Information Type1

Permit Facility Data

Permit Event Data

Inspection Data

Parameter Limits and
 Pipe Schedule Data

Compliance Schedule
 Data

DMR Measurement Data

Significant Noncompliance
 Flag

Enforcement Action Data
 (Enforcement Action Data,
 Compliance Schedule Data,
 and Interim Limits Data
 from all active formal
 enforcement actions)

Enforcement Action Data
 (Type Action, ENAC;
 Issue Date, ENDT; and
 Date Compliance Required,
 ERDT; from all active
 formal enforcement
 actions)

Pretreatment Approval2

National Municipal Policy
 Data3
X

X
X

X
Minor 92-SOOs

       X

       X

       X
       X

       X
Other Minors

       X

       X

       X
       X

       X
     each of the categories listed in this chart, the Information
 Type is the set of core data elements listed in Attachment 2.

?Pretreatment Program Required Indicator, PRET; one data element.

3All required data as described in May 16, 1965 memorandum on
 National Municipal Policy Tracking in PCS.  This includes
 Facility User Data Element 6 (RDF6), Compliance Schedule and
 Enforcement Action information.            '

-------
                           ATTACHMENT 2

      WATER ENFORCEMENT NATIONAL DATA BASE (WEKDB)  ELEMENTS
       Data Element Name

 COMMON KEY

 NPDES Number

 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE RECORD
                             V
 Compliance Schedule Number
 Data Source Code
 Compliance Actual Date
 Compliance Report Received Date
 Compliance Schedule Date
 Compliance Schedule Event Code

 COMPLIANCE VIOLATION RECORD

•Compliance Violation Date
'Violation Compliance Event Code
* Compliance Violation Code
•Significant Non-Compliance Code
  (Compliance)
•Significant Non-Compliance Date
  (Compliance)
•Violation Compliance Schedule
  Number
•violation Data Sour.ce Code

 ENFORCEMENT ACTION RECORD
 Enforcement Action
  Achieved Date
.Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
  Violation Code
 Enforcement Action
  Violation Date
 Enforcement Action
  Number
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action-
 Enforcement Action
  Due  Date
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
 Enforcement Action
  Number
                    Response

                    Comment Line 1
                    Comment Line 2
                    Comment Line 3
                    Comment Line 4
                    Comment Line 5
                    Compliance

                    Compliance    •

                    Modification

                    Code
                    Date
                    Status Code
                    Response

                    Status Date
                    Season Number
                    Source Code
                    Discharge
                                          Acronym
                                           NPID
                                           CSCH
                                           DSCD
                                           DTAC
                                           DTRC
                                           DISC
                                           EVNT
                                           CVOT
                                           CVEV
                                           CVIO
                                           SNCC

                                           SNDC

                                           VCSN

                                           VDCD



                                           EADR

                                           ECM1
                                           ECM2
                                           ECM3
                                           ECM4
                                           ECM5
                                           ECVC

                                           ECVD

                                           EMOD

                                           ENAC
                                           ENDT
                                           ENST
                                           ERDT

                                           ESDT
                                           ESEA
                                           EVCD
                                           EVDS
• usually generated by PCS; can be manually entered.

-------
                          WENDB ELEMENTS
                           (Continued)
      Data Element Name
 Enforcement
 Enforcement
  Alphabetic
 Enforcement
 Enforcement
 Enforcement
  Code
 Enforcement
 Enforcement
 Enforcement
Action Event Code
Action Limit Type-

Action Monitoring Date
Action Monitoring Location
Action STORET Parameter

Action Discharge Designator
Action Compliance Schedule
Action Violation Type
 EVIDENTIARY HEARING RECORD

 Evidentiary Hearing Event Date
 Evidentiary Hearing Event Code

 INSPECTION RECORD

 Inspection Date
 Inspector Code
 Inspection Type

 MEASUREMENT VIOLATION RECORD

 Measurement Concentration Average
 Measurement Concentration Minimum
 Measurement Concentration Maximum
 Measurement Quantity Average
 Measurement Quantity Maximum
 Violation Date (Measurement)
 No Discharge Indicator
'Significant Non-Compliance Code
  (Measurement)
'Significant Non-Compliance Date
  (Measurement)
 Violation Measurement Designator
 Measurement Discharge Number
 Violation Monitoring Location
 Violation STORET Parameter

 PARAMETER LIMITS RECORD

 Change of Limit Status
 Contested Parameter Indicator
 Modification Period End Date
 Modification Period Start Date
 Concentration Average Limit
 Concentration Minimum Limit
 Concentration Maximum Limit
 Concentration Unit Code
 Quantity Average Limit
Acronym

 EVEV
 EVLM

 EVMD
 EVML
 EVPR

 EVRD
 EVSN
 EVTP
                               EHDT
                               EHEV
                               DTIN
                               INSP
                               TYPI
                               MCAV
                               MCMN
                               MCMX
                               MQAV
                               MQMX
                               MVOT
                               NODI
                               SNCE

                               SNDE

                               VDRD
                               VDSC
                               VMLO
                               VPRM
                               COLS
                               CONP
                               ELED
                               ELSD
                               LCAV
                               LCMN
                               LCMX
                               LCUC
                               LQAV

-------
                         WENDB ELEMENTS
                          (Continued)

     Data Element Name                    Acronym

Quantity Maximum Limit                     LOMX
Quantity Unit Code                         LQUC
Limit Type - Alphabetic                    LTYP
Monitoring Location                        MLOC
Modification Number                        MODN
Limit Discharge Number                     PLDS
Limit Report Designator                    PLRD
STORET Parameter Code                      PRAM
Season Number                              SCAN
Statistical Base Code                      STAT

PERMIT EVENT RECORD

Permit Tracking Actual Date                PTAC
Permit Tracking Event Code                 PTEV

PERMIT FACILITY RECORD

River Basin                                BAS6
City Code                                  CITY
County Code                                CNTY
Type Permit Issued - EPA/State             EPST
Federal Grant Indicator   ,                 FDGR
Final Limits Indicator      .               FLIM
Average Design Flow                        FLOW
Facility Name Long                         FNML
Facility Inactive Code                     IACC'
Major Discharge Indicator (Entered         MADI
 by EPA Headquarters)
Pretreatment Program Required              PRET
 Indicator
SIC Code                                   SIC2
Type Ownership                             TYPO
National Municipal Policy                  RDF6
 Tracking Indicator
Significant Noncompliance Flag for         (To Be Created)
 P.L. 92-500 Minor Facilities

PIPE SCHEDULE RECORD

Report Designator                          DRID
Discharge Number                           DSCH
Final Limits End Date                      FLED
Final Limits Start Date                .    FLSD  .
Interim Limits End Date                    MLED
Interim Limits Start Date         .         MLSD
Initial Limits End Date            -      .  ILED
Initial Limits Start Date                  ILSD
Number of Units in Report Period           NRPU
Number of Units in Submission Period -     NSUN
 EPA'   '                        .
Number of Units in Submission Period -     NSUS
 State

-------
                          WENDB .ELEMENTS
                            (Continued)
     Data Element Name

Pipe Inactive Code
Report Units
Initial Report Date
Initial Submission Date
Initial Submission Date
Submission Unit - EPA
Submission Unit - State
State
EPA
PI AC
REUN
STRP
STSS
STSU
SUUN
SUUS
NOTE:  Additional data elements subject to approval:

       Frequency of Analysis               FRAN
       Sample Type                         SAMP
       Compliance Schedule File Number     CSFN
       Enforcement Action File Number      ERFN
       Permit Limits File Number           LSFN
       Inspection Comments (First          ICOM
        Three Characters for the
        Number of Industrial Users
        Inspected)
       Facility Inactive Date              IADD
       Reissuance Control Indicator        RCIN
       Pipe Inactive Date        .          PIDT
Total:
 plus additional data elements:
New total:
           111  WENDB elements
          »•'  9   data elements
           120  WENDB elements

-------

-------
/"At
ijjgji
 ^kf  \^^
  ^ moi^
               UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                              WASHINGTON. D.C. 20*60



                            MAR 231988

                                                            off ten of
EEMORANDOM                                                   *ATt"

SUBJECT:  Update of PCS Policy Statement/WENDB Data Elements
                          ''               f*
PROM:     J. William  Jordan, Director    &
          Enforcement Division (EN-338) P*

TO:       Regional Water Management Division Directors
            9                          .

     Since the Permit Compliance System (PCS) Policy statement was
issued by Assistant Administrator Larry Jensen on October 31,  1985,
additional Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB) data
elements have been added to track key pretreatment (Pretreatment
Permits and Enforcement Tracking System - PPETS) and administrative
penalty order activities.  Only three of the administrative penalty
WENDB data elements listed in my previous memorandum on administrative
penalty tracking are  currently included.  In each case we established
task forces of EPA and, in the case of PPETS, State representatives
to develop several options for new WENDB data elements.  Regional
(and State for PPETS) comments were received on numerous occasions
before developing final lists.

     Attached is an addendum to the PCS Policy statement which
includes these new WENDB data elements (i.e.,  hose data elements
that are required to  be entered into PCS).   The PPETS WENDB elements
are required for both EPA and NPDES States.   Administrative penalty.
order elements are required only for EPA actions.  If new WENDB data
elements are needed for new initiatives, EPA Regions and the States
will be asked to participate in determining appropriate WENDB
elements.  After this process, updated WENDB lists will again be
forwarded to you.

     Please make sure your states receive a copy of this memorandum.
Call me (FTS-475-8304) or Roger Hartung, Acting Chief compliance
Information and Evaluation Branch (FTS-475-8313) if there are
questions.  Questions on WENDB elements can be directed to Dela Ng
(FTS-475-8323) on Roger's staff.

Attachment

c.ct Jim Elder      •
    Glenn Unterberger
    Martha Prothro
    Regional compliance Branch Chiefs
   . Regional PCS Contacts
   . Regional Pretreatment Coordinators

-------

-------
                                 \PPENDIX 8

                    REQPIRED DATA TO BE ENTERED INTO PCS

                                         Minor4
  informatrori^Type*            Manors    95-500*s

  Permit Facility Data           X           x           x

  Permit Event Data              X           X           x

  Inspection Data                X           X           x

  Parameter Limits and
  Pipe Schedule Data            X

  Significant Compliance Data    X           X

  Compliance Schedule Data       X           x

  DMR Measurement Data           X

  Enforcement Action Data        X
  (Enforcement Action Data,                       ;
  Compliance Schedule Data,
  and Interim Limits Data
  from all active formal
  enforcement actions and
  Enforcement Action Data
  for all active informal •
  enforcement actions)
  •
 Enforcement Action Data             .       X            '
  from all active informal
  and formal enforcement
  actions

 Pretreatment Approval?         X           X4         . x*

 National Municipal Policy      X           X           X
  Data*

 Single Event Violation         X           X4          X4
  Data

 Pretreatnent Compliance        x           x4          x4
  Inspection (PCD/Audit

 Pretreatment Performance       x           X4          X4
  Summary
For. each of the categories listed in this chart, the Information Tvoe
is the set of core date elements listed in Attachment II.
Pretreatment Program Required Indicator, PRET; one data element.
All reauired data as described in May 16, -1985 memorandum  on National
Municioal Policy Tracking in PCS.  This includes NPFF, NPSC, NPSQ,
PDC2, Compliance Schedule and Enforcement Action Information.
The following information types are only for minor POTWs which are
pretreatment control authorities: pretreatment aporoval, sincrle event
violation data, pretreatment compliance inspection (PCD/audit, and
pretreatment performance summary.

-------

-------
                                        APPENDIX €
                  WATER ENFORCEMENT NATIONAL DATA BASE (WENDS) ELEMENTS


               data Element Name                                         Acronym

  COMMON KEY                        .              .

  NPDES Number

  COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE RECORD                                   .

  Compliance Schedule Actual Date
  compliance Schedule Date                         .                      DISC
  Compliance schedule Event Code                           .        ,      EVMT
  Conpliance schedule Pile Hunter                          '              CSFM
  Compliance schedule Number                                             CSCH
  Compliance Schedule Report Received Date                               DTRC
  Compliance schedule User Data Element2                                 HDC2
  Data source code                                                       DSCD

  COMPLIANCE VIOLATION RECORD*                             ,

  Compliance Schedule Violation Code                                     CVTO
  Compliance Schedule Violation Date                 .                    CVDT
  Compliance Schedule Violation Event Code                               CVEV
  Compliance Violation Compliance Schedule Number                      •  VCSN
  Compliance Schedule Violation Data Source Code                         VDCD
  QNCR compliance Schedule Violation Detection Code                      SNCC
  QNCR comoliance Schedule Violation Detection Date                      SNDC
  QNCR Compliance Schedule Violation Resolution Code                     SRCC
  QNCR Compliance Schedule Violation Resolution Date                     SRDC

  ENFQRCEriENT ACTION RECORD

  Enforcement Action Code (includes administrative penalty orders)2       ENAC
  Enforcement Action Comment                                             BCMT
  Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Violation Code                  ECVC
  Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Number                          EVSN
  Enforcement Action Compliance schedule Violation Date                  ECVD
  Enforcement Action Data Source Code                                    EVCD
  Enforcement Action Date                                                ENDT
NOTE:  See last page for listing of footnotes
                                         - 1 -

-------
                                     APPENDIX C

                                   WENDB ETPMCTTTS
Enforcement Action Discharge Number  .                                  EVDS
Enforcement Action Event code                                          EVEV
Enforcement Action Pile Number                                         ERFN
Enforcement Action Limit Type-Alphabetic                               EVLM
Enforcement Action Modification Number                                 EMOD
Enforcement Action Monitoring Date                                     EWD
Enforcement Action Monitoring Location                                 EVML
Enforcement Action Parameter Code                                      EVPR
Enforcement Action Report Designator                                 '  EVRD
Enforcentent Action Response Due Date                                   ERDT
Enforcement Action Season Number           .              •              ESEA
Enforcement Action Status code                                         ENST
Enforcement Action Status Date                                         ESDT
Enforcement Action Violation Type                                      EVTP
Enforcement Action Code - violation Key3                               EKAC
Enforcemnnt Action Date - Violation Key3                               EXDT
Enforcement Action Type order Issued EPA/State Violation Key3          SKIP
Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Code3                   .     ESVC
Enforcement Action single Event Violation Date3                        ESVD
Enforcement Action Type Order Issued EPA/State3                        EATP

EVIDENTIARY HEARING RECORD

Evidentiary Hearing Event Code4                     •          -         SHEV
Evidentiary Hearing Event Date                                    .    EHDT

INSPKCTIOH RECORD

Inspection Date                                                        DTXM
Inspector Code                                                         INSP
Inspection Type                                                        TYPI
Inspection Comments (First three characters for                        ICON
  Industrial user pretreatment inspections)
     See List page for listing of footnotes
                                       - 2 -

-------
                                       APPENDIX C

                                    WENDB
              Data Element Name                                         acronym

 MEASUREMENT VIOLATION RECORD          .                       .

 Measurement/Violation concentration Average                            HCAV-
 Measurement/Violation Concentration Minimum                            new
 Measurement/Violation concentration Maximum                            MCMX
 Measurement/Violation Quantity Average                                 NQAV
 Measurement/Violation Quantity Maximum                                 MQMX
 Measurement/Violation Discharge Number                                 VDSC
 Measurement/Violation Monitoring Location                   '           VMLO
 Measurement/Violation Monitoring Period End Date                   .    MVDT
 Measurement/Violation Parameter                                        VPRM
 Measurement/Violation Report Designator                                VDRD
 No Discharge  indicator                                                 NODI
 QNCR Measurement Violation Detection code1                             SNCE
 QNCR Measurement Violation Detection Date1                             SNDE
 QNCR Measurement Violation Resolution Code1                            SRCE
 QNCR Measurement Violation Resolution Date1                            SRDE

 PARAMETER LIMITS RECORD            .

   ange of Limit Status          .            •                         COLS
   ncentration Average Limit                                            LCAV
   centration Maximum Limit                                            LCMX
  ..tcentration Minimum Limit                                            LCMN
 Concentration Unit Code                                                LCDC
 Contested Parameter Indicator                                          CONP
 Limit Discharge Number                                                 PLDS
 Limit Pile Number                                                      PLFN
 Limit Report  Designator                                                PLRD
 Limit Type -  Alphabetic                                                LTXP
 Modification Number                                                    MOON . .
 Modification Period End Data                                           FLED .
 Modification Period start Date     -                                   ELSD
 Monitoring Location                                                    MLOC
 Parameter Code                                                         PRAM
 Quantity Average Limit                                                 LQAV
Quantity Maximum Lifldt                                                 LOMX
Quantity Unit code                                                     LQOC
 Season Number                                                         SEAN
 Statistical Base Code                                                  STAT
NOTE:  See last page for listing of footnotes


                                        - 3 -

-------
                                      APPENDIX C
                                     •

                                    WENDB
 PJ5BMCT EVENT RECORD

 Permit Trackina Actual Date                                           PTAC
 Permit Tracking Event Code5                                           PTEV

 PERMIT FACILITY RECORD

 Averaoe Design Flow                                                   FLOW
 City Code                                                             CITY
 County Code                                               •            CNTY
 Facility Inactive Code                                     .           IACC
 Facility Inactive Date                                                IADT
 Facility Name Long                                                    FNML
 Federal Grant Indicator                                               PDGR
 Final Limits Indicator                   .                             FLIM
 Major Discharqe Indicator (Entered by EPA Headouarters)                MADI
 NMP Final Schedule6                                                   HPSC
 NMP Financial Status6                                                 NPFF
 NMP Schedule Quarter6                                                 NPSQ
 Pretreatment Program Reouired Indicator                      •         PRET
 QNCR Status Code, Current Year (Manual)7                               CYMS
 Reissuance control Indicator                                          RON
 River Basin (first four.characters)                                    BAS6
 SIC Code                                    .                          SIC2
 Type of Permit Issued - EPA/State             .                        FPST
 Type of Ownership                                                     TYPO

 PIPE SCHEDULE RECORD                                         '

 Discharge Number                                       '               DSCH
 Final Limits End Date                                                 FLED
.Final Limits Start Date                                               PLSD
 Initial Limits End Date                                             .  ILED
 Initial Limits Start Date                                             ILSD
 Initial Report Date                                                   STOP
 Initial Submission Date - EPA                                         STSD
 Initial Submission Date - State       .                                STSS
 Interim Limits End Date                                               MLED
 Interim Limits Start Date                                             MLSD
 Number of Units in Reporting Period                                    NRPO
 Number of Units in Submission Period  - EPA                             NSUN
 Nuntoer of units in Submission Period  - State                          NSUS
 NOTE:  . See last page for listing of  footnotes


                                        -  4 -

-------
                                      APPENDIX C

                                    WENDB ELEMENTS

             Data Element Name                                 •        Acronym

 PIPE SCHEDDLE RECORD (continued)

 Pipe Inactive Code                                                     PIAC
 Pipe Inactive Date                                                     PIDT
 Report Designator                                                      DRID
 Reporting units                                                        RENO
 Submission Unit - EPA                                                  SUUN
 Submission Unit - State                                                SUUS

 SINGLE EVENT VIOLATIONS DATA ELEMENTS*

 Single Event Violation code                                            SVCD
 Single Event Violation Date                                            SVDT
 QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Detection Code                         SNCS
 QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Detection Date                         SNDS
 QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Resolution code                        SRCS
 QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Resolution Date                        SRDS

 PRETREATMENT PERMITS AND ENFORCEMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PPETS)

 SOURCE - PRETREATMENT COMPLIANCE INSPECTION (PCI)/AODIT

 Adoption of Technically-based Local Limits                             ADLL
 Categorical Industrial Users             ,                              cms
 technical Evaluation for Local Limits                                  EVLL
 SIUS in SNC with Self-Monitor ing                       v.                MSNC
 Significant Industrial Users Without Control Mechanisms                NOCM
 SIUS Not Inspected or Sampled                                          NOIN
 SIUS in SNC with Pretreatment Standards or Reporting                   PSNC
 Date Permit Was Modified to Require Pretreatment Implementation        PTTM
 Significant Industrial Users  *                                        SIUS
 SIUS in SNC with Self-Monitoring and Not Inspected or Sampled     '     SNIN
 Pa/Audit Date                                                         DTIA

 SOURCE - fKL'IKEATMENT PERFORMANCE SOM1ARY

 Formal Enforcement Actions Excluding Civil and Criminal
  Judicial Suits                                                       FENP
 Industrial Users From Which Penalties Have Been Collected              IUPN
 Civil or Criminal Suits Piled Against SIUS                             JUDI
 SIUS in SNC with Pretreatment Compliance Scheduled                     SSNC •
SIUS with Significant Violations Published in Newspaper                SVPU
Pretreatment Performance Summary Start Date                          .  PSSD
Pretreatment Performance Summary End Date                              PSED
NOTE:  See last page for listing of footnotes


                                        - 5 -

-------
                                     Listing of Footnotes
1.  These data elements are automatically generated by PCS unless the user wishes'to
    enter them manually.

2.  This data element is required for both informal and formal enforcement action codes
    (when applicable).  This includes administrative penalty orders.

3.  These data elements were added at the reouest of the PCS Steering Committee at the
    1986 meeting.

4.  There are seven (7) required evidentiary hearing event codes (when applicable).
    They are as follows:

    01099 Date Granted                             10099 Date ALT Decision Rendered
    06099 Date Rearing Scheduled                   11099 Date Appealed to Administrator
    07099 Date Requested                                   (EPA issued permits only)
    08099 Date Settled
    09099 Date Denied

5.  There are thirteen (13) required oermit event codes (when applicable.)
    They are as follows:

    P1099 Application Received        P6599 Reopener   .        P7499  301 (k) Variance
    P3099 Draft Permit/Public Notice  P7099 Stays              P7S99  316 (a) Variance
    P4099 Permit Issued            .   P7199 301 (c) Variance   P7699  316 (b) Variance •
    P5099 Permit Expired              P7299 301 (g) Variance   P7799  Fundamental Differe
                                                                     Factors Variance
                                                               30099  Permit Modified
                                                                                 •
6.  These data elements are previously approved National Mur :ipal Policy (HMP)
    data elements.

7.  Reouired for P.L. 92-500 minors.
                                          - 6 -

-------
                                                                 II.C.7,
"GUIDANCE FOR PREPARATION OF QUARTERLY AND SEMI-ANNUAL NONCOMPLIANCE
REPORTS", March 13, 1986, with transmittal letter.  Table of Contents.

-------

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                          WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                            MAR 13 1986
                                                         OFF.CEOF
                                                          WATER
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:  Transmi ttal of the Final Quarterly Noncompl iance Report
FROM:     Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
          Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)

TO:       Water Management Division Directors
          'Regions I - X

     The Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR) Guidance is attached
(Attachment A) in final form reflecting comments on the draft.  As
you know, we held three national training sessions to acquaint the
QNCR preparers with the new regulatory requirements and elicit
additional questions not answered by the draft QNCR Guidance.  The
major change from the draft is the resolution of permit effluent
violations.  Permit effluent violations were resolved in the draft
QNCR Guidance when a facility no longer met the pattern of
noncompliance criteria for reportable effluent violations.  These
criteria were two monthly Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations
or four chronic violations in the two quarter period covered by the
QHCR.  Therefore, a permittee would have to experience fewer violations
than two TRC or four chronic violations in the two quarters to be
reported as resolved on the QNCR.  The final guidance also now resolves
these violations, for both QNCR and significant noncompliance (SNC)
purposes, when a facility achieves one quarter of absolute compliance
with the monthly average limitations.

     The other issue which was resolved by your comments was the
tracking of permit effluent measurements in the absence of interim
limits in an enforcement order.  The majority of comments were in
favor of the draft guidance on this issue - that continuing permit
violations not be reported on 'the QNCR, but tracked outside of the
QNCR for escalation of enforcement when necessary.  The final
guidance remains unaltered on this issue.

     In addition to the change mentioned above, several wording
changes have been made in the final version based on comments received
at the training sessions.  The major comments and questions have been
compiled into a "question and answer" format to be sent as a follow-
up to the training.  These questions and answers reflect a wide range
of subjects indicating a great deal of careful thought by Regional
staff.

-------
     One expected important .result of the QN.CR .Guid-ance .and our
revised definition of SNC-is-an increase in the level of SNC
(expressed as a percent of major permittees).  The Office of
Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring (OECM) has been informed of
this increase and will be taking this into consideration when
evaluating Regional performance.  In addition, sample introductions
to the QNCR have been drafted  (see Attachment B for QNCRs generated
automatically through the Permit Compliance System and
Attachment C for manually prepared QNCRs) to accompany reports
sent out under the Freedom of  Infprmstion 'Act; th,es'e  introductions
will inform the public .of the  changes in the regulation and
indicate that even though our  definition of SNC is more stringent
than it'had been in the-past.,  it-.does not include all instances
of noncompliance listed on the QNCR.

     Please call J. William Jordan  (202-475-8304) or  Larry Reed
(202-475-8313) for questions,  or have your staff call Sheila
Frace  (202-475-9456).

Attachments

-------
                           Table of Contents



PART 1:  QUARTERLY NONCOMPLIANCE REPORTS

   I. INTRODUCTION                                             1-1

  II. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS                                   1-2

 III. VIOLATION OF PERMIT REQUIREMENTS                         1-9

      A. DETERMINING INSTANCES OF PERMIT
           NONCOMPLIANCE TO BE REPORTED   .                     1-9

      B. RESOLUTION OF REPORTED INSTANCES OF
           PERMIT NONCOMPLIANCE             •                   1-15

      C. FORMAT OF INSTANCES OF PERMIT NONCOMPLIANCE        .   1-16

  IV. VIOLATION OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS              1-21

      A. DETERMINING INSTANCES OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER
           NONCOMPLIANCE TO BE REPORTED                        1-21

      B. RESOLUTION OF REPORTED INSTANCES OF
           ENFORCEMENT ORDER NONCOMPLIANCE                     1-25

      C. FORMAT OF INSTANCES OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER
           NONCOMPLIANCE                                       1-26



PART 2: SIGNIFICANT NONCOMPLIANCE

   I. INTRODUCTION                                             2-1

  II. DEFINITION                                       .        2-1

 III. EXCEPTIONS LIST                                        .  2-6



PART 3: SEMI-ANNUAL STATISTICAL SUMMARY REPORTS

    I.  INTRODUCTION                                            3-1

   II.  DETERMINING INSTANCES OF NONCOMPLIANCE TO RE REPORTED   3-1

  III.  FORMAT                                                  3-2

-------
                           LIST OF APPENDIXES
APPENDIX I   - Noncompliance to be Reported in the QNCR
               (by subparagraph)


APPENDIX II  - Acceptable-Quarterly Noncompliance Report Abbreviations


APPENDIX III - Current Listing of Group I and Group II Pollutants


APPENDIX IV  - Sample Quarterly Noncompliance Report


APPENDIX V   - Technical Guidance

-------
                                              ATTACHMENT A
           GUIDANCE FOR PREPARATION  OF  QUARTERLY
           AND SEMI-ANNUAL NONCOMPLIANCE REPORTS
(PER SECTION 123.45, CODE OF  FEDERAL REGULATIONS, TITLE 40)

-------
                            FOREWORD






     Section 123.45 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40,



establishes the reporting requirements for quarterly, semi-annual,



and annual noncompliance reports on facilities that -are permitted



under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).



This regulation, as published in the Federal Register on August 26,



1985, is a revision of previous reporting requirements.  This



revision was necessary because the old regulations were found to



be too vague.  This resulted in inconsistent reporting as each



NPDES administering agency tried to manage their program in a



manner that was consistent with their understanding of the intent



of the regulation.





Quarterly Noncompliance Report



     The current regulations for the Quarterly Noncompliance Report



(QNCR)  evolved from initial efforts by the compliance managers in



the Regions and in States having NPDES authority to identify a



concensus set of reporting criteria.  These criteria were then



reviewed by the Compliance Task Force of the Association of State



and Interstate Water Pollution Control Administrators.  The result



was a set of specific, quantifiable reporting criteria; violation



of these criteria is known as Category I noncompliance.



     Since that time, EPA has identified additional violations that



are harder to quantify but are of sufficient concern to be considered



reportable; these violations are known as Category II noncompliance.

-------
                             - ii -
     The regulations currently reouire the reporting of Category I



and II noncompliance by major permittees; these regulations differ



most significantly from the old ones in the areas of effluent



and schedule noncompliance.



     The major change in'the area of .effluent noncompliance is



the concept that an isolated, minor excursion may not be of



sufficient concern1to .warrant tracking on the ONGR.  Instead,



Category I effluent noncompliance is based on specifically



defined "patterns of noncompliance" which take into account the



magnitude, frequency of occurrence, and duration of the violations.



These violations are resolved through rssuance of a.formal



enforcement order or by demonstrated.compliance such that



the criteria are no longer met ffor the ""pattern of noncompliance"



or the permittee has achieved*.one complete .quarter of compliance.



     In contrast, the -.-old regulations required that,all violations



during the Quarter be reported.  This reauirement would have



resulted in such voluminous reports that it was not strictly



adhered to by the administering agencies (EPA or approved States).



These violations were resolved in the past by one month of



compliance.



     One of the major changes in the area of schedule



noncompliance is the concept that municipalities constructing



treatment facilities using federal grant funding should be



reported using the same criteria as for other municipalities



and industries.  This is a revision of the old requirements



which allowed the subjective.criteria of "unacceptable progress"



to be used for federally funded'.municipalities.

-------
                             - Ill  -








      The  other major  chanae  in the area  of  schedule  noncompliance



 is  the length of  the  schedule delays  that roust  be  reported.



 In  the oast,  the  NPDES  administering  agency was  reguired  to



 report violations of  schedules (other than  grant schedules)



 that  exceeded the reporting  date of the  schedule milestone by



 at  least  30  days  (generally  60 days from the  scheduled milestone



.date).  It was found, however,  that it was  often possible to



 make  up for  delays  of less than 90 days  within  the overall



 schedule.  The new  regulation reguires only the  reportina of



 schedule  violations (including grant  schedule violations) that



 exceed the scheduled  date by 90 days  or  more.



      A summary chart  of  the  noncompliance that must  be reported



 in  the QNCR  can be  found in  Appendix  I of this guidance.






 Semi-annual  Statistical  Summary



      In addition  to these changes, the new  regulation also



 establishes  the reguirements for a new report -  the  Semi-annual



 Statistical  Summary Report.   This  report was designed as  a



 complement to the QNCR as an indication  of  the amount of  effluent



 noncompliance that  did not meet the criteria  for QNCR reporting.



 The Semi-annual Statistical  Summary Report  includes  numerical



 counts of major permittees in violation  of  monthly average



 effluent  limitations  for two or more  months of the six-month



 reporting period.   This  criterion  was chosen based on a study



 of  over 2500  major  permittees in twelve  states.  The study



 found  that only one percent  of  the permittees that would  violate

-------
                             - IV -








their monthly averaae effluent limits twice in a year would not



meet the chosen criteria of twice in six months.  As such, the



chosen criteria was believed to be a reasonable indicator of



the level of effluent noncomnliance - both the noncompliance



that warrants trackina on the ONCR and that which does not.






Annual Noncompliance Report



     The requirements for the Annual Noncomplranee Report remain




unchanged in the current regulation.






Significant Noncomnliance



     Significant Noncompliance (SNC) is a subset of Reportable



Noncompliance as defined for the QNCR.  'SNC is not regulatory,



but is defined by EPA in .Part 2 of this guidance.  SNC is used



solely for management purposes and contains those instances of



noncompliance (both Category I and II) that FPA feels merit



special attention from NPDES administering agencies.  These



priority violations are tracked through the Strategic Planning



and Management System (SPMS) to ensure timely enforcement.



     An SNC/QNCR comparison chart can be found in Appendix I.






Agency Enforcement



     Any violation or instance of -noncompliance by any point



source discharger is subject to agency enforcement actions.



This principle applies to all dischargers (major, minor, and



unperroitted), and to all violations of Clean Water Act/NPDES



reguirements, regardless of whether or not the violations meet



either the Reportable (ONCR) Noncompliance or SNC criteria.

-------
                             - V -


Major Guidance Topics

     This guidance is beinq issued to clarify the revised

reporting requirements and SNC.  Major topics throughout the

guidance include the following:


     0 QNCR reportinn reciuirements

       - Criteria for reporting noncompliance

         0 Separate criteria for reportinq instances of noncompliance
           with permit conditions and with enforcement order
           reguirements

           - These criteria are considered Category I if they are
             part of the "readily Quantifiable" criteria approved
             by the Compliance Task Force

           - These criteria are considered Category II if they are.
            .part of.the "less readily auantifiable" criteria later
             developed by EPA

           - Category I versus Category II does not determine priority
             for enforcement response

       - Evaluation of effluent noncompliance/compliance based on.
         performance over a period of time (pattern of noncompliance)
         rather than at a specific point in time (e.g., the last
         month of the Quarter)

       - The capability to generate the QNCR from the national data
         base (the Permit Compliance System)

     0 Significant Noncompliance

       - Subset of QNCR Category I and II noncompliance

     0 Semi-annual Statistical Summary Report reguirements.


     A copy of the current (revised and carried over) reporting

requirements follows.

-------
                               - VI -
§ 123.45  Noncompliance and Program Reporting by the Director.



     The Director shall prepare Quarterly, semi-annual, and annual



reports as detailed below.  When the State is the permit-issuing



authority, the State Director shall submit all reports reauired



under this section to "the Reaional Administrator, and the EPA'Region



in turn shall submit the State reports to EPA Headauarters.  When



EPA is the permit-issuing authority, the Regional Administrator



shall submit all reports reguired under this section to EPA



Headauarters.



  (a) Quarterly reports.  The Director shall submit quarterly



      narrative reports for major permittees as follows:



      (1) Format.  The report shall use the following format:



          (i) Provide a separate list of major NPDES permittee's



              :which shall be subcategorized as non-POTWs, POTWs,



              and Federal permittees.



         (ii) Alphabetize each list by permittee name.  When two or



              more permittees have the same name, the permittee with



              the lowest permit number shall be entered first.



        (iii) For each permittee on the list, include the followina



              information in the following order:



              (A) The name, location, and permit number.



              (B) A brief description and date of each instance of



                  noncompliance for which paraaraph (a)(2) of this



                  section reguires reporting.  Each listing shall




                  indicate each specific provision of paragraph (a)(2



                  (e.g., (ii)(A) thru (iii)(G)) which describes the



                  reason for reporting the violation on the quarterly



                  report.

-------
                        - Vll -






        (C)  The date(s),  and a brief description of the



            action(s)  taken by the Director to ensure



            compliance.



        (D)  The status of the instance(s)  of noncompliance



            and the date  noncompliance was resolved.



        (E)  Any details  which tend to explain or mitigate the



            instance(s)  of noncompliance.



(2)  Instances of noncompliance by major dischargers to be



    reported.



    (i)  General.  Instances of noncompliance, as defined in



        paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, by



     .  -major dischargers shall be reported in successive



        reports until  the noncompliance is reported as resolved



        (i.e., the permittee is no longer  violating the permit



        conditions reported as noncompliance in the QNCR),,



        Once an instance  of noncompliance  is reported as



        resolved in the  QNCR, it need not  appear in subseauent



        reports.



        (A)  All reported  violations must be listed  on the



            QNCR for the  reporting period  when the  violation



            occurred,  even if the violation is resolved during



            that reporting period.



        (B)  All permittees under current enforcement  orders



            (i.e., administrative and judicial orders and



            consent decrees)  for previous  instances of



            noncomnliance must be listed in the ONCR  until



            the orders have been satisfied in full  and the



            permittee  is  in compliance with permit  conditions.

-------
                     -  Vlll  -




        Tf  the  permittee ~i"s in  compliance  with  the

        enforcement  order,  but  has  not  achieved full

        compliance with permit  conditions,  the  compliance

        status  shall be reported  as "resolved pendinn,"

        but the permittee will  continue to be listed  on

        the QNCR.

(ii)  Category I  noncompliance.   The  following  instances  of

     noncompliance  by major  dischargers  are Category I

     noncompliance:

     (A) Violations of  conditions  in enforcement
                                                            i
        orders  except  compliance  schedules and  reports.

     (B) Violations of  compliance  schedule  milestones

        for starting construction,  completina construction,

        and attaining  final compliance  by  90  days or  more

        from the date  of the milestone  specified in an

        enforcement  order or a  permit.

     (C) Violations of  permit effluent limits  that exceed

        the Appendix A "Criteria  for Noncompliance Reporting

        in  the  NPDES Program".

     CD) Failure to provide  a compliance schedule report  for

        final compliance or a'monitoring report. 'This

        'applies when the permittee  has  failed to submit

        a final compliance  schedule progress  renort,

        pretreatment report, or a Discharge Monitoring

        Report  within  30 days  from  the  due date specified

        in  an enforcement order or  a permit.

-------
                       - ix -






(iii)  Category II  noncompliance.   Category II  noncompliance



      includes violations of permit  conditions which  the



      Agency believes to be of  substantial concern and  may



      not  meet the Category I criteria.   The  following  are



      instances of noncomnliance  which must be reported as



      Category II  noncompliance unless the same violation



      meets the criteria for Category  I  noncompliance.



      (A)  (1)  Violation of a permit  limit;



          (2)  An unauthorized bypass;



          (3)  An unpermitted discharge;  or



          (4)  A pass-through of pollutants



          which causes  or has the potential to cause  a  water



          guality  problem (e.g.,  fish  kills, oil sheens)  or



          health problems (e.g.,  beach closings, fishings



          bans, or other restrictions  of beneficial uses).



      (B)  Failure  of  an approved  POTW  to implement its



          approved pretreatment program  adeguately including



          failure  to  enforce industrial  pretreatment



          reguirements  on industrial users as  reguired



          in the approved program.



      (C)  Violations  of any compliance schedule milestones



          (except  those milestones  listed in paragraph



          (a)(2) (ii)(B) of this section)  by 90 days or  more



          from the date specified in an  enforcement order



          or a permit.



      (D)  Failure  of  the permittee  to  provide  reports



          (other than those reports  listed in  paragraph



          (a)(2)(ii)(P) of this section)  within 30 days

-------
                             - x -




                from the due date specified in an enforcement



                order or a permit.


            (E)  Instances when the reauired reports provided by



                the permittee are so deficient or incomplete


                as to caus.e misunderstanding by the Director and


                thus impede the review of the -status of compliance.


            (F)  Violations of n-arrative requirements (-e.g.,


                requirements to develop Spill'Prevention Control


                and Countermeasure Plans and requirements to



                implement Best Manaoement Practices), which are


                of substantial concern to the regulatory agency.


            (G)  Any other violation or group-of permit violations



                which the Director or Regional Administrator
                                                                   i

                considers to be of substantial concern.


(b)  Semi-Annual  Statistical Summary Report.  Summary information


    shall be provided twice a year on the number of major permittees


    with two or  more violations of the same monthly average permit


    limitation in a six month period, including those otherwise


    reported under paraaraph (a) of this section.  This report


    shall be submitted at the same -time, according to the Federal


    fiscal year  cale'ndar, as the '£irs,t and 'third quarter 'QNCRs.


(c)  Annual reports for NPDES.


    (1)  Annual noncompliance report.  Statistical 'reports shall


        be submitted by the Director on nonmajor NPDES permittees


        indicating the total number reviewed, the number of


        noncomplying nonmajor permittees, the number of enforcement!


        actions, and the number of permit modifications extending


        compliance deadlines.  The statistical information shall

-------
                               - xi -


          be organized to follow the types of noncompliance listed

          in paragraph (a) of this section.

      (2) A separate list of nonmajor discharges which are one or

          more years behind in construction phases of the compliance

          schedule shall also be submitted in alphabetical order by

          name and permit number.

  (d) Schedule.

      (1) For all quarterly reports.  On the last working day of

          May, August, November, and February, the State Director

          shall submit to the Regional Administrator information

          concerning noncompliance with NPDES permit reauirements

          by major dischargers in the State in accordance with the

          following schedule.  The Regional Administrator shall

  '        prepare and submit information for EPA-issued permits to

          EPA Headauarters in accordance with the same schedule:


                        QUARTERS COVERED BY REPORTS ON

                      NONCOMPLIANCE BY MAJOR DISCHARGERS

                       (Date for completion of reports)


                    January, February, and March...-"-May 31
                    April, May, and June	1August 31
                    July, August, and September....1November 30
                    October, November, and Decembers-February 28


      (2) For all annual reports.  The period for annual reports

          shall be for the calendar year ending December 31, with

          reports completed and available to the public no more

          than 60 days later.


^Reports must be made available to the public for inspection and
 copying on this date.

-------
                              - xii -


Appendix A to S 123.45 - Criteria for Noncompliance Reporting
                         in the NPDES Program


     This appendix describes the criteria for reporting violations

of NPDES permit effluent limits in the auarterly noncomnliance

report (QNCR) as specified under § 123.45 (a)(2)(ii)(c ).  Any

violation of an NPDES permit i.s a violation of  the  Clean  Water Act

(CWA) for which the permittee is liable.  .An agency's  de'cision as

to what enforcement action, if' any,^should "be "taken Jrn sirch :cas"e:s,

will be based on an analysis of facts and legal reouirements.


Violations of Permit Effluent Limits

     Cases in which violations of permit effluent limits  must be

reported depend upon the magnitude -and/or 'frequency 'of the violation,

Effluent violations should be evaluated on -a parameter-by-par.ameter

and outfall-by-outfall basis..  The criteria for reporting effluent

violations are as follows:

a. Reporting Criteria for Violations of Monthly Average Permit

   Limits - Magnitude and Freguency.

        Violations of monthly average effluent  limits  which  exceed

   or egual the product of the Technical Review Criteria  (TRC)

   times the effluent limit, -and occur two months in a six month

   period must be reported.  TRCs are for two groups of pollutants.

   Group I Pollutants - TRC=1.4
   Group II Pollutants - TRC=1.2

b. Reporting Criteria for Chronic Violations of Monthly Average

   Limits.

        Chronic violations must be reported in  the  QNCR if the

   monthly average permit limits are exceeded any four months in

-------
                               - xiii -


   a six month period.  These criteria apply to all Group I  and

   Group II pollutants.


Group I Pollutants - TRC=1.4

  Oxygen Demand

  Biochemical Oxygen Demand
  Chemical Oxygen Demand
  Total Oxygen Demands
  Total Organic Carbon
  Other

  Solids

  Total Suspended Solids (Residues)
  Total Dissolved Solids (Residues)
  Other

  Nutrients

  Inorganic Phosphorus Compounds
  Inorganic Nitrogen Compounds
  Other

  Detergents and Oils

  MBAS                                                  -  ;
  NTA
  Oil and Grease
  Other detergents or algicides

  Minerals

  Calcium
  Chloride
  Fluoride
  Magnesium
  Sodium
  Potassium
  Sulfur
  Sulfate
  Total Alkalinity
  Total Hardness
  Other Minerals

  Metals

  Aluminum
  Cobalt
  Iron
  Vanadium

-------
                              - xiv -
Group II Pollutants - TRC=1.2

  Metals (all forms)

  Other metals not specifically listed under Group I

  Inorganic

  .Cyanide
  Total Residual Chlorine

  Orqanics

  All orqani.cs are Group II except -those specifd-.caLly listed under
    Group M

-------
                                                                    II.C.8.
"Managers' .Guide to the Permit Compliance System" June, 1986.  Table of
Contents only.                               .

-------
n

-------
                                MANAGERS'  GUIDE

                                     TO THE

                            PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM
                               APPENDICES
APPENDIX A:  Inquiry
APPENDIX B:  Selection Criteria
APPENDIX C:  Glossary
APPENDIX D:  Data Elements Lists
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Sunnary                                                  1

1.  Introduction                                                 M

    1.1  Purpose of this Manual                                  1-1
    1.2  Manager's Role 1n Relationship to PCS             •     1-2
    1.3  Organization of this Manual                             1-2'

2.  Overview of PCS

    2.1  PCS' Current Capabilities                ,  . .          2-1
    2.2  Purposes of PCS                                         2-2
    2.3  Regional and State Participation 1n PCS                 2-3
    2.4  History of Development                                  2-4
    2.5  Future Capabilities                                     2-5
    2.6  PCS Policy Statement                                    2-6
    2.7  PCS Data Organization                                   2-6
    2.8  PCS Report Capabilities                                 2-8
                              •
3. -Management Reports                                           3-1

    3.1  Reports from INQUIRY                                  3.1-1
    3.2  General Facility Information                          3.2-1
    3.3  Permit Issuance/Relssuance           .                 3.3-1
    3.4  Evidentiary Hearings                                  3.4-1
    3.5  Compliance Schedules                                  3.5-1
    3.6  Effluent Limits                                       3.6-1
    3.7  Discharge Monitoring Report Tracking                  3.7-1
    3.8  Effluent Measurements/Violations                      3.8-1
    3.9  Inspection Tracking                                   3.9-1
    3.10 Enforcement Action Tracking                           3.10-1
    3.11 Pretreatment Program Tracking                         3.11-1
    3.12 National Municipal Policy             •                3.12-1
    3.13 Toxldty Limits                                       3.13-1
    3.14 Grants                                                3.14-1
    3.15 Strategic Planning and Management System             3.15-1
    3.16 Quality Assurance           .                          3.16-1

-------
                                                                  TT
"Guide to PCS Documentation"  June, 1986.   Table of contents only.
(Information only; no longer current).

-------

-------
                               GUIDE  TO PCS DOCUMENTATION

                                   Table of Contents
                                                                       Date
 I.
      Introduction
II.   PCS Overview

      e PCS Overview and Example NPDES Reports
      0 PCS Pricing Model - Executive Summary
      0 Model for Assessing Resource Reauirements  (MARQ)
        - Overview of MARQ
        - Scenario  Questions
III.  NPDES Policy

      0 PCS Policy Statenent
      0 Regional Implementation of the PCS Policy Statement
      0 water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB)
      0 Agency Operating Guidance - FY 1985-1986

IV.   NPDES Permit Tracking - Issuance

      0 Permit Issuance Tracking
      0 Permit Tracking Event Codes
      0 Permit Tracking Event Codes
      0 Issues Related to NPDF.S Permit Limit Compliance
         Tracking Using Statistical Base Codes

V.    NPDES Permit Tracking - Evidentiary Hearings

      0 Conversion of Evidentiary Hearino Data into PCS

VI.   NPDES Compliance Tracking - National Municipal Policy

      0 National Municipal Policy Trackino in PCS
      0 Follow-up to June 3, 1985 Conference Call on
         National Municipal Policy Tracking in PCS
      0 PCS NMP Conference Call

VTI.  NPDES Compliance Tracking - Inspections

      0 Use of the New NPDES Compliance Inspection Form
      0 NPDES and Pretreatment Inspection Reporting for
         FY 1986 Office of Water Accountability System
      0 Audits of POTMs with Approved Pretreatment Proorams
      0 Pretreatment Audit Reporting Reauirements
      0 Inspections Based on DMR OA Results
                                                                        3/ 1/85
                                                                       10/31/85
                                                                       12/17/85
                                                                        2/13/84
                                                                        7/15/85
                                                                        7/31/85

                                                                        4/26/85
                                                                       11/12/85
                                                                        5/16/85

                                                                        6/  4/85
                                                                        8/29/85
                                                                        5/14/85

                                                                        8/  6/85
                                                                        8/30/85
                                                                       12/16/85
                                                                       12/17/85

-------
                                  Table of Contents
                                     (Continued)
VIII. Selection Criteria for Strategic Planning
      and Management Systen reports

      0 Selection criteria and example reports for SPMS
        reporting reguirements on:
         - Inspections
         - Permits
         - Evidentiary Hearings
         - National Municipal Policy

IX.   PCS Meetings

      0 Summary of PCS Management Needs Meeting (11/84)
      0 PCS Steering Committee Minutes (3/85)
      ° Minutes of the November Permit Compliance System
         (PCS) Users Group Meeting (11/84)
      0 Minutes of the April Permit Compliance System
         (PCS) Users Group Meeting (4/85)
      0 Minutes of the November Permit Compliance System
         (PCS) Users Group/Steering Committee  Meeting (11/85)
                                                                      Date
 1/14/85
 4/12/85

 2/22/85

 6/12/85

12/24/85
      PCS News
      0 Permit Compliance System Management Newsletter
      0 Permit Compliance Systen Status Report
      0 Permit Compliance System Status Report
      0 Permit Compliance System Management Status Report
      0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #1
      0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #2
      0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #3
 2/28/85
 7/ 3/85
11/20/85
 5/T2/86

    6/85
  7-8/85
 9-11/85

-------
                                                                  II.C.10.
"General Record of Enforcement Actions Tracked (GREAT) Conversion to Permit
Compliance System (PCS)", dated July 24, 1987.  Supplements II.C.2.
(Conversion completed prior to January 1, 1988).

-------

-------
            UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                           WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                                         24i987

                                              """          O**iC6 0*
 MEMORA::gt;M

 SUBJECT:   General P.ecsri tf Enforcement Actions Tracked
           Systea (GREAT) Conversion to Permit Compliance
           System (PCS)

 FROM:      J.  William J-prian, director
           Enforcement Division. (£X-338)

 TO:        Regional  Corrliar.ee Branch Chiefs

     To  further implement the ?CS Policy Statement,  PCS shouli
 be used,  to track EPA administrative orders issued -against KPDES
 facilities.   This *as requested  by the PCS Steering  committee
 •at the November 6-7,  1?35,  -eeting in Annapolis,  Maryland.
 The  PCS  Policy  Statement currently requires entry of enforcement
 actions  for majors  and  72-5CC .-ir.ors only, but the General
 Record of  Enforcement Actions TrackeJ (GREAT) system contains
 all  EPA administrative  enfor.enent actions (majors and minors).
 To successfully convert frc-n 5? SAT to PCS -r.e Regions should
 agree to enter  into PCS the enforcement acr:  \-:s -against all minors
 and  unpermitted facilities.  This woul'J nc-.  ;ffect States, since
 we would only be tracking EPA actions.  In .'! 1936 457 EPA formal
 enforcement actions were taken against mir. •-* and unpermitted
 facilities.  The total  i-at.a entry bur ien f..-  the  entire nation is-
 estimated  at  26 hours for one fiscal year.  The PCS  ADE Screens
 necessary  for this  data entry are attached,  and the  amount of
 data entry is obviously quite small.  We wouli only  give credit
 for  those  AOs entered into PCS,  as we presently Jo for N'PDES and
 pretreatment  inspections.

     Under this program the GREAT System wouM become a historical
 data base.  We  would  continue to track close-outs of administra-
 tive enforcement actions currently in the GF.'AT system to ensure
consistent accountability.   All  quarterly measures for tracking
 EPA  JJPDES  administrative orders  for the Strategic Planning and
Management Systea (SPMS)  would be retrieved from  PCS in FY 1933.
We would, "however,  -.ake parallel retrievals from  GREAT and PCS for
 the  third  and fourth  quarters of FY37 to. give everyone time to •
 ensure that all  their er.forcer.ent actions ar-3 being  entere-3 into
 PCS.

-------
                               -2-
     The plan is to enter into PCS all data for EPA enforcement
actions taken against aajors. unperaitted facilities and all
minors.  "Hardcopies" of the administrative orders, notices of
violation, 404 actions (dredge and fill violations), 311 actions
(.SPCC and CG referrals), and closebuts would continue to be sent
to Headquarters.  Please review the attached proposal for PCS
data entry and its attachments.  We have scheduled a conference
call (FTS 382-2603) with each of you at 1:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight
Savings Time on July 30, 1987, to discuss the proposed conversion.

     Please call Larry Reed or George Gray (FTS 475-8313) if  '
there are questions before the July 3Cth conference call.  We
will call you to assure that you received this notice.

Attachments

-------
                                                                   ZZ.C.ll.
"GUIDANCE FOR REPORTING AND EVALUATING POTH NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PRETREATMENT
IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS", dated September, 1987.

-------

-------
f _**_ Ti        UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
        *  .                         WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460

                                    September 30.1987
   «a«*
                                                                             MAT (A
 MEMORANDUM


 SUBJECT:          Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW Noncompliance
                    with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements
 FROM:             JawtsR. Oder. Director
                     Jffice of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
 TO:                Regional Water Management Division Directors.
                    NPDIIS State Pretreatment Program Directors
The Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has completed development of a guidance for evaluating
and reporting  noncompliance by  Publicly Owned Treatment  Works (POTWs)  that have failed to
implement their approved prctreatment programs. The Guidance identifies criteria for evaluating the
principal POTW activities that are essential to fully implement most local programs. POTWs that meet
the criteria  in the definition should be reported  by EPA and approved States on  the Quarterly
Noncompliance Report (ONCR).
These criteria  were developed by an EPA workgroup and presented to States  and Regions  at the
National Pretreatment Coordinators Meeting, December 17. 1986. Draft  guidance was developed and
circulated for comment in May  1987. In general, your comments supported the criteria that were
proposed in the draft. We also received comments from former PIRT members. As a result, the final
guidance has been modified in two areas. Under the criteria for POTW inspections of SIUs, the percent
coverage has been increased to 80% of the levels required in the permit or approved program. If no
specific permit or program requirement was established, the guidance recommends reporting any POTW
that failed to sample or inspect at least 50?e of its SIUs in a 12 month period. The second area of change
was for enforcement of pretreatment standards. Several PIRT comments wanted a specific criterion for
failure to develop adequate local limits, instead of adding new criteria, we expanded the discussions
under the criteria for issuance of SIU control mechanisms, implementation of pretreatment standards.
and enforcement against interference and pass-through. The discussions  include minimum local limit
requirements and recommended  procedures to resolve these and other deficiencies of approved
programs.
For FY  1988, EPA Regions and States should use this guidance to identify POTWs that are failing to
implement their approved programs and should report them on the QNCR. While formal enforcement
is not automatically required as a response to noncompliance  reported on the QNCR, Regions  and
approved States should seriously consider the use  of an administrative  order (and, perhaps,  with a
penalty depending on the egregiousness of the lack of implementation) to establish a schedule to correct
the violations. The Strategic Planning and Management System for FY 1988 contains two measures:

-------
                                           -2-
WQE-12 which addresses the POTWs compliance assessment process; and WQE-13 which wfll trac
how frequently POTW noncompliahce is addressed by formal enforcement. Further explanation of thb
measure can be found in "Definitions and Performance Expectations* in "A Guide to the Office of
Water Accountability System and Mid:Year Evaluations* (Fiscal Year 1988). EPA Regions should assist
Slates in applying the definition of reportable noncompliance. identifying noncomplying POTWs. and
tracking  cases where  formal enforcement  is taken. The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring is developing more specific guidance on the criteria for judicial referrals and the burden of
proof for demonstrating noncompliance for POTW pretreatment implementation. That guidance will
be distributed to the Regions for review before it is made final.  ••
If you have questions regarding the guidance or SPMS reporting,  please contact Rill Jordan. Director.
Enforcement Division,  or Anne Lassiter. Chief. Policy Developer..-: Branch (202 4"5-S.'%o?j. The staff
contact is Ed Bender (202/475-8331).
cc  Glenn Unterberger
    Gerald Bryan   .
    Pretreatment Coordinators. EPA and States
    Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs
    Regional Counsels
    Rebecca Hanmer

-------
         GUIDANCE FOR
  REPORTING AND EVALUATING
  POTW NONCOMPLIANCE WITH
PRETREATMENT REQUIREMENTS
        l.'nilcd St.itcs iinvironmcnta! Protection'Agency
              Office of Water
          Office of Water Enforcement Permits
             Washington. D.C.
             -September 30, 1987 '

-------

-------
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.  Introduction                                                                       1
   A.  Background                                                                    1
   B.  Existing Rule                                                                   1
   C.  Definition of Reportahle Noncompliance                                           2
II.  Applying the Criteria                                                               4
   A.  Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms to Significant IUS in
       a Timely Fashion                                                                4
   B.  Failure to  Inspect Significant IUs                                                  5
   C  Failure to Establish and Enforce IU Self-Monitoring
       where Required by the Approved Program                                          5
   D.  Failure to Implement Pretreatment Standards                                    '6
   E.  Failure to  F.nforce Against Pass-Through and Interference                             8
   F.  Failure to Submit Pretreatment Reports Within 30 days                               9
   G.  Failure to meet Compliance Milestones by 90 days or more                            9
   II.  Any Other Violation(s) of Concern to the Approval Authority                         9
III.  Reporting on the QNCR                                                    .10
   A.  Format                                                                       10
   B.  Description ol the Noncompliance                                                10
   C.  Compliance Status                                                          'II
IV.   Examples of Reporting on the QNCR                                                12
   A.  Example 1                                                                     12
   B.  Example 2                                                                     13
V.  Compliance Evaluation                                                             14
VI.   Response to Noncompliance                                                        17
VII.  Summary                                                                       18

-------

-------
I.  INTRODUCTION

A.  Background

EPA Regions and NPDES States must report certain permit violations on the Quarterly Noncompliance
Report (ONCR) which meet criteria identified in the existing NPDES Regulations (40 CFR Part 111.45).
One of the violations that must be reported is a POTWs failure to adequately implement its approved
pretreatment program. The interpretation of adequate implementation is currently left to the discretion
of the Region and approved States.

The Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has developed a definition of reportable noncompliance
for POTW pretreatment program implementation which establishes criteria to evaluate adequate
implementation. Although the size and complexity of local pretreatment programs varies greatly among
Control Authorities, all POTWs must perform certain basic activities to implement their pretreatment
programs. The definition of reportable noncompliance establishes criteria in five basic Areas of POTW
program implementation: IU control mechanisms; compliance monitoring and  inspections;  POTW
enforcement:  POTW reporting  to the Approval  Authority; and  other POTW implementation
requirements.

The purpose of this Guidance is to explain the basis for the definition and its criteria, provide examples
of how to apply the the criteria, explain how to report noncompliance for POTW pretreatment program
implementation on the ONCR and suggest appropriate responses to noncompliance. This Guidance
should he used to fulfill requirements  for reporting  POTW  pretreatment noncompliance that are-
described in the FY 1'WX Agency Operating Guidance and  included as a performance measure for El'A
and approved State programs under the Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS).

R.  Existing Rule                                                        .

The ONCR is the basic mechanism for reporting violations of NPDES permit requirements. Major
I'OTW. [KTmitirfN1 must Ix- reported on the ONCR:
     ( 1 )  if they are under an enforcement order for previous permit violations; or

     (2)  if their noncompliance meets specific criteria (Category I noncompliance); or

     (3)  if the regulatory agency believes the violation(s) causes problems or is otherwise of concern
          (Category II noncompliance).
The specific requirements of the existing rule which relate to pretreatment program implementation are
as follows:                             .

     1.  Enforcement Orders - All POTWs that are under  existing  enforcement orders (e.g.,  /\
         administrative  orders, judicial orders, or consent decrees) for violations of pretreatment   I
         implementation requirements must be listed on the ONCR and the compliance status must   I
         be reported on each subsequent QNCR until the POTW returns to full compliance with the  /
         implementation requirements.
1  Major POTW permittees are those with a dry weather flow of at least 1 million gallons per day or a BOO/TSS loading
  equivalent to a population of at least 10.000 people. Any POTW (including a minor POTW) with an approved local
  pretreatment program should have its pretreatment violations reported on the ONCR.

-------
      2.  Category I pretreatment program noncompliance • A POTW must be reported on the QNCR:
         a)  if it violates any requirements of an enforcement order, or

         b)  if it has failed to submit a pretreatment report (e.&. to submit an Annual Report or
             publish a list of significant violators) within 30 days from the due date specified in the
             permit or enforcement order, or

         c)  if it has failed to complete a pretreatment milestone within 90 days from the due date
             specified in the permit or enforcement order.
      3.  Category II • A POTW must be reported on the QNCR if the instance of noncompliance is:

         a)  a pass-through of pollutants which causes or has the potential to cause a water quality
             problem or health problem.                     •
         b)  a failure of an approved POTW to implement its approved prugnim atletftuttfly [emphasis
             added],  including failure to enforce industrial pretreatment requirements on industrial
             users as required hy the approved program.1 or
         c)  any other violation or group of violations which the Director or Regional Administrator
             considers to be of substantial concern.
C  Definition of Reportable Noncompliance

OWEP has developed criteria to evaluate local program implementation that explain .and  clarify the
existing regulations. As stated, these criteria highlight activities that control authorities should use to
implement their programs. These activities include:

      1)  establishment -of IL* control mechanisms.

      2)  POTW compliance monitoring and inspections.

      3)  POTW enforcement of pretreatment requirements.

      4)  POTW reporting to the Approval Authority, and

      5)  Other POTW implementation requirements.

Collectively, these activities are the framework for  :he definition of reportable noncompliance (Table
1), which should be used by EPA Regions and approved States to report POTW noncompliance with
pretreatment requirements on the QNCR.                    
-------
                                         TABLE 1


                     DEFINITION OF REPORTABLE NQNCOMPLIANCE


 A POTW should be reported on the QNCR if the violation of its approved pretreatment program, its
 NPDES permit  or an enforcement  order4 meets one or more  of the following lettered criteria for
 implementation of its approved pretreatment program:                                      -

 I.  Issuance of IL* Control Mechanisms

      A)  Failed to issue, reissue, or ratify industrial user  permits, contracts, or other control
         • mechanisms,  where required, for "significant industrial  users*, within six  months  after
          program approval.  Thereafter, each "significant industrial user" control mechanism should
          be reissued within  90 days of the date required in the approved program. NPDES permit.
          or an enforcement  order.                                                     •
 II.  POTW Compliance Monitoring and Inspections

      B)  Failed to conduct at  least eighty percent of the inspections and samplings of •'significant
          Industrial users" required by the permit, the approved program, or an enforcement order.
      C)  Failed to establish  and enforce self-monitoring requirements that are necessary to monitor
          Sit' compliance as required Hy the approved program, the NPDMS permit, or an enforcement
          order.
 III.   POTVV {enforcement   •  '

      D)  Failed to develop,  implement, and enforce pretreatment standards (including categorical
          standards and local limits) in  an effective and timely manner or as required by the approved
          program. NPI>I:S permit, or an enforcement order.
      I£)  Tailed to undertake effective enforcement against the industrial uvr(s)  lor instances ol
          pass-through and interference as defined in 4't (*f-'R Section 40} 1 and required by Section
          403.5 and defined in the approved program.
 IV.  POTVV Reporting to the Approval Authority

      F)  Failed to submit a pretreatment report (e.g.. annual report or publication  of  significant
         violators) to the Approval Authority within 30 days of the due date specified in the NPDES
         permit, enforcement order, or approved program.4
V.  Other POTVV Implementation Violations

      G)  Failed to complete a pretreatment  implementation compliance schedule milestone within
          90 days of the due date specified in the NPDES permit, enforcement order, or approved
          program.4

      H)  Any other violation or group of violations of local program implementation requirements
          based on  the NPDES permit; approved program or 40 CFR Part 40.1 which the Director or
          Regional Administrator considers to be of substantial concern.4
3 The term enforcement order means an administrative order, judicial order or consent decree. (See Section 113.45;

4 Existing QNCR criterion (40 CFR Pan 123 45); the violation must be reported.

-------
 II.  APPLYING THE CRITERIA

 The criteria for reporting POTW noncompliance with pretreatment requirements are based on the
 General Pretreatment Regulations [particularly Section 403.8(0(2)]. approved pretreatment programs.
 and NPDES permit conditions (particularly  Part  III).  Where specific conditions; deadlines, or
 procedures are specified in the regulations or the approved program, and incorporated or referenced
 iri the NPDES permit. POTW performance should he evaluated against those requirements. Any failure
 to meet those requirements is a violation. The criteria included in this Guidance establish a basis for
 determining when a violation or series of violations should be reported on the QNCR for failure to
 implement a pretreatment program. If the POTW is identified as meeting one.or more of the criteria.
 the POTW should be considered in reportable noncompliance and reported on the QNCR.

 POTW performance  should be evaluated using the information  routinely obtained from pretreatment
 compliance  inspections, annual  reports,  pretreatment audits  .md  Discharge Monitoring Reports
 (DMRs) us well as any special sources of information. All .mnu.il reports should include a Pretreatment
 Performance Summary of SIU compliance information.* This summary .should he useful to assess the
 effectiveness of pretrcatmrnt implementation Pictreatmmt st.i!t shcuUI review  the approved program.
 the NPDES permit. and anv correspondence with the POTVV regarding its pretreatment program to
 identify any specific procedures, levels of performance, or milestones that may apply to implementation
 of the particular program. Where these requirements exist, they should be recorded on fact.sheets and
 possibly added to the specific requirements in the permit.
                        ISSrANCK OK If CONTROL \IKCII\MSMS


A.  Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms tu Significant U's in a Timel* fashion

The POTW can use contracts*, individual permits, or sewer use ordinances as control mechanisms.
Control mechanisms establish enforceable limits, monitoring conditions, and reporting requirements
for the industrial user. In some cases, an approved program may have a sewer use ordinance that defines
the limits (including local limits) and  a separate mechanism for establishing monitoring conditions at
each facility. Technically, il a control mechanism expires, control of the SIU and enforcement of some
pretreatment requirements  may be suspended. Therefore, timely Issuance and renewal of all control
mechanisms is essential.
                 i                           -
All Control Authorities must apply pretreatment standards to their industrial users. Where the approved
program requires that individual control mechanisms be developed for significant industrial users, but
does not include a timeframe. the POTW should be given a deadline to issue them. Some States include
schedules for issuing specific SIU permits in  a POTW's NPDES permit. Where the POTW has missed
two or  more deadlines specified in  a  permit or enforcement order for  issuing individual control
mechanisms by 90 days or more, the violation must be reported on the ONCR as a schedule violation.
In general, EPA believes that where individual control mechanisms are required by the approved
program, the POTW should issue control mechanisms to all SIUs within six months after the program
is approved or after new pretreatment standards (categorical or local limits) are established, so that
full implementation can be evaluated by an audit within one year after approval.  Any delay in this
schedule should be reported on the QNCR.
5 US1-PA Pretreatmem Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement Guidance (PCME)  19K6 Recommended specific data..
  EPA proposed rules for annual reports that include the PCME data.

• Proposed rule change to 40 CFR 403 on June 12, 1986 (51 FR 2US4) would make contracts an unacceptable control
  mechanism to obtain penalties.                             .

-------
The POTW should also maintain and  update its inventory  of SIUs.  EPA is considering further
rulemaking to require annual  updates of the IU inventor)- by all POTWs. The IU inventory is the
foundation for  applying pretreatment controls and monitoring IU compliance. POTVVs that fail to
maintain an adequate inventory of SIUs and annually update the inventory should  be reported on the
QNCR. Where necessary, permits should he modified to require routine updates of the II; inventory.
                  POTW. COMPLIANCE MONITORING AM) INSPECTIONS


B.  Failure to Inspect Significant Industrial Users

POTWs are required to possess* the legal  authority to earn* out  all inspection, surveillance, and
monitoring procedures necessary to verify the compliance status of their industrial users independent
of information provided by the industrial user (40 CFR 40.vX (0(4)]. In the PCME Guidance. EPA
recommended that the Control Authority conduct at least one inspection and/or sampling visit for each
significant industrial user annually

The approved program arid/or the NPDES permit may establish other requirements for inspections or
use a different definition of significant industrial user. In those cases where the permit or approved
program identifies specific requirements for inspection and sampling, these requirements should be
used as a basis to evaluate POTW compliance If the POTW has failed to inspect or sample at least K0<*
of the significant industrial users a\ required In the permit or the approved program, the I'OTW should
be reported on the ONCR for its failure inspect POTW' sampling of all lUs is essential to evaluate IU
compliance where It.'s do not submit self-monitoring information  In the absence of specific inspection
coverage requirements in the approved program  or permit,  the Approval Authority should report any
POTW which has not inspected or sampled at  least 5H'"r of all  SIUs within a 12 month period. In addition.
if the approved program  or permit does not contain specific criteria,  the Approval Authority should
modify the NPDFS  permit to K- sure th.it the I'OTW conducts  inspections or sampling visits of all
SIUs at least annuallv.
       I           *                  •                      •
C*.  Failure to Establish and Enforce II' Sclf-Munilnrinu wherr Required h\  the Approved I'ntgram

All  categorical lUs are required to report at  least twice a year [40 C'FR (40.* 12)). PpTW.s also have
authority to require monitoring and reporting from non-categorical I Us. As a result, most POTWs have
established self-monitoring requirements for SIUs as a means of securing adequate data to assess SIU
compliance at less cost to the POTW than if all data were developed by the  POTW through sampling.
Where a program does not require SIU self-monitoring,  the visits and inspections conducted by the
POTW must be sufficient  in scope or frequency to assure compliance,

PJ self-monitoring requirements should specify* the location, frequency, and method of sampling the
wastewater; the procedure for analysis and  calculation of the result; the  limits; and the  reporting
requirements. These self-monitoring requirements may be applied, in general, through an ordinance,
through  specific control mechanisms, or through a combination of general  and specific mechanisms.
Where self-monitoring is  used, it should be required frequently enough to accurately demonstrate the
continuing compliance of the SIU. A POTW may use a combination of SIU self-monitoring and its own
data collection to evaluate SIU compliance with its limits. As a guide. EPA has published self-monitoring
frequencies for significant industrial'users tKat are related  to their process wastestream flow rates. (See
section 2.2 of the PCME Guidance).

-------
 In most situations, effluent monitoring information should be available so that the compliance of a SIU
 with a monthly. 4-day or other average limit can be determined at least once a quarter. This frequency
 is higher than the implied minimum in the regulations; however, this frequency is more likely to promote
 continued compliance and a more timely PQTW response to violations. Under proposed rules7- for
 pretreatment,  SIU violations would trigger additional self-monitoring.  For each violation the SIU
 detects, it would he required to resample and  submit both sample results for review by the Control
 Authority.

 In evaluating compliance with this criterion. EPA and approved States should examine the requirements
 of  the permit  and determine  whether  the  Control Authority  has established  self-monitoring
 requirements  as  required. Where appropriate  requirements have been established, the Control
 Authority must ensure that SIUs comply with all aspects of the requirements and report in the manner
 required in the control  mechanism.  Where  the Control Authority fails to establish appropriate
 requirements or to adequately enforce (e.g..  POTW should respond in writing to all SNC violations for
 IU self-monitoring) these requirements once established, the Control Authority should be considered
 in noncompliance and listed on the QNCR.
                                  POTW ENFORCEMENT


D.  Failure to Implement Pretreatment Standards

  I.  Application of Ijtral Limits

Implementation  of  pretreatment standards requires the development of local limits as well  as the
enforcement of all pretreatment standards. The discussion of local limits in the preamble to the OKI
General  Pretreatment  Regulations Mates in part: "These (local) limits  are  developed initially as a
prerequisite to I'OTW pretreatment program approval and are updated thereafter as necessary to reflect
changing conditions at  the POTW.* In  order to comply with their permit and the regulations, each
POTW should have already conducted a technical evaluation, using available techniques, to determine
the maximum allowable treatment plant  headworks (influent) loading for six metals  (cadmium.
chromium, copper,  lead, nickel and zinc)*  and other pollutants which have reasonable potential for
pass>tnrougn, interference, or sludge contamination. Therefore, any POTW that has not conducted this
evaluation  and adopted  appropriate local limits should be reported on the QNCR for failure to
adequately implement their approved pretreatment program.

If any POTW program  has already been approved without the analysis of the impact of the pollutants
of concern and adoption of local limits, the Approval Authority should report the POTW on the QNCR
and immediately require the POTW to  initiate an analysis and to adopt appropriate local  limits. This
requirement should be incorporated in the POTW's NPOES permit as soon as feasible. Where a POTW
has previously adopted local limits but has not demonstrated that those Mini's are based on sound
technical analysis, the Approval Authority should require the POTW to demonstrate that the local limits
are sufficiently stringent to protect against pass-through, interference and sludge contamination. POTWs
which cannot demonstrate  that their limits provide adequate protection should  be reported  on the
QNCR and required to revise those limits within a specific time set forth in a permit modification.
7 See proposed amendments. 10 General Prctreaimem Regulations. 51 PR 2154. June 12,1986.

• See dikuMiun from Rebecca Hanmer, Dirccmr. OWEP USEPA Memorandum "Local Limits Requirements Tor
 Pretreatment ProgramV Augu&i 5. 19H5.                                .

-------
  2.  POTW Enforcement and IU Significant Noncompliancc

The Control  Authority  must  have the  legal authority-usually expressed through  a sewer  use
ordinance-to  require the development of compliance schedules  by lUs and to obtain remedies for
noncompliance, including injunctive relief and civil cr criminal penalties (40 CFR 403.8(f)(iv) and (vi)].
In addition, the Control  Authority must have an attorney's  statement, which among  other things.
identifies how the Control  Authority  will ensure  compliance  with  pretreatment  standards and
requirements  and  enforce  them  in the  event of  noncompliance  by industrial users  [Section
40.1.9(h)fl)fiii)]. Further procedures for enforcement may be contained in the approved program, sewer
use ordinance or NPDES permit.

The attorney's statement and compliance  monitoring sections of the  approved program,  taken  in
combination with the NPDES permit, may provide  a comprehensive set of enforcement procedures
which the POTW should follow to ensure the compliance of industrial users with pretreatment standards.
Where such  procedures  are inadequate.  EPA strongly recommends that POTWs develop written
enforcement procedures which describe how and when enforcement authorities are applied (See section
33 of the PCME). These procedures serve to inform industrial users of the likely response to violations
and assist the POTW in applying sanctions in an equitable manner.

The Approval Authority must  periodically evaluate whether the  POTW  is effectively  enforcing
pretreatment standards.  In  evaluating performance, the Approval Authority should examine  both
whether  the If/TV*' is following its enforcement procedures and  whether the program is effective  in
ensuring compliance with pretreatment standards One of the indicators the Approval Authority should
use in evaluating effectiveness is the level of compliance of SIL's with pretreatment standards. Where
the level of significant noncompliance (SNC)' of SIL's is 20*7.. or greater. • there is a reasonable
presumption that  the  Control Authority is  either not effectively enforcing its procedures or that the
procedures are inadequate. The burden of proving that this is not the case should fall on the Control
Authority.

HI'A and NI'DI-.S States have been using a definition of significant  noncnmpliancc for major permittees
to set piiotitics.lor Uumal enforcement and as » tool to evaluate the effectiveness of  Regional and State
compliance programs  Major industrial permittees, a  subset of all industrial permittees, generally have
the largest direct discharge flows, and highest toxic pollutant loadings.  Therefore their noncompliance
has the greatest potential to adversely affect water quality or pose  human health problems. In terms of
priorities, the  significant industrial users within a POTW should  be considered to be similiar to the
major industrial permittees by the approved State or EPA Region.

Enforcement followup by EPA Regions and approved States is generally considered to be effective if
the levels of significant noncompliance among major industrial permittees is maintained below 6%.
Given the tact that most approved pretreatment programs are still  relatively inexperienced, a 20% level
of SNC for SIUs appears to be a reasonable  starting point to assume that  POTW enforcement is
inadequate. As POTWs gain  experience, the level of SNC should decrease, and thus, this definition can
he made  more stringent.
 Sec SNC definition included in xenon 34 1 of the PCME. The ANPR fur the Domestic Sewage Study recommended that
 the definition of SNC in the PCME be incorporated into the definition of significant violators for industrial users (Section

-------
   3.  Enforcement Response Procedures

 Although most approved programs describe the authorities that are available to the POTW and thj
 procedures for addressing SIU noncompliance, few programs specify what action will be taken or wh
 it should occur. POTWs have been required to develop enforcement response procedures under const
 decrees with specific timeframes for initiating informal to formal enforcement. These timeframes range
 from 14 to 60 days.
 While a specific timeframe for POTW action against an SIU in SNC has not been set. as a general rule
 EPA recommends that a POTW respond initially to each violation within 30 days from the date the
 violation is  reported or identified to the POTW. As part of the initial responses, the POTW should
 evaluate the violation and contact the SIU (e.g.. telephone call, warning letter, or meeting). Where
 formal enforcement is needed as a subsequent enforcement response, the appropriate timeframe is 90
 days from the date of the initial response to the violation. This timeframe is equivalent to the expectation
 for initiating formal enforcement in the NPDES program.

 The Approval Authority should  review the Control Authority's actions carefully to determine whether
 il has evaluated the violations and contacted the SIU in a timely manner, escalating the response when
 compliance  is not achieved. If this review reveals that the Control Authority has often not followed its
 own procedures or that the Control Authority has not appropriately used its full authorities to achieve
 'Compliance by its SIUs. the Control Authority should be judged to be in noncompliance.

 Where the Control Authority is judged to have followed its procedures in almost all cases, but the level
 of significant  noncompliance among SIUs is 20*% or  greater, the adequacy  of Control -Authority
 enforcement procedures should be reviewed.  If  the procedures  are  found to  be inadequate,  the
 procedures  should be modified. The Approval Authority might require modification of the approved
 program, through the NPDES permit or possibly an administrative order requiring the adoption of new
 procedures along the lines of those included in the  PCME Guidance. The Control Authority should htt
 listed on the QNCR in noncompliance until it has taken those actions required of it by the Apprr
 Authority.
 Eiven where the SIUs have a low level of significant noncompliance, the Approval 'Authority should
 review  the  performance of the Control Authority to ensure that it is. in  fact, implementing  its
 enforcement procedures and that the procedures are adequate to obtain remedies for noncompliance.
 For example, where a Control Authority fails to identify all violations or fails to respond to violations
 when they do occur, the POTW should normally be identified as in noncompliance on the QNCR.

 E.  Failure to Enforce Against Pass-Through and Interference
• Definitions  of industrial user discharges that interfere with a POTW or  pass-through the treatment
 works were promulgated January 14.1987 (52 FR 1586).              .
 Interference generally involves  the  discharge  of  a pollutant(s) which reduces the  effectiveness of
 treatment such that an NPDES permit limit is exceeded. The pollutant that caused the interference will
 be: different from the pollutant in the permit that was exceeded. (If the pollutant that causes the violation
 is the same  as the pollutant in the permit that was exceeded, pass-through has occurred.) The POTW
 is responsible for identifying and controlling the discharge of pollutants from PJs that may inhibit or
 disrupt the plant operations or the use and disposal of sludge. The POTW must monitor IU contributions
 and establish local limits to protect its sludge.

 The POTW should have written procedures to investigate, control and eliminate  interference and
 pals-through. Whenever interference or  pass-through  is identified, the POTW should apply such
 procedures to correct the problem. Section 403 J  of the. General Pretreatment Regulations requires
 tharthe POTW develop and enforce local limits to prevent interference and pass-through from industr:"»-
 contributors to the treatment works. If a POTW has permit limit violations that are attributable
 industrial loadings to its plant, it is also a violation  of Secu. n 403.5. The POTW should be reported or.

-------
 the QNCR for failure to enforce against .pass-through and/or interference, if the POTW has two or
 more instances of pass-through and interference in any month or 3 or more instances in a quarter.

 The POTW is responsible for monitoring to detect these discharges and enforcing against the IU where
 it contributes to permit exceedances. The PCME Guidance recommends one inspection and/or sampling
 visit each year for each SIU. Many Approval Authorities require the POTW through its NPDES permit.
 to monitor the influent, effluent, and sludge at least annually to evaluate the potential for interference
 and pass-through. In a few cases, special monitoring has been required for septage and other waste
 haulers or to monitor corrective actions for past violations of interference and pass-through. POTWs
 that fail to have quarterly monitoring of their SIUs (by the POTW or SIU as discussed under the previous
 criterion) and/or have not developed appropriate local  limits to prevent interference or pass through
 are generally unprepared or unable  to enforce against interference or pass-through. These POTWs
 should be reported as failing to adequately implement their pretreatment programs.
                    POTW REPORTING TO THE APPROVAL AUTHORITY


F.  Failure to Submit Pretratment Reports Within 30 days

This criterion already exists under Category I of 40 CFR Part I23.45(a). The term "pretreatment report*
should he interpreted to include any report  required by the Approval Authority from the POTW
(including publication of significant violators in the newspaper as required by Section 40.1.8(f)(2)(vii)
of the General  Pretreatment Regulations). Where specific dates are established for these or  other
reports from the POTW. they may be tracked as schedule requirements in PCS.  When deadlines are
mi.vscd, the. POTW should be notified immediately because these reports contain information which is
essential to determine compliance status. When the due date is missed by 30 days  or more, the POTW
should be reported on the ONCR as in noncompliance.
                      OTIIF.R POTW IMPI.F.MF.NTATION VIOLATIONS


G.  Failure to meet Compliance Schedule Milestones by 90 Days or more

Compliance schedules are frequently used to require construction of additional treatment, corrective
action. Spill Prevention Contingency and Countermeasure plans, additional monitoring that may be
needed to attain compliance with the permit, and any other requirements, especially local limits. The
schedules divide the process into major steps (milestones) that can be verified by inspection or review.
Most schedules include progress reports. EPA recommends that the milestones be set at least every six
months throughout the schedule. The  schedules can be incorporated as pan  of the permit if final
compliance will not exceed the regulatory compliance deadline. If the compliance schedule is to resolve
a violation that has occurred after the regulatory compliance deadline, the schedule  must be placed in
an administrative order, judicial order, or a consent decree.

The existing rule for ONCR reporting requires that all permittees be listed on the QNCR if they are
under an enforcement order. If the permittee is in compliance with the order, the compliance status is
"resolved pending'. If the permittee has missed a compliance schedule date by 90 days or more, the
permittee must be reported as noncompliant on the ONCR. For POTW pretreatment programs, a failure
to attain final compliance  within 90 days of the compliance deadline in  an  enforcement order is
considered SNC.

-------
H.  Any Other Vinlatinnfs) of Concern to the Approval Authority

This criterion allows the Approval Authority to identify any POTW as in reportable noncomplianctt for
a single violation or any combination of violations which are judged to be important even though thf
may not be covered by the specific criteria in the definition. These violations may include instance
where the approved program and/or implementation requirements are considered to he inadequate to
control IU contributions to the POTW (e.g. failure to develop and/or enforce local limits), to monitor
for SIU compliance with pretreatment requirements, or to enforce requirements and obtain remedies
for SIU noncompliance.

IIL  REPORTING ON THE QNCR

The Quarterly Noncompliance Report is prepared by NPDES States and EPA Regions each quarter.
In lists violations of Federally designated major NPDES permittees that are of concern to the Agency.
The format is described in Section 123.45(a) of the Regulations. For each instance of noncompfiunce.
the report must show the date, basis and type of the violation, the date and type of action the agency
hn< taken, and the current compliance M.itu* The agency should also explain mitigating circumstance*
or rcmt-di.il actions which 'he permittee may have planned Detailed guidance tor preparing the (JNC'R
is available upon  reques  a> the Regions or OWEP. The following discussion summarizes the basic
requirements for reporting POTW pretreatment violations.

Title QNCR must  he submitted to EPA Headquarters sixty days after the reporting quarter ends. The
QNCR covers Federally designated majors. Generally, a POTW over 1 MOD is automatically designated
as a major. This includes the vast majority of the POTW Control Authorities. All POTW pretreatment
implementation violations should be reported on the QNCR. regardless of whether the control authority
is clavsified a> a major or a minor POTW

A.  Format                                                                :   ,

The general format for the QNCR is described in the  Regulations. A  list of abbreviations and cod
us*:d by the State  Agency or EPA Region that prepares the report should be attached  to each QNCk.
If the Permit Compliance System (PCS) is used to generate the  QNCR. standard abbreviations are
automatically used and no special list of abbreviations or codes is  needed for the submittal to
Headquarters: (Note that a  list of abbreviations may be needed for Freedom  of Information Act
requests.) The format is intended to provide the minimum information that is necessary to describe the
violation, show how and when the agency responded, explain any mitigating circumstances or clarifying
cofirunents. and indicate the current compliance status of the permittee.

The description of the permittee should include the  name of the permit  holder, the name.of the
municipality, and the NPDES permit number. The permittee should be the Control Authority for the
local pretreatment program. If other municipal permittees are subject to the Control Authority, they
should be listed under the comments portion of the entry. The Control Authority is  responsible for
violations by other permittees covered by the Control Authority's pretreatment program. Similarly.
industrial users that contribute to the violation should be listed under comments.

B.  Description of the NoncorapUance

Under the permittee's name and permit number, information on each instance, of noncompliance must
be.reported. For  pretreatment violations, the description should summarize the criteria  that were
violated and reference  the QNCR Regulation subparagraph. The subparagraph of the August  1985
Regulations that apply would be as follows:       •
                                            lo

-------
                                                               QNCR (Section 123.45)
Type of violation                                               Regulation Subparagraph

1}  Failure to implement or enforce industrial pretreatment               (a)(iii)(B)
    requirements
    (Criteria A-E)                           .
2)  Pro-treatment Report - ?0 days overdue                              (a)(ii)(D)
    (Criterion F)
3)  Compliance schedule - 90 days overdue                              (a)(iii)(C)
    (Criterion G)                          •
4)  Other violation or violations of concern                              (a)(iii)(G)
    (Criterion H)                          ,                                      .
The criterion should he listed under the type of violation as the example (Section IV) shows.
Each violation should include the date. If the POTW has missed a deadline, the deadline is the date of
the violation. The last day of the month is used as the violation date for violations of monthly averages.
In some cases, the  Agency may have discovered the violation through an audit or inspection of the
POTW program. The inspection/audit date should he noted under comments. In the examples, all dates
on the QNCR are written in six digit numbers representing the month, day. and year. The date. January
y. I'IKT is entered as WINS? for the PCS generated QNCR*.

The Region or approved State should contact the POTW promptly when a pretreatment implementation
violation is detected. The Region/Slate should also indicate its response to the POTW's failure to
implement  .in  approved program on  the  QNCR  In determining the appropriate response,  the
Region/State should consider the impact of  the violation. POTW compliance history,  the number of
SILK and the nature and/or duration of the violation. Initial violations may he resolved through training,
conferences, or on-site  it-views  The Recicnal/Stale response should be timely and escalate to formal
enforcement (an administrative  order or judicial referral) il the  I'OTW fails or is unable lo comply in
a timeK fashion (see example 2) The dale the action *as taken should .also be indicated on the QNCR.
Planned actions by the I'OTW or its II \ and projected dates should be noted under comments.

C.  Compliance Status

The QNCR also tracks the status of each instance of reportable noncpmpliance. Three status codes are
usually reported: noncompliance (NC). resolved pending (RP).  and resolved (RE). "Noncompliance"
means the violation or  pattern of violations is continuing. "Resolved pending" means the permittee is
making acceptable progress according to a formal schedule (i.e.. through an administrative or judicial
order) to correct the violation. "Resolved* means the permittee  no longer exceeds the  QNCR criteria
for  which they are  listed. For the "noncompliance" and "resolved pending" status,  the status date is
generally the last dale  of the report period. The  status date  for "resolved" is either the date the
noncompliance requirement is fulfilled or the last day of the report period in which the permittee no
longer meets the QNCR criteria.                                                      •

The "comments" column can  be used to describe the  violation, explain permittee progress, indicate
potential remedies, projected dates of compliance, and explain agency responses. Other information can
also be reported under comments, including the name of noncomplying SIUs; the level of performance
or degree of failure by  the POTW; the names of other permittees that are covered  by the Control
Authority; agency- plans for training or technical assistance; and the manner in which the agency learned
of the violation.                             .
                                            11

-------
       IV.  EXAMPLES OF REPORTING OV THE QNCR
       The following examples illustrate how violations and agency responses are reported. Example 1 is a
       moderate size POTW that has refused to implement the program. Example 2 is a small POTW whicf" '
       meeds assistance. In each example, instances of noncompliance were addressed by an administrativv
       order after an initial warning.

       A) Example 1


       Scenario:  Hometown's pretreatment  program was approved in June 1985. The permit required  an
                 annual report, fifteen days after the end of each year, beginning January 15. 1986. The
                 program required that permits be issued to 15 SIUs by June 30.I98ft. The POTW was audited
                 in August 1986 and had failed to permit and inspect its IL's and failed to submit an annual
                 report.
                                           QNCR Listing
           INSTANCE OF
         NONCOMPLIANCE
                                Hometown WWTP. Hometown. US 00007
 DATE
  KEG
SUBPARA
   ACTION
(AOENCY/DATF.)
COMPLIANCE
STATUS (DATE)
           Issue permits
           (Criterion A)
063086     (iii)(B)
                        Audit
                    (EPA/IW.VWI1)
                      AO *.I2*
                    (State/n.Vlls?)
              RP (033187)
           Inspect SIUs
           (Criterion B)
  083086     (ni)(B)
    Audit
(EPA/UUOXh)
  AO*I23
(State/033187)
                                  RP (033 187)
           Submit Annual
           Report    :
           (Criteria F)
  011587
                      Phone call    RP (033187)
                    (State/013087)
                      AO#123
                    (State/033187)
       COMMENTS
       AO requires submission of annual report by 4/30/87, and permit issuance and sampling inspections of
       all SIUs by 6/30/87. Control Authority includes two other permittees: Suburb One, Permit No. US
       00008 and Suburb Two, Permit No. US 00009 who must meet the schedule for inspections.
                                                               J
•'~XV
                12

-------
Discussion:  The entry on QNCR for Hometown shows the name and permit number of the facility.
             The Control Authority also covers two other permittees. Three reportahle noncompliance
             criteria were exceeded (see sections I and II of this guidance). The annual report was due
             January 15. l'>87, according to the NPDES permit for Hometown. The approved program
             was the basis for the other reported violations. The "reg subpara" identifies the section
             of the existing QN'CR which covers the violations.  The State has called  the city which
             promised to submit the. annual report. After discussion with the city and its outlying
             jurisdictions, an administrative order was issued with a compliance schedule to resolve all
             three  violations.  Hometown is following an enforceable  schedule that will lead to
             compliance, so its compliance status is shown as "RP" (resolved pending) for all three
             violations. The comments indicate the compliance deadlines.
B)  Example 2                                                    ,

Scenario:  Little Burg'.s pretreatment program was approved January 1.  1986. The facility has two
           SIl's. one is a food processor and the other is a pharmaceutical manufacturer. Little Burg
           has had loads that have resulted in permit violations of BOD (March • June 1986). The State
           Approval Authority issued an administrative order September .10. 1986 to establish a
           schedule for issuing II,' permits. The BOD violations were considered resolved for reporting
           purposes as of October 1. l'W6.

                                       QNCK Listing
      INVIAM I eil
    NONt OMI'I IAN« I

     Hnlouv .iL'.nii-.i
     K:
     pass-thiouch.
     inlet let ciu'i*
     (C'rilerion I:)

     Criteria F:
Little Burg WWTP. Little Burg.' trs 0008

   D-VTl:
             KI r,
           sunr/xKA
           (iiil(H)
043086     (iii)(B)
   ACTION      COMI'l.IANCK
(A<;i:.NCY/DATI-|  STATUS Ct>ATF)
(State/(rt.V)Hfi)
Warning letter
(Slate/0415Sh)


    AO#I      RP (033187)
(State/093086)
Warning letter
(State/051586)
     Criteria F:


     Criteria E
0531K6     (iii)(B)


063086     (iii)(B)
    same      RP (033187)
    same.     RP (033187)
COMMKMS              •

State has provided training to Little Burg and PRELIM to calculate local limits (10/86). City will issue
permits by 4/15/87.

-------
      Discussion:  Little Burg has a history of problems from industrial loadings. The pretreatment violation
                  is a lack of enforcement against interference and pass-through. The same  violation,
                  occurred four months in a row. The POTW also had a violation of its BOO limit whic'
                  met the criteria for reporting on the QNCR. In this case DMR data were critical flags c.
                  an interference/pass-through  problem. The solution is believed to be local limits and
                  permits for the SIUs. The administrative order established a schedule which is being
                  tracked, the original BOD violations have been resolved because the SIUs have reduced
                  their loads and are preparing to add treatment. When the POTW  has completed the
                  development of local limits and issued the permits, the instances of noncompliance will
                  be deleted from the QNCR. The State will continue to monitor progress each quarter
                  through reports and/or inspections.

      V,  COMPLIANCE EVALUATION

      EPA or the approved State should use pretreatment compliance inspections, annual reports, audits, and
      OMRs  to evaluate the compliance status of the permittee. At a minimum, available data should be
      reviewed every six months to determine whether the POTW i\ in compliance This review m.ty occur in
      conjunction with the conduct of an audit or inspection or the receipt ot a report. Once the facility is
      shown on the QNCR. quarterly evaluations are needed to update the compliance status on each QNCR.

      Compliance with permit effluent limits, compliance schedules, and reporting can be tracked in PCS.
      which is EPA's automated data system. The dates for submission and receipt of periodic reports and
      routine requirements should also be tracked in PCS. WENDB data already require that receipt of an
      annual  report (or periodic report) and its due date must he entered into PC'S  as a permit schedule
      requirement. This tracking would allow Regions and States tu forecast when reports are expected and
      detect reporting violations, similar to the process for tracking discharge monitoring reports and other
      scheduled events.

      The,Pretreatment Permits and Enforcement Tracking System. (PPETS). has been developed, as a pai.
      of PCS. to track the overall performance of POTWs  with their pretreatment requirements and the
      compliance rates of significant industrial users. Users guides and training will be provided to Regions
      and States in the fall of 1987. A few examples of the data which PPETS will include for each POTW are
      the number of significant users  (SIUs). the number of required control mechanisms not  issued, the
      number of SIUs not inspected or sampled, the number of SIUs in significant noncompliance (SNC), and
      the lumber of enforcement actions. Most of the data in PPETS will only be indicative of potential
      violations. The apparent violation should be verified as a continuing problem before the instance of
      noncompUance is reported on the QNCR. The data elements in PCS and PPETS that may apply to
      reponable noncompliance are summarized for each criterion in Table 2.

 II  Oncig the POTW has been reported on the QNCR it should continue to be reported each quarter until
 / /   the instance of noncompliance is reported as resolved Compliance with an enforcement order (both
/ /  judicial  and administrative) should be tracked on the QNCR from the date the order is issued until it
I I    is met in full EPA and/or the approved State should verify the compliance status of the POTW each
[ I    quarter through periodic reports from the POTW, compliance inspections, audits, meetings, or requests
      for compliance data and information.
                                                 14

-------
                                         Table 2
           REPORTABLE NONCOMPLIANCE CRITERIA AND RELATED PCS/PPETS
                                    DATA ELEMENTS
 Criterion
 Criterion A
 - Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms
Data Source
PPETS
Criterion B
- Failure to Inspect SIUs
PPETS
Criterion C                              PPKTS
- Failure to f-stahlivh -Self-Monitoring
* Data Element
 o  Number of SIUs without
    required control
    mechanisms10

 o  Control mechanism
    deficiencies

 o  Number of SIUs not
    inspected or sampled1'

 o  SIUs in SNC hut not
    inspected or sampled10

 o  SIl.'.N not inspected at
    required frequency
 o  Inadequacy of POTW
    inspections  •

 o  SIUs in SNC- with self-
    monitoring1*
Criterion I)
- Failure to Implement Standards
PCS
                                       PPETS
 o  Violation Summary

 o  Hffluent .data"

 o  SIUs in SNC10

 o  Number of enforcement
    actions10
 o  Amount of Penalties10
 o  Adopted local limits10

 o  Technical evaluation for
    local limit*10
10 'Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDBi dtu elements for which data entry is required, not optional
                                           IS

-------
                                          Table 2
                                       (Continued)
Criterion
Criterion O (Continued)
~ Failure to Implement Standards
Data Source
PPETS
Criterion E
- Failure to Enforce
PCS
                                        PPI-TS
Criterion F
— Failure to Submit Annual Report

Criterion G
~ Failure to Meet Compliance Schedules
PCS
PCS
Data Element
o  Deficiencies in POTW
   application of standards
o  Date permit required
   implementation10
o  Number of significant
   violators published in
   the newspaper10
o  Violation summary
                                                                    Effluent data"
o  Same as C'ritcrion D

o  Pass Through/Interfer-
   ence incidents
o  Deficiencies in POTW
   sampling
o  Deficiencies in POTW
   application of standards
o  Enforcement response
   procedures used
o  reporting schedule
o  permit reporting10
o  compliance schedule
   events10
10 Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB) data elements fur which data entry is required, not optional
                                            16

-------
VI.  RESPONSE TO POTW NONCOMPLIANCE

The ONCR requires reporting of noncompliance. as well as the action taken by the approved State or
EPA Region to resolve the noncompliance. EPA Regions and approved States should review and verify
all problems or violations related to POTW program implementation, regardless of whether they are
or will  be reported  on  the ONCR.  Specific implementation requirements must' be identified and
compliance should be systematically reviewed and evaluated. In determining the appropriate response.
the Approval Authority should consider the nature of the violation, the length of time the POTW has
hcen approved, and the compliance history of the permittee.                          ,

Given the fact that  implementation of pretreatment program requirements is a relatively new experience
for many POTWs.  formal enforcement may not be initially appropriate. The POTW may be unaware
of how  to  correct  the violations that have  occurred and may need training and guidance from the
Approval Authority.  The opportunity for  a  "second chance" is an important option for the Approval
Authority.  In all cases, the POTW should be advised1 of its violations. However, if the violation is the
first such problem and the POTW is willing to implement the approved program and needed corrective
action, then technical assistance may be appropriate to help the POTW personnel understand what is
expected and when.

EPA recommends  closely monitoring the progress of the  POTW in issuing, reissuing, or ratifying its
control  mechanisms.  If the POTW consistently fails to issue and maintain its control mechanisms in a
timely fashion--ih.it is issuance in accordance with the approved program or permit or the requirement
of an enforcement  order uithin '"> days after permit expiration-the Approval Authority should issue a
warning letter  or administrative order to the Control Authority and establish a schedule for issuing the
necessary control mechanisms.                                           .

Where a schedule  is needed for corrccth'e action, the Approval Authority may wish to establish that
schedule in an enforcement order. When a schedule extends for *H) days or longer. liPA  recommends
that the Approval Authority establish the schedule in an enforcement order. A detailed schedule with
intermeiii.ile milestones *j|| help  the POTW allocate* appropriate time and priority to the required
tasks, uhilc helping the Approval Authority assess the PoTW's progress. The Approval Authority may
use a }ns It-lift to  oM.iin information and time estimates Irom the POTW to develop the compliance
schedule ('ompliance with an enforcement order is tracked on the ONCR until the POTW has returned
to full compliance uith the NI'DMS permit.

Formal  enforcement  will be the appropriate initial response in a growing number of cases as POTWs
become more knowledgeable of  their  implementation  responsibilities. Where the  POTW has
substantially failed to implement its approved program or demonstrates  inadequate commitment to
corrective action on a timely basis, the Approval Authority should initiate formal enforcement action."
Formal enforcement may ako be appropriate as an initial re&poriM: where the POTW's failure to enforce
has contributed to  interference, pass-through, or significant water quality impacts. When a violation by
the POTW ha> been identified and the POTW has failed to initiate corrective action in the  quarter
following  identification  on the ONCR.  the Approval Authority should strongly consider  formal
enforcement action.
11 EPA Headquarter* » developing criteria for bringing formal enforcement actions and model pleadings and compla :s for
  judicial actions against POTW's for failure to implement their pretreatment programs.
                                            17

-------
VII.  SUMMARY

The QNCR is an important tool to identify priority violations of permit conditions, to overview the
effectiveness of State and EPA compliance and enforcement activities, to provide a framework to achieve
a nationally consistent pretreatment program, and to compile national statistics on noncompliance for
th« NPDES program. The existing rule for noncompliance  reporting requires EPA and the States to
report instances where POTWs  have failed to  adequately implement  and enforce  their approved
pretreatment program.    .

Nearly 1500 POTWs are now approved. Pretreatment will be the primary mechanism to control toxic
and hazardous pollutants which may enter the POTW or its sludge. Therefore, it  is vital that EPA and
the approved  States routinely evaluate POTW compliance with the requirements of their approved
program and report POTWs that have failed to adequately implement their approved program.

This Guidance is  intended  to  assist Regions  and  approved  States evaluate  and  report  POTW
noncompliance with pretreatment requirements. The Guidance explains the criteria that should he used
to evaluate principal  activities  and functions necessary to implement the program In some cases.
approved States and Regions may need to modify the program and/or  NPDES permit because the
existing requirements are inadequate or because conditions have changed. In general,  those POTWs
that meet the definition of reportahle noncompliance should be priorities for resolving the inadequacies
in approved programs or permits.

EPA plans to  incorporate specific criteria into the NPDF.S Regulations for noncompliance reporting
of POTWs  which fail to adequately implement their  pretreatment programs  The regulation will be
developed after Regions and approved States have h*id the opportunity to  use this Guidance for at least
12 months to  assess the effectiveness of the criteria in identifying serious noncompliance.  Comments
on the use of this guidance and the reporting of POTW noncompliance  required under the Strategic
Planning and  Management System in FY 1988 will be carefully evaluated for future regulatory am'
program reporting requirements.
                                           18

-------

-------
                                                                 n.c.i2
Permit PC Personal Assistance Link Users Guide (updated 6/21/93)

-------
           Permit Compliance System
PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide
             Document Number PCS-PA91-1.01


                   June 21 1993
                 PCS USER SUPPORT
                    202/475-8529
                  U.S. EPA (EN-338)
                   401 M. St. SW
                Washington, DC  20460

-------
Preface

The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations.  The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.

PCS PERSONAL COMPUTER (PC) PERSONAL ASSISTANCE LINK (PAL) is a user friendly PC
software package which was developed specifically to allow managers to generate reports from PCS quickly
and easily using only a few keystrokes on their microcomputers.  In addition to the PCS PC-PAL Manual.
the following manuals are available on the PCS system.

    PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and  detailed information on
    entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
    Edit I Update Error Messages Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
    during the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.

    Generalized Retrieval Manual -Provides complete information about how to run all flexible format and
   fixed format reports available in PCS. This includes preprinting DMRs and running the QNCR.

   Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides interactive access
   to the PCS database.

   Data Element Dictionary -  Gives a detailed description of each type of data available in PCS, field by
   field.

   PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
   Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary
                                                                                    Preface

-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Entry,
Edit, and Update Manual.
REVISION
CODE

DATE
06/21/93
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-PA91-1.01
DESCRIPTION
Initial Release of Advanced Function Printing
(AFP) version of the PAL Users Guide.
Table  0-1. Revision Summary
                                                                Revision Code Descrintinn

-------
 Contents

 Chapter 1.  INTRODUCTION TO PCS PC-PAL   	  1-1

 Chapter 2.  OVERVIEW OF PCS  	  2-1

 Chapter 3.  USING PAL   	3-1
 3.1 Initiating a PAL Session	3-1
 3.2 Accessing PAL	  3-1
   3.2.1  Using the "HELP" option  	3-4
   3.2.2  Using the "REPORTS" option  	  3-5
   3.2.3  Using the "END' Option   	  3-9

 Chapter 4.  Significant Noncompliance Reports  	4-1
 4.1 Current QNCR Facilities Report  	4-1
 4.2 Effluent Report   	4-9
 4.3 Compliance Schedule Report   	  4-17
 4.4 DMR Non-Receipt Report   	  4-24

 Chapter 5.  INSPECTION REPORTS   	  5-1
 5.1 Inspection Scheduling Report   	  5-1
 5.2 Last Inspection Completion Report   	  5-15

 Chapter 6. PRETREATMENT REPORTS   	  6-1
 6.1 Inspection/Audit Scheduling Report   	.:	6-1
 62 Last Inspection/Audit Completion Report  	  6-15
 6.3 Annual Report Scheduling List   	  6-29
 6.4 Annual Report Submission List  	  6-42

 Chapter 7. ENFORCEMENT ACTION REPORTS  	7-1
 7.1 Formal Enforcement Actions Report  	  7-1
 7.2 Closed Formal Enforcement Actions Report   	  7-16

 Chapter 8. EXPIRED PERMITS REPORTS	  8-1
 8.1 All Expired Permits Report   	  8-1
 8.2 Applications Non-Receipt Report  	  8-15

Appendix A.  PCS User Docmentation Comment Form  	  A-l

Index  	  X-l
                                                                              Contents

-------
Figures
  3-1.   Intro Screen   	3-2
  3-2.   Option Selection Screen	  3-3
  3-3.   Help Screen	  3-4
  3-4.   User Selection Screen   	3-5
  3-5.   Region Selection Screen	3-6
  3-6.   Report Selection Screen	3-7
  3-7.   State Selection Screen   	3-8
  4-1.   SNC Report Selection Screen   	4-2
  4-2.   SNC Facility List Report   	4-3
  4-3.   SNC Facility Report Selection Screen    	4-4
  4-4.   SNC Effluent Report Selection Screen   	4-5
  4-5.   SNC Effluent Report Screen   	4-6
  4-6.   SNC Compliance Schedules and Reports Screen   	4-7
  4-7.   SNC DMR Overdue Report Screen	4-8
  4-8.   SNC Report Select Options Screen   	  4-10
  4-9.   SNC Facility Type Selection Screen  	  4-11
 4-10.   SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  4-12
 4-11. ... SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen   	  4-13
 4-12.   SNC Effluent Report Selection Screen   	  4-14
 4-13.   SNC Report Options Selected  Screen  	  4-15
 4-14.   SNC Effluent Report Screen   	  4-16
 4-15.   SNC Report Select Options Screen  	  4-18
 4-16.   SNC Facility Type  Selection Screen	  4-19
 4-17.   SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  4-20
 4-18.   SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen   	  4-21
 4-19.   SNC Report Options Selected Screen  	  4-22
 4-20.   SNC Compliance Schedules and Reports Screen   	  4-23
 4-21.   SNC Report Select Options Screen  	  4-25
 4-22.   SNC Facility Type  Selection Screen	  4-26
 4-23.   SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  4-27
 4-24.   SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen   	  4-28
 4-25.   SNC Report Options Selected Screen  	  4-29
 4-26.   SNC DMR Non-Receipt Report   	  4-30
  5-1.   Inspection Report Selection Screen  	  5-2
  5-2.   Inspection Report Select Options Screen   	5-3
  5-3.   Inspection Report Facility Type Selection Screen   	  5-4
  5-4.   Inspection Report Major Indicator Selection Screen  	  5-5
  5-5.   Inspection Type Selection Screen   	  5-6
  5-6.   Inspection Report Timeframe Selection Screen   	  5-7
  5-7.   Inspection Report Start Date Year Selection Screen   	  5-8
  5-8.   Inspection Report Start Date Month Selection Screen   	  5-9
  5-9.   Inspection Report End Date Year Start Screen   	  5-10
 5-10.   Inspection Report End Date Month Selection Screen    	  5-11
 5-11.   Inspection Report Timeframe Selected Screen  	  5-12
 5-12.   Inspection Options Selected Screen  	  5-13
 5-13.   Inspection Scheduling Report	  5-14
 5-14.   Inspection Report Selection Screen  	  5-16
 5-15.   Inspection Report Select Options Screen  	  5-17
 5-16.   Inspection Facility Type Selection Screen   	  5-18
 5-17.   Inspection Report Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  5-19
 5-18.   Inspection Report Inspection Type Selection Screen  	  5-20


                                                                                      Figures

-------
 5-19.  Inspection Report Timeframe Selection Screen   	  5-21
 5-20.  Inspection Report Start Date Year Selection Screen    	  5-22
 5-21.  Inspection Report Start Date Month Selection Screen   	  5-23
 5-22.  Inspection Report End Date Year Start Screen	  5-24
 5-23.  Inspection Report End Date Month Selection Screen   	  5-25
 5-24.  Inspection Report Timeframe Selected Screen   	  5-26
 5-25.  Inspection Report Options Selected Screen	  5-27
 5-26.  Last Inspection Completion Report  	  5-28
 6-1.  Pretreatment Report Selection Screen  	  6-2
 6-2.  Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen	6-3
 6-3.  Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen    	  6-4
 6-4.  Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen  	  6-5
 6-5.  Pretreatment Inspection Audit Type Selection Screen   	  6-6
 6-6.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen  	:	  6-7
 6-7.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen   	  6-8
 6-8.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen  	'	6-9
 (5-9.  Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen  	  6-10
 6-10.  Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen   	  6-11
 6-11.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen   	  6-12
 6-12.  Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen   	  6-13
 6-13.  Pretreatment/Inspection Audit Scheduling Report   	  6-14
 6-14.  Pretreatment Report Selection Screen  	  6-16
 6-15.  Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen   	  6-17
 6-16.  Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen    	  6-18
 6-17.  Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  6-19
 6-1.8.  Pretreatment Inspection Audit Type Selection Screen   	  6-20
 6-19.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen  	  6-21
 6-20.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen   	  6-22
 6-21.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen  	  6-23
 6-22.  Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen  	  6-24
 6-23.  Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen   	  6-25
 6-24.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe  Selected  Screen   	  6-26
 6-2.5.  Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen  	  6-27
 6-26.  Last Pretreatment Inspection/Audit  Completion Report   	  6-28
 6-27.  Pretreatment Report Selection Screen   	  6-30
 6-28.  Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen	  6-31
 6-29.  Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen    	  6-32
 6-30.  Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  6-33
 6-31.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe  Selection Screen  	  6-34
 6-32.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen   	   6-35
 6-33.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen   	  6-36
 6-34.  Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen  	   6-37
 6-35.  Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen   	   6-38
6-36.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe  Selected Screen   	   6-39
 6-37.  Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen  	   6-40
 6-38.  Pretreatment Annual Report Scheduling List   	   6-41
 6-39.  Pretreatment Report Selection  Screen   	   6-43
 6-40.  Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen   	   6-44
6-41.  Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen   	   6-45
6-42.  Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen   	   6-46
6-43.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen  	   6-47
 6-44.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen   	   6-48
 6-45.  Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen  	   6-49
6-46.  Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen  	   6-50
6-47.  Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen  	   6-51
  Permit Compliance System:   PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide

-------
 6-48.  Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen   	   6-52
 6-49.  Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen   	   6-53
 6-50.  Pretreatment Annual Report Submission list   	   6-54
  7-1.  Enforcement Action Selection Screen  	  7-2
  7-2.  Enforcement Action Select Options Screen  	  7-3
  7-3.  Enforcement Action Facility Type Selection Screen	  7-4
  7-4.  Enforcement Action Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  7-5
  7-5.  Enforcement Action Type of Order Issued Screen	  7-6
  7-6.  Enforcement Action Violations Addressed Screen  	  7-7
  7-7.  Enforcement Action Timeframe Selection Screen   	  7-8
  7-8.  Enforcement Action Start Date Year Selection Screen   	  7-9
  7-9.  Enforcement Action Start Date Month Selection Screen   	   7-10
 7-10.  Enforcement Action End Date Year Start Screen   	   7-11
 7-11.  Enforcement Action End Date Month Selection Screen   	   7-12
 7-12.  Enforcement Action Timeframe Selected Screen	   7-13
 7-13.  Enforcement Action Options Selected Screen   	   7-14
 7-14.  Formal Enforcement Action Report   	   7-15
 7-15.  Enforcement Action Selection Screen  	   7-17
 7-16.  Enforcement Action Select Options Screen	   7-18
 7-17.  Enforcement Action Facility Type Selection Screen	   7-19
 7-18.   Enforcement Action Major Indicator Selection Screen   	   7-20
 7-19.  ' Enforcement Action Type of Order Issued Screen	   7-21
 7-20.   Enforcement Action Violations Addressed Screen  	   7-22
 7-21.   Enforcement Action Timeframe Selection Screen  	   7-23
 7-22.   Enforcement Action Start Date Year Selection Screen   	   7-24
 7-23.   Enforcement Action Start Date Month  Selection Screen   	   7-25
 7-24.   Enforcement Action End Date Year Start Screen  	   7-26
 7-25.   Enforcement Action End Date Month Selection Screen   	   7-27
 7-26.   Enforcement Action Timeframe Selected Screen  	   7-28
 7-27.   Enforcement Action Options Selected Screen	   7-29
 7-28.   Formal Enforcement Action Report   	   7-30
 8-1.   Expired Permits Report Selection  Screen  	  8-2
 8-2.   Expired Permits Report Select Options Screen	  8-3
 8-3.   Expired Permits Report Facility Type Selection Screen	  8-4
 8-4.   Expired Permits Report Major Indicator Selection Screen   	  8-5
 8-5.   Expired Permits Report Timeframe Selection Screen  	  8-6
 8-6.   Expire Permits  Report  Start Date  Year Selection Screen  	  8-7
 8-7.   Expired Permits Report Start Date Month Selection Screen  	  8-8
 8-8.   Expired Permits Report End Date Year Selection Screen    	  8-9
 8-9.  Expired Permits Report End Date Month Selection Screen  	   8-10
 8-10.  Expired Permits Report Timeframe Selected Screen	   8-11
 8-11.  Expired Permits Report Applications Received/Not Received Screen    	   8-12
 8-12.  Expired Permits Report Options Selected Screen   	   8-13
 8-13.  Expired Permits Report  	   8-14
 8-14.  Expired Permits Report Selection Screen  	   8-16
 8-15.  Expired Permits Report Select Options Screen	   8-17
 8-16.  Expired Permits Report Facility Type Selection Screen	   8-18
8-17.  Expired Permits Major Indicator Selection Screen	   8-19
8-18.  Expired Permits Timeframe Selection Screen	   8-20
8-19.  Expire Permits Report Start Date Year Selection Screen  	   8-21
8-20.  Expired Permits Report Start Date Month Selection Screen  	   8-22
8-21.  Expired Permits Report End Date Year Selection Screen    	   8-23
8-22.  Expired Permits End Date Month Selection Screen  	   8-24
8-23.  Application Non-Receipt Report Timeframe Selected Screen   	   8-25
8-24.  Applications Non-Receipt Report  Options Selected Screen   	   8-26

                                                                                       Figures

-------
8-25.   Applications Non-Receipt Report  	   8-27
   Permit Compliance System:  PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide

-------
Tables




  0-1.  Revision Summary
                                                                        Tables

-------
                                                          II.C.13
"Changes to the SNC Definition", dated April 5, 1991.

-------
                                          OFFICE OF
                                           WATER
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460.
                         APR  5 1991

              \


MEMORANDUM                       '

SUBJECT:   Changes  to the SNC Definition

FROM:      James R.  Elder,  Direc
           Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)

TO:        Regional Water Management Division Directors
           Regions  I - X
           Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs
           Regions  I - X

     Section 123.45 of the Code  of  Federal Regulations,  Title 40,
published  August 26,  1985,  establishes the reporting requirements
for quarterly noncompliance reports (QNCRs)  on National  Pollutant
Discharge  Elimination System (NPDES)  permitted facilities.  In an
effort to  ensure national  reporting consistency,  the "Guidance
Manual for Preparing Quarterly Noncompliance Reports" (Guidance
Manual) dated December 1985 was  developed to explain reportable
noncompliance (RNC)  and  to define significant noncompliance
(SNC).

     The Inspector General's (IG) office,  in September 1988,
issued a report entitled "NPDES  Compliance Monitoring
Information" which indicated improvements were needed in the
reporting  process.  As a result  of  recommendations made  in the
report and due to  concerns  expressed by the IG and shared with
the Regions and Headquarters,  a workgroup was formed to
reexamine  the RNC/SNC definition, with particular attention to
reducing the complexity  of  the entire reporting process.

     The workgroup  effort  is still  ongoing.   Soon you will be
asked to work with  your  States on proposed manor  changes to the
definition.                             *       .

     The workgroup, however,  has reached  general  consensus on
three separate definitional changes to SNC which  I strongly
support and which do  hot.require extensive discussions.   The
fourth issue involves clarification to the current SNC
definition.  Because  of  the nature  of these specific changes,
quick implementation  is  possible and in the best  interest of
Regions and States.   It  is  my belief  that  these changes  will
result in more consistency  nationwide^  In addition,  many Regions
or States  currently operate under these guidelines.   Therefore,
                                            Primed 01 Rec-.'..'-i -'^i

-------
 these  changes  should not  place  any undue reporting burdens  on
 Regions/States.   The .following  changes  are  to  be  implemented
 within the next  reporting quarter  -fJuly- through -September—^g»3
      1.   Currently, the Guidance Manual  includes percent removal
violations as SNC violations.  Both  TRC and chronic  criteria  are
currently applied to percent removal (Appendix V provides
technical guidance  for calculating percent removal violations).
However, the workgroup considers percent  removal to  be more an
indication of treatment plant efficiency  rather than an
indication of environmental harm.

      Therefore, percent removal violations are to be eliminated
from  the SNC definition.

      2.   Many, but not all, EPA Regions  and States  require
permittees to meet  achievable interim effluent limits (lELs)
during a period of  corrective action such as in the  case of major
upgrades or minor repairs.  The lELs are  written into enforcement
orders and current  guidance requires that any violations of lELs
be categorized as, SNC violations (unless  in the case of an
Administrative Order, the^IEL is as  stringent as the current  .
permit limit, then  TRC/chronic criteria would apply).

      For those Regions and States which do not utilize lELs,
guidance directs them to track against schedules.  These
facilities are not  held accountable  for meeting any  effluent
limits.  The current criteria for measuring IEL SNC  rates either
discourages the use of lELs altogether or encourages the use of
very  lenient lELs to avoid becoming  SNC for IEL violations.

     Therefore, in  the absence of interim effluent limits in an
enforcement order,  Regions and states are to track compliance
against the permit  limits,  utilizing TRC and chronic criteria.

      3.   According to the Guidance  Manual, an instance of SNC is
considered resolved when the SNC criteria are no longer met
(e.g., neither two  TRC nor four chronic violations of permit
monthly averages occur over a six month period)  during the review
period or when the  permittee formerly in SNC exhibits compliance
for all-three months of the most recent quarter.   Facilities with
seasonal operations or those with intermittent discharges
consistently fall into and out of SNC by nature of their
operation.  Resolution of SNC does not occur because they exhibit
three months of compliant data, but  rather because
operations/discharges have ceased temporarily.   Additionally,
resolution of effluent SNC may result simply by failure to submit
a DMR (either the entire DMR is missing or it is incomplete).

     Therefore, in  the future,  in order to resolve cases of SNC,
a facility must either fail to meet  the definition of SNC in a
six month vindov, or must have actual data shoving that no
violations have occurred in three months.

-------
     4.   The last, issue involves clarification, as I mentioned
earlier, rather than change.  Recently, with the automated
retrieval of SNC statistics from Permit Compliance System (PCS),
it has been brought to my attention that a few Regions operate
with the understanding that only when a permittee fails to submit
all DMRs from a particular facility, is that permittee considered
SNC.  The QNCR regulation means that:

     A separate DMR is required for each individual pipe/outfall.
One DMR non-submittal for one pipe is sufficient to place an
entire facility in SNC for reporting.

     You should not experience any problems in implementing the
changes outlined above.  Please work with your States to
streamline the process.  We recognize these changes will involve
programming changes to PCS, affecting many of the automated
reports currently generated by PCS.  Please make these manual
changes to PCS for the SNC reporting period ending June 30,  1991.
This data will be incorporated into the fourth quarter STARS
report to be submitted October 1, 1991.  In the meantime, my
staff will work to reprogram PCS.

     If you have questions concerning definitional issues, please
contact George Gray.  Once PCS is reprogrammed, direct any PCS
related problems to Dela Ng.  Both members of my staff may be
reached at FTS 475-8313.            '

     Work is ongoing to address the major recommendations from
the workgroup.  We will keep you apprised of any developments
along this front and will work through you to obtain State input
when the appropriate time arrives.

-------
                                                  II.C.I4
"Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompiiance (SN7C) Criteria to Address Violations of
Non-Monthly Average Limits", September 21, 1995

-------
             UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460

                          SEP 2 I  IS9
                                                           OFFICE OF
 MEMORANDUM                                             ENFORCEMENT AND
                                                       COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE

 SUBJECT:   Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompliance  (SNC)
           Criteria to Address Violations of Non-Monthly Average
           Limits
 FROM:      Steven A.  Hermar
           Assistant  Administrator

 TO:        Water Management  Division Directors, Regions I-X
           Regional Counsels

     This  memorandum transmits to you the NPDES program's new SNC
 definition.   This revision  of the SNC criteria was needed because
 the  current  definition results in many significant violators
 escaping detection as SNC and, therefore, avoiding routine
 enforcement  consideration.   The expeditious development of these
 criteria was due in  large part to the outstanding support from
 members of the  SNC Workgroup from various States and all ten
 Regions.

     The option for  the change to the SNC criteria that I have
 selected basically entails  the application of the current SNC
 criteria for Monthly Averages to Non-Monthly Averages as
 recommenced  by  the national SNC Workgroup.  In making my
 decision,  I  carefully considered information provided by you and
 your staff,  the SNC  Workgroup,  and the Water Enforcement Division
 (WED) here at Headquarters.'

     In brief,  I  selected the Workgroup option for the following
 reasons.   First,  it  is fully consistent with the President's
 Reinventing  Environmental Regulation guidance and will result in
 better targeting  of  limited enforcement resources to violations
 posing the greatest  risks to health and the environment.   Second,
 no new reports  are required.   The data to calculate the SNC based
 on the new criteria  is already provided in the NPDES national
 data' base  known as the Permit Compliance System (PCS) .

     Third,  the violations  of the Non-Monthly Average SNC
 facilities do pose a significant threat to the environment/public
 health.  Toxics  and  other risk-based water quality based limits
 are being violated in a large majority of the new SNC cases.
Among the new SNC are non-toxic pollutants,  such as nutrients and
 oxygen demanding parameters,  which have been documented by EPA as
 beina amona  the zoo  five causes of water crualicv impairment.
                                                    	.lecycie&necyoacie
                                                      "—-11 wrt^ SovCanc-s '•* :~ rrrf-r —.

-------
Also, close to three quarters of the non-toxic SNC violators,
which will be captured by the new SNC criteria, are repeat
offenders and therefore are among the worst violators.

     Attachment I provides the official new SNC definition.
Attachment II-A provides details 'on the Regulatory Reinvention
analysis and Attachment II-B discusses the SNC definition
options.

IMPLEMENTATION

     Although I am officially selecting this new SNC definition
today, I am delaying formal implementation for one year.  This
delay is, in part, a response to the Regions' request for time,
prior to officially reporting the new SNC, to reduce the  initial
increase in SNC from the new definition.  In addition, this delay
will allow the time necessary to make changes in PCS to automate
the calculation and reporting of the new SNC.

     I expect the Regions (and States), over approximately the
next two years, will take formal enforcement actions to reduce or
eliminate this increase in SNC.  Until the changes are made in
PCS, I request that the Regions and States use the Non-Monthly
Average SNC software, which will soon be made available' to you by
OECA, to temporarily identify Non-Monthly Average SNC facilities.
Where appropriate, I request that Timely and Appropriate  ("T and
A") enforcement action be considered while PCS changes are being
made.

     Also during this interiir. period, it would be useful. to
report SNC counts for Non-Monthly Averages along with other
quarterly enforcement reports.   Although this interim reporting
is optional, the data would help WED in developing its
recommendation on a revision to the standard acceptable level of
SNC  (plus "T and A" and the Exceptions List) which Headquarters
uses in routine Regional performance reviews.  In revising this
bench mark level of acceptable SNC,  the goal will be to draw a
reasonable balance between resources and the new SNC rate.

     Once the changes in PCS are completed,  all categories of SNC
will be integrated into the routine quarterly SNC count and will
appear on the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR).  Also, I
wish to remind the Regions (and States)  that they may remove SNC
indicators in PCS for those occasional violations that
technically meet the SNC criteria but, in reality, do not
constitute a significant infraction.  Such deletions must be
documented in a facility's file.

     As appropriate,  these and other implementation issues will
be discussed with the Regions in the near future.  If you have
any questions regarding the SNC criteria or their implementation,

-------
please contact Brian Maas, Acting Director, Water Enforcement
Division at  (202) 564^2240 or have your staff call Richard
Lawrence at  (202) 564-3511.  Again, I wish to thank you and all
the workgroup members for your outstanding efforts and
perseverance, and look forward to working with you on
implementation.

Attachments

cc:  Water Enforcement Branch Chiefs
     Michael Cook
   '  OECA Office Directors
     Fred Stiehl
     Workgroup Members

-------
                                              ATTACHMENT I
           Significant Noncompliance (SNC) Criteria for
    National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Violations

 1.    Effluent Violations  of Monthly Average  Limits

    .  a.   TRC Violations

      A 40% exceedance of  specific pollutant  limits  listed  in
 Exhibit A or a  20% exceedance of a specific  pollutant  limit from
 Exhibit B at a  given discharge point for  any two or more months
 during the two  consecutive quarter review period is SNC. .

      b.   Chronic Violations

      Violation  of any monthly effluent limit'at a given pipe by
 any amount for  any four or more' months during the two  consecutive
 quarter review  period is  SNC.

 2.    Effluent Violations  of Non-Monthly Average Limits*

      TRC  and chronic SNC  criteria are the same as for monthly
 average violations as described in section 1. a. and b. above.
 However,  the following caveat also applies:

      When a parameter has both a monthly average and a non-
monthly average limit, a  facility would only be considered in SNC
 for the non-monthly limits if the monthly average is also
violated  to some degree (but less than SNC).

 3.     Other Effluent Violations

      Any  effluent violation that causes or has the  potential to
cause a water quality or human health problem is SNC.

4.     Non-Effluent Violations

      Any unauthorized bypass,  unpermitted discharge, or pass
through of pollutants which causes or has the potential to cause
a water quality problem (e.g.,  fish kills, oil sheens)  or health-
problems  (e..g.,  beach closings,  fishing bans, or other
restrictions of beneficial uses)  is SNC.   In the case of POTWs
implementing Approved Pretreatment Programs,  failure to implement
or enforce those programs is SNC.


*NOTE:  Non-monthly average SNC applies to all maximum and all
average (other than monthly average)  statistical base codes.

-------
5.  ' Permit Schedule Violations

     Any failure to start construction, end construction, or
attain final compliance within 90 days of the scheduled date is
SNC.  Also, all pretreatraent schedule milestones missed by 90
days or more are SNC.

6 .   Permit Reporting Violations

     Discharge Monitoring Reports, POTW Pretreatment Performance
Reports,  and the Compliance Schedule Final Report of Progress
(i.e.,  whether final compliance has been attained) that are not
submitted at all or are submitted 30 or more days late are SNC.

7.  Enforcement Orders

     a.   Judicial Order

     Any violation of a Judicial Order is SNC.

     b.   Administrative Order (AO)

     Any violation of an effluent limit (or other water
quality/health impact)  established in an AO is SNC.   However,
when an AO limit is as stringent as an applicable permit limit,
the facility is SNC onlv if the permit effluent SNC criteria,  set
out in number 1-3 above,  are met.

     Any unauthorized bypass,  unpermitted discharge or pass-
through of pollutants which cause or has the potential to cause a
water quality problem or human health problem is SNC.

     Any schedule or reporting violations listed above in
sections 5 and 6 respectively are SNC.

     Any violations of narrative  requirements or any other
violation of concern to the Director is SNC.

-------
                             Exhibit  A
                    SNC  Conventional  Pollutants
                     (40%  exceedance  of  limit)
 Group  I  Pollutants-TRC=l.4

 Oxygen Demand
 Biochemical  Oxygen Demand
 Chemical Oxygen Demand
 Total  Oxygen Demands
 Total  Organic Carbon
 Other

 Solids
 Total  Suspended Solids
 (Residues)
 Total  Dissolved Solids
 (Residues)
 Other

 Nutrients
 Inorganic Phosphorus Compounds
 Inorganic Nitrogen Compounds
 Other

 Detergents and Oils
 MBAS
 NTA
 Oil and Grease
 Other  detergents or algicides
Minerals
Calcium
Chloride
Fluoride
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
Sulfur
Sulfate
Total Alkalinity
Total Hardness
Other Minerals

Metals
Aluminum
Cobalt
Iron
Vanadium
                            Exhibit B
                       SNC Toxic Pollutants
                     (20% exceedance of limit)

Group II Poilutants-TRC=l.2

Metals  (all forms)
Other metals not specifically listed under Group I

Inorganic
Cyanide
Total Residual Chlorine
Crgani cs
All organics are Group II except those specifically listed
under Grouc I.3

-------
III.

-------
III.  ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT

-------
III. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT



     A.  ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE ORDERS

-------

-------
                                                                  III.A.I,
"Effect of Compliance with Administrative Orders", dated June 1984.

-------

-------
             UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL r?»OT£C7ISN AGEN'CY
                         WASHINGTON. D.C. 2CZ60
                                                            erricc er
MESORAKDUM
SUBJECT:  Effect  of Compliance With
          Administrative Orders
FROM:     Colburn T.  Cherney.
          Associate General
          Kater Division
TO:       Rebecca Hanaer.  Director
          Office of.-VCater  Er.fcrceaent
            and Peraits  (E\'-335)

     In a Jirae 5, 1964 aeaorandian, you asked whether coapliance
vith en edciniscra'tive order  precludes/ as a natter of law,
further enforcement action on the  underlying violation.
Such compliance does not preclude  enforcement.  See, e.g.'.
United States v.  Earth Sciences.  599 F.2d 368,  375-76 (10th
Cir. 1979).   However,' the  administrative order,  and .the
discharger's compliance with  the order,  are factors that are
likely to be assigned significant  weight when the reviewing
court fashions a remedy in the enforcement action.

-------

-------
                                                                  III.A.2.
"Use of Stipulated Penalties in Administrative Orders on Consent under the
CWA", dated September 6, 1985.

-------

-------
       UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                        SEP   6 1985
                                                   OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
                                                     AND COMPLIANCE
                                                      ' MONITORING
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:  Use of Stipulated Penalties  in Administrative
          Orders on Consent under the  Clean Water Act
FROM:     Glenn L. Unterberger
          Associate Enforcement Counsel
          tor Water

TO:       Paul A. Seals
          Regional Counsel, Region VI


     I am responding to Region VI 's request for specific guidance
on whether the use of stipulated penalties in administrative
orders is permissable under the Clean Water Act, Section 309.

     After extensive legal research by both my office and the
Office of General Counsel, and consultation with the Department
of Justice, it is our judgment that, as a matter of policy, EPA
generally will not include stipulated penalties in administra-
tive orders on consent under the Clean Water Act.  The one
exception to this policy (which probably has limited practical
effect) is that EPA may consider using administrative orders
on consent with a provision for stipulated penalties under the
following terms:                   .

          1) that stipulated penalties provided for in an
             administrative order on consent (possibly though
             a confession of judgment clause) are collectible
             only through the commencement of an enforcement
             action for violations of the order and the
             statute or permit in federal district court; and

          2) tnat any such order shall also provide that,
             irrespective of the penalty amounts so stipulated
             or confessed in judgment, the government shall
             reserve tne right to seek whatever penalty amount
          .>  * it. deems appropriate in an action to enforce the
             terms of the order and will not be bound by the
             amounts stipulated.

-------
                            - 2 -
     By this approach, we remove any doubt of the enforceability
of the terms of the order by retaining the responsibility for
imposing civil penalties or other appropriate remedies with
the court as explicitly authorized in CWA Sections 309(b) and
(d).  In doing so, we also act consistently with the letter of
28 U.S.C. §5516 and 519 and the spirit of the Memorandum of
Understanding between EPA and the Department of Justice that
the Department settles and compromises claims ot the United
States which EPA is to briny through litigation.  Also, the
reservation clause ensures that if additional violations or
other pertinent facts come to light -after the AO on consent is
entered into, the government will not be limited to the penalties
contained in the AO.

     If a Region chooses to employ the practice where the
requisite criteria can be net, .it shoula be done on a highly
selective basis and only when, in the opinion of the Regional
office, an administrative•order without these stipulated penalty
provisions will not result in final compliance as.quickly or
as well..

     Since orders on consent with stipulated penalties are
inherently more complex than traditional administrative orders
and involve negotiations which may affect subsequent judicial
enforcement actions, the Office of Regional Counsel must be
involved from the outset, if their use is contemplated.

     The above guidance may be short-lived, since the proposed
amendment to the Clean Water Act giving EPA administrative
penalty authority, if passed, will also probably give us 'stronger
authority to use stipulated penalties in consent AOs.  Should
the administrative penalty authority amendment be enacted,
we will develop guidance on the use of such authority, with the
expectation that stipulated penalties in consent AOs meeting
certain procedural preconditions probably will be acceptable.
                                   /

cc:  Associate Enforcement Counsels
     Regional Counsels
     Bill Jordan                                             .
     Coke Cherney
     David .Buente
     OECM-Water Attorneys

-------
                                                                  III. A. 3.
"Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties" dated April 15, 1985.  See GM-38.

-------

-------
                                                                  III.A.4.
"Recommended Format for CWA Section 309 Administrative Orders", dated July
30, 1985 (Incorporated in III.A.5).                       -

-------

-------
                                                                  III.A.5.
"REFERENCE DOCUMENT ON GUIDANCE AND PROCEDURES FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
ISSUED UNDER SECTION 309 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT" dated September 26, 1986,
Cover Memorandum, Table of Contents and Section I only.

-------

-------
          UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. O.C 20460
                     SEP *9 1886

                                                        WATM
 MEMORANDUM
 SUBJECT:   Reference Document  on  Guidance and Procedures for
           Administrative  Orders  Issued under Section 309 of the
           Clean Hater Act

 FROM:      Jamejr45^aerT*Di rector
                e of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)
 TO i        Water Management  Division Directors
           Regions  I-X                                   , . •


     The  attached  Reference Document on Administrative Orders was
 recently  completed by  the Enforcement Division, Office of Water
 Enforcement and Permits, to address varied questions that may arise
 on Administrative  Orders (AOs) authorized under the Clean Water
 Act.  It  is designed to provide, in one location, all pertinent
 information on  the preparation and implementation of AOs.  The
 attached  Reference Document we believe, contains all pertinent
 guidance  and procedures needed for day to day operations and for
 compliance activities  relating to administrative orders.

     This project  continues our effort to produce manuals and
 centralized reference  material for all personnel involved in the
 development and tracking of enforcement actions.  It should be
 noted that 'the  contents such as the descriptions of procedures
 relating  to tracking and processing of AOs may change over the 'next
 few years, and  will therefore need to be updated.  We will noti'fy
you as changes  are made.

     We would like to  thank all those parties from the Regional
Offices and the Off ice of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring for
 their comments  and the extensive reviews they provided.  In addition
 if you hav« questions  or comments on the content, or if you believe
we have missed  some information that would make this a more compre-
hensive document,  please contact Bill Jordan, Director, Enforcement
Division  (FTS/475-8304) or  Virginia Lathrop, on his staff (EN-338),
 (FTS/475-8299).

Attachment

cc: Glenn Unterburger, OECM

-------

-------
     REFERENCE DOCUMENT
Guidance and Procedures for.

   ADMINISTRATIVE*ORDERS
  Issued under Section 301»
   of the Clean Water Act
      September 29, I9«fi

-------
  PFFERENCE DOCUMENT - Guidance and Procedures for Administrative
    Orders Issue* Under Section 3fl9 of the Clean Batter *ctt


  I. Guidance

       A. Recommended Format 'or Administrative Orders (AO/s) -
          »*
-------
SECTION I
GUIDANCE

-------
•• 1

-------
           UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. O.C 204*9
                        JUL 301985
 MEMORANDUM
                                          *               •
 SUBJECTtx-tecommended Format for Clean water Act
        •   Section 309 Administrative Orders

 FROM*      Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
           Office of water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)

 TOi        Water Management Division Directors
           Regions 1 - X
     One of  the most frequently used Environmental Protection
Agency mechanisms in the formal enforcement process is the
Administrative Order (AO) issued under Section 309 of the Clean
Mater Act.   It is our belief that AO'.s should be used in a
consistent and effective manner since they are a major part of
the enforcement scheme.  For this reason, the Office of Water
Enforcement  and Permits has undertaken an effort to assess AO
content and  format during the past year.  The outcome of that
assessment was the draft Recommended Format for Administrative
Orders .forwarded to you on May 9, 1985.  We have received
comments and suggestions from several Regions which were utilised
in preparing the final documents.  Attached you will find.the
final Recommended Format for Clean Water Act Section 309
Administrative Orders (Attachment 1).

     The Recommended Format was developed with the cooperation
and assistance of the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring*  The purpose of the Recommended Format is to provide
a general guide) which delineates (1) the specific statutory
requirements (such as the requirements of Section 309(a)(4) on
opportunity  for a recipient to confer with the Administrator
on violations based on failure to submit information); and
(2) options  and suggestions on format for Administrative Orders
(such as the option of including violations in a separate
section after Findings of Fact).  The Recommended Format*»as
utilised by  the Regions* should result in more effective and
even-handed  national enforcement through Administrative Orders.
                            I-A-1

-------
      Zn addition to the Recommended Format, we arc forwarding the
 Checklist on Administrative orders (Attachment 2).  The Checklist
 should-bo use* for reviewing EPA and State-issued AO's.  There will
 obviously bo some variation among States with regard to AO's)
 however* the use-of a Checklist should assure that the state-issued
 AO's are .complete and enforceable.                   •.
                                                      * • •

      The new guidance replaces a document dated April 4oVL9?5
 that was developed by the Office of Water enforcement- It should
 bo noted that the statute was revised twice since 1973.  in
 particular,  the new guidances discourages use of successive AO's
 for  the same violation}  clarifies which legal authority (e.g..
 Sections 308 and 309) EPA should cite as the basis for certain
 requirements imposed through an AO} clarifies the scope of require-
 ments which  EPA may impose through AO's; identifies sanctions
 available  for AO violations; and sets out sample provisions
 which AO's should include to clarify the legal effect of the
 Order*

      Zn the  coming fiscal year, the Office of Water Enforcement
 and  Permits,  with extensive coordination with the Office of
 enforcement  and Compliance Monitoring (OECtt), will develop further
 information  on the use of Section 309 Administrative Orders*  Some
 of those documents will  covers  use of AOs on consent (bilateral
 and  joint  signature)! principles for negotiation of bilateral
 orders  especially for National Municipal Policy} use of multiple
AO's  and alternatives to AO's for the same facility when an AO
 is violated}  and increased use o€ Section 309 to require information
 {including use of show cause proceedings).

      Zf you  have any specific questions on the above, please
 call me (FTS-475-8488) or Kill Jordan, Director, enforcement.
 Division (PTS-475-8304).  The staff contact is Virginia Lathrop
 (FTS-473-8299).

Attachments
                            2-A-2

-------
                                                 ATTACHMENT 1
         Racommandad Format for Clean Water Act Section 309
                       Administrativa Orders

      Tha.following is the recommended format and content  for an
 Administrative Ordar (AO).  Examples and  suogested wording are
 ineludad at various points in th« discussion and in .the sairola
 AO (Attachment 1-0).  Adherence to tha Recommended Format should
 rasule in more effective*and avanhandad national enforcement
 through Administrative Ordars.
                            Introduction
      Tha following should ba followed for tha venue,  title,
 dockat idantifieation and praaabla paragraph.            :
                           UNITED STATES
                 ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                            REGION _—-(
 IN THE MATTER  OF                           DOCKET NO.   XI-S4-06
 Wastavatar Traatmant Works 14
 Sludaa Rivar Pollution Control  District
 Sludga Falls*  Columbia
 PROCEEDING UNDER SECTION             '                         .
   309(a)  of tha
 Claan  Watar Act, 33  U.S.C.                 FINDINGS OF VIOLATION
 Saction 1319(a); in  ra                            AND
 NPDES  PERMIT No.•                          ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE
     •Tha  following  FINDINGS ara vada and ORDER issuad pursuant
 to tha authority vastad in tha  Administrator of tha Unitad States
Environmantal  Protaction  Agancy (EPA)  undar Saetion 309 of the
Claan Watar Act, 33  U.S.C.  f!319,  (hereinafter tha Act) and by
hia dalagatad  to the Regional Administrator of EPA, Region XI
 (and radalegated by  tha Regional Administrator of Region  XI to
tha Director, Watar  Management  Division,  Region XI)."

-------
                          Venue and Title

      The Region identification is  included  to  establish tht
 specific venue of the issuing authority.  The  full address of
 the Region is to be in the letterhead  or under the Regional
 Administrator's (or his designee's)  signature  to  the Order and
 on the blue back cover (which is optional).         •.   .  -

                           Docket Number

      To identify the proceeding, a docket number  is reo*uired.
 To avoid confusion*  the NPDCS number should not be used as the
 Docket Number.   However* the  NPDCS number,  if  any, should be
 referred to under the proceedings  identification  in the title.
 The docket number "XI-M-06"  identifies the Order as being the
 6th Order issued in 1984 in Region XX.   An  Administrative Order
 docket should be kept separate from any other  docket.  However,
 if a common docket is kept then a  prefix should be added to the
 docket number,  e.g., "XI-AO-84-06".

                         Preamble Paragraph

      The preamble paragraph is important not only to establish
 the Administrator's authority to issue the  order  but also to
 establish the delegation of authority  to the Regional Administrator.
 Zf the Regional Administrator has  redelegated  his authority to
 the Director of the Regional  Water Management  Division, this
 redelegation should also be stated here or  in  the preamble to
 the Order portion of this document.  Zt should be noted that
 there is no authority to redelegate this authority to other CPA
 Regional staff  below the Division  Director  level.  Zf the
 redelegation is asserted hero,  the paragraph should be amended
 by addings

      "...  and redelegated by  the Regional Administrator of

Region XI  to the (undersigned)  Director,  Water Management Division,

Region XZ^.

     The Administrative Order can  be signed by a  duly authorized
Acting- Regional Administrator or Director.   However, the Agency
should-be  prepared to show that the person  signing as Acting
Regional Administrator or Director has the  requisite authority
to  sign  the Order*
                             Z-A-4

-------
                         FINDINGS OF FACT
     The Findings should adequately set forth the specific permit,
statutory (and regulatory)' requirements violated and the specific
nature and dates of the violations.  Zn order to avoid difficulty
in determining from the face of the Findings whether- the order
was necessary and timely, and the remedy was appropriate, the
Findings and Order should be able to stand without reference to
—-—teous facts.  The Findings should speak to all the pertinent
      and law much as a complaint in a civil action doe's* .With
   extraneous facts.
   facts and law muc«§ «• • w>»^*«»»«» «•• <• «•**•« v*»h«w» «•«»»»»•. ••*&!
   these observations in mind* the following recommendations are
   made as to the specific facts to be alleged in the Findings.

                           Status of Violator

        Findings of Fact should first identify fully the entity to
   whom the order is to be issued and define its legal status
   (i.e.* corporation* partnership* association* state* municipality*
   commission or political subdivision of a state).   Clearly
   identifying the orderee limits the possibility of challenges to •<•
   jurisdiction or venue and establishes a record upon which
   subsequent enforcement actions may rely.  The Findings should
   next establish the orderee's status under the Clean Water Act*
   (i.e.* permittee* industrial user* control authority* etc.) and*
   in the ease of permittees, the permit number* date issued* and
   current permit status.  The Findings should name the receiving
   stream into which the violator discharges and should establish
1   the violator discharges to "navigable waters* under Section
   502(7) of the Act through a specific point source as defined in
   Section 502.                                  *

                          lasia of Violations

        Section 309(a)(5)(A) requires that all orders *. . . should
   state with reasonable specificity the nature of the violation
   .  . . ."  It is imperative that the Findings contain the specific
   permit provision or statutory or regulatory requirement which
   has been violated and the authority by which it was imposed en  ,
   the orderee.  Next* the evidence or basis for the specific
   violation (such as DMR* inspection report* RMR) and dates of
   violation should be set forth concisely.  In cases of more than
   one violation, identify what the documentation is for each and
   give the specific dates of violation.   (In instances where only  .
   approximate) datss are known or where there is a continuing
   violation say "on or about" or "beginning on or about".1
   Alternatively the violations may be set off in a separate section
   entitled "Violations* which can follow the "Findings of Fact."
                                                /
 *  An AO should not -set out a regulatory.requirement that was violated
   without setting out the underlying statutory  requirement.  The
   Section 309(a)(3) authorizes AO's for violations of  permit and
   statutory provisions.
                           I-A-5

-------
      whera the violation is based on a failure to provide required
 information, a finding can usually only state that the required
 information was not received by the agency.   In those eases,  the
 lack of receipt of the required information  must sarva as -tfc*
 basis of the violation.  Section 308 violations have additional
 requirements as-described below.                .    •'^

                     CWA Saetion 308 Violations       ''.''••.

      Administrative Ordars issuad for violations based on a
 failura to submit information requested under Saetion 308 of  tha
 Act do not taka affaet until tha parson to whom it is issuad  has
 had an opportunity to eonfar with tha Administrator (or his or
 har designee) concerning tha alleged violation.  (Saa CWA
'Saetion 309(a)(4)).  It-is assantial that such parson ba provided
 with a reasonable opportunity to eonfar.  Any ordar issuad for a
 Saetion 30S violation either exclusively or  in conjunction with
 other violations should provide for a parted of time in which
 tha ordaraa may eonfar with an authorized parson dasignated in  *
 tha Ordar.  If an opportunity has baan provided prior to tha
 issuanea of tha ordar, tha ordar should so stata and sat forth
 tha documentation of tha opportunity to eonfar and tha outcome
 of tha conference, if any.

                     Prior enforcement Contact*

      Administrative Ordars frequently sat forth prior eontaets
 with tha ordarea in an attempt to obtain compliance.  Generally,
 this is a good practice since it helps to build a record and  may
 provide additional support in any subsequent enforcement aetion.
 This can ba dona by cataloguing tha meetings, letters, telephone
 calls,  etc., made in an attempt to secure, voluntary compliance
 or by stating that rapaatad attempts ware made.  Tha repeated
 attempts may ba set out in an attached summary or log of meeting*,
 notices, letters, and telephone calls and dates thereof, along
 with dates of responses from the orderee, if any (sea Attachment
 1-A).

                           Other Findings
        '
      In certain circumstances it may ba necessary or usaful to
 include other findings which are supportive  to tha specific
 requirements of tha order (a.g., "the company's treatment works
 are currently eapable of meeting the affluent limits contained
 in its  permit* or 'the POTW has adequate authority to .enforce
 the categorical pretreatmant standards'). Whether or not to
 include such statements must be determined on a ease by case
 basis but,  if included, should be incontrovertible facts.
                               I-A-6

-------
                        ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE

      The format for the Order should be as follows!

      •                    ,    order

      "Based on the,foregoing FINDINGS and pursuant to the '
 authority vested in the Administrator* Environmental-Protection
 Agency* under Sections 308 and 309(a) of the Act*  and» by him
 delegated to the undersigned (or if the Regional Administrator
 redelegates his authority to the Division Director* add* after
 •of the Act* - "and by him delegated to the Regional Administrator
 and redelegated to the undersigned"), it is hereby ordered:".

      If the delegation statement is stated in the  Preamble, this
 statement may simply bet  "Based on the foregoing Findings* and
 pursuant to the authority of Sections 308 and 309(a) of the Act,
 it is hereby orderedtB

                        Terms of the Order

      Section 309(a)(l) and (a)(3)  authorizes the Administrator  to
 issue an order requiring  compliance with enumerated sections of
 the Act or a condition* limitation or permit requirement implementing
 the enumerated sections of the Act.  Any requirement contained  in
 the order must be directly related to achieving  that compliance
 with those legal requirements.   The terms of the order must set
 forth what EPA specifically expects the Orderee  to do in order  to'
 achieve and maintain compliance.

      Section 309(a)(5)(A)  sets forth the time periods by which
 the orderee must comply.   Zn cases of an interim compliance
 schedule or an operation  and maintenance requirement the time
 for compliance may not exceed thirty days.   Zn cases of compliance
•with a  final deadline* the time for. compliance must be "reasonable"
 as  determined by the Administrator* taking into  consideration
 the seriousness of the violation and past efforts  of the orderee.
 Every order must contain  a specific final date by  which the orderee
must achieve compliance (i.e.*  cease its violations)) consistent
with the statutory language.

      Although some Orders have include** a prescribed method by
which an orderee is  to achieve compliance*  specific prescribed
 steps or methodologies (such as a treatment technology) may be
difficult to enforce.   Because Section 309 specifies in explicit
 terms only that AO's require compliance by a date  certain  the more
closely a  requirement in  the AO is related to actually achieving
compliance*  the sounder the legal  position to include that require-
ment.   Section 308 of the Act can provide substantial support  in
this area  by requiring reporting of the specific steps or  methods.
                                  I-A-7

-------
      The Orders containing interim milestones  leading to final
 compliance should include reporting requirements under Section 308.
 The order should specify the manner and  timeframe  for reporting
 compliance with the terms of the  order to  the  issuing authority.
 The order should- contain requirements for  reporting on the"
 comoliance progress and submitting suitable documentation to
 show the Orderee has taken action to meet  the  AO requirements.
 The attached sample AO sets forth sample language  on order..
 requirements .(Attachment l-D), as well as  a. sample blue'back
 (Attachment 1-C) and cover letter (Attachment  1-1).

                       Additional  Provisions

      Zt has been the long term practice  of many of the Regions
 to include standard provisions regarding additional remedies*
 nonwaiver of permit conditions, etc., in all administrative
 orders  or as part of the cover letter accompanying the AO.  This
 practice snould be used by all the Regions for every order issued.
 Zn addition to prompting national consistency, it  alerts the
 violator to the array of sanctions which could be  used should
 additional enforcement be necessary and  helps encourage compliance
 with the Order as issued.

      The following; are sample provisions which should be added to
 Administrative Orders singly or in combination and may be modified
 based on the particular facts of  the case.  They may also he       '
 included in the cover letter.

 Non Waiver of Permit Conditions*

      •This ORDER does not constitute a waiver  or a modification
      of  the terms and conditions  of the  Orderee's  permit which
      remains in full force and effect.   EPA reserves the right
      to  seek any and-all remedies available under  Section 309(b)
      (c)  or (d)  of the Act for any violation cited in this ORDER*.•

 Potential  Sanctions  for Administrative Order Violations
   (for Non-Municipals)s

      •Failure* to comply with this ORDER  or the Act nay result in
      civil penalties of  UP to $10,000 .per  day  of violation,
      ineliqibllity for contracts, grants or loans  (Clean Water
      Act*  Section SOS) and permit suspension**

General Disclaimers!

      •Zssuanee of-an Administrative Order  shall not be deemed an
      election  by EPA to  forego any civil or crininal action
      to seek  penalties,  fines, or.other  appropriate relief under
      the Act.*
                                Z-A-8

-------
      •Compliance with eh*  terns and conditions of this ORDER
      shall not be construed to relieve the orderee of its
      obligations to comply with any applicable federal, state
      or local law.*                               •

 Administrative Action Resulting in Xneligibility foe federal
  'Contracts*  Grants or Loans:                      •  •   '

      •Violations of this order may result in initiation of Agency
      action to prohibit the facility from obtaining Federal
      contractSf  grants, or loans pursuant to Clean Water Act,
      Section  508,  E.G.  11738,  and 40 CFR Part 15."

                    Effective Date of the Order

      When  the Order does not address a violation of a requirement
 to provide information under Section 308, the ORDER can merely-
 recite  thatt

      •this ORDER shall  become  effective upon its receipt by (or
 service upon)  said  COMPANY."

      For Section 308 violations where an opportunity for conference
 before the ORDER can become effective is reouired by section 309
 and this was  not done prior to the issuing of the ORDER, the
 last  paragraph should read:

      "The  COMPANY shall have the opportunity, for a period of
 f             ) days  fron receipt of this ORDER, to confer with
 the following  designated Agency representatives  Mr. N. Force,
 Director,  Water  Management  Division, Environmental Protection
 Agency, Room  5013,  Region XX,  Old National Bank Buildino, 1414
 fain  Street, Brewsterville,  Centralia, 11101, (555) 123-4567; ".
 jnless the Agency official  issuing the Order decides otherwise,
 ihis ORDER shall become effective at the expiration of said
period for consultation) and,  the COMPANY shall have
(_) days from and after said effective date to comply with the
terms of this ORDER.  To constitute compliance, material required
to be submitted by the COMPANY to the Agency must be in the hands
of the designated Aoency representative, prior to the expiration of
said
                       Signing of the Order       :

     When the Order is dated and signed, the name of the signing
official (Regional Administrator, or Director, Water Management
Division) should be typed below the signature, together with
the address of the Regional office.
                             l-A-9

-------
                       Other Considtrations

     The  us* of legal blue-back it least on the primary copy of
 the  Findings and Order served, while not necessary, tends to
 impress upon the person served of the legal seriousness of the
 action being taken.  Attachment 1-C provides a proposed format and
 content of  the legal blue back.  When a Order fs issued to a
 Corporation, a copy of the Order shall be served on appropriate
 corporate officers*       *                          ~  ~    .

     As in court actions* the order should be retained and olaeed
 in a permanent file with the Docket Clerk, along with the affidavit
 or certification of service attached.  If service is made by
 certified mail restricted delivery, a carbon copy of the letter
 of transmittal, together with the Post Office mailing receipt
 and the return receipt, when returned, should be stapled to the
 front of the original Order, just as a return of personal service
 would be.                           ,      •                      .

                    rollow-uo and file Closing

     As good housekeeping practice, and more importantly, from
 the standpoint of possible reference for or evidence in future
 administrative or court actions, it is important that every file
 contain, at the minimum, a closing memo to the files delineating
 the final disposition of the matter.  (The AO will only be closed
 out when the facility has returned to compliance or when aporopria
 EPA action is taken, i.e., escalating the enforcement response.)

     when a file is closed out* a brief letter should be sent to
the orderee with a carbon copy to Headquarters advising that the
action has been completed.  Attachment 1-C is an example of what
a close out letter might look like.                      '
                              I-A-10

-------
                                                  ATTACHMENT I -A
                    Prior Contacts with
D«spit« repeated writttn «nd telephone eeeiuest»  -« »
set out in th. log attach* as Exhibit    S3 5id!VSI*  f!flly
by r.f.r.nc., th. COMPANY, in violation"of s.ctifl ?oS  C5 h'reof
Act, has net suppli.d th. r.qu.st.d info^at              tht
LOG SAMPLE

     12/04/83
     12/07/M  308 Utt.r ..nt to

     n/io/,4
                                           lBSp.ettOB
    os/os/84
                         I-A-U

-------
                                                 ATTACHMENT l-£
          21.  1915
 CERTZPXCO HAIL -
 RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

 M».  Alice Smith*  Oirtetor
 Sludge River Pollution Control
   District
 13 Plain  Street
 Sludge Palls ,  Columbia 1234S

 RCs   NPOES Permit No. CL0003456

 Dear Mi.  Smith:                                                v

 Enclosed  is  an Administrative Order issued to the Sludge River
 Pollution Control District (SRPCD), by the Regional Administrator
 of the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"), Region XI, under
 Sections  308 and  309 of the Clean Water Act (the "Act").  The
 Regional  Administrator has found that the SRPCD has violated
 Section 301  of  the Act by failing to comply with certain
 reouirements of its National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
 System pemit.  Specifically, during 1984 SRPCD consistently
 violated  its effluent limitations on ammonia and phosphorus and
 intermittently violated effluent limitations for biochemical
 oxyqen demand  and total susoended solids.

 The Order* which  is effective upon receipt, seeks to remedy the
 violations by  requiring SRPCD to submit a plan for meeting its
 effluent  limitations and requiring SRPCD to then implement the
 plan  and  comply with its effluent. limitations.
This Order does not modify your current NPDES permit; nor
compliance with the Order excuse any violation of the permit.
Failure to comply with the enclosed Order may subject the District
to further enforcement action.  EPA may initiate a civil action
in federal district court for violations of an Order seeking
injunctive relief and civil penalties.
                       •
If you have* any questions concerning this natter, please contact
Mr. Jones* an engineer in the Permit Compliance Section, at
222-3922.

Sincerely yours*
Prudence Purewater
Regional Administrator

Enclosure                              .

cc:.  State Division of Water Pollution Control
     State Department of the Attorney General

-------
                                    ATTACHMENT  l-C
            UNITED STATES
   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  ACFNCY
               REGION _
   IN THE MATTER OP

     SLUDGE RIVER  POLLUTION CONTROL
       DISTRICT
         SLUDGE FALLS,  COLUMBIA
                       PERMITTEE0

   NPDES PERMIT NO.  CL00034S6*

     PROCEEDINGS UNDER  THE CLEAN
     WATER ACT
     AS AMENDED (33  U.S.C.
     1319(a)(3))*«
        FINDINGS OF VIOLATION
                AND
         ORDER OF  COMPLIANCE
   Issued  by:

     Prudence  Purewater
     Regional  Adninistrator
     Environmental  Protection Aoericy
     Region XX
     Federal Building
     Hokum, Centralia  12345
•*  Where  Permit  has  been  issued.

•• May also have proceeding under
   33 USC 1318.
          I-A-13

-------
                                                    ATTACHMENT  l-o
                                        \
            UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                             REGION XI
 IN THE MATTER OF                 )      DOCKET Number AO-aS-13
 Sludge River Pollution      .     )      FINDINGS  OF VIOLATION
 Concrol District                 )
 Wastewater Treatment works M     )               AND: :
               '                   )
 NPOES Permit No CL003456         )
                                  )      ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE
 Proceedings under Section        )
• 309(a) of eh* Clean Water Act,    )
 33 U.S.C. S1319(a)               )

                         STATUTORY AUTHORITY

 The following PINDIMGS arc mad* and ORDER  issued  pursuant  to th«
 authority vested in the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
 tion Aoeney CEPA*) by Section  309 of the  Clean Water Act/ 33
                                            i
 U.S.C. 51319* (the Act)* and by the Administrator delegated to
 the Regional  Administrator of EPA* Region  XI.

                             FINDINGS
 1.    The  Sludoe River Pollution Control  District  (the •District")
      is a political subdivision of the state organized under the
      laws of  the State of Columbia and as  such is a "person"
      under Section 502 of the Act* 33 U.S.C. $1362.
2.    The  Sludge Kiver Pollution Control  District  is the  owner
      and  operator of a wastewater treatment facility which provides
      advanced treatment to wastewater from the Towns of  Locus  and
                                                         *
      Sludge Palls.   The facility discharges pollutants into the
      Sludge River*  a navigable  water  of  the United States as defined
      by Section  S02 of the Act*  33 U.S.C.  51362.

-------
 The discharge of pollutants by any person into the  waters of
 the United States, exee'pt  as authorized  by an  NPDES permit,
 is unlawful under Section  301(a)  of the  Clean  Water Act.
                                                •  >
 On January 22,  1981,,the District was  issued National-
 Pollutant Discharge elimination System (NPDES) Permit Number
 C100034S6 (the  -permit") by the Regional Administrator of
 EPA pursuant to the authority given the  Administrator of EPA
 by Section 402  of the  Clean Water Act, which authority has
.been delegated  by the  Administrator to the Regional
 Administrator.   The Permit  became effective on February 22,
 mi,  and will  expire  on February 22,  198*.
 The permit authorizes  the discharge of pollutants into the
 Sludge River, in accordance with  effluent limitations and
 other  conditions contained  in the Permit.   The limitations
 contained in Special Condition Al of the Permit recuire the
 plant  to  achieve monthly average  limits  of 7 mg/1 for BOD
 and  TS5,  1 mg/1  for total phosphorus (Total P)  and  1 ng/1  *
 for  ammonia nitrogen (NH3-N).
Attached  hereto  and incorporated  herein  by reference is a
 summary of effluent .data submitted by  the District  to EPA
 for  the> period  from December,  1983 to  November, 1984.  The
 data shows that!
     a.) the District violated the monthly average limits  for
        •  * • f                                       *      ,
        TSS during two of  the twelve months and violated  the
        maximum  daily  limits for  BOD nine times and TSS
        twelve  times over  periods of three months and five
        months,  respectively;

-------
         b.J  The District violated the limits on daily maximum
              concentrations thirty times Cor NHj-N and twenty
              tines for Total P over a six month oeriod*  •
         e.)  The District violated average monthly Concentration.
                                                       *
              limits for NH3-N and Total P each month ov«r a
              period of four months and six months, respectively.
7.   EPA personnel performed a diagnostic audit inspection at
     the facility during 1984.  The purpose of the inspection
     was to determine the cause of non-compliance with the
     effluent limitations for NH3-M and Total P.  The inspection
     report was completed on December 8, 1984 and i* attached
     hereto and incorporated herein by reference as a part of
     these Findings*
8.   Based on the inspection report* the facility is currently
     capable of meeting the concentration 1inits for NH3-N end
     Total P if properly operated in accordance with Condition 02
     of the permit which requires maximizing the removal of
     those pollutants*
9.   Based on the above, X find that the District is in violation
     of Section 301 of the Act* 33 U.S.C. 51311, and permit
     conditions implementing that section contained in a pernit
     issued under Section 402 of the Act* 33 O.S.C. 51342.
                             I-A-16

-------
                          ORDER

 Based on the foregoing FINDINGS and pursuant to the Authority
 of Sections  308  and  309 of the Act, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED:
                     .                      -     . •
 1.    Within  sixty days of receiving this ORDER* the District
      shall submit to EPA a plan for achieving conolia-nce
      with the effluent limitations on NH3-N, Total P, BOO,
      and TSS.  The plan shall address the operational
      problems cited in EPA*s December 8, 1984, diagnostic
      audit inspection report and identify any changes in
      plant operation, funding, and staffing necessary to
     meet the permit conditions.
2.   The District shall immediately comply with all effluent
      limitations contained in Special Condition Al of the
      Permit  for BOD and TSS.
3.   The District shall immediately achieve and comply with
      the interim effluent limitations specified in Attachnenc
     A for NH3-N and Total P as an .intermediate step toward
     achieving final compliance*  These interim effluent
     limitations shall terminate on May 1, 1985.  Durinei the
     time period that the interim effluent limitations are   '
     in effect, all requirements and conditions of the
     Permit remain fully effective and enforceable.
4.   By May 1, 1984, the District shall have implemented
     any operational changes necessary to meet the permit
     effluent limitations for NH3-N and Total P.  The  District
     shall comply with all effluent limitations contained  in
     the Permit by May 1, 1985.
                   /
                         I-A-17

-------
 S.    Where  this ORDER  rtauirts a specific action to be per-
      formed within a certain tin* frame, the District shall
      submit a written  noties of compliance or non-compliance
      with each deadline.  Notification shall 6*; mailed within
      seven  days after  each required action.     •• '
                                                  •
 6.    It non-compliance is reported* notification shall
      include the  following information!

      a)  A  description of the nature and dates of violations;
      b)  A  description of any actions taken or proposed
         by the District to comply with the requirements;
      c)  A  description of any factors which tend to
         explain or mitigate the non-compliance-*
      d)  The date by which the District will perforn  the
         required action*
All reports shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

            Director
           Water Management Division
           0.S. Environmental Protection Agency
            Federal Building - Room 13
                                            *
           Hokum, Centralia  12345
                         I-A-18

-------
            owe, ,0., not con.titut. . ..lv.r „ .


       of tt. t.r»..nd condition, of th. Ol«rt..,. p.ralt

       •hie* r.«in. in full f8rc. .„„

           rt,ht to ...k  .„,  .nd


      S.ction.
                                  oe the Act for any violation
      cited in this ORDER.              .              *°l«tion



 8.   Issuance of an Administrative Order shall

      «n election bv
      to ...» p.n.ltt...  tt ..... r eth.r .ppreprat.


      und«r th« Act.
 >•   This order shall  become  .ff.etlv. upon  ^  ^


     receipt by the District.
Dated this                   .
           	  day of
                       Signed:   __M^—-»—___-_—.
                                'rudence Purewaeer
                                «_—j — •  - -
-----.... ru«vw«^«p

Regional Administrator

2*!* EfA» R«9*°n XI
Federal Building

Hokum, Centralia  12345
                          I-A-19

-------
  Mr. Adam,                                          *euch..nt 1
  R*
  Burning River, Centralia 12345



       ?SiJi*JratfV0 Ord«r «XX-AO-8S-0«
       (NPDES P«r»it NO.  1111H2)


       Mr. Adams *
                               Sinecrtly,
                               Director

                               waetr NaR«g0n«nt Division

eei  Compliance Information and Support Branch
     OWE? (EN-338)
                          I-A - 20

-------
                                                      ATTACHMENT 2
                  SAMPLE EVALUATION CHECKLIST FOR EPA's
        CWA SECTION 309 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS or STATE EQUIVALENT


  The purpose of this checklist is to serve as a guide for eevitv of
  State AO's or EPA's AO's.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.
•7.
8.
Region:
State:
Date Issued s
[ J Major
[ ] Municipal

Does the administrative



( ] Minor
r I Non-Municipal
Yes Mo
order contain a title? ( ] ( j
Does the order establish the venue of the
issuing authority? (i.e., identification of
EPA Region). 1 J f J
Does the order provide
issuing authority?
the address of the
f I t I
  9.   Does the order contain a standard docket
      number?  (i.e., X-AO-84-Oli  X«R«gion; AO»AOr
      84-Year; 01«Serial Nuieber).                        (I      t   !

 10.   Does the order state the appropriate statutory
      authority for issuing the order?  (i.e.* CWA
      Section 309(a) and where reports or information
      are required* Section 308>.     .                   (I      f   I

'11.   Does the order contain a suitable statement of
      delegation?  (i.e.. Delegation should correspond
      to' signatory of order).                            [  1      f   I

 12.   Does the) order identify the legal status of
      the violating party?  (i.e., legal status as a
      corporation, municipality, etc.).                  I  I      I   '
  These  ouestions are of particular interest for EPA issued
  Administrative orders.          •
                             I-A-21

-------
                                                                         Mo


      13.  Does the order describe the  legal  authority/
           instrument which is the subject  of the violation?
           (e.g., statutory provision*  regulatory provision*  ..
           if applicable, statutory authority for permit
           issuance, name of permittee, permit number, date
           permit issued, permit modification or extension,
           date previous administrative order issued, etc.).  {  ]      [  j

                                    Examples                       '

           (   ]  Statute                   ,'  •   -

           [   )  NPDCS Permit

      14.  Does the order contain a specific  finding that
           the discharger is in violation of  a specific
           statutory or permit requirement?                  [  ]       (   ]

      15.  Does the order describe or reproduce the
           specific terms of the legal  authority/
           instrument which are the subject of the
           violation?  (e.g., effluent  limitations,
           compliance schedules, etc.).                      (1(1

      16.  Does the order state, with reasonable
           specificity,  the nature of the violation?
           (e.g., type of violation, date,  evidence,
           •tc.).                                            I  1       I   1

                               examples

           [   )   Reporting or monitoring violation

           (   ]   Effluent limitation violation

           (.   ]   Violation of special permit  condition

           C   )   Pretreatmene violation

           I   )   Cnpennitted or unauthorized  discharge

           (   ]   Failure  to meet OAH/conscruetion schedule

           [   ]   Violation of a Section 308 letter

           t   I   Improper 0*M

           I   J   Other	.
     .                                  X-A-2Z

/  • NT       '  '
' * »  r.  .

-------
                                                         Yes
 17.  Does the order specify the duration of violation-,
      if known?                                 '     '•   I   J
      Estimated violation
•18.  Does the order document prior requests to the
      violating party for compliance with the legal
      authority/instrument?  (e.g./ telephone calls*
      letters* meeting, etc.).
•19.  Where the order is issued for a CHA Section
      308 violation does the order provide the
      violating party with an ooportunity for prior
      consultation?                                      [   ]       [.  j
 20.  Does'the order establish interim effluent
      limitations?             ,                          lit)
 21.  Does the order *et out clearly any specific
      steps which EPA/State wants the violating party
      to take to achieve compliance?                     (   J       f   ]
                             Examples
      [   J   Submission of monitoring reports               '.
      [   )   Compliance with existing effluent limitations
      I   J   Submission of pretreatment program
      [   ]   Submission of correction/compliance elan or study  evaluating
            compliance options
      I   ]   Compliance with existing O&M/construction schedule
      [   ]   Compliance with interim effluent limitation
                                    /                              •
      [   )   Compliance with categorical or general pretreatnent standards
      r   J   Other
 22.   Are the number of days reasonable for the
      type  of relief sought?                   .          PI       (1
                                l-A-03

-------
                                                                        No


      23.  Does the order contain a specific requirement   .
           and data for final compliance?                 *•••*[•  j       j  j
                                 *                            "
      24.  Does the order specify a eanner and tin* frame
           for reporting compliance with the terns  of the
           order to the issuing authority?     •               f  j       j  j

      25.  Does the order specify the effective date of
           the order?  (e.g., Dace of receipt* date of
           consultation* etc.).                               f  J       (   j

      26.  What is the elapsed time between the dates of
           violation and the date of issuance of  the
           order?  Zs the elapsed time reasonable?
           Number of days
     •27.  .Who is the signatory of the order? '(Choose
           two or less).

           [   J  Regional Administrator

           [   ]  Regional Counsel

           [   J  Water Division Director

           I   J  state Water Pollution Control Officer

           [   J  Other	     .
'.'10

-------
                                                     Attachment 3

            Recommended Format - CWA - Administrative Orders

                     Summary of Changes from the
                     April  18, 1975 Guidelines on
                     Administrative Order Format


 General  Approach

     The April  18,  1975 guidance entitled 'Guidelines for issuing
 Administrative  Compliance Orders Pursuant to Section 309(a)(3)  and
 (a)(4) of  the Federal Water Pollution Control Ace, as Amended," has
 been clarified  and  been brought uo to date with the new July 1985
 •Recommended Format for Clean Water Act Section 309 Administrative
 Orders.  *                                                      .

     Some  examples  of the modifications and additions are:

 • The new  guidance  makes it clear that citations of the regulatory
  basis  of violations must  also include the underlying statutory-
  basis  of the  regulation..

 • The new  guidance  makes it clear that the basis of the violation
  may be set off in a separate section of the order if the Region
  so chooses.

 • The Section on Terms of the Order has been expanded to explain
  in greater detail the need for a final date for tine periods for
  coning into compliance.  This section also deals with prescribed
  methods  which may be imposed on Orderees through AO's (i.e., the
  closer the reouirement to achieving compliance, the sounder the
  leaal position to include the requirement in an AO).

 ' The discussion on using successive AO's has been eliminated since
  the current view, successive AO's for the same noncompliance
  problems should normally be avoided and the case should be
  escalated to  the  referral process.

• The discussion on personal service of AO's has been eliminated
  since this is extremely resource intensive and the accepted
  method of service is now by Certified Mail-Restricted Delivery
  with a return receipt. •

• New attachments have been included such as the sample AO.  Other
  attachments were  updated.               .            ,

• We have  added a section on Additional Provisions, such as a
  commonly used statement that further violations of the require-
  ments of the AO .and the permit may result in civil action
  including a penalty of up to $10,000 per day, ineligibility  for
  Federal contracts, grants and loans and suspension of the permit*

• The Order portion .of the Guidance and the Sample AO  indicate
 .that Orders which include milestones should include  reporting
  requirements  under Section 308 of the Act.

-------
I. B.     GUIDANCE ON SELECTED TOPICS RELATED TO





  LIMITATIONS AND USE OP ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS





    UNDER SECTION 309 of th« CLEAN MATER ACT

-------
 "raft Guidance on  Selected Tonics Belated  to Limitations and rise
 of Administrative  Orders Under'Section  309 and  Information"
 Recuirements under Section 3Q« of the Clean Mater *et
 I.   Administrative Orders on Consent

 Introduction

      In  recent months a few Reoional Offices of RPA have discussed
 the  possibility of issuinn Administrative Orders on Consent (AOP):
 that is, an Administrative Order  issued under Section 309 of the
 ''lean water Act, which is fen sinned not onlv by the P-eoional
 Administrator (or his desionee) but also by the responsible party
 for  the orderee who acknowi.edoes  -Jurisdiction, truthfulness of
 the  findings and appropriateness  of the relief.  The Purpose of
 the  AOC would tvnicallv he the same and contain the same provi-
 sions as anv unilaterally issued  Administrative Order dealino
 with violations of a pen*it or statutory remrirements.  The Admin-
 istrative Order would be the product resultino from neootiations
 with  the Orderee and would contain findinos of fact, and a directive
 to achieve compliance with the permit and the Act bv date certain.
 The  AOC may contain a specified time table for compliance and
 conserruenees of noncomni. iance: the AO would set fort" fully the
 violation and the requirements for the orderees to meet.  The
AOC  should specify a final compliance date, which may not exceed
a time limit that the Administrator determines to be reasonable for
for anv final deadline.  It is anainst Aoencv policy for the A.or
to waive PPA's authority to pursue other enforcement alternatives
either for the violations servino as the basis of the order, or
 for  future violations.

Advantages of AOC

     The AOr can provide an additional approach to brino a violator
into compliance in the followino  wavs:

     1.   The AOf* creates a record of the orderee's aoreement to
         milestones and an enforceable schedule of compliance.

     2.   The AOC has educational  value.  Tf there are negotiations
         to develop the A<">C, hot* EPA and the orderee mav benefit
         from the exchanne of. information.  Such information
         mav be beneficial to ?PA if a subseouent enforcement
         action is remiired.

     3.   There.mav he osvcholonical advantage to havino the
         orderee commit to compliance schedule milestones and  a
         final compliance date (as lono as the approach is not
         coercive to the dearee that the orderee is oblioed to
         do more than renuired by law).
                               I-p-1

-------
       4. If  the AOC has  to he enforced throunh -judicial action, it '
         miaht he used as an admission HV the ^e'endant of those
         violations covered in the  findinas.
                                                           •«

Limitations  o* an AOC
                                                        ^ .*
     Because an AOT minht under some circumstances reouirre *
additional time for neootiations, the AOC may not he annronriate
for manv cases where prompt response is reouired such as when
violations would cause environmental harm or endanaerment o*
health.  However, where  EPA is seekinn commitment to a  lono-term
and more complicated compliance schedule, an AOC miaht  have more
value, and FPA miaht pursue * separate AOC 'or that Purpose.

     .The AOC should not  result in unwarranted delav of  action HV
EPA.  P»S recuires that  noncomnliance situations be.responded to
with prompt enforcement  action.  T* the situation is appropriate:
for an AOC, developina the terms of an AOC should he prompt to
ensure that  noncompliance i* not delaved hv the process,  ^inallv,
in the case  of a violation of an AOC, as with a unilateral AO,
the presumption is that  EPA will first consider pursuino a ludicial
enforcement  response.
                            I-B-2

-------
 Specific Oses of AOC

      Some typical,  though  hypothetical,  situations, where ah AOC
 might be useful are the  followings                    .

      Municipals

           AOC could be useful  for minor  municipals*  All minors
      and majors must be  on enforceable schedules*  Where States
      do not  do this, EPA must.   Because  of the psychological
      value of the AOC, it  may  be useful  to -get commitments for
      municipal construction  based on an  acceptable compliance
      schedule.  However, as  in AO's* decisions on the exact
      techniques, construction  etc.* to come .into compliance are
      in the  end left to  the  orderee and  not specified by EPA.

      Industrials                                                .

           The AOC could  supplement general permits to set out an
      additional compliance requirement as in a study/ or monitoring
      scheme  to investigate appropriateness of additional limits*
      or to examine  an environmental issue* where there have been
      violations or  where other action is needed to bring an
      Orderee into compliance*  These AOC should cite CWA $308
      (instead of or) in  addition to CWA  $309, since the orders
      require monitoring  or data  gathering rather than actions
      intended to produce compliance with* e.g.* effluent limits.

           The AOC can be used  to get an  agreement on a compliance
      schedule (but  not to  modify a compliance schedule in a
      permit).

Legal Issues            .                   .

     The AOC does typically  contain an agreement on the findings
and a commitment to compliance*  as indicated by the orderee's
signature  on the order*

     The AOC should be prepared  and negotiated with the
participation of the Office  of Regional  Counsel to ensure approp-
riate language and  that  any  litigation considerations that may
subsequently arise  are anticipated and dealt with.

     OWEP  and OECN  will  periodically provide updates  of guidance
on AOC.  The AOC should'  be used  to impose as strict a compliance
deadline as  possible and not to  provide  for a permissive deadline
or requirement.

     In level  of response  and  escalation of enforcement response*.
art AOC  is  equivalent to  an AO.   For violation of  an AO or  an AOC*
escalation to  a referral presumably would be the'first response
considered.
                             t-B-3

-------
 II. Restricted Ose of Administrative Orders for Unauthorized and
     unoeemitted Discharges

 Summary                                                  •

      EPA. may not rely on AOs as surrogate permits to address other- -
 wise unpermitted discharges.  For AO's which are issued addressing
 unauthorized, unpermitted discharges, the following criteria
 should be met*  ,           .               .          •  •       .

 - EPA should first consider whether to require immediate cessation
   of discharge.

 - The AO should  contain a date certain by which the discharger
   must apply or  reapply for a permit. (No more than 60 days to
   apply is typically  needed.)  Interim limits should be set in
   the AO only for the briefest time possible leading up to final
   compliance and would probably be most defensible* for example*
   where health issues such as proper disposal of sewage require
   some discharge.

 - The AO should  have  a reasonable final date for attaining
   compliance with  final permit limits.

 Discussion

      The Environmental Protection Agency in the past has issued
 letters and  Administrative Orders (AOs) to dischargers without a
 current NPDES Permit  (especially in the case of minor dischargers
 or applicants for  a general permit).  These letters or AO's
 provided terms*  conditions* and interim limits for the discharge.
 However in Nunan Kitlutsisti vs. Areo Alaska Inc. (an unreported
 case  which was before  the federal district court in Alaska) this
 practice was challenged by Kitlutsisti.  The Court* did not rule
 on  the  issue but the  case narrative does show disapproval of     '
 such  enforcement letters and AO's as an apparent substitute for
permit  issuance.  An earlier EPA Guidance* has stated that in
general  a  discharger who has filed a permit application should
 receive  a  decision on  their permit before an AO is issued (except
 for exceptional  situations such as a toxic discharge).

     The issuance of an Administrative Order instead of following
 the permit issuance process means that EPA does not afford.the
public hearing and other procedural requirements normally associated
with permit  issuance  such as opportunity for public comment*
 adversarial  input and  the creation of an administrative record.
The Administrative Procedures Act (APA) requires that EPA act
upon permit  applications within a reasonable time* not delaying
•Memorandum to Enforcement Divisions from Assistant  Administrator
for Enforcement* March 20, 1974.          ^
                                I-B-4      -      .

-------
 the process with issuance of  an AO or letter.  The Court  in  the
 above ease had the follow!no  objection to  the  "creative administra-
 tive techniques".

      "Moncomnliance wit*  the  statute  has meant that  third parties,
 the companies... have  h»en needlessly sublected  to citizen suits
 which tbev are powerless  to avoid. It has also  denied other
 users of Norton Sound's water resources their  statutoevsr-ioht to
 comment on and object  to  those oronosed discharoes." ''• •

      Administrative Orders cannot  be  used  as a discharcre-authori?inn
 mechanism to fill the  nap between  the time of  AO issuance and
 some indeterminate future date when an individual nermit  or
 neneral permit might he issued.  EPA  mav not relv on an AO to act
 in  Place of an NPOFS nermit.            ,

      finder certain circumstances it mav he necessary to issue an
 AO  even thouoh a strict readino  of the Act mioht reouire  a ceasina
 of  the discharae and no resumption of the  discharae  until a
 permit is  in place,  niseretion  should he  used in estahiishino
 interim limits throuoh an AO  as  lonn  as the AO is not  issued as a
 convenient method for  CPA to  deal  with an  NPDRS  permit hackIon,
 and there  is a clear justification for allowino  the  diseharoe to
 continue until the oermit is  issued.   When used, compliance
 schedule deadlines and interim limits must be  reasonably
 strinoent.   The AO should also state  that  the  EPA mav  initiate a
 civil  or criminal enforcement  action-seekino penalties and other
 appropriate relief,  if the discharge  does  not  cease  or a  oermit is
 not  obtained  within the reouired time.

      It  is  worth notino that  there has been a  chance from the
 early  stanes  of implementation of  the Act* In neneral when
 nuidance was  written in 1973,  circumstances were different.
 Manv AO's  addressed  problems  such  as  discharae without a  permit.
 When,  in these cases,  a facility could not he  shut down for     '
 health  reasons,  interim limits were a way  of dealina with the
 discharaer.   Since  the NPDES  nronram  has been  in existence now
 for  thirteen  years,  these situations  are less  commonIv encountered.
 °ut  in. certain cases AO's  with interim limits  are used to address
rtischaroes  without a permit denenrtino on health  issues, type of
 Facility, how much  construction  is needed, environmental  effects
of shut  down, and the *inal  compliance schedule.

     It  is  also worthwhile  notinn  that where a diseharoer is
 recuired to apply for  a permit,  the application  should be sent  in  •
 within 60 days.  -                                    :
                          I-B-5

-------
    * Proader Oaaoe of Section 30ft in  the  Administrative Order


 Authority to Impose gcnnrtinn ^emiirement8  in  AOs

      AOs should cite Section 308 wh«n inmost no renortina
 ment9, ineludino those associated with sneeific steps. *nd 'milestone!*
 in a compliance schedule.   The stronoer leoal  authority-for
 imnosino these reportino requirements actually is Section  SOP o'
 the riean Water Act, rather than Section  309.   The Order should
 specify the manner and timeframe for  renortinn on compliance to
 the issuina authority.  The most common format is to cite  Section
 30ft and Section 309 as a basis in the introductory nararrranh nf
 the Order portion of t*e AO.  (See "Recommended Format 'or Admin-
 istrative Orders Under Section 309 of the riean Water Act", panes
 5 and 6).


 Section 30* and "Shew Pause "earinos*
                                             i
 In the past*  $30* of the Act has been cited  to reouire members
 o' the reoulated community  to attend  "show cause hearinns" or
 "show cause meetinos" to explain records  or  provide direct testimony
 hy personal examination why U.S. EPA  should  not take enforcement
 action for aliened violations of the  Act.  Notice to the violator
 to attend such a meetinn was provided by  a document constructed
 similar to $309 AOs.   The term "show  cause"  does not appear in
 the Act and therefore while formal meetinos  with the violator are
 important, a  violator's attendance strictly  speakina is voluntary
 at.all times.   Under Section 30ft (or  Section 309), there is no
 authority to  remitre the physical presence o*  a specific person
 or representative at a specific place and time. EPA can reouire
 documents, data and  materials etc. to be  provided to EPA under
 Section 308,  however.   Implied $ 309  sanctions solely 'or
 failure  to attend a  meetino should not be made.

     The Aoeney is on strongest leoal footino  when it characterizes
 these,"hearinos"  as  an opportunity for the alleoed violator to
 nrovide  oral  explanation o* information relevant to a potential
 enforcement matter*                         ,

 r?ae o*  Section 3Qg in Pretreatment Enforcement anainst Industrial
 Users

     In  pursuinn  an  enforcement action (particularly a  1u*ictal
 enforcement action)  aoainst an industrial user for violations of
 Pretreatment  standards,  ppA typically should use a Section 30R
 letter  to  obtain  sufficient process description, wastewater
monitorino  results,  and wastewater treatment information  to
establish  a clear pattern of violations by  the industrial user.

-------
More active us* of  section  308  letters  is  particularly imoortant
'or nretreatment eases because* unlike  direct NPDES discharners,
EPA does not have a set  of  D»Rs which can  easily establish a
clear track record  of violatino conduct.   Where EPA can only
introduce  into evidence  one or more  isolated sampling renprts,
the oovwmment's case is much more vulnerable to 'actual cballenne*
which a defendant miaht  raise (e.o., the oossihilitv of inaccurate
sampling* unset* or isolated noncomnliance).  As a result, EPA
should evaluate the need for obtaining  additional waste>rater
monitorino data from an  industrial user throunh a Section 30P
letter before referring  a nretreatment  enforcement case to
Department of Justice.
                              I-B-7

-------
Z.C.   LISTING OF OTHER EXISTING GUIDANCE





         ON ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS

-------
         LIST OF OTHER GUIDANCE ON ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS


     The following documents and memoranda,  among others*  may be
of interest to the reader, althouoh they do  not appear in  full
text within this reference document.  They may also be of ge
interest and of historical value.  Copies may be obtained  by
callino Enforcement Division, OWEP, (EN-338), EPA, Washington, D.C
(FTS/202/475-8310)

     • Memo* "Compliance Monitoring* Administrative Orders*  and
       Court Actions under Section 309 of the Federal Hater
       Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972*" March 20*  1974

     • Memo* "Guidelines for Issuing of Administrative Order
       Pursuant to Title III, Section-309(a)(3) and (a)(4) of
       the Federal Water Pollution Control Act* as Amended [33
       U.S.C.  1319UK3) and (a)(4)J*" April 18* 1975

     • Memo, "Final Policy on Section 309(a)(5)(A) and (B) of the
       FWCPA, as Amended: Extension of the July 1* 1977* Deadline
       for Industrial Dischargers*" March 30, 1978

     • Report*  "National Municipal Policy and Strategy? for
       Construction Grants* NPDES Permits* and Enforcement Under
       the Clean Water Act," October* 1979                •

     o Memo* "Example Non-Judicial Enforcement Documents for
       Obtaining Compliance with National Municipal Policy*1*
       Auoust 20,  1984.
                              I-C-1

-------

-------
                                                                  III.A.6,
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g)
Administrative Penalty Procedures", distributed August 28, 1987.  This
document is reproduced at III.B.3, of this compendium.

-------

-------
XXX.
     B.  ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ORDERS

-------

-------
                                                                   III.B.I.
"Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative  Penalty Procedures",
dated July 27, 1987 and noted at 52 FR 30730 (August 17, 1987).

-------

-------
      \      UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
      '                 WASMIN6TON. O.C. 204«0
                             01. 27B87       -
MEMORANDUM            '
SUBJECT:  Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative
          Penalty Procedures
PROM:     Thomas L. Adams, Jr.
          Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
            and Compliance Monitoring

          Lawrence J. Jensen
          Assistant Administrator for Water
TO:       Regional Administrators, Regions I-X

     EPA will use the procedures set forth in the guidance which
follows to issue Class Z administrative penalty orders under
Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act (CWA).  This guidance is
set forth in the form of regulatory amendments with the expecta-
tion that EPA will later notice them for proposed rulemaking.
Add Part 126 as follows:
Subpart A - Procedures for EPA Assessment of Class Z
            Administrative Penalties under Section
            309(q) of the Clean Water Act _ •
Sec.
126.101     Purpose)
126.102     Initiation of Action, Public Notice and
            Opportunity to Comment
126.103     Presiding Officer
126.104     Opportunity for Hearing
126.105     Administrative Record
126.106     Counsel
126.107     Location of Hearings

-------
                              -. 2 -


 126.108     Hearing Procedures   •

 126.109     Record of Rearing

 I26.:i2     Peco.T-e-.'i«'i Secisisr. of Presiiir.

 :26.:il     ?:««! Crier -si  t*e Airir.istratar

 126.112     Petitions to Set Aside an Or-Jer
126.114     Payment of Penalties Assessed

5126.101  Purpose

     This s-5?art sets 'forth procedures for  initiation and
adr.ir.istrj-icn -f Class  I ainnistrati-.-e penalty orders under
Sector. 3:3.'c.) of tr.e Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1319(g).

S126.1C2  Initiatitr-. of  Action, PuSIie Notice and Opportunity
          to Ccffffer.;

     (a)  If the Administrator finds that respondent has violate •,
Section 301, 302, 3C6, 30". 308, 318 or 405  of the Clean Water
Act, or has violates a»w perr:t condition cr limitation irpl-r-p-.t-
:ri<; any cf s~ch sections in a peraut issued  under Section 402 of
the Clean Water Act by the Administrator or  ay a State, or  in a
permit issued under Section 404 by a State,  the Administrator
r.ay ;ssue a proposed administrative penalty  order assessing
respondent a civil penalty in accordance with these procedures.
The proposed order shall specify the amount  of the penalty which
the Administrator proposes to assess and shall state with reasonable
specificity the nature of the violation.  Pursuant to Section
309(a), the Administrator may at the sane time, or at a different
time* and at his option, separately issue an administrative order
(1) which shall require  the recipient to comply with CWA, require-
ments, (2) which shall not be a proposed order subject to t.-.ese
procedures and (3) which shall be immediately effective.  Nothing
in this Pact •havll stay  the effectiveness of administrative orders
issued by til* Administrator pursuant to Section 309(a) of 'the CWA.

     (b)  The Administrator shall give public notice of the pro-
posed administrative penalty order, and an opportunity to consent
on the proposed order, in the form and manner set forth aelow.

          (1)  Such public notice shall allow 30 days for p. =1:7
cr-went prior to issuance cf a final order.

          (2)  The Administrator shall 'give  public notice =/
Bailing a copy of the proposed administrative penalty order r-:

-------
                      - ;    "   - 3 -

                (A) the respondent;

                (B) any person who requests notice; and""

                (C) the nost appropriate State aoency having
autnsrity under State law with respect to the matters which ace
the subject of the proposed order.  The Administrator shall also
have consulted with the applicable State authority ia conforrance
with Section 309(g),' 1) (A) before or at the time public notice is
civen of the proposed administrative penalty order.

                (D) the Administrator may also* at his sole option,
provide additional notice to persons on a mailing list which
includes names and addresses developed from some or all of the
following sources:  tnose who request in writing to be on the
list* soliciting persons for "area lists' from participants in
past similar proceedincs in that area* including evidentiary
hearings or other actions related to NPDES permit issuance, and
notifying the public of -the opportunity to be put on the mailing
list through periodic publication in the public press and in
such publications as Regional and State-funded newsletters*
environmental, bulletirs. or State law journals.  The Administrator
ray update the mailing list from time to time by requesting
written indication of continued interest from those listed.  The
Administrator may delete from the list the name of any person who
fails to respond to such a request.  The Administrator may, at
his sole'option, publish notice of the prcrtsed administrative
penalty order in a newspaper of general circulation in the area
in which respondent resides or is domiciled or conducts the
activity which the proposed penalty addresses.  In any event, the
Adriniserator shall take such steps as are necessary to fulfill
the public notice requirements of Section 309(g)(4).  These
notice provisions do not apply to separate administrative orders
issued under Section 309(a)* which are immediately effective
except for orders issued for violations of Section 308* which
orders shall take effect after the person to whom they are issued
has had an opportunity to confer with the Administrator.

          (3)  All public notices issued under $$126.102(b)(2)(AJ-
(C), and (D) when applicable, shall be sent by first class mail.
All public notices issued under this subpart shall contain the
following minimum information:

               (A)  Name and address of the EPA office proposing
to assess the administrative penalty for which notice  is  ceing
c,iven;         .                             .

                »'3)  .'.'are and address of the respondent,  and  -r.e
person, facility cr activity against which the proposed  pena  ty
:s assessed;     .

                (C)  A brief description of the'business.cr activity
conducted by the person or facility or the operation  described in
the order, including, where applicable, the *"DES  permit  number cr
permit number for the discharge of dredged     fill material,  and .
issuance date;               .                           '       • •. i

-------
                (0)  A  summary of violations alleged for which
 the administrative  civil  penalty is being proposed, including
 the amount which  the Administrator proposes to assess for the
 violations alleged:    .

                ••)  Sar*.  ajdress ar.d telephone number of an
 Agency  r*rres»-*.ative  from w^.or interested persons  ray cstain
 furtr.er ir.fsrraticn,  including copies of  the proposed order:

                rr*  A  stateme.-.t of the opportunity  to submit
 writ*.*- t-.-re-ts  -"• ttee prcptse-J irder.  t.*.e deadline fcr su5m;ss:cr.
 -.f s-r-  -rr.-e-.ts  w:cr. :s  t.*.;rty days after issuance of the notice,
 a^d tr.e rare  and  address  of t.-.e Hearing Clerk to whom comments
 should  oe sent:              -

                (G)  A  statement of the opportunity  for the respondent
 to rec'.est a  *ear:r.c ard  the procedures oy which the respondent r»ay
 request a *ear:.*-r

                'H:  A  rr:ef description cf the procedures through
 wf.icf. the pusii;  ray current an or participate in proceedings to
 rearr. a fir.al  1*r:s:*r: -r.  t.to.e order:

                fl)  The  location of the administrative record
 referenced :r.  5126.105,  t^.e tires at which -ne file will be open
 for pkisiic inspection,  and a statement that all information
 sutnttel ry  tre  resp-:-.i*r«: is available  as part of the admimstr*.
 tive record,  suspect  to provisions of law restricting the public
 disclosure of  confidential information.

          (4)   Cn t.*.e  sane- date that the public notice is issued
 or earlier* the Administrator shall send  to the respondent written
 notice  by certified mail*  return receipt requested, of the proposal
 to issue the  administrative penalty order* and a copy of the
 proposed order.   These materials should include the following
 information:

                (A)  The alleged violations, identification of the
 facility in violation* and a reference to the applicable law and
 regulations^
                •
                (B)  The  legal basis for EPA's authority to  initiate
 this proceeding (e.g., violation of an NPOES permit, etc.)

                (C)  The general nature of the procedure for
.issuing administrative penalty orders and assessing civil
 penalties, itrludirt? c?rcrt-f.:t:«s fsr pualic participation;

                .'2)  The  amrjrt cf .penalty which the Adrir.istratcr
 prrpcses t: assess  for t^e •viclatisr.s alleged:

-------
                              - 5 -


                (E)  The  fact that the respondent must request a
 hearing within  30 days of  receipt of the notice provided under
 this  subparagraph and must comply with $126.104(a) in order for
 respondent  to be entitled  to receive a hearing;

                (F)  The  name and address of the Hearing Clerk to
 who:*  respondent may send a request for hearing;

                (G)  The  fact that the Administrator may' issue the
.final order after 30 days  following receipt of the notice provided
'under these rules, if respondent does not request a hearing; and

                (H)  The  fact that any order issued under this
 subpart shall become effective 30 days following its issuance
 unless a petition for review is filed by an eligible comnenter
 or an appeal is taken under Section 309(g) of the CWA.

      (c)  Curing the public cotwent period provided under
 subpart (fc) above, any interested person may -submit written
 cornents to the Agency official designated.  The Administrator
 shall include all written  comments in the administrative record.

      (d)  Computation of time.  In computing any period of  time
 allowed in  these rules,  the day of the event from which the
 desianated  period beains to run shall not ^e included.  Saturdays,
 Sundays and Federal legal  holidays shall i* -included.  When a stated
 time expires on a Saturday, Sunday or Federal legal holiday, the
 stated time period shall be extended to include the next business
 day.  Any tirre periods not specified by these rules shall be set
 by the Presiding Officer.  Service on respondent of the initial
 proposed order and other information required by $126.102(b)(4)
 is complete, when the return receipt is signed.  Service of  all
 other pleadings and documents is complete upon mailing,  with  the
 exception for respondent for service of the  initial proposed
 order and notice required  by $12S.102(b){4), five days shall be
 added to the tin* allowed  'by these rules for the filing of  a
 responsive  pleading or document where a pleading or document  is
 served by mail.  Piling  of a pleading or document occurs on the
 date  it i*  received by the Hearing Clerk.

      (e)  Service of documents.  A certificate of service  shall
 accompany each document  filed or served by  the Administrator  or
 respondent.  Agency counsel and  the respondent sh-all  serve  espies
 of all filed pleadings upon each other, upon all commentcrs to
 the proceeding and upon  the Hearing Clerk.  'The  Hearing Cler<
 shall serve, with a certificate  of service,  copies.of all  statements
 or pleadings received fre* ccnmenters, and  service  shall  se raie
 Sy the Hearing Clerk on  Agency  csur.se 1,  the respondent ar.i  a-.y.

-------
                               -  6  -
 other eonvwntvra.  The Hearing Clerk  shall also serve on all
 commentersj  the  initial complaint  and  any  request  for hearing
 received  from respondent.  The Hearing Clerk shall serve, wit*?
 certificate of  service*  all  orders* notices or other documents
 :ss-ei oy the Presiding  Officer or the Adainistrator en Ac, ere v
 Counsel to  t.se  proceeding, the respondent and any conwencers to
 the  proceeding..
      (a)  The A'simstrator  shall act as Presiding Officer.  So
 person shall serve as a Presiding Officer where he has any prior
 connection with  the case  including, without limitation,  the
 performance of investigative or prosecuting functions.   The
 Presiding Officer shall conduct hearings as specified by these
 rules ar.J make a recommended decision to the Administrator.  His
 recorder. *«d Decision shall address both questions of fact and
 law.  The Presiding Officer  shall be assigned by the Administrator
 to  the proceeding within  thirty days after a hearing request  is
 received sy the  Hearing Clerk  Identified by the Administrator
 for the proceeding... The  Hearing Clerk shall notify the
 Administrator expeditiousiy  of receipt of a hearing request.
 The Hearing Cleric snail be identified in the initial notices
 sent  to respondent and potential coalmen ters.
      (£) The Presiding Officer  shall cor.si*!*r each  case  on  trie
basis of ehe evidence presented.  The Presiding Officer  is  solely
responsible for preparing and transmitting  the recommended  decision
and order  in ea«-h case to the Administrator, unless such decision
and order  are agreed upon by the parties.   In such  latter case,
the agreed upon decision and order shall be reviewed and issued
as appropriate by the Administrator* and no Presiding Off icer
shall be appointed or, if appointed* he shall, have  no further
authority  in the proceeding.

      (c)   The Presiding Officer is authorized to administer
oaths and  issue subpoenas necessary  to the  conduct  of a  hearing.
The Presiding Officer is authorized  to do all other acts and
take all Masures necessary for the  maintenance of  order and
for the efficient, fair and impartial adjudication  of  Issues
arising in proceedings governed by these rules.

      (d)   C« Parte Communications. •                           •

           (1)  *Ex parte communication* means any communication,
written or oral, relating to the merits of  the proceeding,  oetweer.
tne Presiding Officer and either an  interested person  outside  trie
Agency or  the interested Agency staff* which was not originally
filed or stated in the' administrative  record or  in  the  near:-;..
"Sucf. coisrunication is not an *ex parte communication*  if all
parties have received prior written  notice  of  the  proposed  co^
ication and have been given the opportunity to be  present  and
participate therein.

-------
                              - 7 -
          (2)  "interested person, outside the Agency* includes the
respondent* any person who filed written comments on the proposed
penalty order, and any attorney of record for those persons.

          (3)  'Interested Agency staff* means those Agency
employees, whether temporary or permanent* who may investigate,
litigate, or present evidence, arguments, or the position of  the
Agency in the hearing before the Presiding Officer or who partisi-
sated in the preparation, investigation or deliberations concerning
the proposed penalty order, inc.jding any'EPA employee, contractor,
c.r consultant who nay be called as a witness.

          (4)  No interested person outside the Agency or member
of the interested Agency staff shall make* or knowingly cause ta
be made, to the Presiding Officer an ex parte communication on
the merits of the proceeding.

          (5)  The Presiding Officer shall not make* or knowingly
cause to be rade, to any interested person outside the Agency or
to any member of the interested Agency staff an ex parte communi-
cation on the proceeding.

          (6)  The Administrator nay replace the Presiding Officer
in any proceeding in which it is demonstrated to the Administrator's
satisfaction that the Presiding Officer has engaged in prohibited
ex parte coir-sunicat:ens to the prejudice of any participant.

          (7)  Whenever an ex parte communication in violation of
this subpart is received by the Presiding Officer or made known
to the Presiding Officer, the Presiding Officer shall  immediately
notify all parties or commenters in the hearing of the circum-
stances and substance of the communication and may require the
party or conmenter who made the communication or caused it to be
made* or the party or commenter whose representative made the
communication or caused it to be made* to the extent consistent
with justice and the policies of the CWA* to show cause why that
party's or commenter's claim or interest in the proceedings
should not. be> dismissed* denied, disregarded, or otherwise
adversely affected on account of such violation.

          (•}. The prohibitions of this paragraph apply upon
designation of the Presiding Officer and terminate on  the date  of
final Agency action.                .     •          .:

5126.104  Opportunity for Hearing    .

     (a)  within 30  iays after  receipt of the  notice  set  fcrtr.
in 5l26.102fb). tfte  respondent  ray request  a  hearing  and  r.ay
provide written comments on  the proposed  administrative penal TV
crier.  Respondent rust request a hearing in  writing.   The rec.es:
rust specify tne factual ani  legal issues which-are-in dispu-.e
and ?he specific factual and  legal grounds  for the  respondent's

-------
                              -  8  - .


defense.  Any and all snecific alienation;  not  resbonded  to by  the
respondent or a commenter shall  be deemed admitted.

      '::  The respr-^*-t s-.all se  ieer-ei ts -ave  waived  t-e ri = -.t
••3 a  .-.ear irg if t-e  respcnde.-.t dses not suar.it  t.-.e  request* ta the
Hearmr Cler* designated.  Respondent's reguest rust  be  in writir-.c
ar.2 received sy tne  Kearins Cier*  no  later  t.-.an 23  days  after
respsr.ie-t receives  the prspssei orier.  Far csod cause  shown.- the
Presiding Officer ray crant a hearir.7 ;f the respondent  sue.-its
a late  request.

      (c)  Except as  provided  in  §126.104
-------
                               - 9 -


 other materials  subject  to  consideration  by  the Presiding
 Officer,  that  there  is a genuine issue of material  fact for
 determination  at the hearing.

           <3)  Affidavits shall be r»ade on personal knowledce.
 setting fortn  facts  and  showing that  the  affiant  is competent to
 testify to the matters stated  therein.

           (4)  No oral argument shall be  had on the motions filed
 under this sufcpart unless the  Presiding Officer so elects.
 ?he  Presiding  Officer shall  rule on the motion promptly after
 responses to the motion  are  filed under this subpart.

           (5)  Zf all issues are decided  by  summary determination,
 no hearing shall be  held and the Presiding Officer shall prepare
 a  recommended  decision under $126.110.  If summary determination
 is denied or if  partial  summary determination is  granted* the
 Presiding Officer shall  issue  a statement of, findings and reasons
 available to the public  at  the time of issuance by  the Presiding
.Officer*  and the hearing shall proceed on the remaining issues.

           (6)  After receipt of all pleadings* the Presiding
 Officer may grant or deny any  notion* order  a continuance to
 allow additional affidavits  or other  information  to be obtained,
 or make such other order as  is just and proper.

      (g)   Default.   Once the Presiding Officer has  been assigned
 pursuant  to 5126.103(a),  the Presiding Officer may  recommend a
 party be  found in default after motion for failure  to file a
 timely response  or for failure to appear  at  a hearing without
 good cause being shown.   Any motion for a default order shall
 include a proposed default order* and the alleged defaulting
 party shall have thirty  days from .service to reply  to the motion.
 The  Presiding  Officer shall  issue his recommended default decision
 solely to the  Administrator  subject to S126.110 of  these rules.
 If the Administrator determines that  a default has not occurred,
 the  administrative penalty  action shall be returned to the
 Presiding Officer for further  proceedings pursuant  to these
 rules.  X£ the Administrator finds a  default has  occurred, he
 shall issiaft a  da-fault order  with penalty  assessment* if applicable,
 against the-defaulting party*  which order shall constitute final
 agency action  for purposes of  judicial review.  Zf  the Administrator
 determines that  a default has  occurred* any  commenter who filed
 comments  in a  timely manner  under $126.102(b) may,  within 30 days
 after the Administrator  has  issued the default order* petition
 the  Administrator to set aside the default order  and $126.112
 shall apply to the Administrator's action on the  petition.

-------
                               -  13  -
$126.105 Administrative  Record
      fa)  At any  time. after  puslic notice  of  a  proposed  penalty
er-ier is Given under  5126.102,  the Administrator  shall make
available the a^-imstrative recsri at  reaso-.asle t:-es  far
;-.s?*rt :'•:•: a-* trpv;rc ry  any  interested person,  s^D;ect to
prov:s:;.-.s -' la*  restricting  t.-.e  pualic disclosure  of confidential
ir.fsrr»at:cn.  The  rec-ester  r-ay 5e required ay  t*e Ad.-imstratsr
to pay reascr.arl*  marges  fsr  espies.   The adr.inistrat iv« recsri
srall re 
-------
                              - 11 -
      (b)  th« Presiding Officer may establish a deadline or
deadline* for the submission of factual or legal documents which
may  be considered as part of the administrative. record.

$126.106  Co-j
      (a)  A respondent or coiwenter may be represented at all
stages of the proceeding ay counsel.  After receiving notification
that  a respondent or any commenter is represented by counsel, the
Presiding Officer, the Administrator, the respondent and all
other comnenters shall direct all further communications to that
counsel.  Respondent and/or commenters shall bear all costs- of
counsel.

S126.107  Location of Hearings

      (a)  The hearing shall be held at the appropriate EPA office,
except as provided in subparagraph (b).
              /
      (b)  The respondent or EPA may request in writing that the
hearing be held at a location other than that specified in
subparagraph (a).  Action on the reouest is at the discretion of
the Presidinc Officer.

5126.108  Hearing Procedures                    .

      (a) The Presiding Officer shall conduct a fair and impartial
proceeding in which the parties or commenters are given a reason-
able  opportunity to be heard and present evidence.  Materials in
the ^administrative record under $126.105fa) shall be made available,
if requested, to the partien and comnenters prior to the hearing.
For good cause shown by either party or a eomnenter, materials
in the administrative record under $126.105(a) may be supplemented
at or after the hearing.

      (b)  At the hearing, the Administrator shall 'be represented
by counsel*
           **"
      (c)  Hie) Presiding Officer iray subpoena witnesses and  issue
subpoenas Jtees' teeum and ad tcstif ieandum pursuant to the
provisions of the CWA.

      (d)  The respondent may not challenge in an  administrative
proceeding, under these procedures, any final Agency action,
including any final permit, for which  judicial review was
available under Section 509(5) of  the  Clean Water Act.
     (e)  During  the  hearing,  an authorized  representative  of
Administrator may sunrrariTe  the  basis  for  the  proposed  administra-
tive order and shall  be  tne  first party to make  a  presentation  at
the hearing.  The administrative record shall  be admitted  into
evidence.  The respondent  has  the right to examine,  and to  respond

-------
                               -  12 -


 to the adainistrative  record.  The respondent  may  offer  into
 evidence the response  to the administrative  record and any  facts,
 statements*, explanations,  documents,  testimony, or other exculpa-
 tory items which bear  on any appropriate  issues.   The Presiding
 Officer stay retire  the  authentication  cf  any  written exhibit  ar
 statement.                                                    •

      (f)  All direct and rebuttal  testimony  shall  be subnitted
 :n written forr,  unless  upon motion and good cause shown, the
 Presiding Officer detemr.es that  oral  presentation of the
 testimony on any particular fact will materially assist  in  the
 efficient identification or clarification  of the issues. The
 respondent and the Administrator shall  be  afforded a right  of
 cross-examination after  introduction by a  witness  of his written
 testimony.  Cross-examination  will be allowed  both on the written
 statement of a witness and his oral testimony.  The Presiding
 Officer way limit the  scope or extent of cross-examination  and
 tr.e'number of witnesses  in the interests cf  justice and  conduct-
 ing a  reascnaaly expe-iitious proceeding.   No cross-examination
 sr.all  ±*» allowed on. questions  of law or regarding  natters that
 are net ihtrodujr*?-* into  evidence nor otherwise Subject to challenge
 in a nearin- under this  s-ibpart*  No Agency  witnesses shall be
 required to testify  or be  made available for cross-examination
 en tr.e matters described in the  prior sentence.

      '?'  At the cits* :f  the  respondent's  resentation  of
 evidence, the Presiding  5ffiw*r  may allow  tr.e  introduction  .
 cf rebuttal evidence.  The Presiding Officer may allow the
 respondent to respo-.d  to any such  rebuttal evidence submitt*1.

      (h)  Commenters who commented within  the  timeframe  of
 5126.102(b), and who filed a request to participate under
 $126.104(e) on the facts or issues specified in the request to
 participate, shall have  a right  to be heard  and to present
 witnesses at the hearing held  under these  rules*   However,
 commenters shall not have the  right of  cross examination, nor
 shall  commenters be  allowed to intervene  as  parties to the
 proceeding.

      (i)  X» receiving evidence, the Presiding Officer  is not
 bound  by strict'rules  of evidence.  The Presiding  Officer shall
 admit  all evidence which is not  irrelevant,  immaterial,  unduly
 repetitious or of little probative value,  except  that  evidence
 relating to settlement which would be excluded in  the  Federal
 courts under Rule. 408  of the Federal Rules of Evidence  is not
'admissible.   In drafting the  recommended decision, the  Presici-.-;
 Officer sr.all determine  tne weight to be  accorded  the  ev.2e-.ce.

     (j)  The• Presidir..;  Officer  ray take official  notice, cf
 matters judicially notice-i in  the  Federal  courts,  cf  otner
 facts  within the specialized knowledge  and'experience  of the
 Agency, and of matters that are  not -reasonably in dispute and are
 commonly known in the  community  or are ascertainable from readily
 available sources of known accuracy*  Prior to taking notice of a

-------
                               -  13  -


 matter*  the Presiding Officer  shall give the Administrator and
 the  respondent an opportunity  to show why notice should not be
 taken.   In  any case  in which notice is taken and his recommended
 decision i» based in part upon this notice, the Presiding Officer
 shall place a written statement  of  the matters as to which notice
 was  taken in the record.

     (k)  After all evidence has been presented, the Presiding
 Officer  nay allow any participant to present argument on any
 relevant  issue specified in the  request for hearing or in comments
 submitted prior to the hearing.  Any participant may submit a
 •ritten  statement for consideration by the Presiding Officer.
 The  Presiding Officer shall specify a deadline for submission of
 the  statement.  If the statement is not received within the time
 prescribed, the Presiding Officer nay render a recommended
 decision  in accordance with 5126.110, without considering that
 statement.  The Presiding Officer may also require the Administrator
 and  the  respondent to submit proposed findings of fact and
 conclusions of law and may specify a deadline for submission of
 these materials.

 $126.109  Record of Hearing

     The  Presiding Officer shall cause a tape recording, written
 transcript  or other permanent, verbatim record of the. hearing to
be made,  which shall be included in the adr.nistrative record,
and shall,  upon written requ»«t, be made available, for inspection
or copying, to the respondent  or any interested person, subject
to provisions of law restricting the public disclosure of confi-
dential  information.  Any party  or commenter making a request
shall be  required to pay reasonable charges for copies unless the
party or  commenter can show the  cost is unduly burdensome.

$126.110  Recommended Decision  of Presiding Officer

     (a) Within a reasonable time following the close of the
hearing and receipt of any statements following the hearing, the
Presiding Officer shall forward  a recommended decision which
shall include) a written statement of reasons for the decision
and any penalty assessment to  the Administrator.  The decision
shall recosflwnd that the Administrator withdraw, issue, or modify
and issue the proposed penalty order.  The recommended decision
shall be based on a preponderance of th» evidence in the adminis-
trative record and shall take  into account the penalty assessment
factors specified in Section 309(g)(3) of the CWA.  The Presiding
Officer also shall make available to the Administrator for review
the complete administrative record.

-------
                               - 14 -


      (b)  Th« Presiding Officer provides a recommended decision
 solely to the Administrator.  The Presiding Officer shall include
 the recoswended decision in the adrinistrative record and shall
 sa<* it availarl* 53- the parties ta the proceeding at the ti-^e
 the,Adr-sn:stratsr's decision is released pursuant to 5126.111.
 The Presiding Officer's recoRrer-de-J decision (1) shall not become
 part cf tr.e ainnistrative record j.-.tii the Administrator's f:nal
 decisi-sr is released ar.i '2; s.-.ali not be rsade previously availab
 except t1: the Ai.-i.-istrator.

      (c)  E£ parte Comsuni cat ions.  The rules applicable to
 Presiding Officers under $126.103(4) regarding e« parte communi-
 cations are also applicable to the Administrator and to any
 other person who. advises the Administrator, on the decision or
 tne orler.   Ccr.?uni cat ions between, the Administrator and the
     ides Cff :cer do not constitute ej» carte consiunications.
 $126. Ill Final Crder of the Administrator

      'a;  within -a reasonaole tire following receipt of the
 Presiding Officer's recocwiended decision.' the Administrator shall
.withdraw, :ss_e, or ffcdify and issue the proposed order.  The
 Administrator's decision shall, be based on a preponderence of t!*
 evide.-.ce in the administrative record* shall take into account
 i.te pe-.alv/ factors set c^t :•: Section 309': '3) of the Clear.
 Water Act*  shall be in writing, shall induce a clear and concise
 statement of reasons, and shall include any .final order.  The
 Administrator 's decision shall constitute final agency action for
 purposes of judicial review.

      (b)  The Administrator shall provide written notice of the
 issuance, modification and issuance* or withdrawal qf the proposed
 order to the respondent and every person who submitted written'
 comments, on the proposed order*                     .  .

      (c)  The decision shall include a statement of the right to
 judicial review and of the procedures and deadlines for obtaining
 judicial review.                  ,

      (d)  For appeal purposes, if a hearing is held under these
 rules,  the date of issuance or withdrawal of an order by the
 Administrator shall occur on the date of mailing of the-
 Administrator's order, referenced in $126.111(b), 'to respondent.
 The notice shall.be s*nt to respondent by certified mail, return

-------
                               -  15  -


 receipt  requested.  The Administrator shall provide notice of the
 decision to til  persons who  suMnitted comments.

      fe>  If  no  hearing is recuested or held under 5126.108, the
 Administrator shall consider tne entire record, including any-
 cements received, and shall  issue  an order, if appropriate, by
 sending  the order  to  the  respcr.dent by certified mail, return
 receiot  requested.  The Administrator shall provide notice of the
 decision to all  nersons who  submitted comments.  The date of
 .-taiiina  of the order  shall constitute final Agency action for
 purposes of judicial  review.   The order shall also note the right
 of a  prior comrenter  to petition for a he-aring pursuant to $126.112
 if no hearing was  previously held and that such petition shall be
 filed with the Hearing Clerk  for transmittal to the Administrator.
 Prior to issuance  of  the  order when no hearing is held, the
 Administrator or his  deleaatee may  reguest additional information
 on specified  issues fron  the participants in whatever form the
 Administrator designates, givinc all participants a fair
 opportunity to respond.   The Ad.-inistratcr shall include this
 additional information in the administrative record.

 $126.112 Petitions to Set Aside an Order            '•<

      If  no hearir.e is held tefsre  issuance of an order, any
 ccrrrenter wno filed comments in  a  timely ra.-.ner under $126.l32'bv
 r.ay,  within 30 days after the Administrator \as issued an crier
 under $126.11i(e), petition  the Administrator to see aside  the
 crier and to  provide  a hearino on  the penalty.  The Administrator
 shall set aside  the order and provide a hearing in accordance
 wish  these rules if the evidence presented by the commenter/
 petitioner is material and was not  considered when the assessment
 order was issued.  Zf the Administrator denies a hearing, he
 shall provide notice  to the  commenter/petitioner and to the
 respondent and shall  publish notice of the hearing denial in  the
 Federal  Register,  together with  his reasons for the denial.
                                                  f
 5126.113 Effective Date  of  Order

     Any order issued under  this subpart shall become effective
 30 days  following  its issuance unless an appeal is taken pursuant
 to Section); 309(g) (8)  of the  CWA, or a timely petition for hearing
 is filed by a prior cormenter before the Administrator.   Zf  the
Administrator denies  such a  petition for a hearing,  the order
 becomes  final 33 days after  the  denial.

 5126.114 Payment  of  Penalties Assessed

      Payment  of  civil sera Ivies' finally assessed  by  the"
 Airinistratcr shall be wade  ry farwariino a cashier's  or  cer.:f:ei
 3.*.ec«c, payasie to  the -.-. itei States of America,  in  the  amo-r.t

-------
assessed, and noting the case title and docket  nunoer to t*e
following address:  £PA Hearing Clerk, P.O.  BOX 3602.77(1,
Ptttssurgh, Pennsylvania 15251 or to such other address 'designated
in tne final order.  Notice of payment fust  be  sent  &v re-son-.-t
« trt ^ar->5 Cler< f-r iit:.s:s>. •• part of -e a-^:r iS:?^r!e
r«c-.ri fir :r
-------
                                           _ .... .^o . .'n,.-.U4y  August 17. 198T / Notice*
CNVIMOMM£WrAt MMJT1CTION
AOINCY
      R Environmental Protactioa
AftaeylEPA).
       .'Notice of availabUtqr.
        : EPA ia making available to •
the public • document entitled
-Cuidue* of EPA CUM I OM> Watv
Act Administrative Peaahy Praeadow"
which wU provide procedural gutdaac*
la tbt asaesament of adamiantfvt
penalties designated M Case f under
aectloa 309(g). 33 UAC mi(t).
•PHCT1VSJ QATC This gUldeaGS
document wiU be cffictiv* oa Atifiut 17.
ittf.
ACOMH: To ebutn a copy ol tbt
fuidftaca. write to:
Wcttf bfaroemeat OUvwtoa (UE-134WV
  Attmooa: AMUUUH Eaforeeaeat
                                       CooMei Southern Rtfioiu Branch.
                                       QfTtct of Enforcement «nd
                                       Compliance Monitonnif.
                                       Envirentnenial Protection Ajency. «n
                                       M Street SW. Weihinfton. DC 2Mao
                                     John W. Lyon. Asetctent En/orttmeat
                                     Couniel EnvironmenwJ Protection
                                     Aiency. Telephone 202/4?S-«177. (FTSI
                                     479-1177.
                          •'Section
314 of the Weter Quality Act of 19*7.
Pub L 1OM. edded (ectton 30B(|) to the
Geen Weter Act (the Act) to provide for
the  notice la to sdvue the pvbilc of
tat  ev4ii«biuty of euidaace which the
Ajency wtll follow in issuiai Ooaa I
adauauiratlve avil peaalry ordin. The
guidance ia wnttea la the fora of
regulatory aoendaaata with the
szpectadoa that EPA will later notice
them for proposed niiemaJonc. Aa
intena final rule fuiding the aaMsameat
of Oasa U adauaiaovove peaaJoea U
aiao being published ia the Federal
                                     UeM.
  OekKAogeetiaisV.
|?t Dee. r-iatao PIM a-i4Hr *45 sail

-------

-------
                                                                  III.B.2.
I " Final Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative Assessment of
Class II civil Penalties under the Clean Water Act," issued June 12, 1990,
effective July 12, 1990.  Published at 55 F.R. 23838 (June 12).  Replaces
the Interim Final Rules dated August 10, 1987.                 ;

-------

-------
       i          UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                            WASHINGTON, O.C.  20460

%~X"
                         "  I -> '990                           OFFCEOF
                                                          ENFORCEMENT AND
                                                         COMPLIANCE MONITORING


 MEMORANDUM


 SUBJECT:  Final Rule for Administrative Assessment of Class IX
           Civil Penalties, 40 CFR Part 22
 FROM:     Patricia
           OE-Water  Intern

 TO:        OE-Water  Attorneys
           Regional  Counsels, Regions I-X


      Attached is the final rule governing  administrative

 assessment of Class ZZ penalties.  The rule was issued June  12,

 1990 and becomes effective July 12,- 1990.   Please contact Susan

 Gary Watkins at  (703)  768-2950 for further information.
                                                             PmHden Rteydta Paptr

-------

-------
 23833      Federal Register / Vol 55.  No. 113 / Tuesday. June 12. 1990 / Rules and Regulations
 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    FR Part 22

l... ..-3845-7)

Rules of Practice Governing the
Admlnlamtfv* Assenment of QtM U
Civfl Penalties Under the dean Water
Act

AGINCY: Envuonmenial Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTKMC Final rule.

SUMMARY: EPA is today promulgating a
final rule establishing procedure* to iU
administrative asseument cf dan Q
civil penalties under the Clean Water
Act (CWA). Then have been no
substantive changes to this rule since it
was issued as an interim final rule. See
52 FR 30671 (August 17,1987). This rule
provides that EPA's administrative
assessment cf Class U penalties will be
governed by EPA'a Consolidated Rules
cf Practice for assessing administrative
p inalties. EPA is taking this action in
response to amendments to the CWA.
made by the Water Quality Act of 1987.
woicQ ^irtnonTp i&ft a^onuni ttrfl^or to
assess administrative penalties far
specified violations of the CWA. The
authority granted to the Administrator
••- assess administrative penalties was
     immediately effective on February
 .   J7. the date the Water Quality Act
i-:s enacted.
CATI* The final rule is effective July 12.
1390. EPA will use the interim final rule
fcr ccnriiirting these proceedings before
the date the final rule becomes effective.
rSSJ FUKT
            INFORMATION CONTACTS
f ..sas Gary V.'atkins. Office of
Enforcement and Compliance
! lonitoring (LE-134W). US.
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
Street SW, Washington. DC 20460. 202-
33C-2656.
f ^KEKENTAHV MFOftMATOM On
Fi faruary 4. 1987. section 309 of the
CW A. 33 U.S.C. 1319. was amended by
section 314 of the Water Quality Act
Fib. L 100-4. to acthorize the
Administrator of EPA to asses*
t dministrative penalties for violations of
the CWA. The amendments to sectioa
3C9 created a new subsection 309(g)
establishing two classs of administrative
penalties, which differ with respect to
procedure and maximum penalty
amounts.  •            >          ...
  Class I administrative penalty
proceedings are not subject to the
Administrative Procedure Act S U££.
554. 556. and authorize a m«faniim
    'ty of $25400. Notice of the
    ability of procedural guidance far
 Class I proceedings was published in the
 Federal Register. See 52 FR 30730
 (August 17.1987).
  The final procedures promulgated
 today apply only to dais 0. Class II
 proceedings authorize a fr"««"ty"
 penalty of $125.000 and are subject to
 the requirements of the Administrative
 Procedure Act S U.SX1554.558. Class U
 proceedings are similar to
 cdministrative penalty proceedings
 subject to the Administrative Procedure
 Act under other environmental statutes.
  EFA promulgated Consolidated Rules
 of Practice, 40 CPR part 22. governing
 the administrative assessment of
 penalties under other statute*
 administered by EPA. The Consolidated
 Rules provide a common set of
 procedural rules far certain of EPA'*
 administrative penalty programs to
 reduce paperwork, inconsistency, and
 the burden on persona regulated. See 45
 FR 24360 (April 9.1980).
  Because of the similarity of Class n
 proceedings to other administrative
 penalty proceedings subject to the
 Administrative Procedure Act EPA
 concludes that the Consolidated Rule*
 of Practice should be used aa die
 procedural framework for Class H
 administrative penalty enforcement
 under the CWA. Accordingly. EPA is
 today promulgating a final rale
 providing that the Consolidated Rules
 shall govern adjudicator^ proceedings
 for the assessment of Class D
 administrative penalties under section
 306(8) of the CWA.
  EPA published th<* rule hi interim
 final form in the Federal Register with a
 30-day comment period. See 52 FR 30671
 (August 17.1987). The Agency received
 six comment letters. Comment* feu into
 seven areas of concern!
  1. Economic impact on small business.
 One commenter wanted the Agency to
 perform an economic impact analyst*.
 This regulation is not considered a
 major rule by the Agency because it will
.not have an annual effect on the
 fdfflttffty Of yiOO itylljan ft** IPOf* If^i
 therefore, no regulatory impact analysis
 IS VGQUeYBfl* 408 ffCOBOBIIC ftu0Ct OB PlOw1!
 small businesses is slight therefore, no
 regulatory flexibility analysis is
 required. Moreover, this regulation will
have no effect at all on small businesses-
 that comply with the Clean Water Act
  2. Public notice of complaints. One
         r asked that the standard
                                      public comment period be 3ff days, that
                                      non-party commenters be allowed to
                                      submit late comments only when thy
                                      commenter shows good cause, and that
                                      the Agency provide far late submission
                                      by parties to the enforcement action.
                                      Another commenter wanted the Agency
                                      to give nonce of a violation and*  '"''
 reasonable time for correction before
 issuing an administrative penalty order.
 The 3£Vday comment period after public
 notice is set forth in 40 CFR 2Z38(d).
 Also i 2Z38(d) provides that non-party
 commenters can-submit late comments
 after showing good cause. A party to the
 action is not covered by the 122J8(d)
 prevision for submitting comments:
' party submissions are governed by 40
 CFR 2£07(b) and 22.15.The dean
 Water Act imposes strict liability and
 does not require the Agency to give
 notice of violations before enforcing the
 Act These administrative penalties are-
.for past violations. Corrective action
 will not affect liability. Because
 administrative penalty orders usually
 will be based on self-reported permit
 violations, the discharger should know
 of the violation before the Agency
 publishes a notice of the complaint
   3. Timing of state consultation. One
         er wanted the timing of state
 consultation clarified to ensure that
 state and federal actions are not
 initiated simultaneously. The state
 consultation occurs before the Agency
 assesses a Class n dvil penalty in a
 fnul order*
   4. Evidentiary issues arising at a
 hearing. One commenter wanted these
 supplemental regulation* clarified as to
 admissability and relevance of
 evidence. The Presiding Officer follows
 the existing requirement* of 40 CFR
 2Z22 to determine the admissibiltty of
 m'Ammnm
 eviaence.
   5. Participation at a hearing by a
 commenter who is not an intervenor.
 One commenter wanted to ensure that a
 person who is not a party but presents
 evidence at a hearing is subject to cross-
            * i nfli
 wanted die regulations to state that a
 person who is not a party cannot cross
 examine witnesses. Under 40 CFR
 2Z38(d). a commenter who i* not a party
 ha* no right to cross examine witnesses.
 Other participation .by a commenter is
 governed by 40 CFR 2122 and 22J8(dV
 Parties may cross examine. See 40 CFR
 2Z22(b).
   6. Right to trial by jury. One
 commenter wanted the regulations to
 provide far a trial by jury on the  issue of
 liability far administrative penalties.
 There i* no right to a jury trial on the
 issue of liability in an administrative
 proceeding. Atlas Rooflag Co. lac. v.
 Occupational Safety and Health /tone*
 Commission. 430 US. 442 (1877). Accord
 TttUv. OS. 412 US. 481. 418 O4  (1987).
 The purpose of the administrative
 penalty authority is to expedite
 enforcement in straightforward cases in
-which violations an clearly documented
 and are unlikely to be contested by a

-------
             Federal Register / Vol 55. No. 113 / Tuesday. June 12.1990 / Rules and Regulations
 violator. The Consolidated Role* or
 Practice and this supplemental rule
 providai  "
   7. Criteria far assessing a penalty.
 Three eommealiani wanted specific
 criteria tot detarmintag.e proposed
 penalty amount .Ilia criteria an stated
 in tection 309(gJ(3| of the dean Water
 Act 33 UAC. 131flfeK3). EPA ha* not
. issued apecific guidelines under the
 Clean Water Act for calculating
 administrative penalties for
 adjudicator? hearings. The Agency
 is sued guidance for calculating a
 settlement penalty amount on Angnst 28,
 1967. The Uniform Civil Penalty Policy.
 issued February 10,1964. provides a
 general framework for determining
 administrative penalties. See 40 CFR
 2214(e).
  Undc
          effam
309(g)oftheCWA.the
 Administrator assesses a das* 0
 penalty by a final order after
 opportunity for a hearing on the record.
 Under section 309(g). the Administrator
 also must consult with the State in
 which the violation ocean before
 assessing the penalty.
  Under section 309(g). the
 Administrator must provide public
                  ble opportunity to
notice and reasona
comment upon the
                          - Toe
                        '-
 section provides Oat if a hearing on the
 complaint is conducted, the
 Administrator shall give any citizen who
 commented on die complaint notion of
 the bearing, and a reasonable
 opportunity to be heard and to present
 evidence at the hearing. The section
 further provides that the Administrator
 shall give any person who comments on
 a complaint notice of die order
 assessing a penalty.
  Under section 300(8). if no hearing is
 held any person who commented on the
 complaint may petition the
 Administrator to set aside die order and
 Co provide a hitir^ft on the mrp***"* In
 addition, section 308(g) provides that the
 Administrator mast eat aside the order
 end provide • nraring if the
evidence presented by the petitioner is
material and was not considered in the
issuance of the order. Under section
309(g). if the Administrator denies a
hearing, the Administrator shall provide
to the petitioner, and publish in the
Federal Register, notice of and the
reasons for the denial.
  Section 309(g) did not change the
procedures for issuing ana enforcing
administrative compliance orders under
other subsections of section 309. See
section 309(gl(ll). Accordingly, the rule
promulgated today does not apply to or
                                       change the procedures for issuing or
                                       enforcing eomplianca orders issued by
                                       EPA under, for example, section 308(a)
                                       of the CW A.
                                        EPA concludes that the Administrator
                                       may use the Consolidated Rules of
                                       Practice. 40 CFR part 22. to asses* Class
                                       U penalties under section 309(g) of the
                                       CWA. The Coasolidatad Roles were
                                       developed for administrative penalty
                                       actions like mesa that are subject to the
                                       Administrative Procedure Act
                                      •  Under the Consolidated Roles, as
                                       supplemented by this final rale. EPA
                                       wul assess Class n penalties by a final
                                       order after opportunity for a hearing on
the record. Beiora iiniing an order. ci*A
will give written notice to the person to
be assessed the dvil penalty by filing
and service of a proposed order and
complaint TtiJffr the Consolidated Rules.
Under 40 CFR 22.1S. the complaint will
include a notice of the respondent1a right
to request within 20 days, a hearing on
the complaint
  EPA will provide public notice and   *
                       Rules. If EPA conducts a hearing en the ~
                       complaint EPA shall provide to any
                       person who commented on the
                       GQffifiiftlfiK A OOOy 01 uSB BOuOB OK DftftnfiS
                       required by 40 CFR 2231(b). and a copy
                       of any final order assessing a penalty.
                       Commentera who wish to participate at
                       a hearing may be heard and pn
                       evidence without tight of e
                       OCatt^AIa^^B\llBl^ft flflt flRfliP a^BO^r^R ^
                       intervene under 40 CFR 22.11. If 00
                       hearing is held persons who commented
                       on if^f^ GomplaVBi Buy potttioB to on we
                       the order set aside and to have a hearing
                                        This fina rule is affective 30 days
                                      after publication to the Federal Register.
                                      The Consolidated Rules of Practice and
                                      the interim final role will govern
                                      proceedings for the assessment of Class
                                      U administrative penalties under the
                                      CWA for which a complaint is filed
                                      before the effective date of this final
                                      rale.
                                        The final rule affirms that actions of
                                      leview could have been obtained under
                                      section SOSfbHD of the CWA (for
                                      example, issuance of a waste water
                                      discharge permit) will not be subject to
                                      review in a Class n penalty assessment
                                      proceeding. The final rule makes dear
                                      that a person who is not a party to a
                                      penalty assessment proceeding may
                                                               cplaint
                                      and petition for a bearing. The rale
                                      requires that these persons file written
                                      comments with the regional hearing *
                                      clerk and serve a copy of the comments
                                                              upon each party. The rule con)    «>at
                                                              a person wishing to intervene as
                                                              party in a Class 0 penalty proceav  „
                                                              ma y. move for leave to intervene under
                                                              Regulatory FkxfbiBty Act

                                                                Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act:
                                                              , US.C. 601-012. whenever an agency is
                                                              required to publish a general notice of
                                                              ndemaking for any proposed or final
                                                              rale, it must prepare and make available
                                                              for public comment a regulatory
                                                              flexibility analysis that describes the
                                                              impact of the role on small entities. IA,
                                                              small business, small organisations, and
                                                              small governmental jurisdictions, The
                                                              Administrator may certify that the rule
                                                              wQl not have a ^y'Pre
entities.
  This regulation will impose no
significant costs on any small entities.
The overall economic impact on small
entities to slight Accordingly. 1 hereby
certify that this proposed regulation will
not have a significant impact on a*
substantial number of small entities.
This regulation does not require a
regulatory flexibility analysis.

Executive Order 12211

  Under Executive Order 12291. EP/t
must fudge whether a regulation is major
and therefore, subject to the
requirement of a Regulatory Impact
Analysis. Major rules are those which
impose a cost on the economy of $100
mutton or moie annually or nave certain
other economic impacts. The Agency
has determined that this proposed rule
does not meet the criteria of a major rule
set form in section Kb) of the Executive
Order. The Agency submitted this
regulation to the Office of Management
and Budget for review aa required by
Executive Order 1229L
                                                                Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                              EPA must submit all information
                                                              collfctionf to the Office of Management
                                                              and Budget for approval As the present
                                                              RU0 CffHtstlM BO DuOnOattlOA CO 11 ff C ti Off
                                                              requirements, mis stipulation does not
                                                              apply.
                                                                Dated: May »1990.
                                                              Wi&iamK.Reu1y.
                                                              Mministmtor.
                                                                Accordingly, the interim final rule
                                                              amending 40 CFR part 22. published »•
                                                              52 FR 30671 (August 17.1987) is ado;
                                                              as a final rule with the following
                                                              changes: .

-------
            tucurai R«gi»Ur /  VoL  55. No. 1U / Tuesday. fun« 12. 1990  / Roles and Regulatiomi
PART 2a-CONSOUDATED RULES OF
PRACTICE GOVCRNIMTHE
ADIIINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OP
CIVIL PENALTIES AMD THE
REVOCATION OA SUSPENSION OF
  TOUTS

  «. The authority citation for part 22 Is
reviicd toned M follows:
MO. 7i» *ad JWfc r tt&C sees
13S(m)c & ILSC sees. 1381. UlBfe), MIS. ud
  2. Section fflja is revised to read as
follows:

(22JS  Supplemental nilas eft
Act
  (a) Scops of these tvpplemental rule*.
These supplemental rules of practice
shall govenu in conjunction with the
preceding Consofidated Roles of
Praclke (40 CFR part 22). admfnislwHve
proceedings for the assessment of any
Class tt civil penalty ondcr section
309(g) of the Clean Water Act (33 US£.
 in which tha alleged vioUdoo occun
 hefon iasuinf a Coal order asaeasing a
 Class Q dyil penalty.
  {cj Public notice. Before issiiint • Bnal
 order assessing a Class 0 civil penally.
 the Adminfstntor will provide pobfie
  i n 1 ^^4^fltflatf tOSiQ^& fl^VCut
  (d) Comaeat bye person who a not a
party: A petsoa not a- party to the Class
nptoCTTfiing who wishes, to comment
upon • complaint matt fite written
comments with the Regional Hearing
Clerk within 30 days after public notice
of the complaint and serve • copy of the
comments upon each party. For good .
causa show* th* Administrator, the
Regional Adiniiuatatoi; «r the Presiding
Officer* aa appropriate. Bay accept let*
rommtmts The Administrator will give
any petson who comments on •
COa^BaUsljDC ••OtKCv OX flflSi AflBve^^9Dff fl^B^l
notice of the final order assessing a
penalty. Although commenters may be
heard and present evidence at any
bearing held under section 309(8) of the
Act commenters shall not be accorded
party status with right of cross
fl^L^U^lUft^LllDsM ulAlfi0§% •s96^P »ft^^^f%^H^J  alaflFVft
to intermm mA m^ y
-------

-------
                                                                   III.B.3.
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g)
Administrative Penalty Proceedings", distributed August 28, 1987.  Includes
transmittal memorandum covering items III.B.3 through 11, this Compendium.

-------

-------
                UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                             AUG 2.8 I9S7
 MEMORANDUM                                   •       .      •

 SUBJECT:  Guidance Documents and Delegations fortmplementation
           of Administrative Penalty Authorities Contained in
           1987 Clean Water Act Amendments
 FROM:     Lawrence J. Jensen
           Assistant Administrator
             for Water
         f                      a  ' a  I
         LjThomas L. Adams, Jr. y /l/*///^/ '      __
           Assistant Administrat/or for/Enforcement
             and Compliance Monitoring!             .    -   •

 TO:        Water Division Directors, Regions I-X
           Regional Counsels, Regions I-X
           Environmental Services Division Directors
             Regions III, VI
           Assistant Regional Administrator  "or Policy and
             Management, Region VII


      Attached are final guidance documents and delegations
 necessary  for implementation of the new administrative penalty
 authorities contained in the 1937 amendments to the Clean Water
 Act.   You  were sent copies of the procedural r.ules for Class I
 and Class  II proceedings on, August 12.   Notices for these
 procedural rules were also-'published in the Federal Register on
 August 17.   Copies of the Federal Reg ister documents are
 enclosed for your reference.

      This  new administrative penalty authority provides the Agency
 with  the opportunity to significantly increase,the effectiveness
 of  its Water Quality Enforcement program.  We are fully committed
.to extensive use of administrative penalties and urge the Regions
 to quickly get the necessary processes  and re'delegations in place*
 for prompt use of this authority.  Headquarters offices will make
 every effort to support the Regions in  the use of this enforcement
 mechanism  and to resolve any problems which may develop during
 the initial implementation.   The Regions should immediately proceed
 to develop written redelegations where  the Regional Administrator
 wishes to  redelegate some or all of these authorities.    '  •"

-------
                              -  2 -
     With  the  issuance of  these materials, the Regions are now
 in a position  to begin using administrative penalty authority
 subject,to the delegations and Headquarters concurrence as
 indicated  in the guidance.  We are today starting the tea working
 day clock  for  Headquarters concurrence on draft proposed adminis-
 trative  penalty orders already received.

         List of Administrative Penalty Guidance Documents

     The final guidance documents included in this mailing are
 as follows:

 1.   Relationship of Section 309{a) Compliance Orders to Section
     309(g) Administrative Penalty Proceedings.

 2.   Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act Administrative,
     Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies.

 3.   Guidance on State Action Preempting Civil Penalty Actions
     under the Federal Clean Water Act.

4.   Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions under
     the Clean Water Act.             ,

5.   Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities
     under the Clean Water Act.

6.   Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Act Amendment Civil
     Penalty Assessment Language.         .                  _   •

7.   Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for
     Administrative Penalties.
                           /     '••;    .   ,   '  .
8.   Guidance on Notice to Public and Commeriters in Clean Water
     Act Class II Administrative Penalty Proceedings.

9.   Guidance Regarding Regional and Headquarters Coordination on
     Proposed and Final Administrative Penalty Orders on Consent
     under New Enforcement Authorities of the Water Quality Act
     of 1987.

10.   Model Forms for Administrative Penalty Proceedings.         *

     - Sample Letter to Comply with State Consultation Requirement
       on Proposed Class I or II Administrative Penalty
                                     .    I,
     - Form of -Letter to Respondent Covering Complaint    • .  .
       for Class I or II Administrative Penalty (NPDES Violations) ;

-------
                               -  3  -•..'•

                                               &
      -  Form of Letter  to  Respondent Cove-ring  Complaint
        for Class  I or  II  Administrative Penalty  (Dredge or  Fill
        Violations) .      .

      -  Form of Complaint  in Proceeding to Assess Class I or II
        Administrative  Penalty  (NPDES Violations)

      -  Form of Complaint  in Proceeding to Assess Class I. or II
        Administrative  Penalty  (Dredge or Fill Violations)

      -  Form of Federal Register Notice of Proposed Administrative
        Penalty and Opportunity to  Comment

      -  Form of Subpoena in Proceeding to Assess Class I or  II-
        Administrative  Penalty

      -  Form of Notice  to Commenters of Hearing to Assess Class I
        or II Administrative Penalty

      -  Form of Consent "Order Assessing Class I or II Administrative
        Penalty (NPOES Violations)

      -  Form of Consent Order Assessing Class I or IT Administrative
        Penalty (Dredge' or Fill Violations)

      -  Form of Final Unilateral Order Assess; ing Class I or  II
       Administrative  Penalty  (NPDES Violations)

      - Form of Final Unilateral Order Assessing Class I or  II
       Administrative Penalty  (Dredge or Fill Violations)

11.   Delegations

12.   Federal Register Notices for Class I and Class II Procedural
     Rules

A separate Section 404 administrative penalty policy continues
under development and will be distributed to the Regions in  the
near  future.   Pending finalization of the Section 404 guidance
document/ Regions may wish to consider the May 28, 1-987 draft
Section 404 penalty policy for Section 404 administrative penalty
cases.

     We want to thank the Regions  for their corailfents on the
several drafts and for t.heir participation in the Agency workgroup
••hat prepared the delegations, procedural rules and the guidance
documents.  The workgroup included representatives from all
Regions who devoted large amounts of time to drafting and reviewing.
the many documents involved.  The workgroup labored under very
tight deadlines and delivered quality written products on time.
We personally are very appreciative for what really was an
extraordinary effort.                             .

-------
                              - 4 -
     We plan to hold a Clean Water Act administrative penalty
workshop on September 16 in Washington/ D.C. to explain the
delegations/ procedures and guidance documents.  We hope that
each Region will be able to send one or more representatives to
the workshop, which is described in a separate mailing.

     If you wish any additional information on any of the matters
referenced in the guidance documents/ please contact John Lyon
of OECM (Tel. FTS 475-8187), Anne Lassiter of OWE* (Tel. FTS
475-8307)< or Rosanna Ciupek of OWP (Tel. FTS 475-8798).

Attachments

cc:  Workgroup Members

-------
             RELATIONSHIP OF 5309(a)  COMPLIANCE ORDERS
           TO §309(g)  ADMINISTRATIVE  PENALTY. PROCEEDINGS
  I.   Purpose

      The purpose of this document is to discuss the  •
  relationship between §309(a) administrative compliance orders
  and  §309(g) administrative penalty proceedings..  The specific
  issue is whether EPA, as a legal and policy matter, should
  join these administrative mechanisms together in one document
  that both orders future compliance and proposes administrative
  penalties for past violations.  This guidance concludes that
  administrative compliance orders and administrative complaints
  for civil penalties should be kept procedurally separate;
  they should be issued and docketed as separate documents.
  However, there is nothing to prevent the Regions from issuing
  the two types of documents at the same time in response to a
  given violation.

  II.  Discussion

      On one level it may appear quite sensible to issue one
 document that contains both a §309(a)  administrative order to
 comply and a §309(g)  administrative complaint for civil
 penalties.   The two actions will often be based on the same
 set of facts that establish a violation.   The simplicity of a
 single document may be more efficient for EPA to issue,  and
 for an alleged violator to understand.   And to propose
 administrative penalties for past violations would add
 substantial leverage to the prospective commands of a
 .compliance order.

     . However,  administrative compliance orders and
 administrative complaints are conceptually and procedurally
 very different,  and there are dangers in joining the two
 together.  Compliance orders under §309(a) are administrative
 commands; they are not adjudications of rights or liabilities,
 and they do not impose any sanctions for the underlying
 violation or for a violation of the compliance order itself.
 Because they do not have such determinate effects they lack
 "finality"  and accordingly are not reviewable by a court.
, (The only exception to this is the limited review that occurs
 when EPA in a civil action seeks penalties for a violation of
 the compliance order.)   EPA has fought hard to maintain the
 nonreviewability of compliance orders like those under
 §309(a).  To have them subject to judicial review or
 adjudicatory procedures at the time of their issuance would
 seriously undermine their usefulness as an enforcement tool.

      On  the other hand,  assessment of administrative penalties
 under §309
-------
           after  an  opportunity  for hearing and notice to the public.
           Violators and members of the public can appeal EPA's findings
           of violation and penalty assessments to the courts.

                The  most serious potential problem in joining together
           §309(a) compliance orders and  §309(g) administrative
           complaints in the same document is that compliance orders may
           directly  cr -indirectly beccre  subject to adjudication and
           judicial  review.  Adjudicator*/ procedures will, apply to the
           portion-of the'document proposing administrative penalties:
           violators will have a strong incentive to force the compliance
           order  provisions into the same adjudicatory framework.  The
           risk of this occurring is rest direct if the proposed penalty
           assessment is in any  way linked to the provisions of the
           compliance order.  An example  of this would be a proposed
           assessment that states that administrative penalties will be
           reduced if the violator carries out the requirements of the
           compliance order.  If the two  are linked in this way, it may
           be very difficult to  avoid having the lowest common
           denominator— adjudicatory procedures— apply to the entire
           document,  including the compliance order.

                Even  if the two  are not functionally linked,  the compliance
           order  and  the proposed penalty assessment will have much in
           common.  The two will  usually  be premised upon the same set of
           violations; and, the  availability and reasonableness of
           corrective measures directed by the compliance order will be
           .relevant  factors for  the administrative law judge to consider
           in assessing administrative penalties.  The provisions of the
           compliance order thus  =ay indirectly become subject to
           adjudication, and to  eventual  judicial review,  it is true
           that a reviewing court most likely would give substantial
           deference  to EPA on any issue  pertaining to the compliance
           order.  However, any  breach in the principle that these orders
           are generally not reviewable ajfc all is a very serious matter.

                Public comment on the terms of proposed administrative
           penalty assessments is another way in which the provisions of
           a compliance order—  if part of the same document— may be made
           part of the penalty adjudication and potentially subject to
           court  review.  Under  §309(g)(4), EPA must give public notice
           of proposed penalty assessments, and allow the public to
           comment on these proposed assessments and participate in any
           adjudicatory hearings.  If $309(a) compliance orders are
           integral parts of these administrative complaints for
           penalties,  EPA in effect will  be giving public notice-and
           receiving  comments on these compliance order provisions as
           well.  The  public may also attempt to present evidence at the
           penalty hearings that  the associated compliance orders are too
           lax or too  strict.  Even if EPA is.successful in excluding
           such evidence from the adjudicatory proceedings, the effect of
           the compliance orders will be  blunted and EPA resources will
           be diverted to litigating extraneous issues at the hearings.
(rl 2-

-------
      Procedural  complexities  are  also  introduced when
 compliance orders  and proposed  penalty assessments  are merged..
 One of the most  useful  aspects  of §309(a)  compliance orders  is
 that  EPA can amend them at will.   Violators may argue that the
 primary characteristic  of the joint document  is its -penalty
 assessment, and  accordingly that  the document as a  whole
 should be governed by the procedural rules established for
 administrative complaints.  There are  limitations on amending
 administrative complaints once  a  violator  has filed an answer.
 It may be argued that EPA should  be similarly limited in
 amending its compliance order once an  answer  is filed.
 Violators may also argue that other procedural limitations
 applicable to penalty proceedings— e.g.,  substitution of
 parties, and opportunities to present  rebuttal evidence-
 should apply to  the compliance  order.   These  extraneous' issues
 will  complicate  efforts to obtain compliance  using  a §309(a)
 order that is attached  to an  administrative complaint.

      There is a  simple  way to avoid the risks discussed above:
 keep  compliance  orders  and proposed penalty assessments in
 separate documents, and do not  state in the administrative
 complaint that the penalty amount  will  depend upon  meeting the
 terms of a compliance order.  Given current word-processing
 capabilities, there should be little .added administrative  '
 burden in issuing these documents  separately  instead of
 jointly.  Also,  there is no reason why  the two could not be
 issued simultaneously.   All that needs  to be  done to avoid the
 risks described  above is to issue  the compliance order and
 administrative complaint separately in  the first instance.

 III.   Conclusion

     There are substantial risks  in issuing §309(a)  compliance
 orders in the same document with  §309(g) administrative
 complaints.  The most serious risk is that compliance orders
 could become subject to administrative  adjudication and .
 judicial review.  This  would  sharply limit their
 effectiveness.  The simple route to avoiding  these  risks,
which the Regions are strongly  urged to take, is to issue
compliance orders and administrative complaints as  separate
documents.

     Contacts concerning this guidance:

              David M.  Heineck
              Office of Regional Counsel, Region 10
             .FTS 399-1498

              Gary Hess
              Office of Enforcement and Compliance  Monitoring
             •FTS 475-8183

-------
/  —  /
fer '•' *r

-------
                                                                  III.B.4,
"Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act Administrative, Civil and
Criminal Enforcement Remedies", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------
      GUIDANCE ON CHOOSING AMONG



    CLEAN WATER ACT ADMINISTRATIVE,



CIVIL AND CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT REMEDIES

-------
 I.    Decision-Making Process to Determine Appropriate  Enforcement Option
      Under Clean Mater Act §309.
                 VIOLATION
Need for court order to
compel Immediate
comol lance?
N

          Evidence of criminal
          violations, either
          negligent or knowing?
          Need for preliminary
        or permanent injunction.
         and/or civil  penalties
         of more  than  $125.000?
      I  Precedential
eqal  Issue? L
                                                         File  civil action  to
                                                          obtain TRO, and  In
                                                        general  Include claims
                                                         for  injunctive relief
                                                          and  civil penalties
                                                          CSS309(b) and 
-------
                                2 '
 ".   Discussion                                  .    ....

      A.   Purpose         "   •       •

      The purpose of this document is to discuss the various
 enforcement alternatives under the- Clean Water Act, including
 the  recently-added option of administrative penalties,  and to
•discuss  the types of violations that are most appropriate for
 each option.   This guidance is primarily directed to NPDES
 permit-related violations, but it is also consistent with
 guidance for Section 404 enforcement (see related guidance).

     .B.   Background       '            . '  '

      The Water Quality Act of  1987 greatly expanded EPA's
 enforcement, options under the  Clean Water Act by authorizing
 the  Agency to'assess penalties'administratively.   Prior to
 this legislation,  EPA had to obtain a court order—either
 through  a civil action [§§309(d)  or 311(b)(6)(B)]  or a
 criminal action [§309(c)j—to  impose monetary penalties for
 Clean Water Act violations.  The administrative enforcement
 authority granted by §309(g) provides a very useful and
 flexible third option for imposing penalties.

      C.   Decision Criteria

      EPA may impose penalties  under §309(g)  for virtually the
 entire range of violations that can be addressed through
 judicial actions and administrative compliance orders under
 §§309(a)  through (d).  The only exception is~that
 administrative penalties, unlike judicially-imposed penalties,
 may  be imposed only for  violations of underlying requirements
.of the Act and not for violations  of §309(a)  compliance      '
 orders.i/  Since EPA. as  a general" rule should choose the least
 resource-consuming enforcement option that  will do the  job,2/
 and  administrative penalty proceedings under §309(g)  should be
 both effective and much  less onerous  than civil judicial
 actions,  the  real  issue  is when not to use  this administrative
 penalty  authority.   The  following  discussion,  like the
 flowchart at  the beginning of this document, approaches  the
 issue  from this  perspective.    .   '
        I/  A compliance order, that does not expressly excuse
penalties does not/limit EPA's authority-to assess an
administrative* penalty for that violation.  Cfl,. U.S. v.
Metropolitan District Commission. 23 E.R.C. 1350, 1355-56,
1359, 1360  (D. Mass. 1985).

        2/  An important exception to this general'rule is
that prosecutorial considerations on the part of EPA and the
Department of Justice may independently indicate the need for
criminal prosecution, even if a civil action.or administrative
enforcement would achieve'compliance. •

-------
      In the legislative history to the Water Quality Act of
 1987, Congress indicated that judicial rather than
 administrative enforcement is more appropriate for certain
 types of cases:

            This authority to issue administrative penalty
         orders is intended to complement and not to replace a
        /vigorous civil judicial enforcement.program.  Civil
         judicial enforcement is a keystone of-successful
         enforcement of the Act and necessary for cases
         involving novel issues of law or contested penalty
         assessments, cases requiring ihjunctive relief,
         serious violations of the Act, or large penalty
         actions, and .cases where remedies are sought requiring
         significant construction or capital investment.   The
         addition .of this enforcement tool is based in part on
         the Agency's assurance that it does not intend to
         retreat from vigorous judicial enforcement of Clean
         Water Act violations.,

 S.  Rep. No. 99-50, 99th Congress,  1st Session (to accompany
 S.  1128)  (1985).  The following guidance is meant to be
 consistent with this Congressional directive:  administrative
 penalties should supplement,  not replace, judicial action.

      One qualification should be added..  Although this
 guidance may recommend a particular enforcement option for
 particular types of violations, other factors— such as  Agency
 priorities and available resources— must also enter into the
 enforcement decision.   '

         1. ' A civil judicial  action is more likely to be
             appropriate when  there is a need for a court order
             directing immediate or long-term compliance
             measures (a TRQ or an in-iuncrion) .

      A basic limitation of the administrative penalty
 authority under §309(g)  is that it does not grant E?A any
 power to directly compel a violator to 'stop continuing
 violations.  The only"direct  authority under this provision is
 to  assess civil penalties.• Of course, the prospect of a.
 significant civir penalty for past and ongoing.violations can
 be  a strong inducement'to comply.   However,  there will be  .
 situations where this inducement,  accomcanied.bv a separate
 §309(a) compliance order,  will not be encugh.  The $125,000
 cailing 'on administrative penalties.may be insufficient  to
 discourage continuing violations,  for exaspis where the  csst
 of  compliance or the economic benefit is high.   2ven if  a
.penalty of less than $125,000 should be sncugh  to detsr
 ongoing ncncomplianca,  the adjudicatrry ar.d public involvement

-------
requirements  of  §309(g) -mean that there are  uncertainties  as
to the amount of penalty that ultimately will  be  assessed,  and
a delay of at least 60 days from the date of the  proposed
penalty assessment until that assessment becomes  effective.
This may be enough to remove the inducement  to stop  ongoing
violations.                           «

     In the above situations, or in any situation-where the
noncompliance is serious and continuing and  the violator is
uncooperative, EPA should commence a civil action to obtain a
TRO or preliminary injunction enjoining further violations.
In addition,  if  the violator must- take' specific measures to
achieve compliance and the measures are* complicated,  costly or
require a significant period of time to implement, a civil
.action should be commenced to obtain an appropriate  mandatory
injunction:   Whenever an action is initiated to obtain a TRO
or an injunction, in the interests of efficiency  and case
strategy all  claims for. civil penalties generally should be
included in that action.  There may be occasions, however,  .
when the 'Agency  may choose to file a civil action for
injunctive relief alone. .                              ,

        2. •Criminal enforcement rather-than administrative
            penalty proceedings should be taken for serious
            violations that are knowing or negligent.
     In addition to establishing administrative penalty
provisions, the Water Quality Act of 1987 expanded the
criminal sanctions of Clean Water Act §309(c).  The higher
levels of fines and imprisonment that were established
constitute"-a" strong" remedy: that Congress clearly intended
should be used in appropriate circumstances.
                 • I
   '•- Whether a particular, matter should be considered for
criminal prosecution.will be determined on the basis of
criteria which include the following:     	

           a.  Was the conduct knowing or negligent?

           b.  Was the conduct egregious in nature (e.g., a
               blatant disregard for commonly known
               requirements)?

           c.  Did the. conduct cause foreseeable environmental
            . ' , harm?     -        .

           d.  Was the conduct characteristic of a type which
             .  especially should be deterred?

-------
           e.  Was the violator from a category to which  it  is
               especially  important to convey a deterrent
               message?                           •

           f.. • Did the conduct  involve a particularly
               dangerous material? .

           g.  Did .the violation reflect conduct by
               responsible corporate officers or employees?
                      '            •            •     .    *
The list above should not  be considered exclusive.  Other
circumstances may arise which also make a particular matter
appropriate for criminal consideration.   If.any such factors
are present, the matter should  be forwarded to  the region's
Office of Criminal Investigations.

     Parallel civil judicial proceedings (as  well as
administrative penalty proceedings)  generally should be held
in abeyance so long as a-criminal investigation or prosecution
is underway, unless it is  essential  to obtain prompt
injunctive relief to abate an 'ongoing hazard  to  human .health
or the environment.  Whenever a Region has concerns regarding
the appropriateness of initiating parallel civil and criminal
enforcement proceedings, the office  of Regional.Counsel for
the Region should contact  the OECM Office of  Criminal
Enforcement, at (FTS) 475-9660.

        3.  To assess total civil penalti-es of more than
            S125.000. or where required  by national EPA
            policy. EPA must commence  judicial  action rather
            than administrative penalty  action.

     The maximum amount of civil penalties that  can be
assessed administratively under  5309{g)  is $125,000.
Section 309(g)(3)  of the Act and other sections  of this
guidance set our the factors to consider in determining- the
appropriate penalty amount ts be collected.

     It. is clear .that E?A must .initiate  a judicial civil
action to assess penalties greater than  $125,000.  For civil
penalties of less than $125., 000, there still  may be situations
where a civil action rather than- an  administrative penalty
proceeding is the better option, to  preserve  the possibility
of assessing penalties of more than  $125,000  for given
violations.  IS E?A'believes that the  §309(g) process results
in a penalty -assessment that is tec  low,  there  is no "second
chance" to obtain higher penalties through a  §309(d)  or
§211(bH6) civil action.

     The decision becomes  difficult  as the.appropriate bcttcm-
iins civil penalty approaches 3125,000.   or. the. cr.e har.c,  this

-------
say indicate the need to initiate a civil action, to preserve
negotiating flexibility and to avoid placing a cap on amounts
that the Administrative Law Judge may consider.  On the other
hand, administrative proceedings are generally preferred since
they require less of a commitment of Agency time and
resources. In these circumstances the Regions will have to
weigh the resource and penalty factors on a case-by-case basis
in deciding between the judicial and administrative penalty
options.

     EPA national policy or guidance may also require the
choice of a particular enforcement option.  An example is the
April 1984 guidance supporting the National Municipal Policy,
which presumes judicial enforcement in cases where compliance
will not- be achieved by July. 1, 1988.  Other EPA policies
requiring court enforcement may-be developed^in the future.

        4.  EPA must weigh the costs of pursuing an
            administrative penalty action in deciding whether
            and when to pursue relatively small penalty
            claims.

     Up to this point, this document has suggested that
§309(g) proceedings generally should not be initiated where a
higher level of enforcement (civil or criminal judicial
action), is needed.  This leaves a wide variety of violations
that are good candidates for administrative penalties.  Types
of violations that will generally be more appropriate for
administrative penalties are late or non-submission of DMRs or
other permit-required reports, and effluent violations caused
by poor 0 & M (as opposed to lack of treatment facilities,
which may require an injunction to correct).

     For violations that warrant only minor penalties, the
Regions will have to weigh the benefits,of enforcement against '
its costs.  The costs include potential evidentiary hearings,
solicitation and consideration of public comment, and
potential judicial appeals.  However, these .costs should not
necessarily deter the .Regions from pursuing some number of
relatively small administrative penalties:  taking
administrative enforcement against one of a number of
comparable minor violators, where it'may be impractical to
pursue penalties against the entire group, may deter the group
as a whole from similar .violations.

III.  Conclusion

     The administrative penalty authority given to EPA by the
Water Quality Act of 1987 can be used for a wide variety of
violations.  Administrative penalties will be particularly
useful in dealing with violations that are serious, but that in

-------
themselves  do  not usually justify a judicial  enforcement
action—.  far example,-late  or non-reporting of  DMRs.   Only
certain categories of violations  should not be  addressed
through §309(g)  administrative penalties:   violations  .
requiring TROs,  injunctive  relief,  criminal sanctions, or
civil .penalties  of more than  .$125,000;  and violations  where
national  EPA policy  calls'for court enforcement.  The  wide use
of  §309(g)  in  appropriate circumstances will'greatly.
• strengthen.EPA's ability to ensure compliance with the Clean
Water Act.         .                           .

        Contacts on  this guidance:

            David M.  Heineck                 '     •
            Office of Regional Counsel,  Region 10
            FTS'399-1498                    - -

            Gary.  Hess
            Office of Enforcement  and Compliance Monitoring
            FTS 475-8183

-------
                                                                  III.B.5.
"Guidance on State Action Preemption civil Penalty Actions under the
Federal Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
    GUIDANCE OK STATE ACTION



PREEMPTING CIVIL PENALTY ACTIONS



UNDER THE FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT

-------

-------
                    GUIDANCE ON STATE ACTION
                PREEMPTING  CIVIL PENALTY ACTIONS
                UNDER THE FEDERAL  CLEAN WATER ACT
 I.    Introduction

      The Water Quality Act of 1987, which on February 4, 1987,
 amended the  Clean Water Act, contains language limiting EPA's
 authority to commence  a judicial action for civil penalties
 under Sections 309(d)  or 311(b) of the Act under certain'
 narrowly circumscribed conditions relating to ongoing State
 administrative civil'penalty actions.I/  This guidance
 addresses the question of when, and under what~conditions,
 might the commencement and diligent prosecution, or
 completion,  of a  State civil penalty action preempt EPA
 enforcement  action for the same violation or violations.£/

 II.   What Federal Enforcement Actions can be Preempted -by the
      Appropriate  State Action?

      The operative language of the Act, as amended, is in
 Section 309(g)(6)(A).  The language is clear that the actions
 that  may under certain circumstances be preempted, are
 "...civil penalty action[s] under subsection (d) of this
 section (§309(d), judicial civil penalties] or Section 311(b)
     I/  The relevant section is 309(g)(6)(A), which
follows:

     "(6) Effect of Order.- (A) Limitation On Actions Under
     Other Sections.  Action taken by the Administrator or the
     Secretary, as the case may be, under this subsection
     shall not affect or limit the Administrator's or
     Secretary's authority to enforce any provision of this
     Act; except that any violation - (i) with respect to
     which the Administrator or the Secretary has commenced
     and is diligently prosecuting an action under this
     subsection, (ii) with respect to which a State has
     commenced and is diligently prosecuting an action under a
     State law comparable to this subsection, or (iii) for
     which the Administrator, the Secretary,.or the State has
     issued a final order not subject to further judicial
     review and the violator has paid a penalty assessed under
     this subsection, or such comparable State law, as the
     case may be, shall not be the subject of a civil penalty
     action under subsection (d) of this section or
     section 311(b) or section 505 of this Act."
                      »
     2/  Many of the same considerations and conclusions also
may apply to State action precluding citizen enforcement
actions for civil penalties under CWA §505.

-------
 [judicial civil penalties for spills of oil or designated
 hazardous'substances] or Section 505 [citizens suits]."
 [Material in brackets added.]  Therefore it is clear that
 EPA's authority to issue administrative orders for compliance
 under Section 309(a), to seek judicial injunctive relief under
 Section 309(b), to judicially prosecute criminal violations
 under Section 309(c), and to administratively assess civil
 penalties under Section 309(g) are unaffected by the new
 language regarding preemption by state action.  EPA's
 authority to issue and enforce administrative .orders for
 compliance under Section 309(a) is not only exempted from this
 new limitation, but is explicitly preserved by new
 Section 309(g)(11).

   .  It is similarly clear from the legislative history that
 the new language on preemption of Federal judicial civil
 penalty actions "... is not intended to lead to the disruption
 of any Federal judicial penalty action then underway, but
 merely indicates that a Federal judicial civil penalty action
 or a citizen suit is not to be commenced if an administrative
 penalty proceeding is already underway."  Remarks of
 Senator Chafee, Cong. Record, Jan. 14, 1987, p. S737.
 (See Attachment.)

     In summary, the federal enforcement actions affected by
the new preemption language of Section 309(g)(6)(A) are
limited to:

        1.  Judicial Civil Penalties for the same violations
            under Section 309(d); and

        2.  Judicial Civil Penalties for the same violations
            under Section 311(b).

The preemption does not affect:                     ••  ,

        1.   Administrative Orders for compliance under
             Section 309(a);

        2.   Judicial Injunction Actions under Section 309(b);
                                 •\     .
        3.   Criminal Actions under Section 309(c);

        4. -  Ongoing Judicial Civil Penalty Actions under
             Section 309(d);

        5*   Administrative Civil Penalty Assessments under
            • Section 309(g); or

        6.   Any Federal enforcement action to the extent it,
             addresses violations different from those
             addressed in the appropriate State penalty
             action.

-------
ZIZ. What  State Actions  Can  Preempt Commencement of Federal
     Judiaial  Penalty Actions Under Sections 309fdl and 311fbl?

        EPA's  policy can be  summarized as follows:

        Absent compelling  circumstances. EPA will not commence
a "Judicial civil penalty action to collect a penalty for any
•violation  for  which  an approved NPDES State has collected, or
has commenced  and  is diligently prosecuting under comparable
authorities and bv comparable procedures, an appropriate and
adequate administrative  civil penalty.  The factors which
define comparable  authorities and procedures,'and an adequate
penalty, are described below.

     A.  The State Must  be Implementing an Approved NPDES
         Program t

        In the words of  Senator Chafee on the floor of the
Senate (Cong.  Record,  Jan. 14, 1987, p. S737), "... the
limitation on  Federal civil  penalty actions clearly applies
only in cases  where  the  State in question has been authorized
under Section  402  to implement the relevant"permit program."
In other words, the  first  criterion for determining whether
State preemption is  possible is to ascertain whether the  '
relevant State is  authorized to implement the relevant Clean
Water Act  program  (e.g.  direct discharge, pretreatment, dredge
and fill,  sludge disposal) within its borders.  If.not, EPA
and the State  would  be enforcing distinct legal requirements
(e.g. a Federal v. a State discharge permit) and thus would be
enforcing  against  different  violations and not be subject to
the §309(g)(6) bar against judicial penalty actions for the
same violation.

     B.  The State Action  must be Concluded, or Commenced and
         pilierentlv  Prosecuted;

        The second criterion comes directly from the statutory
language:  Has the State either "... commenced and is [it]
diligently prosecuting an  action ...", or has the State "...
issued a final order not subject to further judicial review
and the violator has paid  a  penalty ..."?  Unless the State
administrative civil penalty action has been concluded as
noted, or  has  been commenced and is being diligently
prosecuted, no preemption  can occur.  Thus the mere
commencement of a  State  administrative penalty action is
insufficient to preempt  a  federal action if there is evidence
that the State action is collusive, or is not being prosecuted
diligently for reasons either intentional or wholly
inadvertent as, for  example, when resource constraints prevent
a State.from holding or  concluding requested administrative
hearings in a  timely manner.  The determination of whether a
State administrative penalty action is proceeding with due
diligence  must.be  made on  a  case by. case basis, with the
realization that Congress  did not intend partial or inadequate

-------
State action to be a shield for violators of the Act, but
rather intended to prevent unnecessarily redundant actions at
the State and Federal levels.         <

     Co  The State Statutory Prevision must be Comparable to
         Section 309(a)z

        The final set of criteria for determining if Federal
judicial penalty action nay be preempted are found underlying
the statutory wording limiting preemption to cases where the
State administrative.penalty action is concluded, or has been
commenced and is being diligently prosecuted "... under a
State law comparable to this subsection ••••", meaning
Section 309(g).  Again Senator Chafee's remarks on the Senate
floor, Cong. Rec., January 14, 1987, p. S737, are extremely
helpful in interpreting the meaning of the phrase "...
comparable to this subsection ...."  Senator Chafee lists the
following elements which must be present in the State
statutory provision to make it "comparable11 and thus able to
support a State administrative penalty action which can
preempt a subsequent federal judicial civil penalty action:

        1.  The right to a hearing;

        2.  Public participation procedures similar to those
            set forth in Section 309(g);

        3.  Analogous penalty assessment factors;

        4.  Analogous judicial review standards; and

        5.  Other provisions analogous to the other
            elements of Section 309(g).

        The following paragraphs expand these elements.  To be
"comparable," and thus able to support a State action capable
of preempting a subsequent federal judicial penalty action,
the State statute must provide:

        1.  The right of the person to be assessed an
            administrative penalty to a hearing analogous to
            that provided in Section 309(g)(2), which provides
            at least a reasonable opportunity to be heard and
            to present evidence in all cases and, in cases
            where the potential liability exceeds $25,000, the
            opportunity for a hearing on the record in
            accordance with Administrative Procedure Act
            procedures (5 U.S.C.  6554).

        2.   Public participation procedures which must be
            analogous,to Section 309(g)(4),  which provides
            that EPA must give the public notice of any
            proposed administrative penalty assessment, the
            right of any person who commented on .a proposed

-------
            penalty assessment to be heard and to present
            evidence in any hearing requested by the violator,
            and  if  the violator does not request a hearing,
            the  right of a prior commenter to petition EPA to
            set  aside the penalty and to hold a hearing
            thereon.

        3.  Penalty assessment factors analogous to those
            enumerated in Section 309(g)(3).  Based on
            language in the Conference Report, Cong. Rec.,
            October 15, 1986, p. H10570,£/ EPA believes that
            for  preemption to occur, it is not sufficient that
            the  maximum potential penalty liability under the
            State statute be equivalent to the federal limits,
            or that the factors to be considered in arriving
            at the  appropriate penalty be comparable,.but also
            that the actual penalty collected or assessed must
            be adequate and appropriate.  This interpretation
            is expressed clearly in the Conference Report.  It
            also is consistent with EPA's current policy which
            holds that a prior State judicial penalty action
            yielding a grossly deficient penalty does not
            preempt a subsequent federal "overfiling" for a
            more adequate civil penalty.  This criterion is
            also reflected in the general principle enunciated
            above;  namely that EPA will not commence a
            judicial civil penalty action for any violation
            for  which an approved NPDES State has already
            collected, or has commenced and is diligently
            prosecuting, under comparable authorities and by
            comparable procedures, an appropriate and adequate
            administrative penalty.

        4.  Standards of judicial review analogous to
            Section 309(g)(8), which provides that judicial
            review  can be had by filing an appeal within 30
            days after penalty assessment, and that the court
            shall not set aside or remand the penalty unless
            there is  not substantial evidence in the record
            supporting the finding of a violation or unless •
            the  assessment constitutes an abuse of discretion.
            The  requirement that to be capable of preempting
            federal action, the State statute must impose such
            a heavy burden on the appellant, and grant such  •
     I/  "When a State has proceeded with an enforcement
action relating to a violation.with respect to which the
Administrator or the Secretary is authorized to assess a civil
penalty under this provision the Administrator and the
Secretary are not authorized to take any action under this
subsection if the State demonstrates that the state-imposed
penalty is appropriate."
                                                              /

-------
            deference to the State agency's decision, is
          -  reasonable because a lesser standard of judicial
            review would undermine the integrity and
            predictability of the State administrative .penalty
            process.
                                            •
        5.  Among the other elements alluded to by Senator
            Chafee, that must, be present in a State statute
            which might preempt federal judicial penalty
            action, is a system for judicial collection of
            unpaid administrative penalties analogous to
            Section 309(g)(9).  This Section provides for a
            streamlined judicial assessment of the unpaid
            penalty plus interest, attorneys fees, court
            costs, and an additional quarterly nonpayment'.
            penalty of 20% of the aggregate amount owed at the
            beginning of such quarter.  The validity and
            amount of the administrative penalty are not
            subject to review in the collection action.  This
            requirement is important because the absence of
            such a streamlined judicial collection system,
            which insulates the issues of penalty validity and
            amount from a second judicial review, again would
            greatly undermine the predictability of the
            State's process. EPA should certainly not be
            preempted from, nor should it hesitate to commence
            a judicial penalty action against a violator who
            evades payment, for whatever reason, of a State-
            assessed administrative penalty.


        In summary, in order to preempt federal judicial
penalty action, the NPDES State must have collected, or at
least commenced and be diligently prosecutingr an appropriate and
adequate administrative penalty under a statute comparable to
Section 309(g) in at least the following ways:

        1.  Right to a hearing;                         .

        2.  Analogous rights of public participation;

        3.  Equivalent civil penalty maximum liabilities;

        4.  Analogous penalty assessment factors;

        5.  Analogous standards of judicial review; and

        6.  Analogous collection authorities and streamlined
            judicial collection procedures.

-------
 IV.   Final  Thoughts                          .  .  .
          *•                    '
      From the foregoing it should be clear that federal
 judicial  penalty actions are  not likely to be preempted by
 State administrative penalty  actions unless States begin to
 implement legislation  specifically patterned on
 Section 309(g).   Until that time, which EPA welcomes, the
 individual  State/EPA Enforcement Agreements might be the
 appropriate forum for  establishing some voluntary ground rules
 for preventing unnecessary duplication of efforts between EPA
 and approved NFDES States.  Nothing in this guidance should be
 construed as limiting  the ability of the States and EPA to
 agree to  certain rules or principles in furtherance of their
 cooperative efforts to implement strong and consistent NPOES
 programs.

      For  further information  or clarification of this
 guidance, contact Jed  Z.  Callen, Esq. at FTS 597-9882 or
 Gary  Hess,  Esq.  of OECM at FTS-475-8183.


Attachment:   [Floor Remarks  of Senator Chafee]

-------
Jc7u.aiy 14,1987
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD — SENATE
thority aggressively aciinst illegal pol-
i-.!«'.TS.  even  if  a memorandum of
p-.'f-enwit is not conclu:i  :'?.*• t poilut-
     cial penalty action then underway, but
     merely indicate that a Federal judi-
     cial civil per.&::y action.or a citizen
     suit is not to 6c commenced if an ad-
     ministrative penalty proceeding is al-
  N-:w parasraph 30S-^>.Ci fits out
lisiitatiojss that produce citizen suits
where the Federal Ccvemmcn: or a
State has commenced and is diligently
prosecuting  an  administrative dvil
penalty action or has already issued'a
f aial administrative dvll penalty order
not subject to further review and the
violator  has paid  the penalty. The
same provision limits Federal civil pen-
aJty actions under subsections 309 or section SOS would be unaf-
fected by the State  action, notwith-
standing paragraph 309(gX9>.
  In  addition,   the  limitation  of
309(gX6> applies only where a State to
proceeding under a State law that is
comparable to section 309(g ).  For ex-
ample. in order to be comparable, a
State law must provide for a right to a
hearing and for public notice and par-
ticipation procedures similar to those
set forth in section 30ft g); it must in*
elude analogous penalty assessment
factors and judicial review standards;
and it must include provisions Mm are
analogous to the other elements of
section 309.
  Finally, section 30MgX6X A) provides
that violations with respect to which a
Federal or State administrative penal-
ty action is being diligently prosecuted
or previously concluded "shall not be
the subject of"  civil  penalty actions
under sections 309(d). 311(b). or 505.
This language is not intended to lead
to the disruption of any Federal judi-
             *OTtr» Cr COX*UT7 DCC1UXS
       This bin r«-j-:;ros that, in connection
     with citizen su:ts. notification of pro-
     posed consent  «Jerrses be provided to
     the Attorney General and to the Ad-
     ministrator.
       It was originally proposed in the Ad-
     ministration's bill 2 yean ago. The Ad-
     ministration bill contained a clause
     which sneaflcaJl- disclaimed that the
     United Slates could be bound by judg-
     ments in cases to which it is not a
     party.
       That  provision merely restated cur-
     rent law and thus we decided that it is
     not necessary to include it m this bilL
     The amendment  is  not Intended to
     change existing law  that the United
     States is not bound, since that rule of
     law is necessary to protect  the public
     against abusive,  collusive,  or  inad-
     equate  settlements, and to maintain
     the ability of the Government to  set
     its own enforcement priorities.
       Compliance dates for Industries  for
     which effluent guidelines  have  not
     been promulgated have been extended
     to March of 1989.
       We have had a big problem over
     when you have to come into compli-
     ance because of the guidelines.  EPA
     has not been  quick  enough  to come
     out and tell industry A or industry F
     what they can and cannot do. So we
     have reluctantly given them an exten-
     sion on these guidelines. The latest is
     March 1989, or 3 yean from the date
     of promulgation of the guidelines by
     EPA. whichever  is  sooner.  EPA  is
     strongly  encouraged  to   get  these
     guidelines finalized  so  industry  T*
     comply with the  discharge  require-
     ments at soon at possible. Until such
     guidelines   are   promulgated,   the
     Agency is expected to proceed under
     its current policy with respect to non-
     compliance dischargers to  meet the
     deadline.
       A provision  establishing  a progres-
     sive stormwater control program is In-
     cluded  in the  bilL Although the law
     now  requires  EPA  to establish  dis-
     charge  requirements for the storm-
     water point sources. EPA has  been
     unable  to develop  a  final permit pro-
     gram for these sources. This legisla-
     tion sets up a program whereby EPA
     must issue permits  for storm  water
     point source discharges in municipali-
     ties with population  of over a quarter
     million within 4 yean of enactment.
       Within  5 yean of enactment, per-
     mits for stormwater point sources dis-
     charges are required in cities with pop-
     ulations between 100.000 and 250.000.
     These discharge requirements are  to
     contain control  technology or other
     techniques to control these discharges
     and should conform  to water quality
     requirements. Requirements for storm
     water discharges associated  with  In-
     dustrial activities  are unaffected  by
this provision.  The* Age*     (! > without regard tc
limitation contained in the proviso
the  Administrator  deterr.ines
such projects meets the cost-effei
requirements of section 217 and 2!
the act without any redesign or re
•traction. The  Governor  of Hli
most demonstrate to the satisfac
of the Administrator the water qu;
benefits of the project. This prort
does not apply to the eost-tharing
quiremenu under the other applic
provisions of the bUL
  The  legislation modifies EPA's >
rent policy with respect to antib;
sliding on best practical judgment
water  quality-based  permits.  '.
thrust of this provision U to gecer.
prohibit   affected  permittees  li
weakening 'their,  discharge  requ
ments as a result of subsequently i
mulgated guidelines.  Or*
narrow circumstances car.
be permitted, and in no eve*....   >i
permitted even if.  after a dischar
leaves  a  stream, there Is an  imprc
raent in water quality, unless the a:
degradation policy test is met. Tl
test states that water quality may
lowered  only If widespread adve
social and economic consequences c
be demonstrated through a full iat
governmental review process.
  S. 1 also embodies many of the c
struetion grants and  revolving Ic
fund propof* 'T contained in the I
first passed by the Senate in 1985.
other words, this bill was passed, a
mentioned earlier, in 1985; we went
conference with the Bouse,  but
kept many of  the provisions deal!
with the construction grants and t
revolving loan.
  The bill extends the current S2.41
lion annual authorization for title
construction grants for 3  years.
fiscal yean 1989 and 1990, the anni
authorization for title n would be >
duced to $1.2 billion. After that, the
is no more: no further authorizatio
would  be made for title n after fisc
year 1990. and the money Is shift
ever into the revolving  grants pi
gram.
  States  would be provided with suf
dent lead time to begin setting <
State  revolving loan pror      T:
bill encourages the creati  i   I"-*
self-sustaining  financing t..
the earliest opportunity by p.   .<:
each State with an option of come:
Ing title IX construction grants fur.
into capitalization grants for SRF s.

-------
                                                                  III.B.6.
"Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions under the Clean Water
Act", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
GUIDANCE ON •CLAIM-SPLITTING" Ml ENFORCEMENT
     ACTIONS UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT

-------
          GUIDANCE ON "CiA:«-3?L:TT:r;c"..iN £NTORCEKE:.T
               ACTIONS UNDER-THE C^AN WATE2 ACT
 I.   'JF&Z is "Claun Splitting"?

      Claun splitting, in this context aeans either I.1) pursuing
 separate administrative and judicial civil oenalty enforcenent
 actions simultaneously'for the same violation .or violations, or
 2.) dividing an existing set of known past CWA violations by ore
 violator and pursuing each subset through a separate civil penalty
 enforcenent action.  This guidance addresses the appropriateness
 of such claim splitting activities in the context of CIA enforce-
 ment.                                    .                  -

 II.  Parallel Administrative and Judicial- Proceedings

      The enforcenent structure of the amended CWA allows the agency
 to seek administrative (S 309
-------
 ry she  id.rir.iscrat:ve  oenaj.:y  proceeding.   5e- Secticr.5 309(»)
 ami 3.0*(-:'>.   Arr-iaolv,  EPA may choose to "split"  its civil
 oenalcy claims oec>«en simultaneous  administrative and judicial
 actions acainst tne sane  violator for different past-violations.
 As a matter  of practice,  however,  such claim-splitting could
 result  in an inefficient  use of Agency resources  that could
 LTpair  CKA enforcement efforts.   To  pursue two simultaneous
 civil penalty proceedings would require duplication of efforts
 oy both legal and technical staffs,  and could even result in
 unequal or inconsistent results.   In addition, the prosecution
 of two  simultaneous civil penalty  actions  in  different forums,  one
 administrative and  one judicial, might provide the violator with  an
 argument for staying one  or the other of the  enforcenent proceedings
 to prevent inconsistency, -thus potentially delaying resolution  of
 sane of  the  outstanding violations.        -

     For the above  reasons, EPA should generally  avoid  initiating
 oarallel or  simultaneous  administrative and judicial civil  oenalty
 proceedings.   This guidance does not apply to parallel  civil       <
 (administrative or  judicial) and criminal  actions,  which may seme-
 times be appropriate, nor does ic apply to serial civil penalty actions,
either administrative or  judicial, in any  order or  combination, if the
 new civil penalty action  addresses only violations  which occurred after
 tr.e date of  the earlier concluded civil  penalty action.

    ... In  addition, EPA must be particularly careful  in  framing its
 oenalty orders and  judicial complaints  to  identify  as orecisely as
possible the violations which the Agency intends the enforcement  action
 to address so as to  avoid possible preemption of future claims  for civil
 penalties.

     Finally,  EPA may, of course, pursue judicial enforcement under
 Section  309(b) of an administrative order  for compliance issued pursuant
 to Section 309(a).  And EPA may at any  time initiate administrative or
 judicial civil penalty actions for the sane violations  that were  the
basis for an earlier (or  indeed simultaneous) Section  3Q9(a) administrative
order for compliance.

 III. Simultaneous Administrative Penalty Proceedings
              *                                   .
     Although nothing in  the Clean Mater Act or Amendments prohibits
 simultaneous administrative civil penalty  actions for different past
 violations by the same violator, EPA will  be on the strongest legal
ground by avoiding simultaneous administrative penalty actions against
a single violator.   Should EPA initiate  separate administrative penalty

-------
actions for  different sets of -:asc violations  loy one violator,
£?A .iay nave to-reout tie argument that  it  ".as split its'.
claims in an effort to circjnvent the Act's 5125,000 cao on
administrative penalties.  See Section 309(g)(2KB).,   in cases -in
wnich EPA is aware of past violations by one violator  of sufficient
numoer and seriousness to warrant a civil penalty  in excess of 5125,000
(taking into account the factors for determining penalty amounts
enumerated in Section 309(d) for judicial penalties and in Section
309(g)(3) for administrative penalties), EPA would be  better advised to
proceed with a single judicial civil penalty action which has no civil
penalty cap.  this approach not only avoids the charge of circumvention
of the administrative penalty cap by claim  splitting,  but will eliminate
the inefficiency caused by duplication of enforcement  efforts in. the two
forums,  finally, the desirability of securing injunctive relief under
Section 309(b) against most serious repetitive violators will often tip
the balance away from not only simultaneous, but even  serial administrative
penalty actions, and toward a judicial action  for injunction and penalty.  '

  .   For further infonnation or clarification  of this guidance,
contact Jed Z. Callen, Esq. at FTS 597-9882 or Gary Hess of OECM at
FTS 475-3183;                       .

-------
                                                                  III.B.7,
"Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities under the
Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
    GUIDANCE ON "RETROACTIVE" APPLICABILITY OF
NEW PENALTY AUTHORITIES UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT

-------
              GUIDANCE  ON  "RETROACTIVE"  APPLICATION OF
         NEW  PENALTY AUTHORITIES  UNDER THE  CLEAN WATER AC
 I.    Introduction

      The. Water Quality Act of  1987, which  amended  the Clean
water Act  (CWA) created some new areas of  explicit  crisiinai
liability,  increased  the maximum.civil and criminal penalties
available  under the Act, and authorized the administrative
assessment  of civil penalties.  This guidance addresses which
of these new penalty  provisions may be applied to violations  •
which occurred prior  to February 4, 1987,  the effective date of
the CWA amendments.                     ^      '

II.   Criminal Penalty Provisions Not Retroactive

      The 1987 amendments to Section 309(c) of the Act create
three distinct, classes of criminal violation:

      1.)  Negligent Violations of specified sections of the Act
or of any condition or limitation implementing any  of the
enumerated  statutory sections in a NPDES permit or  in a 404 '
permit; or  of any requirement imposed in an approved pretreatment
program, or by introduction into a sewer or POTW of a pollutant
which causes a POTW NPDES permit violation,- or which the intro-
ducer reasonably should have known could cause personal injury
or property, damage (See Section 309(c)(D);

      2.)  Knowing Violations of the same statutory  and permit
provisions  (See Section 309(c)(2)}; and     -

      3.)  Knowing Endanqerment Violations  involving a knowing
violation of any of the enumerated provisions and concurrent
knowledge that the violator thereby places another person in
imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.  (See Section
309(c)(3».

   .  The penalties for the negligent violations remain "... not
less than $2,500 nor more than 525,000 per day of violatior. or
by imprisonment for not more than 1 year, or by both."  Second
and subsequent convictions are punishable by fines  "...of no
more  than $50,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of
not more than 2 years, or by both.*  The increased penalties for
knowing violations are fines of "...not less than 55,000 nor more
than $50,000 per day .of violation,  or by imprisonment for not more
than 3 years, or by both."  Second and subsequent convictions may

-------
                               - 2 -           '       .        '  .  •


 result in fines"... of not more than $100,000 per day of viola-
 tion, or by imprisonment of not more £han 6 years, or by both."
 The new penalties for knowing endangerment violations are up to
 15 years•imprisonment or a fine of not more than 3250,000, or
 both for individuals;  and a fine of not more than 51,000,00.0
 for organizations.  -The fine and term of imprisonment is doubled
 for second and subsequent convictions under this provision.

      The "ex post facto" clause of the Constitution precludes
 retroactive application of new criminal provisions, either by
 punishing as criminal that which was not expressly defined as
 criminal when committed, or by increasing retroactively a criminal
 fine.  Thus, the newly created criminal violations such as those
 defined in Section 309(c)(3) (knowing endangerment violations),
 may not be applied, to activities which occurred prior to
 February 4, 1987, nor can a sentencing court apply increased '
 penalties for any convictions pertaining to pre-February 4, 1987
 conduct.   However, any behavior which was violative of the criminal
 provision of the Act as it existed prior to February 4,  1987 may
 still be prosecuted pursuant to the provision as it then existed.

 III. Civil Judicial Penalty Provisions Generally Not to'Be
      Retroactively Applied            .-,...

      The Supreme Court has ruled that the. "ejc post facto* clause
 of the Fifth Amendment to the Constitution, applies only  to legis-
 lation imposing criminal f'ines_or_ penal-sanctions.   Thus the
' retroactive'application" of~civil penalties-does not necessarily
 violate the; "ex post, facto"! clause.   However the "due process".
"clause^bfthe Fifth Amendment"to the~Cpnstitution does apply and
 may impose restrictions oh"the retroactive application of, the
 increased maximum civil penalties*. ..Therefore* in order  to mini-
 mize the raising of Constitutional issues and the conseguent
 expenditure of Agency.legal .resources,;; and in light of the strong
 likelihood that the old maximum civil penalty liability  of "...
 $10,000 per day of such violation"  will,  in most cases,  still
 prove adequate, it is the Agency's policy generally not  to seek
 ithe increased maximum civil penalty amounts for violations occur-
 ring prior to February 4, 1987,  the effective date of the amendments.
 Exceptions may be appropriate on a case by case basis if it can
 be shown,  for example, that the retroactive application  of the
 civil penalty amount is necessary in order to recover the economic
 benefit whiijh accrued to the violator by virtue of his violations.

-------
     Although  the  "due process' clause  would  prevent  the  retr •'•"
active assessment  of civil penalties  in cases" where no authori'L/
to optain penalties previously  existed,  it  is  the Agency's
position that  none of the amendments  to Section  309(d) other
t'lan the" increased maxinum penalty  amount create new  civil penalty
iiasilities.   Instead the amendments  to Section  309(d) nerely
clarify previously existing civil penalty authorities and
liabilities.   Specificallyi the amendments  clarify that violation
of any recuirement in an approved pretreatment program is subject
to civil penalties, under Section 309(d).  Also the amendments
clarify that civil penalty liability  under  Section 309(d) attaches
"... per day for each violation."
                                        —»
IV.  Administrative Penalties Retroactive Up To  Old Penalty Limits.

     Statutory amendments that  retroactively change the forum in
which the penalty .will be adjudicated,  but  not the substance of
the liability, have been ruled  constitutional.   Therefore the
Agency may assess administrative civil  penalties under Section
309(a) for violations which occurred  before February 4, 1987, up
to the limits of liability which existed at that tine.  As long.
as the administrative penalty assessed  (of up to the maximum
administrative penalty liability of 510,000 per  violation up to
the Class X-cap of 525,000, or  510,000  per day up to the Class
II cap of $125,000) does not exceed the previously applicable
Section 309(d) maximum civil penalty  liability of 510,000 per'day.
of such violation, there is no  problem with retroactive application
of the new Section 309{g)~procedures.  Given EPA's interpretat
of each of the slightly differently worded limitations as near
"per day per violation",*: the retroactive application of the
Section 309(g) maximum penalty  liabilities arguably will never
exceed the Section 309(d) maximum judicial civil penalty liability
that applied prior to February  4, 1987.

     For further information or clarification of this guidance,
contact Jed 2. Callen,  Esq. at  FTS 597-9882 or Cary Hess of OECM
at FTS 475-8183.
*  See "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Act Amendment Civil
Penalty Assessment Language", for a full discussion of EPA's
interpretation of the various civil penalty liability .provisions.

-------
                                                                  III.B.8,
"Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil Penalty Assessment
Language", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
   GUIDANCE ON EFFECT OF CLEAN WATER ACT

AMENDMENT CIVIL PENALTY ASSESSMENT LANGUAGE

    — Appropriate Calculations Per Day
           and/or Per Violations

-------
               GUIDANCE ON EFFECT OF CLEAIi WATER ACT'
            AMENDMENT CIVIL PENALTY ASSESSMENT LANGUAGE
                — Appropriate Calculations Per Day
                        and/or Per Violation
Summary
      In  this guidance,  the Agency  concludes  that each Clean
Water Act.violation  is  subject  to  a  separate civil  judicial
penalty  of  525,000 per  day,  or  administrative penalty of S10,000
per day, subject  to  the .Class I administrative maximum assessment
of $25,000  and  the Class  II  administrative maximum  of $125,000.
Tor guidance on the  new statutory  language regarding "single
operational upset" and  any effect  it may have on civil penalty
liability calculated as the  statutory maximum amount, see a
separate guidance document to -be distributed to the Regions at a
later date.


Background

      When'Congress amended the  Clean Water Act, providing for
increased civil penalties and for  administrative penalties, it
phrased each penalty orovision  slightly dif"srently.  An analysis
of the language and  Legislative history, vi  ;ed in  the light of
Agency practice,  indicates that all  provisi -is are  to be interpreted
in a  similar manner.  Thus,  all violations  : separate Clean
Water Act requirements  or- permit conditions  ire separately subject
to penalty  assessment on each and  every day such violations
continue.   •  '             .                   •  '•    .

      The manner in which penalty liability is alleged in.civil
or administrative complaints is affected by interpretion of this
statutory language,  as  is the Agency's assessment of penalties.
With  respect to civil or administrative complaints  or proposed
orders, EPA will operate from the  strongest position where such
pleadings allege  the precise statutory language for penalties op
to each applicable statutory maximum penalty amount.

      In considering'  the number  of  violations contributing to
penalties in judicial or administrative proceedings, Agency
enforcement personnel should account for the total  number of
violations  of Clean  Water Act requirements, permit  conditions or
limitations that occur  in a day, as  well as the number of days
each  violation continues.  The  amount thus calculated may serve
two purposes: first, it may  be.  considered as one of the factors
in determining whether  to proceed  under administrative penalty.
authority or to initiate judicial  action (See Guidance on Choosing .
Among Clean Water Act Administrative, Civil and Criminal enforce-
ment  Remedies in  this guidance  package); and secondly, the Region
may cite, this amount as its  proposed ass'essnent in  an administra-
tive  complain't and proposed order, subject f.o the statutory.
caps  on total penalty assessment.

-------
The Provisions

     The  following chart sets out-the evolution of  the various'
penalty provisions in the process of amending  the Clean Water
Act.      •  '          •     '  '          *
            CIVIL JUDICIAL.
                            ADMINISTRATIVE:
                               CLASS I
                             MAX. $25,000
                                     ADMINISTRATIVE:
                                        CLASS II  .  .
                                      MAX. $125,000
Before 1987
Amendments
Sen. Bill,
S1128
S. Rep. 50
House Bill,
HR 8
H. Rep. 189
1986 Conf.
Sill/1987
Amendments
$10,000 per day of
such violation
$25,000 per day for
each violation
$25,000 per violation
$25,.000 per day of
such violation
- $25,000 per day
$25,000 per day for
each violation

•V



$10,000 per
violation

$10,000 per day for
each .violation
$10, 000. per day for
each violation of a .
Clean -Water Act
requirement
$10,000 per day of
violation
$10,000 per day /£§£%
violation
$10,000 per day for
each day during which
the violation .
continues
     At issue is the question whether EPA may assess a number of
violations in a single day, or only a single violation continuing
for several days.        •


Discussion of. Interpretation

     In amending the enforcement provisions of the Clean Water
Act, Congress generally sought to expand the Agency's enforcement
authorities.! Additionally, the legislative history reflects
1.
133 Cong.
Chafee)
Rec. S736 (January 14, 1987)(statement of Sen.

-------
no  intent to  limit  the Agency's  past^practice, either in pleading
the statutory maximum or  in  using the  penalty policy;  In fact.
Congress ratified the Agency's penalty policy and practices by
incorporating its basic principles in  the Act.  See $313 (c)
which amends  §309 ,(d) to  specify the factors to be considered
in determining penalty amounts.

     There  is no doubt that  there was  no change, except as to
dollar ceiling, to  civil  judicial penalties.  On 'its face, the
amended statute states that  a violator shall be subject to
$25,000 per day for each  violation.  Furthermore, Congress says
clearly that  "Section -309 and 404 of the~kct are amended ... to
clarify that  each distinct violation is subject to a separate
daily penalty assessment  of  up to $25,000..."  H.R. Rep. No.
1004, 99th Cong., 2d Sess.,  132  Cong.  Rec. H10569 (Oct. 15,
1986).

     For administrative penalties,  the- question is whether a
more restrictive interpretation  applies.  Class I penalties are
to be assessed "per violation*.   Congress explicitly states that
"The maximum  first  tier penalty  that may be assessed in any
enforcement action  is $25,000, regardless of the number of
violations or number of days of  violation.  H.R. Rep. No. 1004,
99th Cong., 2d Sess.,.132 Cong.  Rec. H10571 (Oct. 15, 1986)
(emphasis added).   Accordingly,  the number of violations and the .
number of days of violation  are  to be  considered in Class I
penalty assessment, up to the cap on liability.  The Class II
penalty provision,  which.states  that the penalty shall be per
day for each  day during~which the violation continues, should
be interpreted similarly.

     In conclusion, the Agency's  policy with respect to
calculating counts  (i.e.  violations and days) of civil penalty
liability has been  unchanged by  the Clean Water Act amendments,
and may be extended in application  to  the new administrative
penalty provisions.  For  further information, please contact
Patricia'.Mott,. attorney in OECM/Water  (FTS 475-8320).

-------
                                                                  III.B.9,
"Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for Administrative
Penalties", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
ADDENDUM TO THE CLEAN WATER ACT



    CIVIL PENALTY POLICY FOR



    ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES

-------
                  ADDENDUM TO THE CLEAN WATER ACT

                      CIVIL PENALTY POLICY FOR

                      ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES
 I.   Purpose
     The purpose of  this  Addendum  is  to  provide  guidance  on  tne
calculation of  acceptable settlement  amounts  for EPA claims  for
administrative  penalties  authorized by Section 314  of the 1987
amendments to the  Clean Hater  Act.  Under  that provision, codified
as Section 309(g)  of the  amended Clean Water  Act, the Administrator
may assess a Class I civil penalty of up to $10,000 "per  violation"
to a maximum of $25,000 and a  Class II civil  penalty of "$10,000
per day for each day during which  the violation  continues,"  to a
maximum of $125,000.

     At this time, this Addendum applies only to the calculation
of administrative  penalties and does  not affect  the calculation
of penalties for judicial actions.  Neither does 'it apply to the
calculation of  penalties  for violations  relating to the discharge
of dredge or fill  materials regulated under Section 404 of- the -'."
Clean Water Act.   Guidance for calculation of-penalties under
Section 404 will be  issued separately.   At a  later  date,  all
provisions of the  Clean Water  Act Civil  Penalty  Policy will  be
re-evaiuated to determine whether the methodology should  be
made identical  for both administrative penalties and civil
judicial actions.

     The calculated  penalty figure represents a  reasonable and
defensible penalty which  the Agency will agree to accept  in
settlement of its administrative penalty action  against a
violating permittee.  The complaint/proposed  order  should
include the penalty  amount which "the Administrator  proposes
to assess", as compared .to the  "settlement"  amount calculated
under this Policy; thus,  the amount which  the Administrator
proposes to assess or seeks in administrative litigation  by
no means needs  to be  identical to the amount  calculated under
this Addendum as acceptable for settlement.


II.  Penalty Calculation  Methodology

     As for judicial penalties, the initial calculation should be
an estimate of  the statutory maximum  penalty  in  order  to  determine
the potential maximum penalty  liability  of  the defendant.  The •
penalty which the government seeks in settlement may not  exceed
this statutory  maximum amount.  For administrative  penalties, in
addition to being governed by  per day/per  violation maxima,  the
government may  not seek more than $25,000  in  penalties through
a Class I action nor more than'$125,000  through  a Class II
adminstrative action.

-------
     The adminstrative penalty calculation involves tne sane-four
consecutive steps as for civil judicial actions:             .    -

     1) -calculate the "Economic Benefit" of noncompliance;

     2)  calculate monthly .and total "Gravity Components";

     3)  calculate the "Adjustment Factors";

     4)  calculate the total penalty.        .

                    t                        *                    '
(1)  Ecomomic Benefit.  The economic benefit component typically
     should be calculated by using the EPA computer program —
     "BEN".  This program, which produces an estimate of the
     economic benefit of delayed compliance, includes, among
     other costs, avoided operating and maintenance expenses
     and thus should be usable in nearly all cases,  if for
     some reason, the violations at issue are of such a unique
     nature that their associated economic benefit is not
     calculable through BEN, then the penalty calculation
     should include any significant economic benefit calculated
     through a reasonable methodology.


(2)  Gravity Component.  The gravity components to be used in
     calculating administrative penalties differ slightly from
     the components used for civil judicial penalties, althougn
     the general methodology is the same.  The following five
     gravity weighting factors should be considered for each
     month during which there was one or more violations and
     should be assigned values according to the attached
     methodology:


        "A" ~. Significance of Violation.  The definition is
               unchanged from that for civil judicial penalties.
               Note that this factor includes discharge violations
               by indirect dischargers.


        *B" ~ Health and Environmental Harm.  The value for impact
               on the aquatic environment has been changed from
               1-10 to 0-10 for administrative penalties to reflect
               the fact that some violations addressed through
               administrative penalties are of a type which may nave
               little or no impact on the aquatic environment.   This
               factor also explicitly includes impact on a POTrf oy
               a violating industrial user within the 0-10 range.


        "C" — Number of Violations.  This factor is unchanged from
               that, to be applied for civil judicial penalties.

-------
                              -3-


        "Q" -- Duration of Noncompliance.   This factor is unchanc
               from that to be applied for civil judicial actions.
                    •.                   • •                  /        .  •

        "E" — Significance of Non-effluent Limit Violations.  This
               factor is presently not applied for civil judicial
               penalties but should be included in the gravity
               calculation for administrative penalties.  It
               has a value of 0-10 and should reflect the degree
               of deviation from the requirement for the most
               significant non-effluent limitation violation
               each month.  Violations covered by this category
               might include failure to report, late reporting,
               schedule violations, laboratory analyses deficiencies,
               unauthorized discharges, operation and maintenance
               deficiencies, sludge handling violations and  other
               non-effluent violations.
(3)  Adjustment Factors.   The same three adjustment factors
     will be used for administrative penalty calculations.as •
     for civil judicial penalties; however,  additional language
     is added to make clear that the statutory factors are
     included for consideration.  The consideration of "history
     of recalcitrance" may only result in an increased penalty.
     The "ability to pay" and "litigation considerations" may
     be applied to decrease the penalty.


     (A)  History of recalcitrance


          In addition to  the reasons identified for application
          of the recalcitrance factor in the main text of the
          CWA Civil Penalty Policy, the compliance history of
          the respondent  should be considered in examining the
          history of recalcitrance.  Where the respondent has a
          history of repeat violations or a series of recent
          violations which have not been satisfactorily corrected,
          a factor for recalcitrance should be applied in deter-
          mining the penalty amount.  In evaluating the history
          of compliance,  it is appropriate to consider compliance
          at other facilities owned or operated by the violator
          as well as the  violator's response in correcting the
          problems.
                                                   /

          In assessing equitable considerations under History
          of Recalcitrance, the degree of culpability of the
          violator for the violation should be considered.
        ,  Factors which might be examined include the degree
          of control the  violator had over the events leading
          to the violation, whether the violation could have
          reasonably been anticipated, and whether the violator
          took reasonable precautions to avoid the violation.
          Where facts demonstrate the violation was largely
          within the control ot the violator, increasing the
          penalty may be  justified. .

-------
      (BL Ability to Pay

          There  is no change in this adjustment factor from
          that applied for civil judicial penalties.


      (C)  Litigation Considerations

          There  is no change in this adjustment factor from
          that applied for civil judicial penalties.
                   •

III.  Intent of Policy

     The policies and procedures set out in this document are
intended for the guidance of government personnel.  They are
not intended, and cannot be relied upon/ to create any rights,
substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party in litigation
wirh the United States.  The Agency reserves the right to act
at variance with these policies and procedures and to change
them at any time without public notice.

-------
Addendum to Clean'Water Act Penalty Policy; Calculation Methodology

SETTLEMENT PENALTY I/ 2 - (ECONOMIC BENEFIT) -I- (GRAVITY COMPONENT)
                           + (ADJUSTMENTS)
Step 1:  Calculate the Statutory Maximum Penalty
                     •
Step 2:  Calculate the Economic Benefit Using "BEN" 3, 4
                        \
Step 3t  Calculate the Total Gravity Component 5
         - Monthly Gravity Component - ($1,000) x (1+A+B+C+D+E)
         - Total * Sum of Monthly Gravity Components

  GRAVITY CRITERIA                              ADDITIVE FACTORS
   A.  Significance of Effluent Violation6
i Exceedence
Monthly Avg.
0-20
21-40
41 - 100
101 - 300
301 - >
% Exceedence
7-Day Avg.
0-30
31 - 60
61 - ISO
151 - 450
451 - >
% Exceedence
Daily Max.
0-50
51 - 100
101 - 200
201 - 600
601 - >
Convention
Toxic Non-Toxi«
0-3 0-2
1-4 1-3
3-7 2-5
5-15 3-6
10-20 5-15
   B.  Barm to Health, Environment or Treatment Plant7
    (i)    Impact on Human Health) or                     10 - stat. Ma:
    (ii)   Impact on Aquatic Environment; or               0-10
    (iii)  Impact of IU on POTW (Pretreatment Violations)  0-10
   C.  Number of Violations8                                  0-5
   D.  Duration of Noncompliance9                             0-5
   £.  Significance of
        Non-Effluent Limit Violations^                       0-10
Step 4:  Include" Adjustment Factors

-------
                             -2-
A.   History  of  Recalcitrance*!  (Addition)


     -m Penalty  may  be  increased  by  up to 150  percent

       ?arLSn2an?eapaSf dnd Present recalcitrance of
       the defendant and  for otner  matters  as justice may
       require*                        .


B.  Ability to  Pay  (Subtraction)
                 •

    -  Penalty may be adjusted downward  to  represent the
       defendant's ability to pay.   •       ^present the


C.  Litigation Considerations (Subtraction)12


    -  Penalty may be adjusted downward  to  reflect the maximum

                        C°Urt mi9ht 4SSeSS  if the cas*  *

-------
      ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY CALCULATION METHODOLOGY: FOOTNOTES
1.  In  general,  the  Settlement  Penalty amount  shall  be at  least
    the Economic  Benefit  of Noncompliance plus a  gravity component.

2.  The  maximum  Judicial  Settlement Penalty  shall  not  exceed  the
    amount provided  by  Section  309(d),  $25,000  per  day for  each
    violation.  The maximum Administrative Settlement Penalty
    shall not exceed $10,000 "per violation" or $25,000 for
    Class I  violations  and  $10,000  "per  violation  for each  day
    vduring which  the  violations continues*  or $125,000 for Class II
    violations.  Note also  the  statutory requirement that *a Single
    Operational Upset  which  leads  to  simultaneous  violations  of
    more than one pollutant parameter shall be  treated as a single
    violation.*

3.  Calculate all economic benefits using BEN,  if possible.
    There is  no minimum amount  triggering  the use  of  BEN.   If  BEN
    cannot be  used,  estimate economic  benefit using best available
    information.

4.  Economic  benefit  is  to  be  calculated  as  the estimated  savings
    accrued to  the facility;  i.e.,  it is to be based upon the total
    amount which should have been spent by the facility.  (All capital
    and'expense  costs,  direct  and  indirect,  are  to be considered
    This includes operation and maintenance costs.)

5.  The Total Gravity Component  equals the sum of each Monthly Gravity
    Component for a month in which a violation has occurred.

6.  The  Significance  of  Violation  is  assigned  a  factor based  on
    the percent by which  the pollutant exceeds the monthly or 7-day
    average or  daily  maximum  permit  limitation  and  whether  the
    pollutant is classified as toxic, non-toxic or conventional.   The
    Significance of  Violation  factor  is  used  for  effluent  limit
    violations only*               •

7.  Where evidence of  actual or potential harm to human health exists,
    a factor  from "10" to  a value  which results in  the- statutory
    maximum penalty should be assessed.  Where the identified impact
    or potential  impact  relates only  to the aquatic environment,  a
    factor from  *0*  to "10"  should be  used.   Similarly,  where  the
    impact or potential impact is on a POTW by an Industrial User not
    meeting pretreatment requirements, a factor of "0* to "10* should
    be used.

8.  The Region  has the flexibility  to  assign a high penalty factor
    where an  excessive  number   of  violations  occur  in  any  month
    (effluent limit,   reporting,;  schedule,   unauthorized  discharge,
    bypass, etc.).              '    ;

-------
                               -2-      '•                  '


 9.  The Duration of Noncompliance factor allows the Region to increase
     the monthly grav.ity component for continuing violations of the
     same parameter(s) or requirement(s).  Generally, a "long-cerra"
     violation is one which continues for three or more consecutive
     months.

10.  The Significance of Non-Effluent Violation-factor covers the.
     effects from all non-effluent violations—other than the inter-
     ference effects on a POTW from an Ill's pretreatment violations
     (see B iii)—such' as reporting (nonsubmittal, incorrect and
     late Discharge Monitoring Reports), laboratory analyses deficiency
     (includes DMR QA), unauthorized discharges, operation and
     maintenance deficiencies, sludge handling and schedule violations.

11.  A factor ranging from "0" (good compliance record, cooperation
     in remedying the violation, no culpability) to 150 percent of
     the total of the Economic Benefit and Gravity Component may be
     added based upon the history of recalcitrance exhibited by the
     violator.

12.  The -penalty should be reduced by any amount which defendant
     paid as a penalty to a State or local agency on the same .
     violations pursuant to State law.

-------
CWA Penalty Summary worksheet
  Name and Location
    of Facility
  Date of Calculation
  (1)   No; of Violations
         x $10,000 « stat.  max.
                    ••
  (2)   Economic Benefit ("BEN")
         (period covered/
          months)     » ______
  (3)   Total of Monthly Gravity
       Components
  (4)   Benefit * Gravity TOTAL
  (5)   Recalcitrance Factor 	
       (0-150%)  x Total  (Line  4P-
  (6)   Preliminary      TOTAL  (Line  4  +  Line 5)     $
       ADJUSTMENTS
  (7)   Litigation Considerations
         (Amount of  reduction)      $
  (3)   Ability  to Pay
         (Amount  of  reduction)
  (9)   SETTLEMENT  PENALTY AMOUNT

-------
                                                                  III.B.10,
"Guidance on Notice to Public and Conmenters in Clean Water Act Class II
Administrative Penalty Proceedings", distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
          GLTDANCE OK NOTICE TO PUBLIC AND COMMENTERS
IN CLEAN WATER ACT CLASS II ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY PROCEEDINGS
I.   Statutory Reg'uireaer.ts of Notice to Public and Commenters

     The Clean Water Act requires that,'before issuing an
order assessing a Class I or II penalty, the Administrator
shall, provide public notice of the proposed*issuance of the.
order.  Section 309(g)(4)(A).  Persons who comment on a
proposed assessment aust be given notice of any hearing held,
and notice of the issuance.of the order that actually assesses
the penalty.  Section  3C9(g)(4)(B).  EPA's Guidance on Class I
Clean water Act Administrative Penalty Procedures  ("Class I
Guidance") sets forth  procedures by which EPA provides public
notice in Class Z proceedings.  As set forth below, EPA should
provide public notice  in Class II proceedings in a manner
similar to the procedures set forth in the Class I Guidance.

II.  Public Notice, of  t.w.e Proposed Issuance of an Order

     EPA should provide public notice of the proposed issuance
of an order assessing  a Class II penalty in the form and
manner set forth in §126.102(b) of the Class I Guidance,
except that the notice should refer to the comment period set
forth in 40 CFR 22.28(d), and should not refer to the comment
period set forth in §126.102(b)(1) of the Class I Guidance.

III. Providing Carpenters with Notice of Hearing

     As set forth in §126.104(e)  of the Class I Guidance, the
Presiding Officer should serve notices of hearing on each
person who commented on the proposed Class II assessment.

IV.  Providing Commenters with Notice of Order Assessing
     Penalty

     As set forth in 1126.102(e)  and 9126.111 of the Class I
Guidance, the Hearing  Clerk should serve a copy of the final
order on each person who commented on the proposed Class II
assessment.


     For further information regarding the guidance, contact
Gary Hess, OECM, at FTS 475-3183.

-------

-------
                                                                  III.B.11
"Guidance Regarding Regional and headquarters Coordination on Proposed and
Final Administrative Penalty Orders on Consent under Hew Enforcement
Authorities of the Water Quality Act of distributed August 28, 1987.

-------

-------
        GUIDANCE REGARDING.REGIONAL AND HEADQUARTERS



     COORDINATION ON PROPOSED AND FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE



PENALTY ORDERS ON CONSENT UNDER NEW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES



              OF THE WATER-EQUALITY ACT OF  1987

-------
Guidance  Hecirdir.c Recior.il C..-.G hesdsuarters Ccorci.-£;lo- c-
Prspcsed  and Final Acr.ir.iiir=:i"e Penalty Orders en Cor.se.-.;"
'Jnder  New Sr.forcener.t Aut.-verities cf rhe'wacer Quality *—
of  1987.
 I.     Puroose

     The-purpose  cf  this  cuidar.ce is to exolain the interaction
 required  between  Headquarters (SQ)  and tne"Regions for acxi.iistratfre
 penalty actions taken by  Regions under section 314 of the Water
 Quality Act  (HQA).


 II.    Background                  •  "*"      .

     On February  4,  1987,  tne HQA amendments of 1987 were enacted.
 Section 314  gives the Administrator new enforcement.authority to
 issue  administrative penalty  orders against., alleged violators of
 the WQA.  The Administrator is delegating these new authorities
 to the Regional Administrators and  the Assistant Administrator
 for water/ who may then redelegate  many of these new authorities.
 The Office of General Counsel fOGC)  and the  Office of .Enforcement
 and Compliance Monitoring  (OECM)  also  will have certain prescribed
 roles.

     The  following guidance covers  roles and responsibilities for
 Regional  and HQ offices in EPA's  use of these new enforceme.-.i
 authorities,  including coordination responsibilities.   The guidance.
 is intended  to promote consistent and  sound  development anc -se of
.tnese  authorities, effective  national  management of the new
 enforcement  program,  and helpful  information exchange, wniis ? •":'••>
 significant  flexibility for the Regions to implement  .tne act.nb
 most efficiently'as  seen fit  in  individual cases.  .             "-""


 III. HQ CONCURRENCE  ON INITIAL PROPOSED AND  CONSENT P-NAL7Y AO'5

  A. WQA  Class I  and  II Penalties Other than  S404

          Each Regional.office shall submit  to  Anne Lassi;er,
     Chief,  Policy Development Srancn,  Office of Hater Enforcement
     and  Permits  (OWE?) copies of the  following prior  to issuance:

     1.   The  first three Class  I  and the first  three  Class II
        "  combined complaints  and  penalty orders (and  accompanying
          cover letters.) proposing the  assessment .of penalties  pri
       /issuance under 5314  of the  HQA.

     2.   The  first three class I  and first three Class IJ
          final penalty orders on  consent prior  to  issuance
          under 53-14  of the HQA.                       '  '

-------
                             -2-•.-.'•


S.-WOA-Class I and II $404 Penalties

        Each Regional office shall submit  to Suzanne Schwartz,
 .  Chief, Policy and Regulations Branch, Office of Wetlands
   Protection (OWP), copies of the following prior to issuance:

   1.  The first three Class I and the first three Class II
       combined complaints and penalty orders with accompanying
       letters proposing the assessment of penalties prior to
       issuance under $314 of the WQA.

   2.  The first three Class I and first three Class II
       final penalty orders on consent prior to issuance
       under 5314 of the WQA.  .


C..' Implementation                     .                     '  •

        The Office of'Water Enforcement and Permits or the Office
   of Wetlands Protection, as appropriate, will distribute copies
   of the orders to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
   Monitoring.  EPA Regions must obtain comments and concurrence
   from OECM - Water, and OWEP or OWP, as appropriate, on initial
   proposed penalty orders/complaints and final orders on consent
   before signing or issuing these documents to the respondent or '
   to any other party outside of EPA.  OECM and OW offices will
   provide one joint response to the Regions to minimize cocrdinatjtw
   burdens on the Regions.

        In order to expedite.Headquarters -review of proposed
   and final orders, the Regions must include, an action memo
   or a fact sheet explaining the factual basis, rationale,
   and significant issues associated with each proposed and
   final order.  This material should show the basis for using
   the procedures chosen, and show application of penalty
   assessment criteria.  We hope that in many cases, the Regions
   will be able to use the same action memo already developed
   for their own internal use.  The package also should designate
   a contact person in the Region with whom Headquarters should •
   communicate on the package.

        The Region may, at its'discretion, submit in the package
   any other relevant materials which may be of assistance to
   Headquarters during the review process.            .
           *•
        OWEP, OWP,' and OECM review for purposes of deciding on
   concurrence will,focus on whether the submitted documents
   are consistent with national law and policy in the area of
 '"WQA programs, WQA enforcement and enforcement generally.
   The review focus will be on the legal and technical soundness
   of the administrative documents submitted by the Region.
   The review typically'will net focus or. Whether an administrative

-------
                               -3---



     penalty action is the best alternative enforcement response,
     although particular attention will be given to this issue on  '
     administrative cases that raise precedential national issues.
     The Headquarters concurrence memorandum may require document
     changes needed to protect the Agency's enforcement position, or
     may merely suggest changes preferred by Headquarters reviewers
     for the Region to consider implementing.      .

          OWEP, OWP, and OECM will respond jointly in one written
     communication to the Regions no later than ten working days
     from receipt of the package unless there is good cause for a
     delayed decision.  Headquarters may need to delay its response
    'if, for example, additional information from the Region is
     essential before concurrence may be given.  If good cause for
     delay exists, the appropriate OH Branch Chief must immediately
     notify the affected Region of the delay, and provide the reasons
     for the delay.           /         .

          Upon resolution of the matter causing delay, OWEP,
     OWP, and OECN agree to respond to the Region as quickly as
     possible, but no longer than ten working days from receipt of
     all information requested.

          If Headquarters does not respond to the Region within
     the appropriate time frame, the Region must notify OWEP or
     OWP, as appropriate, that a response has not been received.  . '
     If the designated representatives for OWEP or OWP do not     ;-":"::.
     respond to the Region within one day, the Region may assume :;,:u:.^
     that OWEP or OWP, and OECM have no comment on the proposed •''•Zyggs
     or final order and concur in its issuance.1

         'Where possible, the Regions are encouraged to forward
     diverse cases, involving a variety of WQA violations, to
     Headquarters1 for concurrence. .                              ''


IV.  Other Procedures to Facilitate National Management o£ the
     Administrative Penalty Program          .  '


  A.  Submission of Hard Copy of Penalty Orders

     Currently,, Regions are asked to submit copies of all
     administrative orders ($309) issued to OWEP.  Through
     this guidance, we are also asking the Regions to submit
     hard copies of proposed and final penalty orders, either
     litigated or on consent, to OWEP or OWP as appropriate
     within 30 days of issuance.of the order.  These hard
     copies will be used as one mechanism for evaluating the.
     effectiveness of implementation of administrative penalty
     authority and assessing.national consistency in the use of
     the authority.  Submission of hard copy should in no way
     delay or impede a Region's ability to use the administrative
     penalty authority.         '        ,

-------
                            -<-  '


5.. Automated Tracking of  Penalty Order' Issuance

   Headquarters will .track  the issuance of  adminstrative
   penalty orders for other than Section 404  throuon  the  •
   Permit Compliance System (PCS),  an automated manaaement
   information system for tracking  permit,  compliance, and
   enforcement status of NPDES permittees.  This system is
   managed by the Office of Water Enforcment  and Permits
   with data input at the Regional  or State level.  Regions
   are currently required to track -«£1 enforcement actions
   issued to major permittees  and JRinor PL  92-500 municipal
   permittees. Regions and  States will be given further
   guidance in the near future on the specific  data to be
   entered for administrative  penalty orders.
C. Compendium of Administrative Opinions

   Headquarters will develop a compendium of decisions
   issued by Administrative Law Judges  (ALJ) as well as
   any decisions handed down by courts  on appeal.  This
   compendium of decisions will be provided to Regions on
   a regular basis to assist in .preparing cases to- be'heard
   by ALJs..                        ."
D. Circulation of Noteworthy Opinions/Orders

   In addition to preparation of a compendium, Headquarters
   will distribute copies of noteworthy ALJ decisions as
   well as copies ''of final orders wnicn are particularly
   well done or innovative, to all Regions.  These will be
   distributed periodically, as they, become available t.o
   Headauarters.
t. Coordination on Precedential Issues       .                   '

   From time to time, Regions will identify cases where tne
   issues have national implications or are precedential.
   i'n nature.  In such circumstances, cne Region will oe
   responsible for notifying and woncing witn Headquarters
,   (OECM) to develop arguments to be'used in pleadings to
   presiding officers/administrative law judges.  Additionally,.
   Regions should be aware' that the concurrence of tne Assistant
   Administrator for Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring is
   required before an appeal of an ALJ decision is initialed
  _ and that the same Assistant Administrator must be consul-sad
   when no appeal of an adverse decision is recommended.  (See
   Delegations of Authority.)

-------
  ?. Headquarters Oversight of Administrative  Penalty

     Headquarters will exercise oversight  of Regional  use of
     administrative penalty authority  primarily't.-.rouah procram
     reviews or audits (e.g., integrated  into  the  annual.mid-year
     evaluation), as opposed to case-by-case,  real-time review.
     The audits will be supplemented by data from  the  automated
     tracking system and information developed cr.rough review
     of the hard copies of penalty orders  suomitted by the
     Regions.  In assessing overall performance, .Headquarters
     will, examine the following.
          - overall penalty levels obtained

          - conformity with penalty policy as estaalished
            through review of penalty worksheets

          - efficiency and use of penalty orders—number of orders
            issued, tiaiely -response and completion, effective
            negotiation and advocacy

          - conformity with national enforcement policy

          - establishment of significant precedent.
Guidance Contacts:

NPDES: Anne Lassiter, OWEP    $404: Rosanna Ciupe*, On? .
       FtS:475-8307                 FTS:47S-8798

                    NPDES and S404: Gary Hess, OECM
                                   • FTS:475-8183

-------
                                                                  III.B.12.
"Use of Administrative Penalty Orders (APO'S) in FY 89", dated March 13,
1990.  This docuaent is reproduced at VII.IS. below.

-------

-------
                                                        III.B.13,
"New Administrative Penalty Procedures", dated October 29,1991.

-------
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
                                 OCT 2 9 'C9!

MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  New Administrative Penalty Procedures
FROM:     Edward  E.  Reich                          ^
 i         Acting  Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
       X^LaJuana  S. Wilcher ^	
          Assistant Administrator for Water

TO:       Regional Administrators,  Regions I-X

     As a result of the Administrator's recent delegation of
authorities under  Section  309(g)  of the Clean Water Act (CWA),  we
are now able to implement  as procedural guidance Part 28,  the  new*
CWA Class I administrative penalty procedures,  which were
published in the Federal Register as a proposed rule on July l,
1991.  These new Part  28 procedures should be used,  before final
promulgation, as guidance  in Class I administrative penalty
proceedings under  Section  309(g)  of the CWA.

     We have attached  to this memorandum a copy of (1)  the
Administrator's new delegation of Section 309(g)  Class I
authority;  (2) a redelegation of  Class I CWA  representation
authority from the Assistant Administrator for Enforcement; and
(3) Part 28.

     The attached  Part 28  procedures will supersede as procedural
guidance the presently used  1987  CWA 5309(g)  Class I guidance.
Part 28 should be  used for new CWA S309fg)  Class I proceedings
beginning November j,  1991.   This starting date will allow the
Agency a reasonable transition period between the present and new
procedures.  We intend to  use proposed Part 28  on a pilot basis
generally and evaluate its effectiveness before it becomes a
final rule.  If we find problems  in administering the new
procedures, we will use our  experience to revise them before
their final promulgation.  Although Part 28 also encompasses
elements of the Safe Drinking Water Act,  the  Oil Pollution Act  of
1990, EPCRA and CERCLA, these elements of Part 28 are not being
implemented at this time.  The Office of Enforcement and OSWER
expect to implement the OPA  elements of Part  28 as soon as
possible.
                                                         Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                              - 2 -
     We request that the Regions execute necessary redelegations
of authority under new Delegation 2-51 2.a. to initiate Class  I
cases under Part 28 procedures.  Under Delegation 2-51 2.b. the
Regions may choose to designate a standing Presiding Officer for
all Class I cases, or may designate individuals on a case-by-case
basis.  (Because there will be a Presiding Officer assigned in
each Part 28 case, it may be simpler to make a blanket
designation during the next two weeks.)  The Assistant
Administrator for Enforcement has redelegated his authority to
represent the Agency in CWA §309(g) Class I actions to the
Regional Counsels for cases arising in the Regions.

     Part 28 incorporates some different procedures than existing
guidance.  Consequently, the Regions are to submit for review  the
first proposed Part 28 administrative complaint and its cover
letter, and the first proposed consent order, for a total of two
submissions per Region.  OW and OE will only review these
materials for their conformance to the Part 28 procedures, rather
than for statutory or penalty policy consistency, since the
latter are by now well understood.  For those Regions that have
yet to fulfill their concurrence requirements set forth in the
1987 Administrative Penalty Guidance, these Part 28 reviews will *
be counted toward the concurrence requirements but also will
include review for statutory and penalty policy consistency.

     Our offices will use the same ten day review period and
manner of communicating that we previously used in implementing
the 1987 Class I guidance.  Please continue to provide hard
copies of Class I final orders to OWEC and OWOW.  Our contacts
for this review are, for the Office of Water, OWEC (EN-338), Mary
Lawrence (FTS 260-9511) or OWOW (A-104F), Wetlands and' Aquatic
Resources Regulatory Branch, Hazel Groman (FTS 260-8798)  and,  for
OE-Water (LE-134W), the Northern Regions Branch Chief (for
Regions I, II, III, IV, and X) (FTS 260-7888) and the Southern
Regions Branch Chief (for Regions V, VI, VII, VIII and IX) (260-
8177).

     As with other Agency guidance, the decision to use Part 28
procedures does not establish or affect legal rights or
obligations.  Agency decisions in particular cases will be made
by applying the law and regulations to the specific circumstances
of that case.

     If you have any questions, please contact Frederick F.
Stiehl, Enforcement Counsel for Water, at FTS 260-8180, or have
your staff contact David Drelich of his staff at FTS 260-2949.

Attachments

cc:  Deputy Administrator
     Deputy Regional Administrators

-------
Regional Counsels
Water Management Division Directors
Director, Office of Enforcement, Region X
Don R. Clay, OSWER
Environmental Service Division Directors, Regions III and VI
Assistant Regional Administrator for Policy and Management,
  Region VII

-------
             UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                        WASHINGTON, O.C. 20460
                            OCT 29 1991
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:  Redelegation of authority to represent EPA in non-APA
          enforcement proceedings

FROM:     Edward E.  Reich C—-^""^'  /
          Acting Assistant Administrator for Enforcement

TO:       Regional Counsels,  Regions I-X
          Enforcement Counsel for Water

     I hereby redelegate my authority under Delegation 2-51 l.c
to "represent the complainant in a Class I administrative penalty
proceeding under the CWA before a presiding officer" for cases
arising in the Regions to the Regional Counsels.  The Regional
Counsels may redelegate this authority further to any Agency
attorney.

     I hereby redelegate my authority under Delegation 2-51 l.c
to "represent the complainant .in a Class I administrative penalty
proceeding under the CWA before a presiding officer" for cases
arising at Headquarters to the Enforcement Counsel for Water.
The Enforcement  Counsel for Water may redelegate this authority
further to any Agency attorney.

cc:  Don Clay, OSWER
     LaJuana S.  Wilcher,  OW
     Deputy Regional Administrators,  Regions I-X
                                                         Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL


                         CLEAN WATER ACT


2—51.     Class I Administrative Penalty Actions

1.  AUTHORITY.  Pursuant to the Clean Water Act the authority to:

     a.  Act as the complainant in a Class I administrative
penalty action under the CWA.

     b.  Conduct proceedings, recommend the form of final Agency
action, issue subpoenas and perform all the presiding officer
functions set forth in applicable Agency guidance or regulations
governing the administration of Class I administrative penalty
actions under the CWA.

     c.  Represent the complainant before a presiding officer in
a Class I administrative penalty proceeding under the CWA.

     d.  Issue an order on consent between the Agency and a
respondent resulting from the initiation of a Class I
administrative penalty action under the CWA.

     e.  Act as deciding official in a contested or default Class
I administrative penalty action under the CWA, and to assess a
penalty in such a proceeding.

     f.  Review sua sponte any exercise of the authority
described in l.e in a contested or a defaulted action.

2.  TO WHOM DELEGATED.

     a.  The authority in l.a is delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for'Solid Waste and Emergency Response,
for the purpose of redelegation.

     b.  The authorities in l.b are delegated to the Regional
Administrators for the purpose of redelegation, and are delegated
to the General Counsel.

     c.  The authority in l.c is delegated to the Assistant
Administrator for Enforcement.

-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL

                         CLEAN WATER ACT


2-51.     Class I Administrative Penalty Actions   (cont'd)

     d.  The authority in l.d is delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
                                        \
     e.  The authorities in l.e are delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

     f.  The authority in l.f is delegated to the Chief Judicial
Officer.

3.  LIMITATIONS.

     a.  The Assistant Administrator for Water shall exercise the
applicable authorities only for Class I actions conducted under
Section 309(g).  The Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and
Emergency Response shall exercise the applicable authorities only
for Class I actions conducted under Section 311.

     b.  The Regional Administrators and the Assistant
Administrators shall redelegate the authority in l.a.  The
delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water or the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response
may exercise such authority only in multi-Regional cases or cases
of national significance.

     c.  The delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water
(or the Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency
Response, as appropriate) shall consult with the appropriate
Regional Administrator or designee before initiating a Class I
action.

     d.  The General Counsel or his delegatee may exercise the
authorities described in l.b only in cases initiated by the
delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water or the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

     e.  The.Regional Administrators and the appropriate
Assistant Administrator may exercise the authority in I.e. only
if (1) the delegatee of such official initiated the action and
(2) such official or his delegatee provides the Chief Judicial
Officer with a timely copy of the decision in a contested or a
defaulted action so that there is an opportunity for a sua soonte
review.

-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL


                         CLEAN WATER ACT


2-51.     Class I Administrative Penalty Actions   (cont'd)
        •                            *                 -  '

4. REDELEGATION AUTHORITY.

     a.  The Regional Administrators may redelegate the
authorities in l.a and l.d to the branch chief level.  The
appropriate Assistant Administrator may redelegate the
authorities in l.a and l.d to the division director level.

     b.  The Regional Administrators shall, and the General
Counsel may, redelegate the authorities in l.b. to a person
meeting the neutrality requirements of applicable Agency guidance
or regulations.

     c.  The Assistant Administrator for Enforcement may
redelegate the authority in I.e. to ah Agency attorney.

     d.  The Regional Administrators may redelegate the authority*
in I.e. on a caseHay-case basis to the person exercising the
authorities in l.b.  The Assistant Administrator for Water and
the Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency
Response may not redelegate the authority in I.e.

     e.  The Chief Judicial Officer may redelegate the authority
in l.f. to a Headquarters Judicial Officer.

5.  ADDITIONAL REFERENCES.

     a. Section 309 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.  Section
1319, as amended by the Water Quality Act of 1987.

     b. Section 311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.  Section
1321, as amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990.

     c. Agency guidance or regulations governing Class I
administrative penalty actions under the Clean Water Act.

-------
       PART 28 — CONSOLIDATED RULES OF PRACTICE GOVERNING
          THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OF CLASS I CIVIL
      PENALTIES TINDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT, THE COMPREHENSIVE
       ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY
          ACT, AND THE EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
       RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT
              OF CIVIL PENALTIES UNDER PART C OF THE
                     SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT
                 Subpart A — General Provisions

Sec.
28.1   Purpose and scope.
28.2   Definitions.
28.3   Number and gender.
28.4   Presiding Officer.
28.5   Hearing Clerk.
28.6   Representation by Counsel.
28.7   Computation of time.
28.8   Limitations on written legal arguments or statements.
28.9   Service of documents.
28.10  Parties' burdens of going forward, proof and persuasion.
28.11  Subpoenas.
28.12  Prohibited communication.
28.13  Request for alternate Presiding Officer.
28.14  Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
       requests for reconsideration.
28.15  Prospective effect of this Part.


                     Subpart B — Prehearing

28.16  Initiation of action.
28.17  Availability of documents filed with the Hearing Clerk.
28.18  Withdrawal of amendment of administrative complaint.
28.19  Consultation with State [Section 309(g)  of the Clean Water
       Act only].
28.20  Responses to administrative complaint.
28.21  Default proceedings.
28.22  Consent orders.
28.23  Prehearing conference.
28.24  Information exchange.
28.25  Summary determination and accelerated recommended
       decision.

                      Subpart C  —  Hearing

28.26  Liability hearing.


                    Subpart D — Post-Hearing

-------
                               -  2  -
28.27  Recommended decision.
28.28  Decision of the Regional Administrator.
28.29  Sua sponte review.
28.30  Petition to set aside an order  [Section  309(g)  of  the
       Clean Water Act only].
28.31  Payment of assessed penalty.


                  SUBPART A - GENERAL PROVISIONS

$28.1 Purpose and Scope.

     This Part sets forth procedures for the efficient and timely
initiation and administration of administrative actions under
Sections 309(g)(2)(A) and 3ll(b)(6)(A) and  (B) (i) of the  Clean
Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. §§1319(g)(2)(A)  and  1321(b)(6)(A) and
(B)(i); certain actions under Section  1423(c) of the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA), 42 U.S.C. §300h-2(c); Section  109(a)
of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), as amended by  the Superfund Amendments
and Reauthorization Act  (SARA), 42 U.S.C. §9609(a); and,  certain
actions under Section 325(b)(l), (c)(l), (c)(2) and (d) of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA), 42
U.S.C. §11045(b)(1), (c)(l), (c)(2) and (d).  Nothing  in  this
Part authorizes any person to challenge in  any action  commenced
under this Part any final State or Agency action, including the
validity or reasonableness of any applicable permit or permit
condition or (in the case of the Safe  Drinking Water Act), any
regulation establishing an authorization by rule.  Nothing in
this Part shall affect the authority of the Administrator to
implement or enforce any other provision of law.

§28.2 Definitions.

     (a) Administrative complaint means a document issued by the
complainant that:

          (1) Names one or more respondents;

          (2) Alleges one or more violations of applicable law,
stating with reasonable specificity the nature of.the  alleged
violations;

          (3) Proposes a penalty be assessed upon the  respondent
as authorized by applicable law;

          (4) [Safe Drinking Water Act compliance actions only]
Seeks respondent's compliance with applicable law and  may propose
a reasonable time for achieving compliance; and

-------
       PART 28 — CONSOLIDATED RULES OF PRACTICE GOVERNING
          THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OF CLASS I CIVIL
      PENALTIES UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT, THE COMPREHENSIVE
       ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY
          ACT, AND THE EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
       RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT
              OF CIVIL PENALTIES UNDER PART C OF THE
                     SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT
                 Subpart A — General Provisions

Sec.
28.1   Purpose and scope.
28.2   Definitions.
28.3   Number and gender.
28.4   Presiding Officer.
28.5   Hearing Clerk.
28.6   Representation by Counsel.
28.7   Computation of time.
28.8   Limitations on written legal arguments or statements.
28.9   Service of documents.
28.10  Parties' burdens of going forward, proof and persuasion.
28.11  Subpoenas.
28.12  Prohibited communication.
28.13  Request for alternate Presiding Officer.
28.14  Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
       requests for reconsideration.
28.15  Prospective effect of this Part.


                     Subpart B — Pr•hearing

28.16  Initiation of action.
28.17  Availability of documents filed with the Hearing Clerk.
28.18  withdrawal or amendment of administrative complaint.
28.19  Consultation with State [Section 309(g)  of the Clean Water
       Act only].
28.20  Responses to administrative complaint.
28.21  Default proceedings.
28.22  Consent orders.
28.23  Prehearing conference.
28.24  Information exchange.
28.25  Summary determination and accelerated recommended
       decision.

                      Subpart C  ~  Hearing

28.26  Liability hearing.


                    Subpart D — Post-Hearing

-------
                               -  2  -
28.27  Recommended decision.
28.28  Decision of the Regional Administrator.
28.29  Sua sponte review.
28.30  Petition to set aside  an order  [Section  309(g)  of  the
       Clean Water Act only].
28.31  Payment of assessed penalty.


                  SUBPART A - GENERAL PROVISIONS

S28.1 Purpose and Scope.

     This Part sets forth procedures for the efficient and timely
initiation and administration of administrative actions under
Sections 309 (g) (2) (A) and 311(b)(6)(A) and  (B).(i) of the  Clean
Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. §§1319(g)(2)(A)  and  1321(b)(6)(A) and
(B)(i); certain actions under Section  1423(c) of the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA), 42 U.S.C. $300h-2(c); Section  109(a)
of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,  and
Liability Act  (CERCLA), as amended by  the Superfund Amendments
and Reauthorization Act  (SARA), 42 U.S.C. $9609(a); and,  certain
actions under Section 325(b)(l), (c)(1), (c)(2) and  (d) of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know  Act (EPCRA),  42
U.S.C. §11045(b).(l), (c)(l),  (c)(2) and (d).  Nothing  in  this
Part authorizes any person to challenge in  any  action  commenced
under this Part any final State or Agency action, including the
validity or reasonableness of any applicable permit or permit
condition or (in the case of  the Safe  Drinking  Water Act),  any
regulation establishing an authorization by rule.  Nothing in
this Part shall affect the authority of the Administrator to
implement or enforce any other provision of law.

S28.2 Definitions.

     (a) Administrative complaint means a document issued by the
complainant that:

          (1)  Names one or more respondents;

          (2)  Alleges one or  more violations of applicable law,
stating with reasonable specificity the nature  of.the  alleged
violations;

          (3)  Proposes a penalty be assessed upon the  respondent
as authorized by applicable law;

          (4)  [Safe Drinking Water Act compliance actions only]
Seeks respondent's compliance with applicable law and  may propose
a reasonable time for achieving compliance; and

-------
                               - 3 -


           (5) Is certified by  signature of Agency counsel  as  a
legally sufficient pleading.

      (b) Administrative record means  (except for purposes  of
proposed.SDWA and CWA §309(g)  consent orders lodged pursuant  to
§§28.22[b] and 28.28[b] of this Part) the following documents
that are filed with or by the  Hearing Clerk:

           (1) Documentation relied upon by the complainant, to
support the allegations as to  liability which were set forth  in
the administrative complaint;

           (2) Any record held  by the Agency of any previously
adjudicated violation by the respondent of any federal pollution
control or environmental statute or regulation;

           (3) The administrative complaint and proof of its
service;

           (4) [Section 309(g)  of the Clean Water Act only]  The
record or summary of the complainant's consultation or provision
of opportunity for consultation with the State 'in which the
alleged violations occurred;

           (5) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of  the
Clean water Act only]  A copy  of the public notice provided by
the complainant pursuant to §28.16(d) of this Part and proof  of
its publication;

           (6) The record of the designation of the Presiding
Officer;

           (7) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of  the
Clean Water Act only]  A memorialization of the date of lodging
of any proposed consent order;

           (8) Each action, including the issuance of a subpoena
pursuant to S28.11(a) of this  Part, memorialized in writing and
signed by the Presiding Officer;

           (9) Each document that is timely submitted by any
participant or any member of the public pursuant to the
requirements and subject to the limitations established pursuant
to §§28.2(g), 28.4(a), 28.8, 28.9(a), 28.13(a), 28.20(a-c)  and
(f), 28.21(b), 28.22(a)(l),  28.25(a)(l)  and (b), 28.26(d)(e)(h)
(i) and (k), and 28.*0(a) of this Part;

           (10) A verbatim record or transcription of any
liability hearing held under §28.26 of this Part or of any  oral
argument regarding a determination of remedy presented pursuant
to  this Part;

-------
                             •  -  4 -


           (11) Any recommended decision  of  the  Presiding Officer;

           (12) Any document  filed by  the Regional Administrator
pursuant to §28.28(d) of this  Part;

           (13) [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act  only]   Any
evidence regarding the respondent in  an  action  under this Part
presented  by a participating commenter to the Regional
Administrator and timely filed with the  Hearing Clerk  as part of
a request  to set aside an order  pursuant to 528.30(a)  of this
Part and Section 309(g)(4)(C)  of the  Clean  Water Act,  33 U.S.C.
S1319(g)(4)(C).

           (14) Any applicable  Agency  policy (excluding any Agency
policy, or portion thereof,  that applies to settlement of a
penalty claim) concerning the  assessment of an  administrative
penalty, and any information relevant to a  penalty determination
under such policy;

           (15) Any relevant  document  which  the  Presiding Officer
finds will assist in the timely  and efficient resolution of the
action and which is not:

               (i) A prohibited  communication as defined by
subsection (p) of this section;

               (ii) Excluded from the administrative record by
the failure of a participant to  meet  a deadline or other
requirement regarding a document referenced by  paragraph (b)(9)
of this subsection, excluded by  operation of §28.2(b)(14),
§28.4(c)(5) or (6) or §28.24(e)(l) of this  Part, or excluded  by
any sanction an Agency decisionmaker  imposes pursuant  to this
Part in connection with the  conduct of an action; or

               (iii) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g)
of the Clean Water Act only]   Lodged  with the Hearing  Clerk
pursuant to §28.22(b) (.1) (i)  of this Part.

           (16) Any record of recusal  by  an  Agency decisionmaker;
           (17) Any record of payment  of  an  assessed civil penalty
submitted  pursuant to §28.31 of  this  Part;  and

           (18) [Safe Drinking  water Act  compliance action only]
Any record of the respondent's compliance with  the terms of the
administrative order.

     (c) Administrator means the Administrator  of the  United
States Environmental Protection  Agency or his delegate.

     (d) Agency means the United States  Environmental  Protection
Agency.

-------
                              - 5 -
      (e) Agency counsel means any Agency attorney who represents
the complainant in an action under this Part;

      (£) Agency decisionmaker means the Presiding Officer, the
Regional Administrator, the Administrator, or any neutral Agency
employee' who advises the Regional Administrator or Administrator
relating to the merits of an action under this Part;

      (g) [safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only]  Commenter means any person  (other than a party)
or representative of such person who, by the deadline prescribed
by, S28.20(c) of this Part:

          (1) Declares in writing to the Hearing Clerk that for
purposes of the noticed action he is providing comments pursuant
to the Clean Water Act or Safe Drinking Water Act, whichever
applies, and intends to participate in the action;

          (.2) Submits comments on the allegations set forth in
the administrative complaint or the relief proposed in the
administrative complaint, or both, or specifies such allegations
or proposed relief upon which he will comment; and

          (3) Provides the Hearing Clerk with a return address.

      (h) complainant means the Agency, acting through any Agency
employee authorized by the Administrator to initiate an action
under this Part or authorized to conclude such an action, in
whole or in part, upon consent;

      (i) Consent order means a written order, issued by the
Regional Administrator and agreed to by one or more respondents,
consisting of:

          (1) Uncontested findings of fact by the Agency and
stipulations by the parties.establishing subject matter
jurisdiction;

          (2) Uncontested findings of fact by the Agency
establishing the respondent's violation of applicable law which
has been alleged in the administrative complaint;

          (3) An order consented to by the parties which assesses
a civil penalty that explicitly takes into account the penalty
factors applicable under law and (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act) a compliance remedy which is reasonably
related to the respondent's violation of law;

          (4) [Section 309(g) of the Clean water Act only]  In
any action in which a commenter is participating pursuant to
§§28.2(g)  and 28.20(c)(2) of this Part, a statement that any

-------
                               -  6  -
                         x. •

commenter to the action under  this Part and Section 309(g)  of  the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1319(g), may petition the Regional
Administrator to set aside the order under §28.30 of this Part;

          (5) [Safe Drinking Water Act only]   In any action in
which a commenter is participating pursuant to S§28.2(g) and
28.20(c)(2) of this Part, a statement that any commenter to the
action under this Part and Section 1423(c) of  the Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300h-2(c), may file in the appropriate
federal district court an appeal of a final consent order
pursuant to Section 1423(c)(6) of  the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42
U.S.C. §300h-2(c)(6), within thirty days of the date the final
consent order is issued;

          (6) A statement that the respondent  waives its right
under applicable law to file in the appropriate federal court  an
appeal of the consent order;

          (7) Provisions requiring payment of  the agreed civil
penalty pursuant to §28.31 of  this Part;

          (8) A statement that each signatory  party shall bear
its own costs and fees; and

          (9) All terms of the agreement as authorized by
applicable law.

     (j) Document means any record or collection of information
maintained in a discrete physical  form;

     (k) Interested person means any:

          (1) Agency employee  or contractor who may or does
investigate, litigate, or present  information  or evidence,
arguments, or the position of  the  Agency in the action before  the
Presiding Officer, or who advises .such an Agency employee
regarding the action;

          (2) Agency employee  who  actively participated at any
time, directly or as a supervisor, in any preparation,
investigation or deliberations resulting in the issuance of  the
administrative complaint;

          (3) Person who the complainant may arrange to have
appear as a witness on its behalf  in the action; and

          (4) Non-Agency participant, witness  or agent of a  non-
Agency participant, or defaulted respondent.

-------
                              - 7  -
      (1) Participant: means any party or  (in the  case  of  the Safe
Drinking Water Act or Section 309[g] of  the Clean Water  Act)  any
commenter.

      (m) Party means the complainant, or any respondent  who-has
complied with the requirements of §28.20(a) or  (b) of this  Part
and who has not been sanctioned by the Presiding Officer with a
finding of default.

      (n) Presiding Officer means an Agency attorney who  is  to
preside over an action conducted pursuant to this Part,  and who
is to make a recommended decision thereon.

      (o) Proceeding means any hearing, determination  or  other
activity involving the parties conducted by the  Presiding Officer
pursuant to the requirements of this Part;

      (p) Prohibited communication means  any communication,
documentary or oral, between an interested person and an Agency
decisionmaker (except between certain interested persons and  the
Regional Administrator pursuant to §28.22[b][l]  Of this  Part),
regarding:

          (1) The merits of an action under this Part, without
each other party to the action having had an opportunity
simultaneously to participate in or respond to such
communication;

          (2) The substance of any settlement negotiation between
parties or the substance of any proposed consent order lodged
with the Hearing Clerk; or

          (3) The substance of a recommended decision set forth
by the Presiding Officer pursuant to §§28.2(r) and 28.27(a)(3) of
this Part..

      (q) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g)  of  the Clean
Water Act only] Public notice means a document consisting of:

          (1) The name and address of the EPA office  initiating
the referenced action;

          (2) The name and address of the respondent,  and the
activity and facility or site which the  administrative complaint
addresses;                  .

          (3) A brief description of the business or  activity
conducted by the respondent;

          (4) Any permit number and permit issuance date
referenced by the administrative complaint, or (in the case of

-------
                              - 8 -


the Safe Drinking Water Act) any regulation establishing an
authorization by rule referenced by the administrative complaint;

           (5) A brief description of the allegations of
violations in the administrative complaint and the relief
proposed by the complainant;

           (6) The name, address and telephone number of the
Hearing Clerk from whom interested persons may obtain further
information;

           (7) A brief statement of the opportunity for any member
of the public to submit written comments on the administrative
complaint to the Hearing Clerk, and the deadline for the
submission of such comments;

           (8) A brief description of the procedure by which a
member of the public may become a participant in an,action
pursuant to §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part;

           (9) A brief statement of the authority of the Regional
Administrator to issue an order upon default if respondent fails
to file a response within the time period specified in §28.20 of
this Part;

           (10) [Safe Drinking Water Act only]   A brief, general
description of the name or general description of the receiving
formation and the location of the well field, or each existing,
new or proposed injection well, whichever applies; and

           (11) A brief statement describing the location and
availability  (pursuant to §28.17 of this Part) of documents filed
with the Hearing Clerk in the action.

     (r) Recommended decision means a document written by the
Presiding Officer, in the form of a decision by the Regional
Administrator pursuant to the requirements of §28.28(a)(3) of
this Part, which recommends that the Regional Administrator
either:                                 .

           (1) Withdraw the administrative complaint on the basis
that the administrative complaint does not state a cause of
action or that the allegations of fact and conclusions of law in
the administrative complaint are not supported by the
administrative record; or

           (2) Issue an order on the basis that the administrative
record and applicable law support such an order.

     (s) Regional Administrator means the Administrator of any
Regional Office of the Agency or his delegate.  In a case where

-------
                              - 9 _
an authorized Agency Headquarters employee  initiates  an  action
under this Part, the term  "Regional Administrator"  as used  in
these rules shall mean the Administrator.

     (t) Respondent means  any person named  in the caption of  an
administrative complaint,  or representative of such person, who
the complainant alleges is liable for the redress of  any
violation alleged in the complaint.

     (u) Response means a  document, responsive to the
administrative complaint and sighed by the  respondent, that
consists of the name, address and telephone number  of the
respondent and, if the respondent is represented by counsel,  also
includes the name, address and telephone number of  the
respondent's counsel and that:

          (1) Admits liability; or

          (2) Denies liability in whole or  in part  and specifies
each allegation of fact or conclusion of law as to  liability
which is in dispute and the specific factual or legal grounds  for
the respondent's defense;  and

          (3) Opposes or agrees to pay the  proposed penalty in
the administrative complaint and (in the case of the  Safe
Drinking Water Act) opposes or agrees to comply with  the relief
requested in the administrative complaint regarding the
regulation, schedule, or other.requirement  of the applicable
underground injection control program that  is alleged in the
administrative complaint to have been violated, or  both.

$28.3 Number and gender.

     For purposes of this  Part,  words in the singular also
include the plural and words in the masculine gender  also include
the feminine and vice versa, as appropriate.

S28.4 Presiding Officer.

     (a) Authority,

          (1) The Presiding Officer may by  a signed filing with
the Hearing Clerk:

               (i) Issue a subpoena pursuant to S28.ll of this
Part;

               (ii) Allow  the withdrawal or amendment  of an
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.18(a)(2) or  (b)(2)  of
this Part;

-------
                              - 10- -


                (iii) Determine liability, direct entry  of  default
as to liability, and conduct a default remedy determination
proceeding pursuant to §28.21 of this Part;

                (iv) Allow amendment of a response pursuant to
§28.20(f)(2) of this Part;

                (v) Set alternate limitations on written legal
arguments, or statements pursuant to §28.8 of this Part;

                (vi) Issue or modify a prehearing order  pursuant
to §28.23(d) of this Part;

                (vii) Schedule and further limit information
exchange pursuant to §28.23(b)(2) of this Part, and  (in a  Clean
Water Act or Safe Drinking Water Act action) delay information
exchange pursuant to §28.24(c)(2) of this Part;.

                (viii) Reschedule proceedings pursuant to §28.22
of this Part;

                (ix) Make a summary determination pursuant  to
§28.25 of this Part?

                (x) Notify participants of the occurrence of a
prohibited communication pursuant to §28.12(b) of this  Part;

                (xi) Impose sanctions (other than by fine or
imprisonment) pursuant to §§28.12(c) and 28.24(e)(2) of  this  Part
or to aid in the maintenance of order and the efficient  and
impartial administration of justice;

                (xii) Certify the administrative record  and set
forth and transmit a recommended decision pursuant to §28.27(a)
of this Part; and

                (xiii) Waive payment conditions pursuant, to
§28.31(b) of this Part; and

          (2) The Presiding Officer may:

                (i) Except as more specifically provided  by
paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection, schedule and take  certain
administrative actions in conducting any proceeding pursuant  to
§28.25 or §28.26 of this Part; and

                (ii) Except as more specifically authorized or
limited by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section and the
requirements of this Part, take any other action specifically
authorized by this Part or necessary to conduct an action

-------
                              - 11 -
under this Part which will aid  in the efficient  and  impartial
administration of justice.

     (b) Duties.  The Presiding Officer shall  in a timely
fashion:

          (1) Carry out his duties as required by this Part;

          (2) Oversee and direct the activities  of the Hearing
Clerk in an action under this Part;

          (3) Schedule activities of the participants pursuant to
the requirements of this Part;

          (4) Memorialize in a  signed writing  filed with the
Hearing Clerk:

               (i) Any action he takes pursuant  to his authority
provided by paragraph (a)(1) of this section;     ,

               (ii) Any deadline he establishes  pursuant to his
authority provided by subsection (a) of this section; and

               (iii) Any significant action he takes pursuant to
his authority provided by paragraph (a)(2) of  this section; and

          (5) Except as limited by paragraph (c)  of this section
and the requirements of this Part, take any other action
necessary for the maintenance of order and for the efficient and
impartial adjudication of allegations arising  in an action under
this Part.

     (c) Limitations.  The Presiding Officer shall not:

          (1) Have any prior connection with the action before
him including the performance or supervision of  investigative or
prosecutorial functions;

          (2) Have any interest in the outcome of the action
before him;

          (3) Initiate or knowingly engage in  any prohibited
communication with any interested person or fail to disclose any
attempt by any interested person to initiate or  engage in any
prohibited communication;

          (4) Grant an extension, delay, continuance or stay to a
participant based on a participant's request for information
pursuant to law outside the scope of this Part;

-------
                              - 12 -


           (5) Allow the introduction of any document or testimony
into the administrative record relating to settlement of the
instant action or of any other action;

           (6) Hear or consider any challenge to a final State or
Agency action, including the issuance of any applicable permit or
(in the case of the Safe prinking Water Act) the promulgation of
any applicable authorization by rule; or

           (7) Dismiss the administrative complaint.

§28.5 Bearing Clerk.

     The Regional Administrator shall designate a Hearing Clerk.
The Hearing Clerk, in addition to carrying out his duties as
specified elsewhere by this Part, shall:

     (a) Immediately notify in writing the complainant and each
respondent of the name of the Presiding Officer designated under
§28.16(h) of this Part, and (in the case of the Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section 309[g] of the Clean Water Act) the Hearing
Clerk shall notify in writing each commenter upon the close of
the comment period provided pursuant to §28.20(c) of the name of
the Presiding Officer designated under §28.16(h) of this Part.
The Hearing Clerk shall immediately notify in writing each
participant of the name of any Presiding Officer designated under
§28.13(b) of .this Part;

     (b) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only]  Create and maintain a list of all commenters
identified under §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part;

     (c) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only]  In any action in which a commenter participates
pursuant to §28.20(c)(2) of this Part, immediately after the
deadline prescribed by §28.20(c) of this Part notify the
Presiding Officer and each participant of the name and address of
each participant in the action, and of the name and address of
Agency counsel and counsel for the respondent, if any;

     (d) Record the date of receipt of each document received
regarding the action or (in the case of a Safe Drinking Water Act
compliance order) regarding the respondent's compliance with the
terms of the order;

     (e) Immediately notify the Presiding Officer of the receipt
of any document filed with the Clerk by any participant;

     (f) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only]  Maintain securely and make available to each

-------
                           :   - 13 -


non-signatory participant each document lodged pursuant  to the
requirements of §28.22(b) of this Part;

      (g) Bill any costs accrued under §28.17(c) of this  Part;

      (h) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of  the Clean
Water Act only]  Remove from the file and return to the  signatory
parties any  proposed consent order and supporting explanation
upon the disapproval of such proposed order by the Regional
Administrator pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part;

      (i) Perform such other ministerial and clerical matters as
required by the Presiding Officer to assist him in carrying out
his responsibilities under this Part; and

      (j) Perform such ministerial and clerical matters as
required by the Regional Administrator or Administrator  to assist
him in carrying out his responsibilities under this Part.

528.6 Representation by counsel.

     A respondent or commenter may be represented by counsel at  *
any stage of an action conducted under this Part.  The
complainant shall be represented by Agency counsel in all
proceedings under this Part.

§28.7 Computation of time.

      (a) Computation of days. In computing any period of time in
an action under this Part, the day of the event from which the
designated period runs shall not be included.  Saturdays, Sundays
and federal holidays shall be included, except that when a
deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or federal holiday, the
deadline shall be extended to the next business day.

      (b) Time of notice.  Except as specifically provided
elsewhere in this Part, for purposes of this Part, notice shall
be deemed given at the time of personal service, or five days
after the date of mailing or other means of substituted  service,
except that if notice is provided by certified mail, return
receipt requested, (or its equivalent pursuant to $28.9  of this
Part) notice occurs on the date that the return receipt  (or its
equivalent) is signed.

      (c) Time of compliance.  Except as provided otherwise by the
Presiding Officer or §28.24(c)(l) of this Part, a participant
shall be deemed to have complied with a deadline under this Part
if the participant either responds personally or posts the
response by first class mail (or any other messengered service
that is no less speedy and reliable) by the applicable deadline.

-------
                              - 14 -


§28.8 Limitations oa written legal arguments or statements.

     Any written legal argument or statement submitted to the
Presiding Officer by a participant in an action under this Part
shall be double spaced and typed  in pica (twelve point) or larger
type.  Except as otherwise provided by this Part, further limited
by the Presiding Officer, or otherwise authorized by the
Presiding Officer for good cause  shown, ho written legal argument
or statement, exclusive of any supporting documentation, may
exceed:

     (a) Twelve pages, if an initial argument;

     (b) Six pages, if a responsive argument; and

     (c) Three pages, if an argument in reply specifically
authorized by the Presiding Officer; or

     (d) Ten pages, if a statement specifically authorized by the
Presiding Officer.

$28.9 Service of documents.

     (a) By participants.  Except as otherwise provided by this
Part, each participant in an action simultaneously shall serve
with an attached certificate of service upon each other
participant and the Presiding Officer, personally or by first
class or certified mail (or any other manner of messengered
service that is no less reliable  or speedy), a copy of each
pleading and shall file the original pleading and the attached
certificate of service with the Hearing Clerk.

     (b) By the Hearing Clerk.  Except as otherwise provided by
this Part, the Hearing Clerk promptly shall serve with an
attached certificate of service upon each participant, personally
or by first class or certified mail (or any other manner of
messengered service that is no less reliable or speedy), any
notice, ruling, order, or other document issued by the Presiding
Officer, Regional Administrator, .or Administrator.

     (c) Upon counsel.  Except for service of the administrative
complaint or as otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer, any
service made upon a participant who is represented by an attorney
shall be made by serving the participant's attorney.

$28.1© Parties' burdens of going  forward/ proof and persuasion.

     (a) Complainant's burden of  going forward.  The complainant
has the burden pursuant to §28.16(a) of this Part of presenting a
cause of action and request for relief in the administrative
complaint.

-------
                              - 15 -
      (b) Respondent's burden of going forward.   The  respondent
has the burden of timely presenting:

           (1) In its responsive pleading made pursuant  to
§§28.2(u) and 28.20 of this Part any exculpatory statement as  to
liability and any statement opposing the complainant's  request
for relief proposed in the administrative complaint;  and

           (2) All information requested by the complainant
pursuant to §28.24(b)(2) of this Part and known  to the
respondent.

      (c) Parties', joint burden of going forvard.  [Safe Drinking
Water Act and section 309(g) of the Clean Water  Act only]   Each
signatory to a lodged proposed consent order shares the burden,
upon  the request of the Regional Administrator pursuant to
§28.22(b)(1)(ii) of this Part, of presenting to.the Regional
Administrator information supporting the legal bases  of the
proposed order.

      (d) Complainant's burden of proof.  Except  where the
respondent has failed to carry a burden of going forward as to a
given matter under paragraph (b)(1) of this section,  in any
hearing under §28.26 of this Part the complainant has the  burden
of proving each allegation of fact in the administrative
complaint by a preponderance of the evidence.

      (e) Parties' burden of persuasion.  Except  where the
respondent has failed to carry a burden of going forward as to a
given matter under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,  in any
proceeding under this Part the proponent of an argument to the
Presiding Officer has the burden of persuasion.

S28.ll Subpoenas.

      (a) Issuance.   The Presiding Officer may, on his own
initiative or at the request of a party, subpoena the testimony
of witnesses or the production of documents, or  both, for  a
hearing as to liability conducted pursuant to §28.26  of this
Part, in order to determine the truthfulness of  any allegation as
to liability included in the administrative complaint or
statement as to liability made in the response.

      (b) Service.  The Presiding Officer shall serve  the subpoena
upon its recipient in the manner prescribed for  the service of an
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.16(c) of this Part.

      (c) Filing with Hearing Clerk.  The Presiding Officer  shall
file a copy of the subpoena with the Hearing Clerk,  who shall
serve it on the parties in the manner required by §28.9(b)  of
this Part.

-------
                              - 16 -


§28.12 Prohibited communication.

      (a) Prohibition.  No  interested person or Agency
decisionmaker shall initiate or engage in any prohibited
communication.

      (b) Notification and  opportunity for investigation.   If
during proceedings under this Part the Presiding Officer receives
or becomes aware of a prohibited  communication by any  interested
person, he shall immediately notify each participant of the
circumstances and substance of the communication.  If  a
participant in the action  initiated or engaged in any  prohibited
communication as defined by §28.2(p)(2) of this Part or a
prohibited communication as defined by §28.2(p)(l) of  this Part
which was significant or prejudicial, or caused it to  be made,
the Presiding Officer shall upon  the request of any participant
require the participant who so communicated or caused  the
communication to be made,  to the  extent consistent with justice
and applicable law, to show cause why that participant's claim or
interest in the action should not be denied, disregarded,  or
otherwise adversely affected on account of such communication.

      (c) Sanctions or recusal.                       • ,

          (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, the Presiding Officer may, at any time before
transmission of a.recommended decision under §28.27(a)(3)  of this
Part, impose a sanction on any participant who has initiated or
engaged in a prohibited communication in violation of paragraph
(a) of this section, or caused such communication to be made.

          (2) The Regional Administrator may, at any time
following transmission of  a recommended decision under §28.27(a)
of this Part, impose a sanction (other than by fine or
imprisonment) on any participant who, after such transmission,
has initiated or engaged in a prohibited communication in
violation of paragraph (a) of this section, or caused such
communication to be made.  [Safe Drinking-Water Act and Section
309(g) of the Clean Water  Act only]  During any suspension of
proceedings pursuant to §28.22(b)(2) of this Part, the Regional
Administrator may impose a sanction (other than by fine or
imprisonment) on any participant who has initiated or engaged in
a prohibited communication, or caused such communication to be
made.

          (3) Any Agency decisionmaker who has initiated or
knowingly engaged in prohibited communication shall recuse
himself from further participation in the action except as a
witness.

§28.13 Request for an alternate Presiding Officer.

-------
                             — 17 -
      (a) J?eguest.  A "party may, by filing with the Hearing Clerk
a legal argument with supporting affidavits, request the Regional
Administrator to designate an alternate Presiding Officer on the
basis that the Presiding Officer has not met a limitation imposed
by §28.4(c) of this Part or has substantially failed to comply
with his duties under §28.4(b) of this Part.

      (b) Decision.  The Regional Administrator's decision on a
request for an alternate, Presiding Officer shall be in writing
and shall be supported by findings.  The Regional Administrator
shall grant the request and designate an alternate Presiding
Officer if he determines that the challenged Presiding Officer
has not met a limitation imposed by §28.4(c) of this Part or has
substantially failed to comply with the requirements of §28.4(b)
of this Part.  The Regional Administrator shall deny the request
if he determines, as applicable, that the challenged Presiding
Officer has at all times met the limitations imposed by §28.4(c)
of this Part or has substantially complied with the requirements
of §28.4(b) of this Part.

      (c) Sanctions.  The Regional Administrator may sanction the
requesting party (other than by fine or imprisonment) if he
denies a* request made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section
and determines that the requesting party acted for purpose of
delay or otherwise did not make the request in good faith.

528.14 Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
       requests for reconsideration.

      (a) Unavailability of administrative appeal.  No person may
administratively appeal any ruling, decision,  or other action of
the Presiding Officer or Regional Administrator,  whether
interlocutory or final, made or taken in connection with an
action under this Part.  No person may administratively appeal
the issuance of a subpoena issued pursuant to §28.11 of this
Part.

      (b) Limitation on requests for reconsideration.  No person
may request the Presiding Officer to reconsider the terms of a
recommended decision transmitted to the Regional Administrator
pursuant to §28.27(a) of this Part.  Except as otherwise provided
by §28.30 of this Part, no person may request reconsideration of
any ruling, decision, or other action of a Regional Administrator
or the Administrator, whether interlocutory or final, made or
taken under this Part.

§28.15 Prospective effect of this Part.

     This Part operates prospectively and shall govern any action
that is initiated by the .issuance of an administrative complaint
on or after the effective date of this Part.

-------
                              - 18  -
                     SUBPART B — PREHEARING


§28.16 Initiation of action.

     (a) Issuance of administrative complaint.  If the
complainant has information that:

          (1) [section 309(g) of tbe'Clean Water Act only]  Any
person has violated Section 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318, or 405
of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§1311, 1312, 1316, 1317, 1318,
1328 or 1345), or has violated any permit condition or limitation
implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under
section 402 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1342, by the
Regional Administrator or by a State, or in a permit issued under
section 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1344, by a State,
the complainant may issue an administrative complaint.

          (2) [Section 31l(b)(6) of the Clean Water Act only]
Any owner, operator, or person in charge of any vessel, onshore
facility, or offshore facility (i) has discharged oil or a
hazardous substance in violation of Section 311(b)(3) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1321(b)(3), or (ii) fails or refuses
to comply with any regulation issued under Section 311(j) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §132l(j), to which that owner,
operator, or person in charge is subject, the complainant may
issue an administrative complaint.

          (3) [Safe Drinking Water Act only]  Any person is
violating the requirement of an applicable underground injection
control program, the complainant may issue an administrative
complaint which alleges such violation and either proposes a
penalty or proposes a penalty and compliance, as authorized by
Section.1423(c)  of the SDWA, 42 U.S.C. §300h~2(c).  An
administrative complaint proposing compliance shall propose that
the respondent comply with the regulation, schedule, or other
requirement of the applicable underground injection control
program that is alleged to have been violated.  If the
complainant has information that a person has violated the
requirement of an applicable underground injection control
program, but such violation has ceased and its cause has been
remedied, the complainant may issue an administrative complaint
which proposes a penalty for that person's violation but does not
propose compliance.

          (4) [CERCLA only]  A person has failed or refused to
comply with the requirements of an administrative order or
agreement entered pursuant to Section 120 of CERCLA (42 U.S.C.

-------
                              - 19 -
§9620), a consent decree or  agreement entered pursuant  to  Section
122 of CERCLA  (42 U.S.C. §9622),  or has violated the requirements
of Section 103(a) or  (b) of  CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9603(a)  or
(b)(relating to notice to National Response Center); Section
103(d)(2) of CERCLA,  42 U.S.C.  §9603(d)(2)(relating to  the ,
destruction of records and related subjects); Section 108  of
CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9608  (relating to financial responsibility  and
related subjects); or an order  issued under Section 122(d)(3)  of
CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9622(d)(3)(relating to  settlement agreements
for action under Section 104[b] of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9604[b]),
the complainant may issue an administrative complaint.

          (5)  (Section 325(b)(1)  of EPCRA  only]  Any person  has
violated the requirements of Section 304 of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C.
§11004, the complainant may  issue an administrative complaint.

          (6)  [Section 325(c)(l)  of EPCRA  only]  Any person  has
failed to provide access or  failed to prepare, have, make
available or submit information as required by Section  312 of
EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11022, the complainant may issue an
administrative complaint.

          (7)  [Section 325(c)(2)  of EPCRA  only/ except  as  it may
apply to reporting requirements under Section 313 of EPCRA]  'Any
person has violated any requirement of Section 311 or 323(b) of
EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11021 or §11043(b), or has failed to  furnish
information to the Administrator  as required by Section 322(a)(2)
of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11042(a)(2), the complainant may issue an
administrative complaint.

          (8)  [Section 325(d)(l)  of EPCRA  only, except  as  it may
apply to trade secrecy claims under Section 313 of EPCRA]  Any
person has submitted  a trade secret claim  in violation  of the
requirements of Section 325(d)(1) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C.
§11045(d)(l), the complainant may issue an administrative
complaint.
                           i
     (b)  Notice of respondent's opportunity for hearing.  At the
time of the issuance  of the  administrative complaint, the
complainant shall notify the respondent in writing of:

          (1) The respondent's  opportunity to respond to the
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.20 of this Part;

          (2) The consequences  of the respondent's failure to
respond to the administrative complaint by the applicable
deadline; and

          (3) The applicability of this Part to the
administrative action initiated against him.

-------
                              - 20 -
                         *

      (c) Service of Administrative complaint.  Any authorized
Agency employee shall serve the administrative complaint upon the
respondent personally or by sending it to the respondent by
certified mail, return receipt requested.  If the respondent is a
corporation, the complainant shall serve the President of the
corporation or the corporation's registered agent for service of
process.  If the respondent is an unincorporated business, a
partnership, or any other form of unincorporated association, the
complainant shall serve any person authorized by applicable law
to receive service of process.  If the respondent is a federal
agency, State or State agency, or a local unit of government, the
complainant shall serve its chief executive officer, or its
authorized agent for service of process.  Service on the
respondent is complete upon acceptance of personal service or
when the return receipt is signed by any employee or agent of the
respondent who in the ordinary course of business is authorized
to sign for certified mail on behalf of the respondent.  If
personal service is ineffective and if certified mail is refused
or unclaimed, the complainant shall serve the respondent by
another appropriate means.  In such case, service is complete
upon the execution of substituted service.

      (d) Notice of administrative complaint.  [Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only]  No
later than the time of proof of service of the administrative
complaint, the complainant shall provide a copy of the public
notice of an action under this Part to the public by providing
notice by first class mail to any person who requests such notice
and by providing notice to potentially affected persons in a
manner reasonably calculated to provide such notice.

      (e) Opening of the administrative record.  Upon issuance of
the administrative complaint, the complainant or Agency counsel
shall open the administrative record by filing with the Hearing
Clerk appropriate documents, which shall include the
administrative complaint and attached certificate of service, and
which may include any evidence of violations, any information
relevant to the assessment of a civil penalty or the imposition
of a SDWA compliance remedy by the Regional Administrator, and
any anticipatory motions (including motions for summary
determination, accelerated decision, and remedy upon default)
with any supporting legal arguments and affidavits.

  '    (f) Anticipatory motions by complainant.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Part, at any time before the
respondent's deadline for the response pursuant to §28.20(a)  or
(b)  of this Part, whichever applies, the complainant may
anticipatorily move for a default remedy pursuant to §28.21(b)  of
this Part, or for summary determination as to liability or an
accelerated recommended decision pursuant to S28.25 of this Part.

-------
                              - 21 -


      (g) Notification of Agency decisionmaker.  Upon  issuance  of
the administrative  complaint  and  upon  receipt of proof of
service, the Hearing Clerk  immediately shall so notify the
appropriate Agency  decisionmaker.

      (h) Designation of  Presiding Officer.  The Regional
Administrator shall designate a Presiding Officer  for the
referenced Agency action no later than twenty days after the date
of service of the administrative  complaint.

§28.17 Availability of documents  filed with Hearing Clark.

     The Hearing Clerk shall  maintain  securely and shall make
available at reasonable  times for inspection and copying by any
person documents filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to this
Part, subject to any:

      (a) Provision  of law restricting  the public disclosure of
confidential business information;

      (b) Restriction necessary  to insure the physical security of
the filed documents; and

      (c) Agency rule governing  the costs of copying Agency
records.

$28.18 Withdrawal or amendment  of administrative complaint.

      (a) Withdrawal of administrative  complaint.   The complainant
may withdraw the administrative complaint without  prejudice:

          (1) Unilaterally  and  as of right at any  time before the
deadline prescribed by §28.20(a)  or (b) of this Part  (whichever
applies), or the date of the  respondent's filing of a response in
the action, whichever is sooner;  or

          (2) By stipulation with the  respondent or by permission
of the Presiding Officer at any time after the deadline
prescribed by §28.20(a) or  (b)  of this Part (whichever applies),
or the date of the  respondent's filing of a response in the
action, whichever is sooner.

      (b) Amendment  of administrative complaint.  The complainant
may amend the administrative  complaint:

          (1) Unilaterally  and  as of right at any  time,before ,theN
deadline prescribed by §28.20(a)  or (b) of this Part  (whichever
applies), or the date of the respondent's filing of a response in
the action, whichever is sooner; or

-------
                              - 22 -


           (2) By stipulation with the respondent or by permission
of the Presiding Officer at any time after the deadline
prescribed by §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part  (whichever applies),
or the date of the respondent's filing of a  response  in  the
action, whichever is sooner.

$28.19 consultation with state. [Section 309(g) of the clean
       Water Act only]

     The complainant shall, within thirty days of the
respondent's receipt of the administrative complaint, provide the
State agency with the most direct authority  over the  matters
which are the subject of the action under this Part ah
opportunity for consultation on the referenced Agency action.

$28.20 Responses to administrative complaint.

     (a) Respondent's deadline.  The respondent shall file with
the Hearing Clerk a response within thirty days after receipt of:

           (1) the administrative complaint;  or,

           (2) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only] If applicable, the Regional Administrator's
disapproval of a proposed lodged consent order pursuant  to
§28.28(b)(2) of this Part.

     (b) Extension of respondent's deadline.  For the purpose of
engaging in informal settlement negotiations between  the
complainant and respondent the deadline for the respondent to
file a response pursuant to paragraph (a)(l) of this  section
shall be extended:

     (1) For any period stipulated by the complainant and
respondent (but in no event for longer than ninety days  following
such deadline), by filing such stipulation with the Hearing Clerk
within thirty days after respondent's receipt of the
administrative complaint; or

     (2) For thirty days following such deadline in the  case of
an offer of a penalty settlement by the respondent, by filing
notice of the existence of such an offer with the Hearing Clerk
within thirty days after the respondent's receipt of  the
administrative complaint.

     (c) Deadline for public comment and participation.  [Safe
Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act
only]  Any member of the public may, within thirty days  after
receipt of the notice provided pursuant to $28.16(d)  of  this
Part:

-------
                              - 23 -
           (1) Submit written  comments  on the administrative
complaint  to the Hearing Clerk  identified  in the notice; or

           (2) Become a participant  in  the  action by meeting the
requirements of §28.2(g) of this Part.

      (d) Admission.  Each uncontested  allegation in the
administrative complaint as to  liability is deemed admitted by
the respondent, whether by the  respondent's failure to make a
timely response pursuant to paragraph  (a)  or (b) of this section,
whichever  applies, or by the  respondent's  failure in a timely
response to deny such allegation included  in the administrative
complaint.

      (.e) Waiver.  If the respondent fails  to make a timely
response pursuant to paragraph  (a) or  (b)  of this section,
whichever  applies, the respondent shall have waived its
opportunity to appear in the  action for any purpose.

      (f) Amendment of response.  A respondent who has timely
responded  pursuant to paragraph (a) or  (b) of this section,
whichever  applies, may:

           (1) As of right amend its response within thirty days
following  the complainant's amendment of the administrative
complaint  pursuant to §28.18  of this Part; or

           (2)  Amend its, response no later than thirty days prior
to the date set for the first proceeding on the merits under this
Part upon  stipulation with the  complainant or by permission of
the Presiding Officer upon a  finding of good cause shown and upon
a finding  that such amendment would not prejudice the
complainant.

§28.21 Default proceedings.

      (a) Determination of liability.  If the respondent fails
timely to  respond pursuant to §28.20(a) or (b)  of this Part or
the Presiding Officer determines the respondent's conduct
warrants imposition of the sanction of default as to liability,
the Presiding Officer, on his own initiative, shall immediately
determine  whether the complainant has stated a cause of action.

           (1) If the Presiding  Officer determines that the
complainant has stated a cause  of action,  the Presiding Officer
shall direct the Hearing Clerk  to enter the respondent's default
as to liability in the administrative record.  Upon entry, the
allegations as to liability included in the administrative
complaint  shall be deemed recommended findings of fact and
conclusions of law.

-------
                              - 24 -
           (2) If the ..Presiding Officer determines that the
complainant has not stated a cause of action, the Presiding
Officer shall:

                (i) Allow the complainant to amend the
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.18(b)(2) of this Part;
or

                (ii) Set forth that determination in a recommended
decision to the Regional Administrator pursuant to §28.27(a)(3)
of this Part and shall recommend that the Regional Administrator
withdraw the administrative complaint.

      (b)' Determination of remedy.  In any action under this Part
in which the Hearing Clerk has entered a default as to liability,
the complainant shall submit within thirty days of receipt of the
entry of default a written argument (with any supporting
documentation) regarding the assessment of an appropriate civil
penalty and (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water Act)
regarding the requirement for compliance, subject to the
following limitations:

           (I) [CERCLA, Section 309(g)  of the Clean Water Act and
Section 325(b) of EPCRA only]  The argument shall be limited to
the nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation or
violations and, with respect to the respondent, ability to pay,
any prior history of such violations,  the degree of culpability,
the economic benefit or savings (if any) respondent enjoyed
resulting from the violation, and such other matters as justice
may require.

           (2) [Section 3ll(b)(6) of the Clean Hater Act only]
The argument shall be limited to the seriousness of the violation
or violations, the economic benefit to the violator, if any,
resulting from the violation, the degree of culpability involved,
any other penalty for the same incident, any history of prior
violations, the nature, extent, and degree of success of any
efforts of the violator to minimize or mitigate the effects of
the discharge, the economic impact of the penalty on the
violator,  and any other matters as justice may require.

           (3) [Safe Drinking Water Act only]  The argument as to
penalty shall be limited to the seriousness of the respondent's
violation or violations, the economic benefit (if any) respondent
enjoyed resulting from the violation,  and any history of such
violations, any good faith efforts by the respondent to comply
with the applicable requirements, the economic impact of the
penalty on the respondent, and such other matters as justice may
require.  The argument as to compliance shall be limited to the
reasonableness of the time required for compliance, if any, and

-------
                              - 25 -


the necessity for any  interim 'requirements,  such  as  reporting
requirements, that may be  included  in any  compliance order.

§28.22 Consent orders.

      (a) Agreement of  parties.

           (1) Except as specifically provided by  paragraph  (b) of
this section, at any time  before  final Agency action,  the
complainant and a respondent may  conclude  an action,  in whole or
in part, by agreeing upon  a civil penalty  and  (in the case of the
Safe Drinking Water Act) a'compliance remedy which is reasonably
related to the respondent's violation of law.  The parties shall
memorialize such an agreement in  the form  of an Agency consent
order and serve it pursuant to §28.9(a) of this Part.  Upon
service, a consent order signed by  the complainant and a
respondent has the force and effect of a unilateral  order which
has been signed by the Regional Administrator under  $28.28 of
this Part, except that a signatory  respondent may not appeal  such
a consent order to the appropriate  federal court.

           (2) If the filing of the  consent order  with the Hearing*
Clerk pursuant to paragraph (1) of  this section does  not wholly
conclude the action:

               (i) The parties shall inform  the Presiding Officer
of the issues that remain  unresolved; and

               (ii) The Presiding Officer  shall promptly inform
the parties or the remaining parties of the  schedule  of the
remaining proceedings.

      (b) Submission of proposed consent order.  [Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section  309(g) of the Clean  Water Act only]  In any
action in which a commenter is participating or may participate
pursuant to §§28.2(g)  and  28.20(c)(2)  of this Part, and in which
the parties have reached an agreement on the terms of  a consent
order pursuant to paragraph (a) of  this section:

           (1) The parties  shall:

               (i) Sign a  proposed  consent order and  lodge it
with the Hearing Clerk no  sooner  than the  deadline established
for public comment and participation pursuant to  §28.20(c) of
this Part; and

               (ii) Upon the request of the  Regional
Administrator, lodge a written explanation of the  legality of the
proposed consent order with the Hearing Clerk.

-------
                              - 26 -


          (2) If the parties have complied with the requirements
of paragraph  (b)(1)(i) of this section, the action shall be
suspended until the Regional Administrator approves or
disapproves the proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of
this Part.

          (3) The complainant shall serve each non-signatory
participant in the action with a copy of the proposed consent
order at the time the parties lodge the proposed order pursuant
to paragraph  (b)(1)(i) of this section and notify each non-
signatory participant of the suspension of the action occurring
pursuant to paragraph (2) of this section and of the provisions
of S§28.2(p), 28.4(c) and 28.12 of this Part which prohibit
communication with the Presiding Officer or the Regional
Administrator regarding the substance of the proposed order.

          (4) Upon receipt of a proposed consent order lodged
pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the Hearing
Clerk shall notify the Presiding Officer of its receipt, transmit
the proposed order to the Regional Administrator, and make all
documents filed with the Hearing Clerk by the participants
available to the Regional Administrator.  Upon receipt of a
written explanation lodged .pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
this section, the Hearing Clerk shall transmit the explanation to
the Regional Administrator.

          (5) Upon approval by the Regional Administrator of a
proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part, all
documents that have been filed with the Hearing Clerk by the
participants before the time the proposed consent order is lodged
and any written explanation of the legality of the proposed order
submitted to the Regional Administrator by the parties pursuant
to paragraph  (b)(1)(ii)  of this section are deemed to constitute
the administrative record underlying the approved consent order.

          (6) Upon disapproval by the Regional Administrator of a
proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part, the
Presiding Officer shall promptly reschedule any previously
suspended proceedings, and the action shall resume according to
the provisions of this Part.

$28.23 Frentering conference.

     (a) Time and form of conference. In any action in which the
respondent timely responds pursuant to §28.20(a) or (b) of this
Part, the Presiding Officer shall hold a prehearing conference
among all the parties to the action not later than thirty days
after such response.  The Presiding Officer may conduct the
conference in person or by telephone.

-------
                              - 27 -
      (b) Purposes of  conference.  At the prehearing  conference
the Presiding Officer:

           (/I) Shall establish a time and place  for further
proceedings  in the action pursuant to the requirements of
paragraph  (c) of this section;

           (2) Shall,  upon request of any party, schedule an
exchange of  information as appropriate, and subject  to the
limitations  of §28.24 of this Part, where appropriate, on his own
impose additional limitations on the scope of an exchange of
information,between the parties;

           (3) May attempt to simplify issues and help the parties
to stipulate to facts not in dispute;

           (4) May explore the necessity or desirability of
amendments to the pleadings; and

           (5) May discuss any other appropriate subject.

      (c) Time and place of further proceedings.

           (1)  The Presiding Officer shall schedule  a proceeding
on the merits of the  action and, as may be required, any other
proceeding.  Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (c)(2) of
this  section, each proceeding shall be conducted at  an
appropriate  Agency office.  The Presiding Officer shall schedule
the proceeding on the merits to take place no sooner than thirty
days  following the date of the prehearing conference conducted
pursuant to  this section, or no sooner than seven days following
the completion of any information exchange scheduled pursuant to
§28.24(c) of this Part (exclusive of any supplemental exchange
pursuant to  §28.24[c][1]), whichever is later.

           (2)  Any party, on the basis of necessity, may request
in writing within ten days of receipt of the notice  of such
proceeding that the Presiding Officer schedule such  a proceeding
at a time or location other than that initially specified by the
Presiding Officer.  The Presiding Officer shall promptly grant or
deny such a  request.

      (d) Prehearing order.  The Presiding Officer shall issue to
the participants a prehearing order no later than twenty days
following the conference which shall memorialize the rulings of
the Presiding Officer made at the prehearing conference.  The
Presiding Officer may, to aid the efficient administration of
justice, modify the prehearing order as necessary, except as
limited by §28.24(c) of this Part.

§28.24 Information exchange.

-------
                              - 29  -
supplement information requested pursuant to paragraph  (b)(1) of
this section if such supplementary information becomes known to
the requested party after the applicable information response
deadline established by the Presiding Officer.  Except for good
cause shown, the supplementing party shall complete service to
the requestor of such supplemental information by no later than
seven days prior to the date set for the noticed proceeding.

          (2) [Clean water Act and safe Drinking Water Act only]
The Presiding Officer may, for good cause shown, extend the
deadline for the parties to provide information as required by
paragraph (b) of this section for a period not to exceed thirty
days.  The Presiding Officer may grant, in sequence, subsequent
extensions of up to thirty days each upon an individual showing
of good cause for each extension.

     (d) Service.  Each party simultaneously shall serve each set
of information requests or responses to an information request
personally or by first class or'certified mail (or any other
manner of messengered service that is no less speedy and
reliable), with an attached certificate of service, upon the
other party and the Presiding Officer.  If, pursuant to the
requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, the parties have
stipulated to any other exchange of information, the parties
shall promptly provide such information to the Presiding Officer.

     (e) Sanctions.

          (i) Any party that fails timely:

               (i) To provide the name and all supporting
information required pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section regarding any witness may not present that witness at a
proceeding under §28.26 of this Part;

               (ii) To produce a document required pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section may not submit, or have
submitted, such a document for the administrative record at a
proceeding under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part, or otherwise;

               (iii) To provide to complainant any information
required pursuant to paragraph  (b)(2)(i) of this section
concerning an inability to pay a civil penalty may not submit, or
have submitted, any information for the administrative record
concerning its inability to pay the civil penalty requested by
complainant; and

               (iv) To provide to complainant any information
required pursuant to paragraph  (b)(2)(ii) of this section
concerning net profits, delayed or avoided costs, or any other
form of economic benefit resulting from any activity or failure

-------
                              - 28 -


      (a) Authority.  Except by stipulation of the parties which
is filed with the Hearing Clerk,  by the issuance of a subpoena
pursuant to §28.11 of this Part,  and by authorization of law
outside the scope of this Part, this section provides exclusive
authority for the provision of information by parties and
provides such authority only in an action in which the respondent
has timely responded to an administrative complaint pursuant to
§28.20(a) or (b) of this Part.

      (b) Scope of exchange.  Subject to paragraph (a) of this
section, and subject to any further limitation imposed by the
Presiding Officer in a prehearing order issued pursuant to
§28.23(b)(2) of this Part:

          (1) Each party, upon request by an opposing party,
shall provide, in writing, to the requestor only:

               (i) The name of each witness it intends to present
at any proceeding under §28.26 of this Part, as well as a brief
description of the witness' connection to the action, the
witness1 qualifications (in the case of an expert witness), and
the subject matter of the intended testimony; and

               (ii) Each document (other than a document to be
used solely for purposes of impeachment) it intends to introduce
at any proceeding under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part and which
has not been filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to §28.16(e)
of this Part; and

          (2) Respondent, upon request by complainant, shall
provide to the complainant in writing all information requested
by the complainant and known to the respondent relating to:

               (i) The respondent's inability to pay a civil
penalty; and

               (ii) The respondent's net profits, delayed or
avoided costs, or any other form  of economic benefit resulting
from any activity or failure to act.by the respondent which is
alleged in the administrative complaint to be a violation of
applicable law.

     (c) riffling- of exchange.

          (1) The parties shall conduct the exchange of  ,
information according to the schedule established by the
Presiding Officer pursuant to §28.23(b) and (d) of this Part, but
except as provided for by paragraph (c)(2) of this section and a
continuing right to supplement described below, under no
circumstance shall such exchange  conclude later than sixty days
after the date of the prehearing  conference.  The parties may

-------
                              - 30 -


to act by the respondent which is alleged in the administrative
complaint to be a violation of applicable law, may not submit, or
have submitted, any information for the administrative record on
such subject.

          (2) Except as specifically provided'in paragraph  (e)(1)
of this section, the Presiding Officer has discretion to  impose
on any party that fails to comply with the requirements of  this
section any sanction that is just and proper.

$28.25 summary determination and accelerated recommended  decision

     (a) Initiation.  In any action in which a respondent has
timely responded to an administrative complaint pursuant  to
§28.20(a) or (b) of this Part:

          (1)  Any party may request, by legal argument with or
without supporting affidavits, that the Presiding Officer
summarily determine any allegation as to liability being
adjudicated on the basis that there is no genuine issue of
material fact for determination presented by the administrative
record and any exchange of information..  Any party may also
request, by legal argument with or without supporting affidavits,
that the Presiding Officer accelerate his recommended decision on
the basis that there .is no compelling need for further fact-
finding concerning remedy.  The requesting party shall serve the
request at least thirty days before any date set for a liability
hearing, except that upon leave granted by the Presiding  Officer
for good cause shown, the requesting party may file the request
at any time before the close of the liability hearing.

          (2)  The Presiding Officer, at any time following the
initial deadline for the exchange of information under §§28.23
and 28.24 of this Part and before the commencement of a liability
hearing, and upon examination of the entire administrative  record
and any exchange of information by the parties, may on his  own
initiative summarily determine that a party is entitled to
judgment as to liability as a matter of law.

          (3) Upon summarily determining liability pursuant to
this section, or upon stipulation by the parties as to liability,
the Presiding Officer may on his own initiative and without
further fact-finding accelerate the recommended decision.   In
reaching the recommended decision, the Presiding Officer  shall
consider the applicable factors set forth in §28.21(b) of this
Part and (in the case of a compliance remedy under the Safe
Drinking Water Act)  shall consider the reasonableness of the
remedy.

     (b) Response.  Any party against whom a request for  summary
determination or accelerated recommended decision has been  made

-------
                              - .32 -


           (2) The Presiding Officer shall on his own initiative
summarily determine that a party  is entitled to judgment as to
liability as a matter of law  if he finds, based on an examination
of the administrative record  and  any information exchanged by the
parties, that the participants present ho genuine issue of
material fact as to liability and a party is entitled to judgment
as to liability as a matter of law.

      (e) Determination of liability.  If the Presiding Officer
determines that a party is entitled to judgment as to liability
as a matter of law by means of summary determination, the
Presiding Officer shall prepare any written recommended finding
of fact and any conclusion of law corresponding to such
determination.  If the Presiding  Officer does not accelerate a
recommended decision, the Presiding Officer shall promptly serve
each participant with a copy  of such recommended finding and
conclusion of law.  If the Presiding Officer accelerates the
recommended decision, upon completion of the recommended decision
the Presiding Officer shall follow the procedures prescribed by
§28.27 of this Part.

      (f) Determination of genuine issue of fact.  The Presiding
Officer shall deny a request  for  summary determination of
liability if he finds the administrative record and any exchange
of information by the parties present a genuine issue of material
fact.  If the Presiding Officer denies a request for summary
determination, or denies such a request in part, the Presiding
Officer shall promptly issue  to each participant a written ruling
as to the existence of a genuine  issue of material fact as to
liability and the reasons for the ruling, and the action shall
continue on the factual allegations over which the participants
have demonstrated the existence of a genuine issue.

      (g) Supplementation of administrative record.  In any action
in which the Presiding Officer has on his own initiative
determined that a party is entitled to judgment as to liability
as a matter of law pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
and has based that determination  in any part on any document
provided pursuant to §28.24 of this Part that is not otherwise
within the administrative record, the Presiding Officer shall
incorporate such document into the administrative record pursuant
to §28.2(b)(15) of this Part  by filing it with the Hearing Clerk.
The Presiding Officer shall not incorporate in the administrative
record any document barred from the administrative record by
operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this Part.
                       SUBPART C — HEARING

-------
                              - 31 -


shall serve a response to the request or a counter-request no
later than twenty days following receipt of the opposing party's
request, or thirty days following the service of the
administrative complaint, whichever is later, unless the
Presiding Officer establishes a different schedule.  Any party
against whom a counter-request under this subsection has been
made may serve a response to the counter-request no later than
twenty days following receipt of the counter-request, unless the
Presiding Officer establishes a different schedule.  A party
opposing a request or counter-request for summary determination
shall show, by affidavit or by other documentation, that the
administrative record and any exchange of information present a
genuine issue of material fact as to liability.  A party opposing
a request for an accelerated recommended decision shall show, by
affidavit or by other documentation, that there is a compelling
need for the introduction of testimony material to the assessment
of a civil penalty or (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water
Act) the imposition of a compliance remedy.                 .

     (c) Form and record of argument.  After receipt of all
information associated with a request or counter-request under
this section from all parties, or pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) or"
(a)(3) of this section, the Presiding Officer may require oral
argument of each participant in order to aid the administration
of justice.  The Presiding Officer shall not allow argument
regarding matters barred from the administrative record by
operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this Part.  If the Presiding
Officer allows rebuttal argument, such rebuttal shall be allowed
only to the parties.  The Presiding Officer shall create by
written, electronic, or other permanent and reliable means a
verbatim record of any oral argument presented pursuant to this
section and shall file that record with the Hearing Clerk.

     (d) Basis for ruling.

          (1) The Presiding Officer shall rule on a request for
summary determination or an accelerated recommended decision
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section promptly after he finds,
based on the administrative record, any exchange of information,
and any arguments of the participants, whether the participants
present a genuine issue of material fact as to liability and
whether a party is entitled to judgment as to liability as a
matter of law.  The Presiding Officer shall rule on a request for
an accelerated recommended decision based.on whether there is a
compelling need for further fact-finding.  If the Presiding
Officer denies a request for an accelerated decision, the
Presiding Officer shall promptly schedule an appropriate
proceeding pursuant to §28.26(h) of this Part to develop the
administrative record regarding an appropriate remedy.

-------
                              - 33 -
§28.26 Liability hearing.

      (a) Scope of hearing.   Except  as  otherwise  specifically set
forth in paragraphs  (h),  (i)  and  (k) of  this  section, the
Presiding Officer shall conduct any hearing pursuant to this
section -necessary to determine the  truthfulness  of any unresolved
allegation of fact  (or conclusion of law based on an unresolved
question of fact) as to liability which  was set  forth in the
administrative complaint.

      (b) Conduct of hearing.

          (1) The Presiding  Officer shall conduct a fair and
impartial proceeding in which each  participant has a reasonable
opportunity to be heard and  to present evidence.
witness;
           (2) The Presiding Officer may:

                (i) Administer the oath or affirmation of a
                (ii) Require the authentication of any written
exhibit or statement;

                (iii) Examine witnesses to clarify the
administrative record; and

                (iv) Limit the number of witnesses and the scope
and extent of any direct examination or cross-examination under
this section as necessary to protect the interests of justice and
conduct a reasonably expeditious hearing.

     (c) Testimony.  Each witness shall testify in the form
determined by the Presiding Officer to be most efficient in
resolving an issue.  Forms of testimony include oral testimony
provided in person or by other means', and written or otherwise
recorded testimony.  Testimony shall be limited to facts
regarding liability and shall not include issues of law.

     (d) Admission of evidence.  The Presiding Officer shall
decide which documents and testimony shall be admitted into
evidence.  The Presiding Officer shall admit all evidence which
is relevant, material, or of significant probative value.  The
Presiding Officer shall not admit evidence barred from the
administrative record by operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this
Part.

     (e) Official notice.  Except as prohibited by S28.4(c)(5) or
(6) of this Part, the Presiding Officer may take official notice
of matters judicially noticed in the federal courts, of other
facts within the specialized knowledge and experience of the

-------
                              - 34  -
Agency, and of matters that are not reasonably in dispute and are
commonly known in the community or are ascertainable from readily
available sources of known accuracy.  Prior to taking official
notice of a matter/ the Presiding Officer shall give the parties
an opportunity to show cause why such notice should not be taken.

     (f) Cross-examination.  Any opposing party has a right of
cross-examination after the introduction of a witness* direct
testimony.  A party shall not cross-examine regarding a matter
that is outside the scope of the direct examination.  [Safe
Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act
only]  The Presiding Officer shall not allow a commenter an
opportunity to cross-examine a party's witness.  Agency counsel
has the right to the first cross-examination of a commenter's
witness.

     (g) Elements and order of presentation.  The elements of a
liability hearing are set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6)
of this section.  Unless otherwise directed by the Presiding
Officer, the order of the hearing shall be as follows:

          (1) Agency counsel may summarize the factual bases of  *
the administrative complaint and intended witness testimony.

          (2) The respondent may summarize the factual bases of
the response and intended witness testimony.

          (3) Agency counsel may offer any inculpatory
testimonial or other evidence within the scope of the hearing.

          (4) Respondent may offer any exculpatory testimonial or
other evidence within the scope of the hearing.

          (5) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean water Act only] Any commenter may introduce testimonial or
other evidence within the scope of the hearing under this section
if such evidence concerns an allegation identified by the
commenter pursuant to §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part,
subject to the following limitations:

               (i) The commenter may offer into evidence a
witness1 testimony only if the commenter had notified all other
participants at least twenty days prior to the commencement of
the liability hearing of the name of the witness, a brief
description of the witness1 connection to the action, his
qualifications (in the case of an expert witness),  and the
subject matter of the witness' intended testimony.

               (ii) The commenter may offer into evidence a
document only if the commenter had provided a copy of such

-------
                              - 36 -
S28.27 Recommended decision.

      (a)  Preparation and transmission.  Within a  reasonable  time
following any remedy proceeding pursuant to  §28.21(b),  $28.25 Or
§28.26(h) of this Part, or upon a determination by the  Presiding
Officer'pursuant to §28.21(a)(2)(ii) or §28.25 of  this  Part that
the complainant has failed to carry its burden of  going forward
pursuant to the provisions of §28.10(a) of this Part, or upon a
determination by the Presiding Officer that  the complainant has
failed to carry any burden of proof pursuant to §§28.lO(d) and
28.26 of this Part, the Presiding Officer shall:

          (1) Certify the administrative record as complete to
date and in compliance with all requirements of this Part;

          (2) Make the administrative record available  to the
Regional Administrator; and

          (3) Prepare and transmit a recommended decision to  the
Regional Administrator.

      (b) Publication.  The Presiding Officer shall file a copy of
the recommended decision with the Hearing Cleric at the  time of
its transmittal to the Regional Administrator and  the Hearing
Clerk immediately shall serve each participant with a copy of the
recommended decision.

§28.28 Decision of the Regional Administrator.

      (a) Contested or default order.  In any action in  which  the
Regional Administrator receives a recommended decision  from the
Presiding Officer, the Regional Administrator shall:

          (1) Base his decision on the administrative record  and
the applicable law;

          (2) Within a reasonable time following receipt of the
Presiding Officer's recommended decision:

               (i) Withdraw the administrative complaint on the
basis that the administrative complaint does not state  a cause of
action or that the allegations of fact and conclusions  of law in
the administrative complaint are not supported by  the
administrative record; or

               (ii) Issue an order on the basis that the
administrative record and applicable law support such an order;
and

               (iii)  If the Regional Administrator rejects the
recommendation of the Presiding Officer in whole or in  part,

-------
                              - 37 -
provide a written explanation for that rejection that states each
point of disagreement with the recommendation of the Presiding
Officer.

          (3) Upon issuance of an order pursuant to applicable
law, provide a written decision that is supported by clear
reasons and the administrative record and includes a statement of
the right of judicial review and of the procedures and deadlines
for obtaining judicial review.  The order shall be comprised of
the Regional Administrator's findings of fact which establish the
Agency's subject matter jurisdiction and the respondent's
violation of any applicable law as alleged in the administrative
complaint/ conclusions of law, assessment of an appropriate
penalty after taking into account all applicable statutory
penalty factors, and, if applicable (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act), requirement of compliance with applicable
requirements. [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only]  In
any action in which a comroenter is participating pursuant to
SS28.2(g) and 28.20(c)(2) of this Part, the order shall state
that the commenter has the right to petition to set aside the
order pursuant to §28.30 of this Part.

     (b) Consent order. [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section
309(g) of the Clean Water Act only]

          (1) In any action in which the Regional Administrator
receives a proposed consent order from the Hearing Clerk pursuant
to §28.22(b)(4) of this Part, the Regional Administrator shall
determine whether the proposed consent order meets the
requirements of this Part and applicable law by reviewing the
proposed order, the administrative record, and any written
explanation of the legality of the order submitted upon his
request by the signatory parties.

          (2) Within a reasonable time following its receipt,
without amendment and by his signature the Regional Administrator
shall either approve and issue or disapprove the proposed consent
order.  If the Regional Administrator disapproves the proposed
consent order, he shall provide the signatory parties with a
written explanation for the disapproval based on the factors set
forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

     (c) Publication.  The Hearing Clerk shall, within seven days
of the signing of an order by the Regional Administrator under
this section, send a copy of the order:

          (1) To the Presiding Officer, each participant, and any
defaulted respondent; and

          (2) To the Administrator, if the order was issued
pursuant to paragraph (a) -of this section.

-------
                              - 35 -
document to all other participants at least twenty days prior to
the commencement of the liability hearing.

           (6) At the discretion of the Presiding Officer, the
parties may present rebuttal testimony within the scope of
evidence introduced at the hearing, except (in the case of the
Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309[g] of the Clean Water
Act) the parties shall have the right to present rebuttal
testimony  in response to any testimony presented by a commenter's
witness.               -

     (h) Remedy issues.  The Presiding Officer has the
discretion, based on a compelling need for additional fact-
finding on issues material to remedy, to allow the participants
to introduce testimony on such issues.  The Presiding Officer
shall not  allow testimony if the issues can be appropriately
explored by use of legal argument and affidavits, or by the
submission by the participants of written recommended findings of
fact and conclusions of law pursuant to paragraph.(k) of this
section.   If the Presiding Officer allows such testimony, he
shall conduct such proceeding in the most timely and efficient
manner possible.  In any such proceeding, the Presiding Officer
shall consider any applicable Agency policy (except any Agency
policy, or portion thereof, that applies to settlement of a
penalty claim) concerning the assessment of an administrative
penalty.

     (i) Closing argument.  After all evidence has been presented
at the hearing, the Presiding Officer may allow the participants
to present an oral closing statement regarding issues of
liability  and of remedy,  and may allow the participants to submit
any documentation regarding remedy.

     (j) Hearing record.   The Presiding Officer shall create by
written, electronic, or other permanent and reliable means a
verbatim record of the hearing and shall file that record with
the Hearing Clerk.

     (k) Findings and conclusions.  The Presiding Officer may
request the participants to submit, within a reasonable time
after the  conclusion of the hearing, proposed recommended
findings of fact and conclusions of law,  as well as any
documentation regarding remedy.  The Presiding Officer shall,
after the  conclusion of a hearing and the submission of any
documents  requested pursuant to this section,  follow the
procedures prescribed by §28.27 of this Part.
                    SUBPART D — POST-HEARING

-------
                              - 38 -


      (d) Completion of administrative record.  The Regional
Administrator shall file with  the Hearing  Clerk  the record of any
sanction he imposes under §28.12(c)(2) or  §28.13(c) of this Part,
any decision he makes regarding a request  for  an alternate
Presiding Officer under §28.i3(b) of this  Part,  any written -
explanation submitted by the parties pursuant  to §28.22(b)(1)(ii)
of this Part in support of a consent order that  has been  approved
by the Regional Administrator, any  action  of the Administrator
pursuant to §28.29 of this Part, any written explanation  of a
rejection of the recommendation of  the Presiding Officer  pursuant
to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section,  any  order the Regional
Administrator issues pursuant  to this section, any other
significant action he takes in an action under this Part  other
than a written explanation of  his disapproval  of a proposed
consent order, and (in the case of  an action pursuant to  Section
309[g] of the Clean Water Act) any  evidence submitted by  a
petitioner pursuant to §28.30  of this Part and any decision to
grant a petition pursuant to §28.30(b) of  this Part.

      (e) Pate of issuance.  For- purposes of appeal, an order of
the Regional Administrator pursuant to this Part shall be deemed
to be issued five days following the date  of mailing of the
Regional Administrator's order to respondent.

      (f) Effective date.  Any  order issued pursuant to this Part
becomes effective thirty days  following its date of issuance
unless before that date:   .

          (1) [Section 309(g)  of the Clean Water Act only]  An
appeal is taken pursuant to Section 309(g)(8)  of the Clean Water
Act, 33 U.S.C. §l319(g)(8), or a commenter files a timely
petition pursuant to §28.30 of this Part.  If  the Regional
Administrator denies such a petition, the  order  becomes effective
thirty days after such denial;

          (2) [Section 311(b)(6) of the Clean  Water Act only] An
appeal is taken pursuant to Section 311(b)(6)(G)  of the Clean
Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1321(b)(6)(G);

          (3) [Safe Drinking Water  Act only]   An appeal is taken
pursuant to Section 1423(c)(6) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42
U.S.C. §300h-2(c)(6);

          (4) [CERCLA only]  An appeal is  taken  pursuant  to
Section 109(a)(4) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9609(a)(4);

          (5) [EPCRA only]  An appeal is taken pursuant to
Section 325(f)(l) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11045(f)(1); or

          '(6) The Administrator suspends the implementation of
the order pursuant to §28.29 of this Part.

-------
                              - 39 -
      (g) Final Agency action.  The issuance of an order by  the
Regional Administrator pursuant to this section constitutes final
Agency action on  its effective date for purposes of the
Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. §551.

§28.29 Sua sponte review.

     The Administrator may, on his own initiative, within thirty
days of the date  of issuance by the Regional Administrator  of a
contested or default order under §28.28(a) of this Part, suspend
implementation .of such order for the purpose of reviewing its
conclusions of law or its sufficiency pursuant to §28.28(a)(3) of
this Part.  The Administrator, after such review, may amend its
conclusions of law, withdraw the order, remand the order for
appropriate action by the Regional Administrator, or may allow
the order to issue unchanged.  In any action in which the
Administrator acts pursuant to this section, the provisions of
§28.28 of this Part shall apply, except that:

      (a)  The Regional Administrator who issued an order shall be
deemed the recommending Presiding Officer for purposes of §28.28;
                                             <4 '
      (b)  Upon suspension of the order, the Administrator who
suspended an order shall be deemed the Regional Administrator for
purposes of §28.28;

      (c)  The Regional Administrator's order, except for its
findings of fact, shall be deemed a recommended decision; the
Regional Administrator's findings of fact are findings of fact
for purposes of this Part and not subject to review by the
Administrator;

      (d)  If the  Administrator does not amend the Regional
Administrator's conclusions of law nor determine that the order
is insufficient pursuant to §28.28(a)(3)  of this Part, the
Regional Administrator's determination of remedy is not subject
to review; if the Administrator does amend the Regional
Administrator's conclusions of law or determines such
insufficiency, the. Regional Administrator's determination of
remedy shall be remanded by the Administrator to the Regional
Administrator for appropriate action, except that if the
Administrator determines the respondent is not liable at all
under applicable  law, the Administrator shall withdraw the
administrative complaint and the order of the Regional
Administrator without remand;

     (e)  If the  Administrator allows the order to issue
unchanged, the requirements of §28.28(a)(3) of this Part shall
not apply;

-------
                              - 40 -
     (f)  If the Administrator withdraws, amends or remands the
order, the requirement of §28.28 (a) (3) of this Part to maJce
findings of fact and to order a remedy shall not apply; and

     (g) * The Administrator's decision to suspend  implementation
of an order shall not be deemed final Agency action for the
purposes of §28.28(g) of this Part  or the Administrative
Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. §551.

§28.30 Petition to set aside an order. [Section 309(g) of the
       Clean Water Act only]

     (a) Initiation.  In any action under Section  309(g) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1319(g), in which the  Regional
Administrator has issued an order pursuant to §28.28 of this
Part, any cpmmenter participating in that action may, no later
than thirty' days after the date of  issuance of the order under
§28.28(e) of this Part, petition the Regional Administrator to
set aside the order and to provide  a hearing on liability or a
proceeding on the penalty if the commenter at the  time of
petitioning files with the Hearing  Clerk material  evidence not
considered in the issuance of the order and:

          (1)  The Presiding Officer had failed to afford the
commenter an opportunity to present information in a proceeding
conducted under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part in the referenced
Agency action, or in an action concluded by consent order under
§§28.22(b) and 28.28(b) of this Part; or

          (2)  The Regional Administrator issued the order
pursuant to §§28.21 and 28.28(a) of this Part after the
respondent had timely failed to respond to the administrative
complaint pursuant to the requirements of §28.20 of this Part or
was defaulted by sanction, without  the commenter having had an
opportunity to present information  in a proceeding conducted
under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part in the referenced Agency
action.

     (b) Granting of petition.  The Regional Administrator shall
grant the petition and set aside the order if he finds that the
petitioner meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section.  If the Regional Administrator grants the petition, he
shall instruct the Presiding Officer to conduct an appropriate
proceeding pursuant to §28.21(b), §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part.

     (c) Denial of petition.  The Regional Administrator shall
deny the petition if he determines  that the petitioner has failed
to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this  section.  If
the Regional Administrator denies the petition, he shall notify
the complainant, the petitioner and the respondent by certified
mail, .return'receipt requested, and shall publish  notice of such

-------
                              - 41 -
denial in the Federal Register, together with his reasons for the
denial.

§28.31 Payment of assessed penalty.

     Except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law and
the provisions of any consent order, the respondent shall pay
within thirty days of the effective date of the order any civil
penalty assessed pursuant to this Part by forwarding to the
address provided by the complainant a cashier's or certified
check, payable to:

     (a) [Safe Drinking Water Act, EPCRA and Section 309(g) of
the Clean Water Act only]  "Treasurer, The United States of
America."

     (b) [Section 31l(b)(6) of the Clean Water Act only] "Oil
Spill Liability Trust Fund."

     (c) [CERCLA only] "EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund."

The respondent shall note on each check in payment the case title'
and docket number of the administrative action.  The respondent
shall simultaneously send notice of payment to the Hearing Clerk.
The Presiding Officer may waive the requirement of payment by
cashier's or certified check for good cause shown.  In no case
shall the Presiding Officer waive the requirement of payment by
certified or cashier's check if such a waiver may endanger the
Agency's receipt of funds.

-------
                                                             m.B.i4
"Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative Penalties with State or Local
Governments", dated September 27,1991.

-------
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGEN.'
                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                                  F 2 7 199!
V — i,
 MEMORANDUM

 SUBJECT:  Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative
           Penalties with State or Local Governments .
                               .    ii\f\>\   i ,'J M  L
 FROM:      Michael 3.  Cook, Director!/ -,.' \ • fv'l\ljL,v\   /•///<
           Office of Wastewater Enfbrdeinent and Compliance
           Enforce-ent Counsel/for Water
           Office of Enforcement

 TO:        Regional Counsels
           Regional Water Management Division Directors


      The  purpose of this memorandum is to provide guidance on the
 issue of  whether the 1937 Clean Water Act (CWA) authorizes EPA to
 divide administrative penalties with State and local governments.
 This  issue has  been raised because at least one EPA Region has
 issued a  consent order which provides that a State receive a
 portion of the  assessed penalty.   The Agency has issued guidance
 on the subject  of dividing judicial penalties with States,
 ("Division of Penalties with State and Local Governments,"
 October 30, 1985).

     A review of the relevant statutes (the Clean Water Act and
the Miscellaneous Receipts Act)  reveals that no authority exists
under  the CWA administrative penalty authority for EPA or an
Administrative  Law Judge/Presiding Officer (ALJ/PO)  to award any
portion of an administrative penalty to a State or local
government.  Pursuant  to  the language of Section 309(g) of the
CWA,  CWA administrative proceedings are restricted to deciding
claims for violations  of  several  specific provisions of the CWA:

-------
           Whenever. .. the Administrator finds that any perscr. has
           violated Sections 1311, 1312, 1316, 1317, 1318, 132S,
           or 1345 of this title, or has violated any permit
           condition or limitation implementing any of such
           section in a permit issued under Section 1342 of -his
           title by the Administrator, . . .  [he] may, after
           consultation with the State in which the violation
           occurs, assess a Class 1 civil penalty or a Class II
           civil penalty. (33 U.S.C.  Sec.  1319(g) (1991))

      An  ALJ/PO's authority under Section 309(g)  of the Act. is
 limited  to deciding whether a violation has occurred and what
 penalty  to assess under the CWA.  Consequently,  an ALJ/PC may net
 entertain  State claims for penalties under State or Federal law
 or join  a  State or other third party in a penalty proceeding as a
 co-plaintiff."

      Once  a penalty is finally imposed  in accordance with CWA
 Section  309(g),  the penalty monies collected from the respondent
 must  be  deposited into the United States  Treasury.   Miscellaneous
 Receipts Act,  31 U.S.C.  3302 (1991);  see  Sierra  Club.  Inc.  v.
 Electronic Controls Design.  Inc.,  909 F.2d.  1350,  1354 (9th Cir.
 1990), PIRG v  Powell  Duffrvn Terminals.  913  F.2d 64,  81 (3rd Cir.
 1990).   Disbursement  of any portion  of  these penalty monies to =
 State or local  government or any other  party constitutes a
 violation  of the Miscellaneous Receipts Act.   Therefore,  an
 ALJ/PG may not  award  any portion of  a CWA penalty to a State or
 third party, and EPA  may not share an award  of Denalties with a
 State/

      That  a State cr  locality  -ay  not share  in a Federal
 administrative  penalty assessment  does  not preclude  a  Stats" frcr.
 seeking penalties for the same violations pursuant  to  State  law
 in  a  State  administrative or judicial forum.   In fact,  States
 with  an approved NPDES  program are required  to have  State
 enforcement mechanisms  similar to  the Federal  CWA  enforcement
 mechanisms.  States,  therefore,  have a separate  State  forum  in
 which to bring  actions  and  obtain penalties  for  State
 violations.2
     '  In a CWA administrative forum, the ALJ/PO has  no  authority
tc take  pendant  jurisdiction over State  law  claims.   Unlike the
situation in Federal civil judicial enforcement actions  under the
CWA,  the United States  and  a State may not be "co-plaintiffs" in
the CWA administrative  context.  Persons  may seek to  intervene in
an administrative penalty action for purposes  other than  obtaining
penalties,  in accordance with applicable  rules. See 40 C.F.R. Part
22.11.

     ~  A potential  res  judicata  problem exists for  States that
choose  to bring a  penalty action  after  a  judgment has  been entered
for  the  same  violations  in  a  Federal administrative penalty
proceeding.  See United  States v. ITT Ravonier. Inc.  627  F.2d 996,
1002  (9th  Cir.1980);  but see U.S.  v.  Town of Lowell, Ind. .  637
F.Supp.  254,  257  (N.D.Ind. 1985).               . •

-------
     In conclusion, the Clean Water Act limits the administrative
assessment of penalties to penalties for violations of Federal
law.  ALJ\PO's cannot award penalties for State claims or to any
third party.  Further, the Miscellaneous Receipts Act requires
that penalties finally assessed by an ALJ/PO must be paid only to
the United States Treasury.  States and localities, therefore,
may not share any portion of an administrative penalty assessed
under the CWA.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mary Hayes Lawrence, at
FTS 260-9511, (EN-338); or Dan Palmer at FTS 260-2849, (LE-132);
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; 401 M. Street S.W.;
Washington, D.C.  20460.

cc: Edward E. Reich, Acting Assistant Administrator OE
    Richard Emory, OCE
    Office of Regional Counsel Water Branch Chiefs
    Regional Water Management Branch Chiefs
    Director/ NEIC
    Richard Kozlowski, OWEC
    Susan Lepow, OGC
    Ruth Bell, OGC
    Richard Witt, OGC
    Anne Lassiter
    Dan Palmer
    Mary Lawrence
    OE Water Attorneys
    OWEC Staff

-------
                                                         III.B.15,
"Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative
Penalty Settlement Guidance", dated December 14, 1990.

-------
            UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                 DEC  14  1990
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:
FROM:
TO:
Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty
Settlement Guidance and Appendices

LaJuana S. Wilcher//.' '*''•'    /
Assistant Administrator   •  '
  for Water

James M. Sfrocjf' •
Assistant Administrator
  for Enforcement

Regional Administrators
      Attached is final guidance entitled, "Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil
Administrative Penalty Guidance on Calculating Settlement Amounts," and
accompanying appendices. The Guidance is for use by Regional wetlands staff and
Office of Regional Counsel attorneys to develop a bottomline penalty settlement,
amount in Section 404 Qass  I and Class II administrative penalty actions. The
principles of this Guidance are also applicable when developing bottomline penalty
settlement amounts in Section 404 civil judicial referrals.

      The attached Guidance and appendices were jointly developed by the Office of
Wetlands Protection (OWP)  and the Office of Enforcement - Water (OE-Water), with
valuable input from a workgroup comprised of Regional and Headquarters
representatives. The convening of this workgroup was extremely helpful in reaching
consensus on the  Guidance and we greatly appreciate the Regional participation. The
calculation  methodology set forth in the Guidance is consistent with the statutory
language on determining administrative penalty amounts and with the Agency-wide
penalty  policy.

-------
      If you have any questions regarding the attached final Guidance and appendices,
your staff can contact either Greg Peck, OWP, FTS 475-7799 or John Lyon, OE-Water,
FTS 475-8177.

Attachments

cc:    Regional Wetlands Coordinators
     . ORC Water Branch Chiefs
      John Studt, COE
      Margaret Strand, DOJ
      Susan Lepow, OGC

-------
             CLEAN WATER ACT SECTION 404 CIVIL
              ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ACTIONS


            GUIDANCE ON CALCULATING SETTLEMENT AMOUNTS


INTRODUCTION

      Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act (CWA) (as amended by the Water
Quality Act of 1987) authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to assess
administrative penalties for, among other things, unauthorized discharges of dredged or
fill material into wetlands and other  waters of the United States. Since the CWA is a
strict liability statute, knowledge of the law's requirements is not a prerequisite to
bringing a civil enforcement action. •  Section 309(g) establishes two classes of penalties,
which differ with respect to procedure and maximum assessment, for such violations.  A
Class I penalty may not exceed "510,000 per violation," and a maximum amount of
$25,000.  A Class II penalty may not exceed "$10,000 per day for each day during which
the violation continues," and a maximum amount of $125,000.  A violation begins when
the dredged or fill material is illegally discharged,  and separate violations continue to
occur each day that the illegal discharge remains.

      This document provides guidance for EPA  staff on calculating a penalty that
EPA may accept in settlement  of a Class I or Class n administrative penalty proceeding
for a Section 404 violation.-* The guidance is designed to promote a more consistent,
national approach to the assessment of penalty settlement amounts, while allowing EPA
staff to exercise  discretion in arriving at specific penalty settlement amounts for
particular administrative penalty actions.^

      Although this document was developed for settlement of administrative penalty
cases, the principles of the  administrative penalty settlement criteria are also applicable
to judicial cases.  Thus, this document should also be used to calculate judicial penalty
settlement amounts, except that the suggested dollar amounts in the Section  404  penalty
    •'For information on other aspects of administrative penalty actions, see the
attached Appendix B, which is entitled, "Complementary Guidance on Clean Water Act
Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Actions."
         the January 1989 Section 404 Enforcement ^lemorandum of Agreement
(MOA) between EPA acid the Department of the. Army for the policy and procedures
regarding EPA and Corps implementation of Section 404 enforcement responsibilities,
including initiation of Section 309(g) administrative penalty proceedings.

-------
matrix (see  page 5) will not necessarily be applicable since judicial penalty amounts are
not limited by the administrative penalty caps.  Users of this document should
remember that most Section 404 judicial settlements also require injunctive relief.

STATUTORY AND SETTLEMENT PENALTY FACTORS

       Section 309(g)(3) of the CWA addresses the factors to consider when
determining an appropriate  penalty amount.  It states that the Agency "shall take into
account the nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation, or violations, and,
with respect to the violator, ability to pay, any prior history of such violations, the
degree of culpability, economic benefit or savings (if any) resulting from the  violation,
and such other matters as justice  may require," 33 U.S.C. Section  1319(g)(3).

       The factors found in  Section 309(g)(3) form, the  basis of the Agency's initial
proposed  penalty in the administrative penalty complaint.  As a general rule, the
Regions should plead a specific dollar amount (as opposed to "up to" the maximum
penalty) when drafting the administrative penalty complaint.  For more specific
information on pleading practices and related issues, the Regions should refer to the
separate guidance document entitled "Guidance on the  Distinctions Among Pleading,
Negotiating and Litigating Civil Penalties for Enforcement Cases Under the Clean
Water .Act," issued January 19, 1989.

       Factors similar to those set forth  in the statute are embodied in EPA's
enforcement policies governing settlement  In determining appropriate penalty
settlement amounts, Regional staff should specifically bear in mind these factors as
follows:

Nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation: These factors depend largely
on an assessment of environmental impacts, the significance of the resource(s)r general
national environmental goals, and professional experience.

Economic benefit to the violator  The Region will need to make an assessment of the
monetary  gam, if any, that the violator has derived from the illegal discharge. Penalties
calculated under this policy should, at a  minimum, remove any economic benefit
resulting from failure to comply with .the law.
Ability of the violator to pare  If the violator has raised the issue of ability to pay the
proposed penalty, the Region should request whatever documentation is needed to
ascertain the violator's financial condition where this factor is an issue*. Any statements
of financial condition should be appropriately certified.  Be  aware that the burden is
upon the violator to show an inability to pay.

-------
Prior history;  This factor addresses whether the violator previously has violated the
Section 404 permitting requirements.  Prior history information should be obtained not
only from EPA experience with the violator, but also from appropriate Corps Districts
and other federal agencies' knowledge and records.  (If the violator has a history of
CWA violations, the- Region should consider federal contractor listing procedures as
well.  See 40 CFR Part 15.)

Degree of culpability;  The two principal criteria for assessing culpability are the
violator's previous experience with the Section 404 permitting requirements  and the
degree of the violator's control over the illegal conduct.

Other factors;  Other factors as justice may require encompass both factors that
operate to reduce a penalty settlement amount, as well as factors that operate to
increase a penalty settlement amount.  An example of a mitigating factor is where the
State has imposed a  penalty and/or a removal and restoration order on the  violator. .
These costs may be considered when determining the appropriate penalty settlement.
Of course, the penalty should be of a sufficient level to promote  deterrence. An
example of an aggravating factor is lack of cooperation upon the part of the violator.

PENALTY SETTLEMENT CALCULATION

      To calculate the minimum penalty that EPA may accept in settlement of a Class
I or Class II administrative  penalty proceeding for a Section 404 violation, the case
development team-3 should undertake the following steps:

            Calculate the economic benefit of noncompliance;

            Calculate the environmental significance of the violation and the
            compliance significance of the violator using the Section 404 penalty
            matrix at page 5;

       •     Calculate any relevant adjustment factors such as recalcitrance, ability to
            pay, and litigation considerations;

       •     To determine the appropriate administrative penalty settlement amount,
            add the economic benefit component to the environmental and
            compliance significance component and modify this  total based on any
            relevant adjustment factors.


      3For purposes of this guidance, the case development team refers to the
Regional wetlands program and ORC staff responsible for developing and pursuing a
particular administrative penalty action.                  "        ""

-------
The results of these calculations should be documented as dollar amounts on the
"Worksheet for Calculating Section 404 Settlement Penalty," found at the attached
Appendix A.  An explanation of economic benefit, environmental significance and
compliance significance, and the adjustment factors follows.

Economic Benefit

      The case development team will need to calculate the full economic benefit, if
any, obtained by the violator from the violation that is the subject of the administrative
penalty  proceeding.  The economic benefit that a violator obtains from a violation
involving Section 404 may include, for example:

             The increased property value directly resulting from an unlawful discharge
             of dredged or fill  material;

             Delayed costs, as  described below, concerning after-the-fact (ATF) permits
             (see also discussion of delayed compliance under Recalcitrance on page
             8);

             Avoided costs by, for example, avoiding  the expense of hauling dredged
             spoil to an upland disposal site by disposing of it in wetlands or other
             waters of the United States;

             Profit from the temporary use of the property to the extent that the. profit
             would not have accrued but for the  illegal discharge.  Such profit would
             include, for example, that generated from such uses as agriculture, logging,
             commercial hunting, or aquaculture  and  which the violator made prior  to
             ceasing operation or removing the unlawful discharge or otherwise
             restoring the property, or before issuance of an ATF permit from the
             Corps;

             Profit obtained by a violator (for example, a contractor who unlawfully
             discharged fill material)  who .is not the owner of the subject property, but
             who nevertheless  benefited from the violation.

      The aac_deyelopment team should use its best professional judgment to:
identify the types of economic benefit, if any, obtained by the violator, identify the
information needed to  calculate the value of the various types of economic benefit
relevant in the subject  case; and determine the most appropriate method for obtaining
the information needed.

      In exercising its professional judgment, the case development team should
consider the following- general principles.          	            	    --    — -

-------
       First, a violator of Section 404 may have obtained several types of economic
benefit from its violation, and the case development team should calculate  an amount
that represents the total economic benefit wrongfully obtained.

       Second, although a violator may restore the wetland or take other action which
reduces the settlement penalty, the  Region should not reduce the settlement  penalty
calculated until the restoration or mitigation has been completed by the violator or has
become embodied in a Section 309(a) administrative compliance order (AO)  or similar
Corps  order, or unless the Region determines that the violator has  satisfied the
requirements for issuance of an ATF permit

       Third, an ATF permit issued by the Corps legitimizes a discharge from the date
of issuance forward, but does not excuse the violation which occurred before  the permit
was issued.  In cases in which the violator obtains an ATF permit, the Region should
quantify any economic benefit obtained  from the violator's failure to obtain the permit
before discharging.  Such benefit  would  not include permanent increased property
values, but may include, for example, temporary profits realized before the  ATF permit
was issued, or delayed or avoided costs of complying with ATF permit conditions.

       Where applicable, the Region may wish to use a computer model such as BEN
to calculate the economic benefit obtained  by the violator from delaying or avoiding
compliance costs.

Section 404 Penalty Matrix

       The Region should use the following Section 404 Penalty Matrix to assign the
appropriate level of settlement penalty based upon the determined  level of
"Environmental Significance" and  "Compliance Significance."
                                                                      V
                        SECTION 404 PENALTY MATRIX

                            Environmental Significance

Compliance
Significance          MINOR             MODERATE            MAJOR
MINOR           $500 - 5,000          $5,001 - 15,000         $15,001 - 40,000
MODERATE       $5,001 - 15,000       $15,001 - 40,000        $40,001 - 75,000
MAJOR           $15,001 - 40,000       $40,001 - 75,000        $75,001 - 125,000

-------
       The criteria upon which the penalty ranges in the matrix are based are described
below.  The "Environmental Significance" criteria relate to the violation factors under
the Act (e.g., "nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation")  and the
"Compliance Significance" criteria relate to the violator factors under the  Act (e.g.,
"prior  history" and "degree of culpability").

"Environmental Significance" Criteria

       •     Significance of impact under the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines
             Acreage of the aquatic area affected
             Duration of the  illegal discharge
             Chemical nature of the discharge material
             Pre-existing quality of the aquatic site

       The above  factors are relevant, to characterizing the environmental significance of
an illegal discharge in terms of whether and how the discharge affects important aquatic
functions.  Overall effects of an illegal discharge will depend on a variety  of factors
unique to the circumstances of each case.  For example, the size of the affected
ecosystem, although a relevant factor, may not always be determinative of
environmental significance.  The  loss of a specific wetland of an acre or less  may be of
higher environmental concern than the  loss of a much larger wetland area, after
consideration of such factors as functions and values performed, location,  and
cumulative losses within the system.

       The above  factors demonstrate that the environmental significance  of an
individual illegal discharge is appropriately evaluated over a range of impacts. The
guidance provided here regarding the determination of "major," "moderate," and .."minor"
environmental significance reflects generalizations intended to contribute to consistency
in application of the penalty matrix, rather than to establish hard and fast rules. The
explanation for what constitutes "major" environmental significance is the  most thorough
due to the broad existing discussion of significance in the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines.

       Generally, if a high quality aquatic area is significantly impaired in  performing its
functions by an illegal discharge,  the impairment should be characterized as having
"major" environmental significance. "Minor" environmental significance includes an
illegal  di«gh<»^-trith impacts to low-quality aquatic areas or an illegal discharge with
negligible impacts to moderate- or high-quality aquatic areas. An illegal discharge
which jeopardizes  the functions and values of an aquatic area not recognized as being
either  of particularly low or high quality, which performs'relatively few ecological
functions, or where cumulative losses have been few, may be considered to have
"moderate" environmental significance.

-------
       An illegal discharge should be characterized as having "major" environmental
significance if it: causes significant environmental effects to high-quality aquatic areas;
causes or contributes to violations of state water quality standards;  violates any
applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition under Section 307 of the CWA;  or
jeopardizes  the  continued existence of an endangered or threatened species or will
result in the likely destruction or adverse modification of habitat designated as critical
habitat under a state or federal endangered species law.

       Furthermore, an illegal discharge that causes or contributes to significant
degradation to wetlands or other waters of the United States generally should be
considered "major."  Effects that may contribute, either individually or collectively, to a
finding of significant degradation include: effects on municipal water supplies;  effects
on life stages of aquatic life and other wildlife dependent on aquatic ecosystems;
effects on ecosystem diversity, productivity, and stability (including loss of habitat);  and
effects on recreational  and aesthetic values.  See 40 CFR Section 230.10(c).  In addition
to considering the direct effects of the discharge, consideration also should be given to
the cumulative and indirect effects of the discharge.  See 40 CFR Section 230.11(g) and
00-

       An additional relevant consideration is whether the aquatic area is rare or
unique, which can be determined, at least in pan, in terms of whether or not the
technical capacity is available to restore the  area to its pre-discharge character.
Moreover, an illegal discharge in a site delineated as unsuitable under 40 CFR 230.80,
identified as having a Section 404(c) prohibition or restriction, or established as a
restored or  enhanced wetland under an  approved mitigation plan generally should be
considered as having "major" environmental  significance as well.  ,

"Compliance Significance" Criteria

             Degree of culpability
             Compliance history of violator
             Deterrence  value

       The penalty matrix exhibits a range of compliance significance of "minor,
moderate, and major."  When, determining whether to characterize a particular violation
as bring of'Wrr™'." "™™**nt*" or "major" compliance significance, respectively^ the .
case development team should use the above criteria.

       In assessing the  violator's degree  of culpability for the violation, the case
development team generally should consider the violator's experience with the Section
404 permitting requirements and the violator's degree of control over the violative
conduct The criteria for assessing the violator's experience is whether the violator
knew or should have known of the- need to obtain a Section 404 permit or of the

-------
adverse environmental consequences prior to proceeding with the discharge activity.
For example, someone who has had previous experience with the Section 404
permitting requirements  generally should  be characterized as having "major" compliance
significance.  With regard to the  violator's control over the violative conduct, .there may
be  situations where the violator may bear less than full responsibility or may share
liability for the occurrence of a violation.   In such situations, the violation generally
should be characterized  as having "moderate" compliance significance for that particular
violator.

       Also relevant when determining compliance significance is the violator's past
compliance history.  Generally, a violator  with one or more prior Section 404  violations
that were the subject of  a formal enforcement response by either EPA or the Corps
should be characterized  as having "major" compliance significance.  (Note that, in  the
case of a repeat violator, the  Region may decide that a civil or criminal judicial referral
is the more appropriate  enforcement response, depending upon the particular facts of
the case.)  Another relevant factor may be the need to deter future Section 404
violations by this particular violator and/or others in the regulated community.

       The above criteria are not in any order of priority and the examples  regarding
the range of penalty to be pursued are  not intended to be all inclusive or mutually
exclusive.  The Regions should use best professional judgment to characterize
environmental significance and compliance significance.

Adjustment Factors

       After calculating economic benefit, as well as environmental and compliance
significance based upon the Section  404 penalty matrix, the  Region may need  to modify
the penalty settlement amount based upon recalcitrance, ability to pay, and litigation
considerations.

       The penalty settlement amount may be adjusted upward to reflect any
recalcitrance by the violator as demonstrated,-for example, by the violator's failure to
cooperate by providing information,  ceasing activities, or allowing access to property.  If
a violator is uncooperative with regard to complying with the requirements of a Section
309(a) administrative compliance order to remove fill and/or restore the site, the
settlement peaalty should be increased by at least the amount of economic benefit to
the violator from the delay in making removal and/or restoration expenditures.

       With regard to ability to pay, EPA wfll generally not  request penalties that are
clearly beyond the means of the violator.  If the violator raises the issue of inability to  .
pay, the Region should evaluate the ability of the violator to pay the proposed
administrative penalty. As stated above at page 2, the violator has the burden of
establishing inability to pay a  penalty.  Evaluation by an outside financial consultant

                                         8

-------
may be necessary to evaluate the violator's assertion of inability to pay an  - -
administrative penalty.            .

       Litigation considerations justifying a reduction in the penalty amount that. the. __.
Region may accept in settlement of an administrative penalty proceeding may be due to
applicable precedent, competing public interest considerations, or the specific facts or
evidentiary issues pertaining to a particular action. Any reductions based on litigation
considerations must be clearly documented in the case file.

PRIVATE RIGHTS

       The procedures set forth in this document and the accompanying appendices are
intended for the guidance of government personnel. They are not intended, and cannot
be relied on, to create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party in
litigation with the United States.  The Agency  reserves the right to act at variance with
these procedures and to change them at any time without public notice.
SECTION 404 ENFORCEMENT CONTACTS

Office of Wetlands Protection

      Greg Peck               FTS 475-7799
      Hazel Groman           FTS 475-8798
      John Goodin             FTS 245-3910

Office of Enforcement - Water

      John W. Lyon            FTS 475-8187
      Etyse DiBiagio-Wood     FTS 475-8177
      Susan Gary Watkins       FTS 475-8320

-------
                             Enforcement Sensitive
APPENDIX A - Worksheet For Calculating Section  404
Settlement Penalty
Case Name:	
Respondent's Name:.
1.    Economic Benefit considering such factors as:

      • increased property value?

      • delayed costs concerning ATF permit?

      • avoided costs?

      • profit from temporary use?

      • economic benefit for violator who is not the
        property owner?*

      • other?
                                                          1

                                                          1
                                                          1

                                                          $
                                              Subtotal A   $_
2.     Environmental and Compliance Sipificance   Subtotal B
      (from matrix)

3.     Adjustment Factors:

      • Recalcitrance (+)

      • Ability to Pay (•)

      • Litigation "Considerations (+ or -)
                                                         L

                                                         1

                                                         $
                                              Subtotal C  $_
4.     Total Settlement Penalty (A + B + C)
                                              TOTAL
* This component should be completed only for non-property owners.
Date
                             Name of Preparer

-------
APPENDIX B  -  COMPLEMENTARY GUIDANCE ON  CLEAN
WATER ACT SECTION 404 CIVIL ADMINISTRATIVE
PENALTY ACTIONS


      The material in this appendix is intended to complement the document entitled,
"Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Actions: Guidance on
Calculating Settlement Amounts" (Section 404 Administrative Penalty Settlement
Guidance). The Section  404 Administrative Penalty Settlement Guidance  provides a
methodology for calculating the  penalty amount that a Region may accept when settling
an administrative penalty action for Section 404 violations.  This guidance  complements
the penalty calculation methodology.with respect to:  (1) explaining the relationship
between administrative penalty actions and other Section 404 actions; (2) providing
factors to consider when  deciding whether to initiate an administrative  penalty action in
response to a Section 404 violation; (3) providing an approach for incorporating
alternate penalty payments into  administrative penalty consent agreements, where
appropriate;  and (4) explaining the statutory requirement for state consultation.
RELATIONSHIP OF ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES TO OTHER
SECTION 404 ACTIONS

      The Clean Water Act (CWA) provides EPA with various enforcement
mechanisms for responding to violations of Section 301(a) for discharging without or in
violation of a Section 404 permit- Section 309(g) gives EPA the authority to assess civil
administrative penalties for, among other things, violations of Section 404. Under
Section 309(a), the Agency is authorized to issue an administrative compliance order
(AO) requiring a violator to cease an ongoing unauthorized discharge and refrain from
future illegal discharge activity, and where appropriate to remove unauthorized fill
and/or otherwise restore the site.  A third enforcement mechanism allows EPA to seek
monetary penalties, injunctive relief, and prison sentences through judicial action under
Sections 309(b) and (c) of the CWA.  Under these-provisions, the Agency may refer
cases to the Department of Justice (DOJ) for civil and/or criminal litigation.

      Before-a Region can initiate any enforcement action, it must first establish a
violation of Section 3ftl{a)-of the CWA by determining that there has been a discharge
of dredged or fin material from a  point source to a water of the United States by a
person in the absence or in violation of a required Section 404 permit. The  Region
must then determine what action(s) to pursue against the violator, based upon the
circumstances of the particular violation.

      A description of the relationship between Section 309 administrative penalty
actions and other Section 404 actions follows.

-------
Section 308 Letters

      A Section 308 letter is a tool whereby the Region can obtain/demand
information from an alleged violator to determine the existence and/or extent of a
violation.  Section 309(g) specifically allows for assessment of an administrative  penalty
for violations of Section 308 (for  example, failure to respond to a Section 308 request
for information regarding an alleged unauthorized Section 404 discharge). The  Section
308 letter should notify the recipient that failure to respond  can result in the assessment
of an administrative penalty.

Administrative Orders

      A principal goal of EPA's  Section 404 enforcement program is to  correct any
environmental harm resulting from  an  unauthorized discharge. Normally, this goal can
be achieved through issuance of an AO under Section 309(a) ordering the violator to
cease any ongoing violation and, where appropriate, to remove unauthorized discharge
material and/or otherwise restore the site. A Region cannot seek administrative
penalties for non-compliance with an AO per se; however, administrative  penalties can
be sought for the underlying violation of the CWA that gave rise to the issuance of the
AO, i.e., the unauthorized discharge activity.

      A Section 309(a) AO seeking removal and/or restoration has been a common
enforcement tool for responding to  Section 404 violations and should continue to-be
viewed as such since it affords immediate environmental protection to a resource
impacted by an illegal discharge.  Where appropriate, a Region may respond to a
Section 404 violation by both issuing an AO seeking injunctive-type relief and initiating
an administrative penalty action.  However, as explained in the EPA guidance entitled,
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g) Administrative
Penalty Proceedings," issued August 28, 1987, AOs and administrative penaltyv
complaints should be kept procedurally separate: they should be issued and docketed
as separate  documents. Moreover,  it is generally advisable (although not required) for
a Region to issue an AO seeking removal and/or restoration well in advance of  an
administrative penalty.complaint  In those cases where'the violator does  not comply
with the terms of the AO and the Region determines that there.is an immediate need
for injunctivc. relief, the Region should seek judicial enforcement of the AO through a
referral to EBJ as soon as possible. Also, a civil judicial referral is the appropriate
enforcementmechanism where there is noncompUance with the terms of  an AO and
the Region determines that it is not likely to obtain the needed injunctive-type relief
within the administrative  arena.

-------
Judicial Actions

       Under Section 309(g)(6), payment of an administrative penalty to EPA forecloses
any possibility of future judicial action for civil penalties for that specific violation. This
fact is of particular importance if the Region is attempting to build a case for eventual
referral to DOJ by documenting a history of violations.  Therefore, a Region should not
initiate an administrative penalty action against a violator for a particular Section 404
violation if a subsequent judicial action seeking civil penalties for that specific violation
is desired.  Note, also that, as stated above, the Agency can seek both injunctive relief
and monetary penalties in a civil judicial referral, whereas the Agency can seek  only
administrative civil penalties in a Section 309(g) complaint. Generally, therefore, a civil
judicial referral is the appropriate  enforcement mechanism in those 404 cases where the
Region initially determines that it cannot obtain needed injunctive-type relief within the
administrative arena.

After~the'Fact Permits

       Issuance of an after-the-fact (ATF) permit by the Corps of Engineers authorizes
a discharge from the date of issuance onward.  It does not cure the period of violation
prior  to issuance of the permit.  Consequently, an administrative penalty may be
assessed for each day that the illegally discharged material remained in place prior  to
issuance of an ATF permit.

       The 1989 EPA/Army Enforcement Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) directs
the Corps not to accept applications for ATF permits until resolution of the  violation
has been reached through an appropriate enforcement response as determined by the
lead enforcement agency.  This language is intended to ensure that ongoing EPA
enforcement actions are not compromised by Corps issuance of an ATF permit.
However, there will be situations where EPA determines that issuance of an ATF
permit is consistent with, and should precede completion of,  an EPA enforcment action.
The Regions are encouraged to coordinate  with their respective Corps Districts
accordingly.

       Despite the MOA provision, the ATF process is likely to raise difficult questions
in some administrative penalty actions that  the Region will need to resolve when
determining an appropriate penalty amount. As indicated above, in those cases where
the Region determines that the violator would have received a permit before the fact or
should receive one if an ATF permit application is processed, it may be appropriate to
allow the ATF process to  go forward and, where appropriate, to direct the violator to
implement  interim control measures. However, in those cases where  the Region has
sufficient information  as a result of its enforcement investigation to conclude that the
illegal discharge does  not comply with the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines, it is  reasonable
to require the violator to undertake removal/restoFatioe-before asy permit is sought.  In

-------
such cases, the Region should inform the Corps that the ATF process should not
proceed pending EPA resolution of the administrative  penalty action and should
subsequently notify the Corps of the completed enforcement action.

WHEN ARE ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES BY EPA APPROPRIATE

       A basic discussion on when to use administrative penalties in CWA enforcement
is provided in  the EPA document entitled, "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water
Act Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies," issued August 28, 1987.
For violations  which occurred prior  to February 4, 1987 (the enactment date of the
1987 Amendments to  the CWA),  the Regions should refer to the EPA document
entitled, "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities Under the
Clean Water Act," issued August 28, 1987.  Also, the Regions  should refer to the
"Guidance on  'Claim-Splitting' in Enforcement Actions Under the Clean  Water Act,"
issued  August  28, 1987, with regard  to questions on parallel proceedings  or
simultaneous administrative penalty  proceedings.  The following discussion focuses on
the appropriateness of an administrative penalty proceeding in response to an
unauthorized discharge of dredged or fill material.-*

       When deciding whether to  initiate an administrative penalty action, the Region
should consider whether assessment  of such a penalty will serve any or all of the
general enforcement goals of deterrence, swift resolution of environmental problems,
and fair and equitable treatment of  the regulated community.  If the answer to these
questions is  yes, it is likely that assessment of an administrative penalty is an
appropriate  enforcement response to the violation.  To ascertain whether a Region's
limited enforcement resources should be utilized for a particular case, issues such as the
history of the violator, the significance of the affected resource, and the significance of
the discharge should be considered.
                                                                       V
      The threshold for deciding whether to initiate an administrative penalty action in
response to  a particular Section 404 violation  is relatively low.  Examples where an
administrative  penalty action is an appropriate enforcement response include the
following:             ,    '

       •     Failure to respond to a Section 308 letter,
    -'The need for or appropriateness of initiating an EPA administrative penalty action
against violations in States which have assumed the Section 404 program (i.e., Michigan)
may be dependent upon the approved State program.  These situations will therefore be
handled on a case-by-ease basis.

-------
             Illegal discharges that have received or are likely to receive an ATF
             permit;

             Illegal discharges where an AO for removal/restoration is not feasible;

             Illegal discharges where an AO has been issued and the  Region
             determines that an administrative penalty action also is appropriate.
ALTERNATE PENALTY PAYMENTS

       One final point relates to the opportunity for obtaining removal/restoration in
the context of administrative penalty settlement negotiations. In appropriate Section
404 cases,  a Region may want to initiate an administrative penalty action against a
violator for an illegal  discharge that the Region would like removed, believing that in
the context of settlement negotiations it will be able to use successfully the Section
309(g) action as leverage to get the discharge material removed more expeditiously.
Generally,  the Region will have previously issued an AO requiring such
removal/restoration. In the  course of negotiations aimed at settling the administrative
penalty action, the violator may in fact demonstrate a willingness to correct the
environmental harm resulting from the illegal activity, i.e., to remove the illegal
discharge material and/or restore the site.

       Where appropriate, the Regions do have discretion to enter into administrative
penalty consent orders that  incorporate the violator's willingness to remove illegal
discharge material.  The key benefit to this approach is that it provides the Region with
the opportunity to achieve removal and restoration quickly.  In addition to the standard
administrative penalty consent order language, an order providing for alternate^ penalties
based upon expeditious completion of removal/restoration requirements should also
include language that is consistent with the Anti-Deficiency Act and the Miscellaneous
Receipts Act, and that preserves the Agency's remedies in the event of noncompliance
with the terms of the  consent order. Such language should provide that:

             The violator is agreeing to undertake or has undertaken the
             removal/restoration to mitigate  the environmental harm from the illegal
             The violator will pay a penalty of a specified amount and that EPA, in
             determining the amount of .the penalty, has taken into account the
             violator's agreement to undertake the removal/restoration as pan of the
             statutory factors; and

-------
             .The violator agrees that, if it does not complete the project to the
             satisfaction of EPA, the Agency retains the authority to assess an
             additional penalty of a specified amount for the continuing violations and
             to take additional enforcement action.

Ordinarily, there will be a cash component of the penalty consent order that recovers at
least economic benefit.  Also, the consent agreement should clearly state that the
Agency retains the authority to take additional enforcement action in the  event of
noncompliance with the CWA or nonpayment of the assessed penalty. Moreover, care
should be taken to make the agreement as specific as possible with regard to the details
of the removal/restoration project and the dates for its completion. It is strongly
recommended that, simultaneous with or in advance of the penalty consent order, the
Region issue an AO incorporating the removal/restoration upon which a settlement
depends.  The penalty consent order should reference the AO to clarify the
requirements that must be  satisfied to avoid further assessments for continued
noncompliance with the CWA.  Alternate penalty payments should not be used in
situations where the violator appears to  be recalcitrant.
STATE CONSULTATION

       Prior to issuance of a final order assessing an administrative penalty, Section
309(g) requires that the Region consult with an appropriate State agency regarding such
assessment For the Section 404 program, the appropriate State contact will be the
agency administering the State 404 program.  However, where the State has not
assumed the 404 program, the appropriate State contact is the State agency that
implements the State wetlands regulatory program, provided, that such program has
jurisdiction over the illegal activity in question, or in the absence of such a State
wetlands regulatory program, the State Section 401 certification agency,  unless another
State agency is agreed  to by the Region and the respective State through an existing
State/EPA Enforcement Agreement (which addresses Section 404) or some other formal
agreement with the State. The procedure for such consultation should be discussed and
decided upon  by the Region with their respective State contact, consistent with
"Guidance on  Class I Clean Water Act Administrative Penalty Procedures," issued July
27, 1987, for Class I penalties and "Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative
Assessment ofChm H Civil Penalties Under the Clean Water Act," 40 CFR Section
2238, for Oa» n penalties.

-------
SECTION 404 ENFORCEMENT CONTACTS

Office of Wetlands Protection

      Hazel Groman          FTS 475-8798
      John Goodin            FTS 245-3910

Office of Enforcement • Water

      Elyse DiBiagio-Wood     FTS 475-8187
      Susan Gary Watkins      FTS 475-8320

-------
     Ul
     U
 United States Environmental Protection Agency
                 Office of Water
               Office of Enforcement
              Washington, D.C 20460


     United States Department of the Army
            Office of the Assistant Secretary
             Washington, D.C 20310-0103
MEMORANDUM
                                                   1 2 DEC 1990
SUBJECT:  Wetlands  Enforcement-initiative
FROM:
TO;
James M. Strock^
Assistant Admini!
  for Enforcement

LaJuana S. Wilcher
Assistant Administrator
  for Water
G. Edward Dickey
Acting Assistant Secretary of  the Army
  (Civil Works)

Regional Administrators
Director of Civil Works
     We are seeking the participation of EPA Regions and Corps
Districts in an enforcement initiative to protect wetlands.   The
Wetlands Enforcement  Initiative  is designed to emphasize the
Federal government's  commitment  to Clean Water Act Section 404
enforcement, to generally  educate the regulated community and the
public at large about the  requirements of the Section 404 program
and the importance of wetlands,  and to publicize Clean Water Act
violations involving  the unauthorized discharge of dredged or
fill material.  EPA and the Department-of the Army have placed
high priority on protecting this Nation's wetlands and recognize
that an active Section 404 .enforcement program is one important
wetlands protection tool.

     The Wetlands Enforcement  Initiative will be .similar to  EPA's
FY 89 municipal pretreatment enforcement initiative under the
Clean Water Act.  That initiative concluded with the filing  of
several important cases and a  major Agency press release and
press conference.  We are  proposing to publicize the Wetlands
Enforcement Initiative in  two  phases.   The first "wave" of
publicity is planned  for April199i.  It will announce the
Initiative and highlight appropriate Section 404 enforcement
actions initiated or  resolved  over the previous 12 months.   We
also hope to file a "cluster"  of Section 404 cases at that time,

-------
if such a filing does not  unduly  interfere with the normal  flow
of cases.                   -__;:::..

     By alerting the regulated  community,  as  well as the general
public, to the Federal government's  commitment to Section 404
enforcement, this Spring announcement  is also intended to provide
an early deterrent to potential violations which might otherwise
occur during the 1991 Spring  and  Summer construction season.  The
second "wave" of publicity is scheduled- for October 1991 and will
highlight appropriate Section 404 enforcement actions initiated
or resolved during FY91, including cases resulting from
investigations conducted during the  Spring field season.  We also
hope to have a second "cluster" filing at  that time.  Each
announcement will consist  of  a  joint EPA/Army/Department of
Justice (DOJ) press release and press  conference.  In the press
release, we will acknowledge  Section 404 administrative
compliance orders, cease and  desist  orders, administrative
penalty orders and judicial cases initiated or resolved by the
Regions and Districts during .the covered time period.  At the
press conferences, we will  highlight those administrative and
judicial cases that best serve  to illustrate  the Initiative's
goals.

     The Wetlands Enforcement Initiative will include cases
involving both unpermitted  discharges  of dredged or fill material
into wetlands and discharges  in violation  of  the conditions in a
Section 404 permit.  Regions  and Districts will have flexibility
to decide which enforcement actions  are most  appropriate to
support the Initiative.  In making enforcement decisions, Regions
and Districts should consider:  The "EPA/Army  Guidance on Judicial
Civil and Criminal Enforcement  Priorities;" the "Clean Water Act
Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Settlement Guidance and
Appendices;" the Clean Water  Act Section 404  Enforcement
Memorandum of Agreement; and  the additional guidance discussed
below, and should focus on  the  most  significant          ^
violators/violations in each  of the  Regions or Districts.

     While this Initiative  focuses on wetlands protection,
Section 404 enforcement actions involving  unpermitted discharges
and violations of 404 permit  conditions to other waters of the
United States can be included.  We suggest, however,  that,  where
possible, the Regions and Districts  focus  on enforcement actions
which have one or more of the following elements:

          - a discharge into  a  wetland that is identified on the
Region's Priority Wetland List  or is an important and/or
threatened area in the Region or District;•

          -  a case which will  have  high deterrence value in the
Region, District or Nation, e.g., a  particular industry,  business
or land development entity which engaged in unauthorized

-------
discharges of dredged or fill material.

          -  a discharge by a repeat or flagrant violator;  e.g.,
someone who engaged in an unauthorized discharge activity after
being denied a Section 404 permit or withdrawing a permit
application for. such activity.                        ~ ~

The above list is not intended to exclude other cases of
importance.
         •
     As noted above, the Wetlands Enforcement Initiative will
consist of cease and desist orders, administrative compliance
orders, administrative penalty actions and civil judicial
referrals.  In addition, appropriate criminal actions, which have
been approved in accordance with each agency's procedures for
criminal referrals, may also be included in the press
announcements.  Because Regions and Districts follow different
procedures in initiating enforcement responses, we have provided
two separate schedules for implementing this Initiative.

EPA Regions

     We propose that the Regions issue Section 309(a)
administrative compliance orders and Section 309(g)
administrative penalty complaints on the schedule described.
below.  Administrative compliance orders and administrative
penalty orders are not subject to Headquarters concurrence  (with
the exception of those Regions that have not fulfilled
Headquarters concurrence requirements concerning.the requisite
number of Section 309(g) complaints and consent agreements).
Headquarters will review Section 309(g) complaints and consent
agreements, however, for the purpose of determining whether such
orders should be highlighted in Initiative press activities.
       •

     We ask that the Regions submit case referrals by no later
than February 15, 1991, for the April announcement and by August
1, 1991 for the October 1991 announcement.  We do not intend,
however, to delay the processing of referrals submitted earlier.
Each Region should submit one or more civil judicial referrals
and should also issue administrative compliance orders and
administrative penalty, orders as appropriate.  After receipt of
the referral packages, the.Regions, Headquarters and DOJ, in
consultation with the Army,  will decide if suits should be filed
simultaneously or in some other coordinated manner, as indicated
in the following schedule:

     1.  Headquarters/Regional conference -calls
to discuss Call Letter.                          Dec. 18, 1990

     2.  Regions submit to Headquarters a list
and brief description and schedule for candidate
enforcement actions.                             Jan. 8,  1991

-------
     3.  Headquarters/Regional conference  call
to discuss candidate cases and confirm schedules
for candidate enforcement actions.                Jan.  22,  1991

     4..  Deadline for Regions to submit referrals
to Headquarters for April filing.                '  Feb.  15,  1991

     5.  Deadline for Regions to issue
administrative compliance orders, administrative
consent orders and administrative penalty  complaints
(copies of issued compliance orders, consent orders and
administrative penalty complaints should
be supplied to Headquarters after issuance).       Mar.  23,  1991

     6.  Headquarters completes coordination of
national communications strategy with  Regions,
Army and DOJ for April announcement.               April 1,  1991

     7.  Likely judicial case filing dates.        April 23, 1991

     8.  Joint press release and/or joint  press
conference held.                                   April 23, 1991

     9.  Regions submit to Headquarters  a  list
and brief description and schedule for candidate
enforcement actions for October announcement.      June 14, 1991

     10.  Headquarters coordinates with Regions
and confirms schedules for candidate enforcement
actions.                       .            .       July 1, 1991

     11.  Deadline for Regions to submit civil
judicial referrals to Headquarters for October
filing.                                           Aug. 1,^1991

     12.  Deadline for Regions to issue
administrative compliance orders, administrative
consent orders and administrative penalty complaints
(copies of issued compliance and consent
orders and administrative penalty complaints should
be supplied to Headquarters after issuance).       Sept. 13, 1991

     13.  Headquarters completes coordination of
national communications strategy with Regions,
Corps and DOJ for October announcement.           Sept. 20, 1991

      14.  Likely judicial case filing date.  Oct.  15,  1991

      15.  Joint press release and/or joint press
conference held.                                  Oct. 15,  1991

-------
      We  request that each Region complete the attached  form  on
 cases that  are  candidates for  inclusion in the Wetlands
 Enforcement Initiative,  and submit the  forms to Hazel Groman of
 the Office  of Wetlands Protection and Elyse DiBiagio-Wood  of the
 Office of Enforcement by January 8,  1991 or June 14, 1991, as
 appropriate.  Headquarters staff assigned to the Initiative  and
 available to answer questions-  include Hazel Groman, OWP, FTS 475-
 8798,  and Elyse DiBiagio-Wood, OE-Water,  FTS 475-8187.

 Corps Districts

      Unlike EPA,  Corps Headquarters  will  not participate in  the
 decision as to  which suits should be filed.   The Initiative  is
 not intended ^to affect ongoing Corps enforcement activities.
 Districts should continue to employ  all  enforcement options,  as
 discussed in the attached joint  guidance  letter.  For purposes of
 the Initiative,  however,  we ask  that each District submit two
 planned  or  pending  enforcement actions'  for each phase of the
 Initiative  which, in the District's  opinion,  target particularly
 egregioufs violations.  We will then  decide which cases  are proper
 candidates  to be publicized at the joint  press  conference.  The
 Districts should submit  their actions in  accordance with the
 following schedule:

      1.  Districts  submit to Headquarters  two
 planned  or  pending  enforcement actions to  be
 included in the April announcement.               Feb.   4, 1991

      2.  Headquarters coordinates  with Districts
 and confirms schedules for enforcement actions.    March 5, 1991

      3.  Headquarters completes coordination
 of national communications  strategy with EPA
 and DOJ.                                           April 1, 1991
                                                         t

      4.  Joint  press release and/or  joint press
 conference.                                       April 23,  1991

      5.  Districts submit to Headquarters two
planned  or  pending enforcement actions to be
 included in the October announcement.              July 2,  1991

      6.  Headquarters coordinates with Districts
and confirms schedules for enforcement actions.    Aug.  20,  1991

      7.  Headquarters completes coordination
of national communications strategy with EPA
and DOJ.                                          Sept.  20,  1991


      8.  Joint press release and/or joint press

                                5

-------
 conference.       •                                Oct. 15, 1991

     We request that each District complete the attached fora on
cases that'it believes should be publicized in the Enforcement
Initiative, and submit the form, in duplicate, to Jack .Chowning,
HQUSACE, CECW-OR by February 4, 1991 and July 2, 1991.
Headquarters staff available to answer questions regarding the
Initiative include Jack Chowning, 272-1781, and Martin Cohen,
HQUSACE, CECC-K, 272-0027.

     We realize that the above schedule will require a large
effort by Regional and District offices'.  However, we believe
that the Initiative is critical to the priority goal
of the agencies to protect wetlands, and greatly appreciate your
continued support of the Initiative.  We will .make Headquarters
personnel  available to assist the Regions and Districts. .

Attachment

cc: Regirr.al Counsels
    Direj-ors, Water Mgrat Div., Regs.I, II, IV,  V, VIII, ix and X
    Directors, Env'l Services Div., Regs. Ill and VI
    Ass,t Regional Administrator, Policy and Management, Reg.  VII
    Margaret Strand,  Chief, Environmental Defense Sec., DOJ
    John Studt, Chief, Regulatory Branch, COE
    Pat Alberico, OCE
    Fred Stiehl, OE-Water
    Dave Davis, OWP
    Martin Cohen, Assistant Chief Counsel for Litigation, Office
    of the Chief Counsel, USACE

-------
                                  ..  -                *
                       FMPQRCEMENT  TNTTTXTTVE BEPORT
1.  Name of alleged violator(s):
2.  Location:
3.  Description of violation; project of which it is.part; and
resultant harm:
4.  Describe the reasons for Regional/District selection of case;
5.  Does the enforcement action require time sensitive relief,
such as injunctive relief affected by seasonal constraints?
Explain:.
6.  Is a repeat or flagrant violator involved?

-------
7.  Communication among EPA, Corps, FWS or  State agency:
8.  Date(s) of inspection, and agencies conducting inspections:
9.  Other contact between EPA or Corps and alleged violator
(e.g., warning letter, notice of violation, prior enforcement
action, application for "after-the-fact" permit, settlement
negotiation):                            •
10.  Proposed enforcement response (e.g., AO, civil referral,
criminal referral); proposed date for action; and relief sought:
ATTACH ADDITIOKAL PAGES, IF APPROPRIATE, TO RESPOND TO ANY OP THE
ABOVE QUESTIONS.


*Please note that a separate report should be prepared for each
candidate enforcement action.

-------
c
             United States Environmental Protection Agency

                 United States Department of the Army


        GUIDANCE ON JUDICIAL CIVIL AND CRIMINAL
                    ENFORCEMENT PRIORITIES


BACKGROUND

    This document provides guidance to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Regions and Army Corps of Engineers Districts on enforcement priorities for
unauthorized discharges of dredged or fill material in waters of the United States in
violation of section 301 of the Clean Water Act (CWA).  Unauthorized discharges
include both discharges that are unpermitted and discharges that violate permit terms
or conditions. The guidance enumerates factors enforcement personnel should consider
when deciding whether to refer a case for judicial action.  By providing this guidance,
EPA and the Army intend to encourage consistency in the manner in which we enforce
the CWA's requirements nationally, protect the integrity of the section 404 regulatory
program, and direct limited program resources in a manner that produces the most
beneficial environmental results.

    Options to address CWA violations include: no action, voluntary compliance, cease
and desist orders, EPA administrative compliance orders, interim measures designed to
protect the aquatic ecosystem from further damage, after-the-fact permits,
administrative penalty orders, and civil and criminal judicial actions. This guidance
discusses priorities for civil and criminal judicial actions only. By defining priorities  for
judicial actions, EPA and the Army do not intend to suggest that the agenciesvlimit
their use of these or any other enforcement options.  In fact, the agencies should
continue the use of all enforcement options whether in conjunction with or instead of
civil and criminal proceedings.

CIVIL AND CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT PRIORITIES

A  Civil judicial cases

    Decisions on whether to refer a civil action to the Department of Justice must be
on a case-by-case basis, and the absence or presence of one or more of the following
factors should not necessarily dictate a decision regarding a particular .case.
Nevertheless, enforcement personnel should consider the following factors when
deciding whether to refer a crvfl action:

    1.  Quality of the waters affected.  Enforcement personnel should .determine, to the

-------
extent practicable, what functions and values the waters performed prior to the
unauthorized discharge.  Regions and Districts should give priority to violations that
affect wetlands and other special aquatic sites.

     2. Impact of the discharge.  Enforcement personnel should determine, to the
extent practicable, the amount and content of the discharge, the number of acres
affected by the discharge, and the discharge's direct and indirect effects. Priority should
be given to those discharges that have ah especially deleterious effect on wetlands
functions or values, that affect a large area of wetlands or other waters, or that are
widespread and have significant cumulative effects.  These would include unauthorized
discharges  with significant adverse effects on aquatic ecosystem diversity, productivity,
and stability such as loss of fish or wildlife habitat or loss of the capacity of a wetland
to assimilate nutrients, purify water, or reduce wave energy.  Judicial enforcement
action would normally be appropriate, for  example, for unauthorized discharges that
cause or contribute to violations of state water quality standards; violate any applicable
toxic effluent standard or prohibition under Section 307 of the CWA; or jeopardize
endangered or threatened species  and their designated critical habitat  Judicial
enforcement action should be considered for any case where unauthorized discharges
did or may cause or contribute to significant  adverse environmental impacts.

    3.  Culpability of violator.  Enforcement  personnel should consider the violator's
prior compliance history when determining what type of enforcement action is
appropriate.  Priority should be given to violators with a history of noncompliance and
those who  commit taiowing violations. The violator's experience with the program and
whether he or she had been the subject of previous enforcement actions are
considerations.  In general, repeat violators warrant judicial action, regardless of
whether the violations occurred on the same  site or on different sites.  Repeat
violations,  however, are not a prerequisite  for referring a civil case to the Department
of Justice.                                                               v

    4.  Deterrence value.  Enforcement personnel should consider the extent to which
the violation is flagrant, visible, and well-publicized. If there are a number of violations
within a particular geographic area or industry, civil judicial action against one or more
of the violators can provide excellent deterrence. The agencies should refer for civil
action a case against any violator whose actions, if left unpunished, would have the
effect of jeopardizing the integrity of the section 404 program in the area where the .
violation occurred.

    5.  Benefit from the violation.  Enforcement personnel should consider the
economic benefit a violator derived from the unauthorized discharge. Because
administrative penalties are limited, when a violator has obtained a significant .economic
benefit from the discharge, a civil judicial action may be the only enforcement option
that can effectively recover that benefit

-------
    6. Equitable considerations.   In addition to the above five factors, the Regions
and Districts will want to anticipate and evaluate the strength of any equitable
considerations likely to be raised by potential defendants.  Priority should be given to
recent and ongoing violations.  Regions and Districts should also take into account, as
appropriate, when the Region and/or District learned of the violation, and whether
timely administrative attempts to achieve compliance were unsuccessful and a civil
referral is the  only available means to obtain needed injunctive relief.

    Another equitable consideration is whether the violator received misinformation
from the federal government as to whether the discharge required a section 404 permit.
Based on existing case law, the federal government can only rarely and in very limited
circumstances  be barred from enforcing its laws. At the same time, an important goal
of federal enforcement, including section  404 enforcement, is fair and equitable
treatment of the regulated community. As a result, the Regions and Districts will need
to carefully consider the appropriateness  of initiating a civil suit in cases where the
violator may have reasonably relied on a federal official's misrepresentations regarding
the need for a section 404 permit. This includes situations where the violator was led
to believe that the activity did not  constitute a discharge, that, the  discharge did not take
place in waters of the United States, or that a general permit covered the discharge.
When determining whether the violator's  reliance was reasonable, enforcement
personnel should assess such factors as whether the misrepresentations were made by
EPA or the Corps, the two federal agencies charged with implementing the section 404
program, or another federal agency, whether the misrepresentations were communicated
to the violator in writing or were merely oral statements; the extent of the violator's
familiarity with the section 404 program; and whether the violator knew, should have
known, or with reasonable diligence could have determined, that the representations
were erroneous.                                           •
              r                                    -                 •

    The first two factors listed above center upon the "environmental effects of the
violation.  Special attention should be paid both to violations that damage large areas
of wetlands and those that impair valuable wetlands, no matter what their size.  The
next three factors are intended to protect the integrity of the section 404 program by
focusing enforcement  priorities first on individuals or violations which show  disdain for
the law and on those who seek to  benefit from circumvention of the law.

B.  Criminal eases

    With regard to the discharge of dredged or fill material, section 309(c)  of the CWA
provides criminal penalties for four separate offenses.  First, anyone who negligently
violates section 301 (e.g., engaging in  unauthorized discharges) or who negligently
violates the requirements of a section 404 permit may be criminally liable. Second,
anyone who knowingly violates section 301 or the requirements of a section 404 permit
may also be subject to criminal liability. Third, any person who violates section 301 or

-------
the conditions of a section 404 permit and, in doing so, knowingly endangers another
person may be subject to criminal penalties.  Finally, section 309(c) provides criminal
sanctions for  persons who knowingly make false material statements regarding a section
404 permit.

    In some instances a violation will involve circumstances which indicate that a
criminal prosecution'may be in order.  Such circumstances should be underscored when
the case is referred to the Department of Justice. Ultimately, Justice must exercise its
discretion as to whether or not to proceed criminally in any case. If there is a
possibility of criminal prosecution, field personnel should pay special attention to
evidentiary matters such as sample preservation, content of statements to and from any
potential defendant, good photographs, and chain of custody.

    This document provides internal guidance for field personnel regarding the exercise
of their enforcement  discretion. Accordingly, this document creates no rights  in third
parties.
For the Environmental Protection Agency:
                           \zhlto
                         Date              'FREDERICK F. STEHL     Date
                                            Associate Enforcement
Office of Wetlands Protection                  Counsel for Water
For the Oiief of Engineers:
       P. ELMORE       Date/  /
Chief, Operations, Construction,
  and Readiness Division
Directorate of Crvfl  Works

-------
                                                   III.B.16.
"Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of  the  Clean Water
Act", March 5, 1993.

-------
               UNITEO STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                            . WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                                 MAR
MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:   Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the Clean Water
            'Act    ..         .....-.••-.''

TO:         Regional Counsel                               -
   • •     •    •   .^^    ,-.     •         '.             •       ••      .-•

FROM:      Frederick F. Stiehl
             Enforcement Counsel for Water

       On August 28, 1987, the Office of Enforcement issued the "Guidance on
State Action Preempting Civil Penalty Actions Under the Federal Clean Water Act.*
This guidance sets forth EPA's interpretation of section 309(g)(6)(A), which limits
EPA's authority to seek penalties judicially under certain circumstances.1  Under
section 309(g)(6HA)(ii), EPA may not  initiate a civil penalty action under sections
309{d) or 311 of the Clean Water Act if a state has commenced and is diligently
prosecuting an administrative penalty  action of its own for the same violations, and
   'Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the dean Watar Act read*, in pertinent part, as follows:

      (A) Limitation on actions under other factions

             Action takan by the Administrator or the Secretary, as the case may fee,
      under this subsection shall not affect or limit the Administrator's or Secretary's
      authority to enforce any provision of this chapter: except that any violation -

             (i) with respect to which the Administrator or the Secretary haa commenced and is
             dJBoentiy prosecuting, an action under this subsection,

             fli) with respect to which a State has commenced and is dWparrtfy
             prosecuting an action under a State law'comparable to this
             subsection, or               .   '           .  .    .

             (ffi) for which the AUiiunisoatof, the Secretary, or the State, has
             issued a final order not aubject'to further judicial review and the
             violator-has paid a penalty assessed under this subsection, or such
             comparable State tow. as the case may be,  .

      shall not be the subject of e civil penalty action under aubsection (d) of .this section
      or section 132lib) of this title or section  1365 of this title.

-------
 The cause of action arises from a state law comparable'.to subsection 309(g) of the
 Act.  Since issuance of the guidance, caselaw has emerged that Interprets section
 309(g)(6)(A) consistent with the guidance; landing additional Judicial support to
 EPA's policy. This document is intended to supplement the Agency's
 interpretation of CWA section 309(g)(6)(A) as set forth In the original guidance, in
 light of those recent judicial opinions.

      Adverse judicial decisions are also noted in this supplemental guidance.
 Recent adverse holdings are predominantly in accord with a First Circuit decision in
 North and South Rivers Watershed Association v. Town of Seftuate. 949 F.2d 552
 (1st Cir. 1991), in which a citizen suit was barred by section 309(g)(6)(A) using
 reasoning contrary to the statutory language and to EPA's policy guidance.
 Scituate involved a citizen's action against the Town of Scituate, Massachusetts,
 alleging that the town had been discharging pollutants from its sewage treatment
 plant in violation of its federal NPDES permit-  Prior to the commencement of the
 citizen's suit, the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection had  .
 issued an administrative order regarding the allegedly illegal discharges pursuant to
a section of the Massachusetts Clean Waters Act which does not authorize civil or
 administrative penalties.   In ruling that this state action barred the citizen suit
 under section 309(g)(6)(A), the First Circuit  in Seftuate focused on the
 comparability of the entire statutory scheme..of the Massachusetts Clean Waters
 Act with the federal Act.  Without elaboration, the Scituate court also found that
 the administrative order constituted diligent  prosecution of the NPDES violations.
 EPA does not agree with the interpretation given section 3Q9(g)(6)(A) by the First
 Circuit in Scttuata.  and has filed an amicus brief arguing against that decision in
another case now before the Ninth Circuit.2  '

        The focus of this supplement is on section 309(g)(6)(A)(ij), and attends
primarily to EPA policy regarding the issues of when a state action constitutes
diligent prosecution, and when such prosecution is under a state taw comparable
to subsection 309(g).  Until such time as the Scifuata opinion is reversed, or loses
its relevance due to other appellate rulings or by Congressional amendment of
section 309(g)(6) consistent with EPA's policy, the Regions should discuss the
issues set forth below in every judicial referral in which a state has previously
taken an enforcement action against the violator, A full discussion in the litigation
report on the five points set forth below will assist the Department of Justice in
the expeditious filing of the case.1
   aAmicus curiae brief filed by the United States on April 3, 1992. in Washington Pubfie interest
Research Group v. Pondleton Woolen Mills. Appeal No. 82*35105.    '               .

   'A draft of this supplemental guidance was provided to the Department of Justice for review.

-------
                                    .3.     .  .       .•'.'.

      IS THE STATE DILIGENTLY PROSECUTING THE VIOLATOR?

      A.    Is the state administrative penalty action for the same
            violations ongoing at the time of the federal civil penalty
            action?  .                   .            :

      A state enforcement action will only fall within the purview of section
309(g)(6)(A)(ii) if it is proceeding contemporaneously with the federal civil penalty
action.  Section 309(g)(6)(A)(ii) speaks in the present tense, and does not bar
subsequent federal action for violations for which a state has commenced and
already concluded its diligent prosecution.4  See Public Interest Research Group v.
GAP. 770 F.  Supp. 943  (D.N.J. 1991) (Court emphasizes the requirement in the
subsection that both state and federal actions must be concurrent, permitting a
citizen suit for violations for which the New Jersey Department of Environmental
Protection had already entered into an Administrative Consent Order).

      B.    Will the state administrative penalty action  .effectively cause the
            violator to comply with the federal or state clean water statute?

      The state must be diligently prosecuting the violator in order for the federal
suit to be barred.  Several factors bear upon a determination of diligent
prosecution, including ah assessment of the effectiveness of the state action in
gaining compliance without undue delay;  If the state administrative action is not
likely to cause the violator to comply with the pertinent water pollution control
law, then federal administrative or judicial action may be appropriate. See Atlantic
States Legal foundation. Inc. v. Universal Tool & Stamping Co.. 735 F. Supp.
1404 (N.D.Ind. 1990) (Court found that the fact that defendant continued to
violate, its permit limits long attar Indiana's Department of Environmental
Management issued an Order of Compliance and final Consent Decree, and that jt
was the threat of citizen suit that had the real effect on defendant's efforts to
comply, signified lack of diligent prosecution);. See ajfic N:Y. Coastal Fisherman's
Assoc.  v. N.Y.C. Sanitation Dent.. 33 Envtl. Rep. Cas. 1932 (S.D.N.Y. 1991)
(Court held that state was not diligently prosecuting Department of Sanitation, but
rather 'acting as a pen pal, not a prosecutor,* when several extensions of planning
and construction deadlines contained in administrative order meant.that leachate
problem would not be rectified until twelve years after state became involved).
   'Note, however, that subsection lg)(6)(AMfi) may apply when a state action has been
concluded.  Under that provision, federal tivi penalty actions are barred when a state has issued a
final order and the violator has paid a penalty assessed for those particular violations. The Region
should compare its case and the state action.to determine if the violations cited are identical, and if
the penalty assessed in the atate action was appropriate (e.g.. recovers economic benefit at a
|animum) and therefore reflective at a diligent prosecution.  .   .

-------
       C.    Is the penalty assessed in the state action sufficient to constitute
             diligent prosecution?

       While many state laws may grant a state administrative agency discretion in
 calculating appropriate penatty figures, a sum that js wholly inadequate to redress
 the number and severity of violations may not constitute diligent prosecution. See
 Universal Tool. 73S-Fr-Suop. lAOAfCourt found that trw% state was not diligently
 prosecuting, for purposes of section 309(g)(6)(A)(ii), when the consent decree
 entered into by the state'and the defendant only assessed a penalty of $10,000
 when there existed statutory authority to assess $25,000 for each of hundreds of
 reported violations).6
 II.    DID THE STATE ACTION ARISE FROM A STATE LAW COMPARABLE TO
      SECTION 3Q9(Q). WHICH AUTHORIZES ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES?
       '  •     •   '  *'     '         -• •      ''.''••
      A .state action will not bar a section 309(d) or section 311 federal action
 unless the state action is brought under a statutory section comparable to
 subsection 309(gj of the Clean Water Act, which Is entitled "Administrative
 Penalties." Such an administrative penalty provision found in a state jaw must
 essentially mimic the substance of the federal provision in order to be comparable
 for purposes of barring federal action, including analogous procedural safeguards
 and penalty assessment factors.                •    •

      A.    Is the state action brought under a state law comparable to
            subsection 309{g), authorizing administrative penalty actions?

      The state action must.be one seeking administrative penalties, and be
 comparable to the federal subsection, 3O9(g). The  limitation on federal civil action
 only applies when the state cause of action is predicated upon a comparable
 administrative-penalty section, and is not satisfied simply because the entire
 statutory scheme of the state law contains similar enforcement mechanisms. See
 Arkansas Wildlife Federation v. Bekaart Corn.. 791  F. Supp. 769, 775  {W.D. Ark.
 1992) (Court found that the term "this subsection"  .as contained in subsection
 309{g)(6)(A) clearly referred to subsection 309(g), dismissing the Seftoata court's
 reliance upon the entire statutory scheme). But see MlY. .Coastal Fisherman's
 Assoc. v. N.Y.C. Sanitation Pent.. 33 Envtl. Rep. CBS. 1932 (S.D.N.Y. 1991)
 •  *ct. Atlantic States Legal Foundation, tnc^ v. Tvson Foods. ITMT , 682 F. Supp. 1186 (N.D.Ala.
19881. reverted on other grounds. 897 F.2d 11-28 (11th Or. 1990) (Defendant's expenditure off
approximately $1,8 million in making modification* to its wastewater treatment facility as required
in an order issued by the state Department of Environmental Management, coupled with the
possibility of civO-penalties or other appropriate relief if found in further noncompiiance, was
diligent prosecution arid sufficient to bar citizen action).

-------
 (Court cites to Scituata. and finds that because under the state's law the state can
 seek administrative penalties, that it was comparable to the Clean Water Act,
 irrespective of the fact that no penalties were Imposed under any of the
 administrative orders).

       B.    Does the state administrative penalty provision contain
             comparable procedural safeguards as subsection 309(9)?

       In order to be comparable to subsection 309(g) to effect a limitation on
 federal action, the state law provision must contain analogous procedures relating
 to the right to a hearing, penalty assessment factors, public notice, the
 presentation of evidence, and the finality of the administrative order. The public
 notice and opportunity for comment requirements contained in the federal
 administrative penalty provision are  especially significant when gauging the
 comparability  of a state law.  Such requirements  help prevent the federal and state
 governments from evading the obligation to diligently prosecute violations.6

      This case review was meant to assist regional counsel in applying EPA's
 policy on when state action bars civil judicial action, but the cases cited herein do
 not represent  an exhaustive list of cases addressing the section 309(g)(6)(A) bar.
 This document Is intended to supplement and enhance, not supersede, EPA's
 interpretation  of CWA section 309(g)(6)(A) set forth in the guidance issued in
August of 1987.   At the time of this writing, the  comparability issue addressed by
'the Scituate court is on appeal in Washington Public Interest Research Group v.
 Pendleton Woolen Mills. Appeal No. 92-35105 (9th Cir. 1992), with the United
 States filing as amicus curiae in support of the plaintiff-appellant.
   ' See Universal Tool 735 F. Supp. 1404 (Court noted the remarks of Senator Chafee in the
 legislative history, and scrutinized the Indiana statute, noting several deficiencies relating to its
 comparability with subsection 309(g), including the absence in the state law of provisions regarding
 the factors to be considered in assessing a penalty, and of a provision in the federal tew requiring
 that the public be given a reasonable opportunity to comment upon the penalty assessment). See
 aJSfi GAF. 770 F. Supp. 943 (Court holds that New Jersey Water Pollution Control Act does hot
 provide the pubHc with notice and opportunity to participate in the assessment of dvfl
 administrative penalties, and therefore, the state administrative action was not comparable to an
 action under the Clean Water Act within the meaning of subsection 309); NRDC v. Vvoen Corp:.
 803 F. Supp. 97 (N.D.Ohio 1992) (Court finds that Ohio Water Whition Act is not comparable for
 purposes of barring citizen suits under 309(g)(6HA) because the law gives the state agency
 discretion to provide for public notice, comment, and hearings, as opposed to the mandatory
 procedural safeguards found in subsection 309(g) of the Clean Water Act); Public Interest Research
 Group of New Jersey. Inc. v. New Jersey pxoresswsv Authority. CKr. No. 91*1701 (D.NJ.
 December 5. 1992) (Court held that section 3Q9(g)(6)(A) was -Inapplicable to a state enforcement
 proceeding which was comprised of a Memorandum of Understanding setting forth a construction
 schedule when there was no notice about the imposition of a penalty or the right to a hearing).

-------
                                  6
     For furmeo information on this supplemental guidance; contact Avi Garbow,
OE-Water(fTOt 202-260^ 1579).
cc:   John Cruden, DO J
  •  ' Joel GrosslboJ
     ORCWate^ Branch Chiefs
     OE Water Attorneys
     Rich Kpzlowskf, OWEC
     Susan Lepow, OGC
     Anrie Shields, DOJ

-------